A

GREEK GRAMMAR

BY

WILLIAM W. GOODWIN, HoN. LL.D.

lUllVAlW UN1VI::l\81TY

AND

D.C.L.

ELIOT l'llOH:SSOII OF CIIEF.K I.ITEIIATURE Ill

REVISED AND ENLARGED

BOSTON PUBLISHED BY GINN &

COMPL~Y

1900

CorTntOHT,

189~,

DY WILLIAM W. GOODWIN .
.u.L Ri9UT8 RltBBIIVlm.

TTPoGJUl'HT

BT

J. 8.

cusUING

& Co., BosToK.

l'11Eaawcnn: nY OiNN & Co., BosToN.

PREFACE.

THE present work is a revisr.ll ::mel. enlarged edition of the Greek Gr<J.mmar published in 187!), which was its~:>\f a revised and Clllarged euitioll of the Elenwntary Greek Grammar of only 235 pages published in HHO. I trust that no one will infer from tl1is repeated iucrease in the size of the book that I attribut<~ ever increasing importance to the stu<ly of formal gra.mmar in sehool. On the coutrary, the growth of the Look has come from a more rleeidf'd opinion th:tt tlw a.mount of granuuar which should be lr.arned by rote is cxccediugly sm;tll eompared witl1 th:tt which every real stuuent of the Classics must learn iu a very different way. When it was thought that a pupil must first learn his Latin anll Greek Grammars and tlwn learn to read Latiu and Grf'ek, it was essential to re<lnce a school gmmm:Lr to its le:tst possible dimensions. Now when a more scnsi ble syst.cm leaves most of the details of grammar to lw Jearued U_i' the stuJy of S)Jet:i:tl points whidl arise iu reading or writing, the ease is entirely differeut; and few good teachers or goou students are any longl~r grateful for a small grammar, which uJnst soon be di!icarded as the horizon widens and new questions press for an answer. 'l'he forms of a language and the esseutial principles of its construction must ue learned iu the old-fashioned way, when the memory is vigorous aud rete uti vc; hut, these once mastered, the true time to teach eadr principle of grammar is the moment when the pupil meets with it in his studies, and uo grammar whic.h is not thus practically illustrated ever becomes a living reality to the student. But it is not enough for a learuer merely to meet each construction or form in is<lated instanees; for he may do this repea.t.edly, and yet know little of the general principle which the single example partially illustrates. Mt>u saw apples fall anu the moon and planets roll ages before the prirwi ple of gmvitatiou wa..s til ought of. It is necessary,

iii

PREFACE.

therefore, not merely to bring the pupil face to face with the facts of a language by means of examples carefully selected to exhibit them, but also to refer him to a statement of the general p~:inciplcs which show the full meaning of the facts and their relation to other principles. 1 In other words, systematic practice in reading and writing must be supplemented from the beginning by equally systematic reference to the grammar. Mechanics are not learned by merely observing the working of levers and pulleys, nor is chemistry by watching experiments on gases; although no one would undertake to teach either without such practical illustrations. It must always be remembered that grammatical study of this kind is an essential part of classical study; and no one must be deluded by the idea that if grammar is not learned by rote it is not to be learned at all. It cannot be too strongly emphasized, that there has been no change of opinion among classical scholars about the importance of grammar as a basis of all sound classical scholarship; the only change concerns the time and manner of studyiug grammar and the importance to be given to different parts of the subject. What has been said about teaching 'by reference and by example applies espedally to syntax, the chief principles of which have always seemed to me more profitable for a pupil in the earlier years of his classi<a.l studies than the details of vowel-changes and exceptional forms which are often thought more seasonable. The study of Greek syntax, propflrly pursued, gives the pupil an insi~ht into the processes of thought and the mn.nner of expression of a. highly cultivated people; and while it stimulates his own powers of thought, it teaehes him haLits of more careful expression by making him familiar with many forms of statement more precise than those to which he is accustomed in his own language. The Greek syntax, as it was developed aml refined by the Athenians, is a most important chapter in the history of thought, and even those whose cla..,sical studies are limited to the rudiments cannot afford to neglect it entirely. For these reasons the chief increase in the present work has been made in the department of Syntax.
1 These objects seem to me to be admirably attained in the Ji'irse Lusons in (h-eck, prepared by my collMgne, Professor John W. Wbite, to be used in connection with this Gra=ar. A new edition of this work is now in press.

PREFACE.

The additions made in Part I. are designed chiefly to make the principles of inflection and formation in Parts II. and III. intelligible. Beyond this it seems inexpedient for a general grammar to go. In Part II. the chief changes are in the sections on the Verb, a great part of which have been remodelled and rewritten. The paradigms and synopses of the verb are given in a new form. The nine tense systems are clearly distinguished in each synopsis, and also in the paradigms so far as is consistent with a proper distinction of the three voices. The verbs in p.t are now inflected in close connection with those in w, and both conjugations are included in the subsequent treatment. The now established Attic forms of the pluperfect active are given in the paradigms. The old makeshift known as the "connecting-vowel " has been discarded, and with no misgivings. Thirteen years ago I wrote that I did not venture "to make the first attempt at a popular statement of the tense stems with the variable vowel attachment"; and I was confirmed in this opinion by the appearance of the Schulgrarnmatik of G. Curtius the year previous with the "Bindevocal" in its old position. Professor :F. D. Allen has since shown us that the forms of the verb can be made perfectly intelligible without this time-honored fiction. I have now adoptE'd the familiar term "thematic vowel," in place of "variable vowel" which I used in 1879, to designate the o or ~ added to the verb stem to form the present stem of verbs in w. I have att1~mpted to make the whole subject of tense stems and their inflection more clear to beginners, and at the same time to lay the venerable shade of the connecting-Yowel, by the distinction of "simple and complex tense stems," which correspond generally to the two forms of inflection, the "simple" form (the p.tform) and the "common" form (that of verbs in w). See S57-l'i65. I use the term "verb stem" for the stem from which the chief tenses are formed, i.e. the single stem in the first elass, the "strung" stem in the second class, and the sirn ple stem in the other classes (except the anomalous eighth). Part III. is little changed, except by additions. In the Syntax I have attempted to introduce greater simplicity with greater detail into the treatment of the Article, the Adjectives, the Cases, and the Prepositions. In the Syntax of the Verb, the changes made in my new edition of the Greek Moods and Tenses have been adopted, so far as is possible in a school-book. The independent uses of

vi

PREFACE,

the moods are given before the dependent constructions, except in the case of wishes, where the independent optative can hardly be treated apart from the other constructions. The Potential Optative and Indicative are made more prominent as original constructions, instead of being treated merely as elliptical apodoses. The independent use of p.~ in Homer to express fear with a desire to avert the object feared is recognized, and also the independent use of p.~ and p.~ ou in cautious assertious and negations with both subjunctive and indicative, which is common in Plato. The treatment of WiTT is entirely new; and the distinction between the infinitive with Wa-n p.~ and the indicative with Wo-n ou is explained. The usc of 7rp[v with the infinitive and the finite moods is more accurately stated. The distinction between the Infinitive with the Article and its simple constructions without the A rtir.Je is more clearly drawn, and the whole t.rcatmeut of the Infinitive is improved. In the chapter on the Participle, the three classes are carefully marked, and the two uses of the Supplementary Participle in and out of oratio obUqua are distinguished. In Part V. the principal additions are tlw sections on dactylo-epitritie rhythms, with greater detail about other lyric verses, and the use of two complete strophes of Pindar to illustrate that poet's two most common metres. The Catalogue of Verbs has been carefully revised, and somewhat enlargeu, especially in the Homeric forms. The quantity of long a, ~, and v is marked in Parts I., II., and Ill., and wherever it is important in Part V., but not in t1le Syntax. The examples in the Syntax and in Part V. have been referred to their sources. One of the most radical changes is the 11sc of 1691 new sections in place of the former 302. References can now be made to most paragraphs by a single number; and although special divisions are sometimes introd11.-~ed to make the nonnection of paragraphs clearer, these will not interfere with references to the simple sections. The evil of a want of distinction between the main paragraphs aml notes has been obviated by prefixing N. to sections which would ordinarily be marked as notes. 1 feel that a most humble apology is due to all teachers and students who have submitted to the unpardonable confusion of paragraphs, with tlJeir divisions, subdivisions, notes, and remarks, often with (a), (b), etc., in the old edition. This a,rrangement was thoughtlessly adopted to preserve the numbering of sections in the Syntax

PREFACE.

vii

of the previous edition, to which many references had already been made; but this oLject was gained at far too great a cost. I regret that I can make no Letter amends than this to those who have suffered such an infliction. A complete table of Parallel References is given in pp. xxvi.-xxxv., to make referem:es to the former edition availaLle for the new sections. I have iutroduced into the text a section (28) on the probable ancient pronuneiation of Greek. While the sounds of most of the letters are well estaLlished, on many important points our knowledge is still very unsatisfactory. With our doubts about the sounds of (), , X and '' of the double t' and ou, not to s1wak of~ and .p, and with our helplessness in expressing auythiug like the anci<!nt force of the three accents or the full distiuction of quantity, it is safe to say that no one could now pronounce a sentence of Greek so that it would have been intelligible to Demosthenes or Plato. I therefore look upon the question of Greek Pronunciation chietiy as it concerns the means of communication between modem scholars and Letween teachers and pupils. I see no prospect of uniformity here, unless at some future time scholars agree to 1111ite on the modern Greek pronunciation, with all its objeetionable features. As Athens becomes more and more a centre of civilization and art, her claim to decide the question of the pronunciation of her ancient language may sometime be too strong to resist. In the meantime, I see no reason for changing the system of pronunciatiou 1 which I have followed and advocated more than thirty years, w IJich adopts what is tolerauly certain and practicable in the ancient pronunciation and leaves the rest to modern usage or to individual judgment. This has brought scholars in the United States nearer to uniformity than any other system without external authority is likely to bring them. In England the retention of the English
1 By this tlH' r.ongonants are sounded as in 28, 3, except that I has the sound of z; ~ andy, have the sounds of x (ks) and ps; 0, ,and x those of th in thin, ph in Philip, and hard German chin mach en. The vowels are sounded as in 28, I, " bcin~ pronounced like French u or German ii. The Jiphtlwngs follow 28,2; Lut ou always has the sound of ou in youth, and that of ei in hf'ight. I hold to this sound of to avoid another chan~e from English, German, and American usage. If any change is desired, I should much prefer to adopt the sound of i (our i in machine), which has lwld more than 1900 years, rather than to attempt. to catch any one of the sounds through which either genuine or spurious must have pa-ssed on its way to thil; (see 28, 2).

PREFACE.

pronunciation of Greek with Latin accents has at least the advantage of local uniformity. Since the last edition was published, Allen's new edition of Hadley's Grammar has appeared and put all scholars under new obligations to both author and editor. The new edition of Monro's Homeric Grammar is of the greatest value to all students of Homer. H!ass's new edition of the first quarter of Kuhner is really a new work, abounding in valuable suggestions. From the German grammars of Koch and Kaegi I have gained many practical hints. I am also greatly indebted to many letters from teachers containing criticisms of the last edition and suggestions for making it more useful in schools, too many indeed to be acknowledged singly by name. Among them is one from which I have derived special help in the revision, a careful criticism of many parts of the book by Professor G. F. Nicolassen of Clarksville, Tennessee. Another of great value came to me without signature or address, so that I have been unable even to acknowledge it by letter. I must ask all who have thus favored me to accept this general expression of my thanks. Professor Herbert Weir Smyth of Bryn Mawr has done me the great service of reading the proofs of Parts I. and II. and aiding me by his valuable suggestions. His special knowledge of Greek morphology has been of the greatest use to me in a department in which without his aid I should often have been sorely perplexed amid conflicting views. All scholars are looking for the appearance of Professor Smyth's eiaborate work on the Greek Dialects, now printing at the Clarendon Press, with great interest and hope.
WILLIAM W. GOODWIN.
HARVARD U!HVERBITY,

CA.HBRIDGE, MAss., June 30, 1892.

CONTEN'rS.
P.AGRS

INTRODUCTION.-THE GREEK I,ANGUAGE AND DIALECTS,

3---6

PART I.
LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.
SECTIONS

1-4. 5-10. 11-15. 16-24. 25, 26.

27.
28. 29-33. 34.

35-41. 42-46.
47. 48-54. 55.

56-63. 64-67.
68, 69.

70-95.
90, !l7. 98-100. 106-ll[J,
1lli.

117-WJ. 121-12!l. 130-135. 136-1:)9.

140-146.
147-149. 150.

'l'he Alphabet .................................. . Vowels and Diphthongs ........................ . Breathings .................................... . Consonants and their Divisions ................. . Consonants ending Greek I'Vords ................ . Ionic and Athenian Alplmbets ................. . Ancient l'ronunch1tion ......................... . Changes of V owcls ............................. . Collision of Vowels.- Hiatus ................... . Contraction of V owcls .......................... . Crasis Synizesis . . . . . . ...... - .................... _.. . Elision ........................................ . Aphaercsis .................................... . Movable Consonants ........................... . Metathesis and Syncope ........................ . Doubling of Consonants ...................... . Euphonic Changes of Consmmnts ............... . Syllables and their Division ..................... . Quantity of Syllables ........................... . General Principles of Accent .................... . A nastroplle . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . Accent of Contraeted Syllables anll J<:lided Words .. Accent of Nouns and A djectivcs ................. . Accent nf Vcrbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . l'rocli Lies ..................................... . Enclitics .................................... . Dialectic Changes in Letters .................... . Punctuation-Marks ............................. .

7,8
8, 9 9 9,10 10 10, 11 11

12, 13
13

13-15 15,16 16
16, 17

17 17,18
18, 19 19

19-24 24 24,25 25-27 27 27,28

28, 29 29,30 31

31-33
33 33

ix

CONTENTS.

PART II.
INFLECTION.
8BM'ION8
P.AGY.8

151-154. 155-163.

Definitions.- Inflection, Root, Stem, etc......... . Numbers, Genders, Cases ....................... .

34
34....16

NOUNS.
164-106. Three Declensions of Nouns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167. Case-endings of Nouns . .. . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . .. . ..
FIRST DECLENSION.

36 36 37 37-40 40 40,41 41,42 42 42, 43 43,44 44

44

168-170. 171-182. 183-187. 188.

Stems and Terminations of .Firs~ Declension ...... . Paradigms of First Declension .................. . Contract Nouns of First Declension.. . . ......... . Dialects of First Declension ..................... .

SECOND DECLENSION. 189-191. Stems and Terminations of Second Declension .... . 192-Hl5. Paradigms of Sceond Declension ................ . 100-200. Attic Second Declension ........................ . 201-203. Contraet Nouns of Second Declension ............ . 204. Dialects of ~econd Declension ......... , ......... . THIRD DECLENSION.

205-208. 209-213. 214-218. 219-223. 224.

Stems and Case-endings of Third Declension . . . . . .

FORMATION OJo' CASES.

Nominative Singular of Third Declension ......... . Accusative Singular of Tllild Decleusion ........ . Vocative Singular of Third DeclLnsion .......... . Dative Plural of Third Declension ............... .
PARADIGMS OF THIRD
llECLF:NSIO~.

45,46 46 47 47 47-50 50-52

52,53

225. Nouns with Mute or Liquid Stems ............... . 226-240. Nouns with Stems in 2: (chietly contract) ......... . 241-24tl. Stems in fl or 0 ................................ . 249-262. Stems in I or 'I' ................................ . 263-272. Stems ending in a Diphthong ................... . 273-279. Syncopated Nouns of Third Declension .......... . 280-285. Gender of Third Declension .................... . 286. Dialects of Third Declension .................... . 287-291. Irregulaz Nouns ............................... .. 292-297. Endings -8<, -Ou, -of, -cu, -.fn, -<f!<v, etc ............. .

53-05 55,56

67,68
58,59 59 59-62 62

CONTENTS.

xi
P.1Gii8

ADJECTIVES.
298-309. Adjectives of the :First and Second Declensions .... 310, 311. Contract Adjectives in -os and -oos ............... 312-317. Adjectives of the Third Declension .............. . 318-333. First and Third Declensions combined ........... . 334~>30. Participles in -wv, -ovs, -as, -m, -iis, -ws ........ 340-342. Contract Participles in -awv, -w, -owv, -aws ....... . 343~'l45: Adjectives with One Ending .................... . 346-349, Irregular Adjectives: pl-yas, ,.o\tis, "'P~os, etc ...... .
COMPARISON' OF' ADJECTIVES.

63,64 65,66

66,61
67-69 70-72 72, 73 73 73,74

350-3511. 357-300. 361-364.

Comparison by -npos, -TaTos .................... Comparison by -iwv, -unos .................... Irregular Comparison .......................... .

74,75 75, 76 76, 77

ADVEIU3S AND THEIR COMPARISON.

361i-3()8. 369-371. Adverbs formed from Adjectives, etc ............. . Comparison of Adverbs ......................... . 77,78 78

NUMERALS.
372-374. 375-385. Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers, and Numeral Adverbs .................................... . 78-80 Declension of Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers, etc.. . 80,81

THE ARTICLE.
386-S88. Declension of ci,
~. TO . . .. . .

81,82

PRONOUNS.
389-400. Personal and Intensive Pronouns ................ . 82,83 401-403. Reflexive Pronouns ............................ . 84 404,405. Reciprocal Pronoun ............................ . 84,85 40()....408. Possessive Pronouns . . . . ...................... . 85 40\1-414. Demonstrative Prououu~ . . . . .................. . 85,8u 411i--420. luterrogative aud Indefinite Pronouns ........... . 86,87 421-4~8. Helativc Pronouns ............................. . 87,8!l 429-440. Pronominal Adjectives and Adverbs ............. . tsti--90 VERBS. 441-454. Voices, Moods, Tenses, Numbers, and Persons ... . 90-92 455--461. Tense ~ystems and Tense Stems ................. . 92,93 462,463. Principal Parts of a Greek Verb ................. 93,94 464-468. Conjugation.-Two Forms: Verbs in w and Verbs 94 in 14 ...............................

xii
8BCTION8

CONTENTS.
CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN

n.
0

P.49BB

469-473. 474,475. ~76, 477. 478,479. 480. 481. 482.

48.~85.

480-491. 492, 4!l3. 4!14. 495-490.

Description of following Synopses ......... . Synopsis of Xiiw .... Synopsis of >..t,.w ...... Synopsis 'of <f>a.lvw .. Inflection of >.6w ........ Inflection of 2 Aor., l'erf., and l'lupcrfo of >.clll'w . Inflection of a.lw (Liquid Forms) .......... Remarks on Verbs in w o. . ............... Perfect and Pluperfect Middle and l'a.ssivc of Verbs with Consonant t>tems ....... Contract Verbs in a.w, <w, a11<l ow o. . . . Synopsis of TiJ.Ulw, rJ><Xlwo 01)A6w, 81)p&.w 0......... Hemarks ou Contract Verbs .... o....
0

0........

0........

94,95 96,97 98 99 100-104 105 106,107 108 108-111 112-114 115 115, 116

CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN J'o'

500-503. 604,505. 506. 607,508. 500. 610-G12. 613-519. 620-1'>28. 520-G33. 634-530. 637-G3(l, 540-54(;. 547-550. 661. 552. 55!3.
054,
[)f>[>.

General Character of V crbs in IL'- Two Classes, Synopois of LO'T'IJJL<, Tl8'1!L'' olowJL<, and oflKviiJ.I' in Present and Second Aorist Systems o..... Inflect.ion of peculiar Tenses of these Verbs ..... Secoud Perfect and Pluperfect of the ~U-form .... Full Synopsis of these Verbs in Indicative.
0 0

116 116, 117 117-122 123 123, 124 124,125 125 126,127 127, 128 128 128, 129 129, 130 130, 131 131 131 131
132

AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION.

SyllalJic and Temporal Augment defined ........ Augment of Imperfect and Aorist Indicative ..... Reduplication of l'erf., Pluperf., and Fut. Perf. Attic Reduplication .......... Reduplicate<! AoriHts and Presents .............. Soyllal>ic Augment prefixed to a Vowel ...... o... Augment and Heduplication of Compound Verbs, Omission of Augment and Reduplication ........
0

.. ..

ENDINGS.

550. 657-.560. f>lll. 662. 663. 564. 665.

Personal Endinf(S ............................. Personal Endings of I ndic., Suuj., and Opt.. ..... l'ersona.l Endings of Imperative ................ Emliugs of Infinitive, ete ........... o... Hemark6 on the Ending~; ..
0 0 0 0 0 0

132, 133 133, 134 134 134 134 135 135, 136

TENSE STEMS AND FORMS OF INFLECTION.

Simple and Complex Tense Stems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tense Suffixes ....... o. . . . . . . . . . . . Optative Suffix. o... o...... Two Forms of Inflection of Verbs o............. The Simple Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Common Forrn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0 0 0 ........... 0 .......

CONTENTS.

xiii
PJ.QB8

FORMATION AND INFLECTION OF TENSE SYSTEMS.

8BCTION8

136 General Statement . . . . ...................... . 667. Formation of the l'reRent Stem from the Verb 136 Stem ..................................... . 668-$22. Eig!Jt Classes of Verbs ....................... . 136-143 623-633. Inflection of Present and Imperfect Indicative .. . 143, 144 634-05!1. Modification of the Stem in certain Tense Systems, 14&-149 600-717. Formation of Tense Stems, and Inflection of Tense Systems in Indicative ...................... . 149-158

066.

FORMATION OF DEPENDENT MOODS AND PARTICIPLE. 71&-72(\. Sulljunctive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi!l, 160 730-745. Optative...................................... 160-163 746-758. Imperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H3-l05 759-760. lufinitive,............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 166 770-775. Participles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 167 167 776. Verba.)~; in -ros and -nos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIALECTS.

777-783. 784-780. 787-792. 793-7!l7. i98-80:l. il04.

Dialectic and Poetic Forms of Verlls in w ..... Special Dialectic Forms of Contract Verbs ..... . Dialectic and Poetic Forms of Verlls in~-'' ...... . Enumeratiou of Presents in p.<.................. Second Aozi~ts of the !-'<form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second l'erf,,ets and Pluperf<ct~ of tlw 1-'-fonn.. Irrei(ular Verbs of the }J.IfOJ'Ill. . . . . Inflection of <ip., dp.<, i'Y)p.<, YJp.l, ~p.a<, Hlp.al, anu oi~a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1G7-170 170-172 In,173

173, 174 17 5, 171l 171l, I i7 177

.ENUMERATION AND CLASSIFICATION OF MI-FOHMS.

so;,,

800-821.

177-lil3

PAR'l' III.
FORMATION OF WORDS.
822. Simple an<l Cumpouu<l Worcts................. 184

SIMPLE WORDS.
823-825. 826-831. 832-840. 841-848.

Primitives and Denominatives ................. . Suffixes .................................... .

FORMATION OF NOUNS.

184,185 185 186, 187 187,188

Primitives ................................... Denuminatives ............................

xiv
Bli:O!'!Olll

CONTENTS.
P..t.GII8

849-858. Formation of Adjectives .............. 850, 8<10. Formation of Adverbs ...................... 861-868. Denominative Verbs ......................... .

189, 190 190 190, 191

COMPOUND WORDS.
809, 870. 871-877. 878-882. 883-880.

Division of the Subject ...................... First Part of Compound Word ................ , Last Part of Compound Word ................. Meaning of Compounds .................

191 192, HJ3 HJ3, 194 194, HJ5

PART IV.
SYNTAX.
890-893.

Subject, Predicate, Object......................

196

SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.

8!l4. 805.

806-898. 8!1!1-006. 907-010.

Subject Nominative of Finite Verb ............. . 1. Subject Accusative of Infinitive ............. . 2, 3. Subject of lutiuitive omitted ............. . Subject Nom. omitted, Impersonal Verbs, etc ... . Subject Nominative and Verb ................. . Predicate in same Case as Subject ............. . APPOSITION.

1!17 1117 1!)7 1117, IUS 198, HIO 199

911-fl17. ,Various Forms of

Awo~ition

..................

200,201

ADJECTIVES.
9JR-92G. 927-931. 932-034.

Adjectives agreeing with Nouns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201,202 Adjt<ctives belonging to omitted Subject of Infinitive, 202-204 Adjectives used as :"<ouns.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

THE A H.TICLE.
935-940. !l41-058. flii!l-980. 981-084.

Homeric Use of the Article (as Pronoun) ....... . Attic Use of the Article (as Definite Arlicle) ... . Position of the Article ........................ . l'ronomiual Article in Attic (o pb ... o 6(, etc.) ..

204-206 20fi-20B

208-212
212

PRONOUNS.
98&-992.

0{13-097.

Personal and Intensive Pronouns............... Uefiexive l'ronouns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. .

213,214 214, 21/i

CONTENTS.
OTIONB

XV
J'.A&KI

998-1003. 1004-1010. 1011-1014. 1016-1018. 1019-1025. 1026-1030. 1031-!038. 103ll. 1040-!041.

l'ossessive Pronouns .................... Demonstrative Pronouns .................... . Interrogative Pronoun ...................... . Indefinite Pronoun ......................... . Relative Pronoun as related to its Antecedent .. Relative with omitted Antecedent ........... . Assimilation and Attraction of Relatives ..... . Relative in Exclamations ................... Relative Pronoun not repeated in a new Case .. THE CASES.
NOMINATIVE AND VOCATIVE.

215,216 216,217 217 217,218 218,219 219,220 220-222 222 222

1042. 1043. 1044. 1045.

General Remark on the Cases................ ~omiuative, as Subject or Predicate . . . . . . . . . . Vocative used in address in~... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominative used for Vocative................
ACCUSATIVE.

222 222 222 223

Various Functions of the Accusative ......... . 223 Accusative of Direct (External) Object ...... . 223 Cognate Accusative (of Internal Object) ...... . 223-225 Accusative of Specification or Limitation ..... . 225 Adverbial Accusative ....................... . 226 Accusative of Extent of Time or Space ....... . 226 Terminal Accusative (Poetic) ............... . 226,227 Accu.<;ativc after N-il and Mel ................. . 227 Two Accusatives with Verbs signifying To ask, teach, 1emind, clothe, conceal, deprive, 1069-1072. 227 di1Jide, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 1073-1075. To do anything to or say anythillg of a person or thing .............................. . 228 1076. Cognate and Object Act'u~ative together ...... . 228 1077-1082. Predicate and Object Accusative together .... . 228,229
GENITIVE.

1046. 1047-1050. 1051-1057. 10li8, 1009. 1060, 1061. 1062-10(;4. 1065. 1066-10()8.

1083. Various Fuuctions of the Genitive ........... . 1084. Genitive after Nouus (Attributive) .......... 1085-1087. Seven Classes nf Attributive Genitive ........ 10S8-10!J2. Partitive Genitive (specially) ............... . Genitive after Verbs: 109~1096. Predicate Genitive ......................... . 1097,1098. Genitive expressing Part .................... .

229 229,230 230 231,232 232,233 233

xvi
8KCTIONB

CONTENTS. With verbs signifying To take hold of, touch, aim at, claim, hit, misa, begin, etc .............................. . To taste, smell, hear, perceive, l'emember, for get, desire, spare, neglect, admi1e, despise . . To rule, lead, or direct ................... . Ji'ulness or Want. . ...... Genitive of Separation and Comparison ...... . Genitive with Verbs of Accusing, Convicting, Acquitting, and Condemning (with Accus.) .. Genitive of Caus" ....................... Causal Genitive in Exclamations ............ Genitive of Source ......................... . Genitive of Agent or Instrument (Poetic) .... . Genitive after Compound Verbs ............. . Genitive of Price or Value .................. . Genitive of Time within which ...... Genitive of Place within whic:h (clJiefly Poetic) Objective Genitive with Verbal Adjectives ..... Possessive Genitive with Adjectives denoting Possession, etc.......................... . Genitive with certain Adject. of Place ...... . Genitive with Adverbs .... Genitive Absolute (see also 1568) ............ . Genitive with Comparatives ......... , ..... .
00 00. 00. 00 00

P~e

1099-1101. 1102-1108. 110\J-1111. 1112-11 W. 1117-1120. 1121-lll!5. 1120-1128. 11:.!9. 1130. 1131. 113:.!. 1133-1135. 1136. 113i-113B. 1139-1142. 1143-1145. 1140. 1147-1161. 1152. 1153-1156.

233,234 234,236 236 236 237,238 238,239 239 239 239 240 240 240,241 241 241 242,243 243 243

oo

243,244
244

244,246 246
24() 246,246 247 247,248 248 248 248 249 249,250 260,261

DATIVE. 1157. Various Functions of the Dative ............. . Dative expressing to or fol':1158. Dative of Indirect Object .. 1159-1163. Dative after certain Intransitive Verbs ....... . 1164. Dative with Verbs of Ruling, etc. , .......... . 1165-1170. Dative of Advantage or Disadvantage ........ . 1171. Ethical Dative .......... 1172. Dative of Relation .......................... . 1173. Dative of Possession (with <i!"l, etc.) ........ . 1174. Dative after Adjectives kindred to preceding Verbs .................................. . 1175-1178. Dative of Resemblance, Union, and Approach 1179, 1180. Dative after Compound Verbs .............. . 1181, 1182. Dative of Cause, Manner, Means, and Instrument. .... ,., ............. 1183. Dative after xpdof.'a, use . .............. 1184,1186. Dative of Degree of Difference (with Compan.00

oo oo

00

oo

00

...........

261
26]

tives)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t

1 I

Itt f

Iff

261,262

CONTENTS.
8SOTION8

xvii
PA.OE8

1180, 1187.

Dative of Agent (with Perfect and Pluperfect Passive) ................................. . 1188. Dative of Agent (with Verbal in r<os or -Tio) 1189-ll!H. Dative of Accompaniment (sometimes with
au76s) ..............................

262 252
252,263

1192-1195. Dative of Time ............................ . 1100. Dative of Place (Poetic)..... . . . . . . . ...... . 1197. " " Uceasional L" se in !'rose (Names of Attic Derues) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . JHI8. Local Datives as Adverbs ..................

263
253 254

254

PHEPOSITIO:'-l'S.
2[>4 Prcpositioas originally Adverbs ............. 1200. Improper Preposition~. . . . . . . . . . .......... . 254 1201. Prepositions with Genitive, Dative, and Accusa. tive ................................... . 254 1202-1219. uses of the l'r!'positions .................... . 204-262 1220. Uses of the Improper Prepositions. . . . . . . . . . 262 1221-12:.!0. Remark on the Prepositions . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2G2,203 1227. I' repositions in Compositjon taking their own Cases. . .............................. . 264 1190.

ADVERBS. 1228,1229. Adverbs qualifying Verbs, Adjectives, and Adverbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

264

SYNTAX OF THE
VOICES.

VERR

1230-1232. 1233. 1234-12:37.

Active Voice .............................. . Passive Voice ........................... . Agent after Passive Verbs (i.,-6 and Genitive) 1238. Dative of Agent (see also 118G-l 188) ........ . 1239. Pa.~sive Construction when Active has two Cases ................................ . 1240. Cognate Accusative made Subject of Passive ..
1241. Intra.usitive Active forms userl as PaRsives

264,265
2(15 2(l5

265

2C5,266 266
266

1242-1248.

Middle Voice (three uses) .

TENSES.

. ............ .

267,268

1249. Two relations denoted by the Tenses...... . . . .

I. TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE.

268

1260-1266. Tenses of the Indicative (Time of each) . 268-271 1267-1270, Primary a.nd Secondary Tenses............... 271, 272

XVlll II.
811CTION8

CONTENTS.
TENSES 01' 'l'l!Jo; DEPENDENT MOODS.
A. NOT IN IN V!Rl:CT DlSCOU HSl:.
P.lOitB

1271. Present and Aorist chiefly used .............. . 127:.!. Distinction between l'r~Sl<nt and Aorist here .. . 1273-1275. Perfect not in Indirect Disconrse (seldom used) 1270-1:278. Future 1ufinitive not in ludirect Discourse (exceptional) .............................. .
B.
I~

272 272 272,273 273 273 2i4

I:'<DIHECT ll!SCOU!tSl:.

Definition of Jndirer.t Di,cou1se ............. . 1280-12~;.1. Optative and Infinitive in Indirect Discourse .. . 1285. Present Infin. and Optative include lmperfer.t .. 128G. Infinitive after Verbs of Hoping, l'romisiug, etc. (two Constructions allowed) .............. . 1287. Future Optative used ouly in Indirect Discourse 1279.
III.

2i4
276

275

TE:'>SES OF THE PARTICIPLE.

276 1288. Expressing time relatively to leading Verb..... 1289. Present Participle as Imperfect............... 275,276 1290. Aorist sometimes deuoting same time as leading Verb.................................... 276
IV. GNOMIC AND ITERATIVE TENSES.

276 1291. Gnomic Present, expressing Habit or General Truth 1292-1294. Gnomic Aorist " 276 276 1295. Gnomic Perfect " 1290-1298. Iterative Imperfect and Aorist with IJ.v 2i6, 277
THE PAETICLE

"Av.

1299-13Q1. Two Uses of /J.v . . 277 "Av with the Indicative:1302. 277 Never with Present or Perfect ............. . 130:t With Future (chiefly Homeric) ............ . 277,278 130-1. 278 With Secondary Tenses ................... . 1::!05. A with the Subjunctive .................... . 278 130u, 1307. Av with the Optative (always Poteutial) ..... . 278 1!~08, 130!1. Av with tl1e Infinitive aud Participle (Potential) 2i8,279 1310, 131 I. !'osition of d ................... 270,280 280 1312. "A repeated in long Apouosis ............... . 1313-131U. Special Uses of /J.v 280
THE MOODS.
GENERAL STATEMENT A!\D CLASSIFICATION.

1317-1319. Various Uses of Indicative .................. . 1320, 1321. Variou:; Uses of Subjunctive ............

280,281 281

CONTENTS.
8:IOTION8

xix
PAG:I8

1322, 1323. 1324. 1325. 1320.

J.

Various Uses of Optative ................... . The Imperative ............................ . The Infinitive, Participle, etc................ . Classification of Constructions of the MoodH .. .
POTENTIAL OPTATIVE ANJ> JNJ>IGATIVE.

281,282 282 283 283

1327-J!l:H. 1335-1341.
II.

Potential Optative with ll.v .......... Potential ludicative with h. . . . . . . . ........ .

28:3-285 28fl, 28<i

!Ml'ERATIVE AND SUJJJIJNCTIVE II' !~DEPENDENT ~EXTE!'\CES.- INDEPENDE!\'T SENTE!\CES WITH p.~ OR chrws;.

1:342, 1343. 1344, 1345. 1346, 134 7. 1348, 134D. 1350, 1:l5l. 1352-1354.

Imperative in Commands, Exhortations, etc. . . 287 First Person of Suhjuuctive in Exhortatiom; . . . 287 Present Imper. or Aorist Su!Jj. in Prohibitions 287 Independent Subjunctivr. in Homer with p.T], expressing fear or anxiety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287, 2H8 Subjunctive or Indicative with 1-'TJ or J.<iJ ov in cautious assertions or negatio11~ . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Future Indicative with lirrws alld o1rws l'r, in Commands and Prohibitions....... . . . . . . . . 2H8

III.

HOMERIC St:JJJUNCTIVE 1~11\E FUTURE INDICATIVE.1::-<"TE!tROGATIVE SUll,TUN'C'f!VE.

1355-1357. 1358, 13[,\1.

Homeric Use of the Subjunctive ;tS simple Future lnterrog;ttive Suhjuu(:tive (<.\uestions of Doubt)

288,28()
:2B9

IV. SUlJJIJNCTJVE ANI> FUTURE INDICATIVE WITH

ou

p.~.

1360, 13(ll.
V.

As Emphatic Future and ia l'rollibitious......

28!)

FINAL AND ODJECT CLA USF.S AFTER AND p.~.

iva.,

~' 07rw<;;,

ocppa.,
290 290

1302, 1.163. l:lu4.

Jll65-J~~(l8.

Three Classes of these Clauses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative: Particle in t.hese Clauses . . . . . . . . . . . . With ~ubjunctive and Optnivc ........ ,...... With ~uLjunctive after SPcnmlary Teu~~s . . . . . With the Past Teuses of the Indicative........

I. Pl'l\E FISAL CLAIJSE~ (AFTER ALI, TilE FISAI. !'ARTICLES):-

130!), l:l7\J. 1371.

2()0, 2a1 291 202 202 2D2 292, 2D3 293

11. OliJlcCT CLAUSE~ WITH 61rwr AFTER VEI<HS OF

Striving ETC.:-

1372. With Future Indicative or Optative. . . . . . . . . . . 1373. Same coustructic>n with V crbs of exhorting etc. 1374-1376. Present or Aorist Subjunctive or Optative here 1377. Horucric Subj. aud Opt. with o1rwr or .is . . . . . . .

CONTENTS.
8:&CTION8

III. CLA.USES WITII p.~ AFTER VERBS OF Fearing:-

I'AGIIII

1378. 1379. 1380.

With Subjunctive and Optative, ... ,.......... With Future Indicative (rare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . With Present or Past Tenses of Indicative.....
VI. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

293 293 294

1381. 1382. 1383. 1384. 1385-138!l.

I.

Definition of Protasis and Apodosis .......... . Use of l!v (Hom. l) in l'rotasis and Apodo~is .. Negative Particles in Prota.sis and A poliosis .... Distinction of Particular and G(,neral Sup positions ................................ . Classification of Conditional Sentences ....... . Simple Supposition (chiefly Particular) with Indicative ............................... . Future Indicative denoting Present Int-ention .. l'rr.st'nt auri Past General Suppositions ....... .
l'III!:SE:-!T AND PAST CONDJTWSS WITH Sl!PI'OSJTIONS CONTIIAI!Y TO FACT.

204 294 204 294,295

29fl, 200

PRESEST OR PAST CONVITIOI<S WITH NOTIIING IMPLIED.

1;390.

l:lfil. 1393-13!l6.
II.

206,297 297 297,298

l'ast Tenses of Indicative (l!v in Apodosis) . . . . 2!l8, 299 Preseut Optative used hr.re in Homer in l'reseut Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 130!l. Optative wit.h in Homer rar(ly Past in Apodosis 299 1400-1402. "Eo, x_pijv, etc. with Infinitive in Apodosis without l!v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299, 300
13(17. 13!Jfl.
Ill,

FUTtJI!Jo: CONDITIONS, MOl!!!: YIVIJ) FORM.

1403, 1404.
l4U0.

1406, 1407.
1408-1412. 1413. 1414-1417.
1418.

:Subjunctive with l6.v in Protasis ............. . Future Indicative with fi in l'rotasis ......... . Subjunctive wit.h simple .Z (in Homer) ....... .
IV. FuTURE CONDJTIOS<;, LESS VIVID
~-ORM.

300

:Joo
301 301 301,302 302

Optative in botll Protasis and

Apodosi~

...... .

l'ECCLIAR FORMS OF CONDITIONAL

SE!<TJo:NC~;~.

l'rotasis contained in Participle or othet Won\ .. Ellipsis of Protasis or Apodosis ............. .

Infinitive or Participle i11 ln<lircct
Dis~n11rse

forming Apodosis ........................ . 303 1410. Iutlnitive (not in Indirect Discourse) forming 303 Apodosis ............................... 1420. Apodosis implied in Context ................ 303 1421. Protasis and Apodosis of different Classes .... 303,304 304 1422. M introducing an Apodosis ............... 304 1423, 1424. El after Verbs of Wonderiug (Oo;v,u<ijw) etc.....

CONTENTS.
ncmoxs
VII. RELATIVE AND TEIIIPOHAL SENTENCES.

xxi
PAGZB

1425. Relative including Temporal Clauses ......... . 142tl. Definite aud Indefinite Antecedent explained .. 1427. Relative with Definite Antecedent ........... . 1428. Relative with Indefinite Antecedent.- Conditional Relative .......................... . 1429. }'our Forms of Conditional Relative Sentence corresponding to those of ordinary Protasis (1385-138!1) ............................ .. 1430. I. (a) Simple Present or Past Conditions ..... . (b) Present and l'ast General Conditions ... . 1431, 143:.!. 1433. II. !'resent and Past Gnfulfilled Conditions .. . 1434, 1435. lll. Future Conditions (more Vivid Form) ... . 1436. IV. Future Conditions (less Vivid Form) .... . 1437, 1438. l'eculiar Forws in Conditional Relative Sentences 1439-1441. Assimilation in Conditional Relati\e Sentences 1442-1444. ltelative Clauses expressing Purpose ......... . 1440-1448. Helative Clauses expressing Result .......... . 1449-1450. Consecutive Clauses with war< or ws, with Infinitive and Finite Moods ............... . 1460. 'Eq,' ,; or "f! ,;T< with lnfin. or Fut. Ind ....... . 1461, 1462. Causal Relative Sentences .................
TEMI'ORAI, l'AUTICLE~ SIGNIFYING

305 305 306 305,306

306 306 306,307 307 307 307 307,308 308,309 309 309,310 310,311 311 312

Until

AND

Before.

1463-1468. 1469-1473. 1474.

Constmctions after fws, luu, l!xp, p.!xp, 6q,pa,

until ..............................
IIplv with tl1e Infinitive and thP. Finite Moods . Ilplv ~. 1rp6npov ~. 1rp6ufJev 1), etc. used like 1rplv
VIII. INDIRECT DISCOURSE.

312,313 313,314 314

1476. 147&-14 79. 1480. 1481-1480.

Direct and Indirect Quotations aurl Questions 314, 315 Indirect Quotations ami Questions, how introduced 315 Meaning of Expression Indirect Disc01t1'Se..... 316 General Principles of Indirect Discourse.- Use of liv.- Negative Particles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315, 316
SIMPLE SENTENCES IN INDIRECT DISCOUHSE.

1487. 1488. 1489. 1400-1492. 1493, l-'94.

Indicative and Optative after 6n or w<, ami iu Indirect Questions ....................... 316,317 317 Pres. Opt. occa.sioually represents Imperfect ... 317 Pres. and Perf. changed to Imperl. and l'luperf. Subjunctive or Optative in Indirect Questions, representing Interrogative Subjunctive . . . . 317,318 318 Indicative or Optative with li 'unchanged) .... Infinitive and Part.iciple In Indirect Quotations 818,319

xxii
BJ:CTION8

CONTENTS.

14!J5. 1496. 1497.

W11en Infin. is said to be in Indirect Discourse Negative of Infin. and Part. (sometimes p.T,)
!:<DlRECT QT.:OTATION OF COMPLEX SENTENCES.

319 3I9

Rule for DPpendent Clauses in Indirect Quotation 319,320 One Verb changed to Optative, another unchangr.d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 14!Jfl. De]lendent Aorist Indic. not changed to Optative 320 1500, 1501. Spt>cial Cases.... .. . . .. .. . . . . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . 320 1502, 1500. Single Dependent Clauses in Indirect Discourse, independently of the rest of the Sentence.Four Classes ............................. - 321, 322 322 1504. Ovx lin, oux lhrws, p.'lf lin, p.f! /hrws . . . . .
14!Jb.
IX. CAUSAL SJ<:NTEN'CES.

1503. Causal Sent.ences with Indicative ............ . 1ii0u. Optative sometimes used after Past Tenses ... .
X. EXPHESSION OF A WISH.

322,323 323

1507-1510. Optative in Wishes (with or without .ro. etc.).. 323,324 324 1511. 1udieative in WiH!tts (with .ro. etc.) . . . . . . . . . . 1512-1515. "ll<t><Aov with Infinitive iu WiJ;hes.............. 324,325
THE INFINITIVE.

1510.

Infinitive as Verbal Now1 (with and without Article) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INFINITIVE WITHOUT THE ARTICLE.

325

Infinitive as Subject, l'redicate, or Appositive 325 Infiuitive as Object of a Vcrb:Not in Indirect Discourse (c!Jiefiy Present and 326 Aorist).... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1[,22-1525. In Indirect D1scourse ~with Time of Tenses preserved) ............................ . 320,327 32!:! 1526-15.31. Infinitive with Adjectives, Adverbs, and Nouns 1532, 1533. Infinitive of Purpose (or Result, Hom.) ...... 32fl 15:l4, 15:!5. A bsolut.e Infinitive.- 'E<wv <lva< etc ......... 82!l I63u-IG40. Infinitive in Commands, Wi~hes, Laws, etc .. 329,330 1517. 151H. 1510-1521.
JN"Jo'i:-IITTVF. WITII TilE ARTICLE.

1541. Character of Articular Infinitive ......... . 1642-11:>44. Infiuitive with T6 n.s Suhj<'ct or Object ........ 1545. Infinitive with T6 with Adjectives aud Nouns ... 1046. lu.fiuitive wilh Toil, T<ji, or T6 after Prepositions

330 330,331 331 831

CONTE~TS.
I:ICTIOM8

XXlll
P.lOEB

1647, 1548.

Infin. with rou orr~ in Various Constructions

331, 332 332,333 333

1049-1553. Infinitive with or without Toii or 'Toii JL~. 'TO ur 'TO JLi! (or !"~ ou), after Verbs of Hindrance etc. 1554. Infinitive (generally with ro) in Exclamations 1555. Infinitive with Adjuncts and 'TO, as Noun ..... .
THE PARTICIPLE.

33;l

11ili7, 1558.

Participle as Verbal Adjective.-Three lJses..

ATTlt!llUTIVg PARTICIPJ.E.

334

1559. 1560, 1561. 1&6:.!.

Participle qualifying a. Noun (as Adjective) ... . Participle with Article as ~ubstantive ........ . Neuter Participle with Article as Abstract Noun
CIRCUMSTANTIAL PARTICIPLE.

334
334,335 335

1563, 1-8. Various Cses of this Participle .............. . 1564-1567. Peculiar Idioms ............................ . 1G68. Genitive Absolute .......................... . 1560, 1570. Accusative Absolute ........................ . 1571. "flv omitted (rarely) ........................ .

331i,336 336,!{37 337 337

337,338

1lii2-1tl77. Various Adverbs with Circumstantial Participle 33H,33D

SUPPLEMENTAl~

PARTICIPLE.

1578, 1579.
1580, 1581.

Showing to what the action of the Verb relates

NOT IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE.

339

With Verbs signifying to begin, continue, cease, 1epent, et.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 1582, 1583. With Verbs signifying to perceive, find, or 1epre-

339,340 340
340

sent ....................................
1584. 1585. 158(i, 1587.
BovAOJL<o, iji56JL<vo, etc., agreeing with Dative With 7rEp<op6.w and iop6.w, ov-.,look, see, alloto With 'Aa.v8civw, rv-yxcivw, and 0civw ...... With lia.u'Alw, orx.oJLa<, etc.............. .
lN JNDJIU.:CT Dl$COUnSE,

340 340,341

341

1588.

1589. 1590.
1591, 1592. 1&03.

Participle (like lnfin.) with verbs signifying to see, hear, learn, perr.eive, know, etc........ . A'iM or a.v<p6 <i!U with Participle .......... . :!:vo<lia and uu)'f'<)'vwuKw with a Participle in Nominative or Dative .................... . Verbs of 1588 with other Constructions ...... . 'Or with Participle of Indirect D!~c~ourRe ...

341,342
342 342 342

342

X..XlV

CONTENTS.
VERBAL ADJECTIVES IN
-TfOS

81WI'lON8

AND

-TfOY.

1594. Two Constructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1595, 1596. l'er~;onal Construction of Verbal in -Tiof.. . . . . . 1697-1500. lmJ!ersona.l Verbal in -Tio (or -Tia)..........

343 343 343

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.
Direct and Indirect Interrogatives.. . . . . . . . . . . . Two or more Interrogatives witll one Verb..... Interrogative as Predicate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct lllterrogatives, - Cipa, ~. ov, p.f), p.w, ovKoii...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604. Ahho T< fi; or dhho n;. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hl05. Indirect Questions with <I (Homeric~ or <I) . . . 1606. Alternative Questions, - ll&upov ... ~. etc. . . . 1600. 1001. 1602. Hl03. 344 344 344 344 345 345 346

NEGATIVES.
I607. Two negatives, ou and p.f) 1008. Ov witll independent Indicative and Optative . . 1609. El ou or I p.-fJ in Indirect Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . 1(110. MiJ with Subjunctive and Imperative.......... Wll. Negative with Infinitive...................... 1012-11114. Negative with Participles and Adjectives...... HJ15. M>\ with Infin. after Verhs with Negative Idea 101(1, W17. Mi) ov with Infinitive (aft.er Negative Leading Verb)........................ . . . . . . . . . . . . HilS, 1019. Two or more Negatives in one Clause......... 345 345 345 346 346 346 346 347 347

PART V.
VERSJFICA TION.
1620, 1621. Foot. -Ictus.- Arsis and Thesis ... : ...... 1622-1024. Rhythm and Metre ......................... .
162().
Hi~o.

Ictus n.ud Word-accent ......................

348 360 360

3li0

1627, 1628. 1629, 11130. }(131. 1032. 1633. 1634.

Long and Short Syllables.- Times .......... . Enumeration of Feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . Place of the Ictus in a Foot. ................ . Resolution and Contraction ................ . Syncope ................................... . Irrational Time ............................ . Cyclic Dactyl and Anapacst ................. .

360,361 351 351,352 352 352 362

CONTENT~
nCTIOllft

XXV
PAGP:8

1635. Anacrusis ................................. 1636. Syllaba Anceps ............................ 1637. Rhythmical Series and Verse ............... . 1038. Close of Verse. . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 1639. Catalexis .................................. . 1640. Pauses .................................... . 1641. llrachycatalectic and Ilypercatalectic Verses .. .

:~52

:)52 .%:3 353 353 353 353

363,364

1642- J(l44. Caesura and Diaeresis . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 1045. Names of Verses ........................... . 1646. Manometers, Dimeters, etc.. . . . . . . . . ....... . 1647. Tripodies, Tctrapodies, etc .................. . 1648. Rising and Falling Rhy~hms ................ . 1649. Distichs, Systems, Strophes, etc............. . 16/i0-1656. Trochaic Rhythms ......................... . 1657-1667. Iambic Rhythms ........................... . 1668-1674. Dactylic Rhythms .......................... . 1675-Hl78. Anapaestic Rhythms ....................... . 1679-1083. Logaoedic Rhythms ........................ . 1684, 1085. Dactylo-Epitritic Rhythms .................. . 1686. Rhythms with Feet of Five or Six Times ..... . Choriambic Rhythms .................... . 1687. 1688. Ionic Rhythms .......................... . 1689. Cretic and Paeonic Rhythms .............. . 1690. Bacchic Rhythms ........................ . 1691. Dochmiacs ................................ .

354 354 355 355 35[)

355-357 357-360 360-362

362-364
364-"166

30(1,367 367
367

367 3fi8 368 368

APPENDIX.
1692.
CATALOGUE 01' VEnUS .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..

369-406

PARALLEL REFERENCES
FROM THE EDITION 0.'

1879

TO TilE PBE8ENT EDITION.

OLD

NEW

OLD

NEW
1).~

OLD

NEW

1
Note 1 N.2 2 Note

1 11, 2, N. 4 N.ll 2 3 12, 1

ll
ll N. 1 7' N, 2 N, 3 10 11 N. 4 12 13, 1 13 N. 1 15 N.2 16 2 3 18 19 1 20 2 N. 1 21 i 22 N. 2 23; 24 211 15, 1

17, 1, Note
2

42
4R M

r'

3
Note 4, 1 N. 1 N.2 2 ll, 1
2

Note 3 51 18, 1, 2 2, Note 50 53 HJ, 1 2 52

l)(i

!K 95, 1 !15, 3 & 5 95, 2 96 97 98

99
100 101 102 103

3
N.1 N.2 1, 2, 3 Rem. N. 1 N. 2

57 i 119

60
62; H3 20
63

6 1 2 Note

114,

104
106 107, 2 108

64 21, 1
65
66 67 68, 1

109
110, 1-3 110, 4 111 112 113 114 115, 1 111\, 2 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 i 124 125 127 128 129 130 132; 133, 1

1
Note 8 9

2 26 34 16 35;36 1 37 N. 1 1 N.2 38,2 2 Note 39, 1 2 3 38, 1 3 Note Note 39, 1 & 2 4, Note 38,4 4 39, 3 N. 1 5 39,4 & 11 6 N.2 N.1 11 ~. 1 N.2 40, 2 Remark N.3 47 10 N.4 11, 1 42 (a) 43, 1 7 (a) 43, 2 (b) (b) 2 44 (c) 411 N.1 (d) N.2 46 N.3 47, 2 17, 1

2 G9 3 70 22, 1 71 2 N. 1 72 N.2 73 74 2.1, 1 Note 75 2 76; 77 88 24, 1 Note 78, 1 78, 2 & 3 2 79 3 80 25, 1 ' 81 Note 83 2 Note 84 84, 1 3 N.1 84, 3 N.2 84,4 84,5 & 6 26 N.l 92; 93

:u:vi

PARALLEL REFERENCES.
OLD ~ NBW OLD J!BW I OLD

xxvii
!ri:W

N.2 N. 3 (1) (2) (3) N.4

21
1 2 3 4 28, 1-3 N. 1 N. Z N.3 29 N.l N.2 80, 1 2 3 81 32, 1 2 Note 33, 1 2 N.1 N.2 N.3 3 N.l N.2 34 Note 36
36

Note 37, 1 2 N.l N.2 N.:.l,4

38

N.1

N.2
39

189 134 40 190 41 131, 4; 191 Note 13.1, 2 192; 193 131, 5; 42, 1 195 Note 131, 2 196; 197 2 131, 1; 199 133, 3 N.l 200 N.2 135 201 140 -13 203 Note 141, 1 204, 141, 2 44 20.'\ 141, 3 45, 1 200 Note 141,4 207 2 142; 143 167; 208 Note 144 209 145 46 20!.1, 4 146 1 20<J, 1 2 136; 137 209,2 3 138 20\l, 3 4 139 N.1 212,1;210,1&3 147 212,2 N.2 148 21a N.:J 149 214, 1; 150 47, 1 214, 2 & 3; 216 1111 217 N.l 1112 218 N.2 153; 1M 21!1 155 48, 1 220-222 2 156 223 3 157 224 158 49 2211 1.'19 50 226 160; 161 Ill, 1 208,3 162 2 163 Note 88, 1; 90, 3 227 164; 165 112, 1 16() 85; 88, 1 Note 228; 234 2 168 N.1 228;230;235 169 39,2 N.2 170 231 N.3 171; 179 232 N.4 173-175 249; 256 182 113 249; 250 I 177 2M N. 1 178 251 N. 2 183; 184 255 N.3 186 257 2 187 261 N.l 188

113, 2, N.2 3 N.1 N.2 N. 3 N.4

319 263 265 266

'1$1

M
Note 55

264 268

269;270 242; 245 N.1 238-241; 243; 244 24!l N.2 2411; 247 N.3 228 116, 1 2;17, 1 2 & Note 273 117 274, I 1 274; 275 N. 1 276; 279 N. 2 277, 1; 278 2 277, 2; 278 3 280 58 281-285 1-3 286 1i9 287 60, I 2!l8 2 3 289 !.!!!() 4 291 5 292-294 61 ~ N. 1 Z\J6 N.2 2~7 N.3 2\!8 62, 1, 2 299-301 :J 302 Note 304;306 63 307 Note 305; 306 64 310 65 312; 313 66 ~ N. 1
N. 2

344

316 N. 3 343; 345 N.4 318-320; 324; 67, 1, 2 325; 328; 329 322; 74 N.1 332 N.2 321>-327 N.3

xxviii
OLD

PARALLEL REFERENCES. NEW OLD NEW OLD NEW

68
6!1
70

71

72, 1 2

73, 1 2 3 74, 1 2 75

76 77, 1

78

79, 1

464 396 93, 1 465; 4U(i 2 (a)-(c) 31n 4H7 3 398 4(i8 Noto 399; 089, 2 456; 458; 5(;1 400 I !)4 46!); 470 401 !J5, 1 474 402; 403 I 476 II 404 478 Ill 400 Note 472 407 474; 475 2, I 408 477 II 40'J 479 411 III Note 473 412 480 413 96, I 481 II 415 482 III 416 N. 1 483 417 484 N. 2 418 41() N. 3 48.'1 486, 1 & 2 420 !)7,1&2 36485 487, 1 3 421; 425 365 1 86 487, 2 4 N. 1 4W Note 3f>6 N. 1 488 424; 428 N. 2 367 N. 2 489 429; 430 Note 368 Iii' 1 N. 3 490 434 Note 369 4:1(; !18 492 2 N. 1 370 1 4!!3 Rem. 43!! Notu N. 2 371 495 N. 1 441 372; 373 : 88, 1 N.2 496 442 Note Note 374 N. 3 497 443 2 375 498 N.4 Note 444 N. 1 376; 377 499 N.5 445 N.2 378 89 737 N.G 446 Note N. 3 379 litO; 1120 447 99, 1 380 90, 1 511, 1 2 (a) 448 2 N. 1 381; 382, 2 511,2 (b) 449 N. 1 3H2, 1 N.2 (a) 521 (c) 450 N. 2 (b) 382, 3 512; 520 Rem. 451 N.3 N. 3 383 1113 452; 453 ' 100, 1 N.4 384 91 !Slll 2 454 Note N. 5 385 616 N.1 45R; 386 92, 1, 2 & Note 517 N.2 459; 5G7 N. 1 387 534 N. 3 41l0 3 N. 2 388 535 N. 4 461 38!l Note 1114 N.5 459 N.1 391; 392 4 1121 4.'15-4117 101, 1 I-VII N. 2 393 522 Note 462 N.3 394 5 1523 2 463 395 6 N.4

334; 335 338 79,1,N.5 Note 336 337 N. 6 N. 7 340 341 Note 2 342 Note 34il N.1 347 80 N.2 348 Note 350 81 N.1 3M 82 N. 1 N.2 352 N. 2 N.3 353 N.4 354 83 N.5 N. 1 355 N.2 357 3.')8 N.3 N. 1 35!1 o4, 1 2 N.2 360 N. 1 361 N.2 Note 362 3 363

PARALLEL REFEUENCES.
OLD
NJ:W

XXIX
NEW

OLD

NEW

OLD

101, 2, N. 1 N.2

524 108,
525 526 527 529-1131 532

3 4

102
N.l N. 2

1)33
518 51()
.~37

103
Note 104 N. 1

538

N.2
1015, 1 N.1 N. Z N. 3 Note

53!! 540
541 543 544 545, 1

z
J()(i, 1

Wi,2
546 547; Ml\ 550 54!J 567 1IG!l 5f>!J 1171 !i73

3
Note 2 107 108 Note II, I

2 No to
III

574 57!l; <i42

1i71J-iJ78 IV 57~ 1 (a) 580 Note 582; 583 (b) 585; :;ss N.l 500 N.2 !I!J1 2 lHJ2 (c) 5!13 (d) 11!14; 500 N. 1 !IUS N. 2 599

N. 3
3 (e) Note V,1 2 3

(,00

601

C.02
603

4
N. 1 (a)

605 607 608

610

698 611 110, IV, (a) (1)-(5) 699612 702 613 VI (b) 682; 683 615 N.l (l)-(1i) 684 616 N. 2 Note G86; 694 N. a 617 (c) 703 N.4 618 N.1 653; (Xi-! 704 VII (;56 70.~ N.2 Note (d) 687; 6!12 621 VIII N.1 600 W'2 Not!3 N. 2 Sec 6!!3 634 Rem. (i!IJ; 773 (i::\5; f>3(i N.3 10\J, 1 471; (i&\ N. 4 774 N. 1 v 675 u:m N. 2 640; 641 N.l 676 2 C>43; 644. N.2 677 3 N.3 li78 N.l See 6()2 VI 707; 710 N " ""' 645 I oro 70K N.l 4 N. 1 646 N. 2, 3 70'J 711 N.2 712; 715 VII 672 716 N.l 5 N.2 713 647 6 64R 714 Note N.3 717 7 (<t) 64!1 1 Ill 1151 (b) 650 I 112, 1 5:i2 C>:ll; 652 i (c) 2 053; ()[,7: 556 Note 8 ti58, I. :;117-1\Cil (a) 3,4 658, 2 113, J (b) See 5GI, 1; 623 {j/j\J Note 2, !\. I 5fi5, <i; 624 Rem. 6til ti25 N.2 (jlj() .~56, 2 N. 3 110, I W2 55ii, 3 II, I N.5 (ili3 114 2 7Hl 721 N. 1 (a) 61\15, 1 (cncl) (b) 005,2 723; 725 N. 1 (c) (i{i5, 3 724; 727 N. 2 (d) 665, 4 115 no 731 N.2 6fi6' 1 lj(j7 740 N. B 2 739 61i8 N. 4 3 737 009 Ill, 1 4 735 N. 1 670 N.l 732 fl71 N.2 N.2 553 G72 116, 1 2 746; 147 N.l 673 2 757 N.2 674 3 N. 1 (b) N.2

v,

nx
OLD

PARALLEL REFERENCES.
!IJI:W

OLD

:~~w

OLD

JfBW

7119; 76.'1 76&-7ti9 772; 116 3:!7 776, 1 716,2 776, 3 721; 733 734 720; 733 '2 Note 7111; 748 8 700 486, 2; 701 15 Note 701 12114 6 119, 1-9 777, 1-9 10 778 11 179 12 (a) 780, 1 (b) 780, 2 (c) 7!l0, 3 780, 4 (d) 13 7!H 782 14 I5 783 l!Ml, I (a) 784, I (b) 784, 2 (c) 784. 3 (d) 784, 4 784,11 (e) 785, 1 2(a) 7&~. 2 (b) (c) 7&~. 3 (d) 785, 4 3(a) 78G, 1 (b) 786,2 Rern. before 121 4ii8 ; !100; 501 557 ; 558 ; 627 121, 1 N.l !!01; 802, 1 ' N.2 fi29 2!a)-(j) 5(;4, 1--{3 7!, 2 3 502; 793 122 794 1 797 2 630; 741 N. 1 72!1; 742 N.2 632 N.3 OM; 117, 1 1 (end) 2 770; Note 3 N. 1 N.2 U8,1 Note

832 724 1211, 1 833, 1; 841 2 (a) 728; 631 841 Note ~.1 (b) 833, 1, 2; 841 1104; 505 833,3 Note 500 834 3 1109 835 N.1 507; li08 N. 2 836 !!04 837 4 7!, 1, 2 837 (end) Note 795 838 5 796 839 Note 798; 799 843 li 801 842 (S.'l7) 7 802; 803, 2 842 Note 804 844 8 797 8411 Note 787, 1-.5 846 9 800,2 846, 1-3 (a)-( c) 7!!8, 1 847 Note 788, 2 (b) 84!l, 1 10 7!!8, 3 (c) Note 84~. 2 78Y 8 849, I 11 791 9 850 12 792 10 851 13 805 127 8..~2 14 800, I I 853 Note N.1, 2 806, 2, 3; 807 &~ 15 808, 1 11 84\J, 4 16 N.1-3 808, 2; 809 s;.~ 17 !l10, 1 III 859; l;iiO l!l N.1,2 810, 2; 811 861, 1-8 812 130, 1-8 IV 86R N. 1 813 ?i'. 1, 2 8(i6 N.2 814--816 867 N.3 817 Note 869 818 131 VI 870 Rem. 819 Note 871 1 820 VII 872 Note 821 Note 873 2 822 128, 1 873. 1 (a) 823 2 (a) 1!73, 2 (b) 824 (b) 874 3 825 Note 875, 1-4 4 (a)-(d) 826 3 876 N.1 827 N.1 877 N. 2 N.2 878 II N.3 879; !!81 6 830 N.4 880 Note 831 N.ll

122, 2, N. 4 N.ll N.6 123, 1 2 3 124, 1 2 126, 1, 2 N.1 N.2 3 N.1 N. 2 4 II 126, 1---5 6 7 (a)

~:I

PARALLEL REFERENCES.
eLl)

uri
NKW

Nw

OLD

NEW

OLD

181,7

882 138,

182
1 Note

883 884 139, 1 Note 885

886
887

2
Note

888
Rem.

133, 1

889 890 891 N.1 892 2 893 Note 894 1:W, 1 8.'!5, 1 2 895,2 & 3 3 896 N.1 N. 1 (a)-(e) 897, 1-5 898 N.2 899, 1 135, 1 899, 2 2 900 3 901 N.1 902 N.2 903 N.3 904 N.4 905 N.5 907 136 908 Rem. N.l 909 910 N.2 N. 3 (a) 927; 928 931 (b) 930 N.4 911 137 N.1 913 914 N. 2 N. 3 915 916 N.4 138 918 Rem. 919 N.1 (a) 923 N. 2 (a) 9"..4, a (b) 924, b 925 (c) N. 3 920 921 N.4 388; 410 N.5

N.6

922

98!1 927; 928 14A, 1 Note 932, 1 986 2 (a) 932, 2 987 (b) . 988 933 2 989, 1 934 14!i, 1 Note Note 990 935 1~ 989, 3 2 N.1 936 Note 992 N. 2 (a)-(d) 993 937, 1-4 146 N.l 938 ll9i N.3 N.2 995 939 N.4 N. 3 996 940 N.ti 998 941 147 141 N.1 942 999 N.1 1000 N.2 (a) 943 1(Xf2 N. 3 (b) 944 1003 N. 4 (c) 945; OOl 1004 947 148 (d) 1()()1j 949 N.1 N. 2 1006 N.2 H52 N. 3 1007 N. 3 N.4 953 1010 954 N.4 N.5 1011 9M, 1 149, 1 N.6 1012 lll.'i, 2 2 N.7 (last part) 1013 956 N.8 1014 Note 9.~9. 1; 962 142, 1 1015 Note 960 150 Note 1017 959, 2 2 1019 963 151 Rem. N.1 1020 N.1 964 N. 2 (a) 1021, a, b 9f>5 N.2 1021, c (b) N. 3 (a) 006 1023 N. S (b) 967 1024 N.4 N.4 968 1026; 1021 969 152 N.5 1028 N.1 970 N.6 N.2 971; 972; 973 1~ 3 1030 N.3 974 4 1031 975 153 N.1 1032 N.1 976 N.2 1033 N.2 N. 3 (a) 977, 1 1034 N. 3 977, 2 (b) 1035 N.4 N.4 978 1036 N.5 979 N.5 1037 980 1M N.6 1038 Note 981 143,1 10.19 982 1M N.1 lOiO 983 1116 N.2

N.7 N.8

926 143, 2

llM

xxxii
OLD

PARALLEL REFERENCES.
NEW

OLD

NEW

OLD

NEW

156, Note Rem. before 157 1117, 1 2 Note Rem. before 158 lli8 N.1 N.2 , N. 3 100 Rem. N. 1 N.2 N.3 N.4 N.5 lf>O, 1 Note 2 Note 161 Note 10G3; 162 163 1066; N. 1 N.2 IG4 N.l N " N.3 16:1 N.t N. 1 (last pt.)

11112 1041 169, 1 1094, 1 & 7 183 Rem. before 184 1107 1095 1042 2 1158 10'.16 11!4, 1 1043 Note 1159; 1160 2 1094 1044 3 N.1 (a) 1161 1097, 1 1045 170, 1 (b) 1162 10!17, 2 10!6 2 N.2 1163 1047 1098 Note llf>li 3 10-18 171, 1 1099 N.1 1166 1100 104\J Note N. 2 1167 1102 lOW 2 N. 3 1168; 1169 1103 N. 1 1051 N.4 1170 1105 1052 N.2 N. 0 1084 1106 N. 3 1053 N.6 1171 10M lwm. 1107; 110!! 4 1173 1109; 1110 1055 3 5 1172 11f>4 1076 Note 1174 1112 185 10117 172, 1 1170 1113 100 1058 2 N.1 1177 1114 10119 N. 1 N.2 117!! 11111 1060 N. 2 (a) 1179; 1180 (b) 1116 187 1001 1181 1126 188, 1 10G2 173, 1 N.1 1182 1127 1064 N.1 N.2 1183 1128 1005 N. 2 2 1184;11!l:i 1121 10G7 2 3 1186; Wl7 10G7 Note 1123 1124 ' 4 1188 ' 11:!9 \ 1068 3 1189; 1190 0 1117 ' 106\l 174 Note 1191 11531 1070 1711, 1 1192 1154 189 N. 1 1071 N. 1 1193 1072 N. 2 11W N. 2 ll94 1120 1073 2 1196 1130 190 1074 176, 1 N.1 1197 1131 1241 2 N ,, N I} 1198 Jl.12 10751177 119!1; 1200; 1133 191 166 1077 178 1220 1135 N. 1 1078 Note I-VI 1201-1219 1131i N.2 1080 179, 1 (w. prepositions N.3 10Hl 2 1137' alphabetically) N. 4 1078 180 113!11 N. I 1221 1140 Rem. before 167 1083 1 1222, 1 1140 I N. 2 167 1084 N. 1 N. 3 1222, 2 1141 1-5 1085, 1-11 N.2 N. 4 1223 1142 6 1085, 7 2 N.5 1224 1143 Note 1086 181 N.6 12211 1146 168 1088 Note 1227 1147 193 N.t 1090 182, 1 1228 1148-11:10 194 1091 2 N.2

N.8

1092

NotA

1101 195

1230

PARALLEL REFERENCES.

xxxiii
NEW

oLD
N.1 N.2

NEW 'OLD

NEW

OLD

1292 1231 205, 2 196, 1293 1232 N. 1 1294 1233 N.2 196 1295 3 1234 j 1236 197, 1 1296 1237 206 N.1 1297 1239 Rem. N.2 1298 1238 Note 2 1299 1240 207 198 12!19, 1 1242, 1-3 1 19'J, 1-3 1299, 2; 1300 1243 2 Rem. 1301 1244 Rem. N.1 1302 N.2 1245 208, 1 1303 2 N.3 1246 j 1247 13< 1248 3 N.4 130~. 1 1250; 1251 209,1 200 1305, 2 N. 1 12~2 2 13()(i 12M 210 N. 2 121\() 1307 Note N. 3 (a' 1W8 (b) 1257 211 1W9 Note N. 4 1258 1310 N.li (a) 1259, 1 212, 1 1:ll2 (b) 1260 2 1313 (c) 1259, 2 3 1:!14 12ii:J 4 N.6 1316 Notl! N. 7 1204 1317 j 1318 N. 8 1265 21:l, 1 1:!19 N. 9 Item. 1:WV 1320 121i7 2 201 1321 Rem. 12<i8 Rem. 1322 3 N. 1 12<39 1323 Rem. N.2 1270 1324 202 1271 4 1325 1272 5 1 132<3 2 1273 214 1302 1274 215 N.1 1363 N.2 1275 Rem. 13G4 3 (a) 1276 N.1 (b) 1277 N.2 1362; 1368 13ii.5 Note 1278 216, 1 1287 N. 1 1366 4 1:167 Rem. before 203 1279 N. 2 203 1280; 1281 1369 j 1370 2 1371 1285 3 N.1 1372 N.2 1286 217 1374; 1375 N.3 1287 N.1 1373 204 N.2 1288 N.3 1377 1289 N.1 1352--1354 1290 N.4 N.2 1378 2015, 1 1291 218

1379 1350 1380 1381 219, 1 131!2 2 131!3, 1 3 1383, 2 Note 1384; 1:J8r.-1387 2"..0 131!8 Rem.1 1389 Rem.2 13\JO 221 1391 Note 1397 2'.!2 N.1 1402 N.2 1400 N.3 1398; 1399 1403 223 1404 Rem. 1405 N.1 N.2 1400 j 130~. 2 1408 224 1332; 1333 N.1 1412 N.2 1393,1,2 225 1394 Rem. 13V5 N.1 N.2 1:!00 1413 2'21i, 1 2 () 1329; 1340 (o) 1327; 1328; 133.5 j 1336 13.10 j 1328 N. 1 1337 N.2 1418 3 1419 4 1420 N.1 N.2 1416 1421, 1 227, 1 1421, 2 Note 1422 2 14Z:l 228 Note 1424 Rem. before229 1425 142<3 229 1427 230 1428,1 231 1428, 2 Note 1429 232 218, N.1 N.2 N.3

1430

xxxiv
OLD

PARALLEL REFERENCES.
NEW

OLD

NEW

OLD

NEW

232,2 3 Note 4

233
N. 1 N. 2

2."14

!35, 1
2
Note

1433 247, 1434 1435 248, 1436 1431 249, 1432 1438 250 1437 1439 251, 1440

N.3 N. 4 1-4 Note I

2
Note 1 N. 1 N. 2 N. 3

1441

236
N.1 N. 2 N. 3 237

Rem.
Note 238 239, 1 2 N.l N.2

1442 144:l 2 14li0 N. 1 1444 N. 2 144!1 252 1400 ~otc 1445 25:1 14li1 Note

Ult1 1465
14U6; 1473 14()7 1469; 1471,2 1470 Note 1474 1475 147G Note 1477 14711 Note 1480 1481 Note 1482 1483 1484 Note 1485 1486; 14!16 I 14117 N.1 148H N.2 148!1 1400 N. 1 1492 14!)] N.2 14!13 1494 Note 1495 1497 N.1 1498 N.2 1499

2.':}4

Note 255 !'lute 256 257 Note

25S 25!1

240, 1 2 241;1 2

Note 260 1 N. 1 N. 2 2

3
242, 1 2 3 4 243

..
WI, 1

N.1 N.2 N.1 N. 2 2

Ren1.

244

Note
262, 1 2 2f.3, 1 Note 2 Note
~

245 246 247

11132 11100 265 1533 Note 1501 1449 1502, 1-4 266, 1 1453 2 1503 1456 N.1 1478, 1 1449 N.2 1478, 2 14515 N.3 11505 1458 N.4 (a) 1500 1531 (b) I:i07 1457 N.5 1508 14(i0 1.'i()<J 267 1534 mo 2U8 1536 1511 2(;9 Note 1530; 11537 1512 1537 1.~13 270 1538 Note 1342 ]54() t:>43 271 1554 1344 272 l!i25 1345 273 1470; 1471, 1 BW 274 1474 Note 1347 1557 1355 27.~ 1M9 1:l5ii 27u, 1 1560 2 1358; 13~!) 1563 1360 277 15U3, 1 1 1361 1M3, 2 & 3 2 151G 1563, 4 3 1517 15fi3, 5 4 1~>42 1563, 6 5 JSlB () 1563, 7 15EJ 1:572 N. 1 (a) 1520 (b) 15i3 1543; 1544 l.'i74 N.2 (a) l!:i~2 IJ15 (b) 1:523 1576; 11i77 N.3 1~24 11iG8 111~6 278, 1 1568 Note 1526; 1.~:!1 156H 2 11>45 1570 Note 1528 Ui71! 1.'52'J 279 1580 1 15:JO 1581 N.1 154() 1262 N.2 1M7 1582 2 1M9 1583 Note 1550 1585 3 15:51 1586 4 1M2 1587 Note 16M

PARALLEL REFERENCES.
OLD
NEW

XXXV
NEW

I OLD

NEW

OLD

280 N.l

N.2 N.3 N.4

281 1 2 282, 1 2

15ti8 284, 3, Note 15ti!l 2M, 1 1MIO 2 1591;

15ft~

Note 3 N.l
4

16~1GZ5 293, 1 2 1G2ti 3 lii27 lliZ!l 4

1665, 1 100.~. 3

lf>M

1:ma 15!!4 15!J.'i;

1~!lll
15~J7-15~~)

Hi2!l
1(130

l(i35
J(i:ll

2&i, I
2

11i00
l(j(l;i

lflW, 2 ;

lli~t!

3 4
5
2ti3

11il lii051 5 mKl 2H7, 1 111071 2

3 4

1n:1~

lii:l-1
Jli:~;

!li:i7 I<i:lo
Iii:!~

IG08 Note
2 HiO!J lii!O 1<il1 l(i13 11il3 llll5 ]lilt) 1Gl7 1G18 1619 1()20 1W1 1G22

3
4 zos, 1

3 4
5 6 7

2 Not.e
28~),

l<l-!0 lll-!2 11H3

HJ.I.4
!lA;) H>W; JU47
111~8

1 2

Note
8 9
284, 1

3 4
290

2 3

2m, 1 2 3
292

lll4!J llii,O 1653, 3 & 4 1651 1653, 1 1657

165&-1662 1668 ~ 1674, 1 295, 1 1674, 2 2 1674, 3 3 1669 4 1670; 1671 5 Note 1672; Hi7:l ~'!() 1675 !\ote 1675 :;!ti, 1 1676, 1 1676, 2 2 1676, 3 3 16i6, 4 4 1677 29ti Note 1654 ; 1666 lfi7!l ~l9, 1 1680; l!i81 :l 1682, 1-7 :!00, 1-7 1687, 2 Note 1687 301, 1 1688 2 1689 3 1G90 4 1691 302 Catalogue of VerbR 1692

CITATIONS OF GREEK AUTHORS

lN
PARTS

IV.

AND

v.

Aeschines .............. Aesch. Menander., ..... Men. Monostichi ........... .... Mon. Aeschylus .................... A. l'indar ................... l'ind. Agamemnon ................ A g.
.................. Eumeoides .................. l'catane ........ ............ , Prometheus ................. !:leptom ...................... Supplices ...................
Cho~phorl.

Ch. Eu.
Jlt.,

Olympian Odes .............. OZ. l'ytbian Odes ................ J>y.

Pr. Se.
Sp.

Plato ..................... P.
Aicibideo i. .............. Ale. i. Apolo(ly .................... Ap. Charmidea ................... Ch. CriLO ....................... Cr. Cratylus .................. Cml. Critiaa .............. ... CritW.. Eutbydemuo... . ........... Eu. Euthypbro ............ Euthyph. (lorgiao ...................... G.

A lcaeus .................. A lcae. Andocicles ................. And. Antiphon .................. Ant. Aristophanes ............... Ar.
Acharnentsca ............... Arh. A'ee ........ ................ A1'. Eccl~el:lzuaae . . . . . . . . . . .. .f:nd. Equi< .................... Eq. Lysiotrat.a ................... ],If. Nubes ....................... . N. l,ax ....................... .. /'4. J>Jutu& ...................... /'/. H.auae ....................... II. Theemophorlazuaae ......... 'J'h. Vespac ....................... V.

P1~&~~.~aj~~:::: :::::::: lfr.!%:

Lege ...................... . Lg.

Demostheues ................. ]), Euripides .................... E.

Alceatis
Andromache.

.....

.. AI. . ........ . Awl.

Ucchac.... . . . . . /Ia. Cyciop . . . . . . Cyc. Kiect> ~.... . . . . . . . . El. Hecuba ..................... !leo. Helena . . . . . . . . . . . . ... Hcl. Ileraclldac ................ . llc1". Hercuira Furens ........... II. F. Orestes ...................... Or. Phoeni&~~ae ................ .. Jlh, Wwsua ..................... . /lh. 'l'roadea .... ................ 'J',o.

Mcnexcnuf! ........... ... Menex. J>hnedo ..................... Ph. Phacdrus ................. Phdr. J>!JIIebus ................... Phil. l'olit.icuo ................... . Pol. Protagoraa..... . . . . . . .. .. . . . P1, Repu~lic .................. .. lip. Sophist ...................... So. Symposium .................. Sy. Tbeactctua .................. Th. Tiruaeus..... . . . . . .... Ti.
Ajox ...................... Aj. Antit{one .... ............... . An. Electra.... . ....... El. 0t"dipue nt Colooua ........ 0. ('. Oedipus Tyraunua ......... 0. T. Phiioctetea .................. Ph. TTH.chioiae..... . . . . ......... 'l'r.

~)~~:~:: :: :::::::: :::::::: :"~~~:

Sappho ................... Sapph. Sophocles .................... S.

~!11~~~~~~~~::: .:::: ::::.:::: tl~:

Stobaeus . . . . . . . . ......... Stob. Theoc. Theocritus. Hcsiod ..................... Hes. Thcognis . . . . . . . ....... Theog. . ............. Theogonia .................. Th. Herodotus .................. Hd. Thucydidcs ............. T. llerondas ............... Heroncl. Xenophon . . .............. X. At!eailaus .................. . .Ag. Hipponax ................ Hipp. Annbaai ................... . .A. Homer:Cyropaedia ................. C.
Iliad ........................ Jl.

Odyssey .................... Od.

Isaeus .................... Isa.e. !socrates ...................... I. Lysias .................... L. Min.nermus .............. Mimn.

}!:l::u~'!.ue~~r.i:::::::: .. ::::: ~':,'f: l!ipparchicus ............... /lip, Memornbllia ................. . M. Oecooomlcufl ................ Oe. De Repu~lica Atbenicnai.Rp. A. 8yrupos1um .................. 811.

The dramatists are cited by Dindorf's lines, except the tragic fragments (frag.), which folluw ~auck's numbers. The orators are cited by tile uumbcrs of thtJ orations and the German sections. mvi

GREEK GRAM MAR.

INTRODUCT 10 N.

THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND DIALECTS.

THE Greek language is the language spoken by the Greek race. In the historic period, the people of this race called themselves by the name Hellenes, and their language Hellenic. We call them G1eeks, from the Roman name Gmeci. They were divided into Aeolians, Dorians, and Ionians. The Aeolians inhabited Aeolis (in Asia), Lesbos, Boeotia, and Thessaly ; the Dorians inhabited Peloponnesus, Doris, Crete, some cities of Caria (in Asia), with the neigh boring islands, many settlements in Southern Italy, which was known as Magna Grn.ecia, and a large part of the coast of Sicily; the Iouians inhabited Ionia (in Asia), Attica, many islands in the Aegean Sea, a few towns iu Sicily, and some other places. In the early times of which the Homeric poems are a record (before 850 R.c. ), there was no such division of the whole Greek race into Aeolians, Doriaus, and Ionians as that which was recognized in historic times; nor was there any common name of the whole race, like the later name of Hellenes. The Homeric Hellenes were a small tribe in South-eastern Thessaly, of which Achilles was king; and the Greeks in general were called by Homer Achaeans, Argives, or Danaans,

INTRODUCTION.

'

The dialects of the Aeolians and the Dorians are known as the Aeolic and D01ic dialects. These two dialects are much more closely allied to each other than eithor is to the Ionic. In the language of the Ionians we must distinguish the Old Ionic, the New Ionic, and the Attic dialects. The Old Ionic or Epic is the language of the Homeric poems, the oldest Greek literature. The New Ionic was the language of Ionia in .the fifth century B.c., as it appears in Herodotus and Hippocrates. The Attic was the language of Athens during her period of literary eminence (from about 500 to 300 B.c.). 1 In it were written the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes, the histories of Thucydides and Xenophon, the orations of Demosthenes and the other orators of Athens, and the philosophical works of Plato. The Attic dialect is the most cultivated and refined form of the Greek language. It is therefore made the basis of Greek Grammar, and the other dialects are usually treated, for convenience, as if their forms were merely variations of the Attic. This is a position, however, to which the Attic has no claim on the ground of age or primitive forms, in respect to which it holds a rank below the other dialects. The literary and political importance of Athens caused ,her dialect gradually to supplant the others wherever Greek was spoken; but, in this very extension to regions widely separated, the Attic dialect itself was not a little modified by various local influences, and lost some of its
1 The name Tonic includes both the Old and the New Ionic, but not the Attic. When the Old and the New Ionic are to be distinguished in the present work, Ep. (for Epic) or Hom. (for Homeric) is u~ed for the former, and Hdt. or lid. (Herodotus) for the latter.

INTRODUCTION.

early purity. The universal Greek language which thus arose is called tbe Common Dialect. This begins with the Alexandrian period, the time of the literary eminence of Alexandria in Egypt, which dates from the act.:ession of Ptolemy 11. in 28() ll.c. The Greek of the philosopher Aristotle lies on the uorder liue between tlliS and the purer Attic. The ll:J.me Helleuh;tic is given to that form of the Common Dialect w hieh was used uy the J cws of Alexandria who made the Septuagint version of the Old Testament (283-13j n.c.) and by the writers of the New Testament, all of whom were Hellenists (i.e. foreigners who spoke Greek). Towards the ellll of tlw twelfth century .A.D., the popular Greek then spoken in the llyzautine Roman Empire began to appear in literu.ture by the side of the scholastic ancient Greek, which bad ceased to be intelligible to the common people. This popular lungua,ge, the earliest form of ,Vodern Greek, was called Romaic ('Pwp.o.'iK~), as the people called thenu;elves 'Pwp.o.[m. The name Romaic is now little used; and the present language of the Greeks is called simply 'EM'7"'K~, while the kingdom of Greece is 'E>..>..a> awl the people are "EM'7v(>. The literary Greek has beeu greatly purified during tLe last halfcentury by the expulsion of foreign words and the restoration of classic forms ; aud the same process ha~ affected the spoken langnagP, especially that of cultivated society in Athens, unt to a far less extent. It is not too much to say, that the Greek of most of the books and newspapers now publisher! in Athens could have been understood without difficulty by Dcmosthenes or Plato. The Greek language has thus an unbroken literary history, from Homer to t.he present day, of at least twenty-seven centuries.

INTRODUCTION.

The Grerk is descended from the same original language with the Indian (i.e. Sanskrit), Persian, German, Slavonic, Celtic, and Italian languagrs, whieh together form the llldo-European (sometimes called the Aryan) family of lallguages. Greek is most closely connected with the lt;Llian languages (including Latiu), to which it bears a relation silllilar to the still closer relation between French and Spanish or Italian. This relation accounts fm the striking analogies between Greek and Latin, which appear in both roots and terminations; and also for the less oU. vious analogies between Greek and the German element in English, which arc seen iu a few words like me, is, know, etc.

PART I.
LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.
THE ALPHABET.

1. Tlte Greek alphabet has twenty-four letters:Form.

Eqnivale11t.

Name.

a {3

/i">'ccpa
{3ijra ryaJLJLa
fL,

A lphct
Beta Gamma Delta Eps"ilon

.r
tl.

'Y

g
d e (slwrt) z e (long)

8
f

z
H
I K A M N
';::

..

UX.m

ti"Aov
~i}ra

~
1J

Zeta
Eta 1'heta Iota Kappa Lambda lr!u

e e {)
K A.

~Ta

th
i k or hard c l m
n
X

Bi]m
~

~WTa

Kcf7r7ra

0 IT p

fL v

X.a(JL) f3oa fLU vv

~fl, ~i JLI.Kpov

~
0

7r

o (short) p
r
~

ov, o

Nu Xi
Omicron

7rH,

7r~

Pi
Rlw Sigma 'l'au Ups'ilon Phi Ghi

p
(j

pw
' O"C'"fJLa
rav

!
T T <I>

s
t

(u) y
pit

v,

v tt.X.ov
XL
~

~<'i, ~~

X
'}!

t
w

kh ps o (long)

xn.
~

"/N:t, y-z
' w, w JL<'ya
~

Psi
Om~q(l

2. N. At the end of a. word tb.e form

form u; thus, aV<TTam>.

is used, elsewhere the 7

8
3.

LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

[3

N. Three letters belonging to the primitive Greek alphabet,

Vau or Digamma (f), equivalent to V or W, 11. oppa (O), equivalent to Q, and Sam['i (1!)), a form of Sigma, are not in the ordinary written alphabet. They were used as numerals (3!>4), Vau here having the

form ~. which is used also as an abbreviation of (fT. Vau had not entirely disappeared in pronunciation when the Homeric poems were compost~d, aud the metre of many verses in theRe. is explained only by admitting its presence. Many forms also which seem irregular are explained only on the ~upposition that F has been omitted (see 2(19). 4. N. The Athenian.~ of the best period used the names .! for epsilon, o~ for omiCI'un, u for upsilon, and .J for omega; the present names for these letters being late. Some Greek grammarian~ used < fi'Mv (plaia <) and v fi'Mv (plain u) to distinguisll < and u from "' and o, wilich in tileir time had similar sounds.

VOWELS AND DIPHTHONGS.

5. The vowels are a, E, 1J, c, o, w, and v. Of these, e aud o are always short; 'YJ and ware always long; a, t, aud v are long iu some syllables and short in others,

whence they are called doubtful vowels.

6. N. A,<, 'I), o, and w from their prouunciation are called open vowels (a being t.he most opea); 'a.ud v are called close vowels.

so-c;liled ~pu1<ons tlipht.hougs " and o", which arise from contraction (" from .. , and ou from o, o, or oo) or from eompensative lengthening (30); as in {'TfOIH (for brol), Xl-r<<V (for )wyv, w;,, 4), xpiirfoiis (for XPOO'<o<), O<ls (for Otvn, 79), Toil and Tot!' (HJO). In the fomth century B.C. thtse came to be written like ~enuine " and ou ; but in earlier times they were writ.t.t'n E and 0, even in inscriptions which used II and n for cando. (See "27.) 9. ~. The m;trk of cliaC7'P.sis (5<aipm, sepamtion), a double dot, written over a vowel, shows that this does Hot form a diphthong with the prect>ding vowel; as in 7rpoilva< ('Tfpo-dva<), to go j01ward, 'Arp<t5'f}s, son of Atreus (in Homer). 10. N. In ~' !1. 'f', t.he , is now written aml printed below the first vowel, alld is called iota ~ul!.<c7ipt. But with capitals it is written in the line; as iu THI J<flMfliAIAI, .,.~ <wp.<plil~t, and iu n,xr-ro, .;5x<ro. This ' was written as au ordinary lt!tUlr as long as it was pronounced,

7 The diphthongs ( o!-8o'Y'Yo, double-soundiny) are a,, au, EL, ev, ot, ov, 7JV, vt, ! Tl ~v. These (except vt) are formed by the union of an open vowel with a close one. The long vowels (a, 'YJ, w) with , form the (so called) improper diphthongB q, ?l ([> The Ionic dialect ha$ also wv. 8. ;\. Be~ ides the genuine " ( =f +,) and ou ( = o + ") there are the

17]

BREATHINGS. -CONSONANTS.

that is, until the firtit century B.C., after which it was sometimes written (always in the line) and sometim('S omitted. Our iota subuript is not older than the twelfth century A.D. BREATHINGS.

11. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word ha:-; either the 1ouyh lHeathillg (') or the smootlt breathing ('). The rough Lreat.hii'Ig shows that the vowel i:; a~pimted, i.e. tl!at it is preceded l>y the sound It; the smooth hreat!Jillg shows th;~t the vowd is not aspirated. Thus opwv, seeing, is pronOUJlCCU !tvron; but opw1,, of rnozmtain8, is pronounced oron. 12. N. A diphthong takes tl1e breathing, like the accent (lO!l),
upon its second vowel. But. c,i, II and'!' (10) have both breathing and accent on the first vowel, even when the ' is writ.tr.u in the line. Thus oix<ra<, tvcppa/w, Al.p.wl'; hut ~xro or n,x<ro, 4Su> or

A<ow, ?iOHv or "H<OHv. On the other hand, the writiug of O.[Sto> ('A[ow~) ~hows tlat a and' do uot form a diphthong. 13. N. The rough breathing wa~ once denoted by H. When this wa8 taken to deuote e (which ouee was not distinr;uished from i!), half of it l was u~0d fllr the rnn~;h breathing; and afterwards the other half I was used for the sruonth breathing. From t.hese fragments came the later si1;ns ' and '. 14. N. In Attic words, iuitial vis always a.~pirated.

15. At the beginning of a word p is written p; as in MTwp (Latin rhetor), orator. In the middle of a word pp is sometimes written pp; as apprrror;, unspeakable;

lluppor;,

Pyrrhu.~

(pp = rrh).

CONSONANTS.
16. The sim plc consonants are divided into lallial.q, 1r, $, cp, p.,

palatal.s, x, y, X

linguals, -r, 8, 0, a-, 'A, v,

y, X or gamma (y) ha.d a nasal souud, like that of n in anger or ink, and was replesent.ed by n in Latin; as ayyt'Ao>,

17. Before K,

e.

p.

(Latin angdu.<), messenger;

ayxiipa, (ancom), anclw1; a-cp[y~,

sphinx.

10
K

LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

(18

18. The double consonants are ~. 1ft, ' E is composed of and a; 1ft, of 1r ami a. Z arises from a combinatiou of 3 with a soft s sound; hence it has the effect of two consonants in lengthening a preceding vowel (DU). 19. By another classification, the consonants are divided into semivuwels and mutes. 20. The semi vowels are .A, p., v, p, and a, with nasal y ( 17). Of these ..\, p., v, and p are liquids; p., v, and nasal y ( 17) are nasals, a is a spirant (or sibilant) ; F of the older alphabet (3) is also a spirant.
21. The mutes are of three orders:srnooth mutes 1r K T m illdle 111 u tes {3 y a rour:h mutes x 8 22. These mutes again correspond Ill the following classes:labial mutes (1r-mutes) 1r {3 palatal mutes (K-mlltes) K y X lingual lllUt('S (T-llllltes) T a {) 23. K l\'1 u tes of the same 01de1 are called co-md inate , those of
t.lw same class arc called cog,,ale.

24. N. The ~mooth and rough mute~, with a, ~. and 1ft, are called surd (ltuslte,J sonnds); the other consoiHtnts and the vowels are called sonant (sow1di11g).

25. The only consonants which can end a Greek word are
v, p,

and If others arc left at the end in foi'Iuing words, they are dropped. 26. ~- The only exceptions are lK and ovK (or ovx). which

have other forms, (~ and exct'ptions.

ov.

Final ~ aud

1ft (Ka

and 1ra) are no

27. The Greek alphabet ahovc dcs~ribed is the lonir, use1l by the Asiatic Ionians from <L V!ry early perio1!, but first introduced officially :tt Athens in 40:l B.C. The Ath~nian;; h:td pn,viously used an :tlphabet which had no S!'Jl:trate signs for e, D, ks, or p.~. In this Jo: was used for e and c anrl <tlso fnr the spurious " (8); 0 for u ancl o and for spurious ou(8); II was still an aspirate(h); X~ stood forE, and 4>~ for-. Thus the A thi,nian~ of the time of l'ericlt'S wrote EAOX~EN TEl ROH:I KAI TOI AE~fOI for f!io(<v Tii {3oul\i7 Kal .,.c;; lh)p.<;>,- '1'0 ci>~E<l>I::!:MA TO AE~!O for .,.iJ V'-IJ<I"ap.a. Toil o-l]f.UJu,- HE:!: for .js,-

28)
BEl for for both
70UTO

PHONUNCIATIO~.

11
for xpucrour,- TOTTO
,..poTd.vm,-

v, -IIEMIIEN for 11-nd -rot!Tou,-

'll'lp.1wv,- XPT~O~

.!PXO:!:l for 4pxourn,for o7rwr,UOIEN for 7rou<v,- TPE:!: for Tp<"ir,- AIIO TO <!>OPO for d7ro 7oii .pbpov,- X2:ENOi: for (lvos or {lvour.
ANCIENT PRO!'IUNCIAT!ON.I

TO~ I!P!T AN E:!: for Tov< AEO~ON for ocourrwv,- HOIIO~

1. (Vowels.) The lun~ vowel~ ci, "~ i, and w were pronounr\'d at the hest period much like a in father, e in fete (French J !l!" e), i in machine, am! o in tone. Ori~inally v l1a<l the soHJH! of Latin u (our u in prune), but hefore the fourth centnry B.C. it lmd cmnt< to th:Lt of French -u or German ii. The short vowel~ h<Hl the same souud~ as the long vowels, but shortened or less prol<Jitged; this is l~<trJ to express in English, aH our ~hort a, e, i, an <I " in pan, pen, pit, and pot, have sounds of a different nature frolll those (Jf 1i, i, and i>, give11 above. We have an approach to a, e, i, ancl i; in the ~econd a in grandjatlw, :French in real, i in velity, and 0 in monastic, )"euuvate. 2. (Dipltthougs.) We may as<>umc that the diphthong~ originally bad the sounds of their two vowels, pronounced as one syllable. Our ai in ai.lle, cu in/:cur], oi in oil, >ti in q>tit, will f!iV<' S<JU\e idea of a<, w, o<, and "'; au , ou in house of av. Likewise the genuine " ll!U~t have been pronounced originally as '+ ,, ~omewlmt lik(, e.i i11 rein (d. Hom. 'A-rp<ory~, Attic 'Arp<l~f/r); and ov W;j.>; a rnnJpound nf o and" But in the majority of cases << am! ov am written tor simple sounds, represented by the Athenians of tJH, bPst period by E and 0 (See tl and 27). We do not know how the~e sounds were relat(d tu ordinary , and o on one sirle and to and ou on tlw other ; but after the beginning of the fourth eentury ll.C. they appear to have agreed substantially with and ov, since El and are written for hnth alike. In the sound of ' appears to h;we preYailed more and more, so that by the first century D.C. it harl the srUJHI r,f ;, <In the other hand, ou became (and still remains) a ~itupil' snuncl. lik1 '"'in ltmrth. The diphthongs~.?/, ll.JHI 'I' were pr<>hl\,bly :tlw:tys pronouue~;d with the chief force on the first vow<!, ~n that tht:, gradu~lly disappeared (see 10). The rll.re "~" and wu probahly had the sounds of T/ and w witu an additional sound of v. 3. ( Cunsonants.) Probably {3, li, <, 1-., ~'- v, ,-, aut! p were soundt>d as /1, d. k, l, m, n, p, and r in Engli~lL Onliuary -, was always hard, like gin yo; for nasal...,, sec 17. T was always like t in tin or rn; cr was b('n<'rally (perh:tps always) likes in ~o. Z is ealkd a c<lmpouud of li and rr; but opinions differ whet.hec it w~s lirr or rTii, \Jut tlw ancient !Rstimony seems to poiut to rrli, ln law GrPek, ! came w \.he sound of En!(lish z, whir:h it st.ill keeps. :=: represents xu, nrul.;, repr~sent5 '~~'" although the older Athenians felt an a,;pirate in both, as tbry wrote xrr for ~ and rr for >f. The rough C0JlBc.nants e, x, and in the best perio<l were -r, <. an<l ,. fnllowed by h, ~o that rvfla was lv-Td., cvplwu wa~ ci,-i"'~<' txw was l-Kw, etr.. VIe cannot reJJre~~nt thesP. rough mutt's iu Euglish ; our nf:arest approach is ill words likP hothous1~, blockhead, and uphill, but h~;re the h is not in the same syllable witb the wute. In later Greek 8 and came to the moriern pronundation of th (in thin) andj, and x to that resembling German ch iu machen.

28.

e,

or

For practical remarks on pronunciation, see

th~ Preface.

12

LETI'ERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

(20

CHANGES OF VOWELS.

29. (Lengthening.) Short vowels are often lengthened in the formation and the inflection of words. Here the following changes generally take place : a ber.ornes '7 ( ii after c, ,, or p)
"

''

w,

"''

becomes i,

,,

u.

Thus rip.O.w (stem ripAL- ), fut. rip.fruw; la-w, fut. la-uw; r{8rrp.l (stem 8t) j o[Ourp.l (stem 00.) j LK(T(Vw, a or. IKfT(V!Ta j 7ri<j>v-Ka, perf. of cpow, from root cpv- (see cplxn>)

30. ( Compensative Lengtheuing.) 1. When one or more consonants are dropped for euphony (especially before u ), a preceding short vowel is very often lengthened to make up for the omission. Here r becomes i, a becomes ii,
v. n, ov, Thus pl>..ii> for p.(>..av> (78 ), iUTd> for LITTaVT> (79), ()[, for B(vr> (79 ), &~ for oovr>, >..<x>vat for ..\uovrat, EKpiva for iKptva<L, OHKW> for OttKvvvT> (79). Here H aud ov are the spurious dipl1 thoug-s ( tl ). 2. In the fir~t aorist of liqnid verl1s (072), a is leugthened to '7 (or ii) when a is dropperl ; a_, (YJva for lcpavaa, from cpatvw ( </>av- ), cf. E!TnAaa, (urH>..a, from ari.A>..w (ITT(A ) .

"

"

"

inf!P~tious

-of w, (sometimes ov,) and \!,-and of

in the root of ct, 01, and r, 1), (rarely w,) and 0.. The long vowels and. diphthongs iu such cases are called strong forms, and the short vowels weak forms. there is au
interch~uge

.31. (StTong and Weak Forrns.) In some formations and

Thus A(L7rW, >..f.->..o17r-a, l->..t1rov; cptryw, 1rf.</>(vy-a, -cpvyov;

T~K-W, Tf-Tl]K-a, f-r0.K-l'}V; /Jf}y-viJJU, 'f.p-pwy-a, p-pJ.y-7}V; f.'A_(\rUOJ.W.l (74), l>..-~>..ovBa, ~>..vBov (see EPXOf.JALl); so <T7rtvO.w, hasten, and

'U7rov0.~, haste; &.p~yw, help, and &.pwyo>, helping.

Compare English

smite, smote, smit (smitten).

(See 572.)

32. An interchange of the short vowels ii, c, and o takes place in certain forms; as in the tenses of rpi1r-w, rf.rpocfJ-a, (-rptf.7r-7JY, and in the noun rpw-o>, from stem rpt7r-, (See 643, 645, and 831.)

38]

EUI'HONY OF VOWELS.- CONTRACTION.

13

33. (Exchange of Quantity.) An exchange of quantity sometimes takes place Letweeu a. long vowel and a succeeding short one; as in epic vao~, temple, and Attic VEW> j epic {3aaLA~O~, {3aaLA~a, Icing, Attic {3am>..i.w<;, {3ao-r.>.i.O. ; epic p.fr~opo>, in the air, Attic pfriwpo<;; Mfvl>..ao<;, Attic MEvi>..cw<; (200).
EUPHONY OF VOWELS.
COLLISION OF VOWELS.- HIATUS.

34. A succession of two vowel sounds, not forming a diphthong, was generally displeasing to the Athenians. In the middle of a word this coulrl be avoided by COHt1action (35-41). Between two words, where it is called hiatus, it could be a.voided by crasis (42-4)), by elisiou (48-54) or aplweresis ( ii5), or by adding a movable. consonant ( 5G-G3) to the former word.
CoNTRACTIOs OF VowELS.

35. Two successive \'Owels, or a vowel and a diphthong, may be united by contmction in a single long vowel or a diphthong; qn>..iw, <f>t>..w; <f>{Acf, <f>{>..u; rfp.ac, .,.t,...a.. It seldom takes place unless the former vowel is open (6).
36. The regular use of contraction is one of the characteristics of the Attic dialect. It follows these general principles:37. I. Two vowels which can form a diphthong (7) simply unite in one sy liable; as Te{xe'i, ntxc'; yf.pa'i, yipat;
patc:rTO>, PI!- o-ro>.
t.J... , ...

38. II. When the two vowels cannot form a diphthong,1. Two like vowels (i.e. two a-sounds, two e-sounds, or two o-sounds, without regard to quantity) unite to form the common long (ci, '1 or w). But u gives et (8), and oo gives ov (8). E.g. Mv&a, p.va (184); <f>t>..irrre, cfnX~Te; ~A6w, ~>..w;- but lq,O..u, lcf,t>..e~; '11'.\oos, 11'Aoii>

14

LEITERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

[39

2. When an a-sound precedes or follows an a- or an esound, the two become w. But o and w give ov (8). E.g.
l::..YJAOYJH, I>YJAWT; cf>tAtwcn, cfnAwat; Tip.0.op.v, TtJ.LWf-l(V; T'ip.t{wp.(V Ti.p.wp.(v;- but vo 1 vov; yivto<; 1 yivov<;. .

3. When an a-sound precrdrs or follows an e-sound, the first (in order) prevails, and we have ii or YJ E.g.
'ETip.o.(, hip.ri; Ttp.t{YJH, Tip.an; n(xw, HtX7J; 'Epp.rci<;, 'EpfJ-~'>

4. A vowel disappears by absorption before a diphthong beginning with the same vowd, and ( is always absorbed before ot. In otlteJ cases, a simple vowel followed by a diphthong is contracted with the first vowl'l of the diphthong; and a following , remains as iol(t subst;rliJt, lmt a following v disappears. E.g.
Mvaat, fJ-va<; fJ-Va<f, p.vi; </>tAiH, </>tA<; cptAirJ, cpt>..if; 07JAoot, 07JA0l; VO'!' vc{i; 07JAOOU, 07JAOV; </><AEOL, </>tAo<; xpDawt, XPVO"OL; TL}Ula, Tip.~; Tip.G.!/, Tip.~; -r'i.p.O.ot, TLJ1.~; Tlp.U.o\J, T"ip.W; <fnAov, cjnAov; A~at, A~[) (30, 3); A~7Jal, A~[); fJ-ffJ-V~ow, fJ-p.vc{io.

Exceptions. 1. In contracts of the first and f;econd deeYery short vowel before a, or before a long vowel or a dipllthong, is ahsorbed. But in the .~ingulm of the first declension a is contracted !egularly to YJ (after a vowel or p, to a). (See 181.) 2. In t.he third declension fa becomes 0. after , and u or 1J after Lor v. (See 22tJ, 267, and 315.) 3. In the second person singular of the passive and middle, <at (for aat) gives the contmon Attic form in <Las well as the regular contract fonn in YJ; as A~mt, A~YJ or ADn. (See f>G!i, Ci.) 4. In verbs in ow, on gives ot, as OYJAon~, 07JAo(<;; o< is found also in the subjunct.i\'e for on, as 07JAOrJ, 07JAo'i. 5. The spurious dipht.hon~ H is cont rae ted like simple ; as 11'AaKou<;, 11'AaKov<;, cake. Thus infinitives in anv an<l oHv lose Lin the contracted forms; as np.0.Lv, np.av; 07JAoLv, OYJAovv. (See 7fll.)
clen~ions,

39.

40. ,J. The close vowel t is contracted with a following tin the louie dative siugulat of uouus in'' (see 255); aud vis coutractecl with Lor iu a few forms of uomts in v> (see 237 and 258). 2. In some classes of nouns and adjectives of the third declension, contraction is confined to certain cases; sec 22<1-203. For exc!'ptions in the contraction of verbs, see 41J6 and 497. See dialectic forms .of verbs in aw, <w, and ow, in 784-786.

42]

CONTRACTION.- CRASIS.

15

41. Table of Contractions.

yipaa, yipO. a+at=at )J-YWL, p.vai: a+q. =(' p.va., p.v\i.
a+t

a+a=ii

,..

0(TTl<p,

OO'T~

a.+ Et =
a+?J a+n a+' a+o

=a
f!.

f.rljJ-at, f.riP-0.

I ?] + <L =

TJ '7

+ QL = !/ + ( = TJ
?]

A~TJCLL, >..~!/
rip.~Evn, TijJ-~VTL

TtjJ-~W>, Ttf'~~ (:l!l, 5)

or

TLfH!u, TLiJ-\li rip.cinv,; T) TtjJ-aV (:J!I, [J) 7J

Tlf'U')Tt' Ttf'.UT
1

+t

=!I Ol = '!'

KA+dJpoJ, KAyjOpov

=u

= ~1 rip.O.a, rip.<! =at yi.pal, yiput a+t =c,l ypii-(owv, Yf'ij.&ov

=w Ttf'UOjJ-1', TtjJ-W)J-fl'

Xtw~,

o +a
o

=w
or u

xz,,,

a+ov =

a+_ot ='!! Tlf'UOLJH, Ttf1.0P-t w r~l:'~m, ~~!:':

a+w =w TLJ.<aw, nJ.<w yivw, yit'7]; 'l:,piJ-i.a~, t +a ='7 or u 'EpJJ-~~; ulTriu, o

(3!!, 1)

/ I

+ <u =at + = ou o + u = ot
0 E

or ou

aiooa, uUiw; ..;>rAou, arrAii (:lfl, 1) arr.\<JUt 1 a7fAa.t VOE, vou o1>..otl, o7J>..o'i c:lu, 4); 07JAoHv, O!JAouv C::l!!,

(+at=

or ut t+t=EL
t+tt"-=a
l+?J=~J

t+n=n
t

(+
E

+t
0

=EL

= ov

t+ot=ot
t t

+w =

+ ov= ou +v =tv
w

,\{w.t, A~n; XPV<Ttat, 01' n arr.\?1 c:w, l) x.pu<ral (:lD, 1 anu 3) I 0 t = Ot 7ra0ot, 1f(LOoZ (<j>(AH, f.<j>(Au o o = ou voo<;, vou<; <j>tAia, </>tAt'i o + ot = ot 07JAoot, OY)Ao'l <j>tAf.7Jn, <f>A.ijn o ou = ov 8YJ>._,;ou, 8>7Aou <f>Aiu, </>tA.g o o1 = (J) 8YJAow, 8'7>..w nt'xti:, nt'xa o + '!' = <p a1rA~'!l arrAc(J yEvw<;, yEvou' Rarely the _(ullowi>t_q:cptA.f.ot, cptAo'i w+u =w Tfpwa.,Tfpw <j>tAiov, <j>tll.ov =w Tfpwt~, Tfpw> ' ~ t:u, V w+t =tJ Tfpwt, Tfp<p <j>tAf.w, <j>tAw =w <Two>, <TW>

o<rra: + '7 ; o + ?J

Gl = "' OrJA07JT<, OTJAwn = '!' otoon>, 8tll<f>; a7T>..oyJ,

+ +

+ +

i'.ll+t !w+o

Cn."Is.

42. A vowel or diphthong a.t the cml of a word may he contracted with one at the lwgi nning of the following word. This OCl:lll'S cspr.<oially iu poetry, and is r.allt~d crasis (Kpii<n>, mixtnre). The coronis (') is placed over the contracted syllable. The tirst of the two words is generally an articleA n. relative ( o or 0:), Kat, 1rpu, or ~.

16

LETIERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

(43

43. Crasis gener,Llly follows the la.ws of contraction, with these modifications : 1. A diphthong at the end of the first word drops its last vowel before crasis takes phtce. 2. The article loses its final vowel or diphthong in crasis he fore a; the particle To[ drops m before a; and xa[ drops at before all vowels and diphtlwugs except aml a. But we have xd and xdo; for xat d and Kat de;. 44. The following are ex:unpks of crasis:TO Ovop..o., ToVvo!Ul; TO. &:yc18ti, rdyu8U.; TO EvaVT(ov, r~Vvavr{ov;
0 Ex, oVK; 0 i1t'[, oV7rL; TO fp..O.rr.ov, 8olp.0.TLOV ( !J;~) ; av; KO.L O:v, xdv; xctt ha, xclTu.;- o &.v~p, ciYl]p; oi ~OEAcpo[, iio>..<t>of; Tcii &.vop[, TdvOpL; rO uUTO, ru.UrO; roV alrroV, raVroV;- TOC. civ, T<"iv (p.i.vrot av,
J.Lf:VTiiv); TOt U.pu.., Tfi.pu.; -Kat. a.VrO,, Ko&rU'i; Ku.L (L;;T't], xu.VTYJ (U0); Kal rrrr., K/iun. j Kal. Et Kt.l j Kal. oV: K01,J j Kat ol, xol j Kal Cl(., xul. So

a av,

lyw oT&, lyc;;oa; cJ av&pwrr, wv(;ipunrf j Tfj t7rap;fj, T~rrap(j. Likewise we have 7rpovpyov, helpful, for rrpo ;pyov, ahead iu wml~; cf. cppovooc; for rrpo ooov (!!3 ). 45. N. If the first. word is an article or relative witb the rough breathing, this LIe.Ithi '6 is retained on the cont.ract.ed syllaLle, taking- the pJa.ce of ih" C:OJ'011i.~; a.s in dv, nv~p. 46. ~. !11 crasis, lnpoc;, ntlter, takes th~ fonn O.npoc;,- whence ii.npo~ (foro (npo~), &li.ripov (for Tou f.ripov), lhhip<f,ete. (13,2; 9:3).
Sn<~zEsiS.

47. 1. In poetry, two t;neeessive \'OWf>ls, uot. forming a. dipl1thong, are ~ometi1nPs united iu pronunciation for the sake of the metre, although no contractiou appears in writing. This is called synize.,is ((}'vv[,1)at>, settling tog.,ther). Thus, fho{ may make one syllable in poetry; cr-r~9a or XfJVCTi'f m~y make two.
2. Synizesis may also take the place of crasis ( 42), when the
first word ends in a ion~ vow<>! or a diplct.hollg, espPeially with lrr{, since, ,_..~,not, tj, or,~ (int.errog.), ancl lyw, I. Thus, lrr1 otJ may make two syllaLles, ,_..~ t18ivat may make three; ,...~ ou always

makes one sy lll\Lle in poetry.

ELISION.

48. A short final vowel may be dropped when the next word begins with a. vowel. This is called elision. An apostrophe (') marks the omission. E.g.

68]

ELISION AND APHAERESIS.

17

At' (p.ou for OLa ip.cv; O.vr' EK(lVY}'i for aVTL fK(lVY}'i; AtyOLp.' av for 'AlyoLJLI. av; ill' iJJJ, for ilia tVBv>; i1r' U.vBpw'Tr'f! for i1rt O.v8pw1r'1! So icf>' (rip'fi vvxB' OAl)V for VUKTa OAl)V (02).

49. Elision is especially frequent in onliuary prepositions, conjunctions, aud adverbs; but it may also be used with short vowels at the end of uouus, adjectives, prououns, and verLs.
Elisiou uever occurs in the prepositions 7rp[ aud 1rpo, except 7rp{~u Aeolic (rarely Lin Attic), tlw conjunction oTL, lllOllusy Jlaules, excE!pt those ending in , (d) the dative siugular in L of the third declension and the dative plural in <TL, except in epic poetry, (e) words euding in u.

60.

(a) before (b) (c)

51. N. The epic and comic poets sometimes elide aL in the verbal endings JU!L, <TaL, TaL, and aBa< (But). So OLin otp.o<, aud rarely in p.ct. 52. !". Elision is often negl!,~ted in prose, especially by certain writer~ (as Thucydidcs ). Others (as !socrates) are more strict iu its use. 53. (Apocope.) The poer.s sometimes cut off a short vowel before a consonant. Thus in Bomer we find t'iv, <<iT, ami ,.o.p, for avO., <aTO., and ,.apa. Both ;n composition and alone, <aT assimilates its T to a following consonant and drops it before two consonants, and v in ll.v is subject to the changes of 7S; as Kd.f3f3a'A< am! KaKTav<, for <a7I{:Ja'A and KaT(KTaV<,- hut KaT0av<cv for KaTa0av<cv (OK, 1), KCtK KOpv</Jf}v, KCt')' -y6vu, Ka'Tr 71'<3lov j aj.I.-{30.>-.Aw, a'A-'AI~a,, a}L 71'<0lov, dp. 6vov. So vf3-{30.AAHV ( ouce) for ;,,.o.(j<i.'A'Av.

54. A slwrt firw.l vowel is generally elided also when it comes before a vowel in f01:ni11g a compound wonl. Here no apostrophl' is used. E.y.
'A1r-a.trw (aml and aiTw). OLf:l">..ov (oL,{ a11d lf:la>..ov). rupiw (u7T6 and a1pw, !l:!) j O<X-~JJ.<po> (OiKa. anti ~JJ.ipa).
APn AEnl:srs.

So O.cf>-

at thP. beg-inuing of a word is sometimes rlropped after a long vowel or a c!iphlhon:!;, c,;pecially aft~r p.~. 1101, and tj. nr. This is called aplau~resi.< ( J.cf>a[pan<;, 1alr:i>1.q o.ff). Tlllls, p.~ 'yI> for ,.,.:;1 iyo>; 1rov 'anv for 1rov ianv; iyw 'cf><fVYJv for iy<~ i<f>aV7Jv; ~ 'p.ou fnr ~ f.p.ou.
MovA m.1: CoJ<~ONANTS.

55. In poetrv, a

~hort vowel

56. Most words ending i11 -en (including -~t and -t/;t), and all ver'us of the third person ending in 7 generally add v

18
11

LETflmS, SYLLABLES,

A~D

ACCEKTS.

(li7

when the next word begins with a vowel. movable. E.g.

This is called

IIii<rL o[ow<rL TavTa; but "ll"a<rLv (owKv lK"lva. So 8[owa{ fLO'; but 08w<rw f.p.o[.

57. N. 'Eo-T{ takes 11 movable, like thin\ pPrsons in en. 58. N. The third person singular of the pluperfect active inu has
II

ltiOVahJe j as ?f0(v), he klle!J>. But, COntracted imperfects in (for -t ), as f.cp[ >..u, never take 11 in A ttlc.

-(L

59. N. The epic Kf (for av) is geilerally KfV before a vowel, and the pudic vtiv (enclit.ic) has an epic form vv. Many aclverbs in -fhv (as 1rpoaBv) have poetic forms in -8.
60. N. N moval>Je may l>c added at the end of a. senteuce or of a line of poetry. It may be added even before a cousonant in poP-try, to make position (99). 61. .N. , \Vords w hirh lllay h:we v l!lovai>le are not elided iu prose, except <TTL
62. o;,, not, becnmcs ovK before a smooth vowd, and ovx before a rough vowel; as ov ()i.>..w, ovK a{JTC)o;, ovx ouTor;. M~ inserts K in P.7JK-n, no longe1, by the analogy of o{,K-in. 63. O~Two;, thus, l~ ( ft<> ), from, anrl some othPr words may drop r; before a COilSOll3llt; as OVTW<; EXH, OVTW OOKft, lt aanwr;, EK ?TOAwr;.
METATHESIS AND SYNCOPE.

64. 1. ]J.fetatltesis is the transposition of a short vowel and a liquid iu a wonl; as in Kparoo; and KapTo>, strength,BO.pcro> ~nJ. Opacroo;, courage. 2. The vowel is ofitn lengthenrd; as iu f3i-f3A.7JKa (from stem f30.>..-), Tr-Tp.7JKU (from st.em rp.-), Bpw-aKw (fro111 stem Oop-). (See 61fl.)

65. Syncope is the dropping of a short vowel between

two
ron~onauts;

:1s in 7raTi.pn<>, 7raTpoo; (:!7!); 7rT~aop.aL for

1rlT~<TOp.,aL

( G50)

66. :N. (a) When p. b Lrougbt bdore p or A by syncope or metathesis, it is st.ren~thened by inserting f3; as p.a7Jp.f3p[ci, midday, for !J.f<T'Y}P.( l)ptii (p.ao<; an <l ~p.pa) ; p.p.f3>..wm, epic perfect of j3Aw<rKw, go, from st.e1n p.oA-, p.A<>-. p.A(J}- (fl:16), p.-p.A(J}-Ka, p.-p.j3Ao>Ka. Thus the vulgal' chimle,>t ( fo1 chimwl!) genPrally become~ chim/Jley. (b) At the beginning of a woru such a p. i~ tlroppeu l>dore {J;

12]
88

CHANGES OF CONSONANTS.

19

in f3pQTO., 11W1'lal, from stem p.op, p.(J(r (cf. Lat. morior, die), p.f3prYrO>, {3poro> (hut the p. appears iu COlllpositiou, 8.S iu ap.fJpQTo~, immnrtal). i:io {3>..{-rrw, take honey, from stem p.(AIT of p.i)u, honey (cf. Latin mel), by syncope p.Atr, p.{3>..tr-, fJA.tr-, {3>..{-rrw (G82). 67. N. So S is inserttJd after v in the oblique cases of &.n}p, 71Wrl (277 ), when the v i5 brought by syucope before p; as &.vipo> (av-pO>), avopo>
CHANGES OF CONSONANTS.
DouuLtsG o.- CoNSONAt<TS.

68. 1. A rough mute (21) is never doubled; but 11'cp, KX, and rO are always written for cpcp, XX and ()8. Thus Ia7rcpw, BaKxo>, Kar8avc'iv, not 'Iacpcpw, Baxxo>, Ka88uvc'iv (iiJ). So in Latin, Sa]'JlliO, Bncchus.
2. A mi<l<lle mute is uever doubled in Attic Greek. In yy the first y is always nasal (17). 3. The l<~,ter Attic has rr for the earlier (J'CT in certain forms; as .,.p&rrw for 1t'p6.crU'w, i>..chrwv for Aacr<rwv; Ba>..arra for 8cD..a(J'cra. Also rr (not for <rrr) aud even rB oecur i1fa few other wortls; as 'ArnKo>, 'Ar(){,, Attic. See also 72.

69. luitial pis tloubled when a vowel precedes it in forming a eompouud wonl; as in avappf7rrw (al'a and pt7rrw). So after the sy Jlahic augment; as in <ppi7rrov (imperfect of pi1rrUJ ). But after a diphthong it remains siugle; as in tvpoo>, ti5pov>.
Eul'l!ONIC CHANGt.:s OF CossONASTS.

70. The following rules (71-9i>)apply chiefly to changes

made in the linal consonant of a stt'm in adding the endings, especially i11 forming and inflecting the tenses of verbs and cas~s of nouns, and to those made in forming compouiuls:71. (ltfutes br'.{01e other Mutes.) Before a 7'-JJJute (22), a ,.-mute ot a K-mut.e is made coordinate (23), and another
r-m u te beeomes a. E.q. Tirpi7rTQL (fm TCTpi/3-rat), oiO<KTat (for Scofx-rat), 7rAfx8Yivat

(for 7rACt<-8>JVat). l.>..f[8YJv (for EAH71'-8YJv), ypaf30YJV (for ypacp-OYJv). Ili7TWTTat (7rC1TH8-rat), irr({U'8YJv (l1TH8-8YJv), iiarat (no-rat), i:'an ( 1/l-T( ), xaptEU'TfpO> (xapttT-TEpO>). 72. N. 'EK, frnm, in composition retains K unchanged; as in CKKptvw, tK-Opop.1, tK-IhU't,. For TT and r8, sec 6R, a.

20

LETI'ERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

[73

73. N. No combinations of different mutes, except those included in 6::3 auti j,, 71 (lho$e in which the second is r, 8, or 6), are allowed in Greek. When auy such arise, the first mute is dropped; as iu 7rf7rHKa (for 7r(7rH0-Ku). When y stands before K, y, or X as in avy-x.:w (avv and xf.w), it is not a mut.e but a nasal (20). 74. (Mutes before~-) No mute can sta.ud b~for~ u except 1r aud K. A 11"-lll u te with u forms .y, a K-ll1 u te forms and a r-mute is dropped. E.g. Tpt,Pw (for rp"i/3-aw), ypa.fw (for ypacp-aw), >..f.tw (for Acy-uw), 7r[aw (for 1!"H0-aw), r'f.aw (for r/.0-aw), <TWJUl<TL (for <TW}UlT-at), f.A7rtat (for (A7rtOut). So cp>..i!f (for cj>Af/3-~ ), f.h[~ (for f.A?rt/h), vv~ (for VVKT>)- So xapLEUL (for xapLlT-m, 331). See examples under 200, 1.

t,

75. (Mutes before M.) Before p., a .,.route becomes p., and a K-mute beeomcs y. E.g.
Af.Anp.p.at (for AEAmr-p.ru), rf.rpip.p.at (for nrpi{3-p.at), yf.ypajAp.aL (for ycypacp-pn1), .,/.,.>..cypnt (for 7r7rAEKJU11), rinvy}Ult (for n-rcvx-p.ru. ) 76. N. But <P. can stand when they come together by metathesis (64); as iu <t-<1'-YJa. (<awvw). Doth K and x may stand before p. in the formation of nouns ; as in aKJ.I.TJ, edge, a<,uwv, anvil, a.ix,u>'J, spea!point, opa.xp.-1}, d!"ar;ltma.

'EK here also remains unchanged, as in IK-!4CJ.v8avw ( cf. 72).

77. N. When "f'Y!J. or J.l.ll-!4 would thus arise, they are shortened to 'YJ.I. or J.I.J.I.; as {>.. 1-yx_w, <>..f}>..r-y-,ua. (for i>...,>..r-yx_-,ua.<, 1>...,>..,-y-y-p.a.<); <ap.nw, Kha.p.p.a., (for K<Ka.p...--p.a,, <<Ka!J.J.I.J.I.a.<); ..-l,u1rw, ..-l..-<J-1.11-a< (for Tr<71"<!4TrJ.I.Cl.<,
Tr<Trf,UJ.I.!4CJ.<.

(See 48\l, 3.)

(N befoJe other Consonants.) 1. Before a 1r-mute v becomes p.; before a K-mute it becomes nasal y (17); before a r-mute it is unr,hanged. E.g.
'Ep.7rt7rTw (for lv-7rt7rTW ), uup.{3u.[vw (for uvv-{3o.tvw ), f.JJ-cJ>av-IJ~ (for iv-cpo.vYJ5); cruyx.iw (for avv-xw), crvyycv>}> (for auv-ycVl)>); lv-Tpi.7rw. 2. Before another !iquiri vis changed to that liquid. E.g. 'E.U.c{.,.w (for cv-:Aa.,.,,, ), fLft.lvw (for l-vJUVW ), uvppiw (for avv-p<w), ati>..Aoyo> (for auv->...oyo>)3. N before a is generally dropped and the preceding vowel is lengthened ( 30), a to ii. c to n, o to ou. E.g. Mi>..a~ (for p.<Aa~-~), c!~ (for (,,.,), ),),um (for A.iio-v<Tt): see 210, 2; 55o, fi. So >..oovua (for >..iiovTIa, >..iiov-ua), >..vOc"irra (for >..v0vr-ta, >..uOcv-aa), 1raao. (for 1ravr-ta, 1rav-aa): see 84, 2.

78.

79. The combinations vr,

vo, v8,

when they occur before

84]

EUPHONIC CHANGES OF CONSONANTS.

21

u in inflections, are always dropped, twd the preceding vowel is lengthened, as above (78, 3). E.g.
lliicn (for 71"aVT-cn), y[yii> (for ytyavT>), OHKVU> (for OHKvvvT>),
,\(oven (for AfovTc.n), nfh'iat (fur nlhvTat), nfh(<; (for rdhvT<;),

&v>

(for OovT>), a"ITtlaw (for a1!"u,o-aw), 71"f(aop.o.t (for 71"fv0-aopn.t)For nouduatives in wv (fur ovr-), ~ee 2UD, 3 (cf. 212, 1).

80. N. N standing alone before at of the dativ<! plural is dropped without lengthening the vowel; u.s ou.(p.oat (for &tp.ov-at). 81. N. The preposition lv is uot cltaug-ed uefore p or cr; as
lvpa11"rw, vcr11"ovoo<;, f.varpicpw. };V, ueCOIIICS (J"tJ(J" Lefore a aud a vow~l, uut av- before (]"and a consonant or Lefore '; as ava-aLTO<;, aU-aTYJfLO-, aU-,vyo<;. 82. N. lluv an<l71"ci.Aw may ntain v iu contpo,itiou before a or change it to a; as "ITav-ao<f>o> or 11"auaocj>o>, "ITaAivuKto<;, 1TaAiucnTo<;. 83. Most verbs in vw have a for v before p.o.t iu the perfect middle (G4S); as </><<Lvw, 1Ticpcw-p.o.t (for 1Ttcpat'p.<Lt); au<l the v reappears before rand(), as in1Ticpav-Tat, 11"Ecpu.v-8t. (See 4S9, 2; 100.)

84. (Changes b!!jo1e t.) Tlte following ehanges occur wh(ln , (represeJJtiug au original j) follows the final consonant of a stem. I. Palatals (K, y, x) and sometintes r aul () wiLh such an t become aa (later Attic rr); as <f>v..\aua-w (steut <f>v..\aK) fur cp11..\aKtw; ~aawv, WOl"Sf., fCJI" ~K-tWV (:IGl, 2) j Tarrcrw (Tay), fur mytw (5:-ill) j TapO.aa-w (ru.pax_-), for rapaxt-w; Kopvaaw (KopvO-), for Kopv8-L-w; Kp~aaa, for Kp7JTta. Thus is furllteu tlte fewinine in taaa of adjectives in W>, from a stem in tT-, fTta becoming caaa (3:31, 2). 2. NT with this t becomes vu in tlte fetniniue of participlP< a111l arljP.ctives ca:n, 2; 337, 1), in which v is regularly druppe<l with lengthening of the preceding vowel (lti, :l); as 11"U.VT. "ITUVTLU, "ITavaa (Thessaliau and Creta11), 11"aaa; A.vovT-, A.vovTw., A.vov-au., A.uovua. 3. !:>. (sometimes y or yy) with t furms <;,; as <f>pa,w ( cpp<<Cr ), for cj>paCrL-w (5i;3); Kop.[(,-w (Kop.tO-), for KOp.tCrLw; Kpa,w (Kpay-), fur Kpuy-t-w ( 589) ; p.<,wv (!on.) or p.<[(,wv ( COtllp. of p.f.yu~, grent), for p.ty-t-wv (3G!, 4). 4. A with ' forms AA; as crTi AA-w ( ar~A- ), for aTfA-t-w; OAAo-p.o.t (ci.\-), leap, for aALOp.ut (cf. Lat. sulio); aAAO<;, otltr.1, for &A-t-o> (cf. Lat. alius). (See 3!13.) 5. After av or ap the L is transposed, and is tlH~n contracted With a to aL j as cpa(v-W ( cpav- ), for cpa-v-t-w; )(O.tpw (xap ), for ;xap-tw j p.f..\.o.wu. (p.tAav), ft:m. of p.f.>..u.s (32G), for J-<<Auv<-a..

22

LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

l85

6. After (V, (p, tv, tp, vv, or vp, the t disappears, aud the preceding t, t, or v is lengthened ( t to u) ; a:; u[v-w ( nv- ), for nv-tw; xttpwv (stPill Xtp-), wurse, for Xtp-t-wv; Kt[p-w (K(p-), for Ktpt:w; Kpivw (Kptv-), for Kptv-t-W j oiKTLpw (oiKTtp-), for oiKrtp-t-w j afA-lJVW ( afA-tJV ), for ap.uv-L-(J); ailpw, fm avp t-w. So awrapa ( felll. of CTWT~p. saving, saviour, stc111 awrtp-), for awup-t-u. (See :i!l4 and 596.)

85. (Omission of.}; aml [.) llhny forms are expla.ined uy the omission of an original spirant (s or f), which is seeu sometimes in earlier forms in Greek and gometimes in kindred hnguages. 86. (};.) At the beginnin~ of :t word, an originals sometimes appears as the rough breathing. E.g. "laTYJiJ.L, place, for aLCTTYJ/-1.' Lat. sisto; -Yjl-'-urv<;, lia(f, cf. Lat. semi; l'o~t, sit (fro1n root &- at8-), Lat. sed-eo; f.rrTCJ., s~r;en, Lat.
sept em.

87. N. In some words both cr and f h:tl"e disapprJarP.c..l; as o~, lris, for CTfo<>, suus; ~Ot!<;, sweet (from n>ot ~8- fu1 a piS-), Lat. swwi.~.
88. In some iufiectious, a is dropped I>PtWt>PII two vowels.
1. Thus, in stems of nouns, w-and aa- drop a l.wfore a vowt>l
of the euding; as yivo>, race (stem y~vHr-), gen. -yivt-or;' for ynE<T-o<;.

(SP.e 226.) 2. The middle endings om anc..l cro often drop a ( fili5, 6); a.~ Ali"c-<rut, >..~c-at, >..6n or >..ila (:HI, ::J); l->..vt-ao. >..f.w, <>..~ov; but. u is retained in SUCh iJ.L fOI"IllS as raT<LCTUL :llld i<TTa-aO. (See alSO ()()4.) 89. In the first aorist active and lllic!Jle of li<jUid verbs, a ;_, generally droppe<l btfore a or up.r;v; a.-< <f>a!vw (</><LV-), aor. t</>>JV a for (</>aver-a, l<f>YJv-af-'-1/V for l.<f>u.v<r-u.p.rw. ~o oKi..U.w ( OKlA-), aur. ww.\-a for WKlA<T-a; but poetic KiAAw ],a_, Ktll.a-<t. (Sec 67:!.)

90. (f.)

Sollie of

t.he ca.<<es iu which the omissiou of vau (or

the~e:-

digamma) appears iJJ iuflectious are

1. In the augment of certain vPrbs; a.' 2 aor. ci8ov, smv, from root fL&- (Lat. vid-eo), for f.-[LOov, l-t8ov, ~nov: :-;ee abo the exanlples in 539. 2. In verbs in cw of the Second \,laBs (ii74), where tv became F and finally c; as p-w, .flow (~tem pw-, ptr), fut. peu-<Trr~t. See also 60 I. 3. In certain nouns of the third dcclen~ion, where final u of the stem becomes f which is droppe<l; as vo.ur; (vav- ), gen. v<.i-<k for viiv-or;, vopo> (:2ll0); see f3aatll.tU<; (:!Of>). See also 2fl6.

91. The Aeolic and Doric retained F long after it disappeared in Ionic an<! A tt.ic. Thr, following arP. a few of the many words in which its former presencP. j, kuown:-

9li)

EUPHONIC CHANGEfS OF CUNt\UNANTS.

23
;a11'lp~,

f3oV., ox (Lat. bov-is), ap, spri11g (Lat. ver), OL~, divine (divtAs),

lpyov, work (Germ. tverk), f.a()1}r;, garme11t (Lat. vestis),

eveniug (vesper), ir;, stre11gth (vis), KA7Jt~ ( Dor. KAat, ), key ( clavis ), o!~, sheep (ovis), oTKor; house (vicus), o!vo~, wine (vinum), aKa,65, left (scaevus ). 92. ( Clw nges in Aspirates.) When a smooth mute ( 71', K 1 T) is l>n>ug!Jt Lefore a rough vowel (either by elision or in forming a compound), it is itself made rough. E.g. 'Acp{YJI-'t (for chr-f.,,...t), KaOatp<w (for KaT-atpEw), cicp' ti.iv (for d?!'o ~y), vvxB' OA>JV (for WKTa OAY)l', 48; 71). 93. X. So in crasi~ (see examples in 44). Here the rough breathing 1n;1y allect t~ven a cousonant not imntediately preceding it; as ill cppovoor;, gone, frolll 1rpo oOc>v; cppovp6s, watclmum (11'pcropo>). 94. K. The Ionic generally does not observe this principle in writing, l>ut kts (fnr exarnple) dn-' ov, dn-[YJf-J.L (from d1ro and tYJ!J.L)

o,.o.,,...,), 7M, :?.

95. The Greeks generally avoided two rough consonants in suceessi ve syllables. Thus 1. In reduplications (521) an initial rough mute is always m:llle smooth. E.q. IlicpiiKa (fflr c/>Ec/>~Ko.), prrfeet of cp~w; KCXYJVa (for XEXYJVa), perf. of xaaKul; TiB.,>..fJ. (fur (}d).,.,>..o.), perf. of BciA>..w. So in TL-Bt]p.l (for

2. The ending (Jt of the first aorist imperative passive becomes n after of t.!Je tt>nse stem (757, 1). E.g. AvB>Jn (for >..,(}.,.,.{it), O.v811n (for av8ry-Bt); but 2 aor. c/>avrrB'

o.,.

(757, 2). 3. ln the aoriRt pa~~ive f.TI.BYJv from T!B.,p.t (Be-), and in iTvB.,v from B~w (Bv-) Be n,ud Bv hecorur re and Tl! before O.,.,v. 4. A similar change occurs in cl/L1f'ixw (for &.,...-Exw) and &.,...11'{crxw (for apc/>tax,,), clothe, and ill fKe-xnp(a Uxw aud ;'(Etp), truce. So an initial :1.-~pirate is lost in xw (~tem x- for crex-. 539), but reappears iu fut. (ew. ;,, There is a transfer of the aspirate in a few verbs which are supposed tt> have harl originally two rough consouaut~ in the stem; a.s Tp[cpw (stPm TpEc/> for Opec/>), now-ish, fut .. Bpit{lw (662); rpixw ( TPEX- for BpEX-), ,.w1, fut. Bpieop.o.t; f.Tac/>>Jv, from Ba1rrw ( Tacfr for 6acp-), bury; see also Bpvn-rw, TDcpw, and stem Ba1r-, in the Catalogue of Verbs. So in 8p(t ('2'>:.). hnir, !!"" r,IJ<XO> (stern TptX- for Opt)(); and in Taxv>, swift, cun>parat.ive Ociaawv for Oax-<wv (84, I). Here

24

LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

[06

the first aspirate reappears whenever the second is lost by any euphonic change. In smne forms of the~e verbs Loth rough consonants appear; as l-8pi<f>-8YJv, 8pHp-(}iJvo.L, -r-fJpri.<f>&al, T-8J.<f>-8o.L, !-8pv<f>-8YJv (See 709.)
SYLLABLES.

96. A Greek word ha~ as many ~yllaules as it has separate vowels or diphthongs. The syllable next to the last is ca,lled the penult (paen-ultima, almost last); t!JC OJJC before the penult is called the antepenult. 97. The following rules, Lased on ancient tradition, are now
generally oh~erv<"l in dividing syllables at the end of a line:1. Single coHsoztants, combinations of consoml.nts which can begin a word (which may he ~een from the Lexicon), aud lJJUtes followed ],y p. or v, are placed at the beginning of a syllable. Other combinations of eonsonaut~ are divided. Thus, -xw, (-yw, f:-a1ri.-pa, vi-KTap, &_-Kp.~, 0-ap.o~, fJ-lKpov, 1rp&yjUJ.TO<;, 1rp&a-aw, )-..-7rL<;, EVOov, apjUJ.Ta. 2. Coin pound words are divided into their original parts; but when the final vowel of a preposition has beeu elided in co1llposition, the compounl is sotnetitnes divided like a simple word: thus 1rpoa-O.-yw (from 1rpo> and ay(J)); but 1ru.-pa-yw or 1rap-ayw (from Trap&. and O:yw ).

98. A syllalJle iH long by nature (vaH) when it has a lmtg vowel or a. diphthong; as in TtfL~, KH.ivw. 99. 1. A syllable is long by position (8eaet) when its vowel is followed by two consonants or a double consonant j as in taTaVT1;', Tpci-rret;a, OpTvf.
2. The length of the vowel itself i~ not affected Ly position. Thus a was sounded as long in 7rpi't.aaw, 7rpayp.tl, anJ 7rpii~lc;, but as short iu Ta<Taw, TaYJUl- and -r&.tl> a. One or both of the COiliiOllants whielt ll>n.hc poit.inn tnn.y he in the next word; thus the second syllable in ouTCJ'> </>rww and in Ko.Ta aTop.a is loug ly position.

100. When a vowel short by natwe is followed by a mute and a liqui(l. the syllable is common (i.e. it may be either lollg or short); as in TfiC!JOV, tl7r110\, v/3pt<;'. But in A tiic poetry such a syllable is genera.1ly short; in other poetry it is generally long.

!06]

QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES.-ACCENT.

25

101. N. A middle mute ((3, y, o) before 1-' or v, and gP.nera.lly before,\, lengthen~ a prccediug- vowel; n.<; in a:yvw>, {3t{:JA(ov, 86yf'LL 102. N. To allow a preceding vowel to ~hort, the !llute a!Hl the liquid must be in the ~a me word, or i 11 the same Jl<HL of a compound. Thus f in lK i~ long when a lhj11id follows, either in co111position or iu the next word; as iKA.iyw, iK vtwJ' (both _ v _).

ue

103. The quantity of most syllables ean be seeu at once. Thus 1f and w and all diphthongs arc loug by uature; t ancl o are short by nature. (See 5.) 104. When a, t, anrl v are not long- by position, tltteir 'luantity must generally he learneu by observing the u~age of poets or from tl" Lexicon. But it is to be reuwmberecl that 1. Every vowel arising from contrar>.tioll or nasi~ is long; as a in ycpii (for yipo.u.), liKwv (for diK<uv), :wd K<h (for Kat a' ). 2. The endings u> am! "" arc long w lwn v or vr bas beeu dropped before u (7\J). ::l. The a<~cent often shows the quantity of its own vowel, or of vowels in following ;;y llat,Jcs.
Thus the cireumflex 011 KVtO"a, swm, shows that t i~ long a11d a is short i the acute Oil xwpci., /wuf, ~huws that a is long; 011 TtVf'i j who! that L is short; the acnle on fju.CTLA((U., kiHfJdom, shuws that the final a is long, on {:Ju.a[AtLa, quee>l, that final " is short. (S!e
lOG,:); Ill; 112.)

105. The quantity of the terminations of be stated below in the proper places.
ACCENT.
GENEHA

llOllllS

and verbs will

r. l'wNCH'LEo

106. 1. There are three accents, the acute (' ), as Airyo<;, avTck, the grave ('),as auTO<; E</J1J (11fi, 1), the eireumtlex (~or-), as TOt>To, TiJl-wv. 9 The acute can stand mdy on one of the last three
syllables of a word, the circumflex only on one of the last two, and the grave only on the last. 3. The circumflex can stand only on a syllable long by nature.

26

LETTERS, SYLLABLES, A!\D ACCENTS.

[107

107. 1. The Greek accent was not simply a stte.~s accent (like our~), but it raised the musical pitch or tone ( TO>os) of the 6)' llable on whkli it fell. This appears in the tl"rtlls T6vos and 7rpO<T<tJ~La, which dt-signatecl the accent, and also in6~~ sharp, and fjapus, gmvr,.flat, whieh d!~criued it. (See 110, I and :3.) As the l:J.ugunge cl~cliued, the musieal;wr:ttt gradually changed to a stle~s accent, whkh is uow 1ts only repn!s~ll tativc in (ireck as iu other hmgua~t8. ::!. The marks of aceent wert! invenwd I.Jy AristJphanes of ByzautiUin, au Alexandrian ~chular, about ::!00 B.C., in onler to tt,ru;h foreigners the COITtCt aGceltt in]JnHJllltcing Greek. lly t/J~.; aucitnt thenry every syllable not having eith<'r the ac.ute llr t!JP circumfltx was saitl to have the grave accellt.; rwd the circumflex, originally fnl'liJl"d thus --, was said to result from the uniou of an acute anti a fullowiug grave. 108. N. The grave accent is written ouly iu place of the acute in the case mentionetl iu 115, 1, aud occasionally on the indetiuitc pronoun ri>, ri (418). 109. N. The accent (like the breat!Jing) stands on tl1e secoud vowel of a diphthong (12); as iu ai.pw, JJ.Ovaa., rov<; aln-oV... But in the improper diphthougb (r,t, Tl '!') it btantls on the fir~t vowel Pv<u when the' is written iu til~ Jiue; as iu nJJ.r}, <l1rA.w, (ti;), 'U,~u (~~a). . ' '

n,

110. 1. A worJ is c:dled OX.1/tone ( Uv-rovo>, .~harp-trmerl) when it has the acute on the last syllable, as {3aatA.tti>; paroxytone, when it has the acute on the penult, as f3uat>..{wr;; propnro~tone, when it has the acute on the antepenult, as
f3aat>..n1ovro<;.

2. A word is called perispomenon (7rtpta7rwfJ.tvov) w hrn it has the circum Hex on the last sy llahh, as lA.Ih<v; properi.~ pomenon, when it has the circUJnflex on the penult, as JJ.Oj;au. 3. A word is called ba1yto11e (f3upv-rovo>, ynwe or flat toned) when its la:,;t syllable has no acceut (107, ~). Of course, all paroxytoue~, proparoxytoues, all(! properisjOmena are at tlw same time barytoncs. 4. When a worJ throws its accent as far back as possiLle (111), it is said to have reeessive act:ent. T!tis is espcci~lly t:J:!.c ease with verl1S (J:iO). (Se!! 122.). 111. The antepenult, if act.:entcd, tn.kes the n.cute. But it C<lll have 110 <Wcent if tlle la.st syllable is long uy

nature or ends in ~or y; a.s 7rtAfiCV'!, av8pw7ro\', 7rpov'A.ar 112. An accented penult. is circumfiexed wlteu it is long hy nature while the last sy llalJle is short Ly uat.n re;

117]

PHINCJI'LES UF ACCENT.

27

as p:ri>.ov, v~aoc;, ~>-L~. Otherwise it takes the acute; as J...6'Yor;, TovTwv. 113. N. Final at and ot are counted as short in determining the
acce11L; as av,Opw.,.m, 'f}<Tot: except iu the o!lt.ative, and in oZKot, at home; as TLp.T)au.t, 7rOtY)CJOI (not Ttp.YJ<rat oF 7rOt"}aot). 114. N. Genitives in <ws and <WP from nouns in and vs of the third dt>dension (:!f>l), all cases of nouns aud adjectives in ws and w of tlw .1ttic sec<111d d1:clcnsion (Ifl8), and the louie genitive in <w of the first (Hit', 3), allow the acute 011 the antepPnult; as <ry<ws, ,.o>.tws, T>)p<w (T>)p1Js). So SOllie compound adjectives in ws; as lrfipws, hi!fhhol"ntd. Fur the acute of .:;,,.,r<p, oi"o<, etc., sec 146.

115. 1. An oxytonc changes its acute to the grave before other wor1lo; in the same sentence; as Tour; 7TOVTJ pour; /wBpr:mour; (for Tour; 7TOvTJpovc; &.vepr.:movc;).
2. This change is nut lllarle before enclitics (143) nor before an elided syllable (-1:-l), nor in the interrogative r{<;, r{ (418). It is not Jllade before a 1:olon: before a comma modern usage differs, and the tradition is UIICPrtain.

116. (Auastrophe.) Dissyllabic prepositions (regularly oxyto1w) tlirow the accent back ou the penult in two cases. This is called anastroplle (&.vacrrpo~, turnlng back). It occurs
1. Wlwn such a preposition follows it8 case; as in ToV1-wv 7rEpt (for 7r(pt ToV1-wv), about clte.<e. This occnrs in pmse only with 7r(p[, but in the poets with all the ilissyllahic prepositions except &.va, /l,J., &.p.[, and O.vr{. In Homer it occurs al~o when a preposition follows a verb from which it is sepamted J,y l?ll~sis; liS o>..i<Tac; arro, Jwving destroyed. 2. When a ]teposition st.atuls for itself compounded with f.a-r[v; as 1rapa for 1rapcanv, vt for vwrtv (tv{ being poetic for iv ). Here the poets have avo. (for O.vaar'18t), up!
AccEsT or
CoNTBACTim SYLLABLES Al'W E1.WF.D

Wonns.

117. A contracted syllable is accented if either of the

original syllables had an accent. A contracted penult or antepenult is accented regularly (111; 112). A contracted final sy liable is circumflexed; but if the original word was oxytone, the acute is retained. E.g.
T'i.p.wp.cvoc; from r~.u.o.op.cvo<;, cpt>..iin from cpt>..(cT, cpt>..o'tp.cv from cpi.Aiotp.<v, </><Aowrwv from 1.Au5vrwv, r"ip.w from T"ip.<i.w; but {1{3W.. from {3{1aw<;.

LETTEHS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTK

[118

This proceeds from the ancient principle that the circumflex comes from '+' (I 07, 2), uever from'+'; so that Ttp.O.r.J gives np.W, but {3{3aw> gives j3{3w>. 118. ~. If neither of the original syllables had an accent, the coutracted form is accented without regard to the contraction; as Tip.a for Ti;ul.(, <~VOL for d'voOL. Some exceptions to the rule of 117 will be noticed uuder the declensions. (See 203; 311.)

119. In crasis, the accent of the first word is lost and that of the second remains ; as T&.ya.Ba for TO. &.ya.Ba, ly00a. for lyw o!Oa., Kf!m for Kat ha; T<iA..\a for TO. llia; -r/ipa. for -rot /ipa.. 120. In elision, oxytone prepositions and conjunctions lose their accent with the elided vowel; other oxytones throw the accent back to the penult, but without changing the acute to the grave (115, 1). E.g.
'E1r' a.w<{J for i1rt aw<{), &.,U,' r1r<v for dAAa <l11w, cp~p.' lyw for cf>YJP.L f.yw, Kcix' l1rTJ for Ka.Ka l1r71
ACCENT OF NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES.

121. 1. The place of the accent in the nominative singular of a noun (and the nominative singular masculine of an adjective) must generally be leamed by observation. 'rhe other forms accent the same syllable as this nominative, if the last syllable permits (111); otherwise the following syllable. E.g.
a.\a<T<Ta., Oa>..a<T<TYJ'> O&.>..a<T<Tav, Btl.>..a.<T<Ta.L, Oa>..n<TO"aL> ; Kopa.~, Kopa.Ko>, Kopa.KE>, KopaKwv; 1rpay/ML, 7rpay/MLTO'>, 7rpiiyJ-LaTwv; &&~, &8ovTO>, &&v<Tw. So xa.p(H<;, xap(w<Ta., xapLV, gen. xap(tVTO>, etc.;
ci~w,, ~a., a.~Lov, a~LOL,

M=, ci~w..

2. The kind of accent is determined as usual (111; 112); as

vYJ<TO~, y,]0"01!, vYJ<TOV, vYJ<TOL, y,]<TOL>.

(See also 123 j 124.)

. 122.

N. The following nouns and adjectives have recessive accent

(110, 4):(a) Contracted compound adjectives in oo~ (203, 2):

(b) The neuter singular and vocative singular of adjectives in wv, ov (except those in pwv, compounds of rppi)v), an<l the neuter of comparatives in wv; as <v5a.lJ.~.Wv, .~5a.cJ.Wv (313) ; {3<~:riwv, {3{>...,.rov (358); but 5a.trppwv, 5a.tpov:
a.vr<lpK<S, gen. pl. a.v'l'd.pKwv j i"Aa.>..i)IJ'1<, <f>cXcD,,IJ.r (bUt ci"A')IIi)r, ciX'liJir); this includes vocatives like ~wKpa.'l'lr, t:.,JJ}JrriJ<vn (228) ; eo some other

(c) Many barytone compounds in

'1<

in all forms; as cul.,.tp""''

adjectives of the third declension (see 314):

131]

ACCENT OF NOUNS, ADJECTIVES, AND VERBS.

29

(d) The vocative of syncopated nouns in 'liP (273), of compound proper names in wv, as 'A'y<ip.J1.vov, Airr6JJ.<Oov (except Ao;K<l!aiJl.Ov), and of A'11'6Hwv, Ilocml!wv (Hom. llocmOdwv), trwT-Ijp, saviOU1'1 and (Hom.) 5ii.1)p, b1other-inlaw,- voc. A'l!'o:>..:>..ov, Ilocrnoov (How. Ilotr<ltiiov), 11 W7<p, oii.<p (see 221, 2).

~:wv, ,\('yop.ivwv (fem. geu. plur. of Atyop.VO>, 30:!). For the genitive plural of other adjectives and particivles, see 318. 125. N. The geuitive and dative of the Attic second declension (198) are exceptions; as vtw>, gen. vcw, dat. v<{ 126. N. Three nouns of the first declension are paroxytone in the genitive plural: acf>Ur), anchovy, &.cpvwv j xp~aTYJ> usurer, XP?JaTWV; nJa[a.t., Etesian winds, f.r7J(J'[wv.

123. The last syllaule of the genitive and dative of oxytoues of the first aml second declensions is circumfiexed. E.g. Tip.~~. r'ip."5, rip.a'iv, r'ip.(;w, Ttp.at>; (hov, 8if, B;;w, Ow'ir;. 124. In the first declension, uw of the geuiti ve plural (for iwv) is circumfiexed (170). But the feminine of adjectives and participles in o> is spelt and accented like the masculine and neuter. E.g. ALKWV, &twv (frout OLK''}t oo~a.), 7r0ALTWV (from 7rONT71'>) j but

a,w,,

127. Most monosyllables of the third. declension accent the last syllable in the genitive and dative of all numbers: here wv and ow are circumflexe!l. E.g.

0lJ>, se1vant, Oqro<;,

128. N.

87Jr[, 87JTo'iv, BTJTow, 8-qai.

A<f~, totch, 8p.w~. slave, o~~. em, 1ra'L~. child, Tpw>, Trm'IJ.n, cf>w~. light, and a few others, violate the last rule in the gemtive dual and plural; so 1ra~. all, in both genitive and dative plural: as 11'Clt>, 1r<XL8o<;, 7raL8t, 11'ClLat1 but 7rat0WY j 11'aS 1 11'ClVT0~ 1 'l!'aVT{, 11'<lVTWY1

1raaL.

129. ~. The intenogative TL~, r{vcy;, r{vL, etc., always accents the first syllah!c. So do all monosyllabic participles; as wv, OVTo<;, OVTt, OVTwv, otat; f3&s, {3&.VTor;.
ACCENT OF VERBS.

130. Verbs generally have recessive accent (110, 4);

as {3ov>..u)w, {3ovA.<vop.<v, {3ov,\(IJovaLV; 1rapxw, .,.&p<x<; &,.oa{owp.L, cltrooon; f3ovA.o/ovraL, {3ov>..ruaaL (aor. opt. act.), but f3at1A.waa'

(aor. imper. mid.).

See 113.

131. The chief exceptions to this principle are these:-

30

LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

[132

1. The second aorist active infinitive in tLv arul the second aorist middle imperative in ou are peri~pomena.: as An.f3tlv, lA.Ot'lv, At'II'(LV, At'll'oil, A.a.f3oil. For compounds like KaTa8ov, sP.e J;{3, 3. 2. These second aorist illlperatives active are oxytone: ti7T, lA.8, tvpi, An.f:Ji. So iBi in the sense lielwld! llut their colllpounds are regular; as a7T-ar.c 3. Many cot~tmcted optatives of the p.L-irrflection regularly cir cumflex the penult; as WTa'iTo, 1),/)o'iaO( (740). 4. The following forn1R accent the penult: the first a01i~t active infinitive, the second aorist middle infinitive (except 1rpo.aOm and 5vaa0ut, 7HS), the perfect 111iddle and passive infinitive and participle, and all infinitives in vat or p.tv l except those in p.tvat ) Thus, f3ouA.tilaat, ytva0a,, AtAvO'Oat, A(Aup.ivoc;, iaTavat, 1),/iovat, \tA.vKivat, Sop.w and Sop.(vat (Loth epic for ooilvo.t ). 5. The following participles are oxytone: the second aorist active; and all of the thild declension in -c;, except. t.l1e first aorist active. Thns, At7Twv, A.uO(I.c;, St6ovc;, SttKvDc;, AtAuKwc;, tO'Tac; (pres.); Lut AOO'cic; and O'T~acic; ( aor. ). So lwv, present participle of tTp.t, go.

132. Compound verbs have recessive accent like simple verbs; as avvHfU (from avv and fip.l.), awatSa ( avv and oT&), ;~HfU ((~ and (Tp.t ), 11'tlfHU'Tf 133. But there are these exceptior1s to 132:1. The accent canuot go further back thau the augment or reduplicatiou; as 1rap-t'ixov (not 'll'(lpnxov), I JJrovided, 1rap-~v (not 'll'ap'f}v), he WUS present, acpLKTUL (uot acptKTUL ), lte has a7Tived. !:io ,vhen the augmeut falls on a long vowel or a diphthong which is uot changed by it; as u7T-ftKf (impetfect), lte was yieldi1g; but V7T-LKt (imperative), yield.' 2. Compounds of Ooc;, c;, ()i.e;, and U'Xl'> arc paroxytoue; as a11'61ioc;, 1rapaaxcc; ( uot a7ro6oc;, etc.). 3. .Monosyllaloic second aorist middle imperatives :n -ou have recessir;oe accent wheu cornponntled with a dissy/labic preposition; as Karrf.-8ov, put down, &rroOov, sell: otherwise they circumJlex the ov (131, 1); as lv-Oov, put in.

134. N. Participles in their infie,tion are accented as aoject.ives (121 ), not as verbs. Thus, f3ovA.tvwv has in the neut.er f:JovA.fvov (not f3ov>..wov) ; cpt>..!wv, cptA.O.w, has cpt:>..iov (not cp{:>..wv), cpt:>..oilv. (See 335.) 135. For the accent of optatives in o.L and ot, see ll3. other exceptions to 130 occur, cspeci:l.lly in poetic formR.
Some

!41]

PROCLITICS AND ENCLITICS. PUOCLI1'ICS.

31

136. Some monosyllables have no accent and are closely

attached to the followiug word. 'l'Lese are called proclitics (from 'ITpoK>..ivw, 1--an forward). 137. The proclitics are tlw articlrs o, ~. ol, a[; the prepositions a, (h), f.~ (fK), lv; the conjunctions d ami W) (so~ USCd aS a preposition) j allll the negative OU (oc'K, oux) 138. Exception.~. 1. Ov ta\;es the acute at the eud of a. sentence; a'l 'ITW'> yii.p o;;; jut why ttol? So wl1ell it stands alone as Ou, No.
2. n, and sometimes U and tt> take the acut<? when (in poetry) they follow their llOUil; as Kal(wv U.Jrom evils; Oto> .:;,, as a God. i~ accented abo wJ.eu it !llean~ thus; as .;;, tl11'tv, thus he ~poke. 'fbi.~ use of w> is chiefly poetic; but l(at .:;,, evell thus, alHl o~o w> o1 p:r/o' ,;;,, not eve" t/,u.~, so!lletimes occur in Attic prose. For a proclitic ueforc an enclitic, ~ee 143, 4. 139. N. When o is used for the relative o>, it is accented (as in Od. :!, :!62); and nuwy editors accent all articles when they are demonstrM.ive, as ll. 1, ll, S yap f3a(TLA~t xo'Aw(J[,, and write 8 iJ-EV . 0 Ot, auu 0~ f!f.V o'i o, even in Atlic Greek.

a. n,

ENCLITICS.

140. Au enclitic (ly.c>..fvw, lean upon) is a word which loses its owu !Wcent, anrl is pronouncerl as if it were part of the preceding word; as O.vOpwrro{ n (like lu5minesque in Latin). 141. The enclitics are:1. The personal pronouJJS p.ov, lA-o[, p.; O'ov, r.o{, O'c; o~, o!, (,and (in poetry) O'<f>[m. To these are a.drlerl the rlia]Pct.ic and poetic f::l ns, jJ-V, a{o, uv, To{, Tu (ace us. for ui), (o, (;;, fBn, p.{v, vfv, acp[, Jcp[v, ucpf., O'cpwi, acpwi:v, (Tcp[wv, O'cptw;, O'cpas, O'cpia. 2. 'l'he indefinite pron(>un Tt>, Tt, in all 1ts forms (except dTTa); also the indefinite adverbs ,.o,J, ,roB{, "'!f, 'ITo{, 1!"o8/v, 7roT, 71'w, 71'w,. These mnst be distingu:_shed from the interrogatives Tt>, 'IT'ov, rr68t, 11'fj, 7ro'i., 1!'o8n, ,.,;Tl, 'IT'w, 71'W> 3. The pr!'sent indicative of tlp.(, be, and of YJp.{, say, except. the form~ !T anti </>~> But epic t<Jr:d and Ionic e~ are enclitic.

32

LETTERS, SYLLABLES, AND ACCENTS.

[142

4. The particles y, TE, To[, 11"Ep: the inseparable -Of in o&, 8, but) ; and -8 and -x' in i.8f and va{x' (146). So also the poetic vt!v (not vvv), and the epic Kf. ( Kf.v), 8~v, and peL 142. The enclitic always loses its accent, excP.pt a dissyllabic enclitic after a paroxytone (143, 2). See examples in 143. 143. The word before the enclitic always retains its own accent, and it never changes a final acute to the grave (115, 2). 1. If this word is proparoxytone or properispomenon, it receives from the enclitic an acute on the last syllable as a second accent. Thus av8pw7rO> TL>, av8pw7rO{ TLJI(<;;, 0(t~OI' p.OL, 7rUt8E<;; TLI'f<;;, O~TO<;; fUTLV. 2. If it is paroxytone, it receives no additional accent (to avoid two acutes on successive syllables). Here a dissyllabic enclitic keeps its accent (to avoid three successive unaccented syllables). Thus, >.oyo> TL> (not >.oyo> n>), >.oyoL 'TWE> (not >.oyot TLvf>), >.oywv rLvwv, ovrw 4> 71 uv (but ovTo> <f>'law by 1). 3. If its last syllable is accented, it remains unchanged; as ri.J.W.[ Tf (115, 2), T"ip.wv yf, uocpO., ns, uo<f>o{ TLVf>, uocpwv
Touu8f, etc. (not TIVfS".

4. A proclitic before an enclitic receives an acute; as

(r

TL<;; 1 ~ <f>>JULV O~TO<;;. 144. Enclitics retain their accent whenever special emphasis falls upon them: this occurs 1. When t!ley begin a Reutence or clause; or when pronouns express antitt csis, as o~ Tapa Tpwa1v &AA.a ao1 ,.,.axovp.dJa, we shall fight then not wid Trojans but with you, S. Ph. 12f>3. 2. When tht preceding syllable is elided; as iu 7roU' f.ar{v (120) for ?TOAAa t 'TtY. 3. The persona. pronouns generally retain their accent aft~r an accented preposition : here (p.ov, ijl.O[, aud f.p./. are used (except in 7rp0~ p.t). 4. The personal pronouns of the third person are not enclitic when they are direct reflexives (988); crcp(crt never in Attic prose. 5. 'EUT{ at the beginning of a sentence, and when it signifies existence or possibility, becomeS [an j ~0 after OUK 1 p.~, 4 the adverb ~. KaL, ill' or rua, and TOVT. or TOVTO.

160]

DIALECTIC CHANGES. -l'UNCTUATION".

33

145. When several enclitics occur in succession, each takes an acute from the followiug, the last remaining without accent; as Li 't'fs 'f'i CTo{ <f>lJcnv, if any one i.~ sayi11g anything to you. 146. When an enclitic forms the last part of a compound word, the compound is accented as if the enclitic were a separate word. Thu~, o~nvo<;, c11nvt, ~vnvwv, WCT?Tcp, wCTTL, ol8c, Tow&, LiT, oVT, p.~'t'f, are ouly appareu t exceptions to 106 ; 111 ; 112.
DIALECTIC CHANGES.

147. The Ionic dialect is marked by the use of 1J where the Attic has ci; aml the Doric and Aeolic by the use of ci where the Attic has 'YJ
Thus, Ionic ytvt~ for ytvfli, i~CTOfW.L for id.CTopa.t. (from utOfW.L, 635); Doric np.u(J'w for np.~CTw (from Ttp.O.w); Aeolic and Doric 'M.8a for >..~8'1 Rut au Attic ci caused by contractiou (as in Ttp.ii. from TifUlc), or an Attic 'YJ lengthened from' (as in <f>t>..~uw from <f>t>..iw, 603), is never thus changed.

148. The Ionic often has n, ov, for Attic c, o; and 'YJ~ for Attic n in nouns and adjectives in to>, nov; as ~''"~ for Uv~, p.ovvo<; for p.ovos; {3o.CTLA~'i.os for {3aCTO..n~. 149. The Ionic does not avoid successive vowels to the same exteut as the Attic; and it therefore very often omits contraction (36). It contracts co ami wu into w (especially in Herodotus) ; as ?rouvp.~v, 71'0LVCTL (from 1rod.op.fv, ?Todoucn), for Attic ?Towvp.cv, ?TotovCTt. Herodotus does not use v movable (5o). See also 94 anJ 785, 1.
PUNCTUATION MARKS.

150. 1. The Greek uses the comma (, ) and the period (.) like the English. It ha.'l also a colon, a point above the line ('), which is equivaleut to the English eoloa and semi colon ; as o~K (CJ'(J' o y' cT1rov otJ yap ~o /J.<f>pwv l<f>iiv, it is not what I said; for I am not so foolish. 2. The mark of interrogation (;) is the same as the Euglish semicolon; as ?ToT ~>..Ocv; when did he come'!

PART II.

INFLECTION.
151. INFLECTION is a change in the form of a word, made to express iU> relation to other wonls. Jtin eludes the declension of nouns, adjectives, a.nd pronouns, and the conJugation of verbs. 152. Every inflected word has a fundamental part, which is called the stem. To this are appended various letters or syllables, to form eases, tenses, persons, numbers, etc. 153. ]Host wo1ds contain a still more prilllitive e]elllenl than
the stem, which is called tiHl J'f)Ot. Thus, the sLe111 of the verb r"ip.O.w, lwnor, is TLfJ-fl, and that of the noun Tlf'-~ is Ttp.a, that of T[<rL>, paymeut, is ncn-, tl1at of Tif-'-w~. held i11 ho>wr, is TLiJ.Lr.r, that of rtf-'-1/J.W- ( TtJI-~J.W-To> ), valuatiou, i~ Tip.1Jp;.tT; hut all these stellls are developed from one root, n-, which is seen pure in the verb r[-w, honor. In T[w, therefore, the veru stem and the root are the same. 154. The stem its~If may be modified and assume variou~ forms in different parts of a noun or \'Crb. Tim~ the S<Wte verb stem may in di ffereut teo,se stems appPal a<; At7r, AH7r, aud A.om(see 459). So the same nouu 6tew may appear as riiJ.a, Ttftn, aud Tt{'-1}" (1()8).

155. There arc three numb~rs; the singula1, the dnal, and the plural. The singular denotes one object, the plural more than one. The duaJ is sometimes used to denote two objects, lmt even here the plural is more
common.
34

)62]

GE!'<'TIEHS, NUMBERS, AND CASES.

35

156. There are three gender8; the masculine, the feminiue, and the ucuter. 157. K. Th~ grammatical gender in Greek is very often different from the natuml g~nder. Esp~cially many names of things are JJJasculiue or felllini1e. A Gr~ek noun is called masculine, feminiue, or neuter, when it requires an adjective or article to take the form adapted to either of these geuders, aud the adjective or article b theu ~aid to have tl1e geuder of tl1e corresponding noun; thus tvpv> 7rorup)>, the bron.d river (masc.), ~ 1<M~ olK[a, the beautiful house (fe1n.), rovro T~ 1rpuyJW:, this thing (neut).. . The getldcr of a nouu IS oiteu illd!Cated by pretix111g the artiCle (38G) j as ( 0) av~p. lltan; ( ~) ywr}, W011lUil i (TO) 7rpiiy,.w., thillg. 158. ::\ou11s which !llav be either lllasculine or feminine are said to he of the cumml/n. ge11der: as ( o, ~) (ho>, Curl or Goddess. Na1nes of anilllals which it,cluJe both sexes, but have only one grazlllll:lticaJ g-ender, are called epicene ( l-tr[KOLVO>) j as 0 afTO<;, the ea,qle; ~ O)..,;l'1f1)~, the fox; hotlt iucludiug males uud females.

159. The geu<ler must often be Jeamed by observation. But

(1) ~ames of males are generally lllasculine, aud names of females feminine. (2) Most names of rivers, wind., and months are masculine; and most ualtl<)S of countries, towns, trees, and islands are feminine. 0) :O.[ust. IIOUtts dettoting qualities or conditions are feminine; as apfT~, m'rtue, tii.'TI'tS, lzope. (4) Diminutive nouns are neuter; as 7TCHOfov, chilt/; ywaLov, old woman (literally, lillie u>o>nan). Other rules are giveu under the declensions (see 168; 189; 281-2tl4).

160. There arc five cases; the nomina-tive, genitive, dative, accusative, and vocative. 161. 1. The nominative and vocative plural are always
alil{e. 2. In neuters, the nominative, accusative, and vocative a!'e alike in all numhers; in the plural these end in a. 3. The nominative, accusative, and vocative dual are

always alike; and the genitive and dative dual are always alike. 162. The cases of nouns have in general the same meaning as
the correspondi11g cases in Latiu; a,; Kom. a man (as subject),

36

INFLECTION.

[163

Gen. of a man, Dat. to or for a man, Accus. a man (as object), Voc. 0 man. The chief functions of the Latin ablative are divided between the Greek genitive and dative. (See 1042.) 163. All the cases except the nomiuativee and vocative are called oblique cases.

NOUNS.

164. There are three declensions of 110uns, in which also all adjectives a11d participles are included. 165. These correspond in general to the first three declensions
in Latin. The first is sometimes called the A declension (with stems in a), and the second the 0 derlensi01 (with stems in o). These two together are sometimes called t.ht! Vowel declension, as opposed to the third or Co11SOnant declension (:20G). The principles which are commou to adjectives, participles, and substantives are given under the three declensious of uouns. 166. N. The name noun (6voJLa), according to ancient usage, includes both substantives and adjectives. But by modern custom noun is generally used in grammatical language as synonymous with substantive, and it is so used in the present w01:k.

167.
SING.

CASE-ENDINGS OF NOUNS.
CONSONANT Jh;cu:NSION. VowEL DE<:J.ESsiON. Masc. and Fcm. Neutel". Masc. and Pem. Neuter. s or none none v s or none 0$ s or o

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

DUAL.

none

"
none

"

" or 0: none or like ::-:om.

none none

N.A.V. G. D.
l'LUR.

"'
(!'.
lS
LITL ( L$)

OLV

N.V. Gen. Dat. Ace.

ii
a-1.,
O"'O""L, tO"O"I.

"'"

"'"

vs (cis)

a:

vs, cis

cl

in use will be expla.intd under the diffrrcnt declensions.

The relations of some of these endings to the terminations actually The agreement of the two classes in many points is striking.

171]

FIRST DECLENSION. FIRST DECLENSION.

37

168. Stems of the first declension end origiually in a. This is often modified into 71 in the singular, and it becomes a in the plural. The nominative singular of feminines ends in a or 71; that of masculines ends in as or. 77'> There are no neuters. 169. The following table shows how the final a or .., of the
stem unites with the case endings (167), when any are added, to form the actual terminations:~INGULAR.

PLUUAL,

Feminine. Ci. or ii Nom. 'I Gen. ci-s or ,.,., 1JS Dat. ci.- or 'J 'JL Ace. ci-v or ii-v 'JV ci. or ii Voc. 'l

Masculine.
ci-s a.- a.-v
'JS

Masc. and Fem.

a.-o (Hom. ci-o)

,.,

..

a.-

a.

1JV il: or 'l

DUAL.

c0v (for l-..,v) a.-cr or a.-s eis (for a.-vs)

..A

a.-

Masc.
N.A.V. G. D.

~nd

Fe .. ,

a.~v

170. N. In the genitive singular of masculines Homeric iio comes from a-to ( Hl9); but Attic ov probably follows the analogy of ov for oo in the second dE>clension (l!ll). Circumticxed wv in the genitive plural is contracted from Ionic lwv (188, 5). J'he ~tem in a (or 0:) may thus be seen in all cases of olKiii. and xwpii., and (with the change of ci to '1 in the singular) also in the other paradigms (except in ou of the genitive). The forms ending in a and '1 have no case-ending~.
FE71HNINES.

171. The nouns (ry) xwpa. land, (~) Ttf.l-11 honor, (Tj) oi~eia, house, UJ) MovO"a, Muse, arc t.hus declined:Stem. (xwpii-)
Nom.
Gen.
(-rip.ii-)
S!NGVLAR.

(ol<tii-) olK(ci. olK(ii.s olK(q. olK(ci.v olK(Q.

(!M>UI!ii-) Mo\icra. Mo'li<MJS Moll em

Dat.
Ace.

Voc.

a land x&.pa.~ of a land to a land x.r.p~ x.r.pii.v a land 0 land x<~~pa.

x&.pa.

Tij11)
Ttj1TJ~

T'"'n Tij1'1jV Tt,...i)

Mowa.v
Moiicra.

38

INFLECTION.
DUAL.

[172

N.A.V. xoipci. two lands G. D. x.Jpa.~v of or to two lands

TiJLci
TLI-'O.LV

olocci.
oloc(a.~v

Movcrci Movcra.w

l'LliltAL.

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

x<ilpa.~

lands

TLfoLO.L
TLJ-L~V

oloc(a.~ olK~WV oloca.~s

Mover a.~
Moucr.Ov Movcra.s Mover cis
Movcra.~

xwp<ilv of lands
xoip~

to land:; lalldii X.Opa.L 0 lands

xoipa.~s

TLI-'a.ts TLfLnS TLI-'a.

olKcis
oloc(a.~

172. The following show varieties of CJU:wtily a1ul accent:8a.Aa.cmo., .<oea, 8a.AO.crcr7J>, 8a>..O.crcro, &OJ..o.crcro.v; Pl. 80J..arTO"at, 8a.Aacrcrwv, 8a.AarTrT~>. 8a>..arTaa>. yicpiipa, bridg.e, ycf>Dpii>, y<cpvpf!., yicpupav; 1'1. y<jliipat, !'tc. aKLO., shadon', <TKtii.~, aKu'i, <TKtciv; PI. aKto.(, aKtWv, O"Kc.ul~, et.c. yvwp.7J, OJ'inioll, yvwp.TJ>," yvwp.n. "fl'WJJ-TJY ; I 'I. yvwpJ.t, yvw}J-<:JV, el.c. "Tr<tpa, al/empt, "Tr<[pii>, "Tr<tp( 1riipav; 1'1. "Tr<tpat, 7rHpuw, elc.

173. The stem geJH"r:l.lly retains ii. through the singular aft<r <, t, or p, bnt el1anges ii. to TJ after other letters. Sec oiK[ii., xwpu. u.nu TLiJ.lJ in 171. 174. Hnt nonn!'> having a,.\>.., or a double consonant (18) before final o. of the stem, :mel some others, !Ia\'(' 0. i 11 1.ht~ nominative, accusative, antl voea.tive singular, allll YJ in the genitive and dative, like~ Mm~aa. Tlms ap.o.~a, wagon ; o[t/JCL, tfti,st; p[,a., 1"601 ; UjJ-tAAa, conte~t ,
8a>..fi.(T(TQ (with later Attic ()O.>..o.TTa), Sf.<l. So jJ-iptjJ-VU, care; oicr"Trotva, mistn,s.<; >..io.tvo., lioness; Tpto.tva, oirlent; also TOAp.o., dariny; o[atTa, livin,q i aKav8o., t/iom; fv8iiva, SCl"U/iHy.

175. The following have i1. in the n01ninative, accusative, a!Lrl vocative, and a in the geuitive and dative, ~ingular (after f, t, or p) : (a) Mot ending in pa. preceded hy a cliphthong- or by ii; as p.o'ipa, yl<j!vpa. (h) ;\lost abstract nouns formed from adjectives iu TJ> 0r oo>; as cL\l]Oua, truth (cL\7]0"1]>, true), fuvow, l;irHlness (fvvoo>, kind). (But the Attic poets sotnetimes have clA7J0<[a, ,;,vo[a, etc.) (c) Kouns in fW and 1"pto. designating fent~les; as j3arT[>..ua, queeu, tpaATpto., female l.mper (but j3arTtA<[a, ki11grimn). So JJ-VLa, Jl!f, gen. JW[O.,. For fellliniuc adjectives in a, see 318.

181]

l<'IRST DECLENSION.

39

176. (Exceptions.) uf.p'Y). rzeck, and KOp7J, girl (originally oipf7J KOPf1J), have 'YJ after p (17;~). "EpwfJ, dew, and Koprr? (new Attic KOppYJ), temple, have 7) after a (174). Some proper ll<t.IZJes have a irregularly; as A~ou, Lerla, gezz. A~oti~. lloth alld 01J are allowed; as f3o~, rry, un)u, pon;h. 177. N. lt will be ~een that o. of the uon,iuative sin;;ular is

oa

always short when the genitive lzas 7J~ alld geJJerally lozzg when the genitivt> has a~. 178. N. Av of the accus~tive ~inguhr a11d a of tl.e vocative singular ag.,~e j,, <tltantity with o. of tile llulllillalirc. The quantity of all othLr '"""'':1s of the tenni;,atio"~ 1lla)' be seen from the table in 10!1. Most nouns i11 il have recessioe areeut (I 10, 4).
111 ASCl'LJ:'\ ES.

zen, and ( o)
8tem.
Nom. Gen.

179. The notuls (o) TaJ.tiiis, 8t~tuunl, (o) -rro"A[n7 ~. citiKP~T ,;c;, Jut.i:Jc, :m: (1t us d<~clined:( ra."'ii-)
TC11'-(cis TC1fL(OU TllfLL'?

(lToAini-)
SJNGt:J.An .

~pmi-)
KpLT~S

Dat.
Ace.

Voc. N.A.V. G. D. Nom. Gen.

D ..t.

,....... .
TC1J.L(ii

TO.)l.LO.v

.,..o).,{T'JS "II'OAiTou ,.o>..hn 1!"0AlT')V .,..OALTC1

UVAI..

KpLTOV Kprn Kp<TtJV KpLT6. KpLTii Kp<TU.LV

TC1fLLC1LV
PJ.l:HAL.

....o>..crci 1!"0).,(TC1LV

TC1fL(IlL TD.!'-LWV
'!"Q..,.,Q.I.Ci

,.oAiTn<
'TI'OhiTWV

Ace. Voc.
7rOL7JT~' poet.

Tnt'-(iis TC1fLa.L

.,..oXira.Ls 1TOAiT0.'i 1!"0AiTetL

KpLTC1 KpLTWV 1<pLTC1LS 1<pLr6.s Kp<rnl

180. Thus may Le declwet! V(uv:U:,, yrm!h, urpanwTYJ>, soldier,

181. Tlw a of the ~>tem is Jwn rtta.ined in the singular after , ,, or p; otlwrwi>;l' it is changed tn '7: ~ee the paradigrus. For irregular ou in the genitive singular, see 170.

40

INFLECTION.

(182

182, The following nouns in 1)~ ha,e 0. in the vocative singular (like -rro>J.TYJ~): those in T'r)~; national names, like IIipCTYJ~. Persian, voc. ll(pCTu; and compounds in lJ~ like yu-p.lrpYf~ geometer, voc. y!wp.i:rpa. A.!CTTrOTYJ~ ma;;ter, has voc. oiCT-rroTa. Other nouns in 1)~ of this declension have the vocative in 1J; as Kpov{OYf> son of
Cronos, Kpov[OYJ
CONTRACTS OF THE FiltST DECLENSION.

183. Most nouns in aa, a, and a> are contracted (35) in all their cases. 184. MvaU:, p.va, mina, CTiiKii, CTiiK~, fig-tree, ami 'Epp.ia~, 'Epp.~c;, Hermes, are thus declined:Stem. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.
(p.ci- for p.vo.O.-)

( O'VKa for O'UK<a-)

SIN!lULAil.

('Epp.ci- for 'Epp.ci-) ('Epp.lcis) ('Epp.lou) ('Epp./{1) ('Epp.lii.v) ('Epp.lci) ('Epp.la) (' Epp.lcw)
'Ep ... ijs 'Epf.LOU 'EpfLti 'Epf.L;jv 'Ep,..ij 'EpJLci
'Epl'-e~oiv

(!<v&O.) flo Vel (p.&cis) flo Vel$

(!!Vd{l)
(IL<iciv)

f.LVflo f.LVclV

(p.vaa)

f'VU

(uu<hi) <riiKij (o-iidiis) <riiKijS (o-iid<;t) <riiKU (uiidciv) <riild\v (uiwlii) <TiiKij
Dt:AL.

N.A.V. (!<v&O.) f.LVii. G. D. (!<v&cuv) J.Lva.iv

N.Y., Gen. Dat. Ace.
(J.CO.cu) (J.<vawv) (J.<v&acs) (p.vcici s)

(<TvK(a) a-ilK& (criiKlo.c) o-iiKa.iv

PLURAL.

f.LVO.i
f.LV ... V

f.LVO.LS f.Lvcis

(uii<lo.c) (crv<<wv) ( O'VKfO.<S) (cru<lri.s)

criiKa.L
viiK.Ov

<riiKa.Ls criiKcis

('EpJ.Clcu) 'Epf.Le~oi ('Epp.wv) 'Epl'-.;,.., ('EpJ.<lacs) 'Epf.Le~ots ('Epp.liis) 'Epf.Lcis

185. So ri, ea1th (from an uncontracterl form y!-ri or ya-a), in the singular: ri ri>, yfi, riv, yij (Doric yii, yiic;, etc.). 186. N. Bopia>, North ltind, which appears uncontracted in Attic, has also a contracted form Boppii~ (with inegular pp), gen. Boppii (of Doric form), dat. Boppti, ace. Boppiiv, voc. Boppii. 187, N. For !a contracted to <i in the dual aud the accusative plural, Ree :m, 1. For coutract adjectives (feminines) of this class, see 310.
DIALECTS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION.

after

188. 1. The louie has lJ for a throughout the singular, even !, L, or p; as y!v/.1), XWPYJ Ta.p.{YJ~ But Homer has 0.1, God-

191)

SECOND DECLENSION.

41

The Doric and Aeolic have unchanged in the singular. The Ionic generally uses uncontracted forms of contract nouns and adjectives. 2. Nom. Sing. Hom. sometimes 0. for 71>; as i71"1f'om for t7T7TM7J>, horseman, sometimes with reces~ive accent, as p.rrr{cra, cour1sellor. (Compare Latin poe/a== 1TOL1fT~>) 3. Gen. Sing. For ou Homer has the original fo1m ao, as 'Arpdliao; sometimes w (for w) after vowels, as Bopiw (from Bopia>) Hom. and Ildt. have Ionic cw (always one syllable in Hom.), as 'Arpd8cw (111), T~pcw (geu. of T~pYJ>); aud cw occurs in proper names in older Attic. The Doric has a for O.o, a,; 'Arpd8a. 4. A cc. Sin,q. Belt. someti1nes form~ an ace. in ca (for l]V) from nouns in lJ> as in the third declensiou, as ocrr7rorta (for 8Hnrorl]v) from Oc<moTYJ>, master (179): so E.[p~YJ>, ace. Epem or Eip~YJ" 5. Gerz. Pl. Hom. O:uw, the original form, as KAL<TL<iwv, o tents; sometimes (170). Hom. and IIdt. h;we Ionic iwv (one able in Hom.), as 7rtJAEwv, of gates. Doric O.v for dwv, also in Jra ic chorus. 0. Dat. Pl. Poetic aL<TL (also Aeolic and old Attic form); louie 71ut (Hom., Hdt., even oldest Attic), Hom. abo )7> (rarely at<;). 7. Ace. Pl. Lesuian Aeolic at> for a<;.

dess.

wv

SECOND DECLENSION.

189. Stems of the second declension end in o, which is sometimes modified to w. The nominative singular regularly ends in oc; or ov (gen. ov). Nouns in o<> are masculine, rarely feminine; those in ov are neuter.
190. The following table shows how the terminations of nouns in o~ and ov are for111ed by the fina.l o of the A tern (with its modifications) and the case-endings:SINGULAR. DUAL.

I
1

PI.l'J\AL.

Masc. <f: Fern. Neuter. Masc., Fem., & Neute1-. Masc &': Fem. Neuter. N. O~ o-v N. o- ii G. ou(foro-o) N A V. "'(foro) G. ...,v

D.
A.

'!'(foro~) o-v
o-v

G. D.

o~Y

v.

D. A.

ocr
ou~

oro-~~

(foro-vs)

II.

v.

I!

then ov. In the dath'e singular and the nominative etc. dual, o becomes "' E take& the place of o in the voc~ttive singular of nouns in o,, and ct' takes the place of o in the nominative etc. of neuters. TJ.rere being

191. N. In the genitive singular the HomE>ric o-w becomes o-o and

42

INFLECTION.

[ lll2

no genitive plural in owv, wv is not accented as a contracted syllable (>.o')'wv, not Ao')'w>).

(o, i])
Stem.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

192. The nouns Co) AO"fO';, word, Cn) vij(]"o<;, island, avBpunror;, man or human being, (1}) aoo<;, road, (TO) owpov, gift, are titus declined:(>-.o)'o)

()<TO)
SINGULAR.
v;j<TOS
V~<TOU

( d.vOpw1ro-) ( 000) ( owpo-)

>..oyos awr,,d Myou of a wmd >..oy't' tu a wu1d >..oyov a W'>rd My 0 W01"d

tWO

V~<T't'
vij<TOV
V~<TE
lJt:.-tL.

ii.v9pw11"0S civ9pomou civ9pom'!' O.v9pw11"0v Ci.v9pw11"E

O.v9pomw
civ8pW11"0LV

o56s oSov
;,s~
o56v

ScZpov Soipou

s..;P<t>
ScZpov ScZpov 5oipw 5wpow 5.Zpa. Swpwv bwpOLS Swpa. 5.Zpa.

b5l
o5.i o5oLv oSot bSwv o5<;is oSous o5o[

N.A.V >-.oyw G. D. >..oyov Nom. Gen. nat. Ace. Voc.

WUl"dS words

V~<TW
v~<Tov

ujor tu twu

PLt:RAL.

MyoL wrwds Mywv C{1'JOl"dS Myos to u;ords Myous words >..oyoL 0 words

VTJ<TOL
V~<TWV V~<TOLS

Ci.v9pw1rOL civ9pw,.wv civ9pw1rOLS

6.v&pw1rous

V~<TOUS

VYJO"OL

ii.v9pw11"0L

193. Thus may be declined vop.o~, law, K[vouvol), danr;e~ 7rQT(J. p.o<>, 1iver, {:3[o>, lif?, Bavaro<;, death, Taupo<;, hull, uvxov, jig, <;u}.Ttov, oute1 yanue11t.
194. The chief feminine nonns of the secoud decleusion are the following:I. {:3aaavo<;, touch-.<to11P, (3({3Ao<;, bonk, y(pavo<;, crrme, yvafJo<;, jaw,
.Ooxo<;, uuon, Opuao<;, dew, KatJ.ivo<;, ()('ell, Kap007rOl), ~nearlmy-trouyh, xtf:jwTo<;, chr.~r, voao~, d isea.<r:, -rrA[J8o>, 1/(il"k, paf:jOo>, rod, uopot;, coffin, Q"-rruoo<;, ashe..~, racf>po<;, ditch, !f;ap./~ot;, """' !f;ilcf>o>, pe!J/;/e; witl1 oOo> and x(Aw8o<;, way, a'tMJ.ttro<;, caniage-1oarf, aTpa-rro>, path. 2. Na.llH~S of countrie..., tuw~ts, tr,.es, and isJa,uls, whjch are regularly fellli:,ine (150, ~): so ;;.,wpo>, maillland, and vi]ao<;, island.

in ;

195. The Jlominativ<:> ill o> is soetimes used for the vocative a~ tJ [Ao,. 8n),, (/ot/, has always 8<o> as vocative.
ATTIC SECO!:-<D DECLENSION.

196. A few masculine and feminine nouns of this declension have stellls in
w, wl1ich

appears in all the cases.

This

201}

SECOND DECLENSION.

43

is called the Attic declension, though it is not confined to Attic Greek. The noun (b) ~fw~, temple, is thus declined:SJNGUJ.AH. VUAL.
PI.UIL~L.

Nom. Gen.
Dat. Ace .. Voc.

VIWS

vEW
Vf~
vu~v vu~s

N.A.V. G. D.

vfC:,

Nom. Gen.
JJ<t.t,

vtoJ vtwv
"E~S

Vf~V

Ace. Vue.

vt.Os vtoJ

197. !'\. There are 110 neuter nouns of the Attic decleusion in good u,e. But the corresponding adj~cti\'t~,;, a~ fAEw~, propitious, t~yw~.jertile, have neuters in w~, as fAEwv, vyw~. (See 305.) 198. ?i. The accent of these uoutJS is irregular, aiJd that of the genitive and dative is douutful. (See 114; 1~5.) 199. N. Some nouns of this class mav havP. "'in thP. accusative singular; as Aayw>, accus. Aayu'w 01.' >.ay<~ So AfJw;, To~ A fJwv or AOw; Kw>, Tt)v Kw~ or Kw; and Kiw>, Ti<u>, Mivw> Ew>, dawn, has regularly T~~ Ew. 200. N. Most uonns of the Attic d<~clension have older forms in ao~ Or rJO~, from wlJich they are pro1Jau1y derived OJ exchange of quantity (J;!); as Hom. AO:o~, people, Att. ,\(w~; Dor. ~aos-, Ion. VrJO>, Att. vw>; Ho!ll. MEviAuo>, Alt. MviAw~. But some come b_v contractiou; as Aayw>, hare, frolll ,\aywo<;. In words like MnlAw>, the origiual accent is retained (114).
CONTRACT }o;OUNS OF THE SECOND Df:CLENSION.

201. 1. Frou1 stems in oo- and nouns in oo<; and--wv.

For coutrar.t adjectives in 0<;,

w-

are formed contract

00'),

ca, fOV,

aud

oa, oov, sec 310.

PLt!RAL.

2. Noo>, vot>, mind, and oCJTEov, oaToiJJ,, bone, are thus de-

clined:SIXGCI.A!L DUAl .

Nom. Geo. Dat. Ace Voc.

( v6or) ( POOV) ( v6't') (vbov) ( vbt)

voiis voii

N. A.V. (vbw)

vw
votv

Nom.

"~

G. D.

(v6o<v)

voilv

\10\t

(;en. Dat. Ace. Voc.

( v6o1) (v6wv) ( vbo<>) ( vbovt) ( vbo<)

voL
v&.v

VOli
vo~

voL

N. A.V. (d!T7lov) oa-Toiiv N. A.V. (O!rr!w) oa-Tw N.A.V. (burla.) oa-TO. Gen. (61TT{ov) OO"TOU G. D. (6!TTIO<V) ba-TOLV Gen. (60'rlwv) oa-T.Ov Dat. (ou-rl'l') oa-T~ Dat. (6.rrlo<>) OITTo~

44

INFLECTION.

[202

202. So may be declined (7rAoo>) 11'Aoll>, voyage, (p60>) poV<;, stream, (Kavwv) Kavoiiv, basket (accented like adjectives infO>, 311).
The accent of some of these forms is irregular : (not w ). 2. Compounds in oo~ acceut all forms like the contracted nomi. native singular; as 7Ttp[,.,.>..ooc;, 7Ttp{,.,.>..ovc;, sailing round, gen. 7rfpt 1rAoou, 11'Ept11'Aou, etc. J. For m coutracted to in the plural, see 39, 1.
I. The dual contracts (wand ow iuto

203.

DIALECTS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION.

204. I. Ge11. Sing. Hom. 010 and ou, Aeolic and Doric w (for oo) ; as (holo, p.fycl>..w. 2. Ge11. and Dat. Dual. Hom. ouv for ow; as i'l'r'l'rOLtv. 3. Dat. Plur. Ionic and poetic OICTI; as r7T11'01CTI; also Aeolic and
old Attic, found occasionally even in prose. 4. A cc. l'lur. Doric Wi or 05 for OlJ>; as vop.w>, TW<; AVKO>; Lesbian Aeolic ot> 5. The Ionic generally omits contraction.

THIRD DECLENSION.

205. This declension includes all nouns not belonging to either the first or the second. Its genitive singular ends in o<; (sometimes w<; ). 206. N. This is ofteu called the Consonant Declension (165), be.
causa ti.e stem here generally ends in a consonant. Some stems, however, end in a close vowel ( or~). some in a diphthong, and a few
in o or w.

207. The stem of a noun of the third declension cannot always be determiued by the nominative singular; but it is generally found by dropping o~ of the genitive. The cases are formed by adding the case-e!ldings (167) to the stem.
208.
fUt,

I.

For final

wt in

the geuitive singular of nouns In " vs, v,

fvr, and of Pails, ship, see 240; 265; 260. 2. For a and iit in the accusative singular and plural of nouns in

see. 2ll5. 3. The contracted accusative plural genP.rally has m for l't lrregu. larly, to conform to the contracted nominative in m for us. (See 3!3.) So our in the aceusative plural of comparatives in iwv (358). 4. The original Pr of the accusative plural is seen in lxOils (for Z.,(/1~) from lx86s (259), and the Ionic woXos (for ,.o:\<-vr) from 1!'6X<r (266).

210]

'l'HIHD

DECLENSIO~.

45

FORMATION OF CASES.
NOMIN.\TIVE SINGULAR.

209. The numerous forms of the nominative singular of

this deelension must be learned. partly by practice. The followiug are the general principles on which the nominative is formed from the str.m. 1. Masculine and feminine stems, except those in v, p, rr, and ovr (2 and 3), add s, and make the needful euphonic changes. E.g.
4>,;,\o.,, guard, t/>vAo.KO>; yt,.p, vulture, yii7ro~; >-..f..p, vein, tf>>..tf3o~ (i4) j lA7rt<; (for l>..m8>), hope, lA.m:O-O<;j xapt~, grace, xapLTo<>; opvt<;, bird, opvi0-o<; j VL{, night, VVKT'J> j p.d<rn,, scourge, p.d(fTtyo<; j rrUA 1r')'~ tumpe.t~ (fO.Amyro<;. ~o Ai~>, Afa:c, ~iavTo~ (i!)); >..u(f~>, AIXTUVTO<;; 'ITO.<;, 'ITO.VTO<;; nBL<;, TLB<vro~; xaptlL<;, xapLlVTo<> j OHKVV<;, OHKVVVTo<;. ( Tlw 11euters of the last five words, Av<rav, 7rav, TLG:v, xap[v, and OCLKvvv, are given under 4, below.) 2. Jlhsculine and feminine stems in v, p, and rr merely

lengthen the last vowel, if it is short.

E-!1

Aiwv, a_qe, alwv-o<;; OatJlWV, divirtity, oa{p.ovo<; j ALJl~V, !.arbnr, ALJlCVO>; ()~p. beast, ()'f]pO> i a~p. air, alpo<; i ~wKpa'T'f]'> ( '5..wKpa'T((f ), Socrates. 3. Masculine stems in ovr drop T, and lengthen o tow. E.g. Af.wv, lwn, .Xf.oVTo<;; Xf.ywv, speakiug, >..iyovr-o<;; being, OVTO<;.

wv,

4. In neuters, the nominative singular is generally the same as the strm. Final r of the stem is dropped (25). E.g.
~Wf-W., /;oily, rrwp.aro>; p.i.Xav (neuter of p.f.Xus), black, p./.'A.av-o>; Avcmv (m>ut.er of >..urras), ha~ingloosed, .\\l(fo.vro<;; 'ITav, all, ?TavT-o<;; TL6iv, plarin_q, nB/.vr-o<;; xap[v, graceful, xap[VT-O<; j OIOOV, givillg, Ot8.1vro<; ; 'A.iyov, saying, .\f.yovro<;; OliKvvv, sl.owill!J, &LKVVVTO<;. (For t.hc masculine nominatives of these adjectives and partieiples, see 1, aLovt.) 210. (Exceptions to 209, 1-3.) 1. In 1!"o,;.,,fool, ,.<18-<k, olk becomes ov<;. tl.ap.ap, wife, oap.apT-o<;, does not a<ld > Change in quantity occurs in aAW7r7J~ fox, aAw7rtKo<;, .crjpv,, herald, K~pii~e-o<;, and 4>oC:v", 4>o{viKo<;. 2. Stems in iv- add <; and have i> (78, 3) in the nominative; as pi>, rw.<e, pi1o>. These also add ": ~eni>, comb, KTlV-O'> (78, 3); (!>, one, ~v-o>; and the adjectives p.f.XJ.>, blCick, ,_d>..avo<>, and TaAu>, 1/JT~tched, TMO.VO'>

46

INFLECTION.

(211

3. 'Qootl, (Ionic &Owv), tooth, gen. 0001'1"-~ 1 formS its nominative like participles in ou>: fur these see 21~, 1.
211. (Eueptions to 209, 4.) Some neuter stems in aT- have ap in the nominative; as ~7rap, live1, gen. ~7ruTO> (22::i), as if fron1 a stem in apT. For uouus in a<; with donule stems in aT (or uT-) aud aCT, as Kpia<;, 7ripa<; (2:!5), and Tipa>, ~ee ~;l7. <l>w, (for cpao>), li_qltl, has gen. cpwT-0<;; out lloJJier has cpao> (stem cpuHT). For 7rVp, ji1e, gen. 1rvpo>, see 29 I. 212. (Participles.) 1. Masculine participles from verus in wp.t add > to ovr- and have nominatives in ou<; (79); a~ OtOov>, giving, Otor.lvT-O>- Neuters in ovr- are regular (209, 4). Other participles from stems in ovT- have nominatives in wv, Jih nOUIIS (209, 3). 2. The perfect active participle, with stem in oT-, form~ it8 nominative in w<; (nm,c.) and o<; (ueut.); as AfAuKw<;, having loosed, neut. .\c.\uKo<;, gen. ,\c.\uKOT-O> (See 335.) 213. X. For nominatives in 7)> a!Hl o<;, geu. co<;, from stems in f(T-, see 227. For peculi1U formations from stems in 0 (I;om. w), see 2'12. AccusATIVE Sn;c ULAn. 214. 1. Most masculines and feminines with consonant stems add a to the stem in the accusative singular; as
cp,S.\at ( cpv.\aK-), cp,S.\aKa; .\iwv ( .\covT-), lion, .\iovTU. 2. Those with vowel stems add v; as 7roAt>, state, 1f"<JAtV; lxB6,, .fish, lxB~v; vail,, ship, vailv; {3ou>, ox, {3ouv. 3. Barytones in ,, and us with lingual ( T, o, 8) stems generally drop the lingual and add v; as lpt> ( ipto-), stJ:re, lp<v; xapt> (xu.p<T-), grace, xaptv; opv<> ( opv<B-), bird, opv<v; tuA7TL~ (n'Atr<o- ), hopeful, cu.\mv (but the oxytoue i.\11"[>, hope, has f.>...,.[o") 215. N. KA[<; (KALO-), key, has KAtv (rarely KAftOa).

216. ~- Homer, Herodotus, and the Attic poets make accusatives in a of the IIOUIIS of ~14, 3; as Ept&. (Hom.) xaptTU. (Hdt.), opv<8a (A ristoph. ). 217. N. 'A7roAAwv and llo(mowv (lloO"noawv) have accusatives 'Am:iA.\w aud lloCTHOw, besides the fonus in wva. For w in the accusative of comparatives in [wv, see 359. 218. N. For accusatives iu <a from nominatives in 77r, in <ii from those in ws, and in w (for wo. or oo.) from those in ws or w, sec :!28; 265; 243.

226)

NOUNS WITH MUTE OR LIQUID STEMS.

VoCATIVE SINGULAR.

47

219. The vocative singular of rnasculinP.s and feminines is sometimes the same as the nominative, and sometimes the same as the stelll. 220. It is the same as the nominative 1. In nouns with mute stems; as nom. and voc. JA.a' (cfruA.aK-), watchman. (Sec the paradigms in 225.) 2. In oxytones with liquid stems; as nom. and voc. 1rotp.~v ( 7rOLp.v-), shepherd, ALf1-~V (Atp.or-), harbor.
But barytoues have the vocative lil;e the stem ; as OatJ-LWV (&u11-ov), voc. oa.'Lp.ov. (See the paradigms in 2:!5.) 221. ( Exception.<.) I. Tho~e with stems in t6-, and harytones wit.h Sle)l)S in VT c~xcept. partiCiJ'}es), lJaVP. the V()<'<l.~ive like the strm: as EA7rt<; ((A.1rtO ) , hope, ,-w. ( \,-[ (r:f. :.>.,): se: A.iwv and y{yii>, declined in 2:2.'). So AZas- (A(uvT), Ajax, vor. ATav (llout.), lmt A~u> in At tic. 2. ~wn}p (CTWTI'Jp- ), prese,-rer, 'A1roA.A.wv ('A1ro.\Awv-), aud IIoCTaowv (Ilocraowv- for llomtllriov-) ~hort.en TJ a11d w in the vocative. Thus \'OC. CTc;JTEp, A1roAAw, IIocrnoov (Hotu. llocr[o,i:ov). For the recessive accent, lwre aud iu similar forms,
~ee

1:?:? (d).

222. All others have the \'ocati ve the same as the stem. See tlte paradigms. 223. Tbetc are a few vocatives in o'L from nouns in gen. ov~: see 245; 248. For tile vocative of syncopated 11ouns, sec 273.
DATIVE PLUHAI..

wa11d wv,

224. The dative plural is formed by adding crt to the stem, with the needful euphonic changes. E.y.
<l>vA.a~ (vA.aK-), <jlvAo.f_t; MTwp (P7JTop- ), MTopcrt; f.h{~ ( f.A.m6- ), l.f..1r[r:n (74); 7rOV'i (1roO), 7rocr[; f..iwv (/..wvr- ), f..iovcrL (79); Oa[p.wv ( OIJ.ljJOV ), oa{p.oat (80) ; rtB<{<; ( rdhvr- ), rdhlrn; xap[us (xapL<VT- ), xap[w, (74 ); <arci<; (tCTTO.VT- ). iCTTa(J'L; OE!KV~'i ( OW<VVYT-), OfLKvVat; f3acrL Ani<; ( {3a<TLA<v- ), f3a(rtA<'vcrL; {3ot<; (/3ov- ), f3ouCI[; (pavs ( ypa.u ), ypo.vCT{. For a change in syncopate~ nouns, set: :!73.

NOUNS WITH MC'TE OR LIQUID STEMS.

225, The following are examples of tlte most common forms of nouns of the third deeleusiou with mute or liquid stems,

48

INFLECTION.

(225

For the formation of the cases, see 209-224. For euphonic changes in nearly all, see 74 and 79. For special changes in Op{~, see 95, 5.
MuTE STEMS.

I. Masculines and Feminines.

( ci) cl>liAa.t
wal~hman

( ~) ci>Ai>jt vei>l
( rp'AfJ-)

(ci) crcihny~ trumpet

( O"llAlrL")'")')

(~)

9plf hai>

Stem. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

(u'AaK)

(rpx-)
9p~

(ci) AfWV lion (A<OVT)

SINGULAR.

cl>liXa.t cl>vACLKOS cj>vAa.KL cj>liAa.Ka.

cj>liA~

ci>Ai>jt
cj>AI~os

cj>Atj3l ci>Alj3a.
cj>Xl>jt

crcih"II"LYE crcihnyyos CTM"II"LYY' CTUA"II"Lyya. CTUA1rLYE

J>UAL.

TPLXOS TPLXl Tplxa.

9p~

AfLIIV AtOVTOS AtOVTL AEOVTO. Alov AlOVTI AIOVTOLV AfOVTIS AIClVTLIIV AtOUCTL AtOVTO.S ( ~) iA"II"ls hoJ>e
(i'Alr<O)

N. A.v. c!>liXa.KI G. D. cl>uAnKOLV

N.Y.

cj>Xlj3t cj>X1j3otv ..
<j>Xl~s

CTcih1TL)'YI cra.A"IflyyoLV
PLL'H.\ 1.,

TP'X' TPxotv Tplxs TPLXWV 9p'-El Tplxa.s

(o
~)

Gen. Dat. Ace.

cj>vAa.KtS cj>uABKLIIV cj>uXa.E cj>uAa.Ka.s

(o) ylyii.s

CTM"ITLYYIS
<TaA ,.()'YLIIV

.P>-f3wv cj>Xt>jtC cj>Xlf3a.s

co) 9tjs hi>erl man
( OT]r)

a-cih.,.yE crcih,..yya.s ( ~) Aa.flo.,.cis torch

(AaJ.LlfaO-)
SJSGULAR.

giant Stem. '( ")'<-yavr) Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voe. ylyii.s y(ya.VTOS ylya.vTL yCya.VTa. yCya.v

opvts oir<l

( opviO-)

9tfs 91JTOS 8TJT( 8.jTa. 8tfs

8~n

Xa.flo"ll"cis xa..,..,.liSos xa..,..,.ns, xa..,..,.nsa. xCl.,."ll"ns

DUAL.

opvis opvi9os opvi9L opvtv opvis opvi9t opvt9oLV opvi8ts opvte ..v opVia'L opvt9Cl$

JX.,.(s lX"!I"l!ios

.tA,.,.(!i,
lX"II"l!ia.
()..,.(

N. A.V.yCya.VTI

G. D.
N. V. Gen. Dat. Ace.

yLynVTOLV y(ya.vTfS yLynVTLIIV ylyii.cn ylya.vra.s

81JTOtV
8~ns

xa."".,..;s, AO.flo1rliSOLV
I'Lt:RAL.

lX.,.C!it iA1ri!ioLV EA1TC!iiS lx.,.cs ..v iA"II"lCTL iXwC!ia.s

91JTWV 9..]crC 9ijTClS

AO.flo"!l"liSIS AO.flo1rliSLIIV xa.,...,.c\cr,

AClflo"II'~Cls

~25j

NOUNS WITH MUTE OR LIQUID STEMS.

II. Neuters.
(TO) ....... a. body ( ,..;) 1rlpa.s end ( 1'o) .jnp

49

liver
(>i>ra-r-)

Stem.
N.A.V.

(<TWIJ.O.T)

(1rcpa-r-)
SJNGl'LAR.

Gen.
])at.

crWj.La. croiJLa.1'0S
cruijl.a.T~
DUAL.

1rtpa.s (237) ,.,po.,.os

'lripa.1'~

tj...a.p TJ'IrCl1'0S
tj'1fa.1'~

N. A.V.

cruiji.ClTf
CTWJLcLTO~V
PLURAL.

G. D.

1rlpo.Tt 11'tpuTOW

i{1ra.TE
~'!rcLTO~V

N.A.V.

CTWJ.LO.TO.

Gen. Dat.

crwJLii,.wv
cruijl.acn

11'tpa.TI1 1ffpcLTWV
'lrtpClcr~

tf"Jra.Ta.

~'fr'ciTc.~v
ij'lra.cr~

LIQVID STEMS.

(o) 1fOLfltJV
shepherd Stem. ( 1r0<1J.fV)
Nom.

(o) a.toiv
age
(a/wv-)

( ci) ti'Ytfs.<.iv /eade1 (hp.o-)

SI!SGULAR

(ci) Salf'"'V (ci) .....,.,;p diviuity Jll'cservtr (crwr<p-) ( oa<p.ov-)

6a.(....,y 6a.(f-LOVOS
6alf10V~

Gen.
Dat.
Ace. Voc.

'lrOLf'tjV 1f0Lf'fVOS 11'0LjJ.tVL 1f0LjJ.tVO. 1f0Lf1.>)11

a.l..iv
a.l~vos

.jytf-LWV
~'YEfLOVOS ~'Ylf-LOV~

a.(wVL a.tOiva a.loi11

.j-y<f-LOV11 tjytfLWV
llUAL.

6a.lf1ova. 6a.if-LOV

....... tjp crw-njpos crw-njp crw-njpa. crcntp ( 122)

N.A.V.-rrOLjJ.EVE

G. D.

'lrO~f'tliOLV

a.(.;;v, a.[wVOLV

tjytf'OVt tj-yEf'OVOLV
PLURAL.

60.(f-LOVt 6ClLf'OVOLll

o-wnjp

crwTtjpow

N. V.

'lfOLf'EVfS
'lrOLfl{V.,V

a.l.Zvts

Gen. Dat.

a.loiv"'v
a.I.Z...~

'lrOLfl.tO"L
=~f'lva.s

Ace.

ai~VClS

.jytf-LOVES .jy<f'OV"'V -.jycl'-oa-L tj-ytflOVM

6Cl(f'OVES 6aLjJ.OVW11 Sa(f.IOO"L 6a.Cf10VCI.S

cro>-njpts cr"'-njf><"V
CI'WT.jpcr~

cr<~~,.~pa.s

50
(o) p~Twp

INFLECTION.

1226
(~) {>ts

orator
Stem.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.
(p't)Top-)
p~Twp p~Topos

(ci) cihs salt (ciA-)

cihs ciAos QAl <iha. BAS clhf ciAoiv 0:\s ci>.wv ciA crt clh<lS

(ci) 8~p beast

(8TJp-)
SING l:LAR.

(~) ci>p~v

nose
(piv-)

mind ( rppev-)
ci>p~v

e~p

PrJTOpL
p~Topa. p~Top

81)pos 8'1p(
8~pa.

pts pivos piv(

Ptva.

&,jp
l)t; A L.

pis piVf
PLvo'i:v

cj>ptvos cj>ptvl cj>piva. ci>ptiv

cj>plva ci>pvoiv

N.A.V. injTopt G. D. P')TOpoLv N. V. Gen. Dat. pojTOpES P'ITn'pwv {>>]To pen {>tjTopas

8~pf

Oqpoiv
I)Lt;HA J.

Orp<s e'lp.Zv O')pcr( e~pa.s

I~

piVES {>ivwv
pier(

Ace.

{>iva.s
~-

ci>pivs cj>pEVWV cj>ptcr( ci>piva.s

STEMS E!'DI!'\G

226. The final cr of the stem appears only where there is no case-ending, as in the nominative singular, being elsewhere dropped. (See 88, 1.) Two vowels brought together Ly this omission of cr are geuerally contracted. 227. The proper substantive stems in (CF- are chiefly neuters, which change <cr- to o> in the nominative siugubr. Some m~culine proper names ehauge (cr- regularly to TJ> (20!.), 2). Stem:-; in acr- form nominatives in a>, all neuters (228).

228. ".S..wKpaTr;~ ('iwKpaT<a-- ), Socrates, (To) 'Yvo~ ('Yt:Vfa--), race, and (To) 'Ypa~ ("f<paa--), prize, are
thus declined : ~HHii:I.AH.

Nom. ~wKpcl.T'JS [ J\. A. V. 'llvos Gen. (~w<p<iHos) ~wKpci.Tous 1<Jen. (-ylv<as) 'llvous Dat. p:wpciui') ~wKpcl.Tu 1 Dat. (-ylv<i) ylvn

'llpa.s
( -ylpaos) yipws ( -ylpai) ylpa.L (-ylpa<) ylpii ( -ycpdotv) 'Y'P.;" (-ylpaa) ylpii ( -yepdwv) ytpGiv

Ace. Voc.

(~wKpciua) ~wKpcl.T') ~wKpa.ns

I>UAL.

N.A.V. (-ytm) ylv<L G. D. ( -yevlo<v) y<voiv

PLURAL.

N. A.V. ('ylv<<>) 'll"'l Gen. yvlwv yavow Dat. ylvrcrL

ylpa.crL

237]

STEMS ENDING IN 1:.

51

229. Jn the genitive plural cwv is sometimes uncontracted, even in prose; as Tnxiwv from TtZxoc;. For tea. contracted cti, 11ee 39, 2. 230. Proper nam!'s in 1)>, gen. to>, besides the accusative in 1J have a form in lJV of the first declensiou; as -:i.wKpaTlJV, b.lJp.O<T8iVlJ" IIoAVVttKlJI' For the recessive acrent in the vocative of these nouns, see ln.
231. Prope1 ua!lles in KAt1)c;, compounds of xA./oc;, gl01y, are doubly contracted in tl1e dative, sollletimes iu tl1e accusative. IlcptKAE1J<;, Ilfptx,\~<;, Pe,icles, is thus declined : Nom.
Gen.
D;Lt.

Ace. Voe.

(Dcp<KAC1J>) ( TIEp<KAiEo>) (DEp<KAhi") (IIEpX<n) (flEpiKAfH)

lltpuc}djs llpK>..tous (flEp<KAff<) ITlp.KAtt ITtpKXtci (poet. IIEp<KXi1) ITtpLKhlLS

232. N. In proper nantes in KAE7J>, HomPr has -ijoc;, ljt, -i]a, Herodotus or; (for iwc;), i"i, ia. In adjectives iu 'YJ" Homer ~ome times contraet~ a to a: as, ti)I<Ai7J> ace. plur. tvKAf"la> for dJKAEfa<;. 233. Adjectiw; stems in cO"- change fO"- to YJ> in the mru-ruli11e and felllillinc; of the noudnative singular, but leave c<; in tlH ueuter. For the declension of these, see :n~.

234. Tlte adjective Tpl~pfJ>, ft~minine llOUil, (~) TPllJPTJ'i (sr. declined : 81~GllLAR.

t1iply fitted, is used as a vau>), trirenw, anJ is thus

I'Llii(AI ..

IJ!JA!..

Nom. TpL.jp1JS I\. A.V. (-rpdJpH) Gen. (-rp-l}ptos) TP.Jpo~ TP~pu Dat. ( -rp<T,pc<") Tp.jpu G. D. ( rp<1Jp{o,.) Ace. (rp<-l}pEa.) Tp1JP'l TP1Jpov VCJC. Tpd\p<s

N.V. (-rpojpus) .-p11jpns \~rn. (rp<YJplw) .-pu)p01v I> at. .-p11jpun

Ace. Tp11jpus

235. N. Tpt~PTJ> has rece5sive accent in the genitive dual and plural: for this in other acljeciivcs in "1/~. see 12~. For the accusative plural in t'i, see 208, a. 236. N. Some poetic nominatives in a.<; have f for a in the other cases; as o~&,, ground, gen. ov8w,, dat. o;;of"i, ovon (Homer). So {3pf.rac;, image, gen. {3pf.-rws, plnr. {3pf.TYJ, {3pcTf.wv, in Attic poetry. 237. l. Some nouns in as have two swms,- one in aT- or aTwith gen. a-ro) (like ?r(pa<;, 225), a.nd another in aa-- with gen.

52

INFLECTION.

[238

a( u-)o>, ao>, contracted w> (like yipa>, 228). K(pon-), horn, is doubly declined.
SINGULAR.

Thus Ktpa> (K(paT-,

DUAL,

N. A.V.

Gen. Dat.

Klpa.s Ktpii.Tos, (Ktpaos) Ktp"'S Klpii.T, ( Kfpai) Klpa.

N. A.Y. Ktpii.n, (K<pa<) KtpO. G. D. KtpciTov, (K<paotv) Ktplj>v

PLURAL.

N. A.V. KfpliTa., (K<paa) Klpii Gen. Ktpci.T.,v, ( K<pawv) KtpcAiv Dat. Kipa.cn

2. So TEpa>, prodigy, TEpaT-o>, which has also Homeric forms from the stelll in au-, as Tipcw., npawv, npatuut. ITpa>, end (225), has only 7ripaT-{)>, etc.

238. There is one Attic noun stem in ou-, al&u-, with nomiuative (~)

alow>, shame,
SINGULAR.

which is tlnMi declined:-

Nom. Gen. Dat.

Ace.

ll!SC:.s
( a/aoos) a.UioUs

DUAL AND PLURAL

Voc.

( alaoi') Cll!iot ( aioocx) C>.!!iO. Cll!iO.s

wanting.

239. Alow> has the declension of nouns iu (242), but the accusatiYe in whas the regular accent. (See also 3i"l9.) 240. The Ionic ( ~) ~.;,,, dawn, has stem ~00'-, and is declined like alow>: ~gen. ~ou>, dat. ~o'i, ace. ~w. The Attic (w> is declined like V(W'> (196) : but see 199.
STEMS IN fi Olt 0.

241. A few stems in w-- form masculine nouns in w>, gP.n. wo>,
which are often coutracted in the dative and accusatiYe
and in the nominatiYe and accusative plural. 242. A few in o- form feminines in
~ingular

gen. ou> (for o-o>), which are always contracted iu the genitive, dative, and accnsar tive siugular. The original form of the stems of these nouns is uncertain. (See 239.) 243. The nouns (b) ~pw~, hero, and (~) 7rft0w, persuasion, are thus declined:-

w,

250]
SINGULAR.

STEMS IN fl OR O I AND!.

'

53

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

~pOlS
;jp~o~os

1rne.:.
( tr80o<) mOo~

~p .. a.
~p .. s

~P"" or ~P'I' or ~P"'

( ,.. ..oor)
( 1rn8oa.)

1rn8oi:

mew

1rn8ot

DUAL.

N.A.V. ~pCoiE i)pwow G. D. N.V. Geu. Dat. Ace.

ijpCoiES Or ijpCoiS

PLURAL.

i}p.:. .. v

iiP"'''"'

ijp.. a.s or ~P"'S

244. These nouns in w> sometimes have forms of the Attic second declen~ion; as g-eu. ~pw (lil1e v<w ), ace us. ~pwv. Like ~pw> are declined Tpw>, 1'1ojan (l:!tl), aud 1'-~rpw>, mother's brother. 245. N. The feminines in are chiefly proper names. Like -rr<t8w may be declined -:i.a.-rr<f>w (Aeolic 'l!O.-rr<f>w), Sappl10, gen. -:i.a-rrcpovr;, dat. -:i.a-rrcpo(, a~c. -:i.a-rrcpw, voc. ~rm<f>o"L. So AYJTW, KoJ...vlfw, and ~xw, echo. :t\'o dual or plural forms of these nouns are found iu the 1!Jird <leclension; but a few occur of the second, as ace. plur. yopyov> from yopyw, Gorgon. No uncontra.cted forms of nouns in occur. 246. l\. The vocative in o'i: seems to belong to a. form of the stem in ot-; :md there was a nominative form in 'tl as AYJr<f, ~ar.<f><f 247. 1\. HemJotus has an accusative siugular in oi!v; as !Iovv (for 'Iw) from "Iw, Io, gen. zov>248. A few feminines iu wv (with n~gular stem~ in ov-) have occasioual forms like thosp of uouns in as a"I)Owv, 1lightinqrrle, geu. a"I)Oovr;, voc. a')Oo(; dKwv, image, gen. d.wv>, ace. <iKw; )((ALOwv, swallow, voc. )(fALOo(.

w;

STEMS I!'< I Al\D Y.

249. Most stt>ms in , ('1it.h nominatives in t>) and a few in v (with nominatives in v> and v) have < in place of their final ' or v in all cases exc:ept the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular, and have w> for or; in the genitive singular. The dative singular and the llOlllinative plural are contracted. 250. The nouns (,/) ?TnA.tc;- (?Toh.t-), state, (o) ?Ti)xu~

(7r1)xu-), cubit, and (To) UUTU (aaTV-), city, declined:-

ll.!'C thUS

54
,o'>.s ,OAIIIIS
(,.&>.ti)

INFLECTJON.
SING ULAn,

[261

Nom.

Gen. I>at.
Ace.

'll"'jx"'
'II'Tjx1011

C:.,n

iia-1'1"" 'II'Tjxn
(<!:<Tni)
GcrTtl

,&>..n

(11'1):~i)

,c)>..w

,.~X""

Voc.
N. A. V. '" ~J. ..,._ \..l. N.V.

11'oAL
( ,.6>.) 1ToAu

11'1jxv
l>UAL.

Cicr1'11 Cia' TV
(4<TH<) MTu
Q.G"TfOLV

(,.>lx) 1rtixu

11'0AfOLV
(,.o>.m) 11'0AILS
1I'OA<WV

'IMJXEOLV
PLURAL,

(,.>lxm) 11'tJXHS

(<!:<1ua) a:,."I

Gen. Dat.
Ace.

11'0AIO'L 1I'OAHS

mixuov mJXID'L mixos

MTIIIIV MTIO"L
( 4<TTa)

a.a-,.,.,
For

251. For the accent of genitives in we; and wv, nee 114. accusative~ like m:iA''' and 7T'~XEL~, see 208, 3.

252. N. The dual in Hi::> rarely left uncontracted.

is t.he principal noun in v, gen. w~. Its genitivl plural is found only iu the poetic ful'lll a(I'TlWV, but. analogy

253, ::-J. "Aurv

to A t.tic aunwv. 254, Xo nouus in t, gen. we;, were in comnJon Attic use. See KOflfJ.' aut! 7rl7rtpt ill the Lexicou. 255. !'<. The orij!ina1, of the stem of nouns in~~ (Attic gen. w~) is
rct.ai11cd in Ionic. Tim~, ,.6}ur, 7T6Xo~, (,.6)..") ,.6J..i, ,.6:>.<>; plur. ,.6:>.,.., 71'0hlwv; Il)lll. 7Tohl0'0'< ( Ildt. ,.c)"'"''), li'OAH ( H1lt. also ,.&>.is for ,.o>.,-v~, see 208,'4 ). Homer has al~o ?roAn (with no'-i') and l!'o>-<0'< in the dat.ivr. Tlwre are ;Ll~o ~pir. forms 'II'Oh"'o~, 'II'Olo.'Ji, '7fOA'J<S, 'II'OA'I)at. The Attic poet.~ have a ftPilitive in o~. The Ionic has a genithe in tor in nouns in ur of this class.

lead.~

256. N. Stems in v with gen. (W<; have alRo forms in tv, in which fV becomes tf, and drops f leaving f: thus 7T'l'JXv-, 1T'l'JXW, 1T'1'JXf, 1T"YfXE-- (See 90, 3.) 257. Most nouns in V\' retain v; as ( o) ix8C.r; (lxOu- ), fish, which is thus declined:SINGULAR.

DUAL,

PJ.l!RAL,

Nom.

txe~s

Nom. N.A.V.
txllui)

Gen. txeuos

nat. txeui (Hom. Ace, tx8cv

Yoc. txe~

G. D.

txeuc tx8tlow

Gen. I>at. Ace.

!x9tlu txe""'" txeuO"

txe~

266]

STEMS ENDING IN A DIPHTHONG.

55

258. N. The nominative plural and dual rarely have \i, and as lx8v> (like accus.) and ix8v (for ix8u) in comeJy.

u;

259. N. Homer and Herodotus have Loth 1x8Vu.., and ix81!., in the accusative plural. 'IxBV> here is for lx8v-v> (208, 4 ). 260. Oxytoues and monosyllables have ii in the llOIIlinative, accusative, and vocative singular: see lxO.J,. Monosyllables are ci~cumfiexe~ in t~ese ca;es ~ as p.v> (p.tJ--), mouse, p.vo>, p.v[, p.vv, pv; plur. p.u>, p.vwv, JLV<n, p:uas261. N. "ErxtAu>, eel, is decliued Jil;e lxOJs in the singular, and like mJXU'> in the plural, with gen. sing. f.yxf..\v-o> and nom.
plur. lyxf..\H,. 262. K. For adjectives in v>, na, v, see 319.
STEMS ENDING IN A DIPHTHONG.

263. 1. In nouns in w>, cv of the stem is retained in the nominative and vocative singular and dative plural, but loses v before a vowel ; as ( o) {3acn.\tv> ({3acn.\w-), kiag, which is thus declined:8l!<G!JI.AH.

DUAL.

rLfJJtAL.

Nom. j:la.o-"-us Gen. j:la.o-Xiws ' N. A.V. Dat. (tJo.crc>.h) j:la.o-LAtt G. D. A cc. f3Clo-LXiii. Voc. j:la.cnA<u

N. V. ({Jo.cn"Al) ~cunX<is Gen. f3a.o-Xlwv f3o.cnXt< j:la.cnXloLv Dat. j:la.cn>-.<ucn A ec. f3a.o->-iii.s

2. So yovcu> (yovw), pmenr, rtptv> (rcp<v-), pn'esr, 'Axc>....\cv> (' Axc.\.\w-), A chilies, 'Oilv<r<rv> (Oilv<rcrtv-), U lysus. 264. Homer has cu in three cases, {3ucn>..n).,, {3ucn>..<u, n.nd {3uac Aruac; but in the other ca.~es {3o.TLA~o>, {3aaLA~L, {3aac>..~u., {3aac>..~~>, {3o.aLA~a<;, also dat. pJur. apLTT+TCTL (from apLaTV>); in propt~r names he has W>, ti:, etc., as II17>..io>, II1J.l..f.i: (rarely contracted, as 'Axc.\.\ci:). Herodotus bas gen. w>265. !'.' ouns in <V> originally had stems in l)ll, before vowels YJF Fro111 forms in TJfO>, TJF' 7Jfll, etc., came the Homeric 7JO>, 11' 17u, etc. The Attic cw>, ca, <as came, uy exchange of quantity (3J), from 7JO" TJCJ., TJii>.

266. The older Attic writers (as Thucydides) with Plato have
~> (contracted from
{3acn)t.~"'

7J>) in the nominativtl plural; as brm)>, for later i1r1T<~> f3acn)t.((,.. In tlw accnsativP. plural, <ac; usually remains unchauged, but there is a late form in EL>-

56

INFLECTION.

[267

267. When a vowel precedes, (w~ of the genitive singular may be coutracted into w~, and iri of the accusative singular into Ci; rarely iii.~ of the accusative plural int.o as, and iow of the genitive plural iuto wv. Thus, Ilupcunl~, Pei1aeus, has gen. IInpadw~, Il<tpatw>, dat. IInpatii:, llnpat<4 aec. IIELpada, IInpatCi; tl.wpt<v~, Dmia11, l1as gen. plur. tl.wptiwv, tl.wptwv, ace. tl.wptia>, tl.wpta~. 268. The uouns (l>, ~) {3ov> ({3ov-), ox or cow, (~) ypav, ( ypau-), old woman, ( ~) vaiJ> ( vav-), ship, and or~ ( oi-), sheep, are tLus declined:SINGULAR.

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. N. A. V. G. D. N. V. Gen. Dat. Ace.

~o.is

~a's ~ot
~o.iv

poii Pot /3ooiv /3ots

~o.:iv
~ou<r(

yp11iis ypiiDs ypiit yp11uv ypllii

DCAL.

v11iis
vu~

'111] vll.iv vuii Ytjt vto&v v>]ts

Vt~V

ots oto's ot otv ot ott oloiv oits ot.:iv ot<r ots

ypcit ypci.oiv
l'LURAI-.

~iis

yplios ypci..:iv YPilU<r yp11us

'llllU<r( 'llllVS

269. N. The stems of {3ov<, -ypav<, and vav< became fJor-, -ypfi.r-, and iir- IJeiore a vowel of the ending (compare Latin IJ&v-is and uiiv-is). The stem of ols, the only stem in o<-, was or<- (compare Latin &vis).

Afterwards f was dropped (l!O, 3), leaving flo-, -ypa-, va-, and ol-. Attic vtw< is for ~"' (33). 270. In Doric and Ionic vaG, is much more regular than in Attic:SINGUL.,R. PLl.:ItAL,

Doric.
Nom.
vo.U~

Homer.
"'IUs

Herod.

Doric.
vcir~ v~v

Horner.
vilt~, vif.~
V11~V, Vf~V

Herod.
vi<~

Gen. Dat. Ace.

vci.Os
vcit
vo.Uv

"'105, VlOS

"''ii V<OS
"'1'
vl11

vtNv

"'1'
vijn, via.

VllU<r,
v0.Ea-a-L

V1JU<r(,
v~t<r<r, vlur<rL

vci11s

vij11s, vio.s

vl11s

271. IlomPr hn.s 'YP"'V< (I'P"'v-) and I'P"'ts (-yp~u-) for 'YP""' He has {3oa< and {3ovs in the accusative plural of {Jovs. 272. Xolis, three-quart measure, is declined like {lous, except in tile accusatives xcici and xcias. (See xovs in 291.)

277]

SYNCOPATED NOUNS. SYNCOPATim NOUNS.

57

273. Four nouns in 'Y/P (with stems in tp-) are synco. pated (65) in the genitive and dative singular by dropping (, The syncopated genitive and dative are oxytone; and the vocative singular has recessive accent (122), and ends in tp as a barytone (220, 2). In the other cases ( is retained and is always accented. But in the dative plural tpis changed to pa-. 274. These are (o) 7rar~p (7rartp-), father, (~) p.~rYJp (p:'Jr<p-), mother, ( ~) OvycirYJp ( Ovyanp ), daWJhter, and ( ~) yaur~p ( yaunp-) belly. 1. The first three are thus declined:SINGULAR.

Nom. Gen.
Da.t.

Ace. Voc.
N.A.V. G. D. N. V. Gen. Dat.

'll'a.njp ( 11'a:rlpo~) 'II'O.TpO<; (1rarlp<) ,.a,rp( 'lra.rlpa. ....o:..,p 1fQ,Tfpt 1fQ.TfpGLV 'lfQ,TfptS
wa.rlp<v

JL.JnJP
(w'lrlpo~) fiTJTpo~

(J'YJTEpt) 1'-TJT'p( JI-T)Ttpa. l'tirtp

DUAL.

9uy0:T1)p (Ouyarlpor) 9uya.rpOs (IJuya.rlp<) 9uya.rp( &uya.rlpa. 91iya.np &uya.rlpt &uya.rtpoLV 9uyari(IS 8uyo.rlpwv 9uya.rp<ia-L &uya.rlpa.s

JI-TJT{pt
f.LTJ?tpDL~

PLIIRAL.

f.L')Tlpf~

1fO.TpML
1fO.TEpO.~

Ace.

!l'JTtpwv ll'ITP<icn fiTJT'lpa.s

2. rarrr~p is declined and accented like 'l!'ar~p. 275. 'Aur~p (o), star, ha~ nurpauc, like a syncopated noun, in
the dative plural, but is otherwise rt>g-ular (without syncope). 276. N. The uusyncopat.ect forms of all these uouns are often useu by the poets, who also syncopate other cas~s of 8u-yd.r't)p; a~ Oir(arpa, fHryarpH, IJuyarpwv. Homer has dat. )Jlur. Ou-ya.rlpnn, and .,.a.rpw1 for Tra.r(pwv.

277. 1. 'Avr}p (o), man, drops ( wh~never a vowel follows p, and inserts o in its plac>e (G7). It ltas O.vopo'i:v and avopwv. In other respects it follows the declension of 1f'QT~P 2. t:.YJJJ.~TYJp, Demcte1 ( (;'e,e.s ), syncopates all the oblique cases, and then accents them on the first syllable.

58

INFLECTION.

[278

278, 'Av~p and tJ.TJfl-~TTJP are thus declined:SINGULAR.

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

N.A.V. G. D. N.V. Gen. Dat. Ace.

c!.vi}p (dvlpos) c!.vSp6~ (dvlpt) civSpC (dvlpa) li.vSpa. ii.vfp

( &.vlpt) ii.v5pf ( dvlpo<v) c!.v6poiv ( avlpH) ii.v6pfs ( dvlpwv) civ6pii>v 6.v6pci.crt ( dvlpas) iivSpa.~

tJ.')j.LTJ'T''Jp (t.'1.uljrtpos) tJ.fJI''J'T'poS (t.'1,uljup<) tJ.fJI''I'~'PL (t."',uljupa.) tJ.fJI''J'T'pa. AfJI'tJTfp

DUAL.

PLURAL.

279. The poets often use the unsyncopated forms. O.vlipfacn as well as &.vopacn in the datil'e plural.
GJ::NDER OF THE THIRD DF,CLENSION.

Homer has

280, The gender in this declension must often be learned by observation. But some general rules may be gi \'en. 281. 1. li'IASCUI.INE are stems in
fU; as {3aatAfV<; ( /3:J.CJ'LAfu-), kin_q. p- (except those iu ap-) j as Kpar~p (KpUTTJp-). mixing-bowl, tfd.p ( tj11ip-), sturlin_q. V- (CXCCJlt thOSe in LV- 1 yov- 1 OOV) j as KUVWV (Kavov-), l'ttle. vr-; f1.8 ooov> (ooovr-), tooth. TJT- (except those in TYJT-); as >..if3TJ> (Al/3TJT-), kettle. wr-; as Epw> (f.pwr-), lore. 2. Exception.~. .Femiuine are raar~p, belly, K~p, fate, Xftp, hand, .pp~v, mind, a.\Kvwv, halcyon, fiKWV, iu,age, ~LWV, shore, x8wv, emth, xtwv, snow, p.~Kwv, poj>py, l.a8~, ( f.aBTJT- ), dress. Neuter are rrvp,.fire, <Pw> (<Pwr-), light. 282. I. FF.MININF. are stpms in L-and u-, with uornin. iu t<;; and U\0 j as rroAt<;; (rroAt), city, lax6> (laxv-), st,er1qth. au-; as vav> (vav- ). 0-, ()., T7JT; as lp{> (f.pto ), stl'if(:, raxvr~> (raxurTJT), .<peed. 'iv-, yov, liov-; as &.Krf> (&.Kri:v-), my, araywv (<7rayov-), drop, x(>..i:liwv (x!A.coov-), swalluw. 2. Exceptions. Masculine are f)(L-<;, viper, o<Pt-<;;, serpent, f3orpv-<;;, cluster of grapes, 8p~vv-<;;, footstool, lxO~->, fish, JLV->, mouse, viK'IX,

~D)

IRREGULAR NOUNS.
'"ixv~,

59
cubit, 1roU..

ceff"pU,

IM"ci~, ear of grain, '1Ti.\K\!"S, axe, (1roS- ),foot, 8Acpt~ ( &:Acp<v-), dolphin.

283. N.:unm are stems in

and v with nolllin. in t and v; as 7rE7rpt, pepper, aorv, city. a>; as yipas, prize ( ~ee 2~7). >-, ~ith nontin. in O>; as yivo<; (yvta-), race (see 227).
t

a~ i 8.8 vhcf'ap, nectar. aT- j as O'WfUJ. ( OWiJ-<lT ),

body.

284. Labial and palatal stems are always either masculine or

fenduine. (See 2:.!:>.)
~ometimes occur in poetry: see, for example, aUI~p, sky, a.nd 01>, !teap, in the Lexicon. ~ee abo 288.

285. Variations in gender

Da LECTS.

Homeric otlv for otv. 2. Dat. Plur. Hollleric EOOt, rarely tat, an<! aCTL (nJter vowels); also ot. 3. J'v!ost of the uncontraeted forms enclosed in ( ) in the pllradigms, which are not used in Attic prose, are found in Ilomer or Herodotus; atl!! some of them occur in the Attic poets. 4 .For special dialectic forms of sotne nouns of the third declension, see 20:.!, :.!:30, 2:11, 240, :.!47, 25r, 259, 2()4, 270, 271, :.!iU, ,;n!~.
IRREGULAR NOUNS.

286. I. Cell. nile! Dat. Dual.

287. 1. Some nouns belong to more tha.n one declension.

Thus oKuro;;, darkness, i~ usually deelineJ Iih .hoyo> (192), but sometimes like yivo> (~28). So Oio(rrou<;, Oedipus, bas genitive Oio('ll'oOo> or Oio('l!'ou, dative Oio('l!'oo, aL:eusati ve OiO:?roou or Oio(1rouv. See also yi.hw>, opw>, iopws, and others, in 291.
2. For the uoul,Je accusatives in 7J and YJV of ~wKpuTY)>, !:>7Jp.o afiiVYJ>, etc., see 230. 288. Nouns which arc of different genders in <lifl'~rcnt numbers are called heterogeneous; as (u) <rZro>, corn, plur. (ra) o!ra, (o) Swp.u>, chain, (o') Otap.o[ and (rO.) OEap.U..

289. Defective JIOUJlS have only certain cases; as ovap, dream, o</HAo>, use (only nom. and ace us.) ; ( r~v) v(cpa, snow (only accus.). Some, generally from their meaning, have only one nuutuer; as 1ru8w1 11~rsuasion, rU. '0)u)p.7Iw.1 tit~ Olympic games.

60

INFLECTION.

[290

290. Indeclinable nouns have one form for all cases. These are chiefly foreign words, as 'ASap., 'Icrpa1}A; and names of letters, AA.<f>u., B~ru., etc. 291. The following are the most important irregular nouus:1. AtOl)> Hudes, gen. ou, etc., regular. Hom. 'At&,;, gen. ao or
(w, dat. Tl ace. l)Vi also "Ai:lioc;, "Ai:Ot (from stem 'Ai:O. ). 2. ava~ ( 0), king, aVU.KTO<;, etc., VOC. aVl.L~ (pOet. ava, in addressing

Gods). 3. "Apl)> A 1es, "Aptw> (poet. Apwc;), (" Apt"i) Aptt, ("Ap(a) Ap1J or Ap"flv, Ap(s ( Ho1u. also Apt>). Hon1. also Ap"f"Ja<o, Apl)L, Apl)Q. 4. Stell! (&.pv-), gen. (ro\i or~-) apvoc;, lamb, apv[, apVl.L; pl. O.pvtc;, O.pvwv, O.pvacn, apvu.>. ln the 110111. siug. O.p.vo> (2d decl.) is used. [i, ycJ.Aa ( ro), milk, "'fclAU.KTO<;, "'jclAQKTL, etc. G. yf.Awc; ( o luugllta, yf.>..wro>, etc., regular: in Attic poets ace. ), yi>..wru. or yi>..wv. In Hom. generally of second declension, dat. yiAc:>, ace. yf.>..w. yf.Awv (yf.Aov'r). (See 28i, 1.) 7. yovu (To), b1ee, yovaTa<o, yovu.n, etc. (from stem yovaT-); Ion. and poet. youvaro>, youvun, etc.; Hom. also gen. youvo>, dat. youvi, pl. yoi!va, youvwv, youvtcrcrt. tj, yuv~ (~) wijP, yuvatKOc;, yuvaiK{, yuval'Ka, yJvaLj dual yuval'Kt, yuvaLKo!v; pl. yuva!Kt<;, yuvaLKi;w, yuvme[, yuval'Kac;. 9. Siv8pov (ro), t1ee, S<vSpou, regular (Ton. SEvSpwv); dat. sing. 8iv8pL; dat. pl. SivoptcrL. 10. oioc; (ro),jear, oiouc;, 8iL, etc. Hom. gen. ot[ou>11. oopu (ro), spew (cf. yc)vv); (from stem &par-) ooparo>, ooparL ;' pl. Oopara, etc. Ion. and poet. omJparoc;, etc. i Epic also gen. ooupoc;, dat. ooup[; dual &i!pt; pl. Soi!pa, &upwv, &uptcrcrt. Poetic gen. &po>, dat. Sop[ and oopn. 12. Epw<; (o), love, ;pwro<;, etc. ln poetry also Epo<;, EPc:> ;pov. 13. z~u> (Aeol. 11nlc;), Zeus, .:1u:l<;, .:1tt, u[a, Ztu. Ion. and poet. Z7Jvo<;, Zl)v[, Zt}va. Pindar has .:1[ for 11d. 14. Gip.t> (~),justice (also as proper name, T!temis), gen. 8(p.t8oc;, etc., reg. like f.p<>- Hom. 8f.p.tcrro<;, etc. l'ind. 8cp.<ro>, etc. Hdt.. geu. Bf.p.to>. In Attic prose, indeclinable in ()f.p.t> err{, ]as est; as Bip.t> t!vat. 15. 18pd,> (o), .<weat, 18pwro<;, etc. Hom. has clat. 1opc{i, ace. lopw (243 ). 16. Kapli. (ro), head, poetic; in Attic only nom., accus., and voc. sing., with dat. Kapq. (tragic). Hom. Kelp!). gen. Kap"f"JTO<o, Ku.p~aro<;, Kp6.aTo>, KfJUTO>; dat. KUP"f"JT' Kap~u.rt, Kpciar<, Kpar[; ace. (rov) "'Piira, (ro) "cip7J or Kap; plur. nom. Kapa, Kap~ara, Kpciara; gen.

291J

IRREGVLAR NOUNS.

()1

Kpcf.,.,,w; dat. KpaO"{; ace. KapU: witlr (roue;) ~<parae;; uorn. and ace. pl. also Kap7Jva, gen. Kap~vwv. Soph. ( ro) Kpara. 17 Kptvov ( ro), I il!f, Kptvou, et,~. I !l pl u ml also Kp[vca ( lJ d L.) and Kptvlcn (poetrc). (See '287, l.) HL Kvwv ( ~), clog, voc. Kt;ov: tire re~L frou1 ~t.em Kuv-, Kuvck. Kvv[, Kvva; pl. Kvvc;, Kuvi;:w, Kva[, Kvva;. HI. l<uc; (o), stoHc, ll01n. A.eiuc;, poPtic; geu. l<iioc; (or A.dou), Jal. )..0.1., ace. ,\iiuv, )..O.v; dual ,\ci; plur. ,\ii.uw, ,\Jwa<, or .\&Hn. 20. At7Ta (Hour. )..[-11'', generu.lly with l)..u(o;, oil), fat, vii: probably >.i1ra is ueut. accus., and ),[,,.'is dat. for Al7r-/. See LP-xicon. 21. p.J.prvc; ( ~), witness, gen. p.aprupoc;, etc., <.lat. pl. p.aprv(}'(. Hom. now. p.tiprvpo> (2d dec!.). 22. p.O..ar~ (~), whip, gen. p.O.ari:yoc;, etc., Hom. dat. p.0.<I'rt, ace. p.O.anv. 23. ot, (~),sheep, for Attic declension see 268. Hom. Ot'c;, oi:oc;, oi:v, Ot<;, dtwv, Utl(J'(J'L (o'f.l(J'L, Ol(T(Tl), o'ic;. Aristoph. has dat.. ot. 24. ovctpoc; (o), OYllpOV (ro), di'W>II, geu. OVj also ovap (ro), gen. ovl(puro.,, <lat. ov[pan; plur. ov[para, ovHparwv, ovf.pt1<n. 2f>. O<I'O' (Tw), dual, eyes, poetic; plur. geu. O<T<Twv, dt~t. ocnrou; or oaamcn. 2G. opv'is (o, ~), bini, see 225. Also poet.ic forms from stem opvT-, nom. an <.I ace. sing. opi'L>, opv'iv; pl. opV((<;, opvlwv, ace. OpVH'i' or opvi.c;. Hdt. ace. opvi.Ou. Doric gen. opv<xo.,, etc. 27. o~c; (ro), ear, urr6c;, urr[; pl. ~ra. WTWV (1:!8), .;,a[. Hom. gen. ovaroc;; pl. OUU.TU., ovum, an <.I J,<T{. Doric .Jc;. 2R. Tivv~ (lj), Pt!?fX, TivKVO<;, Tiuxvi', n,;KVU (also l11'l:KO>, etc.). 20. 1rpia{:Jvc; ( o), old wur, elde1 (properly at!j. ), poetic, ace. 1rpi cr{3vv (as adj.), voc. 1rp/uf3v; pl. '11'pi(J'{3Lc; (Ep. 7rp/a{3'Y)fs), cltief;, eldets: the corn rnon word in t.his sen~e is 7rp{u{36r'l> di.~tinct from 7rp(]'{3vni> Tip<T{3vc; == wll/,a..<arlvr, w. gP.u. '11'pf.a{3fwc;, is rare and poet.ic in sing.; hut comnron in pro~e in plur., 1rp/.<Tf3ac;, 1rp/.u{:Jwv, 1rp/.u{:Jfm, 11'p((J'/3H> (like m]xu>) Dpla{:JluT~c;, ambassuclu1, is com
0

o,

o,

mon in sing., hut rare in plural. 30. 1f'vp (r6),ji1e (stern .,rop-), 71'1ipoc;, 1rvp[; pl. (rO.) 1f'vp0., watchfires, dat. 7rupol.c;. 31. u1rioc; or 0'7rfloc; (To), cave, Epic; (J'7rftou>, <I'.mj!, <T'7r[wv, <T'Trrll<T<TL or a1r:/.aa!. !12. Tawc; or Tawc;, Attic Tntiic; (o), peacod:, like vwc; (190): aho dat. Tu.wv!, TO.wa<, chiefly poetic. 33. riicpwc; (o), whirlwiud; declined like vf<~> (106). Also proper name Tiicpw'i', in poetry generally Tiicpwvo>, Tii.pwv<, Tiicpwva. (See 287, 1.) 84. u8wp ( ro), water, uOaTO\, vOaT!, etc. j dat.: plur. vOa<T!.

62

INI<'LECTION.

[292

35. via> (o), son, vioi!, etc., reg.; also (from stem uiu) ut~, (viii:) vifl, (vii a), tJl.((, vLioLv; ( viif~) vit:L~, viiwv, viiCYL, ( viia~) vi(L~: also with u fur U<; as vo<;, vov, VfO<;, etc. Hom. also (from stent Ut) geu. ULO<;, daL. lit<, ace. tIu; <lualut; pl. ur<;, uia<;, also c.lat. uU!cn. 3(). )(lLp ( ~ ), hawl, xnpo<;, )(Hp[, etc.; uu t X POLY (poet. )(Hpo'lv) and )(lpCI[ (pocl. )(ltpw<Jt ur )(ltpw<): pot>t. abo )(lpcl<;, )(lp[, etc. 37. (xoo<;) xov<; ( moulld, xoo<;, xo(, xovv (like j3ov<;, ::!US). 3::1. xov<; (o), t/oce-quart 11/eflSW'e: sec 272. Ionic and late

o),

nom.

xoo;,, with geu. xoiw>, x0W>, etc., regularly like

Hupo.to)<;

and D.wptv> (:207). 0(1. xpw> ( o skin, )(pWTO<;, xpwr[, )(pWTU; poet. also )(pDO>, )(pot, ), xpoo.; dat. XP~ ( ouly in lv XP0 HWI'). LocAL
E~wt:<<;s.

292. The ('JHlings -fA and -(hv lllay be <ttlJcJ to the 1:itcm of a noun OJ' pro!IOilll to denote place:1. .(),, Jcnoting where; as O.>..>..o-8<, elsewhere; o{,pavo-B,, in hercuen. 2. -fhv dcnoti ng whence; as o~Ko-fhv, from home; airro-8v, from the very SJIOc. 293. The r.uclitic -8 (141, 4) added to the accusative denotes whither; as Myr1pu8, to Megura, 'E>..v1Ttl'a8t, to Eleusis. After IT, -8( bPconl<~s '~ (s~'' ll:>; :?):), ;I); as 'ABYjviit (for 'A()7Jva<;-8). to Atlu11s, G/jf3U.t (for GYJ/30.>-0), to The!Je,, BvpO.,, out cldoors.
294. The r>nrling -IT~ is sontetimes arlcl<~<l to the stE>m, denotir.g u:l.ither 1 u,<; O.A>..o<J, it a>lfther Jinrtioll, '7!'avrorn, in aery dirertion. 295. ~. In llumer, tlu fornts in -fh at11l -Ow may he governed by :t preposition as gtonitives; as '1.\<olh '7!'po, before Ilium;(~ U.A.o0v, from !I.e sert.

296. X. So111etinll'S a relic of an original locative case is found

L iu the singular and Cit in llH: plural; as 'lrrOJLo'L, at thr. Isthmus; ocKOL (oiKo-L), nt lunne: II u6o'l, at J>ytho; 'A()Yj"YJITL, <.ll A llu:ll.'; DAruu<iia<, r<l l'lurt~tll , 'OA.up:rr{U.m, at Ol.lf"'l'ia: BvpU.m, at the gates. These forms (and also t.hose of 2fJ:!) are often classed among adverbs; but inscriptions show tk1.t. forms in and in 7JCIL were hoth used as dat.iv('s in the early A tt.ic. 297. 'Y. Tlte Epil) Pndiug- </> or </>w forms a genitive or u:~t.ive in both singular atHI plur:1.l. It is sotnetintes locative, as KA<IIt'f}</><, i11 thP. te11t; and ~ometimes it has ot.her meanings of the ge11itivc or dative, as f3!'fJt, '"ith vioil'JJCI'. These forms may follow prepositions; as 7!'up0. vavcpt, by the ships.

with the ending

am

301] Al>JECTIVE~-FIW:iT A~D SECOND UE(;LENI:iiOI'>.S. 63

ADJECTIVES.
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS (VowEL
l.Jt:CLE!%10:\).

11 ,

298. 1. Most adjectives iu o<; have three endiugs, oc;, ov. The llHLSl:uline a,uJ neuter an.: of the Sl~eonJ decknsion, and tl1e feminine is of the first; as crotjJ:c;,

aocp,;, aocpov, wise.

the femiuiue end;; in But adjectives iu oo<; ltavc OTJ in tlH~ feminine, except those in pooc;; as {.l:rr:X..oo<;-, a?Tf..OTJ, tt?TA.oov, ~:hnple; dBpuo-;, aBpoii, {iBpoov, erowdt!,l. 299. 2.ocpc;,, wise., and a~w<;, worthy, are thu::; cleclined:ii; [\..';

2. If a vowd or

u.;w,, a;fa, a;wv, W01"thy.

precede;;

oc;,

~JNGCI..\TL

No Ill.

Gen.
D~t.

Ace. Voc.

cro<!>os crocpov <ro<l>oi> <ro<j>ov uocj>i

<ro<j>T) <ro<!>i}s <ro<j>ii <ro<j>T)v

<ro<j>~

<ro<j>ov <rocpov
<rocp~

&ws citiou
6.t<~

a~ iii.

<roq><iv <ro<j>ov
JJt;AL.

atov atu

citiO.s citiq. O.tiO.v

ci~iii.

aEov citiou
6.ti~ ~LOV

iitov
6.tiw citiOLV

N.A.V. cro<J>W G. D. <rocj>oi:v N.V.

<rocj>ci <rocj>o.i:v <ro<!>Cli cro<!>wv <ro<j>lliS <rocpcl.s

<rocj>w <rocj>oi:v
Pl.llllAL.

citiw citiOLV utLOL O.tiwv O.tCos ci.Elous

citiO. ci.tio.w ntLO.L citiwv ntLilLS ci.E<O.s

Gen. Dat.
Ace.

<rocj>o( uo<i>wv <rocj>o<s

vo~oVs

<ro<j>ci <ro<!>Oiv <rocpo<s crocj.O.

O.ta. O.tiwv citLOLS O.Ea.

300. So p.aKpo~, !J.<lKpii, p.a~<pov, lo>2q; !:"n. p.aKpo_v, fPJ.Kpos, p.tJ.KfJOV; dat. ./.W.Kp<f, fJ.OKp~t, jJ.OKp<f i a<.;C. p.uKplV, p.u.KpiiV, !J.l.lKpOv, etc., :ike a~to<; (<,XCt'!'L ill <tc~ent). 301. Thi<; is hy far the larst>st <~hss of adjectiw,~. All participlE's i11 o<; aud all superlat.iws (J.iO) an< dl'<liliE>d liJ;e fTo</>o>, and ~11 COIII)'ar<>t.ives in npo> (0i!O) an: decli11cd like pn.Kpos (cJ>cept
ln

acceut ).

64
302.

INFLECTION.

(302

The nolllinativc and genit.ive plural of adjectives in

accent the feminine like Lhe masculine: thu:-; has o.gtat, Miwv (not MZat, Mtwv, as if fl'(Jill ag[a; see U4). Fo1 feminines 111 iJ. of the third and first declensions combined,
see 318.

aew.

Oi

303. The ma.>culine dual forms in w anrl ow in all adjectives auJ Jl<trliciples may Le used for the fenliuine funJIS in and atv.

304. Some adje<:tives in o>, chiefly compounds, have only two endiugs, o> and ov, the feminine being the same as the maseuliuc. They are declined like cro<f>o>, omitting the feminiue. 305. There are a few adjectives of the Attic second declt:>nsion <~uding in '"' and wv. 306. "A>..oyo>, irrational (304), and ~>..two;, gracious (305), are thus declined:Sl~'GVLAR.

Nom.
Gen. Dat.

O.>..oyo> ii.>..oyov O.>..oyou

O.Aoy~

~hEW)

Ace. Voc.
N.A.V.

O.>..oyov O.Aoyt ii.>..oyov

DUAL.

f>..twv r>.. .... (>,.,'!' YAtWV

~AE<o>ll

~>..

.....

G. D.
N.V.

ci.Aclyw ci.MyoLv
PLURAL.

{Auol

~"''~'"
Y>..oa. YAowv fAI'f'5 {AtWS (At a.
(>,.,'!'

Gen. Dat. Ace.

li.AoyoL Ci.>..oya. ci.Mywv nAoyoLS cl.Aoyou> li.>..oya.

307. Some adjectives in O> lllay be declined with either two or thn e11dings, especially in poetry. 308. Alject.ivP~ in wo;, ow, common!:; 11ave a in the neuter plural.
But (t<'r.A.tw .from (K.,.Afo><; occurs. 309. DA.iwo;, full, has a feminine in a: .,.>.,(wo;, .,.>.,(0., .,.>.,(wv. The defective(]'~') (from UU.-0'>), .afr, has 110111. aw<;, <'twv (also fem. aii), ae~ awv, IIeUt. pl. aii, ace. pl.' aw). The Attic has awot, (J';;)CLl, crwa in nom. pl. Homer has aoo>.

SlO] ADJECT!VE.S-FIRST AND SECOND

DECLEN~!U~::i.

G5

310. Many adjecti vcs in to> and oo<; a1e cont:racteu.

(TfOS,

Xp{,.

golden, apyvpwr;, of ~ilver, auu u7TAoos, simple, are thus

SII<(;ULAIC

deelined:xpiicroils Gen. (xpvuloo) xpu<rov Dat. (xpuul<t>) XPij<r.f Ace. (xp6u<Ov) xpil<rovv

Nom. (xptl!fOS)

(xpvula) (xpiiulas) (xpuulr;.) (xpvulav)

Dt;AI..

xpucrij xpucrijs XP'"'"O xpv<rijv

(xp~l!fOP)

(xpvuloo) (xpi,ul<tJ) (xp6:HOP)

xpu<roilv xpucrov xpu<r.f xpv<roiiv

N. A. (xpuulw) xpii<r~ G. D. (xpuuto,.) XPU<rOLV

(xpoula) xpv<rci. (xpuula<V) xpiicrntv

PLUHAL.

(xpvulw) XPV<rw (xpuulo<v) XPV<rOLV (xpt11ca) (XPoulwv) (xpiJ(ffOIS) (xptu((l)

Nom. (xp611f0<)

XPii<roi

Geu. (xpuulwv) XPil<rwv Dat. (xpvulo,s) XPUCTOLS Ace. (xpvuloos) XP\i<rOUS

(xpvua) (xpuulwv) (xpuulcm) (xpuu{as)

XPWBL
xpiicrwv

xpv<rci
xpiicrwv

xpvcro.is XPli<rc'i.s

xpucrois xpucrci

--------SINGU!.AH.

Nom. (ap-yvp<os) cl.p-yupoiis

Gen. ( ap-yup{oo) cl.p-yupou Dat. ( d.p-yop{'t') ci.p-yup~ Ace. (anvp<ov) cl.p-yvpoiiv N. A. ( ap-yoplw) ci.pyvp.:. G. 1>. ( ap"(vp{o,v) ci.p'Yupoiv

( ap-yup{a) ( anop/ar) ( anuplr;.) ( ap-yupla.v)

DUAL.

ci.p"fupc'i. O.p"fvpci.s cl.pyvpq: ci.p"fvpci.v

( ap-yvpw) ( cip-yop{ou) ( cip)'upl<t>) a.p..,.vp<O)

ci.p"fupo\iv cl.pyvpou ci.pyvp<:' ci.p-yvpoiiv

( d.p-yopla.) ci.pyvpci ( dp-yuplw) &.p"fupw (d.nupla.<v) ci.p-yupo.iv ( dp"(oplo<v) ci.p"fupoiv

PLt:RAL,

Nom. (&.p-yup<o<) cl.pyupoi:

Gen. ( d.p-yoplwv) ci.p-yupwv D<tt. ( d.p-yuplo) ci.p-yupois Ace. ( clp-yoploos) ci.p-yvpoiis

cl.p-yupa.t ap"(up<a.) ( anvplwv) ci.p"fupwv (d.p"(vplwv) ( d.p"(opla.<s) cl.p'Yvpa.'(s ( clp"(oplo<S) ( dp-yuplar) ci.p-yupc'i.s ( &nupm)
~~~(;lfT.AJl:.

can up< a.,)

cl.p-yupii &.p"fupwv cl.p-yvpois cl.p"fupc'i.

Nom. (a>rXoo1) Gen. (d .. >.oou) nat. (ci ... Xo'+') Ace. (a7!''/..oov)
N. A. (d,.xo.,) G. D. (ci ... xoo)

cLn-X.oiis
cbrAoU

(d.,XoTJ)
(a7rAoT)s)

a:.,.>..<:>
a'I!'Aoiiv

(a1fxa 11 )
(d. ... \o'1v)
llliAL.

O:.,.A.ii a'II'ATJS o:.,.>..u O:,.>..ijv o:.,.>..c'i

0.1rAa.Lv

(d. .. >.oov)

ci1T'AoUv

(ci.->.Oov) (ci .. xrt<t>) (a11'h001')

(ci ... '/..ow) (a'II'AOOIV)

ci:TrXoV

a:.,.>..<i
ci1rAoUv

O:.,.>,...;
0.-rrAotv

(d ... xaa.) (d ... \oa.v)

f:i'"')_,W
ciwX.oi:v

66
Nom. ( chr:..ooc) c.i1rXoi lien. (a1r Aow") ci.1rAWv Dat. (a7rAOOt<) ci1rho~~ Ace. (a7rAoou<) 0.1rAo\Js

INFLECTION.
l'l.lJJ:AL.

[3II

(O.,.:..oa) ci1rAai (0.,>-ciwv) 0.1rAWv (d,.>.cia,,) cinAa.ts (a,. Xoas) o..... xa.s

(O.,.Ma) (O.,.>.ciwv) (d,>-<>o,,) (O.,.:..cia)

O..,.>,ii

ci1rA~v

ci1rAots

o.1r>.a.

311. All contJact forms of till''" ad j<-rtivi!S me pcn'spmnena; except for iu1 a11d in tl1e dual c~~~~! ~o:l, I) Sec abo 203, 2 a11<l J!l, I. Compounrb in oo<; leaVl' ou i11 thv neuter plural uncontracted. No distinct vocative fnnus occur.

o"'

THIRD (on CoxSO:\'ANT) DECLENSION.

312. Adjectives Lelonging only to the third declension h<tve two endings, tlw feminine being the s;une as the masculine. Most of these end in 7J'> and<-; (;;tems in w-), or in rtJv aHJ ov (stems in Ol'). See 23:t 313. 'At...71 e~;,, true, and n'/oa[p.,CJ>v, happy, are tlms dediHed:M'. F.
~om. ci.X'19~s

.v.
ci.X1J9is

/of. F .

N.

Gen.

(ciX')Oios) ci.1..'19oiis Dat. ( ciX')O/,) ci.A.l)9< Ace. (ciAT)81a) ci.A.1J9ij O.X1J9Es Voc.' ci.>..lJ9is
llUAI..

tu6a.p.wv u6a.p.ov Ev1ia.p.ovos EUbO.LfJoOVL fu6a.p.ova. USo.p.ov <u6a.p.ov <u6a.p.ovE EU6a.p.civOLV

.'\.V. (;,D.

~.

( ti.:O.. ')fll)

( tiA')~Iotv)

ci.X 7j9E; 0.A7j9oiv

l'l.t:ltA ! ..

N. V. (O.X'78l<s) ci.>..'IJ9Eis
(iPil.

(O.X,,Ota) ci.A1J9iJ

(O.X>7fllwv) ci.AlJ9wv

Dat.

<iA7J9EO"L

u6a.p.ovs Eu6a.p.ova. Eu6a.p.civwv Eu6a.(f100"L

EllSa.LJ-Lova.s tUSa.Jlova.

314. For the rP.ccssivc: accent <Jf ueuters Jib~ ciiila.tp.ov and of lJaryt.O!IC COlllJ'OUIIOS in 7J'i (a<; avrapK']'i, ttvrapK<<;), see ]22. NA>..,lh>, indeed-' i~ proparoxyt.one. 315. Tn adjc~r.tivc~ in '7~ ca i-; eont.rart.P-<1 to u aft.<'r nnd to ii.
lll<l.lly

oJ ?J after t or v; as (lxAt.~~, _flloriu1~s, ace. ( (VxAtla) f.1',xAiU: Vyt~~,

320)

ADJECTIVES-FIRST AND TJJIHD DECLENSIONS. 67

healthy, (vyda) Vy<a a.uJ vytYj; <v</>tn/~. comely, (tucpuio.) dJcpuij. (See ;l!J, :!.) For H> iu th< accu~at.ive plural, ~ee 21):-i, 3.

cvcpvii and

316. N. Adjective~ cvlli}''HllllleJ of uou11s a11d a. prefix are g<'nerally dccliHc<l like those !JOUllS; as cuc>..m~, cu<Am, luq)(:ful, gen. tMf..7rtOoc;, ace. tv<Amv (:.!1!, ;;), t~tAJTti tt'!xap<>, <uxup<. !tracefa/, gen. dJxapLTO<;, ar:e. cvx.u.pu, <vx.apt. But. COlli]'Otlll(ls of 11"!lT~p and JL~T>JP e11d i11 "'P (:;e11. opoc;), a1"l those of m:lf..tc; i11 '' (gen. t3ol)); a..-; tbrcfT(up, /irraTop, ge11. d.1rilTopo~, jatiHrltss; 0:7roALI), 0:7roA.L, without a cow1try, ge11. Jm!At8oc;. 317. For the peculiar tl<l'h-n,;ion of comparat.ives iu wv (stem in ov), sec 3G8.
FIRST AND THIRD DECLENSIONS COMBINED.

318. Adjed.ivcs of this class h:tv<~ the m:ts(:uline and neuter of lhe thinl declew;iou alld tlH~ feminine of t.he first.. The feminine alw:tys lt:t,'l in tl1e uomiuative and ac<:LH;ative singular (175); in the genitive and dative singular it has a after a V(J\Vel or diphtl1ong, otherwise 'I Uv of the fe111iniuc g<,nitive plural is circlunflexed regularly

(121).

CoiJJpan' 30~. For fe111iuine dual fonn~, sec

(Sinn.~ i1~

;;o;).

Stkms in v fMm adjecti v<~ i11 v<;, Eta, v. The masculine a]l(l neuter are dediucJ lik1' 7TTJX.V\ lllld aG'TV (2fi0 ), eX(;(!)lt th<lL t11e gei1itive Sillgular enJs in o; (not CtJ~) anJ the l!euter plural iu w is not coutract1~d. 320. rA.ud,, sweet, i;; thus declined:319.

v.)

~1!\(iUL,\H,

1'1101.

-yA\IKVs

""{)..\JKtia.

Gen. Dat. Ace.

Voc.
N.A.V.

yAvKEOS ('yXud,) y~uKIL yXuKuv YAVKU

()'AUK{<) y~uKti
'Y~V)(tO~V

yAVKILO.S
y~uKIL'?-

yAVK!LO.V yAuKtio.
lit: AI..
y~uKtL<i.
y~vKt(o.~v

YAVKU yAuKtOS ()AlAii) YAUKIL YAVKU y>..uKu

()'AUtd<) y~uK.:~ YA\JKt0<''

G. D.

68
N.Y. Gen. Dat. Ace.

INFLECTION.
PLURAl

[321

( /' >.vd) y'AvtetLS 'YAVKEWV 'YAVKt<T 'YAUICELS

La-

YAVKELilL YAVKILWV yAuKt(O.LS y'Avtetcis

'YAvKla. y'Avtetwv y'AvKt<TL y'Autela.

321. The feminiue litem in

by acldiug ta.: thus y.\vKfv-, y.\vKf (25<i), y.\vKfta., y.\vKt<a. !lO, 3.)

comes from the stem in w- (fF-) (See Homer

322. N. The Ionic feminine of adject.ives in u<; has m. has fvpia (for <vpvv) as accusative of <Vpv>, wide.

323. 1\'. AJj<,ctives in ,,, are oxytone, except fhj.\v<;, female, fiesh, and rjl'-cav<;, half 0J]A.v> sometimes has only two tenninar
tions in ]'Oet.ry.

324. 1. (Stems in av cmd fv.) Two adjectives havP. stemti in av, fLi.\0., (J.LEAa'-), 1'-f..\uwa, 1'-f..\uv, black, and -ra.\<i> ( m.\av- ), -rcl.A.acva, -rc.i.\av, wretched. 2. One has a stem in fv, -rip7Jv ( nptv-), -rf.puva, -rl.pv, tender (Latin tener). 325. M/..\ii> and
1\om.
1'-l'Acis .,.l>.a.vos 1'-EAa.vL 1-'l>.a.va. .,.i>.a.v

-rl.p1Jv are thus

declined: Ttpl]V Ttptvos TtptVL TEptva. Tlptv TtptLVO. TtptLVl]S Ttptivn TtpiLVO.V Ttp<Lva. Ttptv Ttptvos TtptVL Ttptv TEpn

SINGULAR.

G(,n. Dat. Ace. Voc.

1'-fAO.LVO. !'-tAa.(vl]S !'-Aa.vn 1-'tAa.Lva.v 1-'l'Aa.LVa.

1-'tAa.(v~

1'-l>.a.v 1-'t'Aa.vos 1'-fAO.VL .,.l>.a.v 1-'EAa.v

nt:AJ..

N.A.V. 1-'EAa.vt G. D. 1-'tAci.VOLV

-:-i.V.
GP!l,

1-'tAa.(va.Lv

1-'t'Aa.vt 1-'t'Aci.voLv
PLURAL.

TEptvt
TtpfVOLV

Ttpt(vii.

Ttptvt

TtptLva.l.v TlllpEvo""

1-'l>.a.v~

Dat. Ace.

1-''Aci.vwv 1'-EAO.<TL 1'-EAa.va.s

1-'fhO.LVO.L !'-fAO.Lvwv 1-'IAO.(va.LS 1-'t:>..a.(vii.s

1-'l>.a.va. 1'-EAci.vwv 1'-EAO.<TL 1'-t:>..a.va.

TEptvt~

Tfp,LVQ.L

Tiptva.

Ttplvwv Ttp<LVWV Ttpivwv TtpiO"L Ttpt(vcus TEptO"L Ttptva.s TtptCvci.s Ttptva.

326. The fellliuim~ stf'ms J.LEAacvcc- ancl npuva- come from J.LEAav-ca- and -r<ptvw.- (Fi4, 5). 327. Like the maculine ancl llC'Uter of TEP7J'' is declined app7]V, u[>plv (older cipa7]v, cipatv), male.

833]

ADJECTIVES-FIRST AND THIRD DECLENSIONS. G9

328. (Stems in vr.) Adjective-; from stems in t:vr end in H'>, fCnra, V. From a stem in avr comes 7Ta<>, 1riiua, 1rav, all. 329. xap[n.,, graceful, and 7Tas are thus declined;SINGULAR,

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

xo.p(ns xa.plvros xa.p(IVTL xo.p(tVTO. xo.plv

Xa.pi1TITQ. xa.p(tv Xa.pLtiTIT'JS xo.p(tVTOS

XO.PLEITITlJ xa.pvTL Xa.plfcrcra.v Xe>pov xa.pl<r1Ta. xa.pw
l>l.:AL,

'II'O.S 'II'O.VT'OS 11'0.VT(

-n-civTa.

,.ci.cra. 'll"cl.o-'JS

'!l'ci.v

,.&.ern
1rci.cra.v

'II'O.VTOS 'II'O.VT( 1rciv

N. A.V. X~>p1vn XO.pLt<TIT6. X~>pLtvTI G. D. xa.pLEVTOLV X<1fHEITITO.L v xa.pLfVTOLV

l'J.UitAL.

N.V.

Gen.
D<~t.

Ace.

xa.p(lvT'IS XO.PLEVTWV xa.pLtiTL XO.PLIVTO.S

Xaplcrcra. Xa.pLtiTITWV xa.pLt<r<TO.LS Xa.pLt'ITITii.S

xa.plfvra. XO.PLEVTWV xa.pcTL XO.PLIVTO.

,-ci.vr<s
11"'<i.V1"WV

1r&CTO.I.

orrO.vTa.
1TciVTWV 1rci.a-L

11"Cl0"''-"V

'lfcia'L

1fMO.LS

'll'ci.VTO.S .,.&.o-cis

"n'ci.VTQ.

330. Most adjective stems in fvr, all in avr except 7TO.VT (m!,j, and all in OVT except EI<OVT and dKOVT (iKwV and aKwv, 333), belong to partieiples. (See 3:14.) 331. 1. The nominatives xap(tt, aiHI xap(fv are for xaptt:VT-<; and xo.pt<VT, and mi, and 1rav fol 1rUVT-<; aud ?ravr (7!1). The in 1ruv is irregular; but Ho111er h<ts Jrrii.v aud 1rp!nr_av. For the accent of 1ravrwv and 1raat, see 1:!8. Iluawv is regular (-118). 2. For the feminine xap{waa (for xuptt:Tta fron! a stel!l in <r-), see 84, 1; and for dat. plur. xo.p[t:at (for xo.ptt:r-at), see 74. IIO.aa i~ for 1To.vr-ta (84, 2). 332. Homer occasionally contracts adjectives in ~<", as rLp.~> (for -rLp.~w;), np.~vra (for TtfJ.YJtVTo.), valuable. Tl1e Attic poets !So1netitnes eonirnct tl1o~c in Ou~; as 7rAa~<oV~, 7r..\aKoVvTo~t (for 1rk~ Kot:L,, 1TAO.KOt:vroo;; ), .flat (cake), 1rr<powro. (for ?rrt:po<vra ), winged, o.Uiu.A.ov<rao. (for u18u.A.orao.), .flaming, 7Tnpouacro. (for ?rT<p<it:aau), p.tAtrovrra (for JJ-iAtrotaao., GS, 3), hrmi('(l (cale). So na111"S of places (properly adj('ctivefi) ; as 'EA.o.wuo;;, 'EA.o.<ovv-ros, F:laeus, 'E>..awvaaa (an island), from forms in -o<ts. -orao.. So 'PufJ.vovo;;, 'Pap.voiiVTo<;, Rhamnus (from -ot:t<;; ). (Sr~e !HJ, 5.) 333. One adjective in wv, t't<wv, (KoucJu., t'Kr;v, wi/li"9 gP.n. (Kovroo;;, etc., has three endings, a1,d i~ dl'clinP.n like participles in wv (3:30). So its compound, dKwv (o.EKwv), unwilling, .i:Kou<J'o., ciKov, gen. ciKovro).

70

IJ'.'FLECTION. PARTICIPLES IN wv, OV\,

[334
fL\ 1

a\,

V\, AND

W\.

334. All participles, except those in o<;, belong to the

first and third dcclen!:>ious wmbiucd.

335. A~wv (AvovT-), loo.~ing, OLOov> (S,SovT), gwmg, n(h(, (TdhvT-), ]Jlaeilllj, 0tKv~<; (Ot<KvvvT-), showing, iaTfr> (iaTavT-), erecting, wv (ovT), [,tillg, (present active partieiples of ,\{.w, o(owp..L, Tt8rjp..L, Ol(Kl'Vp..L, L<TTYJp..L, and dp..:)' Atao" ( Aii<ravT-)' ha-ving loo:;erl, a11d AAVK<o> (AiAVKOT-), having loosed (first aorist and perfect particivlcs of -\tw), are thus deelincd:SINGTJJ,.<R.

l\om.

>.t\wv
A~O\ITOS

Gen. Dat. Aec.

Voc.

AUOVTL AVovTa. AUwv

AVOV AVOVer']S AOOVTOS >.;;ovcrn AVOVTL >.. vovera.v :l.iiov Aliouera. AVOV

A~ouera.

s.sovs li<li<ivTOS li<S<ivn !i<liOVTO. s.sovs

li<lioiiera. li<liolier']S li<Sovern !ic!ioiiera.v l),l)oUa-a.

li<li<iv li<liOVTOS !),S<ivn li<S<iv li<li<iv

})ljAL.

A\iover<i :1.\/ovT N.A.V.AvovT' G. D. >.iioVTo<v >.uovera.w >.uovTo<v

li<li<ivT' li<!iOVTOLV

li<!i<ivTE li<lioverci s.sovera.<v li<60VTOLV

Pl.l'IlAJ,.

N.V.
(i,,n,

A~OVTtS

AVou<ra.l. AUOVTO.

Dat. Ace.

AUOVTWV >.uover.Zv AUOVTWV >.~over< Auovera.<s >..Gover< A>IOVTO.S Aiiovercis A{iovTa.

6<1iovT<S !i<60VTWV 6<8oiicn li<li<ivTO.S

6<6oiiera.< 6<6ouerwv s,Sovera.s s,sovercis

6<6<ivTa. liL60VTWV 6<6oiicn lh6ovTa.

SJ:\GULAR.

Nom.

Gen. Dat.

Ace.
Voc.

ne.cs n8tvTOS n8tVTL ... ,elvTa. TL8EL5

nO,iera. n8tv n8<Ler']S n8tvTOS TL8ELertJ TL9fvTL TL8tiO'"O.V TL8tv n8tiera. TL8tv

6nKviiera. !inKVVV liwcvvs li<LKVVVTOS li<LKv,)er']S SuKvVvTO'i SnKvllvTL 6nKv<.ern 6LKV\IVTL 8tLKVVCTC1V liELKVVV 8ELKvlivTO. 6E<Kviiera. 6nKv\lv 6nKvlls 6<Ucvoerci 6HKVVVTE Su.KvVvTE liHKVVVTOLV 6E<Kv.Jer<LLV liELKv>IVTO<V

lJL.\L.

N.A.V.T,8tVTE ... ,e. cerci TL8ivT<: G. D. T<8tVTOLV TL8ELerO.<V n8EVTOLV

l'LVHA 1..

N.V.

n9EvTES
TL9ivTWV

TL9tiO""O.L

TL9lvTO.

S(LKVVVTf.~

6uKviiera.< Swcv>lvTa.
StucvUcra.Ls Sut<vVa-L

Gen. Dat. Ace.

T~o.9u.a-Wv TL9ivTc..JV

Su.t<v\.vTwv Sut<vUa-Wv Sut<vVvTwv Su.KvVa-L

TL9liCTL n8< (era.Ls T<9<icr< n8EVTO.S n8<(erci.s TL9ivTQ.

Su.KvVvTa.s 6l<Kvllcrcis !i<LKv.JVTO.

337]

PARTICIPLES.
8INGl'LAJ{.

71
). ll<rii<ra. Aii<Ta.<T1JS ),.iJ<Td."'1] AUO'ci<J'a.V X\l<rii<ra. ). U<TO.V AG<Ta.VTO$ A<l<ra.VTL AV<J'Q.V AUO'O.V

Nom. Gen. Dat.

Ace.

La-'tci.s

L(J"-r&.cra.

La-TO.v

laTcivTOS lo-Tci.a-')~ lcrT6.VTOS

Voc.

La-Tci.vTL tnd."'1) tcrTciVTL 1o-TciVTC1 lo-Tci.o-o.v t<TTciv t<J'Tds tcrTcicra. LO"Tci.v

Dt;AI ..

Xi><riis A,)<TO.VTOS AiJrro.vTc. AUO'O.VTO. Ati<Tcis

N. A.V. t<J'Tci.VTE t<J'Tci.<J'ci. 1crT0.VTE G. D. 1crT0.vToc.v LO"Td.a-a.c.v tcrTO.vTOLV

).(,O'Q.VTE

Xll<TO.VTE Xu<TM'ci. AU<J'ci.VTOLV AV<J'Ii<ra.LV Aii<Tci.VTOLV

I'L1:RAI ..

N.V. Gen. Dat. Ace.

LO"Tci.VTES

LcrTO.<rae. lc:rT6.VTQ.

ta-Tci.VTWV

luTcia-Wv tcrTci.v-rwv
LcrTd.a-O.LS lo-TciO"'t.

lcrTci.cn
Lc:rTci.VTO.S

t<TTd.<TCi.$ lo-T<i.VTa.

AU<TO.VTES AVcrcicra.L ). O<TO.VTQ. Av<Tci.VTwv Aii<J'ii.<I'Oiv AV<J'ciVTWV Au<J'.ura.,s AVCTML Ailcrcio-c. Ab<TO.VTO.$ Aii<J'IlD'ci.s Aii<J'O.VTQ.

Nom. Gen.

OvTOS

. "'"

0\IO"Q.

------ -- --SINGL'LAH.

ov
OVTO$ OVTL

ol;<J''lS oii<rn
o-tcra.v
O~CTQ

Dat.
Ace. Voc.

OvT&.

OvTO.

ov
ov
Dt;AL.

Wv

Alh\JKWS AEAvKchos AEA\JKOTL AIA\JKOTQ. AIA\JKWS

AEA\JKO$ AEA\JK~a. )..EA\JKU(a.s All\lJKOTOS AIA\JKOTL AIA\JK~L(/o >.o>.vocvia.v AEhlJICPS AIA\IKUia. AIA\JKO$

N.A.V. OVTE G. D. OvTO&.V

N. V. Gen.

ou<rci.

o\icra.c.v
O~CTO.\.

OVTE OVTOLV

AEA\JKOTE AIAUKLI!<i. AfALIIC61'1 AIAUKOTOLV AEA.uocuia.Lv AEA\JkOTOLV

I'LUI!AL.

OvTES
OVTWV

OVTO.
OVTWV

Dat.
Ace.

O~O'"l

OVTO.$

o\JO"Wv oli<ra.Ls 0\J<TO.$

.-

oU(TL
OVTO.

AEA\JKOTES AEA\JK~ia.L AEA\JKOTO. AEAUKO'I'WV AfALIK\JUOV AtA.UKOTWV AEA\JKO<TL AIAUKULO.L$ A.EALIKO<TL AfALIKO'I'O.$ AIALIKLILci.S AIALIKOTO.

336. All part.ieiples in wv are declined like ,\.~cuv (t.h0~e in being acccntecl lilc" u'iv); all ill ou>, ii>, aud "'' are dt>clined like otl)ov>, OttKvfJ>, an,! AAUK<~>: all in (L') (;wri~t pa~sive as W<>li a> active) ;m, dP.clitted like n8t>; present :wei "Pconcl aori-1. acLive part.ici}lt>g in &.s- (from vcrls in p.<) are declined like iards, and first aorists in ci., lik<> >..~aa>.
337. 1. For feminines in ovaa, wra, vaa, and iiaa (for
VT-ta, uvr-~oa,

wv

ovTta,

avr-w.), formed hy adding <a f.o tile .'<l.em, sPe ::;.J, :!. 2. Perfects in w> (with stems in or-) ha\'c 1u1 irregular feuJiniue in u<a.

72

INFLECTION.

[338

338. ThP. full accent of polysyllabic barytoue participles ap. pears in {:1ovA(l!wv, f3ov>.dJOvcru, f3ovAe~ov, auJ f3ovAevaa>, f3ov>..u}. aaaa, f3ovAevauv. (Se'" J;l1.) 339. For the acc:eut uf the genitive and dative of monosyllabic parl.itiples, set> I :!!1 a1Hl the iufte(;tion of above. Thus ()t{, has geu. Oivro<;, Oivrwv, etc.

wv

340. l'artici ples in ciwv, iwv, and 6wv arc contracted.

T'iJ-lawv, r'ip.<7>v, hmwri11g, and cf><Af.wv, cf><Awv, loving, are de-

clined as follows:SI!'GULAJI.

N. (Ttf'ciwv) G. (rif'aOvTos) D. ( Tif'UOVTl) A. (Tif'aovra) V. ('l'i~wv)

~. (Tif'aovu)

TLJ1cZv

TLf10iVTOS
Tif-LWVT1
Tit~-cZVTQ.

Tif10iv
nflWT~
TLji.WVTOLV

( T(f'UOUO'O.) ( Tif'O.OV0''7S) ( Tif'O.OVO'?I) ( TtJ.'dOUO'O.V) ( r i!'<iou<Ta)

TLflWC7'11.
TLfl~S

('ril'dov)
(Ti~ovros)

TLflWcrn TLflOlcrii.V TLflOlcrll.

( ri,udoVT<) ("il'aov) (Ttf'clOv)

TLflWV TL!LWVTOS TLflOlVTL TLflOlV TLflOlV

Dl:AL.

G. (ri,ua6vro<v)
(ri,uciovrn) G. ( Ttf'a6vTwv) D. (Tif'ctOUO'L) A. (Ti;.<ciovras) V. ( ri,u.ciovus)
~-

(Ti,uaov<Ta) Tif1Wcrci. (ril'aovu) Ti:f1wvT~ (ril'aouO'a<v) TLf1WcrO.LV (n,uaovro<v) TLflWVTOLV

PLl:IIAL.

TLflOlVT'S TLflWVTWV TLf10lcrL TLf1WVTO.S

TLf1WVT~S

( T(f'ciOUO'O.() ( rif'OUO'wv) ( Ttj.i.O.OVO'O.LS) (rif'ovo-a) ( ri,u.ciouO'<lL)

TL!'-OlcrO.L TiflwcrOiv TLf1WC7'11.LS

TifluKJ.ci.
TLf10lcrG.L

( TiJ.'aovra) TL!LOiVTa. (ril'a.ovrwv) TLflWVTWV ( Tij.i.ciOUO'L) TL!'-OlcrL ('~'i;.tdovra.) TLflOlVTa. ( ri,u.dovra.) TL!'-OlVTa.

SINGULAR.

N. G. }), A.

( <f><Afwv) (<f><AfOVTOS) (<P<Aiovn) ( <f><AfOVTCJ.) V. ( <f><Aiwv)

<j>LAWV cjnAOUVTOS cj>LAOUVTL cj>LAOUVTa. <j>LAOlV

( <f><Afouo-a.) ( </><Arou0'1Js) ( <f><'/..rovo-?1) ( <f><'/..louo-av) ( '/..louo-a.)

cj>LAOUcra. <j>LAOU<riJS cj>LAOUC7'1J <j>LAOilcra.v qn}..oucra.

( <f><'/..lov) ( t'/..lovros) ( <fJ<AfOVT<) ( "'/..lov) ('/..lov)

cj>Lll.oiiv cj>LAOUVTOS cj>LAOUVTL cj>LAOVV

cj>LAOiiv

DUAL.

N. ( <t><'Aiovrr) <j>LAOUvT' ( <'/..rov<Ta) <1>>-oucrO. ( 1>..lovTE) <j>LAOUVT' G. ( 1>..<6vro<v) <j>ll.ouvTOW ( </><AlOVO'<v) <j>LAOvcrcuv ( </><A6vro<v) cj>LAOVVTOL
PLURAL.

N. ( u'A!ovur) cj>Lll.oiivT~S ( <J><'Aiouo-a<) tj>koil<ra.L ( </><AioVTa) tj>LAOVVTil G. (<f><A<6vrwv) <j>LAOUVTWV (</><A<OUO'Wv) <j>LAOucrOiv (</><A<ovrwv) <j>LAOVVTWV D. (q,,'/..louo-<) cj>LAOVCTL (</><AfOVO'a.LS) ci>>-ovcra.s (<1><'/..lou<!l) <j>}..oucn
A. (<t><>..lovTa.s) cl>:l.oilvTa.s (</><Atovo-O:s) cj>.}..oucrci.s (</><Afovra.) cl>:l.oiiVTa. V. ( </><AlovT<S) cj>LAOVVT'~ ( <f>{A(OVO'O.L) cj>LAOUcrO.L ( <f><'/..lovra.) cj>LAOVVTO.

346]

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES.

73

341. Present participles of verbs in ow (contracted w) are declined like 4>t>..wv. Thu~ Ol)Awv, Ol)Aouua, Ol)Aouv, manifesting; gen. Ol)Aouvro~, Ol)Aovul)~; dat .. Ol)Aouvrt, Ol)Aovua, etc. No uncontracted forms of verbs in ow are used ( 4UJ). 342. A few second perfect participles in aw<; of the jU forlll have wua in the fe111inine, and retain win the oblique eases. They are contra.cted in Attic; as Hom. iuraw>, iuTawua, iaTao>, Attic iuTw~, (crrwua, iCTTO> or iCTTw<;, -~tandi?,fh gen. iarwTo>, f.urwu7J<;, tCTTWTo<;, etc.; pl. tCTrwn~, ECTTWCTat, ECTTwra, gen. f.CTTwrwv, f.CT-rwuwv, f.urw-rwv, etc. (See 508.)
ADJECTIVES WITH ONF: ENDING.

343. Some adjeetives of the third declension have only one

ending, which ig both masculine and feminine; as 4>vya>, 4>vya8o~, fuyitite; a1Tat<;, U7TUt0o<;, childless; ayvw<;, &.yvwTO<;, uukuoU~l; QVaAKL<;, &.va>....-,oo~, weak. The oblique cases occatiionally occur as nPut.er. 344. The poetic iopt>, knowin,q, has ace. ioptv, voc. iopt, nom.

pl. iopt(<;.

345. A very few adjectives of one termination are of the first declension, ending in a~ or 'YJ~; as y(vva&<;, noble, g-eu. y(vva&v.
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES.

346. The irregular adjectives, p.f.ya~ (p.(ya-, p.(yaAo), g1eai, 1roAv> (1roAu-, 1roAAo- ), much, and ,.prf.o> (1rpq.o-, 1rpii.v-), or 1rpao<;, mild, are thus declined : SISGULAR.

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc.

JU'YO.S j4l'YMOU 11-''Y<V.<:> ,.i'YO.V p.ty<iAc

1'-''Yc>A'I 1'-''Yc>A'I~ tuyc>hu ,.,'YM1JV 1'-'YciA'l

..~'Y"j4l'YMOU tU'YM'!' ,.iyo. .,.<ya.

J)UAL.

,-o>..u~

,-o>..>..oii ,-o)..)..<f 1ro>..uv

,-o>..>..l] ?ro)..)..Tjs ?ro>..>..u

'II'OA>..~v

..-o>..u '!To>..>..oii 'll'o>..>..!f 'II'OA,;

N. A. V. 1'-''YM"' ... y<V.ii. 1'-'YM"' G. D. !J.I'Yci>._oLV 1'-*'YMO.LV 1'-'YMOLV

lJ,flflAL.

N. V. Gen. Dat. Ace.

JU'YMOL 1'-''Y'"'"" !J.f'YMOLS JU'YMOUS

1'-*YMO.L JUyMw\1 1'-*'YMO.LS flotY<>Acis

!J.<YMO. 1'-'Yc>Awv 1'-I'YMOLS f'''Yc>Aa.

,-o>..>..o(

,-o)..)..o.(

..-o>..>..ci

,-o>..>..wv

,-o>..>..wv

..-o>..>..wv
1ro>..>..ots .,.o)..)..d

'II'OhAOLS 'll'u)..>..o.ts 'll'o)..)..ous .,..o>.>..ds

74
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
N. V.
,.~

!~FLECTION.

(347

SJJSGUI.AR.

-rrp<f.ou -rrp4'!J
.,.p~v

1rpcutu -rrp0..ci.s -rrpcit!q. -rrpciftuv

J>t!AJ..

1rp~v

1rp4ou ,.P4'1'
1rp~v

1rp~w
1rp~OLV

(;. D. N.A.
G~n. }J;<t.

-rrpcit(ci 1rpci.Ea."v
PLt:HAI..

-rrp4w .,.pq:oLV -rrpq:u or 1rpciEu

Ar;<;.

-rrpc?:o <or rrpliEts 1rp<i.iwv -rrpq:oLs ur rrpiittrL -rrpq:ous

1rpcifiUL 1rpO..u;jv -rrpii.t(O.LS 1rpciticis

-rrpOi...v
-rrpq.OLS Or -rrpo.itrL -rrpq.a. or 1rpo.Ea.

347. N. Ilo.\Xo's, >), o'v, is fouml in Horner antl Herodotus, declined ngularly throughout. I! )JlH:r has forms 7rO)Jos, 11'0Af<S, 1rDAiwv, 7r0Af<J<, ct.~ . not. to be confouucltod with epic tonus of 7rOA<> (i50): n.l~o "o"Ms, 1rouM. 348. ~- Dpio< has two st:n1s, one 1rpq.o-, from whieh the masculine all(! neut<.'l' are generally formed; and one 1rpiiii-, from which the feminiu~ and so111e utli(r form~ r:ome. Tlwre is an epic form -rrp11vs (lyric -rrpO..us) r.o1uin!; from th<. !attt<r stem. The forms Lelonging to the two stem~ di!ftr in accent. 349. N. Souu: C"ill]lOU!lds of 1rovs (7ro5-), foot, have ouv in the nnruinative ueuter aud t-he accusJ.t.ive masculin':; as rpl11'o"s, rpl7rouv, threefooted.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
I.
Co~!I'AHJ50~ IJY

-upo<, -raros.

350. ?vfo~t adjedives add n:po-;; (stem upo-) to the ,<<tern to form the comparative, and TaTo<; -(stP-m TaTo-) to form the supc:rbtive. Stems in o with a short penult lengthen o to w bdore upo<; aud TaTo<;. For the declension, see 301. E.g.
Koii<f>o> (Kou<f>o- ), liyht, KOI!cj>unpo> (-a, -ov), lighter, Kov<f>omro> (TJ -ov), liqhtr:st. -:iocf>o> ( uo<j:Jo- ), wise, aocf>wnpo>, wiser, aocf>wmroo;, wisest . A~LO> ( cl~w- ), worth !f. a~Lwr<po>, a~LWTaTO> -:icp.vo<; ( acp.vo- ), a UlJU't, (HfJ-VOTEpO>, atp.YOTaTO>fltKpO> ( mKpo ), bitt a, 1W<pur<pO>, mKpOTaTO<;. o~v> ( o~v- sharp, O~VrpO>, (i~VTaTO>MiA<l<; (1-uXav-), black, p.Aavnpo>, fJ-fAavmTo>. 'A>.4J~> (uA7Jtha- ), true, UJ...rj{H.aupu>, aJ.4Jiumro<; ( 312).

),

869)

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

75

351. Stems "iu o do not lengtheu o to w if the pr.nultimat,e vowel is followed by a mute and a liquid ( 1{)0). See 'Tf'LKpo<; above. 352. MiO"o~, middle, and a few others, drop o of the stem and add a[rtpo~ and a[raro>; a.s p.f.O'o> (p.l!To- ), Jl-lO'a[rtpor;, Jl-lO'a[raror;. 353. Adjectives iu oo> drop tina! o of the ~tem and add iO"r<po<> a.ucl (O"raro>, which are contracted with o to ovO'Tlpo<; aud otlo-raror;; a.s ( l~voo<>) uvov> ( d1voo- ), well-d ispnsed, dwovcrr<po<;, u'wovO'raro>. 354. Adjectives in wv add iO"r<po<; and EO'raror; to the stem; as O'wcf>pwv ( awcf>pov-), pntdent, uwcf>povirrupor;, awcf>pm4rnaror;. 355. Adjectives in a<; adli npo> and raro> to tlw stc1n iu tr(3::!1, ~) i as xap[w;, grnc~ful, ft'IIJ. xap(waa (xapLlT-), xaptfiTTlpO>, xaptEO'TUTOS' for xapLlTTlpO<;, xapLlT-TIJ.TO> (71). 356. Adjectives may be compared by prefixing p.a>J....ov, mme, and p.OALO'Ta, mvst; as f'WOv aocf>or;, more wise, p.O.AtO'Ta KaKo<;, most bad. ll. COMI'ARISOS B\' iwv, uTTar.

357. 1. Some adjectives, eltiefly in u<; ancl pared by changing these endin(J8 to iwv and
'Hour;, sweet, ~&wv, ~Otrrros.

po<;,

are comB.(J

Lrrro<;.

Taxv>, swift, raxlwv (rare), COTlllllOll!y 86.aawv (95, 5), rO.xt<TTO'). Ala)(po>, base, olrrxiaw, aJ.rrxt<Tro<;. 'Ex8po>, hostile, <xO<wv, f.x8trrro>. Kvopor; (poet.), glon'ous, Kvcfwv KVOtaroo;. 2. The termiuatiouR iwv aud taro<; are thus ad,lrd to the r!Jot of the word (153), uot to tl1e adjectie stem.

358. Comparatives in iwv, neuter iov, are thus declined:SIN(it:J.. AU.

PLntAL.

Nom. 'lj6i<Alv ;j6 LOY Gen. ..]6tovo~ Dat. ..]6tov Ace. ~6iova. ..j6t"' 1)6<ov

N. v. ~StovEs ~6ious ..]Siova. ..j6t"' Gen . 'lj6LoV<AlV I> at. 'lj6io0"< Ace. ..jStovo.s ,j6tovs ..j6tova. ..j6i"'
l>t;AI ..

N. A. V. G D.
0

.j!>iovo
tjSLOVOLV

rome from a stem in oa (rf. 238), w and ovr; bP.iug cout.racttll from o-u and <>-<> The accusative plural ill ovs follows the form of the nomin<tt:ve (208, 3). (b) Homer sometimes has comparatives iu

359. N. (a) The shortened forms

rwv.

76

INFLECTION.

[360

(c) The vocative singular of these comparativ~s seems not to occur. (d) For the recessi\e accent in the neuter singular, see 122.

360. The irregular comparatives iu

~Of.wv.

wv

(JGI) are declined like

III.

lRHEGULArt ComAmsoN.

361. The followi11g arc the most important cases of irregular com pari son:1. ciya.Oos, guud,

a..,... c....,... ,
(clp<lwv),

cipunos,

j3<ATtO>V, f3iAT~CTTOS, ({3t>..upo<), ({3t>.Ta.TO<), Kp!CCTCTO>V 01' Kpi(TTWV ( KpfiTUWV), Kp<iT~CTTOS, (rp{pupo<), (<cipT<IT'TO<), ( tp{p'TO.'TM, </J{p<U'TO<), A~wv ("Awlwv, Xwlupo<), A~<TTos. Ka.K{wv ( Ka.Kwupo< ), K0:K\.O"'TOS', xCpwv (x.<p<lwv), XrLP~CTTOS, (xnpoupo<, x<pn6npos), .]crcr"'v (for 'h<<wv, 84, 1) or ( ~<<UTo<, rare); .jTTO>V (luuwv), adv . .jK~CTTO.,

least.
3. Ka.Aos, l!euutiful, 4. 1'-t'Ya.s. great, 5. 1'-LICpOS, ~mal/,
Ka.>..>..iwv, K<iAAt<TTOS. 11fltwv (p.tjwv for J.lf"t<wv, 84, 3), !Li-yt<TTOS

(II om. 'l:I.O:xna., fem. of l:l.a.xus), E:l.cicrcrwv or l:l.aTTwv (84, 1), .,..cwv (1. cl:I.Cyos, little, (u,-.oXIjwv, mthr1 less), 7. 'll'ivt]S ( 1rV']T ), pO(J?', 'II'(ViCTTEpOS, 8. ,.o>..vs, much, ,.>.,,(wv or ,.;l.lwv (neut. some.
9.
p~5os,

tAliXtCTTOS, (J.l<luTo<, rare) .

cl:l_-ytCTTOS 'II'I vicrTO.TOS 'II'AoicrTOS

easy,

tinlls 1TA<tv), PciCIJV,

(p')lnpos),

pq;<TTos,
(pYJITa.To<, pf}tU'TO<).
cj>~TO.T()S,

(Ion. p']iow<),

10. cj>!>..os, dea1,

c!>C>..Topos (poetic),
cj><Aa.(Topos (rare),
( q,,XIwv, twice in Hom.)

cj>t:l_a.(TO.TOS

(rare). Ionic or poetic forms are in ( ).

367]

ADVERBS AND THEIR COMPARISON.

77

362. Irregularities in the comparison of the following words will be found in the Lexicon : o.tCT)(PO'i, d.Ay,tvo~, ap1ra~, ii<j>Oovo~, axapt~, {3o.IJU<;, {3>..0.~, {3po.oVr;, 'Y'P'-''o~, y>..v.cVr., i.m>..~(J'p.wv, E7Tixapt~, ?javxo>, L'&o.,, L'ao<;, ..\a.\o~, pD..cap, p.a..cpo~. vf.o.,, 1raAa.to~, 1raxU<;, 1rE1rwv, 7r[wv, 1rAYJ(J'{o~, 1rp/.(J'f3v~, 7TpOvpyov, 7rpww>, 0'7rOU0atO>, axo>..a.C:o,, ftvO~>. WKV>.
363. Some colllpara.tives and superlatives have llO positive, but their stem generally appears in an adverb or preposition. E.g.
'Avwnpo>, upper, avwraro~, uppe,most, from avw, up; 1rponpo>, former, 1rpwro<; or 1rpwn<Tror;, first, from 1rpo, before; Karwnpo~, lower, Karwraro~, luwest, from Karw, downwa1J. See in the Lexicon ayxonpo<;, a</>aprlpo~. KtpOtwv, 01rAOTpa<;, 1rpO<TWTlpor;, ptytov (neuter), inriprtpo<;, U(J'TfpO>, vlj!;wv, <j>aavnpo~, with their regular superlatives; also !axa.ro~, v1Taro<;, and K~&<Tro~.

364. Comparatives and superlatives may be formed from nouns, a11d even from pronouns. E.g. Baat>..(l/r;, ki11g, f3aatAl11npo<;, a greater kill_q, {3a<TLAllrraror;, the greatest king; KAE7rTYJ>, thief, KAt1fr[anpa>, KAl7rTt<Traro>; Kvwv, dug, Kvvnpo>, mo1e impude,lt, KvVTaror;, most impudent. So o.vTO>, self, ai>Toraror;, his ve1y self, ipsissimus. ADVERBS AND THEIR COMPARISON. 365. Adverbs are regularly formed from adjectives. Their form (including the accent) may be found by changing v of the genitive plmal masculine to so. E.g.
<1>[.\w.,, dea,ly, from <j>{>..o.,; OLKa[w>, justly (o{Kata>); ao</>w>, wisely (aocf>o>); ~oiw,, swJetly (~otl,, gen. plur. ~oiwv), &.>..r/}wr;, truly (&.>..']&~.,, gen. plur. &.>..YJ&iwv, Q.>..'l(}O,v); <Ta</>w> (Ionic ua<j>i~), plainly (aa<f>~>, gen. plur. (J'a<j>iwv, <To.<j>wv); miVTw~, wlwlly (mi>, gen. plnr. 1ravrwv).

366. Adverbs are occasionally formed in the same way from participles; as Otu<j>cpoVTw~, d(tferently, from Ota<j>f.pwv ( 01.(1.</>cpov rwv); nro.yp.ivw>, regula,ly, from rlrayp.ivo> (raa<Tw, order).
367. The neuter accusative of an adjective (either singular or plural) may be used as an adverb. E.g.
' llo>..tl and 1roAA<i, much (7roAv>); p.iya or p.cya.\a, greatly (p.iya>); also p.'yaAw> (365 ), p.ovov, only (p.ova>, alone)

78

INFLECTION.

[368

368. Otber forms of adverbs occur with various tenninalious; as jJ-O.Aa, ve1y, Taxa, quicUy, avw, above, iyyv>, near.
369. Tlw neuter accusative sin:;ular of the comparar tive of an adjective forms the comp:uative of the conesponding adverb, and the neuter aeeusat.ivc plwal of the superlative forms the superlative of the adverh. E.g.
wisely. 111me wi<ely; uoq,,;,ra.Ta, most 'AA:r/)w<; ( &A1l"i> ), truly; &AYJ(H<rnpov, J.>. . ,,B/.cmlra. 'H iiioJ> ( ~otl,), sweetly, ~oiov, ~O<ura. Xaptcvrw<; (xap[et<;), yrnc~(ully; X<rpti. anpov, xapti.<TTUTU. ~wq,povw<; ( crwcppwv) 1 pruJentl!); crwcppov[o T(pov, crw<f>pov/.crrara.
~o1>w> ( croq,6., ), wisely; uo1>wnpov.

370. L Advt>rbs in w genPrally form a comparative in T<pw, and a SUperlative in TclTW j as avw, above, UV'uTEpO!, QVWTclTW. 2. A few comp<J.rati\'~S deri\'ed fro111 adjectives end in Tl'>wr;; as {3f/3awripw<;, more fmnly, for j3ff3ruonpov, fro Ill {Jf{Ja(w<;.
371. N. Mc.L\a, much, ver.IJ, has comparative po.A'Aov (for fUJ.A+OJ', 84, 4 ), more, rather; superlative p.O.>...tum, most, e.<;Jecially.
NUMERALS.

372. The card-inal a.nd ordinal numeral adjedives, and the numeral ad verus wltich occur, are as follows:Sign.

Cardi>wl.

Ordinal.

Advc1b.

3
4

o.' ts, fJo(o., i'v, one Suo, two 'Y TPfLS, Tpio. 8' Ttcrcro.p s, Tlcrcro.po. ( TETTO.Pf5, TlTTapa.)

w
r
'

.,..p.;;..os, ji?'.~l Sui.,.pos, second Tp(TOS TETO.PT05 'lrEfJo'II'TOS

f'KTO~

o:,.ae,

once

S<s, twice TpLS TETpcUcLS

1fEVTcUc:I.S

5 6 7 8 g
10

1rlv.,..

<;'

<'E
fTrTQ.

l~O:ns
f.~TciJ<LS

'1 ciKTW 8' <vvla.

a.'

i'l36o)l.05 oy6oos
(va.TOS

0KTWcl.~

11 12
13

ff
'Y

OtKO. t\IOfKO. SoiStKO. TptL5 Ka.\ 8oKa. (Or TpH<rKa.(!ifKC1)

OEKO.TOS
(vSEKa.TOS

lvcus lifK .... L5

iv8Kci.KI.~

SwSloca.TOS Tp(TOS KO.\ StKO.T05

Sw!ifKCUM

374]

Nt.:MEHALS.

79
Adverb.

Sign.
14 15

Cmdinal.
Ticr<rap<s ocal
11'< VT<KO.L!iEKQ. t' KKO.L&<KO. fliKa. ( 01' TICT!TO.pECTKO.LOEKO.)

Ordinal .
TlTO.pTOS KilL bEKO.TO~

Hi '
17 t' 18 UJ 19 ,eo

..

11'Ef<11'TO~ KO.L !itKO.TOS

i'KTOS Ko.l Sioco.Tos

tTTO.fCa.~fiEKQ.

.-p&o.,.os oca\

OEKO.TOS

0KTWKa.ifiuca.
tVVI<lKO.Lb< KO. t(KO<TL(V) tis oca.t <LKOUL(V)
())"

O)'OOOS K<lL !itKO.TOS

t'va.Tos tea..L SEKa.Tos

t!KO!TTOS 11'pWTOS KO.L tlKOCTTOS tlKO<TciKLS

20
21

K
1(0.

I(KOO"L ( ICO.L) tiS

30 40 50 00
70

')..,'

Tpul.KOVTO.

Tp<ciKO<TTOS Ttcrcra.pa.K OCTTOS 11'EVT1JKOCTTOS

TpUiKOVTclKLS

fl.

TEO"U<lpciKOVTO.

TfCT'CTO.pO.KOVTat<LS 'ITEV'MJKOVTciiCLS

v
0
'11'

11'EVT'~KOYTQ. t~rKOV1"D

t~1JKOCTTOS t~60fL1JKOCTTOS
0)'60'1 KOCTTOS fvcVYJICOa'Tc)S'
EKa.ToaTOs
Q.

t'~KOVToJU.~

tjlbOJ<~KOVTO.
O)'bOTjKOVTO. tV<VTjKOVTO.
tKO.TOV

<pso~>1JKovTaK<s
0)'001JKOVT0:KLS

RO
1()0

90 90
p
C1'

lv< Vt')KOVTciKS
;

'

KClTOVTciK~~

200 ;300 40U 500 600 700 800

!)1)0

fnci.KO'O"I.Ol, O.L,

SuiKOCTLOCTTOs Tp<<i.KOCTLOO"TOS
TETpClKOO"LOO"TO'S

SuiKOa"l..ciKc.s

TpLci.Ko'CTt..Ol, 0.1. 1 0.
TETpO.K00"'LOL 1 O.L, '7TEV1'0.K0CT'LO\., Q.l 1

q,o

"

a
a.
0.

1rtVTO.KOULOO'"To'S

t:'o.Kci'<TI.OL,

0.1. 1 Q.
Q.(. 1

i~a.KOO"LOCTTOS

"' '&'
.~

""
'
,a.

f1fTO.K0cn.OL,

f. TTTQ.KOO"l0(1'Tc)S
0KTO.KOO"LO<TT0S t\IO.KOCTI.OO'"T0S

dKTO.K00"LOL, Q.L 1 0. tVC1XOO"L01. 1 O.L, Q.

l(\0\)

XiA.I.OI.,

QL, 0.

XlALOvTOS

xr>.u:ite<s

2000 30(JU

fiL<TXlALOL, O.L, 0. Tp<O"X (AlOL, O.L, 0.

liter X <XtOCTToS
Tp<<TX LALO<TTOS p.vpLOCTTOS p.vp<ciK<s

10000
20000
100000

o"f L
K

f.J.VpL0\. 1

Q.l., 0.

liuYp.{pLOL
S~:KO.l(LCTJJ..;jpLOt.

,P

373. Above 10,000, Suo Jivp<a8(,, 20,000, TP''' JiVp<a8(,, 30,000, etc., 111ay be used. 374. The dialects have the following peculiar forms:1-4. See ;{77. 5. Ar.olic trip.7r! fol' ,.f.vrc fl. Hel'od. <cvuro<; fm (vaTo<;; alsn .lva<<>, eLc. 12. Doric aud Io11ic auo',li!u; Poetic ovoK"{ou<a. 20. Epic E(lKOrTt; Doric' (tKUTt.

80
0L1JKOO'lOL, Tpl1JKOO'lOl.

I.:-.""FLECTION.

[376

30, 80, 90,200,300. Ionic Tpl~KOVTa, oyOwKOVTa, lvn1Kovra (Hom.),

40. Herod. uautpaKovra.. Homer has TptTUTO<;, TETpaTO<;, f.j3oop.a.To<;, oyooaro>, tVO.TO>, OvwOfKaTo<;, luKO<TTO>, and also the Attic form of each.

375. The cardinal numbers e'lc;, one, two, -rpe'ic;, three, and orea-o-apc'> (or TtTTaper; ), four, are thus declined:Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
tli

ova,

tvOs

~'-'a. f1L.is

iv

tvOs
t'v

'"'

lva.

1'-[a.v Tp(a. TplwV TpLO'(

fL'tf

N.A. G. D.

Svo Suotv

fv
TlO'O'O.pO. TlO'O'a.ps TIO'O'QpW'II TtO'O'O.pO"L Tto-o-a.pa.s TlO'<TO.pO.

TptLS

Tptts

Tp(a.

376. N. atio, two, with a plural noun, is sometimes indeclinable. 377. N. Homer has fem. l:'a, (~<;, 1?), Zav, for Jl.{a; and l<f for iv{.
Homer has and both indeclinable; and OOLW and oow{, declined regularly. Herodotus has ouwv, ouotal, and other forms: see the Lexicon. Homer sometimes has 11'taupt> for ricraap<>. Herodotus has TEO'<T<p>, and the poets have r/.rpacn. 378. The compounds ouO{<; and Jl-1]0<{<;, tw one, none, are declined like <r.. Thus, ov<i{<;, oUup.{a, ovl>h j gen. OVOfl/0<;, ouO<fl-lii> j dat. Oli<iiv{, OVOfJ'-'ri; ace. ov<iiva, ovot,dav, ovoiv, etc. Plural forms sometimes occur; as OUOEVf<;, ovoivwv, ouo(<Tl, OUOfl'a<;, P.YJOEVf<;, et.c. When ouo or p. 11 oi. is written separately or is separated from <t> (as by a preposition or by av), the negative i8 more emphat.ic; as (~ Ol>O(VO~, from no one; ouo' ;.e (vo<;, from not evm one; ouof. (r,, not a man.
npo~,

ouo

8vw,

379. Roth is I'Xpr~"sed by ap.cpw, ambo, O.p.<f>o'iv; and by O.p.<f>O. generally plt.ral, &.!J.<f>onpOt., aL, a.

380. The c:udinal numbers from 5 to 100 are indeclinable. The higher numbers in tot and all the ordinals are declined regularly, like other adjectives in o>. 381. In -rp<t> ( rpCo.) Ka~ 8Ka. and or(IJ'cro.p<~ ( TlO'<rapa) Kai 8Ka for 13 and 14, the first part is declin(,d. In ordinals (13t.h to l!lth) the forms rpuo-Ka.tOi.Karo<; et.c. are Io11it:, and are rarely found in the best Attic.

388]

NL"MEltALS.-'l'HH ARTICLE.

81

382. 1. In compound exl-'ressions like 21, 22, etc., 31, 32, etc., the numbers can be conuected by Ko.{ in either order; but if Kai is omitted, the larger precedes. Thus, tr> Ko.L tLKO<Y<, one artd twenty, or ti'Ko<TL Kat E!c;, twmty and one; but (without Kal) only lLKO<TLI' ds, twenty-one. 2. In ordinals we have 1rpwror; KO.L 1Kocrroc;, twenty:first, and also ti.coo-roc; Kat 7rpwroc;, etc.; and for 21 t!c; Kat dKoO"roc;. 3. The numbers 18 and 19, 28 and 29, 38 and ;3!}, etc., are often expressed by ~VO> ( 01' 01JOlV) OEOVn<;; ltKO<TL ( rpt6.KOVT0.1 TUUapaKOVTa, etc.) ; as lr'1 ivoc; oiovro. TptfrKovra, 20 years. 383. 1. With collective nouus in the singular, especially 1) i'II''II'O'>, cavalry, the uumerals in tot sometimes appear in the singular; as TI]v OtaKO<Ttav i'mrov, the (truop of) 200 cavalry (200 horse) j a<77rL<; p.vp(o. KO.L T'lTpo.Koa(a (X. All. i, 7 10), 10,400 shields (i.e. men with sl.ields). 2. MtptOL llleaus ten thousand; p.vp,ot, imlUmerable. M\ip(oc; sometillles has the latter sense ; as p.vp[oc; XP6voc;, countless time; p.vp(a 7rtv[0., incalculable pooerty. 384. N. The Greeks often expressed numbers by letters; the two obsolete letters Vau (in the form>:) aud Kopz,a, and the charact<>r Srm, denoting <l, !10, and 900. (See 3.) The last lltter in a numerical expression has all accent above. Thousands bep;in anew with ,ct, with a stroke below. Thug, ClW~'I), 1808; 13x', 202.'1; od, 4025; {3-y', 2003; cpp.', li40; p3', 104. cs'ee 372.) ' ' 385. N. The letter8 of the onlinary G1eek alphabet are often used to number the books of the Iliad anll Odyssey, each poem having twenty-four books. A, B, r, etc. are gE!nerally us(!d for the Iliad, and ct, f$, "'t, etc. for the Odyssey.

THE ARTICLE. 386. The definite article declined : SINGULAR.

o (stem

ro-), tlte, is thus

PLUR.~L.

DUAL.

~ Gen. 'TO\) 1'f]S Dat. T<ji TU Ace. ,.ov Tftv

Nom.

TO
TOii

T'i
TO

T<l> N.A. r<l> G. D. 'TOLV TOLV

,..,
TOLv

Nom. ol

a.l

Tli Tots ,.a,

Gen.
DM.
TO~S

TWv
TO.~

Ace. To us

Td.~

indefinite

387. N. The Greek has no indefinite article; but often the Tt<; (415, 2) may be translated by u or an; as i1.v8p<JYTro~
Tal'v (espe-

n<>, a certaitl man, often simply a mar1.

388. N. The regular feruiniue dual fonus r& and

82

INFLECTION.

[389

awl oi'v are generally used for all genders (:30:1). Tlte reg-ular plural l!Olllinatives TOt and To.[ are epic aud Doric; and the article has the uoual dialectic fonns of the first and seco11d decltnsious, as rol.o, rol.tv, rdw1, Toi'cn, T(/cn, Tijs;. Homer has rarely -roi'crowcn or roi:crOfcrt in tlie dative plnral.

cially ,.&_) ate very rare, and

Tw

PRONOUNS.
J'EltSONAJ,
A~D

INTENSIVE PitO);OU.NS.

389. The personal p1onoun;; are f.'Yw, I, en~, thou, and o1J (ge11iti vc ), of ldm, (if her, of it. A iJTJ,., himu:if, is used a~ a personal pronoun for ltim, hel', it, etc. iu tl1e oblique cases, but 11ever in the nominative. They are tbus declined:SJ:\GULAH.

Nom. Gtu.

lyoi, I Ef'-oii, poii

a-~,

thov ot1'
oL f
l>t.:AL.

Dat.
Ace. N. A. G. D.

l.,.o:, .,.oc
lp.i, ....

croV <TO(

a.UT0s a.UToV
aVT~

a.UT't{ o.urTjs a.UT'fl

a.UTO
a.i~Toii

a.\,T~

<Tl

a.VrOv

a.VTt{v

a.UTO

PLt'JtAL.

Nom. Gen.
Dat. Ace.
l~M

,;.,.,,~,

we

"~'-"~

you

<T<j>Ets, thr:y

~f'-WV
~f'-LV ~p.cis

i..,.wv
\If'- IV
"I'-~
!

<T<!>wv <Tel> Ca-L

<T<j>cis

a.VToL a.UTWv
a.i.Toit;

a \ITa.(

a.V,.~

a.U1<Zv
0. UTo.Lc;

ClliTWv
aVToLs
Q~Tci

nVToVs

o.VTO.s

<- (cf. sc) and <1<. 391. AvTo~ in a.1l ca~es Jn~ty be an iutcnsive arljcctive pronoun, like i]',S<', s('lj (~).'-;(), 1 ). 392. For the us~s of ou, of, l'lc., ~ee 98i; !lAS. In A t.tic prr,se, oi, crcf><'L~. crcf>wv, crcp[c:n, crcpiJ.~, are the only com1non fonns; awl lle,er occur iu ordinan lawnane. The orator~ selclom use 'this pronoun at all. The tragedian~ use chiefly crcj>(l' (not. rTcp[) awl acpi (:104). 393. 1. The following is thr. Ilomroric d<!Clen~iOll of ly.~. crv, and o{,. The forlll~ uot in () are used also hy Herodotus. Those with
the third person,

The otP.IllS of t.he ]Wrsonal pronouns in the first ]1erscm are (d. Latin me), >w- (cf. lius), .nd T)w, hw bcin~ of ui"tiuct fc,nuJ.t.ion; in the ~rcond perscm, <H- (cr. te), <Y1w-, ~!'-<, with cni distu1ct; iu

390. !\.

ov

aJip. aud up.p. are Aeolic.

400]

PRONOUNS.
SINGUI,AR.

83

NoUl.

~"fw

( i-ywv)

Gtn. J)at.

Ace.
~.

lJLio, lwv, wu (iJLftO, fJL{O<v) l}LOI, p.ol lp.l, JLI (vwc, vw) ( vwiv) iJJLf'is (6.1-'w>) i)p.lwv ( >iJL<iWv) i)p.iv ( li!'-1'-<) -i}JLla.s ( lip.JLf)

cnl ( T tv>J) tTio, (HU (crio, crfOv) crol, Tol (ulv)

(lo) <U
cTo (l8) ol (t'oi) (t) (U) p.Cv

"'

DI:AL.

A.
]).

(crct>w, crw)
( crq,w, v, crq,wv)
I'Ll:HA!..

G.

Nom. Gen. Il:tt. Ace.

b,J.f'is ( ~JJ.JJ.H) flp.{wv ( {;iJ.fiwv)

cr<t><s (uot in Hom.)

cr<f>{wv ( crdwv) cr1cr<, cr1( v) cr<fJ{as, cr<f>{

~p.lv ( UJl.i"') Op.las (up.JLf)

~- Herodotus has l~lso u<f>ia i11 the neuter plural of the third pt>rsoil, whid1 is not. i<>UlH1 in Bollier. 394. The tra.gedians u~e a<f>f. and a<f>(,. as p~rsona.l pronouns, both ma<,euline lll!d felllinine. They sometimes use a<f>i and rarely a<f>(v as ging nlar. 395. 1. The tra~edians use the Doric a.ccugative v[v as a persoual pronoun iu all genden, aml in Loth singular :wd plural. !!. The Ionic JLL" i,; used in all gellfiers, hut. o~tly in the singular. 396. N. The pPnult. of ~p.wv, ~p.(,,, ~p.as, -bl'-wv, ~p.Zv, and ~fa'> is ~on><'~.in>C.'; acceut<d in poetry, when th<y are 1wt r:lll]'hn.tic, autl cv au<l ci;; are slJorteJJt>d. TJ,u~ >JJL~>v, ~P.'" >Jfl-a'i, OJLwv, VfLW, VJ.Ut> Jf t.lwy are etuphatic, they are ~oJuetimes writt<:n ~p.[v, ~}J-os, tplv, OJLa<;. So a<f>a> is written for a<f>u> 397. X. Iltrodotus has o.urcwv in the _ti.-mi1;ine for a&wv (Hi8, fJ). The louie CO!ltracts 0 O.IJrO> into OJVrO<; (l!' WUTO<;, aut! To avro

iuto

rwtcro

(7).

(p.{os, (p.oGs, {p.<u< (for lp.ou); lp.lv for iJJ.ol; d.J.LCs, ci.J.Lhw, d.JJ.lt', d.J.Lt (for r,,. uis, 1JJ.LWv, iJJ.L'iv~ iJJ..liis); T~ for 0'~; TtV (for Tlo), Tt!os, TeoU, -rtoUs, 7f.s (for uoli); Tol, rlv (for.aol); r!, TlJ (enclitic:) for cr{; &JJ.I> null /;JJ.{ (f(lr ~J.L''' aud 6p.O.s); <v for ol; !fl for cr<fl.

398. N. Tile Doric has ()w;

Piudar h<1.s only lrwv, ,.,;,

Toi, T(v.

399. Avrf8 preceded hy the article llleans tlte same

(idern); as

oatJTo<; dznjp,

the some man.

(See 98H, 2.)

'TQVTOV for TOV av;-ov; Ta{mi> for r<r a~m;;; ra&fj for rfi a&rfi (uot to L>e coafounde<l with TaVT!J from ovro<;). [n tJ,e contracted form the IIeuter singular l1a~ ra&ro or ro.unlv.

400. A&6-; is often Ul>ited by cra.:,is (44) with tht> article; as

84

INFLECTION.
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.

(401

401. The reflexive pronouns are l f..'avrov, Jf..'avr~r;, of myself; UfaVTOV, UaVT~<;, of thyself; and EaVTOV, faVTijr;, of himself, herself, itself. They are thus declined:SINGULAR,

Gen.

Masc. Fem. lf4a.UTo.i lf4a.uT.js

lp.uvr~ ~p.avrn

Dat. Ace.

tf40.VTov tp.nuT.jv

Masc. Fem. Fern. cra.uToU cra.VTijs cra.uT.js or cruVT~ cra.VT!i fTfQ.UT.; cruVTti cra.uTOV cra.uTtjV crta.uTOv CJ'(ClliTtJV

Masc.

<TfQ.UTO\i

PLUIUL.

Gen.

Dat. Ace.

Fem. ~f'~ll cniTWv 'ljtJoLV O.VrOLS tjf4LV O.VrO.LS 'ljf4cis a.&ovs tj11cis a.&6.s
SISGULAR.

Mas c.

Masc.

,;,_,.wv
~JJ.tV a.iJTO~ ~p.cis a. ~ToVs

Fem. a.VrWY
i,JliV a.&a.i~

i.uis a.Vrt\s
Neut. a.VToU
a.VT~ g.,j.,.c)

Masc.
Gen. Dat. Ace. Gen. Dat. Ace.
t'o.VToV

Fem.
~D.liTijS

Ncut. f.a.VToii
(o.VTci

Mas c.
a.VToii

Fem.
O.~Tt]S

ia.uTc; ia.uTOV
fa.uTWV t'a.uTots

ia.uTti
(a.uTt)v

or

ia.vT0
PLUltAL.

o.VT~ a,,jT0v
a.,jT~V

D.VTU a.linjv
o.U.,.Wv a.VTo.is

lo.vTWv
ia.uTa.is
la.uT~

lo.u-rWv ia.VTots
f. O.UTcl

or o.VTots
o.,jToVs

o.VrWv O.VTOLs
a.liTO:

tQ.VTOVS Gen.

u.,j.,.c:Ls

al.~o

cr4>wv
cr4>Co-1v a.&ots cr.Pcis a.V.ovs

o.VTWv

Dat. Ace.

o-4>Co-w a.uTnts crci>cis a.V.d.s

402. The retlexins are compounded of the stems of the per. sonal pronouns (:390) and a.&o.,. Bnt in the plural the two pronouns are declined separately in the first and second persons, and often in the third. 403. N. In Homer the two pronouns are always separated in all persons and numbers; as aol a.&<{), o! a.&<f, t a.&~v. Herodotus

has

fJ-'(WUTOV, O'(WUTOv, fWUTOU.

RECIPROCAL PRONOUN.

404. The reciprocal pronoun is dt..A.,)'Awv, of one an other, used only in the oblique cases of the rlua.l and

plural.

It is thus declined:-

409]
DUAL

PRONOUNS.
PLURAL

85
cthh-rlA"'"
~kt]ka.L~

Gen. ~AtiAow Dat. cthkt]AoLII Ace. cthht]k"'

cl.hk-riAa.w ID-.]Aov cihkt]ka.LII cihkt]koLV lli-rlkii. cl.AAt]Aw

cthA.jA"'"
cihkt]Ao~

cl.AA-riAo\5 ci.hk,]Aci.s

lli-riAOIII GAhtJAOLS cl>.klJ>..a.

405. The stem

is 0..U.7)Ao- (for O..U.-a.U.o- ).

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

406. The possessive pronouns ~fLo<;, my, u6r;, thy, ~fL Tepor;, our, DfLerepoc:.;, your, ucpen:poc;, their, and the poetic or;, his, are declined like adjectives in or; (298). 407. Homer has dual possessives vwtTCpor;, of us two, crcpwt"upor;,
of !JOU two; also TCO<; (Doric and Aeo lie, == tuu,<) for uor;, EO<; for or;, df.Lo> for ~f.Lirtpor;, fJf.Lo> for !Jf.Lirtpo<;, ucpor; for crcpinpor;. The Attic poet-8 sometimes have df.LO> or df.LO> for ~JJ.O> (often a~ ow for my). 408. o, not being used in Attic prose, his is there exprt>ssed by the genitive of a&or;, as o 1ro.rY,p a&ov, his father. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

409. The demonstrative pronouns are OUTO<.; and tltis, and Ke'ivor;, that. They are thus declined: 61!1Gt:LAR. Pl.UIIAL.
TO\iTO
TOtiT0\1

ooe,

Nom. Gen.

o.JTOS:
ToliT0\.1

Dat.
Ace.

ToUT~
TO.UTOV

a.ii'"l TO.V'"JS TO.V'1! TO.V'M)II

N.A.

oJTOI.

O.i:TO.L

TU.11TO.

TOUTwv
TO\hO~$' 1"0U1'ous

ToVTwV
Ta.UYO.LS

TO.iTOII/
TO~TOL~

TOVT'f'
ToVTo
DUAL.

TC:UiT<iS

TllVTCl

TO~TW
TOUTOLV

ToUTw TO,jT04.V

TOVTw

G. D.
Nom. o6 Gen. Toli6t Dat. T.ji5t Ace. TOI/61 N.A. T..>li< G. D. TOtlllit Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. ot6, -r.:iv6 Toter So -rolicr5t ..j6t T.jcrli Tns
T~v6t

TO~TO\.V

SI!\"GULAR.

T06t Tolilit T.jiM ..-<is.

Dt;AL.

EOC<LVOS 4ouvou
Etet\v~

EIC.VTJ

(~''""~
4octLV"(l

EIClLVOII locv., toc<(IIOLI/

ttetiVOL

EKl,lllJII
Etet(vw

EICfLI/0 loc<vou lKtlll'!' EKtti/O loc(v., loct(IIOLII

lKttvo.

T..;s( TOLIISt a.t6 TWIIIit Ta.tcr5o Tcia-!it

T..;sl TOLIISt
PLtrRAl..

loc<vow
tKEtVO.L

T<ilit TWVIit Totcr6 T<i!it

ioctlvc.>ll tKIIIIOLS loctvous

iKtivwv

~KEhwv

loctva.<s iocovci.s

EKtVOLS iocttva

86

INFLECTlON.

[41(}

Ionic and poetic. Ollt i~ formed of the article o and -llc ( 14.1, 4 ). For its accent, see 14li. 412. N. The denJOnstrativE>~, including some adverbs (436), may be emphasized hy adding i:, before which a short vowel is dropped. Thns ovror:d, aVT7Ji, rovrt; oil~. ~of, rooi; rovrovi, 'TUVri, rovrwvi. So rocrovrocd (-1'2fl ), .;,l)i, ovrwcri. I 11 COII1edy yi (rarely o() lllay precede this t, making yi or of; a~ rovroyi, rovrooi. 413. I-/. Herodotus lr<!S rovriuw in the femi>li>ll: for rovrwv ( cf. 397). Homer has roZcroccrcrt or rolcrllwt for rotcrOL 414. N. Other denronstratives will be found among the pronominal adjectives (420).
INTERIWGATIVE A:!'<D !:!'<DEFINITE PRONOUNS.

410. Feminine dual forms in a an<! atv are very rare (303). 411. 'E.ctlvo> is regular except in the neuter l.c(vo. Kt'lvo> is

415. 1. The interrogative pronoun TL<;, Ti, who? which? what? always takes the acute on the fir:>t syllable. 2. The indefinite pronoun T(c;-, Tt, any one, some une, is enclitic, and it-; pro!Jer aeeent belongs on the last syllable. 416. 1. These pronouns are thus declined:Intc7Togativc.
SISGt.:I.Ait.

Indefinite:.
TL
TLS
TLv0s, TO\J

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.

r(s
T(vos, 'roii
r(v~, T~

TL

.,.,ya.

TLVL, T~

TL
DUAL.

TLVci

Tl

N. A. G. D.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
TYES

rCvE
-r(VOI.V

TLVE
TLVOLV

PLt.:l!AL.

r(va.

T~VES
TLVWV
TLO"(

TLVci

Ttvwv
TLtTL

r(va.s

T(va.

Tl.vO:~

"''"LV<L

aeraa).

2. For the indefinite plural nvcl. llrere is a form aTra. (Ionic

424]

PHONOUNS.

87

417. Ourt~ aud J.L7JTL~, poetic for ov8t:[> and P.YJO(t>, no one, are declined like Tt~.
418. J. The acule acceJJt of Tt> is never changed to the grave (115, ~). The forms Tt> aud Tt of the iudefiuite pronoun very rarely occur with tile grave accent, as t.hey are euclitic (141, 2). 2. Tle Ionic !.as TEO and for TOV, TEW for TW, TEWV for TLVWV, a.tul TEOL<n for TL<It; also these same forn;s as e~wlitics, for Tau, T<f, elc.

nv

419. A.\>..o,, other, is declined like

QJ..>..o iu the neuter siugular.

avro<;

(389), having

420. 1. Tlw indennite o~:Zva, such a one, is sometimes indecliuable, ami is sometimes declined as follows:SINGt:LAR. PLt:ltAL.

(All

G~ndr:rs).

(.1/as~uline).
liELVIi

Num. Geu.

6oiva. 6ivos
61iv~

6(vwv

Dat. Ace.

6otvn

s''""'s

2.

t,~L'va

iu all its forms always has the article.

Hl:LATIVE
l'RO~OUNS.

421. The relative pronoun clined:SING I: LA it.

lJriA L.

o<;,

i],

o,

who, is thus dePLURAL.

Nom. Oi

T Gen. ou Dat. ':' Ace. Ov

T\ ~s

iJv

0 ol1 ~
0

XOlll. oL
N.A. .;.; G. D. olv

Q.~

.;.;
otv

.;;
otv

Gen . ~v Dat. ots Ace. oUs

O>V

. 0..
a

a.ts

ots

'""

iis

422. Femiuiue dna! forms li. and arv ar-e very rare and doubtful
(303).

423. N. For
see 1<12:3.

o>

used a;; a demonstrative, especially in Homer,

For the artir.Je (T- forms) ns a relative in Homer and

~~e

Herodotus,

U;l:j anJ 9;W.

(7]<;

424:. N. Botner has oou (oo) aud

for oti and~'>

88

INFLECTION.

[425

425. The indefinite relative

whatever, is thus declined : -

OG'TL(i,

~n(i,

on, whoever,
on
o\lTLVOS, 0TO'U

SINGULAR.

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. N.A. G. D. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.

0CTTL$

'lj'TL$ TjcrTLVot
"

oJTLVOS, 0TOU
~TLYL,
T

OT'e

ti.,.v
TjvTwa.

'!o'T\VL, OT!f

"

O'l'TLVO.

0 .,.,

DUAL.

~t.Vf
olVTLVOLV

~LVl
OtVTLVOL\1

"'T'LVl olVTLVOL\1

PLURAL,
OLTLVlS
JVTt.VWV, 0TWV

G.LTLVfS

u Q.TLVCI., Q.TTQ.

~VTL\IO)V
a.tcrTL(J'L &crT LV~

.3VTLVOlV, OT0>\1

otcrTn, OTOLS

otcrTLcrL, OTOLS
ciTI.YO., 0:TTQ.

oVo-'t'LVo.~

426. N. ouT<> i~ compounded of the relative o<> a11d the indefinite TL,, each part Leing declined separately. For the accent, see 146. The plural O:r-ra (Ionic a<rua) for anva must not be confounded with a-rra ( 41 G, 2). o TL is thus written (soJiletimes n) to distiuguish it frolll ort, that. 427. N. The shorter forms orov, orw, orwv, and MOL<; .\hich are genuine old Attic forms, are used by the tragedians. to the exclusion of ovnvo,, etc. 428. 1. The following are the peculiar Homeric forms of

o,

OO'TL<;:Sl~GVLAR.

PLURAL.

Nom.

0TI.~
0TUJ, 6TTf.O, OTT(\.1

l) TTL
lST(WV
OTi0\0'"1.
0
~

&era-a.

Gen. Dat. Ace.

OTf'!'
0TLVO.

TTL

ISnva.s

llcra-a.

2. Herodotus has OTV, OT'!', Mwv,

OTfOL<Tt,

and auua ( 42tl).

PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.

429. There are many pronominal adjectives which correspond to each other in form aud meaning. The following are the Biust important:-

436J

PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES Ah'n ADVERBS.

lNDEI"INITB. DE>ION8TRTIVB. RELATIVE.

89

1NTBRROGTIVE.

,6tfos; how muchf ... atfcis, of some ('r6<Tos), rO<T6<T5<, ii<Tor, o71'6<Tor, (as how many? quantity. TOd'OiJTos, SO much, as many)

quantus?
,olor ; of what kind? qua.lis?
,.,XIKos; how old?

much, tan tus, so many.

... o,6r, of some kind. (rolor), ro<6uli<, TocoVTos, such,

as, qua.ntus.
oTor, o!l'olor, of which kinrl, ( s>tch) as, qualis.

ta.lis.
how large?

(T'fiAIKos), T'7AI i,'AIKos, O'll''fiAIKos, of which age or KO<T5<, 'T'IAIKOVTOS, SO Old 01' SO size, (as old) as, (as lclrge) as. large .

...6T<por; which of 1T6T<pos (or 'II'OT<- fT<por, the one or o1TOT<pos, whichthe twof pbs), one ojtwo the other (of ever of the two.

(rare).

two).
r[>,

430. The pronouns series:rls; who1

Tt>, etc. form a corresponding

lio<, o1iTor, this, this one.
lis, li<TT<r, who, which.

rlr, any one.

431. Tt, may be addPd to o!o>, o<TO>, C)1I'O<TO>, /nro'to>, and o?Tonpa,, to make them more indefinite; as o1Toto> n,, of what kind soete 432. 1. added to indefi11ite relatives gives them a purely indefinite force; as o<TTL<Tovv, onovv, any one, anythiug, soever, with no relative charact.er. So sometimes o~; as ihov 2. N. Rarely o1ronpo> (without o~v) has the same meaning, either of the two. 433. N. Homer doubles ,. in n1any of these relative word,;; as ~ ... '!'clr<pos_, ~'11'1Toi'or. ~o, in 8'!'rr;ws, oTI''II'oT<, .et?. ( 430 ). Herodotus bas oKor~po~, oKoiTos, ljKou, oKo8cv, o;:ort. e. c., for ovorcpo~, etc. 434. N. Tel<Tor and roi'or seldom o :cur in Attic prose, T't]AIKor never. Touci<To<, To<o<To<, and T'IJA<<O<T5< .. re neclint'd like .,-ciuo' and Toi'os; as rouOuO~, Tou-I}OE, rouOvOE, etc.,- rot0d0c, ro,d.Of. ro~OvOE. Touoilro~. rowuro~, and .,.'1>-<KovTos arc declinefl like>. ouTM (omitting the first r in rovrov, Toiiro, etc.), except that the neuter singular has o or o; as

Ow

s,;.

TOtoVros, TOtcU/T17, Totoliro Or TOlOLiTOII; gen. 'TOtallrou, 'TOtaVT'?S', etC.

a~ ov-rL>, (poetic for ouoE{,., p.'I)Ods ), o{oenpo>, p:qoinpo>, neither of two. (For adverbs, see 440.)

435. There are also uegativc pronominal adjP-ctives;

p.~TL'>

436. Certain Jnonorninal adverbs correspond to each other, like the adjectives given above. Such are the following.-

90
INTBRROGJ.TIVE.

INFLECTION.
INDEFINITE.
DE:!!ON8TRATlVE. RELATIVE.

(437

~roO;

where?

1rou, somewhe1e.

(1 vOa), l>IJd.oe, lnauiJa, hii, there. ( ,.~ ), r~o<, ravr17, th:s wuy, thus.
tK<<ru, thithe1.

oV, 01rou, wltere.

1rij; which way?

how?
~rol;

,-?f, some way,

somehow. 1rol, to some I; lace. 1ro8lv, from some place.

"V,

o~r17, which way,

as. oi, ihro<, whither. oiJev, o~roiJev, whence.

whither?

1rolhv, whence?

(iviJev), lviJ{vo<,
lvrUB!v,
!K!'iO~v,

vws; lww1
~roT<;

when?

.,.'!YiKa; at what time?

thence. 1rws, in some way, (rws), (w<), woe, oi:rrws, thus. somehow. ron, then. ~rod, at some time. (TYJV(Ka), T'7Y<Ka

ws, B,.w,, in uhich

way, as.
0TE1

CnrOrf,, when.

~vlKa,

0, Tf]VtKaUra, at thut time.

Olr'7Via, at which time, when.

437.

The indefinite adverbs are all enclitic (141, 2).

438, Forn1s which seldom or 11ever occur in Attic prose are in ( ). "EvBa allll lv(hv are relatives in prose, where, whence; a~
deu,oustra.tiv~s they appear chiefly in a few expre;;~ions like (diu. KQL lvBa, ltele and thele, f.vBcv K<LL ;,,()cy, 01! both sir/e.. For w>, titus, in Attic prose, see 13::i, J. Tw> (from rcr-), like ouTw> (frolll o~To>),

thus, is poetic.

439, l. The 'poets have K<cB<, K<clhv, K<l<T< for ~K<t, <'K<i:B<v, alld tK<'i<T<, lilie K<'ivo> for tK<ivo> ( 411 ). 2. Herodotus has <'vBavm, vB<vTv for <'vravBC<, ...,.i)B<v. 3. There are various "poetie adverbs; as 7(08!, 7ro0[, oBL (for 7TOV, ,-ot!, o~), n)B,, there, ToB<v, thence.
OV0a!-'OV, I-'7J0a!-'OV, nmthae, ovou.L ri- <LTJOaf:fi, in p.TJOa!-'w>, in no manner. (See 135.)

440. There are negative

;>rlv!

Jt'. of place, mGimer, Pte.;

t<O

way,

ovoap.w>,

as

VERBS.

441. The Greek verb has three voices, the active, middle, and passive.
442, 1. The middle voice generally signifies that the subject performs an action upcm him<t'l( or fu> his own hen~ftt (1:?42), but sometimes it is not distinguished frolll the active voice in me au in g.

450)

VERBS.

91

2. The pa~sive differs from the middle in form in only two U>uses, the tuture auJ the aorist.

443. Deponent verbs a1e those which have no active voice, lmt are used in tile middle (or the middle and passive) forms with an a(; ti ve sense.
444. ~. Deponent;; gu11Prally have the aorist and future of the nlidJle forlll. A few, which have au aorist (somPtimes a future) of the p:ts,ive form, are called passi1e deponents; while the others ar<~ called utiddlc Jcpouents. 445. There are four moods (properly so called), the indicative, su bjundive, optative, and imperative. To these are aJded, in the conjugation uf the verb, the iufinitive, aud participles of the chief tenses. The verbal adjedives ~To<; aucl T0'> have many points of likeness to particiii'!es (see 776). 446. Thr. four proper moods, as opposed to the il}ililive, are called ji11i1e mood>. The subjunctive, optative, impHativ~, and infinitive, as opposed to the illflicuti1>e, are called dependent moods. 447. There are seven tenseH, the present, imperfect, futnrc, rwri:;t, perfed, pluperfect, and future perfect. The imperfect and pluperfect arc found only iu the indicative. Tile future and future pcrfect are wanting in the subjunctive and imperative. The future perfect belongs regularly to the passive voiec, but sometimes has the meaning of the active or miJdle. 448. The present, perfect, future, and future perfect indicative are called primmy (or principal) wnses; the imperfect, ]Jluperf~r.t, and aorist indicative are called secondary (or historical) tenses. 449. 1\Janv verbs have t0nses known as the second aorist (in
all voices), the second perfect and pluperfect (active), and the secmuf fut.ure (pa~sive). These ten~es are generally of more simple formation than the first (OJ' ordinary) aorist, perfect, etc. Few verbs hn.ve both forms in any tense; when this occurs, the two forms generally differ in meaning (for example, by the first being t.ransitive, the second intransitivP), but not always. 450. The aorist correspouds geuerally to the indeji11ite or !tis-

92

INFLECTION.

[451

torical perfect in Latin, and the perfect to the English perfect or the dejildte perfect in Latin. 451. N. No Greek verb is in usc in all these tenses, and the full

paradigm of the regular verb must iuclude parts of three different verbs. See 470.

452. There are three number3, as in nouns, the singular, dual, and plural. 453. In each tense of the indicative, subjunctive, and opt.:1.tive, tltere are three persons in each number, the first, second, and third; in each tense of the imperative there are two, the second and third. 454. N. The first person dual is the same as the first person plural, except in a very few poetic forms (666, 2). This person is tllerefore omitted in the paradigms.
TENSE SYSTEMS AND TENSE STEMS.

455. The tenses are divided into nine classes or tense systems, each with its own tense stem. 456. The tense systems are the following:SYSTEMS, TE!>SES,

Present, including II. Future, " III. First-aorist, " Iv. Second-aorist, " v. Fi?st-pe?fect, " vI. Second-pe?fect, " VII. Perfect-middle, "
1.
VIII.

First-passive, rx. Second-passive,

" "

p1esent and impe.Jfect. future active and middle. first a01ist active and middle. second ao1i:;t active and middle. first pe1ject and jJluperfect active. second pe?fect anrl. plupe1ject active. perfect and pluperfect middle and future pe1ject. first aorist and future passive. second aorist and future passive.

457. 1. The last five tense stems are further modified to form 'pecial stems for the two pluperfects, the future perfect, and the two passive futures. 2. As few verbs have both the first and the second forms of any tense (449), most verbs have only six tense sterns, and many have even less.
458. The various tense stems are almost always formed from one fundamental stem, ca.lled the verb stem. These formations will be explained in 568-622.

~63)

TENSE SYSTEMS AND TENSE STEMS.

93

459. Before learning the paradigms, it is important to distinguish between verbs in which the verb stem appears without change in all the tense systems, and those in which it is modified more or less in different systems (154).
Thus in ..\(:yw, speak, the verb stem ..\ty- is found in ).f.~w (..\ty-O'w ), V..t~a, ..\i.-..\typJJ.t, -> .ix-8TJv (71 ), and all other forms. But iu cpa.{vw, show, the verL ste111 cpa.v- is seen pure in the second aorist i-cp&.MJv and kindred tenses, and in the futures cpa.vw and cf>avovj1-lll; wlule elsewhere it :ppears 111odified, as in present cf>a{v-w, first aorist lcp7]v-, second perfect 7rfcpTJv~. Jn ..\t[71'-w the stem AH7r- appears in all forms ex:cept in the second-aorist system (l-..\t.,.ov, (-),,.,.-oJl-TJV) and the second-perfect system (..\i-..\m7N1).

460. Verb stems are Med vowel stems or consonant sterns, and the latter are called mute stems (including labial, palatal, and lingual stems) or liquid stems, according to their final letter. Thus we may name the stems of cpt>..iw
( cpt..\c-), ..\t[.,.w ( ..\tm-, AL71'-), rplf3w ( Tpt/3-), ypacpw ( ypacp-), 71'AlKW ( 7rAEK-), cptVyW ( cpE\Jy, cp\Jy-), 7rE[8w ( 1TL8-, 7rt8-), </>a[yw ( cpa.v-), O'TDJ...w ( O'TfA-). 461. A verb which has a vowel verb stem is called a pure verb; and one which has a mute stem or a liquid stem is called a mute or a liqtlid verb.

462. 1. The principal parts of a Greek verb are the first person singular of the present, future, first aorist, and (first or second) perfect, indicative active; the perfect middle, and the (first or second) aorist passive; with the second aorist (active or middle) when it occurs. These generally represent all the tense systems which the verb uses. E.g.
A~w,

>..tO'w, EAVO'a, Ai'A\JKO., AEAVJl-0-L, ()._{;()T}v (471). Adrrw (AH7r-, Atrr-), ..\d!f;w ..\i>otrra, >..f.>..ELJLJ1-lll i>..d</>BT}v, EAL'li'OV. <l>a(vw ( </>a.v-), cpavw, (</>TJva., 7rf.cpa.yKa (2 pf. 7rlcp1Jva), 1rf.cj>aO'J-Ull-,

7rE7rpayf-W.L,

llp&:uO'w (7rpii.y-), do, 7rp&:~w. :.rrpa~a, 2 perf. 1ri:rrpaxa and 7rtrrpaya, l7rp6.x8TJV ::n'..\Aw ( O'TEA-), send, O'TtAw, EO'TnAa, (O'TaAKa, laTaAJ1-lll, lcrrQ)..'r}V 2. lf a ''erh has no future active, the future middle may be given among the principal parts; as <TK~li'Tw, jeer, uKwl/foJ1-D-L, :u~ewcpa. lO'KtiJcp8T}V

lcptf.vB>'}v (and J6.VYJv).

463. In deponent verbs the principal parts are the present, future, perfect, and aorist (or aorists) indicative. E.g.

94

INFLECTIO:-<.

[<104

('H y/o,wu) ~yovp.nt, lead, ~yr}rrop.nt, ~nrraJLY]V, 'lY't/JLO.t, ~y>j8,w (in compos.). Bov>..op.nt, wish, {3o11A.~r:rop.nt, f3 .. f3ov>..w'"' f.{3o11>..~8't/v f{yvop.nt ( yf.v-), b~come, yf.v>/aop.w, yf.ytV>)p.nl, f.yf.VOJL>JV (Aio(oJLm) olOovp.nt, n<pcct, oloi.rropJJ.t, ?iDf.r:rfL'H, rioi.r:rO>w'Epya~oJJ.<u, work, f.pyJ.crop.at, dpya.rraJLfJv, dpyarrJ.LU' dpyatrB't/''
CONJUGATION.

464. To conJugate a verb is to give all its voices, moods, tenses, numbers, and persons in their proper order. 465. These parts of the verb are formed as follows:1. By modifying the verb stl'm itsf'lf to form the ditfrr("(C 5GS-G:!2; GG0-717.) Ct'l'tain :;yllables calleJ en(lings to the tense stelll; as in >..f.yop.f.v, >..iyf.-n, >..i.yf.-Tat, >.. .. y6-p.d1a., >..lyovmt, >.f.~f.-mt, )..i.~f.-(T8f.. (See 531-.'JiJ4.) 3. In the secondary tens\'S of the indicativt~, by alw pr.~ fixing E to the tense stem (if tllis begins with a co11sonant), or lengthening its initial vuwcl (if it hegins with a short VOWel) ; aS in (-,\f.y<rv, rAf.~f.' f.-qn/va-TO i and j 11 >ji<OU<rV aJHl ?}KouCTa, imperfect and aori::;t of ai\Ouw, hear. This prefix or lengthening is confined to the indic:.tti ve. 4. A prefix, seen in Af.- of A./.A.uKa and >../.>..np.p.at, in .,... _of -rrlcpafTp.nt, and (of f.aruA.p.nt ( 487, 1), for which a leugtheniug of the initial vowd is foall(l ill ~>..Ao.yl'-ut (0.,\A.uy-) frntu JA,\afTrrw ( 487, 2), belongs to the perfect tense stem, and remains in all the Jn(Jods :mJ in the participle. 466. These prefixes and J.,ngtheuings, called au!J?ni!lll (:3) allll
ent tense sttms.

2. lly

:.tthxiu~

reduplicatiun (4),

are explained in 510-5fl0.

467. There arc two principal forms of conjuga.tion of Greek verbs, that of verbs in c" and that of verbs in ;.u.
468. Verbs in p.L form a small class, CO!llpared with those in '" and are distinguished in t]H,ir infl('ct.ion alnwst exdusively in the pt1senL and secoud-aorist systems, generally agreeing with verbs iu w iu the
other systems.
CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN !l.

469. The following synopses ( 471-471') includeI. All the tenses of A~w (>..v-), loose, representing tense
systems I., II., Ill., V., VII., VIII.

463)

TENSE SYSTEMS .AND TENSE STEMS.

93

459. Before learning the paradigms, it is important to distinguish between verbs in which the verb stem appears without change in all the tense systems, and those in which it is modified more or less in different systems (154).
Thus in 'Alyw, speak, the verb stem ..\ty is found in ..\l~w (..\fy<Tw ), ..\t~a, ).../.-'Aey-p..at, f.-'Aix-Brw (71 ), and all other forms. But in <j>a{vw, show, the Vl:'rb stem <j>av- is seen pure in the second aorist l-<j>av-rJV aud kindred tenses, and in the futures <j>avw and <j>avovp..at; wh1le elsewhere it appears modified, as in present <j>aiv-w, first aorist l<J>rJv-, second perfect ?rl.</>'1/v-a. In ..\t{?r-w the stem ..\mr- appears in all forms except in the second-aorist system (-At?r-ov, f.-A.t?r-0p.1Jv) and the second-perfect system (.\(-..\ot?r-<t).

460. Verb stems are .ed vowel stems or consonant stems, and the latter are called mute stems (including labial, palatal, and lingual stems) or liquid stems, according to their final letter. Thus we may name the. stems of <j>t.\iw
( <j>tA-), .\t[?rw ( .\a?r-, ..\t1r), Tplf3w ( Tpt/3-), ypa</>w ( ypa</>-), ?rAfKW (7rAEK-), <j>n)yw (<j>fvy-, </>vy-), Trt{8w (1ru8-, 1rt8-), <j>a{vw ( <j>av-), <TTD.Aw ( <TTEA-). 461. A verb which has a vowel verb stem is called a pure verb; and one which has a mute stem or a liquid stem is called a mute or a liquid verb.

462. 1. The principal parts of a Greek verb are the first person singular of the present, future, first aorist, and (first or second) perfect, indicative active; the perfect middle, and the (first or second) aorist passive; with the second aorist (active or middle) when it occurs. These generally represent all tbe tense systems which the verb uses. E.g.
ADw, 'AD<Tw, (,\u<Ta, A.i.\vKa, A.i>..vp..at, lA.~v (471). Af{1rw (.\a?r-, At7r ), .\dtf!w, >..D.ot?ra, >..i>..up.p.at, l,\d<J>OYJv, ('Atrrov. <l>alvw ( </>av-), <J>avw, t</>YJva, -rri<j>ayKa (2 pf. TrE</>YJva), 1ri<j>arrp.cu, l<j>riv8YJv (and l<i>J.YYJv). llp<i<T<Tw (1rpiiy-), do, 1rp6.~w, l1rpa~a, 2 perf. 1rirrpaxa and ""'""paya, -rr1rpayp..at, ;rrpaxBYJv~ri>..Aw ( <TTEA-), send, <TTEAW, f<TTEW:J., fCITaAKa, tCITaAp.at, ;<TTaAYJY 2. If a Yerb ha~ no future active, the future middle may be given among the principal parts; as CTICW?I"TW, jeer, cncw!fop.at, :<TKwlfCI, l<TKw</>BYJv

463. In deponent verbs tl1e principal parts are the present, future, perfect, and aorist (or aorists) indicative. E.g.

94
(in compos.).

Il\FLECTIO~.

[464

(Hy{oruu) ~yovfUU, lear!, h~CTop.at, hrJCTD.Jl-YJV, YjyY)p.at, h~()YJV Bov.\op.a1, wislt, f3ov.\~CTop.at, {Jf{3ov.\YJp.a', f.{Jov>..~()YJV riyvop.a! ( 'jfY.. ), become, 'jfV~CTOJW-1, 'jfyf.trY)p.n!, f.yfVOJ.lYJY ( Ai8op.n!) ai8ovp.a!, 1"P.SJIP.Ct, ai8icTOp.a!, ri8wp.a!, ?i8ia8YJV 'Epya'ofUU, wod, f.pyauop.at, dpyaaap.YJv, fi.pyaap.at, dpyatr8YJv.

CONJUGATION.

464. To conJugate a verb is to give all its voices, moods, tenses, numbers, and persons in their proper mder. 465. These parts of the ve1b are formed as follows:1. Hy modifying the verb stem itself to form the diiferent tense stems. (See 5GS-G22; GG0-717.) 2. By affixing certain sy lb.bles called endings to the tense stem; as in )..i.yop.<v, >..<y<T<, >..<y(Tat, Afyop.(8a, >..<yovrat, ).(~<-rat, >..f.~(-(T()(.

(See 551-5il4.)

3. In the seeondary tenses of t.IJC indicative, by also jll\~ fixing (to the tense stem (if this begins with a cousonant), or lengtheuiug its initial vowel (if it begins with a short vowel); as in ->..<yo-v, E-A.(~(' f.-cP>/va-ro; and i 11 ~Kovo-v and ,jKov~Ya, imperfect and aorist of aKouw, hear. This prefix or lengthening is confined to the indicative. 4. A prefix, seen in Af- of >..i.>..vKa all(l >..iA.Hp.p.at, in 7rf- of 1ri.,Paapat, and (of f.ara>..p.at (487, 1), for which a !tngthening of the initial vowel is found in ?j>..Aayp.at (&Hay-) fr0111 a>..>..au~Yw (4S7, 2), belongs to the perfect tense stem, n.n<l remains in all the moods and in the participle.
466. These prefixes and lengtheuings, called augment (3) am!
reduplication (4), are explained iu 510-550.

467. There are two principal forms of conjugation of Greek verbs, tlmt of verbs in w and that of vc1bs in ;.a. 468. Verbs in p.t form a small class, co111pared with tl1ose in w, and
are distinguished in their inflection almost exclusively in the pn~sent and second-aorist systems, generally agreeing with verbs in w in the other systems. CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN !l.

469. The following synopses ( 47-1-4 78) includeI. All the tenses of A.Dw (,\v-), loose, representing tense systems 1., II., III., V., VII., VIII.

473]

C<>N.TL:GATION OF VERBS 1::-l'

n.

95

I I. A 11 the tenses of >..~trrw (.\eL1r-, >..m-), leave; the second perfect and pluperfect active and the second aorist active and middle, representing tense systems IV. and VI., being in heavy-faceu type. Ill. All the tenses of cf>a.{vw ( cfmv-), show; the future and aorist activr a!J(l micldle (liquid form) and the second aorist and seeond futu1e pas::;ive, rcpresentiug tense systems U., III., ancl IX., being in lwavy-b.ced type.

470. The full synopsis of A.~w, with tlte forms in heavier type in tlw synop,es of >..~[1fw aud cf>a{.,w, will thus ~how the full coujugation of the verh ill "' with thl' uiue tense systents; and all these for!lls arc iutlectcd iu 480-482. For the peculiar inflection of the perfect and plnperfect middle aud pa.>sive of verbs with cousonant stellls, see 4tiU and 487.

471. )[, !1.1!"' iu the present and ituperfect generally has in Atti<: poetry a11,l 1! in Homer; in other teuses, it has ii in the future aud <wrist active aurl middle and the future perfect, else where ;;.
The paradiJ:;ms include; t.he perfect imperative active, although telliiE: can actually h:wE: been formed in any ot tllt'se '''r\Js. As it occurs, ltowevtr, in a fr~w verbs (748), it is giv<'lt here to conlJ,lP.tl' the illustr:ttiou of the forms. For the rare plrkct subjunctive and opt:ttive active, ~ee no and 7:l!.
it is h:trdly possible th:tt this

472.

473. Each ktl>'l' of ,\~w is tJan,lated in the synopsis of 474, exc.,pl. r:1.r'" Ultlr<Ln'->bt:l.l>le fonns like the future perfect infinitive and jarticiplr, and the tenses of the subjunctive and optatiYe. Tlte lliCanillg of these last callno(, Le fully under~;toocl until the constructious are explainel iu the Sy11tax. But the following xamples will mrtke them clean,r than any possible translation of thre fonn~, ~o1ne of wl1ieh (e.g. tl1e fut.ure optative) cannot be used in ind<~peudent senteuces. A~wp.cv (or A.u<Twp.fv) airrov, let u~ loose him; p.ry >..~cru> airrov, do tlOI lr>O'e him. 'EO.v A~O) ( ()l' AU<TW) uiiTtll', xa<p~<1<L, if I (shall) loose him, he ui/1 1ejuire. "EpXOf.L<<L, Zva ui,rov >..tw (or A.ucrw), I am coming that I IIW.!floose ltim. EW )\~otp.t (or A.~uatp.t) uirro1,, 0 that l may loose him. El A~Otp.l ( 01' A~CTUlp.l) ai!rov, xa(pot av, if I should loose him, he wuuld ,eJoice. 'H>..tlm' i'va ai,rov >..~otp.t (or ,\~cratp.t), I came Thrtl 1 miqhl /oooe him. EhOF uvTol' A.uo<p.L, I snirl that I was lor,si11g ltiln , cT,.ov on uurol' ,\(,<ratp.L, I said thfll I had loo.ed him; f1rov ai,rov >..~uotp.t, I sairl that 1 would loo.<e !tim. For the di!l'ert'ltCP betwc~n thr JW~''Pl, t and aorist in these moods, see 1272, 1; for the perfect. s~e 1:!73.

on

on

96
474.
I. PRESENT SYSTEM,
ACTIVE VOIOE,

INFLECTION.

[47{
SYNOPsrs 0 .,-

II. FI/TI/RE SYSTEM.

III. FIRST-AORIST SY8TM.

Present & bnperfea Future Active. Active. AO... I loose or am loosing AuO"w I shall loose In die. l>l.vov I was loosing Subj. AOw Opt. AVoLf4L Imper. AVe loose Infin. A~'" to loose Avern v to be about to lvose Part. kt1wv loosing AllO"wv about to loose

1 Aorist

Active.

----....._,;;:

i). vera. I loosed AtlCJ'W ).t)cra.LI'oL ).ucrov loose Au<ra.L to loose or to have

loosed.

Atl<rcis having loosed

I Ao1ist

MIDDLE VOICE.

Present & Imperfect Futute .Middle. Middle. AVof44L I loose (for my- Atlcro14a. I shall loose self) (Jot my~c(f) Indic. lkii6f4"1" I was loosing (for myself)

Middle.
IAv<rtl.f-1"1" I loosed ([01
my.-e~f).

Subj. >..o....,.a.. Opt. k\io(l'o1J" Imper. ).llou loose (fo1 thyself) In fin. >..~cr8a.L to loose (for

AWWf40.L >..vcra.CI'o"l" AVCJ'O.L lOOSe (for thyself) >..llcrur8a.L to be about to ).t\cra.<r8a.L to loose or to

one's self)

Part.
PASSIVE

k\i6.,..vos loosing (for

one's s6lf)

have loosed (for one'& se(f) kiicr6f4Evos about to loose >..ucrtl.f-IE>'os having loosed (fo1 one's sP(f) (fo1 one's self) loose (for one's se!f)
VI II. FIRST-PASSIVE SYSTEM. 1--------~~~~~~~~~-------------

v OICE.

Pres. &; Impe1j. Passive. I F11ture Passive. ludic. >...Jof-1'" I am j (beinp) Au8~crol'oll' I shall be l>..iiol'-'1" I was? loosed loosed
etc. with same forms as the Middle

1 .Aorist J'assive.

Subj. Opt. Imper. Infin.

l>..u8'1v I was loosed >..uew (for 'Avillw) I Av6E1JV k.I8'1TL be loosed >..u81Jcrcr8a. to be a/Jout >..v8f)va.L to be loosed or

to be loosed loosed

to have been loosed

loosf-d

Part.

>..v8'1)cr6.,..vos about to be >..v6s ltavinq been

V .E.IIDAL A DJ,i,;<;TI'iES: {

>..v.,.os that may be loosed >..u,.los that must be loosed

SYNOPSIS OF >.6c.!.

).Vw (A.E-), loose.

;;;..--y, FIRST-PERFECT SYSTEM.

VII. PERFECT-MIDDLE SYSTEM.

- 1 Perfect &: Pluperfect

Active. Al}.vKCL I have loosed D.lAVK'l I had loosed ~).vK~ or AlAvKws ~ ).cAv~tof,. or AlAvKws ,r.,v [).~vK<] (472) AcAvKiva. to have loosed
M).v~tC:.s

having loosed &: Pluperfect Middle. >.i>.vl'-a.' I have loosed (for myself)
P~rfect

lAlAVfoL'IJ" I had looaed (for myself)

>..c>.v,.lvos w >.cku,..ivos t'lv }..(Xva-o (750) kckva-Oa., to have loosed (for one's aelj) AcAvf'lvos having loosed (for one' elf)

Perf. &: Plltperf Passive. Future Perfect Paui11e, >.o>.1la-ol'-a. I shall have ).lAvf1a.L I have { been been loosed l).,).llf1'JY I had loosed

etc.
with same forms a.s the Middle >.c>.\\crcaicu (1283) >.c>.vcr6fUYOS (12M)

475. The middle of A~w commonly means to rtltase f<>r one'l aeif, or to release somt one belonging to one's self, hence to ramom (a captive) or to deliver (one's friends from danger). See 1242, 8.

98 476.
Acnn: VorcE. Indic. Subj. Opt.

INFLECTION. SYNOPSIS OF "A.~:7T'ro ("Aa7T'-, "A.t7T'-),

I.

[478

leave.
\'I.

TENSE SYSTEM:

II.

1\'.

Pres.& 1mpf .Active.

')..tl'll'w

Future Active.
'}..d>fw

2 Aorist .Active.
EAL'II'OV AL'II'W

2 Pnf. & Plup. Active .

AEAOL'II'O. iXtAo(.,.1J AEAO('II'w or AEAOL11'.. 5 cr. Xt:l.o(,.of or XtXo.,.ws tr11 v (XlAOL'II't] AtAOL'II'EVO.L AEAOL'II'WS
VII.

nmrov
')..tl'll'w ')..fl'II'OIJ.U ')..flo,foJ.U

AL'II'OLj.LL A('II'E AL"'I'ttv AL11'WV

---MIDDLE VorcE. Indic. Subj. Opt. Imper. In fin. Part.

PASSIVE

Imper. X<t'll'< In fin. X<l7rnv Pa1t. ')..<l7rwv

Pres.& Impf llfiddle.
')..171'0J.lo(lL i'A<t'II'OJJ.'I'JV

X<l'f1V '}..dif.'wv

Future Middle.
X<l>fOJ.lolll
Xo.foliJ.'I'JV ')..<'f<u8a< '}..nif/O!'-fVOS

2 Aorist Jl!iddle.
EAL11'0!11J" AL'II'W!LO.L AL11'0Lj.L1JV AL11'0V AL'II'la-9a.L AL11'0!1EVOS
\'II I.

Perf & Plup. 11/id.

Xl'Anp.J.lolll
/X<')..p.p.'I'JV Xc'Ap.p.{vos ~ X< ')..nJ.<.iJ.{vos d'l)v A.{')..wpo ')..,')..18a< '}..fhl<J.<.jJ.{VOS

XEi'II'WJ.lolll
'}..<71'0jJ.'I)V ')..fi'II'OU ')..d71'<118a< '}..fL'II'OiJ.<VOS

VorcE. Indic.

Pres.&1mpf Passive.

.,
C) - - - - c;.:;
~

Future
Pe1j~ct.

1 Put. Pass. Xwp0-f)f70iJ.a.<

l AJr. Pass.
('Afirp8'1JV 'A8w (for
')..n1Nw)

:l...;:;<:

"'"" "'l'i,c:.>

X<')..<l'fol'-a.l

same forms Subj. as the Opt. Impcr. Middle lnfiu. Part.

~~ i.:...Cfl
<>:.:> ~
C)

A<<8'1JI10iJ.<.'I)V

A>8<i'TJV X<i8'1)TL

~a

"'

A<AWfOlJ.<.'I)V X<'Ad'f<u8a< XcA'fop.<vM

)..wp8f}ufl18al Xn8~va.1 ')..wp8'1)110iJ.fvos , X8ds

.:::"'

'-"ol

477. 1. The active of A<(.,w in the variou~ tense~ meanR I leave (or am leaving), I left (or was lr:aPiuy), 1 shall lutuc, etc. The Stcond pel'fect
means I have left, or I have jailed or am wauti7lg. The first aorist ;>..wf;a is not in good use . . 2. The middle of ).,d.,w means properly to l'f.main (leane 011e'.~ sr-((), in which sense it differs little (or not. at all) from thl'! pa.;;~ive. But the oecond aorist lAt?rOfl-YJV ofteu nwans I left for m.yself( e._q. a me1uorial or Illonumeut): so the present and future middle in composition. 'E>..t'TT'Ofl-YJV in Homer sometimes mean~ 1 ua.< left behi11d or was inferior, like the passive . . q. The passive of >..d;u, is used in all t.~uoes, with the meanings I om lefl, 1 was left, I luwe bee11 left, I hrzrl /Jer'il IP{t, I slll!ll have lJpen left, I was le.ft, I shall be ldt. It also means I am infaior (/Pfl bcJ.i,ld).

0) 0)

478.
TENSE -SYSTEM: ACTIVE VOICE.

SYNOPSIS OF

cpaivw (rpav-), show.

III.

r.
Active.

II.

v.
.~tctive. ~la7xa

VI.

]
(.) ~
...c:: ~
....
Q)

Pl'es. J; lmpf.
rpalvw Eatvov alvw a.lvO<iJ.'

F'ltture

I Au1ist

I Pn'f. J; Plup. 2 Pe1:(. J; Pi up.

~ ~ """ i1-.::: ::: ~C,.~"WCFJO

.._ :. . . Q) - ,..> ~ ::;j v. ~ ~ ...
::::::

<:u

-~ ;... ~ :r.

'd ~

r-a
"t!

Active.
(avlw) <i>a.vw

Active.
<<i>"lva. <i>TJVW

Active.
~~~va.

~11)~~]8 s::
~!:::
:;.
Q

Imlic.

l7rPri7"1
~/Hl7KW or 7rf.a."'fKWt; W

in1)'7J

Subj.
Opt.

7r<</n/vw

OJ'

7rt'f}vWr; ~

"' ... "' en

t;

( cpa.viO<J.<<) .pa.voip.L or ( a.v<Oi'flv) <i>a.vOLt]V

.PiJva.p.

Imper. cpaiv
In fin. I'art.
tpa[VEUJ

. - a. I"'-"'
Pl'es. & lmpf ,IJ !dille.
a.ivo).<a.< la.<P6J.<rJV

.ptjvov ( <J>a.vlv) cj>a.v<iv cj>tjva.L ( <f>a.vlwv) <j>a.v~_v_ _ _ cj>>)vcis_

7r<ri-yxo<l4< or Tr<rfJa.-yxwr <rTJv [ 1r~a."y J 'll'<<fJa.-yxtva.< 11'<a.7XW<

rrerpT,vo<J.<< clr 1r<'flvwr <(T)v ~ Tr{<f>'fl>< J 7rf</JT]>f>a.< 'll'<<f>'r]v,;,,

g : ~ : :; s -~... ~ o~o.:~c
6
Cl$
Q) 0

~ ~

..::::

~~+Jti~~
~...::::(/)~-.......~ .S~a~J.::"'-1
>-,

~ g~~~~ c (.) ~ ~
t.r. .....

~~g22~

Mmvr.E
VOICE.

......

F1tlul'e Nirldle.
( avioJ.<a.<) <i>Clvovp.a.

I Ao1ist

l'll.

.11 idclle.

Pn:f ,( ['/up. Jliclclle.

'Trf</>O.<T/40.<

:n ;:...

Indic.

<r:J

>

Subj. cpalVWj.tQL g>atvoip..TJV Opt. Imper. cpa.i.vou In fin. aivftTtia.L rpaL v6j.J.t YOS' Part
PA5~1\' E

icj>tjvO.p.lJV cj>T)vwf1a. ( av<OiJ.<TJ) <j>a.vo()'-t]V cj>']V<1LI'-1JV cj>i]va.L ( a.vlw0a.<) <j>av<icr9a <j>i)vaa-9a. ( rfJo.vt6p.vO<;) <Pa.vo\J ...EvO~ <l>'lvnp.vos
IX.

C7r<<f>ri(1J.<'f1V
'll'f<fJO.<T/"fVOf ;:,

:s--~.:: ~ ~
...,;~

~ ~ ~- ~ ~ad "t::! - - 0 ..: ~ ~ ><t~~;:~~ ~ ~ ;; ~v. '";;, = . ~ ~

""-

c
-=>

c~~~

f':-

>:,a-

7rftpaa J.J.i vot; dT}v

~ ~~ 5~ ~:2~
~

E-3
q; ,';:::;

J::

[ 'll'iav(1o]
7rfdvcJaL 7rfrf>aa.u.lvor;

~ ~ .. ~ "$. 8 .!: ~ .... .i) ~ d .._. ~ ~ ':-' 0 c.. cr."'& . . . ~ s::-s.:;

~~;~.

:=

~L2~

::::1

Pres. & Impf.

Pctssit,e.

\'III.

Vo1o:. lndic. Subj. Opt.

--2 Fut-;,re Passir~~~ ~.-J;,~isr Passi~;:

cj>a.vi)a-op.a. <f>a.VlJ<TO(flt]V

same forms

......,
0

......

....

---

Imper. Infin. Part.

as the
i\licldle

<i>a.vi)a-a-ea.. <!>a.vljO'OI'-fVOS

----

I _lmi.,l l'asoire. (.privthJv icj>O.vtjV tj>llvw (for a1lw) ad!w(fora.vlJiw) <Pa.v<(tjv cpa.vlhiTJV I .p<iv'le' avllryn cj>avf]va.L av0i;va.< cpa.vtJ<ir 1 <!>a.v<(s

;;;

..... .e ....

cr. ,...t:-

"U"!

"' k.

:-:-::::

E-< -s-:::.,;-.-.,;:: s::- "" ..... -= ..: . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ;.~ !~~~~

+J=:;~~~~c;!g t:: ~ 0 ?-..-... 'd .v ~

i?i ~ ~ -~ . ~ (5 :~
~ ~
~
C'J

--<

l:;

i~:r.

-z-s--s-.~-

~ ~ a~

Vx:nBAL ADJECTIVE: a.vT<ir (11-a.vTos)

100
480.
llfDIOJ.T!VB,

INFLECTION.
1.
.ACTIVE VOICE OF ~VIII

[480

SUBJUNCTIVE.

r D.{;: r r
s.
P. 2.
3.

Present.
>.~

Imperfect.
l11.1iov lXiiES lhiit IAtlfTOII lhiilT1)v
IAi\ofloEII lA..JETE l>.wv

Future.
Mo-e~

2. ~-Gus 3. 11.-Gu AiltTOII Ao0fTOII

Ao00f4EV Ao0ETE
1\~vcr~

Mcms
>.-Gcrn A.0...ET011
~~<rfTOII

Mcrof'o(ll Ai\<rtTE Aicrovcn.

s.

AlJIAI

2.

Mns
X\Jn A;hJTOII Ali']TOII

3.

D.{2. 3.

1\li"'f'o(ll P. 2. A-G']Tt 3. 1l.1i111cr~

0Pr..&.TIVE.

s.

D.{2. 3.

>...:io'f'o'" P. 2. A\10,T( 3. X6o""

l:KPBRA.TIVE.

r r r r

Ai\O~f'~
ll.~o~s
>.lio~

Mcro~f-1'

2. 3.

Xi\cro'S
Mcro~

).,)o,TOII Xiioi-"Jv

Atlcro,TOII kiicroiT']II 11...:icro'f4Ell

Xilcro~TE ~ilcro~tll

s. { 2.

Xiit 3. AvtTIAI

D.{2. A~ETOV 3. AVETill II

A~T(

P.
INFINITIVE.

3.

XiiovTIAIII or XiilTIAI<ra.ll

ll.ilnv
All<o>v, X,joucra., ~Vall (336)

>.~uv

p A.RTICIPL'JI:,

~ ~"'" >. licroucre&

~\itrOII

(336)

480]

ACTIVE VOICE OF

XOw.

101
1 Pluperfect.
~~viCTJ

l.ln>ICA TlVE,

s.

n.{z.

P. 2. lk~a.Tt 3. tA\i<ra.v
SuBJUNCTIVE.

r r
{

1 Aorist.

1 Perfect.
A~VICA

nw-m
lA~UTOI'

2. l>..iitra.s 3. l>..iitrt

AD.uoca.s AlAVICI
~~~VKUTOII

lAU.v"''s
lA.>.v~eu iXt~viCITOII

3. lAW"ciTl)ll
l>..~a.l"v

AtAVKUTOY
>...>.v~ea.'""

lAIAVICtTl)ll lAU.vKI'" lAtAVICtTt lAt)..VKI<rG.Y (See 683, 2)

klAVICO.Tt
)..U.vKW~

s. 2.

1.

>..~w

MAVKIII (720)
>.,,x,;~ens

>..~s
~vcrn A~TOV
).,~17'1}T011

3.

>..U.v~en ~tAvK'I)TOV

n.{2.

P. 2.
3.
OPTATIVE.

s. 2.
3.

n.{2. P. 2.
hPERATIVE.

r r r

3.

~oUITOifUll

A..ii7'1}Tl
).,~llla'L

AtAV"''TOV A,>.. v~<~o~f'll' ),a).\i1<1JTI klAVKIIIITL

~IAVICOLfloL
},f~UICOLS
~l},UICOL ~IAVICOLTOII

A~a.LfloL
~~a.s, ~il<rna.s
~{tra.L, ~OCTILI

(733)

Ailtra.LTOII

3.

Aiitra.C'"Iv
Allcra.LI''"
~\ltra.LTI ~~CI.Ltll, ~i!CTUCI.II
~iitrov

AlAUICO'TTI"
~rAVKOLILlll ~IAVKOLTI

3.

AlAVICOLtll [>..D.viCl (472)

~lAUICiTOI

s.{ 2.
3.

~iitrciTw
~llcra.TOV

D.{2.
P. 3.
mll!ITIVE,

>..oAVKfTOll
Al~UteiTOIII Al~VICITI

3.

AiitrciTOIII Allcra.T(
~u<TciVTIIIV

Or ).iicrciTIIICTUll

).a).uiClTOitJ'UV] A,).uKlva.
).U.v~e~. Al~uKVta.,

>..iicruL
Mer~,

P.L&TlClPLE.

McrWrll., AVIJ'U\1 (335)

>..U.v~eos

(336)

102

INFLECTION.

[480
;\;1w.

2. MmnLI'

VOICE OF

JNI>JCATIVE.

s.

D.{ .3. 2.
1'.
2. :3. 1.
~.
:~.

r r
{

Present.
;>,.~1-'a.~

Imperfect.
i>..iio'j.LIJY 41>..\\ou
lA~-ro

Futwe.
AI1CTOf'-O.~

2. :l.

>..~n, >-~n

A\lCTEL, AllCTTI
MnTa.~

AOtTO.~ A0ECT0ov A{, .,.eov >-.iiojLEOa. Al1ECT0E >-.<>ovTa.L

AOWj.LO.~

EAOECJ"Oov
l>..iii0"91Jv

A\lCTtCTOov ;\;1CTECT00V AtiCToj.L<Oa. >...JnCT9E

A~CTOVTO.L

l>..iiojL<Oa. lA\lECT0f EA.fiovTo

SunJUNCTJYI-:.

s.

>-.1n
}.~IJTO.L

D. { :!. 3.
P.

A.11JCT8ov
A~CT8ov

OPTATIVE.

s.

D. { 2. 3. P. 2. 3.

r r r

2. 3.

;\iiwj.LEOa. >..,j-q.,.e. A\iwvTa.l. >-.,Jolj.LTJV Alloo

Ailo~o.To

2.

a.

AVCTOLj.LTJV ;\\]CTOLO AliCTOLTO A\lCTOLCTOov ;>,. VCTO(<T8TJV ;>,.;;.,.o[l-'ea. MCTowOE AliCTOLVTO

AOOL.,.eOV A\io(CT9TJV >-.,Jo[f1E8a. A\loLCT8E Al1DLVTO ;\t\ou

>-.vi<rOw
hlito-9ov

biPEI\ATIVE.

s.{ 2. 3.
D.{z. 3.
P.

>-.,Ji<rOwv

A0E<r9E
>-.vo<r8wv or

3.

AVECT9WCTO.V
AliECT90.L MCTEcr90.t AiiCTOfloEVOS, TJ ov (301)

INFINITIVE. pARTICIPLE.

Aioj.L<vos, >..iioj.LEYTJ,
A;;OjL<VOV (301)

480]

MIDDLE VOICE OF >-..ftw.

103
Plupe1'ject.
EA~AVJo''JV

INDICA TIVK.

s.

n. { 2.

P. :l. EA ilcrctcr9t > " EA. ~era.V1'0

SUBJUNCTIVE.

r r
{

I Ao1ist. EAiicrc4<'Jv EAllcrctTO EA 1lcrctcr6ov

lAiicrM-B')v
lAvcr~ect

Perfect.
Allwl'ct' AEAUC7'C1\ AEAUTC1\ AEAucrBov AEAucrBov AEAUjLE9ct AiAucrBt AEAUVTC1\ AEAUj.LEVOS .3 AEAujLEvos tis AEAlljLEVos AEAI!j.LEVW tjTOV AEAvjLEvw tjTov AEA l!jLEVOL <3jLEV AEAUj.LEVOL tjTE AEAI!j.LEVO\ ~.

2. tA ~cr.,
3.

tAiAucro EAEAUTO
iAlAucrBov

3.

EAEAvcr9'1v
EAEAVjL~9ct

tAiAucr9E EAEA\IVTO

s.

1>.{2.

}>.
01'TATIVI>.

s.

r r
f2.
I

1. AiicrllljLctL AOCTlJ 3. AVC7"JTC1\ AllC7"Jcr9ov 8. AllC7")cr9ov AvcrwjLE9ct 2. A.il<rt)cr9E 3. AilcrwVTct\

2.

AvcrctlfL'JV
A15a-a.t.o

2.

3.

XticrctLTO Atlcrct<cr9ov Avcrct!o-9'lv AvcrctljLE8ct

A~crctLcr9E

]),13.
rl.
P.12.
l3.
lM!'ERATlVg,

AiJcra.I.VTO

AEAUf.lEVOS Ett)V AEAl!jLEVOS Et'JS AEAl!f.lEVOS Et'J AEAUjLEVw EIToV Or E['JTOV AEAUj.LEVIII ~[Tt)V 01' E!tJTTJV AEAl!jLEVOL EljLEV 01' Et'JfLEV AEA l!f.lEVOL ElTE or tt'JTE AEA l!fLEVOL tlEV or ~t'J<rCLv AEAv<ro (750) A~A.v<r9w (749) AAv<r9ov AtAv<r9wv AAvcr9E At A.v<r9wv or A.tA.v<r6wcrctv A.EA.vcr6ct
A~Al!f.lEVOS,

s.{ 3. 2.
3.

AV<rC1L
A.iicr<l<T9w

D.{2. Atl<rctcr9ov

}>.{~:
INFINITIVE. PART!CIPI.E.

Av<r<i<r9wv AtlcrC1<T9t Aiicr<l<r9wv or Aiicr<l<r9wcrctv A. ~crC1<T6ct >..iicr4vos, 'J, -ov (301)

'J,

-ov (-101)

104
8.
INDICATIVE,

INFLECTION.
P.USIVE VOICE OF

[~

).4of.
1 .Future. ).v81]cro!'-CIII ).u81]crn, Au81]cro ).u&tjcriTCIII ).v81]crtcr8oll Au81]crtcr8o11 Au&1jcrof1ot8a. >..u8tjcrtcr81 Au81]cro11Ta

s.

r
2.

Future Perfect.
).,).~o.,.a.l

1 .Aorist.
~v&1Jv ~v&1Js
~,;e'l
~u81JTOV
~v8.jT1)V

).!>.~ern, ).j).~
).,).~crlcr8ov

3. AtAOcriTa.l 3. >.c>.llcrccr8ov

D.{2.
P.
SuBJUNCTIVE.

s.

D.{2.
P.

0PTJ.TIVE.

s.

D. 3. AtA\icrolcr&1jv
1. >.o>.iicrolp.t8CL

r
r

r r r r
2.
8.
2.

>.c>.vcro14t9a. 2. >..c>. 1lcrtcr8t 3. AcAIIcro'I'Ta.l

2.

~.;&1Jfllll

i).u&1jTI
~u97Jcra.v

3. 3.

>.u8w >..uOns >..ue,j ).v&ijTOV ).u8fiTOII >..u8'"tu11 ).u8fiT1 ).v9Wcrl Au8ti1JII >.v8ti1JS Au81I1J Au9tiTov or ).u91TjTOV >.v8IIT1JV or ).\181LtjT1)V >.uSttf"" or >."8'1111"" Au81iT1 or ).\181(1JTI Au8tilv or Ali9117Jcra.ll
~.:e'l

>.t>.vcrolfl'l" AIAiicroLo 3. AtAIIcroLTO AtAilcrocr8ov

>.u87JcrOII'-11" Aul.jcroLO b8l]croiTO ).u8.jcrocr8o Av&1jcrolcr8TjV )."87JcrOif"8a. ).vftjcrowlt >..v8tjcrOIIITO

P. 2. AcAIIcro1cr81 3. ).c).\lcrOLVTO
lxPJUU.TJV2.

s.{2. 3.

...

D.{2. 3.
P. 3.
INl'INITIVE. P.J.RTICIPLE.

).().,jcrlcr8CLI ).!>.\icrop.IVOS, Jl, Oil (301)

).u8tjTOI ).u8')TO, ).\18tjTOI, >.v&1JT Au9tvT"'" or >.u8tjTQicr'a.,. ).uftjcrtcrf~ Au8Tjva. >.v8tls, >.u8ttcrcr., >."&1Jcrop.vot, ).\18tll (336) -1J Oil (301)

481]

SECOND AORIST, PERFECT, ETC. OF >..d,-w.

105

481. SECOND AORIST (ACTIVE .I.ND MIDDLE) AND SECOND PERFI5CT J.ND PLUPERFECT 01" ht1rw.
2 A01ist
INDICATIVE,

s.

D f2. t.3.

P. 2. 3.
SuBJUNCTIVE.

r r
<)

Active.
C>..~1ro11
()..~'IUS

2 Amist Middle.
E.\~'lrol'-'1"

2 Perfect. 2 Pluperfect.
l>..t>.o1r'J lAtAoi1rl]s AEAO~'If( l>..t>..o1rn AIAO('IfO.T0\1 lAt>..ol'lrtTo\1 AtAOl1rO.TOII l>..t>.o~,..<T'J" AIAOl'lr0...(\1 l>..r>..ol'lrlfLI\1 >..t>.o1ra.Tt lAlAOl'lrtTt AtAOl'lriia-~ i>.rAol'lrtO"Illl (See 683, 2) AtAol1rw
AEAO~'If(LS
>..f.\o~,..,.

2. 3.

i>..~wt

f.\1rtTOII
lA~'IfiT']II

l>.hrou f.\1rtTO l>..1rur8o11

l>..~'lfto-0']11

lA1rO!lfV f.\l'!rtTt lJmrov klww Al"'1)s

)..("'11

l>..~'lfot.u8a.

lA1f(0'"8t l)..('lfOIITO
kl1rwl"a.~

s.

{ 1.

3.
D.{2.

--

)..("'11
A1T']Til~

P.

OPTATIVE.

s.

rr
2.

3.

Al1rl]TOII Al1rl]TOV kl1rwp.tv AL'If'JTI

A!'lrWO'"~

Al1rl]o-8ov Al1rl]o-8ov
A~1rc.ip.rOa.

3.

Al'IT'Jo-Or Al'lfWIITCU
A~'II"Oll"'l"
Al1ro~o Al'lfO~TO

AIAOl"'lJS AIAOl11'"Q AlAOl1rl]TOV AfAOL'If'JT0\1 AIAOl'lr<oifLIV AIAOi'lf']TI

AtAOi'lfWCT~

Al1ro~.. ~
>..lwo~s Ai1rO~ AL1r0~TOV

A<AOl'lrO~ .. ~
AIAOl1rO~S AIAOi'lrO~

i.

3.-

D.{2.

Al1ro~a-8o11
A~1rola-O']v

AEAOl'lrO~T0\1 AIAO~'IfOlT']V

P.
biPERA TIVE.

r
3.

3.
2.

A~1r0hl]V

Al'lfO~fLt\1

A1r0\Tf
)..(.,.0~\1

A\1rOlf1<8a. Al1rour8t
Al'ltO~IITO A~1rov h~'lrla-Ow

>.r>..oC,.o'ILf"
>..o>.ol,.o~.,:,

3. 3.

AIAOl1rOUV
>.t>..o~,.,

s. {2-

)...(,.,
A~'lriTw

AtA0~1rtT<~~

D.{2.

P.

lNI"INITIVE. P.I.RTIClPLE.

r
3.

)...,.,..,.. "'
Ai'lriTO
A~1r011TOIV

Al1rfTOV

AC1tocr8o11
x~,.la-Owv

A<AOl1rOTOII
A<AO~'IrlTWV

>..c,..,a-er
x~,.la-Oow

>..o>..ol'lr<Tf

or

AOAO~.,.iT<ol\1

or

).~,.l-

).~,.ia-8wa-llll

T""O"Q.V

A~1rfLII
A.l.1r~V,

>-....to-ea.~

AtAO~'Irillll~ AIAO~'IrWs,
>..r>..o~....uta., AfAO~'IfOS

A~'ltO!LfiiOS,

)..~1rovo-a.,

A\'!rOll (335)

'J, Oil (301)

(330)

106
482.
FuTt;l!F.
ANn

INFLECTION.
FmsT
AmusT

[482
AND MIDDLE

AcnvE

(LIQUID

FonM~) AND SEcOND AoniST AI<D SEcO!<D FuTl;nE l'.t.SSIVE OF cj>a.Lvw.

JNDICATIVE.

s.

r
2.

Futwc Activc. 1
cj>a.vw

Future lofirldle. 1 1 Aorist Active.

.j>o.vovfLO.~

3.

cj>o.vtis <j>a.vti
cpa.vttTOV
cf>a.vi:TOV

cf>o.vti, <j>a.vfl
cf>a.v(i:TO.L

t<j>1JVO. t<j>1JVO.S tcj>1JVE

~cj>f]va.To"
lcj>tjvci.TlJ~

D. { 2. 3. I'.
SunJtJNCT!Vt:.

s.

{I.

r2.
3.

cj>a.vOiif1oE
cpa.vtiTt

~-

cf>o.nicr8ov cj>cnticr8ov <j>a.vOVfloE8a. cj>a.vticr8t

cJa-voVvTa.t.

l.j>fjVO.floEV
tcj>~VO.Tf

"
2.

cJa.voUa-&.

f'cj>lJVO.V
cj>i]vw

cj>1jvns

3.

cf>iJvn
cj>1jV1JTO\I cj>1jVtjTOV <j>fjVOifU\1 cj>fjvtjTE cj>1jvwcn cj>a.vo(l)v or cj>a.voip.' cj>o.vo(l'-'1" cf>a.voLo cpa.vo'1> or c!>a.vois cj>a.voiTO cj>a.vo'1 or cl>a.voi
cpa.voiTOV

D. { 2.
P.
01'TATIYE.

s ., ......
3.

D. { ~-

P.

r r r
''
2. 3.

3.

cj>a.vo(TT]V cj>a.voip.tv
cJ>a.voi:Tt

cj>a.voitv

cj>i)va.p. cj>.Jva.> or ci>.JvELa.s cj>.Jva., or cj>.Jvm cj>fjVO.LTOV cl>a.voi<TBov cj>a.vo<T81JV cj>lJvO.(TlJV cj>i)va.~p.tv cj>a.vo(f1ot8a. cj>a.voi<T8t cpi)va.LTE cj>a.voiVTo cj>i)va.Ltv or cf>iJvua.v
<j>i}vov

b1PEilATJYE.

S. { 2.
3.

D. {2.
P.
JNFJ?'OITIVF..

3.
3.

<l>'lvc' T cj>fj JO.TO\" cptjvci.Tc.>V cj>iJva.TE cJ>TJv6.vTwv or cptjVci.TWCTO.V

f>a.vtiv

cj>a.vtiCT90.L
cpa.voV~tvos,
-1),
-0\1

cpljva.L cj>iJviis, cj>.Jvii<Ta., cpljva.v c:l3i>)

P.t.RTICII'LE.

cf>a.vWv, cf>a.voV<ra., cl>a.vovv (340)

(:J(Jl)

l Tl1e uncontracted fut.nrl's, avlw and .inflected like <f>t"Alw and <f>c"Aiop.a< (4D2).

<j>aVfOf.UJ.<

( 478; 48:1), are

482]

FUTURES AND AORISTS OF o.lvw.

107
2 Fut. Pass.

lNI>ICATIVE,

~. ~:

D. -
P.

r r r
{

1 Ao1. Mid.
~4>'1v4'1v icj>~v"'

2 A or. Pa8S.
icl>ci.VTJ'I' (cj>cLVTJS Ecj>cLVIJ (cj>ci.VTJTOV
Ecj>O.V~TTJV

.j>o.'I'~<TOf'CU

cj>o.v~<T<L, cj>o.v~"ll
cPO.'I'~CJ"(TIU

3.

2. 3. 1.
:.!.

Ecbr:vo.TO lcj>'lvo.cr9ov t.PTJvci0"91Jv t4>TJvci.p.8o. lcl>tiv<lcr9t

tcj>~\IO.VTO

cj>o.vtlcrta-8ov
cP<lV~crur8ov

lcj>nVIJf4<V Ec!><iVTJTf
~cPBVTJCTO.V
cj>a.v~

cl>o.VTJcrof48o.
cj>ClV~O"t0"9< cj>o.v~croVT<lL

St:IIJDNCTIVE,

S.

cj>'l'jvwf'O.' cj,fvn
<!>~VTJTO.L
cj>~v'lcr8ov
cp~li'JCT8t cj>~vwv.-o. cl>'lvo.(l'-'1'~'

D. - <P~VTJcr9ov
P.
OPTATIVE.

r
{I.
r 2.

3.

cj>o.vns cj>o.vti
cj>O.V~TOV

:l.

cPO.V~TOV

<l>'lvwp.<8a.

cj>o.vwp.v
cj>a.v~n

2. 3.

cpo.vwcn <j.a.vtCtjv cj>lv<Ctjs cj>o.vtLI]

cl>o.vt~TOV

cf><l"TJO"O(p.'Jll
cj>o.v~croLO

S.

2. 3.

<!>~vcuo

cPtll'O.LTO
cj>~vo.cr8ov

cj>o.v~croTO

or

cpa.v~crocr8ov

n.l:J.
1.

cj>tjVO.Ccr8TJV cp'Jva.Cp.t 8a.

cj>~VO.Lcr8f
cf.~VO.I.V1'0

cpO.VI(TJT0\1 cj>o.v.CT'Jv or
cpo.vu~TTJV

cj>O.VTJcrOCcr9TJV cf>o.VTJCTO(f't8Cl cj><lv'l'jcroLCT9t cj>o.v...j<roLVTO

cf>a.v<p.v or cpa.VIL'Jf!tV
cJ.a.vt'LTf
01'

l'. 2.
3.
I~li'EitATI\'E.

cj>a.v('l.,.' cj>a.v<w or cj>aVILTJC7"<lV cp0:VTJ8 cj>a.v..;.-., cj>aVTJTOV cj>o.v,;.-wv cj>O:v'lTt cj>O.VtVTWV Or cj><llltlTWCTO.V
cj>o.V~VO.L

s. { 2.
D.

3.

P. :J.
INFINITIVE, PA RT!Cll'LE.

- 3.

cj>..)vo.L <1>'1v.icr8w cj>t]va.a-9ov ci>TJvticr8wv <l>tivacr9< <l>rrvticr8wv "r 4>'lva:cr8wcra.v cj>t]va.cr8aL <j>tjVci.p.<VOS, TJ, -ov (301)

cpa.v~crtcr8o.L

cj>o.Vt]crop.<VOS, cj>o.vtCs, fl, OV (::101) cj><lV<LcrO., <j>C1VEV ( 335)

108

INFLECTION.

[483

483. The nncontracted forms of the future active and middle of rpaf.vw (47ti) and uf other liquid futures are not Attic, but are found Ill Homer and Herodotus. So with some of the uncon. tracted forws of the aori~t subjunctive passive in tw (474). 484. The tenses of A(c:rrw and rpaf.vw which are not inflected above follow the correspondiug teuses of A.~w; except the perfect and pluperfect middle, for which see 4H6. Ai>..np.-JJ.O.t is iufiected like Tt:rptp.-JJ.O.t ( 487, 1), and 1rf.rpaa-JJ.O.' is inflected in 487, 2. 485. Some of the dissyllabic forms of Mw do not show the accent so well as polysyllabic forms, e.g. these of KwAvw, hiuder : Pres. lmper. Acl. KwAvt, Kw.\vi.Tw, KWAvtn. A01. Opl. Act. KwAtaaLJI-L, Kw,\~aua~ (or KwAtaru.c;), KwAtant (or KwAtaru.). Aor. Imper. Act. KwAliaov, KwAvaa:rw. Aor. bif. Act. KWAvaat. Aor. Imper. Mid. Kw>..varu, KwAvaaa8w. The three forms KwAvacu., KwAvaat, Kw>..vaat ( cf. A.Daat, AvaaL, AVO"at) are distinguished only by accent. See 130; 113; 131, 4.
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT MIDDLE AND PASSIVE OF VERBS WITH CONSONANT STEMS.

486. 1. In the perfect and pluperfect middle, many euphonic changes (489) occur when a consonant of the tense-stem comes before p., T, a, or 8 of the ending. 2. When the stem ends in a consonant, the third person plural of these trnses is formed by the perfect middle participle with da[, are, and ~aav, were (806). 487. 1. These tenses of Tplf3w, rub, 1rA.iKw, weave, 'lrt[O~ persuade, and aTi>..Aw ( araX.-), send, are thus inflected:-

s.

D.{2. 3.
1'.

r
r

Pe1ject Indicative.
TiTp~...... a,~
T(Tpiljta.~ TtTpi1TTO.~

2. 3.

"'"l"~~">..''YI'-a.~ "'"'"~~">..ea.~
'II"E11"A<KTa.~

11"i'II"HCI'!LCll.
'll"i'll"fL<7'Q.~ 11"E'II"HcrTa.~

tcrTMfloa.~
tcrTa.Acra.~ tCI'TMTa.~

TiTptcj>8ov TiTpi4>9ov T<Tpt.,..,..ea. 2. TiTptcp9< 3. TlTPLI'-flolvo~ dcr

TfTPi!L..,4V~
11

11"i'll">..<x8ov 'lri'll">..,xOov .,.,.,.>..1-y.,.,ea. .,.l'II"AlX9'

,.,.,.),,'Yflolvo~

'll"i'll'ncr8ov 11"E'II"ncr9ov "'",.,.,,.,..,.,ea. .,.l'll"ncr9,

11"t.,.ncrf1olvo~

icrTa.>..8ov tCTTa.A8ov lcrTcl.>...,.,e.. icrTa.A8c

lcrTa.>..!Llvo~

ctcr

dcr

.tcr,

Perfect Subjunctive and Optative.

SunJ.

w 'll"f'II"Af"fl'-fVOS w 11"f'II"HCI'f1oEVOS w lcrTM!Llvot ~

l('JII 11 Ct'JII 11 tt'JII 11 t('lll

OPT.

487]

VERBS WITH CONSONANT STEMS. Perfect Imperative.

109

s.
0

{2. 3.
2.

J) {

3.

p { 2. 3.

TlTpt.jto 11'i'lftLC7'0 11'i11'Ato T1Tptcj>9w 11'1'1ftcr9w 11'111'~lx9c.> TlTptcj>9ov 11'lwucr9ov 11't'll'>.tx9ov ,.,,.pt.j>e .. v 11'1'11'1Lcr9w'l' 11't'll'>.lx9.. v 11'i11'1LCT8t 11'i11'AIX91 TtTptcj>8t T1Tptcj>901v or 11't11'>.lxS .. v or 'll'l'lflcr8wv or T1Tptcj>9wcra.v 11'111'~lx 9wcra.v '11'111'1cnl..,cra.v

icrT~ACTO

lcrTc0.9c.> icrTa.A9ov
lcrTcl.~9wv

icrTa.A9t lcrTci>.9..,v or lcrTci.A8wcra.v

Perfect Infinitive and Participle. INF.

J'ART.

T1Tp'Lcj>9a.L TfTp i.l"l"j YOS

11'111'AlX9a.L 11'f'II'Aty,..lvos

11'111't'Lcr9a.L 11't11'tLcrlllvos

{crT6.).9a.L lcr,.a.>.,.ivos

s.

D.{2.
3.

P.

r r
2.

Plupelfect Indicative.
lTt'l'p(p.f11JV lTlTpi..jto htTpL'II'TO {,.(,.pr.cj>9ov {TtTpfcj>81JV .,.,,.pt 1111,ea. lTlTpi.cj>St T1TpLf11ol.lvOL
~O"O.V

a.

2. 3.

l'll'nr>.lyJ1.1JV l'll'l11'AIo l11'l'II'AIICTO l'll'l'II'AtX9ov l'II'I'II'AlX 9tjv l'll't11'>.ly.,..ea. l'll'l11'AtX9t 11'f'II'AtYf1fVOL 1Jcra.v

l'll't11't(crp.1JV hrl1rncro l'll'l'll'tLCTTO l11'l'll'ncr9ov l11't'll't(<T8tjv l11't11'tcr 11,ea. l'll'l11'tLcr9t 11'f'll'fLCTJI.lvoL 1JC7'0.V

lcrTciAJLIJV icrTa.Acro tcrTO.ATO lcrTa.A8ov lcrT0.A61JV lcr,.cO..,..ea. tO"Ta.A9c lcr,.a.>.p.lvoL

~cra.v

2. The same tenses of ( n.\!w) TAw (stem T.\(-), finish, <f>a[vw (<f>av-), show, Wauuw (dAAay-), exchange, and V..iyx.w ( .\(yx-), convict, are thus inflected : TtTi>.tcrflO.L s. 2. TtTi>.IO"O.L 3. TtTi>.lcrTO.L D.{2. TfTtAI<T8o V

P.

r r

Perfect Indicative.
l>.ljAIYfloG.L {).,1j).,tya.L l). 1jhi'YICTO.L l>. {JXIYXSov l>.. i)>.ty)(9ov l>. 'l>.ly.,..ea. lA-!J>.yx9' l).,1Jhtyp.lvoL d<T

11'fcj>a.<Tp.O.L ~Ua.yf1a.L ( 'll'fcj>a.vcra.L, 700) ~hA~O.L 'll'fcj>O.VTO.L ~hAO.ICTQ.L 'll'lcj>t>V9ov ~>.>..a.x9ov :~. .... .,.nur8ov ....lcj>a.v9ov ij>..Ao.x 9ov TITtAlcrl'-'90. 'll'lcj>ci<Tf119a. ,;ua.y.,..ea. 2. TITlAtcr9c 'll'lcj>a.v9t ;p. >.a.xe 3. TITthfCTjliYOL 'll'lcj>o.crf1lvoL ,;).,)..a,yjltVOL dcr ttcr ttcr

Perfect Subjunctive and Optative.

SusJ.

On.

TtTtAt<Tp.lvos.:. 'll'tcj>o.cr,..lvos .:. ,;>.>.a.yJLlvos :. l~1JAiyJL{vos :, 11 11 lfiJV ftiJV d'JV " diJV

110

INFLECTION.
Perfect Imperative.

[488

s. {2.
3. 3.

D.{ 2.

P. { 2. 3.

TETfAIO"O ( 'll'tcj>~vcro J TETIAfcr801 ,.,cj>c1v9.. TtT(Ato-6ov 'll'icj>a.v6ov TfTtAio-801v 11'tcj>6.v&.. v TtTlAEcr9t ,.,cj>~veE rntklcr9 .. v or 11'<cj>6.v901v or TITt:\.icr8010"ClV 'll'<cpc1v8wcr!lv

~AA~o

i)no.xe ..
~Uux&ov

1jk>..c1xe .. v
~AAilX9

U .fJkyEo .. 1>..'1>-.iyxe .. iki)kyx9ov l>..'lklyxe .. v

lk~kyx9t

1jkkc1Xe.,v or lA,..>..iyxe..,. or 1jk:l.c1x9 ..cr!lv 4:1.1Jkiyxe.,cra.v

Pe1ject Infinitive and Pmticiple.

IN F.
}>ART.

TfTEAfcr9a.L TETtAtcrp.l vo~

'll'<cj>c1v91lL 'll'tcj>llcrfLEVOS

i):I.Mx9!iL
~no. yp.lvos

t:I.1Jklyx9!iL EA1Jkty.,_(vos

s.

n.{2. 3.
P. 2.
3.

r r .
2. 3.

Pluj.>e1ject Indicative.

lTtTEAlcrJl')V t1Ttcj>6.crJ1'1" tTtTEA<cro [ l1rlcj>uvcro J tT(TtAEITTO hr(cj>O.VTO tTtTlAtcr9ov 41rl<jiC1v9ov tTIT<Mcr9'1v f'II'Ecj>ci.v91JV htT<AECTfLE8!i 4'11'tcj>cl.crJ1E9Cl fTETfA<cr9t t'll'i<jlo.v8t TfTtAf<TtJ.fVOL 1rcj>O.CTfLEVOL 1J<TC1V ~cr!lv

i)>..Myl'-'1"
~kkufo

-ij:\.}..a.KTO
~:l.kllx9ov

iJ>.>.ci.x&TJ" 1j:\.Ac1yJ1E81l
~AAilX8t

~Uo:yp.lvo
~(TO.V

lk1JklYJ1'1" lkf]ktyEo U.. f]ktyKTO lkf]kyx9ov i:I.1JAtYX91Jv IA1JAfyJ1t9!i tkf]kyx8t EA1JAEYJ1EVOL

~cra.v

488. N. The regular third person plural here ( T(Tpt/3-vrru.. f1rt1rA<K-vro, etc., formed like AEAIJJ'Tat, l.\i..\v-vro) could not l>e pronuunced. The pcriplnw;tic form is ueces,ary also when (]' is added to a vowel stcJll (640), as in nrcA<(]'jJ.O.L. But when final v of a stem is dropped (G47), the reg;ular for111s in vrru and vro are u'ed; as KAivw, KiK>up.u.t, KiKALvTaL (uot KEKAtp.f.voL t(]'[). 489. For the t>uphonic changes here, see 71-77 and 8::1. 1. Thus rir.;:,ip.-JW.L is for nrptf3JLO.L (75); rirpirf!ru. for rtrpt{3(]'UL (71); rirpt7rTat for nrpt/3-raL, rirpicf>-Oov for nrpt/3-0ov (71 ). So 1ri1rA<yp.o.t i~ for 1r<1rA<K-p.o.t (75); 11'i1rA<x-0ov tor 7rt7rA<K0ov (71 ). Ilt7rH<T-Tut is for 11't1rtt0-rat, and 7ri7rL(]'Bov is for 7rE7rEL0 8ov (71); and 7rE7rH<TJLO.l (for 7r7rH0p.o.l) probably follows their aualogy; 7rf7r<Hrut is for 7r<7rtt8-(J'at (74 ). 2. ln rtrf)._t-(]'jJ.O.L, a is added to the stem before p. and r (640), the stern remaining pure before (]'. Ttrf...\t(]'JLO.L and 11'E7rL(J'p.at, therefore, inflect these teuses alike, thoug-h on different ptinciple~. Ou the other hand, the (]' before p. in 7rtc/>a(J'p.o.t ( 487, 2) is a sub-

4{11)

VERBS WJTH

CO~SO!\ANT

STEMS.

111

stitute for v of the stem (83), which v reappears before other letters (700). 1n the followiug comparison the distinction is shown by the hypheus:TlTIAIO'JLO.L TITt>..E-O'O.l 'TfTt>..I-O'TQL TlTE>..E-0'91 11'f11'1LO'-JL<U

'll't.j>a.cr-1-'a.~

-rrl-rrn-cra.
1Ti'ITU.CT-1"Q.I.

11'E'II'EL0'9f

( -rricj>a.v-cra.) 'll't.Pa.v--ra.L 1Tt<j>a.v-8E

3. Under t/ANy-p.o.t, ri>..>..a~at is for ~A>..ay-au.t, 7;A>..aKTaL for ~>v\ay-rat, 7;>..>..ax-8ov for ~>..>..ay-8ov (7-i; 71). l.Judl'J' <A~II.ty/J.O.L, YYI-'- (fo1 YXJJ-) drop~ oue y (77); 11.~/l.<y~o.t and (1\.~A<yK--Tat are for 11.1fll.tyxaat and ,\'1/l.yx-rat (7 4 ; 71). See also 5~9.

490. 1. All perfect-middle stems ending in a labial iufiect these teu:;es like rf.rp'ip.-p.at; as AEttr~l, /1.(/l.u}-l-p.o.t; ypcicpw ( ypo.cp- ), write, yf.ypa.JJ-p.o.t (7.'i); pt-rrrw (picp-, pl.cp-), throw, Eppl.p.-p.o.t. llut when final JJ-7r of tile sttm loses -rr lefore 1-'- (77), the -rr recurs before olht>r consonauts; as Ka}-ltrTw (KaJJ--rr), bend, KEKaJJ-p.o.t, Kf.KaJJ-!fu.t, Kf.Kap..-rr-rat, K(Kap.cp-8 i -rrf.JJ-7rW ( 71'}-l'll'- ), Se1lr/, trE1rlf1-}-lat, 7rE7rfJJ-1/Jat, 7rf7rEJJ--rr-rat, -rrf.-rrlp.cp-8<: cow pare -rrf.-rrp.-}J-Ut frolll -rrf.aaw (-rrt7r), cook, iufledt~d -rrf.trti/Jat. 7rf-rr<-rr--To.t, -rrf.-rrt</>-8t, etc. 2. All cndiug ill a palatal iufiPct these tenses like -rrf.7r">..Eyp.o.t ancl ~>v\o.y-p.a.t; a~ -rrpilaaw (1rpay-), do, 7rEtrpay-p.o.t; -rapao-aw (rapax), cvr((v.se, nrcipay/J.O.L; cpvll.ciaaw ( cpv.AuK ), -rr<cpvAa.yp.a.t. Hut whe11 y before 1-'- represents yy, as in f_/I.~A<yp.at from <A<yx-w (489, ;-!), the second palatal of the sLeiJI recurs before other COIJSOJJ antti (see 487, 2). 3. All endin~ in a liugual mute inflect these tennes like ..,..(-rrnap.o.t, etc.; ~s cppa(w ( cppao-), tell. 1ricppaap.u, -rricppo.-aa.t, -rri.cppa.a--To.t; (8['w ( Wdi- ), accustom, i8urJU1-t, t'iBt-ao.t, Uha-rat, dBw-(h; pluf. d8[a-p.f'Jv, ti8t-o-o, dBta-ro; a1rivow (a-rrtvO- ), pour, Ea-rraa-p.at (lilte -rri-rruap.uL, 489, 1) for a7rtv0-p.o.t, (atru-aat, {a-rrwr-ro.L, f.a-rrtLa-(h. 4. Most ending in v (those in av- and vv- of verbs in atvw or vvw) are inflected likc -rricpaap.ut (see 489, 2). (). "'hen final v of a 6tn is droppPd (647), as in K'Afvw, bend, KlKAL-p.a.L, the tense is inflected like 1\.Dw-}-lu.L (with a vowel stem). G. Those endi1Jg in /1. or p are inflected like (ara/1.-p.o.t; as &yyi>..>..w (0.-yytA.-), au11ov.nce, -Yiyyt>..-p.at; a.~pw (ap-), mise, ~p-p.o.t; f.yt{pw (fytp), 1ouse, <y~y<p-p.o.L; -rr[pw ( -rrtp ), pie1ce, 7TE-rrap-p.a.t (U45).

491. For the full forms of these verbs, see tl1e Catalogue. cpuivw, see also 478.

For

112

INFLECTION. CONTRACT VERBS.

[492

492. Verbs in aw, tw, and ow are contracted in the present and imperfect. These tenses of rip.aw ( riJW-), honor, cpt>..w ( cpLA(-), love, and o'l/>..ow ( o'l/>..o- ), manifest, are thus inflected:-

S.

r
r

ACTIVE.
Present Indicative.
(ri!"iw) TL!l-cO TL!l-~S
TL)Io~

2. (ri!"im)
3. ( ri!'d<)

D. {2. (ri!"i<Tov)
3. ('ri}L<ifTOV)

{ 1. ( ri!"io}Lfv) P. 2. ( ri!"i<r<) 3. ( ri!"ioVO'<)

TL!l-ii.TOV TLJioclTOV TiJioli>fUV TLJioOo'tf TLfLW<n TLJio<i>

TL/o'~S TLJio~

(q,,)..lw) (q,,Xtm) (q,,)..l) ( <f>Al<rov) (tf><Al<rov) (tp<AlOJLEV) (tf><Ahr<) ( tp<Alouu<)

(q,,)o..lw) (<Al?Jr) (tf><Al?J) (tp<.,fl')TOP) (tp<Alf]TOV) ( tp<AlW}LfP)

<t>~>...o
cjl~Xtt~

<t>~Xtt
<t>~AELTOV

<jHAfLTOJI
c!>~A.ovl'fv
<t>~AELTE ci>~X.ovcn

(6'1Mw) (o'IMm) (6'1Mfl) (6'1M<rov) (O'IJ'MfTOP) (6fJ'MOJLEV) (6'1)'M<r<) (6'1Movu<) (o'IJA6w) (6'1A6nr) (6l')A6?J) (o'1Hf]TOP) (6'1]Ml')rov) ( 6').,/ W}L<V) (o'IJM'IJu) (o'I]A6WO'<)
( 0'1).,001/LI) ( 0')-,.,00IS) (6'1)h001) (O')hOOITOV) ( OriAOOlTT]V) (6'1)'MO<JLEV) (OT]AOO<T) (ofJAbOV)

6"1A.<i>
St)XOt~

6t)AOt li"!AOirrov 61JAOVTOl' 6TjAOVJiof" 6t)X.oirrt

6"1X.ovo-~

P1esent Subjunctive.
(ri!'dw)
ci>~X.<i>

S.

2. ( ri!"ivr) 3. ('ri!"iv)

<t>~>..us <~>~x.n
<j>~X.~-:-ov <t>~A.ijrov

J), { 2. (ri!"il'JTOV)

TL!l-UTOV ;), (ri!"if]TOP) TLJioclTOV { 1. ( Ti}LclW}L<v) TL!l-.;;fJ.fV P. :1. (Tl}Lclf]Tf) TL!l-clTE 3. ( ri}14WO'<) TLJioo;O"~ ( ri}J4o<!L<) ( Tt!L<iO<f) ( Tt}LaOI) ( Ti!L<iO<TOV) (ri}Lao(TfJv) [ TLf'o<:'f'o~
TLf'o~S

<t>~A..,Jiotv
<jHA~Tf <t>~A.,O"L

(<P"'''IT<) (tp<Alwu<)
( <f!<At!O<!L')

61JX.<i> 61JX.ots 6"1X.ot S']AW OY S']A,.,TOV 61]ALJioEV 61JA.,Tt

61JX.o;o-~ (51JAOtf'o~

P1esent Optative (sec 737).

{ I. S, 2. 3, D 2. 3.
0

( <jiLAOLfJ.'
<t>~>..ots

P.

r
{

TLfJ.~)
TLJio~TOV

TLJio<:iT'JV (ri!"iO<!Lfv) TLf'o~f'oEY 2. (ri}J4o<r<) TLfL<:>Tt 3. (ri!"iolfv) T~JL~EV

<t>~X.ot] (<~>"'') ( tp<AfO<TOV) <j>~>..otrov (tp1A<OT')V) ci>~AOT1JV ( tp<.,fO<}LfV) cjnAOLJiotV ( </><AIO<T<) <j>~AOLTf (tf><Alo<n) cj>~>..ottv

(<~>"'''')

51JAOLS 51JAOL) I)"!)..OLTOl' 61JAO(T1JY li1]AOLf'o<Y S"!AOLT( 61]AOL<V

or
I. ( ri~oll')v) 8. { 2. ( Ti!LaOlT]s) 3. ( Tt!LaO('))

or
TLf'o.;'lv TLf'o.;'lS
T~IL<:''l

or

or

or

or

D. { 2. (ri!LaOl')rov) [Ti.IL<:>'JTOY 3. ( Tl~OI1jT'IJV) Ttl'o't'>iT'lV] 1. ( Ti!LaO '1/Lf V) [ TLfl4'11LEV P. { 2. (ri}Laolf)r<) TLIL<:>'JT< 8. ( rip.aol'ltra.v) TLf'o~'JO"<IY]

( <P"'olT]v) cj>L>..o1]v ( q,.XcoiT]r) cj>~}..o('ls ( </J<A<o'1) <j><Ao('l ( <f"AMIY)TOV) [ cj.)..o1JTOY ( </>IA<o<fJT'I)V) c!><)..O<fJ'"!V] ( <fJ<'A<ol')!LfV) [ cj.~)..o'11'-'" (</><A<ol'l)n) cj><)..o'1T< ( </><'A<ol'I)O'aV)<j>IAO(')<r<IYJ

( 51]\oolf)v) 61JA0(1JY ( a'IXoolf)S) li1]h0(1JS ( OY)'Aoo'1) S'lA.o'1 ( 5')AOOl')TOv) [81JAOT)TOY (tY1>-oon)rY1v)5T)Ao>iT1JV] ( 5'1>-oo'1/LfV) [8'1A0(1JfUY ( 0'1)>-oo(T]T<) 5T)hO('!Tf (a'1Xool'1D'av) &'l>.ol')cra.v)

492]

CO~TRACT

VERBS.

113
( ~?}Xot) ( or(t...olrw) ( Ot7XOETOV) ( 0>7Xolrwv) ( 0>7Mm) ( O')Xo6vrwv) SfJA.ov S'JAO,TCII li'ljAOVTOV 6'1jkoliTO>V li'ljAOVTI 6'1jAOlivTwv

'l'fp.ci. 'l'iflodTw D. I 2. (TiJl(i<TOV) 'l'ip.ci'I'OV Ttj.(a!rWV) TLf"O.TWV 2. (ri}la<n)

S. { 2. ( Tf}laE) 3. ( rip.alrw)

Present 1mperative. \,J> {),<f) cl> (AEL

( tf><hdrw) ( >tXltrov) ( tf><Xtlrwv) (tp(/.lcu) ( sfHXt6vrwv)
cj>~A.E(Tw

<jHAEiTov
<ji~AELTWV ci>~AEirt
<jl~o>lvTwv

l3, (

.,.,.,.a.,.E
or

1'.

3. ( rij.(a6vrwv) Til"<hT<.>V

or

or

or

or

or

( rip.alrwrJav) Ti.,.6.T<.>O'O.V ( >tXdrwrJav) cj>~AILTWO'O.V ( 0>7Xoirwr1av) liT)AO.JTwa"a.v

Present Infinitive.
(rip.<ictv) ( ri.uawv)

TifLO.v TifloWV iTff"WV

htfLii.~

(<Alflv) ( q,,X{wv)
( l>lX<ov) (fXm) ( i>1Xu) (l><Xf<rov) ( l<f><AdT'lV) U<P<'Alo.utv J (l<P<Xlcu) (IXwv)

cj>~t'iv .p~A.ow

(o')M<v) ( 0'7AOWv)
(ioiJ>.oov) ( i51]')..ou) (lo1]')..o<) (lot7METOV) ( /li'7AOlr'7v) (16'1MoJLEv) (io 11 M<u) ( io'lj:\oov)

li't)A.oilv lit)AW'II
lS.j>.ovv
i61j>.ou~

Present Pa1ticiple (see 340). Jmpe1ject.

1. ( hf j.(Q,O V) S. { 2. ( lrtp.a.tt) 3. ( irt.ua<) D. { 2. ( lri,...itro) 3. (iri.ua{Tt]V)
icj>kouv
i4>kn~

iTfp.ii i'l'ip.iiTov hi:p.il.T'JV 1. (trip.ri.oj.(Ev) fTi:JlWJliV P. { 2. ( lriJl(i<r<) lTi:JltiTE 3. (irtp.aov) iTfJlWV

lcj>l>..n
icj>~).,liTOV

icj>tAdTt)V i<l>koup.v
icj>~EiT

i<j>C>..ouv

lS1jA.ou i61JXOiiTov iSt)hOVT'JV l&'t]AOUJllll l61JAOiiTt l61j)..ouv

PASSIVE AND MIDDLE.

Present Indicative.
1. ( 'Tll
~Oj.(a.<) TL!LWf"O.~

( <f><Alo!La<) ( <fJtAhra<) ( <f><Al<rJ8ov) ( <f><AftrJ8ov) ( <A<r5 JLE8a) ( <Alcr18<) (t"X{ovTa<)

<j>LAOUJlO.L cj>tXEiTCU
cj>~AEia"9ov

S. { 2.(Ti',IL<l,rip.<iv) Ti:Jl~ 3. ( Tlp.<iTQ,l) T'i:f4tl'I'O.L D. { 2. ( TiJl(i<0"8ov) TiJlcia"8ov 3. ( Tip.dc0"8ov) Til'ci..,.&ov I. ( ri)la6.u<8a) TiJl.:,JlleCI. P. { 2. ( Ti'.uri.<<Tih) TLf4M8t 3, ( T i/o'OoOI'T CU) T<f"0.VTG.L

c""x'" .p.xtv) o~>~x.,,, <I>X-n

cj>LAiia"9ov
cj>~A.o\111-E8a.

cjrLAEL0'9< cj>LAOUVTdL

( o'IMo)J.<") &.J>.ovp.<~.~ ( o'IM", 0'7M17) &T)A.ot ( Ot]AOETCl<) 61JAOVTO.L (o'IM<rJ8ov) ST)A.ovcr9ov ( 0'7>..6<rJ8ov) li1JAOu<l'8ov ( OTJ'Ao6.ue8a) S1JAOVf1ot8a. ( o'1')..6crJ8<) li't)AOua"9t ( 0'1')..60VTCl<) 61JAOUVTCU s,x.;;f"<LL s"l>.ot 61J)..cimu l>'t)AcQ0'9ov S1JA..;.0'8ov o'~Xotilp.Oo.) s,>.wp.,&a. ( OlJM'Iullc) 6'1).,.;."'&' ( 6t]AOWVTac) 61JAOiVT<LL
( O']h6w.ua) ( o')M 17 ) ( O']Ab']Ta<) ( O')M']<T8ov) ( D>7M71u8ov)

Prqsent Suujunctive.
1. (Ti)lawp.a<) Ti:p.,;.JlO.L

8. { 2. ( Tip.d !J) 'I'Ll'~ 3. ( rip.ri.')Ta<) '!'i:p.ii.TCI.~

D. { ~. (ri!L<i'lrJIJov) Tif"cia"9ov ~. (rip.ri.'}rJtlov) '!'i:p.cia"9ov I. (rip.a.wJLE8a) ,.,..,.~JlE8a. P. { 2. (riJLri'!rJ8<) 'I'LII-ci0'9t 3. ( Tip.<iwVTa<) Ti:..... VTO.~

(t/HA{'{I)

( q,,')..{wp.ac) cjrLAWII-Cu cj>LAU ( tf>thiYITa<) cjrL)djTCU (q,,')..lt]u8ov) cjr~Aija"8ov ( q,,')..{'lu8ov) cjr<A.ijcr&ov

( ')..<l>p.<9a) c~r~x..:.,...ea. (<AlfJrJ8<) <jHXij<l'9 ( q,,')..{wvTa<) cj>~AWVT~

114
'T"Lf1~f1'JV

INFLECTION.
P1esent Optative.

(493

J. ( Tip.o.Oi!LY}V)

3. ( Ti!LaO<TO) D. { 2. (Ti).Uiorllov) TLfl~cr9ov 3. (ri!La.olui!Y}v) TLfl<icr9'1v

1. (Ti!La.O(fMOo.) TLfl~f1E9a.

S. { 2. ( Tip.<iow)

Tip.<fo 'T"Lf1'!'T0

J'. { 2. (Ti!Lci.OtUilf) 'T"Lfl~CT9 3. ( Tip.ci.o<vTo) TLf1<:'vTo

( <J><Xfol}Jo"JV) ( <J><Xto<O) ( <J><Xio<TO) ( <PXio<ullov) ( </><XeoluiJY}v) ( <t><X<ol}Jotllo.) ( </><XlO<UIJ.) ( tj>('AtOlVTO)

cpL~Lfl'JV

cpLAOLO cpLAOLTO cpLAoicreov cj>LAOL<T91JV cj>LAOLf1t9a. cpLAoicr9E cpLAOLVTO

(57)Xoolp"J) ( 0>7Xoow) ( O>]XOO!TO) ( O>]Xoo<u0ov) ( O>]XooluOY}v) (li"JXoolfMOa) ( OY}XOOtUI!f) ( O!)XOO<VTO)

S'JAOLp.tJV s,.,>.oio IilJA otTo li1JAoicr9ov li1JAo(u91Jv li1JAOLf1t9a. S1JAOi<T9r li1JAOLVTO

Present lmprmtive.
TLflw ( cp.>-.lot') cjn>.ov 3. ( Ti}JoD.tuiJw) TLf1dcr9w ( t/><XduiJw) cpLAEL<T9w D. { 2. ( Ti}Joci.wOov) TLflci<T9ov ( tj>t'AI<ul!ov) cpLAti<T9ov 3. (Ti}Joo.iuiJwv) T'i:fld.<T9wv (</><XduiJwv) cpLA<L<T9wv :l. ( Ti}Joci.ull) ,.;:.,.a..,..e. ( <J>XIfull) cj>,),,,.,..e, l'. 3. ( Ti}Joa.lutlwv) T1:p.t\a:9wv ( <P<Xdutlwv) cj>LA<L<T8wv or or or or ( TipalufJwuo.v )Tip.O.<T9wcrav ( ftXdufJwua v)cj>LA<(u6wuav

S. { 2. ( ripaov)

61JAOv (o'1Mov) (li!)XoluiJw) li1JAOv<T9w ( li!)Xoeullov) li1]Aoi<cr9ov (oYJXolufJwv) S1J>..ovcr6wv li1JAOi<cr9t ( liYJ'Ao<<TII) ( O!)XoluOwv) li1JAovcr6wv or or O!)XoluDwuo.v) S'l~o\J<T9wcruv

Presr:nt
( Tip.ci.Eul!at) TL!Lclu04L

l1~1initi~e.

( t/><X(eqiJat) cpLAEi<T0<'lL

Present Participle.
( TL!LO.h!LfVOS) TLP.WflEVOS

( t/><'Af6}Jo<POS) cpLAOUfJo(VOS

( O!)'AOO!LVOS) litJAOU!LfVOS

Impe1ject.
' { J. 8. 2, 3. D. {2. 3. I. 1'. 2. { 3,
(lrip.aO}JoYJV) JTi!LWfl'JV ( iTi}JoaOV) lTLflW ( fTi}JoafTO) lTlflciTO (ITi}Jod.f<TIIov) tTif1cicr9ov ( hi}Joal<TIIYJ) h<.,.cicr9'1v ( lri}Joa6w0a) ,,.,.,.c:,,.,ea. (lri!Lci.<<T~f) ETif1cicr9f ( fri}Joci.ono) JTif1WVTO ( /q,,X<O}Jo!)V) lcj>LAOVjoL'IJV ( l</J<X{ou) tcj>LAoi< (/q><X{no) lcj>LAELTO ( (q,,').,(,ullov) lc!>'-tcr9ov ( lq,,)o.du8!)v) tcj>LAt(cr91Jv (lq,.)o.,6J.'IIo.) lcj>Ao6,.,ea. ( {cp,>-.lwll) tcpLAfi<T9t ( lqJt)o.(ovro) ocj>LAOVVTO (io'1Xoth<'1>) ( fOY]AOOU) (lli!)AOfTO) (loYJXotJOov) ( lliYJ)o.o{<T()"Jv) ({OYJAoowtJa) (lliYJAO<<Tiif) ( lo'f}XOOJTO)

161JAOV!1'1JV IS1JAOii Eli1JAOVTO lS1JAoucr9o" E61JAOv<T91J" lSt]AOVflECo. Hi1JXovcr8o tli']AOV"TO

493. N. The Uilcont.ract~d form~ of these tcns~s are uoL Attie (!Jut see 4fl5, 1). Those of verbs in o.w sometiuws occur in Ilont<>r; tJt,~e of w.r\Js in w are common in Homer n.nd Herodotus; \Jut. those of verbs in ow are nev .. r used. For dialectic forms of these verus, see 784-7!l6.

498]

CONTRACT VEimS.

115

494. SYNOl'SJ~ of Tip.O.w, cj>LAiw, OlJAow, and O")pO.w, hunt, iu the Indicative of all voices.
Acnvr:. Pres. Impf. Fut. A or. Perf. l'lup. Pres. Imp f. Fut. Aor. Perf. Plup.
Tijl.W
hif4wv
Tifl-~<Tiol
cj>.~ ... lcj>i~OI!V

b1J~,;. IS~>..ouv

01Jpcil
i9i]p~o~v

cf>A~<rw

litJ~wO"~o~
16i]~w<ra.

91)pdu ...
lG~pcicra.
TE8~pciKa.

hill-'lcra. TETff41JKD. iTETifl-TtK'IJ Til'-.;,11-a lTif!Wfi')V

Tij~oft<rol'-a

lcj>i>..'lcra. 11'E.j>IA'I)KO. i'll'tcj>LATtK1J

lilbTJAWICCI. i6161JAWK1J
b'IJ~Oiiii-D.L

lTE91JpdK1J 01)pci\j10.L I91JpWjlo'IJ" 9TJpduoJ1a i6TJpciO"ci.f'o'l)\l T16i)piij10.L lTE91Jpdf.t1JV

Mwvr.t:. .j>LAOVj1D.L
fcj>L~OVjlo1JV

ci>~ft<rop.D.L

I61JA0VI'-'IJV 61JAWO"ol'-a'
lb'IJ~"'<Tclf'-'IJV
s.s~~

h<ll'I)O"ci.J1'l" 1'1Tii'-TJI'-<1L h1Tif4Ttf41JV

lcj>~'l"ci.l'-'1"
11'Ecj>~'1)j1D.L

..11a..

t'll'tcj>t~1Jil-TJ"
J'ASSIVJ.:.

lStS'J~Wf41J"

!'res. and Imp.: sam" as Middle. Fut. Tip.1J91Jcrof'oa. <j>t~'I)9']0"01'-0.L A or. hip.ft61JV lcj>tk1J61J" l'erf. and l'lup.: same as Middle. Fut. l'erf. TETif'o']O"oll-a 'll'<cj>LA TtO"O jl.O.L

51J~w9~0"0j1<1L

IS'l~w9'l"

(91Jpii9i)crojl.CU) l91Jpcl91JV ( Tt91JpdaOjJ.ClL)

li<b1JAWO"O!'-Cl'

495. 1. Dissyllabic verbs in tw contract only H and HL. Thus TrA<o>, stiil, has pres. 'lfAiw, TrAft'>, ?TAt!', 'II'AttTov, TrAiop.tv, 'II'Attu, TrAiov<n; imperf. tTrAWv, tTrAH'>, t7f'A(L, etc.; in fin. TrAti'v; partie.

11'Aiwv. 2. A(w, bi11d, is the only exception, aud i.~ contracted in most forms; as OOUGL, Ooup.o.L, OOVVTaL, (oouv, partie. Owv, ooi!v. D.iw, want, i$ contracted lil;e TrAiw. 496. N. A few verbs iu no> havP. '7 for a in t.he contracted form~; as Oto/uiw, oupw, thi1'M, Oto/tij'>, 0Lt/J5, OLt/fliTt ; imperf. (o{tf!wv, f.o[ifl'7-;, f.o(tf!'l; infin. OLt/fliv. So '<iw, live, Kvuw, scrapt?, 1rHvuw, !tunge, <T!J.aw, smear, xpaw, give oracles, with xpr!op.at, use, and tflaw, 1uu. 497. N. 'Piyow, .~hiver, has infinitive piywv (with piyoi!v), and optative piycf'lv. 'Iopow, .weal, has i8pwm, Uip07J iopwvn, etc. Aovw, wash, sometin1es urops v, and >..ow is then inflected like 3'1]>..6w; a~ lA.ou for (>..ovc, AOVJLU< fo1 A.o.Jop.a.,. 498. N. Tb<:~ tltird person singular of the imperfect active does

116

INFLECTION.

[499

not take v movable in the contracted form; thus lcp0...f( or icpO,ffV gives lcp{),n (never lcpt>~oftv). See 58. 499. For (!ULV) O.v and (ouv) oliv in the infinitive, see 39, 5. CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN MI.

500, The peculiar inflection of verbs in fU affects ouly the present and second aorist systems, and in a few verbs the second perfect system. Most second aorists and perfects here included do not belong to presents in fU, but are irregular forms of verbs in w; as lf3YJv (second aorist of fja{vw), (yvwv (ytyvwcrKw), lrrTt:l.p.YJv (rrircr p.a.t), and riOvap.(v, Tdlva{YJ" nOvavaL (second perfect of Ov!frrKw). (See 798, 799, 804.) 501. Tenses thus inflected are called p.t-forms. In other tenses verbs in fU are inflected lilte verbs in w (see the synopses, 509). No single verb exhibits nll the possible p.L-folms, and two of the paradigms, Tt8l)JLL and OcOwp.t, are irregular and defective in the second aorist active (see 80:2). 502. There are two classes of verbs in P.': ( 1) Those in YJP.' (from stems in a or <) and wp.t (from stems in o), as 't-rrrrrp.t (rrra-), set, ri.-Ortf.U (th- ), place, 8-ow-p.t
(ocr), give.
(2) Those in wp.t, which lnve the p.t-form only in the present and imperfect; these add vu (after a vowel vvu) to the verb stem in these tenses, as o<{K-vi:p.L (oaK-), show, pw-vvii-p.L (pw-), strengthen. For poetic verbs in VYJP.' (with va added to the stem), see 609 and 7<J7, 2. 503. For a full enumeration of the p.t-forms, see 793-804.

504. SYNOPSIS of '[(TTYJiJ.L, r[8YJp.t, o[owp.t, and Present and Second Aorist Systems.
ACTIVE.

0(tKI'ViJ.L

in the

Indic.

Subj.

Opt.
lcrTO.C1JV TL9tC1JV 8L8oC11v Suocv'lloLf'oL

lmper.
tcrT1J -rC9n SCSou 6tCocvii

In.fin.
tcrTci.Va.\
T~eivo.~
8~66va.L 6uocv\lva.~

Part.
lcrTck TL9ds
s~&o\ls 6HKV~

15_ E
~

r rcr"ll'~ fcrT1JV
-rt&TJI'~
1

1(TTW
T~eo.

:;;; I
t:.

'l ""~
~(ocviil'-~

fTC81JV !)(801f.LL

S.Scii StLKV"IiOI

{8t(KV\1"1'

606]

CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN .MI.

117
Part.
O'"Tclc

lndic.
~

Subj.
8~ N

Opt.
CI"TO.('JV 9t1)V Sol 'I"

Imper.
crT;j9 &is

lnjin.
crT;jvc. 9tivc. Soiivcu

t9tTOV ~~ (506) dual

~SoT0\1

9tls So tit S11s

<
<="

S.;; dual ( 506) iSvv ( 505) Sv"'

S6s
Sii9

Siivc.

PA8SIYE AND MIDDLE.

tcrTc.cro

SUiocro

Sl6ocr8c.

..-pl<o~p.c.

e.;;/lCU
S~f.Lc.

..-p.c.(f.L'I" 8tlf.1.1J" Soli'-'I"

'~~"P'"'
Ooii Soii

..-pc.cr8c. 8icr8c. Socr8c.

..-p6./l'VOS Ot/l'VOS S6f1otvOS

505. As icrTYJfl.' wants the second aorist middle, c1rptap:ryv, I bought (from a stt!m 7rpta- with no present), is added here and in
the iuflcction. As Cltwv;u. wants the second aorist (502, 2), i/liJ,,, 1 entered (from c~w, formed as if from ov-p.t), is added. No second aorist middle in vp.YJV occurs, except in scattered poetic forms (see >..iJw, 10'lW, (T(UW, and in the Catalogue).

x<w,

506. lNFLECTIO~ of 'lurYJp.t, r(8YJp.L, O(Owp.t, and OdKvVfl.L in the Present and Second Aorist Systems; with (oiiv and c?rpt&.p.YJv ( 505).
ACTIVE.

Sing. Dual

Plur.

r r

Present Indicative.
fCI"T'JI'"' LCTT'JS fCTT'JCT'

... ,&.).,..

2.

3.

{2. 2.
3.

tcrTC.TOV 3. tcrTC.TOV taTc.l'-'" tcr...c.'l'l

Tt&')S TI&.Jcr or(9tTOV orletTOV orC8t!l'V

S1lwll 8161115 SUiwcr 68oTOV !)(SoTOV 6Sol'-'" IH6o'l't

StliCIIU/l' StiKVUS 6tCKv.Jcr StiiCVIITOV StiiCVIITOV StKVVI'-fll StiKVIITl SuKvlioicr

.-ce,.,.,

LcrTW"

..,ai~

s.socia-

118

INFLECTION.

(506

Sing. Dual Plur.

Sing. Dual l'lur.

Sing. Dual

Plur.

r r r r r r
2. 3. { 2.

ta-T'JV t<rr']S
~CTT'J

Imperfect. ,.9.)v l66ouv

lT8ELs h8u IT0tTOV 6&ous
~56ou

6t10'ii'l' l6toiis

16tLKvii
t!itKVUTOV

3.
2 3.

LcrTilTOV tcrTciT'Jv LcrTilfJ.EV tcrTilTt tcrTil<TilV

ln9iT1JV
h8tp.EV fTL9tTE tT(9t<TilV

15!ioTOV l&.soT'Jll 15i5op.tv 155on

l!iuKVVT'JV
t6t(KVUfJ.EV t!iE(KVUTf t!itK'I'\ICTO.V

156oua.v
s,s.;;
s.s~s s.s~

P1esent Subjunctive.

tcrTW
tnns tu,.n
LCTT~TOV LcrT~ToV
{crT~f11V

,.,e.;; ,.,ens nOn

TL0~TOV Tl9~TOV

2. 3.

5CLKV,;U> !iuKvvns !iCLKvvn 5tu<V,;1JTOV 6tLKliV1JTOV 5CLKV,;U>f11V !itLKV,J'JTf

SuKv~~ciL

{ 2. 3.
~-

5L6WTOV !iL!iWTOV 6L5Wf11V li<!iwrt 6L6WCTL

TLe.;;,., v

3.

LcrTtlTt La-TW<TI.

,.,eW<r,
n9t'1v TL0E']S n9d1J TL9fL')TOV TL9tLtJT']V n9t']f1EV TL9t(1)Tf ,.,a,c'lunv

n8~Tt

l're8ent Optative.
LuTO.Lt'JV
LO"'TO.L1]s

2. :l.

ta-rn'] LCTTO.(']TOV L?"TilLtJT']V LCTTilLt]fLEV

LO"'TO.L,TE

5L!iOtjV !i5o'1S 56ol'l !iL!iOL1)TOV 6L!iOLtJT1JV l),l)o(tjfLEV 6L60(1)Tl 55o'1ua.v !iL60LTOV fiL!iO(T')V liLiiOLfliV 6L50LTl s.sottv 55oo l),!)c),.., 6!ioTOV 66oTO>V

6tLKV,;OLf1L !itLKVVOLS !itLKVUOL !itLKVUOLTOll 6tLKVUO(T1JV !iELKVVOLf.LIV

Su.t<v.io~oTt

{ 2. 3.
2. 3.

La-TO.Ll"JO""O.V

liELKVUOUV

Conmwnly thus contracted:Dual Plur.

{ 2. 3.
~-

Lo-Ta.tTOV

TL8tLTOV

L<TTO.,T')V lcrTClLfl.lV
~CTTO.~TE

,.,e,,,.....
TL9tLTt n9tLEV ,.can n9ETOI T9<TOV n0tn>V

n8tiT')V

3.

lcrTG.L(V

.Plesent Imperative. Sing. Dual

{ 2. 3.
:l. tcrT')
Lo-TciT~

6tKvv
6tLKl'VT

~ 2. tcrTilTOV
[crTciTW)'

6tKVUTOV 6nKVVrU>V

506)

CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN MI.

119
I)~(ICVUT~

l'lur.

r
{I.

lcrTO.T~
LcrTciVTCI.lV 01'

TCe~TI

liC6oT~

3.

ta--r<iT(MCTQ Y

TL8tVT<AIV 01' TL8tTlA>O'O.V

6L6oVT<AIV Or 6L60TlA>O'O.V

6HtcV.!VT<AIV Or liHK'I'Vr<AIO'O.V

Present Infinitive.
LcrTciva.L

TL8tVCI.L

s.s&va.

liwcvvva

." LO'TQS
Sing.
lcrT1JV 2. lO''"IS 3. rcr.., t'crT'IJTOV
lcrT~T'JV

Pl'esent Participle (335).

TL8tls !),Solis
lintcv~

Second Ao1ist Indicative (802).

t'SUv iS ;:is (6\i 1'8oTOV l8tTTtV f'IJEp.fl' E60TOV lsc>..,v l'OvTOV
l6~v

Dual

Plur.

Sing. Dual Plur.

Sing.
Dual Plur.

r r r r r
2. 3.
2. 3.
2. 3.

{2. 3.
2. 3.

jcrT'IJ!LIV
icrTTtT~

oSo,.v
l6oTI l'liocra.v

t6V)10V
(6\iT~

itltn
;IJ.cra.v

f O'T'JO'O.V

(5\icra.v

Second Aorist Subjunctive.

crTW crT1)s

crT1l
CJ'T~TOV CJ'T~TOV crTWfoL~V

e.;; 8\]s e n 8.jTOV 8.jTOV

s.;;
6~s ~~~

s.; ... 61ins

Svn
OUIJTOV !iUIJTOV
livWtL~V

{ 2. 3.

60>roy 60>rov

<TT.;Tf
crTWcJ-L

e.;n

e.;;~-''"

li'"'-'v
sw.r~

eo.cr.

liwn

liviJTf liuwcr

Second Aorist Optative.

<TT<11JV crTG.L'JS <TTO.L'J <TTO.('JTOV
CTTO.L~'"IV

{ 2. 3.
2. 3.

8fl1JV e,c'ls e.'1 f111)TOV 8mJT'IJV

e,,'l~"

6oi'lv So('IS 6o'1 lio1)TOV 6o.JTTtv 6oi'ltL'" So!'JTI lio!TJ.-O.V

(See 744)

crTO.I'J~V

O'TO.(l]Tf crTO.l'I)CJ'O.V

e.,,T, 8ol'l)cro.v

120
Dual Plur.

INFLECTION. Commonly thus contracted : -

[606

{2.

r
{ 2

3.

O""TClLTOll O""Tili'Tl}v <rTClLflolV

e,,,.,,
StiTt 9titv
8l<;; 8lT...

8tLTOV 8t'Tl}V

2. a-Ta.i:Tt 3. O""TCltO'
crni8 crnjTIII O""nJTOV O""nJTOlll
<TT~Tf

SoiTOY 6o'Tl}v 6oij1111 SoiTf

liowv

Sing. Dual Plur.

Second Aoist Impe1ative.

s,;..
liOTIII SciTov lioTOlV OOTI SOvTo>v or SoTo>crllv So\ivcu So .is

s;;e.
li.1TIII sv-rov SiiT"'v liuTI 6.ivTo>v or S,jTOlCTClll Sliva.
6~

3.

r r r
2.

3.

9tTOV 8tTColll 8tTf

3.

CJ"Tcl\'T(IIV Or <rnJTColCJ"Clll O"nJVIlL

crTd.<;

&lvTo>v or
9tT...<rClV 9fLVClL
e.c~

Second Aorist Infinitive. Second Aoist Pmticiple (335).

PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. Present lndicatite.

T9tflo0.L T8uro. T8tTO.L T9tcr9ov TC9tcr9ov nel...ea. T(9tCT9t T9VTO.L lm;w:fect. lTL9lf11JV l-r8tcro lT9tTO l-rce,cr&ov ln9tCT01JV SC6oj1ClL 6(5ocrctL SC60TClL SSocr8ov 66ocr9ov 6<Sof!t9Cl S6ocr9t SSovTcu.
~.so flo'IV l6Socro lS60TO lSC6oCT9ov lS,6ocr9')v

to-TClj1ClL Sing. 2. WTil<rClL 3. 'WrTilTUL { 2. lcrTcur9ov Dual 3. mcur9ov

Plur.

t<rT<iJu9o. fcrTa.cr9t 3. fcrTO.VTQL

6flKVVJ11U !ifiKVIIC7"CU. liflKVIITClL ScCKvvcrBov 6tCKwcr9ov s,,l(".;,., ea. lit CKVIIcr9t lif(KVIIVTClL l6tLKliVf1-"lV llifKVV<r0 lStCICVVTO l6t Kwcr9ov l!inKv.icr&,.,v l61LKVvf.LC8CIL llicCKVVCT9t llitUcvvV'7"0

lcrT<iJ..'IJV Sing. 2. f<rTcuro 3. f<rTClTO {2. tcr.,.co.cr9ov Dual 3. lcr'7"clcr9,.,v (O""Tclflot91l Plur. 2. 'LcrrCle7"9t 3. WTClVTO

sl. t

~-r-,e'"''eCl lTC9tcr9t lT9fi'TO

lSL60f1-t9Cl l66oCT8t lS6oVTo

606]

CONJUGATION OF VEHllS IN MI.

121
!iuKVv(llf'CI.~

Sing.

Dual { 2. Plur.
2.

Sing.

Dual Plur.

r r r r
3.
2. 3. { 2. 3. 2. 3.
{ 2.

Present Subjunr.tive.
i.crTWflO.~
n9Wp.a.~

!iLSOi"a.~

2.

1<7'1"1i
tcror,;Ta.L
~cr9ov

n91i
,.~e~,.a.~

1>.5.;
!ilicii-r~U

3.
3.

!iuKvvn !iELKliV1jTO.L !itLKVv1Jcr8ov liELKliV1jcr8ov

8ELKVU~E8a.

tcrTijcr9ov l<TTWf'E9a.
!cr~cr8t i.trT~VTO.\

TL8ijcr9ov . ,..eijcr8ov ....9ol)lot80L .,..eficr9t

,.~e.-,.a.~

s.sw.raov !i5<iia-8ov !iL5Wilof8a. s.sw.reE

s.s.ov,.a.~

SLKVV1jcr8E
SELK'I'VIolli'I'Q.~

P1esent Optative.
!crTO.(!'-l]V
\crT a.to
ta-Ta.LTO

TL8E(f'1JV TL9ELO TL9ELTO TL9ti:cr8ov TL8tL<T91jv TL9tLf't9a. TL8ti:cr9E TL8tLVTO

8L80if''JV 5L6oi:o !iL!iOLTO SSoi:cr9ov 8L6oLcr91jv 8L5o(f1ot8a. 6!ioi:cr9t SSoi:VTo

8ELKVUO(!'-'IJV SuKVvoo SuKv.JoLTO 6UKVVOLcr9ov 8uKVUOCcr81jV 8tLKVUO!'-E8a. 6uKvlloLcr8t SuKvvoVTo

lcrTa.i:cr8ov t<TTa.(cr91jv i.crTO.f1ot9a.

ltrro.t0"8E
tcrra.LVTO

Sing.

3.

Dual { 2. Plur.

r r

3. 3.

Present Imperative. TL9tcro S!iocro 6L6oCT801 n8icr8<11 ~Ta.cr9ov 66o0"8ov TL8tcr8ov tcr,.aa-e.,, ,.~eicre .. , Slio<T8<ov lCTTa.<T8t T9<<T9t !iL&ocr8t l<TTacr8<Nv or TL8tcr8wv Ol' 86o<T8"'v or to-TM-8wcra.v .,.,elcr6 ..cra.v s.s&cr8wcra.v
tcr,.a.cro tcr,.aa-e ..
tcrTa.o-ea.~

StlKvucro

sKvv<Te..
StLKvucr9ov 6tLKVV0"8<oy 5tKvucr8t SuKv.Jcr8"'v or 6<LKvvcr9<Ncra.v
St!Kvucr9a.~

Present Infinitive. ,.(9tcr9a. SSocr8a.~

P1e.~ent

10"1'4tvos

TL9ttL<liOS

Pmticiple (301 ). s.s&.,..vos

SELKVVfoLE\IOS

Second Aorist Middle Indicative (505).

l1TpLGf't)ll E1Tp"' Ewp(a.TO l9ti'TJV l'9ou
ls&~'"~" (So" (SoTo

Sing.

2. 3.

re,,.o

Dual

{2.

&,.p(D.<T9ov 3. l1rpdv&t!v

C9tcr9ov l9Ecr81jv

l8ocr8ov lSocr81jv

122
Plur.

INFLECTION.

[50{}

Sing.
Dual

r r
r

2. 3.

f11'pLc:Lj.Lt8a. 411'p(o.<r8t 411'p(a.VTO

48liJ-l80. l'8t<r9t t9lVTO

4sc~.,.,ea.

6Socr8t i'SoVTO

Second Aol'ist Middle Subjunctive.

.,.p(wp.o.<
'~~'P'n
e~a.

SOijlO.L
6~

2.

;J. .,.pLIJTO.L
.,.p(1J<r8ov .,.p(1Jcr8ov

&ti
9t]ro.< 8t]cr8ov 8ijcr8ov e..Jjllea. 91j<r9E 8wVTO.L

SOiro.L SOicr8ov SOicreov s.;.uea.

{ 2. 3.

Plur.

{~:

.,.P,.;.Ltea. .,.pc11 cre. 3. .,.p(oiVTO.L

s.icre
60iVTO.L

Ste<md A01ist Middle Optative.

.,.pLCl(/-''JV .,.p(O.LO .,.pLO.LTO 11'p(o.,cr6ov 11'pLa.(cr0,v e.cl-''lv
8t~O
9t~TO

6olp.1JV
So~o

Sing. Dual Plur.

2. 3.

6otTO 5oL<r6ov SoL<rS,v 6op.t8a.

6o~e. 6o~VTO

{ 2. 3.

p:

e.L<r&ov Mcr&,v 9tCI-'t8o. 9ticr8

8t~VTO

.,.p,a.C!lt8o. .,.p(o.Lcr9t 3. .,.p(nLVTO

Second Aorist Middle Imperative

Sing. Dual
l'lur.

{ 2. .,.p("' 3. ....p.cio-9"' { 2. 3.

8ou 9i<r9w 8icr9ov 9icr8c.>v 9la9t

01'

Sou So<r&w 5ocr9ov 6ocr8wv 6ocr9

<ll'

.,.p(o.CT9ov .,.pL<iCT9WL' .,.p(o.cr9t .,.pLcio-80l<rO.V

'' '11'pL0:CT601V

6t<T6wv

60a0wv or

9E0'8WCTO.V

5o<r8wcra.v

Seco11d Aorist Middle Infinitive.

11'pco.CT80.L 9CT90.L 6ocr9o.

Second Ao1ist Middle Participle (301),

11'P4nos 8E!i1VOS 60iJ-lVOS

609j

CONJUGATION OF VERBS lN MI.

123

607. "lcrrt]p.t and a few other verbs have a second perfect and pluperfect of the 1 u-form. These are never used in the si11gulm of the indicative, where the first perfect and pluperfect are the regular forms. 508, These tenses of t<1TlJf.ll are thns infl.ectcu:SP.Ct)!'IU

PEnn:cT.

Sing.

F
~

l~fi'TUJ

3.

lcrT'!)s l crT'!]
('crTClTOV

liTTO.('JII '<rTa.C'ls t<TTO.('J

t.'a-Ta.TJTOV
01' ~GiTOV

t'<r-:-a.9L

irrTr.i.Tw
f:'O"TQ.TOV

( 2.
Dual

t;~.
(1.

fCTT~TOI'

{crTO.TOII fCTTU!'-lll
i'CJ"Ta.Tt

lCT~TOV
la-T~.UV

fO"TO.L,""J\1 or -a.CT'JI' tCTTO.i'Jf.Ltl'

or a.<p.v Plur.
2.
~Tf

f'<rTO.(l]Ti
or
-a.~T(

fCTTQ.Tf

3.

laTcia-&.

f.'CTTWa-L
tcrTciva.

Infinitive.

f.' CTTtlVTWV OT ia-TciTwa-a.v or -a.<v Participle. i<rTWs (342)

tiTTO.('JCTO.II

SI::COl'D l'r.I:PERFI::CT.

Dual. fcrTClTOV, icrTcl""JII Plur. icrTO.JJ.tv, i'a-Ta.Tt, fa-Ta.cra.v For an euumeration of these
form~,

see R04.

509. FuLL SYNOI'SJS of tl1e InJicative of irrTYJp.L, T((}YJP.'-> 8t8wp.L, and ot!Kvlip.t, in all the voices.
AcTivE.

Pres. 1m perf. Fut. 1 Aor. 2 Aor.

rcr""ll-''

set
t'crT'JII
o-T~a-w

icr""J<ra., .~et
lvT'J~,

stood

T9,!'-L, Jllar.c h9'111 91)crw i9'11CC1 lf9tTOII et.e.

scs ...,..,
give lSiSovv
SWcrw

s.ocvt..,..,

show lStocv\iv
s.c~.,

iSwKo.

iSu<1

iSoTOV etc. in dual and pltu-. in dual and plur.

124
1 Perf.
2 Perf.

INFLECTION.

[610

fcr'M)KO. TI01JKO. lcrTa.Tov etc. in dual and plur., stand (508) 1 Plupf. tLcrT~K'l ht8i}K1J or fcrT~K'l 2 Plupf. ~crTa.Tov etc. in dual and plur., stood (508) Fut. Perf. fcrT~fw, shall sta11d (705)
MIDDLB.

lii6nxa.

Pres. lmpf. Fut. 1 Aor. 2Aor. Perf. l'lupf.

tcrTa.p.a., stand tcrTci.fl-'1"

crT~crop.a.L

T(~tfl-O.L

(ttaus.) in8tp.1JV
e~crOp.O.L

li(6op.a. (simple 6d><vvp.a.L only in pass.) (trans.)

~s.&op. 11 v -6cl>crop.a.

~litLKVUf'o'JV

~CT'"JCTQ.fl-1JV

(trans.)

i81JKci.fl-'1" (not Attic)

~8tp.1JV

-6t(fop.a.L i&nEO.f4'1"

tcrTa.p.a. (pass.) Ti8np.a.L (?) (?)

PASSIVE.

-166p.1JV 6i&of40.L f6t66p.1JV

6i6nyp.a.L
~&c6t(Yf-L'l"

Present, Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect: as in Middle. lcrTO.O'lv hl6'1v I6681Jv Aor. Fut. crTa.Of)crop.a.L Tt8f)crop.a.L 6o8f)crop.a.L Fut. Perf. wTi}~ofla.L,

l&dxO'lv 6nx0f)crop.a.
(6t6t~Of-LO.L,

shall stand
AUGMENT.

late)

510. In the secondary tenses of the indicative, the verb receives an augment (i.e. increase) at the beginning, which marks these as past tenses. 511. Augment is of two kinds:1. Syllabic augment, which prefixes e to verbs beginning with a consonant; as 'J-..tw, imperfect l-ft.vov; ft.d7Tw, second aorist -ft.L7Tov. 2. Temporal augment, which lengthens the first syllable of verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong; as 1 I ' II ~ ~ a'Yw, lea d, 1mperf . TJ"fOII; OLKW, otKw, dwe ll , aor. pK1Jfia,
0

>I

519]

AVGMENT.

125

512. The augment is confined strictly to the indicative, never appearing in the other moods or the pu.rticiple, even when any of these denote past time.
IMPERFECT AND AOitiST lNIHC.<Tin:.

513. The impe1fect and aorist indicative of verbs beginning with a con:>onant have the syllabic augment
E.

E.g.

Aiiw, V.vov, (A.v<ra, l.>..ii6p:'1v, l.>..vrrap:'1v, >..V81Jv; ypa<f>w, write, lypa<f>ov, lypat/Ja, f.ypa<f>1Jv; pt-rrTw, throw, lppitrTov, f.pp{<f>1JV For p doubled after the syllauic augment, see 69. 514. In Homer any liquid (especially>..) may be doubled after the augment l; as l>..Aaxov for lAaxov, (p.p.afh for lp.o.Ol. So sometimes <T j as fCTCTlLOVTO from <Tl[w.

515. The impe1fect and aorist indicative of verbs beginning with a short vowel have the temporal augment, which lengthens the initial vowel; a and uecoming "7 and l, o, il becoming i:, w, v. E.g.
Ayw, lead, ,jyov, Yfx01Jvi i>..aww, drive, r[Aawov; 1KlTn)w, implore, fKtTlVOV, iKETlVCTa; ovuo{,w, reproach, WVlLOt,OV; v{3p{'w in..ult, i:J{3p[rr01)v; aKoAouO<w, accompa,,y, ~KoAov01Jcra; op0ow, erect, wp0wcra. 516. A long initial vowel is not changed, except. that ci generally becomes 1J; as iiO>..iw, st1uggle, .Yj(}A1J<:ra. But both ci and 1J are found in avaA.{rrKW and avtiAow, and di-w (poetic), hem, has di:ov. 517. BovAop.o.t, wish, ovvap.at, be able, aud p.(A.Aw, intend, often have 1) for l in the augment., especially in later Attic; as f.{3ov'Aop.YJV or ~{3ov>..6p."lv, f.{3ov>..~(}"lv or ~f3ov>..~8"1v; ~owap.1JV or ~ouvaJ-L1)V, l.ovvl)O"lv or ~ovv~01Jv; f.p.lAAov or ifp.lAAov.

518. A diphthong takes the temporal augment on its first vowel, at or q. becoming Tl E.g.
AlTiw, a ..;k, -DTYJOO.; dKC:.,w, guess, VKa(Ta; olK{iu, dwell, ~K?JCTO.; a.tJ~O.vw, irnrease, 7JV~1J<:ra, 1JU~~&1Jv; <!ow, sing, ?ioov. 519. Ov is n~ver augmeuted. Et aud tv are often without

augment, especially in later Attic; unt MSS. aud editors differ in regard to n1any form~, as l~Karra or fjKarra (from liKa,w, liken), w&v or 1J~Oov (from lvOw, sleep), fvp/.01Jv or 'Y}vpf.(}YJV (from lvp{t:rKw, find), lueap.TJv or 1JU~ap.1Jv (from lvxop.at, pray). Editions vary also in the augmeut of aUo.{vw, dry, and of some verbs begiuning with 01., as oliiKOCTTpo<f>iw, steer.

126

1?--.'T<LECTION.
REDUPLICATION.

(620

520. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect, iu all the mood~ aud iu the partieiple, have a 1eduplication, wl1ieh is the mark of completed action.
Pl:llFJ:CT A!<l> Ft;Tl'UH I'EitFECT.

521. Verbs heginn ing with a single consonant (except p) are redu plil'ateJ i 11 the perfeet and future perfectLy prefixing- that consona,nt foll<)Wed Ly , E.g.
A~cu. A(-A.uKU, ,\(-Auflo.t, AEAv><EI'O.t, AE-Av><<oJ>, At-AUf-1-i.vo>, AEA~o-o fWL; A.t[Trw, AcA.o<Tro., >....iA.flf-<O.t, >..tA.t[</Jof-<u- ~o B~w, mnificr:, Ti-BvKa; <j>u[vw ( <f>uv ), ,/ww, 7Ti-<j>o.<Jf-<O.L, 7TE<j>aviJaL; xai'vw, gape, KE-,Xl)VO.. For the pluperfect, see ;j:!.7. 522. 1\. (a) Fiv<e verl>s have n in the perfect inswad of the reduplication:>..ay_xavw (A.ax- ), obtaiu J,_,tlM, rAlJXa., ti.Al)yp.a.t; A.o.JJ-fJivw (>...o.{J-), ta/.:e, tA.l)</>a, tA"?fJ-fJ-UL (puet. A<Al)f-<}J-Ut); A.i.yw, culled, in composit-ion, -t{>..oxa, -t{A-y}J-CJ.t with ->..i.Ay}J-Ut: &a..\i-yo)J-O.L, di~cu.s.<, has Dt-[A.y}J-CJ.t; JJ-!(pOfJ-CJ.L (}J-tp- ), obtain pwt, ltfJ-CJ.prat, it is fatP.d; from stem (pi-) ti.pYJKO., have said, Ei.pr]fJ-CJ.I, fut. pf. dp~o-op.ut (s!!e ET1Tov). (b) Au in<'gular redui'Jication appear in Bomt>ric Ot{Oo<Ku and i),[/)"' from OE{Ow, fea, aud Ot[tity}J-CJ.t (for oiocy!-W-<), fJ"eet, frolll a stetu ScK- (see Ot(KviifJ-t).

523. l11 verbs beginniug with two consonants (except a. mute and. a liquid), wit!J a doul>le consonant (S, g, y ), or with p, the reUUJJiieation i~ represented l>y a simple
f,

having tl1e 8ame form as the syllauic augment.

B.,q.

:Sri>...\w, .~end, (o-ruAKa.; /;;r]Ti.w, .~eel.:, '-''JTYJKU; t/Jc{.Ow, cheat, (1/JwU/-W-L, f.<j;EU<J(J-EI'O> j p{Trrw. t/11uw, f.ppt}J-jJ-CJ.l 1 f.ppl.<f>8at (oil). 524. 1. Most verb.~ ueginniug with a nllli.P :mrl a liquid h:-.te the full redt!plication; as ypa<f>w, lCritP, -yf.ypa.<f>a, -yi-ypap.(J-at, ylypacpBcll, ytypufw<vo<;. ~- But those beginni11g with yv, and occasioually a few in fJ>.. or yA, have t; as y'wp{,w, ecoqniz~, J>erf. <y'WP'""; y<yvwo-Kw ( -yvo- ), knuw, <yvwKa. St't' f3A.uarJ."w at,.l y>.:u<f>w. 525. N. Mt(J-t';jaKw (fJ-Pu- ), e111i1lfl, ltas )J-f!-ll'rJIW< ( moni111"), 1'C1!lC11lbe1'1 l\1\d KTaO}J-Ol, llC.:CjUin:, ha~ bot!J KiKT7J}J-CJ.L <llH} (KT')fJ-0-l-> possess. See also Homeric perfect pas;ive of JJi1rTw am! purrow.

631]

ATTIC REDUPLICAT!!)!\.

1~7

526. V mbs beginning with a short vowel lengthen the vowel, aml tlJO~e Lvgi11niJJg with a diphthong lengtheu its fin;t vowel, iu all forms of the perfect and future perfect, the u:Jul'lic~ttion thus h:.wing the form of the tem1Joral augme11L E.g .
A yw, lead, ~xa, ~yp.at, ~yp.f.vo<;; aKo>..ou8f.w, follow, ~KOAOU8TJKO.,
~KOAOV(}l)Kf.vo.t i op8uw, aect, u~p(}wp.at j upc,w, {,OU?ld, wptKU, wptap.at j drip.ow, Jls/,mwr, ~rip.wKa, ~rip.wp.w, 1ut. pJ. ~TLJ.Lwaop.at. Aipf.w,

ta/.:1', iiPY!Ka, :JPY!JL<L' rip~aop.at; ftKa,w, lil.'en, ?l"aap.at; tvp[aKw,jlwi, TJVPTJKO., TJVPY!JL<L' (OJ' fVfJY!KU, fVPY!fL<LL, f>llJ). Long 0. 11\:J.)' Ut~COillC T} (see [Jlfi); as in avu>..[aKw, pf. av~AWKO. or avaAwKa,
I'J.t:I'EHFECT.

COII::Wll<LJJt.,

527. Whtm tl1e reduplicated perfect begins with a the pluperfet.:t pretixes the sylla.uic augment e to the rcduplieation. In other cases the pluperfect keeps the reduplic;ttion of tl1e perfect witl1out change. E.g.

A Dw, >..f.>..11Ku, l.-AfAVKT}, >..f.>..uJWL, -AfAilfJ.T}l'; arf.A>..w, (amAKU., larMK>J, (aru>..pat, <.ara>..p:qv; >..aJ.Lf:Jal'w, f~A>Ju, d>..~'7; dyy>..>..w, ~yy<AKu, ~yy AK>J, rjyy<AJuLL, 4yyi. Ap>Jv; uipi.w, (j p>JKa, llP~KrJ; vp[aK<v, Y!VPrJKo., rJVP>JKY! >JVP~J.Lr;v, (or dJp- ).

528. ~. Fro111 Zarr;J.L' (aru-), s-.t, we ltitve hoth dar~K'IJ (older fonn) ancl f.ar~Kr] (t.lnougl1 perf. f.arr]Ka); and from perf. EOLKa, Tesemble, l~nJ ATTIC REDUPLICATION.

529. Some verbs bcginuing with a, ,or o, followed by a single consmmut, reduplicate tlte perfect aml pluperfect by prefixiug their first two letters, and lengthening the following vowel as in the temporal augment. This is called Attic reduplication. E'.,rJ.
'A pow, ]Jlouyh, ap-~!lOJL<LL i fJ.LEW, l'fl1llil, ffJ.~!-HKa; >..<yxw, pmve, (<>..a-). rlrivc!, f.>..~A.aKa, f.>..~>..ap.at; aKOIJW, hear, d.K>JKO<t. For the pluperfect., see ;j:\:i. 530. N. The Attic reduplication (~o called by the Greek grammarians) is uot p~euliarly Attic, aud i~ found ill Ilo111er. 531. N. Other verls whi<:h have the Att.ic reduplication are &:y~[pw, &.At{cj>w, &A(o,, l.yt.(pw. lpt./5(r), Epxo,tat, (ali:oJ, OAAVp.c., Op.vVp.c,
f.>..~>..eyp.at; l>..!!vvw

~p.!aaw, ipw.

See ai~<J, for 1on ir. or Jo<'t ic f orn1s. ai.pi<u, &.>..aop.at, a.AvKTiw, O.pap{aKw, l.pE!7rw, Exw, ~p..Vw, (USv-) OOWOuap.a.t, O,w, Op&.w (07TWT.'O.;, Op:yw, 01 '!1'cp.L (J11 ).

128

INFLECTION.

[632

632. N. 'Eydpw ( lyp), rouse, has 2 perf. ly[r~yopo. (for ly-vtop-, 643), but perf. mid. iy-~ytpp.o.t. 633. By strict Attic usage, the pluperfect takes a temporal augment in addition to the Attic reduplication. Thus, aKovw, hear, aK~Koa, plup. ~KlJKOlJ; so a1!'w.\.w.\.L (of a1!'0AA~JLL, a1!'o.\.w.\o.), Wf!WJLOKa (of Of!vUJLt, ~Jl.WJ-I.OKu.), and &-wpwpvKro (of ot-opoouw, &-opwpvyp.o.t) occur in Attic prose. See also Homeric pluperfects of t'.\avvw and lpt[ow. But the Mss. and the editions of Attic authors often omit the additional augment, as in lA-rtAiyp.YJV (487, 2).
REill:PLICATED AOR!STS.

534. N. The secoud aorist active and middle in all the moods
and the participle sometimes has a reduplication in Homer; as 1ricppu.Oov from cf>pa,w, tell; 7rimBov from 7rt[Bw ( 'lftB-), persuade; nmp-rrop.YJV (04o) from ri.p11'w, delight; KKAOJLYJV and KKAop.v<><; (650) from KfAop.o.t, cnmnumd; -:]papov from apaptCTKW (ap), join (53!) j ~popov from OpVVpJ. (op), 1'0u.e; 7rUTMWV (partie.) from 1Tc0v\w (11'aA-), shake; KtKap.w (snbj.) from Kap.vw (Kap.-), so AAaxw from kyxuvw; 7rcptoiuBu.t, in f. from cpdOop.o.t ( t'&-), spare, so AAaBiuBat, AAaf3iuBat. In the indicative a syllabic augment may be ry:efixed to the reduplica~;on; as f.KtKAOiJ.lJ" trrcpvov (from <f>V ), i?ri.cppaoov. 635. N. The second aorist of ayw, lead, has a kind of Attic reduplication (529), which adds the temporal augment in the indicative. Thus ,]y-uy-ov (ay-ay-), suhj. &.yayw, opt. &.yaymJLL, in f. &.yayi'v, part. &.yaywv; mid. ~yayop.YJv, &.yaywp.o.t, etc.,- all in Attic prose. See also t.he aorists ,jvyKa and -:]vtyKov (from stem fV(K, lv-tVK-, <vtyK-) of cpipw, the Homeric aAaAKov (for &.A-a.\tKov) of &.Aiew, wan/ o.ff, aml ivivi1rov or ~vf,o.-rr-ov of iv{,rw ( ivL7r), chide. See also ipfJKw, ~pl1K-o.Kov.
HEDV!'LIC ATED PRESENTS.

536. A few verbs reduplicate the present by prefixing the

initial consuuant with t; as yt-yvwo-Kw (yvo-), know, T{-()'7/U (Ot-), put, y[-yvop.o.t (for yt-ytv-op.aL), become.

For these see 651 and li52, with 794, 2.

E AS At;GltENT on RF.DUPI.ICATION DEFORE A VowEL.

537. 1. Some verbs beginning with a vowel takf' the

syllabic augment, as if they began with a consonant. These verbs also have a simple E for tl1e reduplica-tion. \Vhen auother E follows, is contracted into tL. E.g.

643]

AUGMENT AND REDt:'l'LICATION.

129

'O.(Jtw ( w8-), pu$1<, EWCJO., EWfJjJ-W, lwa8"]Y; a>..[aKop.o.L, be captured, (aAWKa, 2 aor. laAwv (Or ~AWY) j ayvvp.L ( ay-), break, la~a, 2 pf. laya; (pOw, rio, Ionic, 2 pf. (opya.; wviop.o.t, buy, f.wvovp."]l', etc.; f.(}[,w, accustom, trf}ura., t'i8tKa (from f.t8); taw, permit, t'ia<Ta, t'iaKa; lxw, have, Ixov (frou1 -txov). 2. These verus are, further, f.>..[auw, tAKw, f.1rw, pya~op.at, p1rw or f.p1rv,w, E<TTtaw, ilJI-" (-),with the aori~t~ t~Oov aud dA.ov (a1piw); the perfects t'iw8a (with irregular u), Ionic f.w8a. (~8- ), aud f.otKu (1K-, t1K-), and plpf. EiaT~KlJ (for UaT-) of i.crTlJf.U See also louie and poetic forllls under avoavw, a7rTW, t<i)op.o.L, LAW, r1rov, Etpw, (A7rw, twiip.L, i,w, and l'op.o.t. 538. N. 'Opaw, see, and av-o[yw, open, generally take the temporal augmeu t after ; as iwpwv, f.wpii.Ka (or iopaKa ), iwpiip.at (with the aspirate retained); av-itpyov, av-i<%a. (rarely ~votyov, ~YOL~a, 544 ). Hollier has f.~voa.vov from av&ivw, please; '<:JVOXOH imp. of oivoxoiw, pow u>ine; and 2 plpf. wA-rrL and f.wpyu from f.hw and (pow. 'EopTa,w, keep holiday (Hdt. opTa,w), has Attic imp. wpTa,ov. 539. K This form is explained on the supposition that these verbs
originally began with the consonant f or rr, which was afterwards dropped. Thus d1iov, saw, is for lf<1iov (cf. Latin vid-i); lona is for f<fOfYYa., from stern FfYY-, cf. Eng. work (GernHUl Werk). So iprrw, creep, is for rr-<p1Tw (cf. Latin serpo), with imperf. l-rr<p1Tov, l-ip1rov, lp1rov (see SU); and txw, hate, is for rr<xw, whence imp. l-rrcxov, i-xov,
<lxov.

AUGMENT AND

REDUPLICATIO~

OF COMPOUND VERBS.

540. In compound verbs (882, 1) the augment or reduplication follows the preposition. Prepositions (except 7rpl and r.;po) here ~rop a final v~wel bef~re , . E_.g.._
ITpw-ypa,Pw, -rrpo<T-eypa<J>ov, -rrpoa-y<ypacf>a ; ua-a.yw, U<T-YJ')'OY f.~-i{:Ja),),.ov (6:~); av>..->..iyw, <Tl!v-i>..tyov; <Tvp.-rrAiKw, <Tvv-i7rAtKov (it:, 1) ; O'lJy-xiw, crvv-ixwv, avy-KixvKa.; <TV<TKtva(w, (TlJV-f(TKfVa(Oy ( 81) j Q7r0- {:Jo.>..Aw, &_-rr-i/3aAAOV; ava-j3o.{vw, &.v-f.f3YJ;- uut -rrp-i{:Ja>..Aov aud 1rpo-iAtyov. 541. :-;/. ITpo may be contracted with the augment; as 7rpouAyov and -rrpouf:3a<vov, for 7rpoi.A.yov and rrpoif3utvov. 642. N. 'EK iu composition uecomes (~before Ei and iv and

(133, 1); f.K-{:3o.>..Aw,

<TUv resume their proper forms if they ha.ve been changed. See examples in 540. 543, N. Some denominative verbs (SGl), derived from nouns or adjectives compounded with prepositions, are augmented or

130

11\FLECTION.

(G44

reduplicated after the preposition, like compound verbs; as inrcr 1THvw (frou1 U1T011'Tos), su~pect, vm:mnuov, as if the verb were from vm) and chnuw; &:rro>..oyiop.uL, dPjend one'.~ self, utNAoyYJaap.YJV; see also i~<~<A1]at.O.,w. llap<tvop.(w, transgress lau, 1T<lp1JVOp.ovv, etc., is very irregular. Kar"]yopiw (frOIH ~<an)yopo>), accusP., ba.~ KO.T7Jyopouv (not i~<O.TrJYOpuvv). ~ec OLa.LTaw and Otii~<oviw in the Catalogue of Verbs. Such verbs are called indirect con1pounds (882, 2). 544. N. A few verbs take the angmeHi lJefore the preposition, and others have both aug111ents; as xaBi.,op.aL, sit, fKilBi.,(ro; KaOI.,w, iKaB,,ov; xaOt,!ow, sleep, lKa8vOov and ~<a.B'/voov ('~pic m8vOov); <hi.xw, ~VfiXDJ1.7JV, ~vWXOJl.TJV (or ~VO'XOJ1.7JV); J.<j>!'IJ1.' d.<f>{TJv or ~i71v. See also ajJ.<j>tf.vvjjjJ.I, ap.<j>Lyvocw, d.J1.7rtO'XOJ1oUL, ilox>..iw, ~wd O.p.<j>tafJYJTEW, dispute, in1pf. ~J1.<f>uf31}row and ~p.<j>(afJ~rovv (a~ if tllc last part were -afJYJTfW).

545. 1. Indirect compounJs of o"u-, ill, and occasionally those of~, well, are augnHmtcd or rcd\l!Jlicated aftf'I' tlw adverb, if the following part l1egins with a short vowvl. E.g.
Avaapariw, be di<]Jir:ased, ovaYJpiarovv; tvpyriw, Jo good, t&r]pyf.rouv or Vpyf.rouv. 2. In other ca>es, COlnpounds of ova have \.he aug-1neut or rcduplicat.iou at the beginning, as ovarvxioJ (from Ovarvx~>, wlju1tunate ), (ouaruxouv, OOvarvxYJ"a; and tho~e of ~ generally o1nit t.he augmeut.

546. Other indirect compounds are augmrntcd or recluplica.ted at ~he beginning; as o1~<oOop.f.w, build (fro1u o1c<oOof1-os, house-buildPr), <fKoOoJl.uuv, <f~<oOOp.1Jaa, <fKoOop.YJra.L. however, boo11'mtw.
OMISSION OF AGGJIIENT AND REDUJ'LICATION.
~ee,

547. Homer and the lyric poets often omit. both tlw syllabic
and thP. temporal augment; as op.lA(OV, (xov, OwK (for w,.d>..ouv, ilxov, (ow~<t). 548. Herodotus often on1its the temporal augmeut of the imperfec:t and aorist, and the syllabic augment of tbe pluperfect.. lie uever adds the t"'"Jloral augment to tbe Attic rcduplir.ation in the pluperfect (!'>3:~). lie always Oll)itx the augment in tbe iteratnc fonns iu a~<ov ancl aKOJioYJV; as >..a{Jw~<ov, <xwKov (778). 549. Tl1< Attic tragedia11s SOillC\.i,, ... , o111it the augment in (lyric) choral passages, seldom in the dialogue.

563]

ENDINGS.

131
But Homer has

550. The reduplication is very rarely omitted.

olxa.rat, from Olx.op.at, fo1 odiixarat, recci'H', and a few othrr casrs.

Herodotus occaswually fails to lengthPII tile initial vowel in the perfect; as in Ka.Tappwi5'1<as (lor Ka.T-?JPP ).

ENDINGS.

551. The verb is infiedecl by adding certain endings to the. different tense stems. Those which mark the persons in the finite Illoods are callt=d persoual ~ndings. There is one class of endings for tlw active voice, and another for the middle aud pa~sive j UUt t]JC passive aorists have tbe active endings. There is aJ:so one set of endings in rach dass for prilllary tenses, and one for seeondary tenses. 552. The personal endings of the indicative, subjUJwtive, and optative, whicll are most distinctly preserved i11 Vt'rLs in p.t and other priwitive forms, are as follows:Acnvr:.
P1'i1na1y
TeJtM!S.

MIDill.E

A~D

l'A~Sl\'E.

Secrwrfa,y
T(!JlSes.
y
~

Sing. 1. 2. 3. llual 2. 3. Plur. I.

.,..

Prima.1y Tc;use ....

Seco1ldmy

!J.O.L

Tenses. !J.'JY
<TO

(<n), (9c.) ..., (n)

"'"'' TO.L
<r9oY (9oY)

TO
a-9ov (9ov)

TOY TOY

TOY TljV !J.EV (!LES) Tt v, O"Q.V

a9ov (9ov) p.E9<1 a9E (9t)

\1,.0.1.

a91jV (91Jv) !J.E6a. a9t (9E) VTO

!J.EY (p.ES) 2. Tt 3. VO'L ( VTL) 1 cltn

553. The personal endings of the imperative are as ful lows:A<:TIVE.

Mwou:
Sing.

AND l'AS~IVF..

Sing.

2.

e.

3.

TW

Dual. TOV TWY

l'lur. Tt vTwv or Tw<rc.v

Dtud. <TO CT80v ( 8ov) u9w (Ow) u6wv (9wv)

I'lttr.
<r9E( 9t)

<r6wv (9wv)

.,.e...,.q,v (9w~ra.v)

or

132

INFLECTION.

[554

654. The endings of the infinitive are as follows:AcTIVE: cv (contracted with preceding c to nv),
MIDDLE AND PASSIVE:

"a.L, sometimes c"cu (probably for Fcva.L). cr8a.L (primitive 8a.L).

655. .For the formation of the participles and the verbals in ro> and na>, see 770-776.
REMARJ{S ON TilE ENDINGS.

p.t have the primary endings p.t and <n in the indicative active. For p.t in the optative, see 731. The original at of the second person singular is found only in the epic f.a-a{, thou art (807, 1). 0a ( origiually perfect endiug) appears in o!a8a (for ol&.Oa) from oi&l (820) and in ~a-8a from dp.[ (806); whence (a)8a in many Homeric forms (780, 4; 787, 4), and rarely in Attic (as (cf>rraBa). In the third person singular rL is Doric, as in rfBrrrt for rfBYJ-at; and it is presened in Attic in f.a-r[, is. 2. A first person dual in p.cBov is found three tilnes in poetry: 7rptOwp.c8ov, subj. of 7rpto[owp.t, ll. 23, 485; >..c>..dp.p.cBov, from >..ct1rw, S. El. 950; opp.wp.t8ov, from opp.O.w, S. Ph. 1079. Generally the first person plural is used also for the dual. 3. In Homer rov and a8ov are sometimes used for TlJV and aB"Ijv in the third person dual of past tenses. This occurs rarely in the Attic poets, who sometimes have T"IJV for rov iu the second person. The latter is found occasionally even in prose. 4. In the first person plural p.c> is Doric. The poets often have p.ca8a for p.c8a (777, 1). 5. In the third person plural vat always drops v (78, 3) and the preceding vowel is lengthened; as in >..~ovaL for >..iio-vat. The more primitive vn is Doric; as cpipo-vrt (Latin ferunt) for cpipovat. 1
1 A comparison of the various forms of the present indicative of the primitive verb /Je (whose original stem is as, in Greek and Latin es), as it appears in Sanskrit, the older Greek, Latin, Old Slavic, and Lithuanian (the most primitive modern language, still spoken on the Baltic), will illustrate the (ireek verbal endings.

656. 1. Only verbs in

SINGULAlt.

Sansk?-it.

Olde> Gree/:.

Latin.

Old Slavic.

Litllflanian.

I. 2. 3. I. 2. 3.

asmi asi as-ti

s-wa~

l11-1'- (for lcr-f4L) lcr-cr lcr-T

lcr-~~olv

(c)SUm es es.t (C)6U-IDUS estis (e]su-nt

yesm' yesi yes-t' yes-wi yes-te s-u-t'

es-mi esi es-ti es-we

es-te

PLURAL.

(Dor.

tl~~ols)

Stha s-a-nti

lcr-Tl lVT (Doric)

CSti

659)

TENSE STEMS AND FORMS OF INFLECTION.

133

6. It seldom appears in the imperative, e::~:cept in the second aorist active of J.Uforms (755), aud in the aorist passive, which has the active forms (551 ). In the third person plural of the imperative the endings vTwv and a8wv (8wv) are used in the older and better Attic. 7. The primitive middle forms 8ov, 8YJv, 8, 8a.1., etc. appear in the perfect and pluperfect after consonauts; as TiTpicp-8 ( Tpf/3-w ) See 489.
TENSE STEMS AND FORMS OF INFLECTION.
SIMPLE AND COMPLEX TENSE STEMS.

557. Tense stems are of two classes, simple and complex. A sim pie tense stem is the verb stem (often in a modified form), to whicll the endings are applied directly. A complex tense stem is composed of the verb stem (with its modifications) prolonged by a tense suffix ( 561, 5), tow hich the endings are applied. l:iee 4ui:>. 558. (Simple Te11se Stems.) Simple tense stems are found (a) in the present and imperfect, the second aorist active and middle, and the second perfect and pluperfect, of the conjugation in fl-' (500), except in the subjunctive; (b) iu the perfect and pluperfect middle of all verbs.

E.g.
(a) From cf>YJp.{ (stem <f>a-), say, come cpa-p.iv, cpu-Ti, 0.-vo.t, From -r8Y'JfU (stem lh- ), put, come 2 aor. f.-8t"!', (-8-To, 8i-a8w, fH.-a8at, 8i-p.voc;, etc.; and from the reduplicated TL0f- (536) come T[8-p.V1 T{8-T 1 -r{8-rro.L, Tt8-Tal, E-T{8t-VTO, f.--rf.0frr0, T[0-qo, d8t-a8at, etc. (b) Fom A<Au- (r<>ciuplicateci stem of ,\~-w) with t.he middle endings ( 552) come >..i>.:v-J.La.l., ,\(,\v-rro.t, >..Do..v-rrO, AAV-rr8at, AAvp.<voc;; l-AAV-p.Y}v, f.-AiA.v-rro, E-AtAv-rr(h, f.->..i>...v-v-ro.
(-cpa"!', etc.

559. (Complex Tense Stems.) Complex tense stems are found in all oth~r forms of the verb. E.g.
A~w (stem Aii-), has (pres.) AfHrp.v, AD-Tl, A.vv-p.<8a, >..t-CT0, >..vo-vTat, etc.; (fut.) Mrro-p.v, A.lfa-n, ,\D(]'l(]'Oa.l., etc.; (aor.) f.-A.vO'a-p.v, l->..Vcra.-T, f.-AtO'a-(T8c, 'A.~cra-a8a.t, etc.; (1 aor. pa.~s.) f.->..UO.,..v, HV8rrp.v, l->..V8rrn, etc.

134

I:t-.'l<J,ECTION.

(560

660. Thi~ distinctiou will be seen by a cou1parison of the preseut iudicative lllidd!e of TtB!JfU. (nBt-) with that of cfnA.iw ( gnA<) iu its uncontracted (llollleric) form:T(8t-f1-0.L cj>Lh(op.a.L T(6t-cra.L tpLAtt(cr)a.L 'T'L0tTO.L cj>LAttTQ.L n9tf"t9a. cj>LAEOp.t9!1 'T'L6t-cr6t cjnXf.Hr9t ri9tV1'0.L cj>LAEO~T!lL

561. (Tense Sujjixes.) 1. In the present, imperfect, and second aorist :u:ti ve a11d middle of the conjugation in w, in all futures, and in the future perfect, the teusc stem ends in a variable vowel, c;tllerl the thematic ~>owel, which is o before J.l- and v and in the O['tative, and is elsew!Jcrc <. This is written %-; as A.v'}-h present stem of A.~-w; At1!''X-, second aorist stem of A.t[1!'-w. In the futures and the fntnre }Jerfect the thematic; vowel is preceded l1y cr. To t.hese }'rolouged tense stems t.lw endings arc added. E.g.
A~cr(-J.tv, A~<-n, ..\.tovcrt fM ..\.vcrvcrt ( 78, 3); -At11'crv, E-..\.mt-~, f.-A.t11'(J-(-J.<v, l-..\.[11'<-T<; f.-..\.[11't-CJB<, f.-A.[7rCTVTO; A~<TCT(-J.<V, A.tat-T<, >..~acr vTat. For the terminations w, a~, L in the singular, see (i~:J.

2. The subjunctive has a long thematic vowel "'/Tf which appears in both conjugations; as ..\.iyw-(-J.<V, A.iyrrn, A.iywcrt for Ayw-v<Tt (7S, :1); Bw 1~v for (H-w-fJ-<v, (1~.,. for 8-YJT. a. The first aorist steu1 has a suffix cru-, the first perfect Ka-, and the second perfect n-. 1. The first aorist p:v;~ivt> has a suffix fh- (or Bl]-). and the second aorist pas~i"e <- (or 'Yf); as A<t71'-w, i>..<[cp-8YJ-' Ancp-Bry-vat,

(Attcp 8-w) Attcp8w; cpa[vw ( cpav- ), cpav-'Y)-v, cpav-~-vat, cpav-i-vToc;; f.>,V-8!]-v, f.A.V-B!]-c;, f.A.V-8!]-(-J.v, Av-8-vTwv, >..v-8i.-vuc;. The first. awl second passive futures have Bl]cr%- anJ 'YJ<T%-; as Aucp-8~aCTfJ-UL, >..v-8~0'<-<TfJ<, cpm'-1J<TCT(-J.UL, cpaY-1JCI<-Tat. 5. Tl1e thematic vowels, aud a%-, cra-, Ka- (a-), 8- (Bl]-) or- (7]), Bl]a%- or 'Y]<T%-, (1-4), are called tense sujjixes. 562. ( 07Jiative SuOi.c) Th" optative insHts a mood wffix ,_or '"' (t<-) Letwccm Lot11 the simple and the complex teuse stem and the personal endings. (See 730.) For the subjunctive, see 718; 5til, 2.
TWO FORMS OF INFLECTION.

563. To the two classes of tense stems correspond generally two for~ns of inflcL:tion,- the simple form and the common form.

j)(jf>J

TWO FORMS OF 1.\'FLECTIO~.

I. Ttn;
Snll'l.E

135

Fot:)J

oF i?<FI.t:<:TION.

564. 'J'o this form ( smneti mcs c~lled tl1e p.L-form) beloug all tenses which b:tve sintple tense stems (55tl) anu also both passive aorists,- a! ways ex<.:eptiug tine subjunctives ( 5(j 1, 2.). It lias these lJe<.:uliarities of infl.c<.:tion : 1. The firbt a.ud thitd persons singular of the present indicative active ba\'c the endiugs p..t. and m (:>3:2); as cf>'f/J-1-L, cf>YJa[; r[8.,.p.L, r{8YJaL. ~- The secoud aorist intpcrative adivP. generally ret.ains the ending ()t (GiJ=l); a,; f3Yj-8L, go. So rarely the present; a!:i cf>o.-0[, suy. (See 75:2; 7f>3.) 3. The tltird persou pluralltas the adive Pill lings a1n and aav (;);j~). 1. The infinitive active bas the CIH.ling vaL or tva.< (."l.i'l); as 1d:-vu<, li-va< (i1}p.<), 1-.vC<L (lffH) fJ. Par! iciples with :;tents in o-vr have nominatives in O\>~; as O<Ooli>, O<Oo-vro> (see 5G5, ;, ) . G. In all forllls of this class except the ;ccond aori~t ancl the optative, the middle endings aa< and ao regularly retaiu a; as r{{h-ao.<, l-r[8t-ao; >...\v-aaL, l-.\(.\v-ao. But 2 aorist f.Bov (for .0f-ao); optative i1rrai:o (for iara-<ao). 7. The passive aorists, which belong here although they do not. have simple stems (;if\~), have the inflection of the second aorist active C)f the p.r-fonn; .\~w, 1..\v-OYJ-V; cpa{vw ( cf>uv- ), icpavYJI', cf>a,w, cpavdYJv, cpavYJ-8<, cf>avi}-va<, cf>av<[> (for <f>av--vr>), inflected like (aTYJV, arw, 0t1}V, arry-8<, ar{j-vaL, 8[> (i>Ofi).
II. Tur:
Co~nros

FonM OF INFLECTION.

p~rts of tlw verb in w, except the perfer,t aml pluperfr>et middle and the passive aorists, and also :~.11 sul>jun<.:tives. It has the following peculiarities of inflection. 1. It has the thematic vowel and the ot!Jer tPnse ~uflixes men-

565. To this form Lcloug all

tionell in ~JGJ, 1-:l. For the inflection of the present and imperfect i1dicative, ~''! (;:?:) and 02-1. 2. T!J" illlp~rfect and second aorist. have the euding- v in the tl1ird person plural; thP- pluperfec:t has <Tav. 3. The itnp~rative acti\'c~ has uo ending in the second person ~ingular. For ov in tiH: first ;wri~t, ,, .., 7-17. 4. The infinitive active ltas <LV (ILJr <(1') i11 t.ltP. ]'rt'S<'IIt, fuitir.,, and second aorist; <tcu in tlw perf1d.; ;u,.l a-u< (or a<) in the first <J.orbt. See 7!i~J-7G4. 5. Participles with stems in ovr bave nnt11inative~ in wv (564, 5).

136

lNFLECTlON.

(566

6. The middle endings <Ta.l and <TO in the second persou singular drop <T and are contracted with the thematic vowel; as Alif<Ta!, A6fa!, AtJn or .\6n; lAvf<To, l.\vw, l.\~ov (~8, 2). For Ionic uncontracted forms, see 777, 2; 785, 2.
FORMATION AND INFLECTION OF TENSE SYSTEMS.

566. To uuderstand the inflection of the verb, we must know the relation of each tense stem to the verb stem, and also certain internal modifications which the verb stem undergoes in some of the tense systems.
FORMATION OF THE
PRESE~T

STEM FROM THE VERD

STEM.- EIGHT CLASSES OF VERDS.

567. when tlte verb stem does not appear unchanged in the present stem, as it does in A~-w and .\f.y-w ( 459), it generally appears in a strengthened form; as in Ko?rr-w (Ko1r-), cut, p.av8av-w (p.a8-), learn, apE<TK-w (apt-), please. In a few very irregular verbs no connection is to be seen between the present stem and the stem or stems of other tenses; as in <t><pw ( cpep-), bear, fut. oi.uw, aor. ~VfJ'Ka. 568. Verbs are divided into eight classes with reference to the relation of the present stem to the verb stem.
569. FmsT CLASS. (Verb Stem unchanged in P1esent.) Here the present stem is formed by adding the thematic vowel %- ( t>65, 1) to the verb stem. E.g.
Aiyw (Afy-), say, present stem Aty%-, giving .\/.yo-p.cv, Af.yf-Tf, 'A(yo-p.a!, .\iy-Tal, .\iyo-vral, (-Ayo-v, (-Ayf->, l-'Aiy-Tf, l-'Aiyt-u8f, -A.<yo-vro, etc. in the pre~ent and imperfect. For w, u<,;, EL in the present active, see 623. 570. N. Some verbs of this class have the stem variable in Q\13.11 tity in different tP.nseS; as Oi5w, <j>{,w, (}>..{{3w, 'II'Vfyw, Tpff3w, T~cpw, tf!Dxw. See these in the Catalogue of Verbs. Fot Mw, see 471. 571. N. The pure verbs of the first class which irregularly retain a short vowel in certain tenses are given in 63fl; those which insert 11' in certain tenses, in 640. The verbs (of all classes) which add to the stem in some or all tenses not of the present system (as {3ov'hoJ.1.4<) are given in 657 and 658. Reduplicated presents of all classes are given in 651 and 652. These and others which are peculiar in their inflection are found in the Catalogue of Verbs. For special peculiarities, see ')'l')'YO}-<a<, tBw, lll'w, ~xw, .,.f,.Tw, TIKTw.

578]

EIGHT CLASSES OF VERBS.

137

572. SECO:-'D CLAss. (Stems with Strong Forms.) This class includes verbs with mute stems which have strong forms with L (ot), w, or 'Y/ (31) in all tenses except in the second aorist and second passive systems, in which they have the weak forms in t, v, and a. The present stem adds %to the strong form of the stem. E.g.
Ad1r-w, leave, 2 aor. ;-AL7rov, 2 perf. >..i->..ot1r-a; tj>n]y-w, Jlee, 2 aor. E-tj>uy-ov; -r~K-w, melt, 2 aor. pass. 1.--raK'Y/v; with present stems >..tm%-, tj>tuy%-, T'Y/K%-, 573. To this class belong &.At[tj>-w, f.pt!1!'-w, >..d1r-w, Trt[B-w, r:rn[/3-w, fJTdxw, t/>t[O-OJ-U.U j KVB-w, TrtVBoJ-U.U, uvxw, tj>tt!y-w j K~O-w, >..~B-w, u~-rr-w, T~K-w; with Ionic or poetic ipttKw, iptt!y-op.o.L, TJ-L~y-w;- all with weak stems in t, u, or ii. Sec also Ba-rr- or -rat/>-, stem of -rf.BYJ-rra and ;-ratf>ov, aud ttKw (;OLKa). Tpwy-w, gnaw, 2 aor. ;--rpay-ov, irregularly has w iu the present. For p~y-vVJ-LL and tiw8a (~8-), see 689. For exceptions in a few of these verbs, see 642, 2. S~;e Gil. 574. Six verbs in tw with weak stems in v belong by

formation to this class. These originally had the strong form in tu, which became tf (90, 2) before a vowel, and finally dropped f, leaving t; as -rr>..i-w, sail (weak stem -rr>..v-), strong stem TrAtv-, 1rAf, TrA-, preseu t stem TrAt%-.
These verb~ an~ 8i-w (weak stem Bv-), J'Wl, vf.-w (vv- ), swim, -rr>..f.-w ( TrAv-), sail, 'TrYlW ( TrY'll- ), b1eathe, pi-w (pv-), flow, xi-w (xu-), pour. The poetic r:rtvw (rru- ), urge, has this formatiou, with tu r~tained. (See 60l.) 575. As verbs of the second class have the strong stem in almost all forrns, this stem is here called the verb stem.

576. Tnmo CLASS. (Verbs in 1r-rw, or T Clas/<.) Some labial ( 1r, /3, q,) verb stems add or%-, and thus form the present in 1rrw; as KOTrTw (Ko1r-), cut (present stem KoTrr%-), f3>..a1r-r-w (f3>..af3-), hurt, pi1r-r-w (pit/>-, pl.</>-), throw (71). 577. N. Here the exact form of the verb stem ~annot be det.Prmined from the present. Thus, in the examples above given, the stem is to he found in the second aorists f.KOTrYJV, {3>..0.f3YJv, and lpp[tf>7Jv; n.nd in KaAt!Tr-rw (Ka>..v/3- ), corer, it is seen in Ka>..vf3YJ hut. 578. The verbs of this class are 0:-rr-r-w (a <if>-), /30.-rr-r-w (f3at/>- ), f3>..rJ.1rTW (f3Aa/3 ), 8aTrTW ( raqr ), 8pmW ( rputj>-), KaAVTrTW ( Ka>..uf:J- ), KaJ-L7rTw ( Ka~J.7r ), KAi1rr-w ( KAtTr-), Kc>7rr-w ( KoTr-), Kpt!Tr-r-w (1<pv{3- or 1<pvqr), K~1rr-w (Kiit/>-), parrr-w ( pa<if>-), pt7!'T-w (p<tj>-, pl.qr), CTKUTrTW ( fJKat/>), UKiTrTOp.r1L ( fJKl'Tr-), fJK~TrTW ( fJKY]1T' ),

J38

INFLECTION.

[&79

O'KW7rTW (uKw7r-), Ttfn-rw (n11r-). with Hollleric and poetic yvap:nw

( yvap:rr-), iv[-TrTw ( ivm-), and j-W.p1rTW (p.o.p1r- ).

579. FoUitTII CLAss. (Iota Cla;;s.) In this class the present stem is formed Ly adding t%- to the verb stern and making the euplwuic ch:tnges whieh this occasions. (See 84.) Th<~re are four divisiolls.
580. J. ( v~rbs in O'!TW 0)' TTul.) Most presents in rrrrw ( TTw) come from p:Llat:d st<~ms, K m X a!l(t geuerally y with t !Jeeomiug atr (TT). These have futures in ~w; as 1rp~urrw (1rpciy-), do, preseut strm 1rpa<ra%- (for 1rpciyt'?i:-), fut. 1rpa~w, 1-'-uA<irrtro> ( 1-'"'\uK-, seen in 1-'-aA<tKo>), soften, fut. 1-'-a>..cJ;,w; ruparr<rw ( Tupo.x-, seen iu Tnpuxr/), COI~{use, fut. rapMw; K'Y)pD<nrw ( K1JflVK-), Jli'Odaim, fut. K1Jp6~w. ( ~l'C IH, 1.) 581. So also &.lmrw ( atK- ), QAAUIT!TW ( &A>..ay- ), &paiJ'<TW (&pay-), {3~rr<Tw (/3ryx), Spatrtrw (bpuy-), f.>..(mrw ((At..:-), Oparrtrw (Opax- '!), j-W.<nrw (f-'Ur ), l-'1xraw (}-'-vK- ), opviJ'rrw (opvx- ), '1TA~<raw ('1TA")y-, 71"-\lly- ), 7rT>JIJ'!TW ( '1TT>JK- ), 'lT'TIJ!T!TW ( 7rTVy- ), O'aTTW (tray-), Tlftraw (my-), cf>paaaw ( cf>puy- ), cf>p{aaw ( cf>piK- ), cf>v>..arr<rw ( cf>vAaK- ). See als<) <~pic OHO[!TITOfUll, lu!Jic aud poetic a}-'-IJITITW auJ 11'poiaaOJ1-<Il, and poetic U.cf>vrraw auJ vvrraw.l 582. Some J>l'C~cnts iu aa<u ( TTw) n.rc formed from liugual ste111s, wl1ieh bavro futlli'CS in aw or ~wrists iu O'u; as lpimrw, row ( fl'(Jill >;t<~m f.pfr-, see !I i11 p/.r1J>, rou>e1'), aor. ?jpwu.. So also O.pJ-lUTTw ( fu t. cip,.,.,orrw), jj>..[TTII> (J-lfAtT-, GG ), A[rr<roJ-lul ( AtT- ),
'1Taaaw, '1T>..drraw, TrT{<Taw,

w i tit dcf>aaaw ( H d t.),

011

and poetic

t}-'-arrrrw, Kop t}aaw ( Kopv8-).

Many pre~ellt-~ of this kind are formed with real lingual slellls (see (it\7). the analogy of verbs

583. l\. IT/.rr<rw, roo/:, e(>IIICS from an oll stem 7rfK-; while the tense.> 1r/.!fw, (Trfl/Ju, etc. belo11g f(, the st.lm Trm-, seen in later '1f'C'1f'TW a.nd loni'' o;rf'11'TOp.n< of Cla.<>s Tl L 584. II. ( VeJ'bs in
in t.wo
way~;:-

~w.)

Presents iu ~u may be formed

585. (1) From stems in with futures in aw; as KOJ-l[~w (Ko}-'-to-, seen in KOf-L<O-~), calry, fut. KuJJ-[O'w; <f>pa~w (<f>pao-), say, fut. cf>parrw. (See ~4, J.)
I The lists of verus of the fourth class arc not co111plete, while those of the other classes wllich are giVl'll coutain :1.11 the verbs in comuJOil use.

o,

695)

EIGHT CLASSES OF VEHllS.

139

586. So apJ.I.o{w (aPJ.I.oO-), ap1ra(,w, >,1ri(,w (l>..mo), f.pi(,w (f.pt&-), BavJ.I.ci,w, i(,w (io-) With ((,oJ.I.nt ({o-), KT[(,w, VOJ.l.L,W, o{w (oo-), 7rCAa,w, uxa(.w, uxi(.w ( uxto- ), (]"~,w.
587. N. Many verbs iu ,w, especially most in a{w, with futures in uw, were funned ou the a11:1.logy of those with actual stems in o. (See Meyer, Gr. Gram. 5:21, 5:2:2.) 588. (2) From st<;ms in y (or yy), with futures in ~w; as ucf>O.'w ( crcf>ay- ), slay ( ucf>aTTw in prose), fut. ucp~w; pi'w (pcy-), do (poetic ant! Ionic), fut_ pi~w; KAQ{w (K>..ayy-), scrram (cf. clango), fut. KAay~w. (See 84, 3.) 589. So Kpa(,w ( Kpay- ), O"aA7r['w ( uahtyy- ), aT['w (any-); with
poetic a>..a>..O.(,w, fJO.,w, f3p[,w, ypv,w, f.>..c>..[(,w, Kp[,w, J.I.li,w, grumble,

uTci,w.

590. X. Some verbs in have stems both in ann y; as 7rai(,w (7rat&-, 1raty-), plu_1;, fnt. r.nt~OVJ.I.nl (llfHi), ~wr. E7raLcra. See abo J"wlic fom1s of ap11'a(,w and vaaaw. (See 5S7.) 591. '!\. Ni(,w, 1ca.,h, fnl. vi.pw, forms its teuses from a stern vtj3-. Sl'l!ll ill lJOill<'ric l'L'TI'TOJ.I.aL aud later VL'TI'TW. 592. 1 I I. ( Enlf/.1'.'Jerl U'Ju1:d Stems ht PJ~<stmt..) Of these tlirl'P are three Ji visions:593. ( 1) Prese11ts in .\.\ware formed from verb stems in.\ with t%- added,}.,, becomiug .\>..; as crTiAAw, send, for crTCA-t-w; &.yyi.\.\w, announce, for &.yyA-t-w; acf>ci.A.\w, t1'ip up, for ucf>aA-t-w; present stems aTC.\.\%-, etc. (See 84, 4.)
See iJJV...oJ.I.nt (ci.\-), f3ci.A.\w ({Ja.\-), Billw (Ba>..-), oKi.\Aw (oKcA-), 1raA>..w (7rHA-), Ti>...\w (TCA-), with poetic &tOillw, iillu>, CTKEAAw,
T{>lArv.

'w

594. (2) Pre~=wnts in aww and atpw are formed from verb stems in uv- and iip- with t%- added.
Here ilw L is trausposeu aud theu contracted with a 1.o at; as cf>a(vw ( cf>uv-), show, for cf>av+w (present st<~m cf>atv%-), future cf>avw; xa<pw Cxap- ), 1'Cjoia, for xupt-w. (See 84, 5.) 595. So lvcf>pa(vw ( cv</>pav- ). Kf(JOa(vw (Klp8av- ), J.I.ntVOJ.I.nl (J.I.av-), 1'-I.O.{vw (J.I.I.O.V-), ta[vw (tav), ~'Y}pa[vw (~'Y}.nav-), 'TI'Ot~vw (11'0lJ.I.nV), pa{vw (f)av-), aa{vw (aav-), CT'Y}fLUtVu> (a'Y}J.I.aV), nTpa(vu> (nTpav-), vcf>a{vw (vcf>av-), XPULVW (xpav-); With poelic KpUL'VW (Kpav-), 7rar.Ta{vw ( 7rU71'TaV-), 7rta[vw ( 7rtav- ). Aipw (&.p- ), Ka8a(pw ( Ka8ap- ), TlKJ.I.a[poJ.I.al (TCKfLUp), with poetic lvaip<> (lvup-), lx8a(pw Ux8ap-), aai.pw (uap-).

140

INFLECTION.

(596

596. ( 0) Presents in fLVw, upw, ivw, "ipw, iivw, and iipw come from stems in tv, tp, tv, tp, \iv, and vp, with t%- added.
Here the added ' ditiappears and the preceding f, t, or v is lengthened to u, "i, or ii ; as u{vw (rev-), stretch, for rfv+w; Kt{pw (Kfp- ), shem, for Kfp-t-w; Kpfvw (KpLV- ), Judge, for Kptv-t-w; &.p.vvw (&.p.vv-), ward ojj; for &.p.vv-t-w; a-Vpw (avrr), draw, for avp-t-w. 597, So yttVOfW-' (ytv-), Krdvw (Krv-), and poetic (Jt[vw (lltv-); ayfipw (ayfrr), 'Ottpw ('Otrr), iydpw (f.ycp-), lp.dpw (liJ-fp-), iJ-dpop.at (p.fp-), cjlh<pw (fhrr), CT7rdpw (CT7rt[r), with poetic 7rtLpw (7rf[r). K>..ivw ( KALV-), CTtvo11-at ( CTtv-), aiCT~vw ( aioxvv-), Bapa-Vvw ( BapCT1Jv-), &~vvw (&evv-), 71"..\vvw ( 'TI"Auv-), p.apripop.at (p.aprvrr ), &A.o<f>vpop.at (o>..olj>vp-). OlKr{pw (olKnp-), pity (commonly written olKrdpw), is the only verb in "ipw. 598. N. 'Ocj>d>..w (ocptA.-), be obliged, owe, follows the analogy of stems in fV, to avoid Confusion with ocp>..Aw (ocj>tA-), increase; but in Homer it has the regular present ocp/.>..>..w. Homer has ftAOiJ-UL, p1ess, from stem f.>..-. 599. N. Verbs of this division (III.) regularly have futures and aorists active and middle of the liquid form (663). J'or exceptions (in poetry), see 668. 600. N. Many verbs with liquid stems do not belong to this class; as of.p.w aud opw in Class I. For j3u.{vw etc. in Class V., see 610. 601. IV. (Stems in av.) Here belong Ka{w, burn, anrl KAa{w, weep, (Attic also Kdw and KAdw). The stems Kav- and KAav- (seen in KavCTw aud KAavCTOiJ-G') Leeame Ku.p- and KAap-, whence Kat- and KAat- (90, 2). (See 574.) 602. N. The poets form some other presents in this way; as 8alw (8a.r), bmn, valw (va.r), swim. So, from stems in acr-, p.alop.c.< (p.c.cr-, p.a.<1<-, p.a<- ), sPek, 5a.lop.a< ( Oa<1-), divide. o... vtw, marry, has stem O'II"V, whence fut. o t.o-w. ...

603, .FIFTH CLASS. (N Class.) (1) Some verb stems are strengthened in the present by adding v before the thematic vowel %-; as <f>Oav-w ( 0a-), anticipate (present stem <f>Ou.v'Yc-) j c/>O{v-w ( 0<-), waste; oaKv-w (OaK-) 1 bite; Kap.v-w ( Kap.-), b~;; -weary, Ttp.v-w ( np.-), cut. 604. So {3a{vw ({3a-, {3av-, 610), 'TI"fvw (m-, see also 621), T{vw (n), o~vw (with ovw), Hom. BDvw (with B6w), rush; for i>..atlvw ( f.>.a-), see 612.

Gl~]

EIGHT CLASSES OF VERBS.

141

( clp.apT-),
perceiv~

605. (2) (a) Some consonant stems add av; ap.apnl.v-w eiT ( 1 >rl'Sl'll t s t\' Ill d.p.o.pTuv 9~-) ; al(J'Bav-op.at ( aluB-),

; {3Auan5.v-w ( {3AurrT-), sprout. ( u) Her", if t.hc last vowd of tlw stem is short, another nasal (p. lHefore a l:thial, v iwfnre a lingual, y !Jcf()re a palatal) is in~(rted aft.er t.l1is vowel; as AuviUv-w (AuB-, AavB-), e,scupe notice (ArrvBuv%-); Aap.(3U.v-w (Aa(3-, Aa.p./3- ), take; lhyyavw ( o, y-, (), yy-), u,u eli.

606. So av~U.vw ( "'i tit ai!~-w ), &.pBU.v-w (SapO-), rhr-cxBavop.ul (f.xB- ), i(av w ( wnh i.''w ), oioO.vw ( o1o-), oAuriJavw ( oAtcriJ- ), oAtCTK<!v-w (orpA-, orpA.tcrK-, UJ4); with }JO<'tic &_Atm{v-op.ut (d.AtT-, u!O), O.Aavw (rlA), f.ptoa[vw (f.pto). \V1t.h iusr.rt.eJ v, y, or p., avoav-w ( 0:8. ). Ktyxavw, epic KLxavw ( KLX- ), Aayxarw (>..ax-), p.uvfJJ.v-w (p.aB), ~uvBa~op.w.' (11'vli-), Tvyxav-w (Tux-), with poetic xuv&lv-w (xo.O-), cpvyyav-w ( cpvy ). 607. (3) A fe\1' stems add J': {3uFi.-w (with {3t'.-w), stop up, iKvi-op.ru (with lK-<<~), come, Kwi-w (Kv- ), kiss; also a./~11'-taxvf. op.at, have on, aud t'11'-urxv<.-op.ut, })l'Oinise, fl'um <crx-w. 608. ('1) Some strms aJJ vv or (after a vowel) vv 'I'he.sc form the second chss (in vup.t) of verbs in p.<, as 8dKvv-p.< ( OHK-), show, Kcpavvu-p.t ( Kfprr), mix, aud are cnnuterated in 797, 1. Some of tbese have abo ]Ji'('sents in vvw. (See 502, 2.) 609. (5) A few poetic (cl1ielly epic) verbs adJ va to the stem, forming preseuh in VYJP' (or dt'JIIliJents in VUJL<U): 1110~t of the:;e l,;we presents in vaw; as Mp.VYJ~ ( oap.vu ), also Sup.vaw, suuJue. Tltese form a third clas<; of verLs in p.t, and are e1nuncr:Lted in 797, 2. 610. N. Ba!vw (f3a-, (JUJ'-). go, and o(J'pa[J,op.at (oacjlp-, oU'cjlpav-), smell, not only aud v ur av, lut lengtlwn uv t.o atv on the principle of ClaRs IV. (5U4). They beloug !Jere, however, b<,t:ause they do not I! ave the inflection of liquid vcrl>s (509). Se<:' also Ktp&.{vw, (ia{vw, TTpa{vw, with Homeric U.AtTa(Fop.at (aAtT-, &.AtTav-). 611. N. Some st<'lll!:' of thi~ class lengthen a short vowel (on the priuciple of Cla<;s I I.) iu other t.euses t.h;Lll the prc;;ent; as >..~1Lf3avw (,Aa/3-), fut. A~!f;op.u<, (A?Jj3-): so oJ.Kvw. ~ayxayw, Aai'Bavw, rvyxuvw. See also <pvyya11w, pxop.at, and 1rvv8avop.ut. Tit ret- verbs in ~up.t (UUii ), (oSyvup.t, 11'~yvvpt, Myvup.t, belong equally to Class II. anJ Cbss V. 612. N. 'E>..uvvw (f.\o.-), dn'le, is irregular in tile prPsent ~<tern (probably for J>..a-vv-w ). "0>..-Av-p.L ( oA-), destroy, adds AU (L.Y assimilation) instead of 11\1 to the stem oA-.

142

INFLECTION.

[613

613. SixTn CLAss. (Verbs in <rKw.) These add <rK%- or LuK%- to the verb stem to form the present stem; as 'tiJP,;.crKw ( y')po.-), yrow olrl (present strm YYJPO.<TK%-); d;p-i<rKw ( d;p-) ,jilld ( l~pt<TK%-) j apEiJKC" ( &.pl-) 1 please, <Tr<pt<TKW ( <TTlp-) 1
deprive.

614. These VPrbs are, further, a>..[<TKOfJ.G.L, &.p.f3>..-[uKw, ap.1TAaK(crKw (poetic), avuA-L<TKW, a1Tacp{tJI.:W (poet.), ap<LpttJKW (pcwt.), {Ja-<TKOJ (poet.), f:Jt{Jp.;,(J"KW (/3po- ), civll{3t.;,(J"KOf!Al ({Jto-), {JA<~ <TKW (p.o>.., f3>..o-), YlYWI'(<TKW, yt-yvw<TKW (yvo), od)pciaKW (opo. ), f.1ravp(~Kw (poet.), ~fJaaKo>, B'!f<rKw ( Bo.v-, Bvo. ), BpwaKw (Bop-, Bpo-), iAn-<rKop.a.t, p.E8V<rt<w, KLt<>..+uKw ( KArr) (poet.), Kv-!aKop.tLt (Kv), p.t.p.vd<TKW (p.vo.), 1TL1Tf.CTKW (loll. aiJd J'ind.), 7rL-1Tpfr<TKW, 1TLcj>o.V.<rKw ( cf>uv-), dec/me ( Ho'" ), nTpw-aKw ( Tp<r ), cf>acrKw, xci<TKW. See also the verbs in Ul7. 'Ocj>A-I<TKQVW (ocf>A.) takes L<TK aud tlHm adds av (GOG). 615. N. Mauy prrsents of this classs are reduplicated (;i:HJ); as ytyvw<rKw ( yv~r ). See 65:!, 1. 'Apap(<rKw h;;s a fonn of Attic
red11plication (5:2D). 616. N". Final o of the verb stem becomrs w, <UH.l final a. sometimC'S becomes ii or '1; ns in 'Y<"fVW(fKW ( -yvo- ), o<opd."Kw ( opa); tlvJf(fKw ( tlav-,
Ova-), Doric tlv~""w (for tlvii-<(fKw). 617. N. Three VHbs, aXu-(fKW (aliVK), fJXOicl, ocOci.(fKW (otoax), teach, :tnd Xci-(fKW (lla ), speak, omit" or x brf,re (fKw. f-;0 Hontl'ric ilCJKw or '"w (ILK or iK ), liken, <UHI T<TU(fKop.a< ( rvx, ru< ), for nru"Kop.o.<, prepare. See also p.lCJ-yw (for p.q(fKw) an<l ,-ci"xw (for ,-aB(fKw). 618. N. The~e verbs, from their ending (fKw, n.re called h1ceptive,

though few have any inceptive meaning.

619. SEVENTH CLASS. ( P,-e.~l?nts in fLL 'With Rimple stfms.) Here the verb stem, sometimes redupliea.ted (<>.:i~), without tlw thematic vowel, a.ppcars as the present stem. E.y.
<PYJp.L ( cf>- ), say, cf>o.-JJ.f.v, </Ja-r; ri.BYJ!J.' (8- ), put, r[8-p.w, Tt8E-T, Tt8l-p.o.L, n8i-p.8a, t-Ti8i-<T8i, f.-r[B-VTO; o[owp.L ( Oo- ), o[-oo-p.lv.

For the strong furm of tlte~e otcms in the singular of the active, see 027. 620. All verbs in p.t, except tho~e in viip.L uuder 608, aut! the epic forms in VYJfU (or VJJ.O.L) wit.lt v<r n.ddcd to the ste!ll (G09), are of this class. They are enumerated iu 7!14. (S!P 502, 1.)

621. ElGIITII CLASS. (Mixed Class.) This includes the few irregular vr.rbs which have aJty of the tense stems so essentially different from others, or arc otherwise so pccul-

PHESE~T

AND D11'ERFECT 11\DICATIVE.

14.3

iar in formatiou, that they cannot Le brought under any of the prt>c~t~Lling dasses. They are the following:aip!w (nipc, (A-), tal:e, fut. aip~aw, 2 aor. d.\w. tTOov (p8-, 1o), swD, 1idi,:.! ao1 i~t (Ill! J'l'~S"IIL act.); 2 pf. oTbu., kuuw (o:!U). ;\J id. fLOop.ut (poet.). E[oov is u~ed as 2 aor. of opaw (see L~low). cC1rov (cl1r-, lp-, pc-), .~J>ol.(, 2 aor. (110 pres.); fut. (lp!w) lpw, pf. tl-p1]Ku.. Tl>e .-l!l>J /.p- (rk) i$ for f<p (fpf), seP-Il Jll Lat. va-IJU11! ( (j.lfJ). So f.l,t7rw. EfJXOfW-' ( <px-, i.>..<v8-, i,\v8-, <A8-), gn, fut. D,<vaoJJ.fl.L (po~;t .. ), 2 perf. i..>..~>..v(),_, 2 :wr. ~A(Jov. Tlw At.tic future i:; <~p.t, sltCL!l go (SO[:;). f.a8(w (i<r8-, l/L </><Ly-), eat, fnt. {oop.ut, 2 aor. (<f>nyov. 0/JO.w ((~pu-, 01r-, fLO-), sec, fut .. O!foJJ.at, pf. f.Opu.Ku., 2 a.or. t:TOm'
0

( ~ec au em~) mJ.<Jxw ( mdJ-, 7rfl'()), suj}"a, fut. 7rt<rop.a.t, 2 pf. 7rir.0118u., 2 aor. E1raeov. (~"e Gli.) 1ri1'W (m-, 7TD- ), clritll:, fuL r.tOJW.t, pf. 7r(7rwxu., 2 aor. mov. (S<o 604.) rp!xw (rpcx-. Opu.p.-), )"UJ!, fu1. Opap.ovp.at, pf. ocopci.p.')KQ (G.ji), 2 aor. f.opap.ov. </>f.pw (</>p, oi-, f.vcK-, by re<luplication at1l syncope f.v-YK, ivcyK ), [,,,w, ji>o: fut. OL<TW, aur. ijv<yt<u, J. !:' <v->Jtox-a (tl40; u!l:!), lv>/vy-p.at. aur. p. ~,,(xB'7" For full ftJn1~ of tl,e>-e verbs, h<e tJH, Catalogue. See also the irrc::; ular veri'" in ill ( SO:J-~:!0). 622. ~. nccasional l!cHn<ric or pn<tic irregular form~ appear <ven in ~Ollll' V(rlJs of tlw first Sl'Vl'll C'hLo~c:~. See. rio.xljw, ri)..i~w, -yl-yvo}'-o.<, and X"vorivw in the Cat:tlo::;ue.
I~J.Lr;cnox OF TilL Pr~E'>Ll'T .\~T> btl'EHFECT IxDJC<Trvr;.

623. ( Cumrnoll Form.) Tlte pre.seJJt indif!ative aud~ the primary endings (G32) to t!te prPseut t.t'nSe stem in %-,except in the siu~ubr of t.hc aetivc, where it ltas the tl'l"IIlinatious w, H>, " the> nrigin of which is uuer.rtaiu. The first person in w is indcl";ncleut of th:tt iu p.<, ;wd botl1 the fonns in o1 :l.lld in I'-' wen~ probably inlwrited by the Greek from tlle pareut langnage. Fur tlw thir,] person in ova< (for OV<Jl) 1 SCI' f>i)(j, 0.

624. Of the two fonn~ of the secot1d person singular middle in Tl and H pu:i, n), tl,at in " b the true Attic form, wJ,ich was

144

1!\FLECTIO:\.

[625

used in prose all(! in comedy. But the tragedians seelll to have prefened the form iu 11 ,1 wl1ich is tlte regular form in the other dialects, except Ioui:, and in tht~ later coJumon dialect. This applies to the future nliuule allll p;>.ssive and to the future perfect, as well as to the present.. 625. Bo,;AofluL, wish, and OLOJl<LL, thin!:, have only {Jov,\a and oi'n, with IJO fonus iu ?1 So ot/JOjlOL, future (If opri.w, ste, has ouly olflu.

626. The imperfect adds the secoudary emli11gs to the tense stem in %-. See tlH~ par<tdigm of A.Dw. 627. ( Mt-fonn.) Here the final vowel of the stem is long (with 7J 1 w, v) ill the siugnlar of l.Joth }'l'PSl:nt a11d illlperfect inJicati ve ac:ti Vl', Lu t short (with U. ur <, o, v) in the dual and plural, and also in most otlwr forms derivlr.l from the ]'resent stem. This change from the strong stem in the indica,ti Vt singular to the weak st.em in other forms is one of tlw most im portaut distinctions Let ween the p.dorm and that in w. Thr endings here include p.t, ,, at in the singular of the present, and auv in the third person plural of the imperfect. (Sec50G.) 628. Tl1e third person plurnJ of the present active has the e11ding aat (i:J.'i2), which is always coutraetecl with u. (bnt never with<, o, or v) of the l'.tcm; as [ararrt (for [rrTnO:at)' but rdH-O:rn, OLOo-arTL, OtLKvv-aat. 629. Tlte only wrbs in p.t wit], con~<onant stems are the irregular 11'[ (t'O'- ), be, and ry}'Ot (~a-), sit. (See 80G aud 814.) 630. Some \'erbs in '7!L' and WflL have forms which follow the inflection of verbs in <wand ow. Thus tlw imperfect. fonu~ t'rf.Btt> anti irf.Bu (as if front rtBiw ), and io[oovv, ic[oov>, io[oov (as if frolll 1),/),)w), are wuch ntore COilllll(Jll than the regular forlllS in .,,, 'I aiJ(l wv, w>, w. So rtfNis for rf.Brr> in the present. (See also 741.) 631. Some verbs in V}lt have also presents in vw; as OaKvvw for

OELKVVJJ.L.

632. t.vva}'Ot. can, and i7r[arap.at, l:11o1V, often haYe iot;vw (or ~llvvw) all<! ~1r!arw [(lr iovvaao and ~rr[r:JTaao in the iluperfect, and
occasionally
pre~t~nt.

Olive: a11d f.TrtO'T'!- for cvv<tiTat and iTr[araaat in the

633. For the present (with t:l1e other tenseR) in the dependent moo<ls and the participle, see the accouut of these (718-775).
I Kir,~hhllff and Weeklein in Aeschylus, il.llll nergk in Sophocles, give ouly the form in U

630]

MODIFICATION OJ.' THE VERB STEM.

MODlFICATIO!\ OF Tf!E VEl:B TE!St:>E
STE~l

14fi

IN CEJtTAIN

SYSTE~1S.

634. Defore discus~ing the other tense systems (II.~IX.), we

mu~t.

llll"lltiull some modifications which the verL stem regularly

uudergoes ill cert.ain fonl!s. Mere irregularities, such as are found only in verLs of the eighth class (0::?1), arc 110t noticed J,ere.

635. ( Li!ngthening u.f Vowels.) Most stems ending in a short vowel lengtben this vowel before the tense suffix (561, 5) in all tenses formed from tlH"lll, except. the pres(nt aud im peder.t. A and beeome "1'), and o Lccomcs w; Lut ;;_ atter c, t, or p 1>ecoll1e~ ii. (~~l). E.g. TifLctu> ( TifUl- ), lumor, TLfL~-fJw, Jrif'YJ-c:m, TT[f'-YJ-KU, nrf!LYJ-p.at, -rip]-8,/v; q,,>._(,, ( </><Ac-), love, q,,>..qrJw, J<f>[AYJrrll, rr</>tAYJxu., rr</>tAYJfW.t, f.</>tl..~fJYJv; 07JAU>JJ (OIJAo- ), slco1c, <J,,>..dJcrw, (o~Awaa, 00ryAwxu, &xpvw, 0<1Kp~aw. llut <O.w, i<i<Tw; iO.op.ut, iiiaop.ut; 8paco, 8pcfcrw,
8pacm, 8iopaKu.

636. TIJis applil's also to stems whi<-h lJecmne vowel stems hy

as (Ja>..Aw ((Ju."A-, (J>..u.-), tlnw, l'f. (Jif3AYJ-Ku; KUfLVW ( KufL-, KtJ.U.- ), la/;01, KiKfLYJ-KU; or Ly addillg" E (G:i7); as f3oUAop.ut ((3ovA.-, (Jov>..- ), 1cish, (JovA+<TOfLUt, {3(3ovArttJ.O.t, f.{3ovl..">]-8'7v. 637. For t.he loug stelll vo\1 C'l in t.hc singular of ihc present alld il11J>erfect indicative of verls in fH, SI'E' (i:27.
metat!Jcsi~ (04~1);

638. :1\0 AKpoO.op.ut, lcem, lJaS aKpociCTO!UlL etc. j xraw, qi!:e oradr'S,
lel~:jthen~ ~~ to~; as XP~<Tw etc.

tio rp~crw aud irprpu from stelll

Tpu-;

~ee

T<Tp<Lll'w, [,ure.

639. Some vowel stt'lllS J"(,tain the sl10rt vowrl, coutrary to the grneral rule (G:->D); us yAc~w, lough, yc>..ti.<TofLal, lyl>..(;.ao. j apKfw, SU.fJice, apKc<Tic>1 TfpK(TU. j J.I.UXOiJ.Ul (!LoX-), jiyht, Jl.GXE<Top.at (I on.), lp.aX<TUfL7JV
(a) This occurs in tl1e following verl>s: (]'nrP YPrh~) O.yap.at,
aiOiOf.W.L, d.~-:(uj).ac., c.L\.lw, &v1~w, J.pKf.w, dp~w, J.p,;w, yAtfuJ, f.A~<Vto (spe

'AKw ), ifLiw, fpclw, 'iw, OAO..w, KAciw, break, ~iw, 1rrVw, ur.O.w, rf.Al.w, Tpiw. <f>Nl.w, xal..c.lc.o; aJIC! epic QK')Oo'w, Korf.w, Aofw, VftKEw, a!Jd the Skill~ (all-) :tlJ!] (ac-) ; - (of.he1 \'t:l'ilS with \'0\\C] ~(ClllS) ap(CTKW (J.p-). axBop.ut (J.x0-), EAIUJVO) (<>..a-), l>..a<TKOp.n.t (l>..o.-), p.d1v<TKW (p.d)u-); abo all YPrLs in nwvp.t a11Cl ()ll'Up.l, ?>"ith stems in a and (given in 707, I), with o>..>..ufLt (oA-) all<! op.l'VfLt (o!Lo-). (b) The fiual Vf>Wl of the st"n' is variable in qmmtity in cliffc>rent tenses in t},., followiug verbs: (pure verbs) alvow, o.ipf.w, olw,

146

INFLECTION.

[040

bind, (i~w ( ~e~~ oGvw ), lpvw (t>pic ), 8~w, saai.fir:e, Ka.Acw, >..~"' p..~w, 1rofH.w, 1roviw;- ( otla'r w~rb~) f3'-''"''' (13,,.), (uptcr~<w ( vp-, ~p'-), p.d.xo,_w.< (JI.O.X(-), 1rivw ( 1!"t-, 1!"0), Bcivw ( 6u-), 8[vw ( 8t-). 640. (Insertion of cr.) \'owe! Stt'Jns w !ti(:h retain the

short vowl-1 (li~-l!J) and sowe ot.lwrs add cr to the final vowel before all rndings not beyinuing with cr in U..te perfect al!d pluperfect mitlJlr. 'l'lte sallie verl>s have cr before {) or OYJ in the first passive tPlJSe system. E.g.
T(,\(w, _finish,

nTiA-a-,_w.<, -nn>..iap.YJv, ETAia8ryv, n.\ur8~a-op.a.<;

yAaw, lauyh, cyd.O.-a--8,/v, y(,\lJ.O"B'qva<; xpciw, give oracle.<, XPrJtr~>,

KtXpry-a-p.a.t, <xFn}crOryv. 641. Thi~ occurs in all the verbs of C30 (a), except apow, so far as ilwy form these te!JS!)S; and in the follo~~oiug: aKOVUI. Opaw, 8puvw, KEAo!w, KAE(w (KAj w), Kvaw, Kva[w, Kpovw, KuA.iw (or KuA.[vow ), At1;w, viw, her2p, ~~w. 1raLw, 7raA.u[w, r.at.'w, 7rAiw, 1rptw, (1Lw, T[vw, ~u), X''"' XPa<o, xriw, and poet.ie pu[w. Sonw, however, have forms l>oth with <WLi without a. See the Catalogue.

642. (Strong Form of Stem, i11 Second Class.) 1. Verbs of the second class h~ vc t.he strong form of !.he sti:'m ( 372 ~, as Awr- or AotTr- in Att7rw, TYJK in r~t<w, vf.u- in (vt.rw) viw, in all tens10s except in the second n.orist aud seeond pn.ssi ve trnse sy~;tems; as (vyw, v~op.cu, 11"E(uya., {uyov; Atr.<JJ, AE[if;w, A.iA.ot11"a., (At?TOt'; T~Kw, n}~w, TETY)Ku, haKY)V; piw (for flfW),
ptvU'op.at, ipplrt]v. 2. Exceptions are the perfect and aol'ist. pa.<;sive of Tvxw (nx- ), which arc regt:~Jar in Ionic, and lllo~t tl'n~es of xiw (xu-) and cHuw (cru-). After the Attic reduplication (5:.!!1) tl><~ wal; form appears; a~ i1l dAf.(</>w (dAc- ), a>..-~A.tc/>u: sec al~o lpCtK\Il and f.pl7TW. Tlw. perf~ct~ f.ppVYjKa (pew) and f.,n[/3'f)J-l<l.L arc from stems iu t- (G~>8, 2).

643. ( E chan(.!P.d to o in Secoud l'e7fcct.) In tlw seco11d pr,rfret systrm, of the verb stl'm i!'; rhangr-d to o. Eg.
;-r:py(u, love, (t7ru 1 Jy1L; 1ftfJ.7TW) .'ieHd, -rri:rrop.cjlcz.; KAhrTw, ~(<'<11, KEKAou (,'>ltl; WJ:!); -rpf.cpw, !I<JHrish, -riTpocf>u; TLKTu> (T<K-). l,riu_q
jol'lh,

T{TOK<L j

{L(YOJ-lUL ( [f.V ),

beCVlJlt', yf.yoJa, f.ycyOI'YJ ytyov[JJO.L,

ycyovw~.

So f.ydpw (f.y(p-), iyp~yopc! ('>:12); KTtvw ( Knv-), fKTOlf/! (in compos.); >..yw, cullect, ttAox"; 71'aaxw ( 1raO-, 1TtvB-), 7rC1TOt,(Ja;

7Ti.poop.at, 7T'f1TopS,t; -rp(.,.w, Ti-rpo<fla; cpw ( ivtK- ), <dvoxa.; cpBt!pw (<f>Otp). <cf>Bopr<; x.<'l;w (xto), Kixoo:~.. For At!1r-w, ,\{.Aot7Tu, auJ 1T([0-w, 7!"E7rot0-a., see 31; 612, 1.

649]

MODH'JCATION OF THE VERB STEM.

147

644. (A le11[!thened to 7J or a in Second Pe1ject.) In some verbs ii of tl~t: stem is leugtliened to 7J or ain the second perfeet.
These are O.yvuJ-1-t (O.y), f.U:yo. ( lonie erl)'o); Billw (Ba.A-), Ti87J>..a; xpa'w (xpu.y-), xixpriyu; ft.arrxw (>..ax-), A.i>..U.xa; p.a.(voJ-I-Ol (}J-<lv-), p.i.p:YJVU; au.[pw ( r.rup- ), <TCaYjpo.; cf>u.[vw ( cf>av-), 7rE</>1JYO..

645. (E rltangeci to ii.) ln monosyllauie liquid stems, is g"<~JI(~l"al!y <.:hanged to a ill tlJe tirst perfect, perfect middle, and seeond passive tense systems. E.g.
~riA>..w ( <TrtA ), .<end, (ura.Axu, (<rro.AJLI.ll, taTClA7JV, uraA~<TOflollt; x<(pw (x<p-), slww, xi.xupp.o.t, l.t>apryv (lou.); r.r7r<[pw (a7rfp-), sow, (<T7r<LpjJ-Ul, i<T7rap1JY So iu oipw, xn[vw, p.dpOjJJJ.l, nt'vw, ri.A>..w, auJ cf>(Mpw.

646. N. The Rame change of to a (after p) occurs in urpi</>w. two, f.arpuJ-1-p.rLL, f.arp&.cf>YJV, rrrpu.rj>~<TOJ-I-Ol (hut 1 a or. ttrrpicf>(JYJv, r:tre); rp(.,.,,, lum, rhpu.p.p.at, f.rprl7rTJV (buL f.rpicp(J.rlv, lou. irp..l. cf>{}YJv); rpl.cpw, noun~/,, ri.{)pu.p.fJJJ.' f.rpacf>'JV (LuL UJpicf>BYJ'); ab> iu the ,,~Cui~<l aorist. passive uf KAi.,.rw, sleul, 1rAiK<u, weuve, and rip1rw, drliylt!, f.xft.O..,.t]v. t7rAaKYJV, a11d (epic) irap7rlJV (1 aor. ixi..f.<f>{}IJV, (..,.>..ix()f/v, f.rip</>&YJv, rarely epic f.rapcf>{}YJv). It occurs, further, in th~ ~ecouJ aorbt (a<'tive or middle) oi xr(vw, kill, rip.rw, rut, rpf.7rv>. and rf.p1rw; viz., ill EKTUVOJ' (poet.), (rup.ov, f.rap.op.YJv, f.rpa?rDv, lrpum)p.rjv, TfTilpm)p.7Jv (II Pill.); also iu oeveral Homeric aud poetic fullilS c~ee o(pxop.u.l, 7rlp8w, and trn]auw). For rdvw, f.nlfl1Jv, ~ee 711. 647. (N o.fslem. drOJlJlrrl.) Four vr1h~ in v<u drop v of tlJC stellt iu the pC'rfect. and tirst l'~ssi vc systems, and thus have vowel stems in these forms:Kpfvw ( xptv-), sepamle, xf.Kpuw, KlxptfJ..Ul, f.xp[{}YJV; x>..fvw ( KAtv-), incline, xix>..tKl, KEKALp.ut, it<A.[(},lv; 1rft.6vo> (1r>..vv- ), was/,, .,.(.,.Avf.Ull, f.?rA.v{)lJv; n[vo ( nv-), stretch, Tiru.xa (uIG ), rirafJJJ.L, ir0.8'7v, f.xmel]uop.u.L. ::io KTt1'W in SOJDC poetic forms; as fxTU-{jYJV, t<TU-p.7JV Se<e als<) ]'ic st'~'" cf><v, cpu-. For the regular Homeric iKAI.v&'YJv U.ll<l it<pcvGl)v, se,. ~<1!1. 648. Wheu fi11n i v c,f ;t stem is uol thus d1 oppen, it Leco1nes nasal y Ldore Ka (7~, 1), a11d i~ genP.rally npLu:t>d t>y u before paL (o:\); as rpo.tl'lu (rpav-), 7ri.rp<~)'KU, 7rtc/>u!Jp.<H 1 f.cpJ.v{Jt]l' (::;ec 700.) 649. (.1Ittatitesis.) TJ'" .,t,JJl sol!JetiJncs suffers metathesis (ti4): (I) ill l!Je pre'e~Jf,, a-; {)yd<rKW (f}JV-, f}ya-), diP, ((lJ(j) j (:!) in otJ,.,r l<~nsl!'i, ns #o.Aft.w (/3a>..-, {3.lo.a- ), tl11ow, {3{3>..7JKa, {3</3Al)J-1-UI, i/3ft.~{)r1 v; allll (po~tic) ocpKOfJJJ.l (&pt<-), ue,2 aor. lopo.1wv (opo.K-, <Hu).

148
650. (Syncope.)

INFLECTION.

[Gf>O

Sometimes syncope (65): (1) in the present, as y[yvoJ=L (ylv), become, for yt-ylvOJLULi (~) in tile second aorist, as C7rTOJJ-7JV for f.-7rlTOp.7Jv; ( 3) in the perfect, as 7rlTavviip.t ( 7rtTa-), expand, 7TE7rTaJLUt for 7rt7rtTaJLU' See cj>f.pw in 6:21.

651. (Reduplication.) Sometimes rcrfuplication, besides the regular reduplication of the perfect st.em (WU): ( 1) in the present, as yt-yvwU"Kw, know, y[yvoJLUL, T[07Jp.L. (:2) in the second aorist, as 7rt[Ow (1rtl1-), pe1suade, 7rE""'TrLBov (epic); so ayw, ~yayov (Att.ic). 652. 1. The followiug are reduplicated in tile present:(a) In Class I., y[-yvojillL (for yLytvOJLUt); ttrxw (for m-atx-w);
p.tJJ-l'W (for p.t-p.tvw), poetic for p.ivw; 1rf1rTW (for m-7rtTw); TtKTw (for TL-TlKW ). (b) In Class VI., {3t-{3pwU"Kw ({3po-), yt-yvwU"Kw (yvo-), OL-op6.U"Kw JJ-Lp.v!fU"Kw (p.va-), 7rL-7rp6.(J"KW ( 1rpa.-), TL-TPWU"KW ( Tpo-), with poetic 7rL-7rt(J"Kw and m-cj>I!VU"Kw, and &.po.ptU"KuJ with peculiar Attic reduplication (015). (c) In Class VII., the verbs in !-'-' which are enumerated in 794, 2. 2. For rcduplica!Rd second aorists, see 534 and 535.

(opu-),

653. (E added to Stem.) l\ ew stems are often fomwd by adding t to tlw Vt!rh stem. 654. (1) From this new stem in l sonw verbs form tlw present stem (by adding o/.-), sometimes also other tense stems. E.g.'
floKE-(>) (OoK-), seem, pres. stem (OOKto/.-, fut. oo~w; YllfJ-E-W (yap.-), many, fut. Y"i-'-w, pf. ycyO.JJ-YJKtl; uiBiuJ (wB-), push, fut. .;JU"w (poet.
wO~U"w).

655. These verbs arc, further, ycywvf.w, y'Y}Bf.uJ, KTV1Tf.(J), Kvp<(J), JLUpTvpf.w (also JLUpT6poJLUL), l)~r.r((J) (abo pi1rTw), cj>t>..f.w (see epic fol'tns); a.nd poetic Oov1rw, C:.Aw, (7To.vp~w, KAo.O~w, K(J'T(<~J, ?ra-rioJLUL, ljiyf.w, U"rvyf.w, Topiw, and X/'uttrp.f.w. Sec abo 7rlKTew (7rK-, 7TKT- ). Most vc:rhs in w have their regular stems iu -, as 7Totf.w (7rot), rnnl.e, fnt. 1TOL~U"w. 656. X. A few cl1iefly pott ic vP.rhs :ul<l a in the same way to the verb stem. See f3pvxaoJJ-UL, yoaw, owwiw, jJ-'r]KclOfJ-UL, fJ-TJTLUW,
p:tJKt:lo jJ-Ut 657. (~) GeJJcrally ilte
lH'W

stew iu

does not appeur in

601]

PRRSE:-IT SYSTEM.

149

the present. But in some verbs it forms special tenses; in others it for111s all the tenses except the preseut, imperfect, second perfect, and the second aorists. .E.g.
BovAof.WL ([3ov..\-). wish, [3ovAlJUOJJ.UL ({JovA-, GJG); aluBavoJW.L (aluB-), peneive, a.iuB~uoJJ.UL (a.ialh- ), /juB7JJJ.UL; JJ.f.vw (JJ.fV-), 1'f1111lill, JLfJLtV7JKU. (JUvt-); JLrlXOJL1ll (JJ.Ux-), jlg/ct, fuL. (JJ.ux(-OjJ.CJ.t) fW-XOUJJ.UL, f.JJ.UxtauJJ.YJV, fJ.fJJ.cfX7JJL1l' 658. 1. The following havn the stem in f in all teuse~ except those meut.ioned (057): aiaBO.vofWL (a.luB-), 0..\.i~w, 0..\.Bo!J-0-L (loll.), U!J-0-pTavw (a!J-0-pr-), tllliO.vw (u.'li-), a7T-x0aFOJJ.UL (-x0 ), av~U.vw (av~-). axBoJJ.uL, {3>..a.uravw ({J..\aar- ), {3ovAopat, ,f3uaKw, liiw, want, ifi~AoJ a11d (Ji>..w, (pOJJ.CJ.L and ft(lO!J-0-L (Tou. ), ;ppw, fUOw, fip[aKw. ltf;o,, KCAOPJlL (poet.), Ktxavw (KtX- ), Aau~<w (AaK- ), JJ.avBO.vw ( pt.O- ), JJ.axol"" P.'6op.ut, jJ.tUw, JJ.f.Aw, JJ.6,w, OlOJJ.Ul, ol.xo!J-0-L, o,\wi:IO.J::) I dAur{:l . /iAA.~p.l. ocp>..taKal'w ( ocpA ), 7TETOJ.W-l, rrT<ipVVJJ.L: ~t'C: poe! ic ap.r.A<LK[IJKW aud a:rra.cp[aKw, and the stem &-. See also Kfplia.[vw. 2. The followi11~ havP. the stem in (in ~pecial teuses fonue1! frc1111 the verb stem or th~ weak stelll (;H) : b:;p6J.voJ ( Ollp{)- ). p.f.Fw, v:p.w, orrcppatVO/)JH (uacpp-), 7Tu(w, 7T(TOfL'1L, 7T(t8:u (mfJ-), p(,,, (fju-), UT<t/3w ( anf3-), rvyxavw ( rvx- ), xJ.,,, (xuo-); II ith y[yvop.cLt, EX'" Tp<xw. :l. The followillg fonn '-''IL~iu tenseo frow a ;;I.e"' Juad., hy adding to the pre~c;nt stem wit.hout the thematic vowel: OtOaaKw, Ka.{)[,w, K~Ow, KA.a.{w, orpt[>..w, Tlo7TTOJ, xa[pw. 659. K. In OJJ.VV!LL, su:ear, the stem op.- is enlar,::-ed to Jp.o- in sollle tc;uoes, as in WJJ.Orra.; in ,{A(aKOPJLL, b~ captured,,~,\- is enlarg<d to a>..o-, as in uAwtTOf.WL. So rp~xw ( rpvx- ), cxhrwst, Tfli!XWCTW. ~0 probably o'LxoJJ.ut, be gune, has stem oixcr for oix(- in tl1e perfect ol'xw-Ka ( cf. loa. ol.xrrJLat).

o,w,

FORMATION OF TENSE STE:'IIS AND TEl\SR

SYSTE~IS

I~FLECTl(J}I

OF

I:--1 THE l:SD!CATIVE.

SHTEM.

I. Pm;,r;:..-r

660. The formation of tlw present stem n.nd the inflection uf tlu: present and impt>rfer.t indicative h:tve bceu exJ>!ained in 56H-6::!2 and 6:!:J-o:t2. 661. The eight rcmailiing t\~l!SC stems (li.-lX.) are formed from the verb stPm. T!Jis is the simplest form of the stem in all class<~s of verLs ext:ept the SeconJ, where it is the stron!l form (IJ75; 64~).
For special modificat.io11s of certain tense stems, ~ee G34-GfJ9.

150

INFLECTION.

(662

For the inflection of the subjunctive, optative, and imperative in all tenses, see 718-7 58; for the for111ation of the infinitive, see 759-769; and for that of the participles and verbals in -TO> and -Tf05, see 770-776. II. Furnm SYSTEM.

662. (Future Active and Middle.) Vowel and mute stems (460) add CT%- to form the stem of the future active and middle. The indicative active thus ends in CTw, and the middle in CTOJUlt. They are inflected like the present (see 480). E.g.
Ti,wfw, honor, Ti.p.~CTw ( TLJ.L1)CT%-) ; 8pO.w, do, 8pcf.CTw (6:35); KmrTw (Ko7!'-), cut, Kocftw; {3>-.n'IT'Tw <f3>-.u.f3-), hwt, {3>-.0.tpw, {3>-.at/JoJUlL (74); ypO.<j>w, write, ypO.tpw, ypO.tf;oJ.LaL; 7!'AiKw, twist, 1rAi~w; 7rpiiCTCTw ('rrpay-), do, 1rp6.tw, 'lt'p&~op.at; TapO.aCTw ( -rapax-), confuse, TUpO.~w, Tapa~OJUlL; <f>pa'w (</>puS-), tell, <j>pciaw (for <j>pu.trCTw); 71'd8w, persuade, "TrfLCTW (for 7rH8-{J'w); Aft7rw, leave, A.t{oJ!w, A<LofOJUlL (G4:2). ~o <miv8w, puur, <T7rff.CTw (for CT'1T'Ottr(J'w, 79), Tpi<j>w, nowish, 8pitpw, Opit/JOJU!L ( 05, 5 ).

663. (Liquid Future.~.) Liquid stems (460) add t%- to form the future stem, making forms in lw and ioJ.LaL, r:ontracted to wand ovJUl'' and inflected like <j>t>-.w and <j>cll.oup.uL (4~2). See 482. .E.g.
<l>alvw ( </>av-), show, fut. ( <j>avc-w) <f>avw, ( <j>avi-o}Ult) <f>avovp.u.t; (IT'().,).w ( (J'TtA- ), send, ( (J'nAc-w) u-rtAw, ( un>-.-o}Ult) (J'T'EAOUJ-tUL; vi,.,.w, divide, (vtJ.Lf.-w) VEJ.Lw; Kptvw (Kptv-), judye, (Kpwi-ul) t<pww. 664. N. Here t%- is for an original t(J'%-, t.he u being dropped between two vowels (88). 665. (Attic Future.) 1. The futures of Ka,\(w, call, and TtA.lw, finish, Kall.iuw and nA.f.o-w (6:~9), drop o- of the future stem, and contract KM- and TEAt- with w aud OfJJJ.L, mal;i:Jg KaAo, Ko.AOVJUlL, nA.w and (poetic) nA.oi!JUlt. These futures have thus tbe sa!lle forms as the presents. So o>J..iip.t (o>..-, oA.t-), destroy, has future J>..l(J'w (Hom.), oA.f.w (Hdt.), o>-.w (Attic). So JUlXC<TOJUlL, Holll~ric future of J-1-axop.u.L (JUlXE-), fig Itt, becomes JUlXOVJUlL in Attic. KuiJf.'oflaL ((.-), sit, bas KaiJEOoVJUlL 2. In like manner, futures in aCTw from verbs in awVJ-tL, ~orne in E<Tw from verhB in twUJ-tt, a.nd some in auw from verbs in a,w, Jrop u and contract aw :~.ncl tw to w. Tim~ <TKtOO.vvi:I-'L (<YKt&-), scalier, fut. (J'Kt&J.CTw, ( 17Kt&J.w) (J'KfO(;J; UTOpEVJ'VJ.LL ( <TT'Opf-), .<Jner:/.11, CTTOplrfuJ, (<TTopiw) CT-ropw; {3cf30.,w, cause to go, f3{3aCTw, ({3t{3aw) {3t[3w. So

6G9)

FIRST AOHIST SYSTEM.

151
For future

i>..aww (l>..a-), drive (Li12), future iAO.uw. (EM.w) f.>..w. i>..<lw, (AoWrit, etc. in Holller, see 784, ~ (c).

;3, Futures iu tuw and tuop.at from verbs in ,,w of more than two syllables regularly drop u and insert t; then tiw and tfOJAil& are contracted to tw and wvp.m; as KOJL[(w, cany, Kop.[uw, (KoJUiw) KO}l!W, KO}J.LUOJAil!, ( KOp.!i.Op.n.!) KOp.tovp.at, inflected like r.Aw, tAOlr p.n.t (492). See 7b3, 1 (end). 4. These fol'll1!; of futme (665, 1-3) are called Attic, because the purer Attic seldom uses any others in these tenses; but they arll found a.lso in other dialects aud eveu in Homer.

666. ( Dmic Future.) 1. These verbs form the stem of the future middle iu uc%-, and contract uf.op.n.t to uovp.n.t: 1f'A(w, sail, 1f'Atuaov!Ult (5i4); '71'VEw, b1eathe, 1f'Vvuovp.at; viw, swim, vwuovJJill; K>..a[w, weep, KAavuovp.n.t (001); cfm!yw, flee, tveovp.n.t; 1f'f1rrw, Jail, 1rwovp.n.t. See also 'l'l'al(w (3!10) and 1f'VvBO.vop.at. The A t.tic has these, with the regular futures 1f'An5uop.at, 1f'VVuop.o.t, KArnSaop.n.t, cj>f'IS~op.at (but never -rri.uop.at). 2. The~c are called Don'c futures, because the Doric forms futures in rri.w, rrw, and ui.op.n.t, rrovp.n.t.

667. N. A few irregular futures drop u of the stem, which thus has the appearance of a present stem. Such ar~ xiw and xiop.lH, fut. of xiw, pow; (Dop.o.L, from f.u8[w ( <t.-), eat; 1f'tOfLUL1 from 'll'ivw (m-), d1ink (021).
668. N. A fpw poetic liquid stems add rr like mute stR.ms; KEAAw ( KfA- ), land, KfAUw; Ktpw, meet, Kvpuw; opvU/-Ll ( op-), rouse, opaw. So Bipop.a1, lx uwnud, Hom. fut. Bipuop.at; cp8c[pw ( cp(hp- ), destroy, Hom. fut. cp6ipuw. For the corresponding aorists, see 674 (b).
III. FmsT AoRIST
SYSTEM.

669. (First Aorist Active a11d Middle.) 1. Vowel and mute stems (460) add rra to form the stem of the first amist active and middle. The indicative active thus ends
in aa, whiCll bCCOni(;S IH ill tile t!Jiru pel'Wll Singular j aDU the middle ends in uap.:fJv. E.g. Ti,ufw, f.rip."/O"a, irip."'aap."'v ( lj:):;) ; opaw, opriua; K<hrrw, EKolj;u, f.Ko</Ja}l"/Y; {3Aa1Trw, f3A.a.pa; ypacpw, (ypalf;u, f.ypa<fap."'v; 1f'A(Kw, (7TA~<L, E7l'A~U}l"/V; 11'p~UfT<u, E'l'l'pn~a, f7Tpii.~ap."'v; rapauuw, lrapaea; cppa(w, f.cppaua (for f.cppaOaa); 7Tt!Bo,. (1Tt<ra (74); u.,.f.vow, EU7TtUa (for CU1f'YO-ua); rpf.cj>w, tBpt<fa, iBpclj;ap."/v (95, 5); r?}Kw, melt, r7Jea; 1r>..iw, sail, ;.,.,\vua (574 ). For the inflection, see 4~0.

152

INFLECTION.

[G70

670. Three verbs in p.t, otowp.t (ocr), give, lYJiJ-L (-),send, and TtOrw.t (0), put, have Ka for c:Ta in the firBt aorist active, giving (8wKa, ~Ka, aud f.(}Y)Ku.. These fonus are seldo1u used except in the
iwlicative, aud are most comu1on in the singular, where the .econd aorists arc nuL iu usc. (Se(' R02.) Even the middle forms ~Kap:fJV and f.(}"f/KaJJ.YJ'' oceur, the latter not in Attic Greek (810). 671. :-.:. Xiw, pom, has ~wrists f'xm (Hom. f'xfva) au<.l cxajJ.Y)V, correspoudiug to the fut-ures xlw aud xlop.n.t (G07). Et1TOV, said, has also first aorist i1Tu.; and cj>ipw, bear, has rjvcyKa (from stem
EVyK ).

For Homeric aorists like lf3ryauo, loOruro, lov, etc., see 777, 8.

672. (Liquid A01ists.) Liquid stems (4GO) drop c:T in em, leaving a, and lengthen tlwir last vowel, 0. toY) (a.ftcr' or p to u) and ( to ( l ( SU). Sec 4o~. E.g.
<l>o.{vw (cf>av), f'</>ryvo. (for avCJo.); CJTE>..Aw (c:TTA-), tCJTlA-a (for iCJnA-c:Ta) cCJTHA-aJl.'?''; dyyi>..Aw ( &.yyA ), announce, ijyyu,\a, ~yyH>..ap:r;v; 1Tpo.Lvw ( 1Tpav ), finish, f.1Ti.pU.vo.; J-l-La{vw (p.tav ), stain, f.p.{U.va; vip.<v, divide, (vup.n., f.vnp.O.p.7]V; Kptvw, jurl_qe, EKpi.va; d.p.~vw, keep o_tf; r'JJ-l-vva, ~p.i:vO.J-1.7JV; <f>(h(pw ( <f>&cp-), de:;troy, ;.p&npa. Cowpare the futures in GGil, aud see GG-1. 673. N. A few liquid otems lengthen av to av irregularly; as Kpou.{vw (Kcpon.v-), yain, f.Kf.pori.vu.. A few lengthen pu.v to p7JV; as TTpa.(vw ( TTpa.v ), /;ore, iTiTpYJva.

674. N. (a) Ai:pw (lip), raise, l1as ~pa, ~pUJ-'-7]" (augmeutr:'d): UUt U in other forms, as /J.pw. J.pov, dpa<;, /ipwp.n.t, dpatfl-7]V, frpaJ-l-fVO'i (/J) The poetic KiAAw, K~pw, and opvVJl.l have aorists EKACJo., (~<vpCJo., aud !},pCJa. See the conesponcling futures (G68). But oKi>..Aw (in prose) k1s ,;)KLAa (see 89).
IV. Sr:r:o:sv AomsT SnTDt.

675. ( SecoHd Aol'ist Active and Middle.) The stem of the seeond aorist active and middle of the common form (!i(i:)) is t.lw verb st.Pm (in thP second r.b.ss, the v.;eak stt:m) with%- affixed. These tenses are inflected in the indicative like the impr.rfrd (see G2G). E.y.
IH{rrw (07~). EAl1Tov, <Atr.r)J-'-YJV (2 aor. st<em At7r%-); ,\o.p.{30.vw (>..af3), t((ke, (>..a{3ov, f.,\af3o!17JY (2 aor. stem >..o./3%-). See 4~1.

676. X. A few SPCOn<l aorist ~tems change to 0.; as 'rCJ-l-VW (np.), cut, lonic and poetic ETafl-ov, ~Taf1.DfL7JV See 64G. 677. N. A few ~tems are sy,,copated (650); as 17'CTOJ-l-O.l (?reT-), fi?f, 2 aor. m. i1TTOJ-l-YJV for ir.tT-OfJ.7JV; iy{pw ( f.yp- ), 1ouse, ~ypop.YJV

683]

FIRST PEHFECT SYSTE:M.

1;)3

for hp-o}J:qv; ~>..Bov, went, from stem f.>..vB-, fur ~>..uBov (!Iom.); f.-rroJ.ULt (a-rr- ), follow, f.a-rrOJ-<IJV, for ia<-rr-OJ-<YJVi <xw (a<x-), have, (<:rxov for i-crx-ov- So the llut11eric iKu.;/";1-''lv, fur i-K(-K<A-of1lJV, or K<KAOf1lJI', frolll KcAop.ut, C011111111/(!/; aAuAKov, for tlAuA(I<-uv, frulll &.>..i~w (UA<K-), ward u.fJ": for ilw,\: Ulltl "tl"'r H:dtq>lieateJ ~:-eco11d :wrists, see 5:l-l ; c,:;:>_ For ,jyo.yov, :2 aur. of .";yw, ~,.,. ;,:;:;,

678. ( .Mt-jonn.) TIJe sU:m of tlH~ S(cond aorist of the fl-1--form is the simple verb stl'm wiLI1 110 suffix. The sLt'lll VOWel is l'L't-;\\brly Jun;; (YJ, w, 01' v) tlti'Ollt\'liOnt tiH! indie:1tivl' aetiv<', and tlH~ third p<'rson has th: rmli11g auv. (Fur the ](>llg vowel in the illlperativP. a11tl infin!l!v(;, Sl'e 100; 7GG, 2.) E.y.
qiaTYJf11. ( aTo.- ), 2 aor. (aTlJV, EO"Tl)S, [aT'/ f.,JT>)O"Ul', :t.t;. For the infiectiou, see GOG. For cUiOJJ-<L, rwa. ai><l TtU')fJ-L, <-ce r;u:2. For the gr<'at variety of fort11s i11 l}te~e C'ecund aorists, see 1be compl~tc euUJncration ( 7~Jh; 7U!I). 679. The seconJ aorist middl~ of tla~ 1a-forn1 ~'";iULtrly drops a in ao in t!.e S<'Con<lp"rsoJI sil>~;ular (.",lj!, 0) ali<'l' a s!.,rt "'"'el, a:.d then contract' !.ktl vowel wiLh o; as {/)ou !or Uh-ao (t'Bw); oov for i-Bo-ao (l8oo). 680. Y,;rbs in Vf1< forlll 110 Att.ie second aori;,ls from the sll'l11 in v (707, 1).

681. For second aurbls wid<lle in YJfl-YJ!', 'fl-lJV, aud VJLlJ!', and some fr01n COlJSOlHUJt slems, sf'e SUO.
V.
Fm~T

l'I-:nn:cT SY'TD!.

682. (F1:rst J>ei:fect unci T'lllj!t't:fcct Active.) The stem of the Erst pcrfrct :t<:tive is f\>llnvcl IJ_y :ct!tling Ku- to th< l'(:tlupli(:;LLl'U veri.> stem. It has Ku, Ko.o;;, ~<<. in tl11:; indicn.ti ve siugnln.r, and Ka<rt (for Ko.-vat), rarl'iy ,.;uat iu )JOet.ry, in tlH! thinl person plural. For the inflc.-:t.iou, sr< 4S0. E.g.
A~w,
KOjJ-t,Ol

(Kop.tO-),

(A<AvK-) >..iA.vK<.L; r.!11w. pcnuadc, .,.(-rraKu. (for m--rrL0-Ku.); CQITfj, K(KOp.tKa (for K(-KOjJJ.OKu, /:l).

683. 1. The pluperfect changes liual a- of the perfect stem to -, to whitll arc n.clded aorist.ir. termiJt:Jtions a, "' f (GG\J) in the singular, m, ws, (F) lwin~ contr;tr.l<d to ,1> YJ'>, u(v) in Attic. Thr dn:tl an<l plur:-tl :uld tlw regnhr S<>condary endings (53:!) to the strm in<-, with aav in the t.l1ird person plural. E.g.
'E..\<AllKry, l>...c>.:UK?JS, C..\t::AVKt::t(t~), C>..(At~t<-rov, (,\cAU~afJ.O', (.\.iA.t')lAt:A:UK-O'uv: ariAAw. (araAKa. fur0.AK1], f.arU.A1oJ.;, CarJ),.KH( v), f.aTOAK<-p.v, iaTtiAK-ao.v. Fur u(F), ,,,., ,jt),
K(-1",

154

INFLECTION.

[tl84

2. In the singulnr, Herodotus has the original ro, m<;, , aud Homer has a, fl" n(v); l:tler Attic writers, aud sollletiutes th<' oratort~, have nv, n>, n. In the dual aud plural <t for is uoi clas~ic. 684. The stem may be modified before K in both perfect at1d plupelfect., oy leugtheuiug its fiual vowel (fi~5 ), by changing ( '" ii iu monosyllabic liquid stetus (645), by dropping v in a few verbs (047), or by metathesis (G4U); as cpt>../.w, love, ?rtcj>['AYJKa; cpfJ<[pw ( cp(}r.p-), deH/T0?/ 1 E</>8apKa; Kp{vw (KptV- ), judge, KfKptKa; {JdJ...'Aw ({Ja>..-), thmw, {3if3AYJKa (6~6). 685. N. Et of the stem Lecomes ot in (o((ow) oiootKa (~!). 686. K. The first perfect (or perfect in Ka) belong~ e~pecially to vowel stems, and iu Homer it is found only witb thesp. It was afterwards formed f1 olll Ill any liquid stems, aud frolll SOllie liugual stems, T, li, or () l>eing dropped Lefore Ka.
VI. SECOND l'EUFECT

SrsTUI.

687. (Second l'e1ject Actice.) The stem of the second perfect of the common form is the reduplicated verb stem with a affixed; as ypacj>-w, write, y/.ypacj>a (stem yeypacj>a-); cj>u'ryw, flee, 1ricj>wya ( G4:2). 688. 1. For the change of t to o in the stem, see 643. For
>..iA.ot?ra and 7rE7rodJa, see 642, I, and 31. 2. For the leug thcuiug of 0. to Y) or in SOllie verbs, see GH. 3. For the lengtheuing of the stelll vowel in .>..ayxavw (.>..ax-), A.ap./3avw (A.o.f3-), A.avl1avw (A.o.l1), Tvyxavw (Tvx-), and some other ver hs, see 611. 689, N. Eppwya from Myvvp.t (p'f)y-) aud d'wOa (fi37, 2) from f.{}w ( ~0-) chauge fJ of the sten1 to w ( Jl ). 690. N. Vowel stems do uot form second perfects; aK~Ko-a, from aKoV.w, hear (stem UKOlJ-, aKOf-) is only an apparent exceptlOil. 691, N. Homer has many second perfects not found iu Attic; as 7rpo-f3i/3ovA.a fro1J1 /3ovAoJ.1.0.t, wislt; p.Ep.'f)Aa from p.iil.w, crmcem; loA?ra from (A'Tt'w, hope; oioov1ra frolll 0ov1r/.w (oov1r-), resound. 692. (Aspimted Second Perfects.) Most stems ending in 1r or f3 change these to cp. and most ending in K or y c.kmge these to X in the second perfect, if (L short vowel precedes.

Those in q, and

x make

no change.

E.g.

B>..a'lrT'" (f3>..af3-), {3f.{3A.acpa; KO'Tt'TW (Ko'TT'-), KiKocj>a; &.>..A.aaaw (cL\Ao.y-), ?)AA.axa; <f>vA.aaaw ( <f>vAaK-), ?r<<f>vA.axa. Bnt 1rA~aaw, 7rt7rA'f)ya; cpo)yw. 1rf.cj>vya; aTipyw, (aTopya; Aap.r.w, A.i>..a!J.?ra. In O.yw (O.y-), ~xa, 'I} is lengthened by reduplication.

699]

PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM.

155

693. The following verbs form aspirated second perfects: ayw, aAAcl<T<TW, avo(yw, {3.\o:rrrw, '&(KVV JJ.' KTJP~Cf(fW, KAi'TrTW, K01rTW, AufoL J3ci.vw, Aa1rrw, Af.yw (collect), p.d.rr(fw, 7riJi7rW, 1rp&m:rw, 11'T~CT<Tw, ra(f(fW, rpim,,, rpi[Jw, cpipw, cpv.\ci.(f(fw. Of these Sf(t<VUJJ.t, KYJpD(f(fW, AafoL f30..,w, 71'EJi11'W, and 'TI'T~m:rw are exceptions to 092. 'Avo(yw has both aV:'{-'ya anJ QV('{'XO., and 7rpfr(f(fW has both 71'f.7rpuxu 1 ftave done, and -rri1rp1i. yo., fwe (well or ill).

694. N. The aspirated perfect is not found in Homer: only rf.rpocpa. (rpf.1rw) occurs in tragedy, and only 7rl7rOJJ.</Jo. in Herodotus anJ Thucydides. lt is common in comedy and in the subsequent prose. 695. The inflection of the second perfect of the common form is thr. salllc as that of the first pr~rfect (see 682).
696. (Second Pluperfect Active.) The stem of the second pluperfect ch;mges final a. of the second perfect stem to (. lt l1as tlw same inflection as the first pluperfect (68:-l). E.g. 'E7rf</J~VTJ i7rc</J~VTJ> irrccp~vct( v), ETr</J~vcp.fv, E11'C</J~vwav, etc.
697. (M::fonns.) A few verus have second perfects and plupcrfecLs of the sinq.Jie jit-form, ~ hich amx the endings directly to the verb stem. They are never found in the singular of the indicative. E.g. 0v,t}(fKW ( Bva.-, Bav), die, 2 perf. rf.Bva.-rov, rf.Bva.-JJ.<v, riBva(fL; 2 pl pf. lri.Ova(fav. (See G08.) These jit-fonns are enumerated in 804.
VII.
T'EnFECT

Mumu:

SYSTE~!.

698. ( Pe1ject and Plu]Je,:fect Middle.)

The stP.m of the

perfect am! pin perfect middlr. is the reduplicated verb stem, to whicl1 the endings are directly affixed. E.g.

ADw, A.f.Au-p.~t, Ai.\v(fltL, .\iAv-rat, .\f..\v-(fOc, .\f..\v-vra.t; t-AfAVP.TJ" -AfAtJJ.!Oa., l-.\i.>..v-vro; A!('TI'w (Act71'-), .\f..\ttJJ.JJ.Ut (i5), .\(A.<Ll/to.r., AEAH7r-TO.L For the inflection, see 480. 699. The stem mn.y be !llodified (in genP.rn.l as in the first perfect active), by lengthening its final vowel (6J5), by changing c to a. in moJ,osyllaloic liquid stcn1s (G45), by dropping v in a few verbs (0 17), or by metat]wsis (G4!l); as </JtA.f.-w, 7rt</>(.\'lp.a.t, t7r</Jt.\f P.TJ"; cpBdpw ( cpfhp- ), <cpBap-Jiat, lcpBapJiTJV; Kpivw ( Kp<v-), KiKpt-p.o.r., f.-KKp[-JJ.TJV; f30JV..w (j3a.A-, j3Aa.-), j3i.f3A'!JUU, tJ3cj3Afrp.TJV (See 681.)

151.)

INFLECTION.

[700

700, When v is not Jroppc.! L>efore p.o.t (G17), it is genmally J'eplaceJ i>y u (SJ ), and it souwtimes becolllcs p. (78, 2); as cpu(vw ( cpuv- ), 7rEcp~u-p.o.t, f.-7rfcpacr-p.ryv j o6\vw ( o~uv- sha17>eu, w'vp.-p.ut. Before enlings not L>eginning with p., the original v reappears; rts rrav-ra.L, rriav-(h; but forms i11 v-<rat aitu 1'-(TO (like 7ricpuv-uut, i-rria.v-ao) seem not to occur. 701. In tltf) third person plural of the perfect and pluperfect miJ<i!P., conso:t:111t st.ems are contpelled to use the perfect participle wit.h Eia{ :md ~''"" (-ISG, 2). Ilete, how~""'" the louie endings a.ra.L aitd a.ro for vra.t anJ VTO (777, :3) are oc<'a~ionally u~ed evt>n in Attic prose; as nni.x-urut au,! irfrax-aro ( Th ucyJ.) for nrayf1-i.vm da{ and ~aav. 702. I. For perfects in O.Jl-Jl-U' of arpccf>w, rpi1rw, -rpf.w, see G4G. 2. For tl1e acldition of if to certain vowel stems before endings not bcginning with a, as nri>.. Eup.at, see G40.

),

703. ( F1!ture Pe1j~:.ct.) The stem of the future perfect furmetl by adding a%- to the stem of the perfect miJJle. It cuds in aotJ-m, and has the infieetion of the future middle! (GG~). A short final vowel is always lengthened before aOJl-ULE.g.
i~>

A~w, .\d.u-, AfAiraotJ-at; ypacf>-w, y-ypacf>-, yypcl.J/fop.o.t (74);

Af{7rw, AEAH7r-, A(AE(tj;opm; o!w, biuJ, O~O(fJ.UL ( GJU)' OtOrj-uop.ut

'Tt"(l.:i!TtTw (1rpay-), 7r7rpay-, 7rC7rpMop.ut. 704. Tlte future perfect is generally passive in sense. But it l1as a llliddle llH.'aning in JHJ1-v~uop.o.L, shallTeme1ubcr, ami 7rt7ruvaof1-0.t, .<hall have r,eased; and it is active in K<Kr~ao!JJLL, shall possess. lt is found in only a smalluunthcr of verbs. 705. N. Two Yerbs have a special form in Attic Greek for the future perfect active; BvdaKw, die, has nBv~~w, shall be dead, formed from tl1e perfect. stem nBvryK-; awl (uT"YJf1-' ut, has (ur~~w, shall stanrl, frotn crrryK-, stem of perfect 'larryKa, sta11d. lu Homer, we l1ave also "'X"P~crw and Ktxap~rrop.ut, from x_a!pw (x_ap-), ,ejoice j aud K<Ku.S>j<Tw ( irreg. ), ft-oJn xa?;w (xuS ), yield. 706. K. In lllOf't verb~ the future perfect active is expressed by the perfect participle aud (aop.at (future of dp.(, be); as iyvwKonc; iaotJ-cBa, we ~hall have leamt. Tlte future perfect pas~ive may also be expressed in this way; as a7rrJAAayp.f.voL iaop.d)a, we shall have
been j1eed.

VIII.

F1nsT

J> . ssnE

SYSTF.M.

707. ( Fi1st Aorist Passive.) T!Je stem of the first aorist passive is formed by adding (h to the stem as it appears in

712]

SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM.

157

the perfect middle (omitting the reduplication). In the indicative and infinitive, and in the imverative except before vr, 8 becomes BYJ It has the secondary active endings ( 552), and is inflected (in general) like the second aorist active in YJV of the ILL-form (678). E.g.
A~w, >..<>..v-pm, <>..vOYJv (A.v8rr-) ; A!-rrw, >..<>..ELp.-p.ru, f.)..<i</>BYJY (An-rr-Brr-, 71); -rrpaaaw ( -rrpU.y-), -rr-rrpii yp.o.<, f.-rrpaxBYJv ('rrpiiy-()rr-) ; 7rd8w, 7rE7rHa-p.o.t, brt[a-OYJv; </>tA.f.w, 7rt</>[A7fJW-' f.</><A~81Jv; 1rAiw (7rAv-), -rrlrr>..wa-p.o.t., i7rAva01Jv (641); rdvw (rtv-), rira-p.o.t, f.rO.B'T}v (04 7); /3illw (f3aA.-, f3Aa-), f3f3A1JJW-L, lf3>..~8'T}v; n)..w, nri)..w-p.o.t (640), f.n>..a01Jv; &.xovw, ~Kovap.o.t, ~KowOYJv See 480. 708. N. Tprrw has rrpap.p.o.t (040), but hp<f>B7Jv (Ion. f.rpa <f>OYJv) ; rp<f>w It as ri.Opap.p.o.t, EBpi<f>BYJv; aud arpi<f>w has [arpafl p.o.t, with (rare) f.cnpi01Jv (Jon. auJ Dor. f.arpO.<f>BYJv). <l>a{vw has Tri<f>aap.o.t (700), but i<f>avOYJv 709. N. N is added iu Ilnnwr to some vow~! stems before (I of the aorist passive; us iopuw, erect, <opvJJ.a<, iopuv-O>Jv, as if from a stem in w (Attic iop60,v). So Hom. IK/..lv8,v and hplv8,v (647), from original stems in v. For hl8,v from rl8'1JJ.' (8<-), and h-6811 from O~w, sacl'ijice, see 96,3. For lOpl011 from rplw, nourish, and other forms with iuterchangeallle aspirates, sec Oii, 5.

710. (Fi1st Future Passive.) The stem of the first future passive adds a%- to the prolonged stem (in 811 ) of the first aorist passive. It ends in Bryaop.a<, and is inflected like the future middle (GG2). E.g.
a81Jv, -rrHa8Y)aOp.o.l i 'Tftvw, Ta8Y)v, -ra07JaOp.o.< i 7rAEKw, 7rAEX~V, -rr>..txB~aop.o.t; -ri.,.W.w, f.ri.p.~BYJv, -rip.YJO~aop.o.t; n>..f.w, lnAf.a-87Jv, n>..mO~aop.o.t; K>Jvw, iKA.[()YJv, KAtB~aop.o.t. 711. The first passive system rarely appears in verbs with monosyllabic liquid stems (045). But .,-dvw (rfv-), stretch (647), has ini81Jv ami ra81}aop.o.t.
IX. SEcoxn
PASSIVE

A~w, f.)..,)(}7JV. AvB~aop.o.t (ste!ll AvOYJa%-); A{-rrw, f.)..d<f>OYJv, Afl<f>O~aop.o..t; -rr_p6.aaw ( rrP,iiy-),. f.';piixBYJv, ';PaxB~a-o~; Trt~Bw,, t7rd-

Snn:H.

712. (Second Aorist Passive.) The stem of the second aorist passive is formed by adding E to the verb stem (in the second class, to the weak stem, 31). In the indicative, ipfinitive, and imperative, except before vr (707), (becomes 'l The Qnly regular modification of the stem is the r.hange of ( to a (G4J)). For the inflection, see 482. E.g.

158

INFLECTION.

[713

BNf1rrw ({3>..af3-), hwt, f.{3>..0.f3rJV; ypacpw ( ypacp- ), write, iypO.c/lY}v; pt1rrw (pLcp-), thlow, f.pp[</>Y}V; cpu.(vw ( cpav-), i0.VYJv; cnpicpw, tum, f.arpacf>YJv(G4o ); rtp1Tw, Wlluse, irap11'Y}V; ar<Uw( an>..-), seud, arMYJV 713. N. Il>..~aaw (1TAY]y), stn'ke, has 2 aor. pass. f1TA~YYJI' but in composition f.e-(rr>..O.yYJv and Kar-frrAaYYJv (front stelll rr>..ay-). 714. N. Some verbs have both paHsivt> aorists; as f3>..arrrw (f3>..af3- ), l!wt, {3>..acp~v and {3>..0.{3'1}Vi arpicpw, tum, <arpiBYJv (rare) and iarpacf>YJv (t14G). Tpirrw, turn, has all the six ami~ts: hpo/Ja, l.rpfl{tap:qv, rparrov (epic a.nd lyric), f.rpu.1TOJ.ll)V, f.rpi8YJv, rpa1TYJV

715. (Second Futu?'e Passive.) The stem of the second future passive adds a%- to the prolonged stem (in YJ) of the second aorist passive. It end,; in 'IJaOJ.iUL and is i11fiected like the first future (710). E.g.
B>..a1rrw ({3>..a{3-), {3>..0./3'l)v, f3>..af3-f]-aoJ.iUL; ypacpw, l.ypacf>YJv, ypacf>r/aoJ.iUL; cpa(vw ( cpav-), f.cpav'Y/v, cpav~-crOiJLlL; ariUw (an>..-), f.arci>..'Y/v, uro.>..r]-aop.aL; urpicpw, iarpacf>YJv, arpacpr]-aofJ.J.L 716. N. The weak stem of verbs of the second class, which seldom appears in other tenses than the second a0rists (042), is seen especially in the second passive systelll; as a~1rw (aa1r-), corrupt, lcnl.rrYJv, aarr~aop.aL; r~Kw ( raK-), melt, f.raKYJV; piw ( pu-), .flow, f.ppllrjv, pu~aop.aL; l.pft11'W (l.pLr.-), tl11ow dow11, ~p(rr'Y}v (poetic), but 1 aor. ~p<(cf>(}YJV ( tpmr-).

717. The following table shows the nine tense stems (so far as they exist) of >..~w, Aft7rw, 1rp6.aaw ( 1rpay-), cpa(vw (cpav-), and uri>..>..w (a-n>..-), with their sub-divisions.
TENSE SYSTEM

Present.
Futu1e. I .Aorist.

~ii%~iia%~vera.-

Amr%~nljl%-

1Tpiio-cr%1Tp~%1Tp~a.-

cj>a.w%
cj.a.vE%ci>!JVCio-

CTTIAA%II'TlAE%ITTU~Cio-

2 Aorist.
1 Perfect.
~~~UKO.-

~-1T%-

1TEcj>a.yKO.- lcrra.AKO.AIA0<1Ta.'7rlcj>t')VCio1TEcj>a.v-

2Pelfect.

( 1Tl1rp~ya.111'(11'pa.xa.Perf. 1Perf. >..o>..uAEAH1T.,.,.,.pii:yMid. I l<'ut.P.>..t>..i>cr%- A<Amjto/c- 11'111'p~%-

1 Pass. I A or. /Fut. 2 p,ass. { Fut.

A or.

>..u9t(1})- AILcj>9E(1J) 1Tpii.x9('1)- cj>a.v9<(1J) >.u9'1cr%- At<cj>9t)cr%- 11'pii.x9'1cro/c- cj>a.v91]0"%cj>a.v<(t'))- O"TO.Al(t'))oj>a.v'lcro/c- CTTO.A'I')CT%

724]

SUBJUNCTIVE.

159

FORMATION OF THE DEPENDENT MOODS AND THE PARTICIPLE.

SUJMU~CTIVE.

718. The subjunetive l1as the primary endings (552) in

all it:> tenses. In all f Ol'lllS ( cYcn in verbs in p.t) it has a long tl1ematic vowel wiry- (.JGl, ~).

719. (Common Form.) In the common form of inflection, the present ~mu ~eeond. aorist tense stems change 0 /.to wf~-, and the tirst aorist tense stew clJangcs final a to ~try-. All have w, Yl' ?7 in the singular, and wen for wvcn (7S, 3) iu the third wrson plural, of the active. E.g. A<t7rw, pre,, .SidJj. A<['Trw, A.<t7rwp.at, 2 aor. A.-TTw, A.L-TTwp.cu; Aflw, 1 aor. ADaw, A.Dawp.at. 720. A perfect subjunctive active is rarely formed, on the analogy of the present., ly changing final a of the teusc stem to "'/ry-; a~ AC'Au.:a., A<Avtew; c'tA.rJ<f>a., clA~<j>w. (See 731.) llut t.he more COil!lllOil fur111 of the knse is the perfect actite participle with <3 (subjunc:tive of dp.{, be); as AtAvKwc; J, clA'YJ<f>wc; <3.
721. The perfe<.:t snbjuuctive miutlle is almost always expressed uy the perfect middle participle aud J; as >-..tAvp.ivo>

J, ?]>, ?], Ctl:. 722. A few verbs witl1 vowel st~ms form a perfect subjunc-

tive middle direct!_v, by ad<lill6 "'/,,- to the teuse ~t-em; as KTO.-op.al, acquire, pf. KiK'T,J/1-U' po~sess, ~ul>j. KtK-rw,_w.t (for Kf-KT'Y)-<V,.W.t), K<K-rfj, Ko<rljrat; HO p.tp.v!fatew, l'eminrl, p.ip.V7]f-1.a.t, rememf,er (memi~;i), subj.

Jl.fJl.VWp.u.t, p.tl-'vwp.cBu ( lldt. p.tp.vfwp.d}u.). These follow tl1e analogy of iarwp.at, -?),-~-rut, etc. (7:.!4). (For a similar optative, see 734.)

723. (Mt;(onn.) In all p.1-forms, including both passive aorists ( JG-1), the fiHal vowel of the stem is contracted with the thematir. vowrl (o or 1J), so that the subjunctive ends in w or wp.at. 724. 1. Verbs in 'Y)P.t (with stems in (- and a-) have w, ii~. ii

wp.at, ?), ~-rut, etc., in tlu, Stil>junctive, as if all !tad Stel!IS in (, Thus tO'TrJp.t (cna) has iar?)>, iar?), ia-ri}-rat, ar!i>, a-r?), etc., as if the uncontractP-d form were iarc-w, uot iara-w. The~e verbs have Ionic stems in <- (see 788, 1 ). 2. The iuflection is tlw.t of the subjunctives cpt>..w aud <j>tAwf<-' (492).

160
t

INFLECTION.

[725

725. For the inflection of the aorist passive subjunctive, with of the tense stem contracted with w or 7J as >..vOw (for >..v8f.-w), }w8wp.tv (for >..v8i-wp.tv), etc., <f>o.vw (for 4>avi-{J)), etc., see 480, 3. 726. For a few subjunctives of the simple perfect of the fU form, as f.(J'TW (for f.(J'To.-w), {3t{3wcn (for {3t{3o.-{J)(J't), see 508. 727. Verbs iu WfU (with stem in o) have by contraction w, !jj>, ~. etc., wp.o.t, c;;, wmt, etc. (for o-w, o:l" o:J o-wp.o.t, etc.); as 8[8wp.t, subj. S.SW, 818<ii>, 818c;;; 818Wp.o.t, 818c;;, 818Wrat, etc. 728. Verbs in viip.t form the subjunctive (as the optative, 743) like verbs in w; as 8t[KviifU, subj. 8tiKvV.w, 8t1Kwwp.o.1. 729. N. Awap.o.t, can, f.TrL(J'Tap.o.l, tmderstawl, Kp/p.o.p.o.1, hang, and the second aorist i7rptO.p.71 v, bought, accent the subjunctive (as the optative, 742) as if there were no contraction; thus 8Vvwp.o.1, E7rLCTTwp.o.t, Kpip.wp.o.t, 7rp{wp.o.t (compare n8wp.o.t).
OPTATIVE.

730. 1. The optative adds the secondary endings (552)

to the tense stem, preceded hy the mood suffix ( 0G2) 1 or 17J ( Lt); as >..to1n (for >..iio-t-n), icnut11 v (for i<TT<L-11Jv), >..v8t'itv (for >..v8-t-v). For the ending p.t, see 7:H. 2. The form 17J appears only before active endings. It is always used in the singular of p.dorms with these endings (including the aorist passive, 564, 7) and of contracted presents iu o171 v and <p7JV of verbs in aw, i.w, and ow. After 171 the first per~on singular always has the ending v. See examples in 737 and 739. 3. Before the ending v of the third person plural u is always used; as >..~ottv (for >..iio-t(-v). 4. In the second person singular middle, cro drops cr ( 564, 6); as i(J'm'io (for i<Tm-t-CTo, i(J'ra-t-o). 731. (Verb~ in w.) Vf>rLs in w have the ending J.I..L (for v) in the first person singular in all tenses of the active voice. In the present, future. and second aorist systems, the thematic vowel (always o) is contracted with , to o<, giving o1p.1, m>, m, etc., otp.1Jv, ow, o1ro, etc. In the first aorist system, final a of the tense stem is contracted with t, giving fltp.t, o.t>, flL, etc. (but see 732), atp.71 v, aw, atro, etc. The rare perfect active (like the subjunctive, 720) follows the anal ogy o the present. E.g.

?a7)

OPTATIVE.

161

Ai.yot,_u. (for Ayo+J.u), ..\f.yotr; (for ..\yo-t-r;), ..\(yo' (for ..\yo-,), ..\iyotT (for ..\fyo-1-n), .AiyoLv (for Ayo-t-v). A[-rrw, 2 aor. )1.{-rroc.J.U (for ..\trr<r,-p.,), ..\Lrroc.tv (for At?T<ru-v). AtJrrat,_u. (for Aiirra-1-,_u.), ..\6cmtp.v (for Aiirra+p.v), Aiirm[p.T)V (for Aiirra-t-p.T)v), A~rratrr8 (for ..\iiaa-t-(]'8). Perf. LA7Jrpa, opt. lA~rpatp.t, etc.

732. The Attic generally uses the s<Kalled Acolic terminations uar;, t, aud uav, for ate;, at, atV, in the aorist active; as A~rr~ar;, Aflam, >-..~at~av. See >..~w and rpa[vw in 480, 1 and 482. 733. The perfect middle is aln1ost always expressed by the perfect middle participle :wd LTJV; as AAup.(vor; L1]V (see 480, 2). The perfect active is more frequently expressP.d by the perfect active participle and t7JV than by the form in otp.t given in the paradigms; as AAvKwr; LTJV (See 720; 721.) 734. I. A few verbs with vowel stems form a perfect optative middle (like the subjuuctive, 722) directly, by adding t-p.7JV or rH-p.7Jv to the tense stem; as KTaop.at, pf. KEKT'Yf'p.at, opt. KKTrJP.7JV, KKTfjo, KKTfiTO (for KKT'Yf'tp.YJV1 K<KT'Yf'LO, KKT'Yf'tTO), etC. j alSO KKTcfJ.l-7JV, KO.:T<fO, KfKTcjTO (for KfKTT]'irtp.'YJI', etc.) j SO p.tp.Jf!iaKW, J.LfJ.LV7JJJ.UL, opt. f1-p.v!J J.l.TJV Or JJ.fJJ.Vcff1-7JV j KaAtW 1 KtKA7Jp.aL, opt. KfKArJJLYJV, KKAijo, KKArJp.dla; and f3&.A>..w, f3if3>..7Jp.at, opt. Ota-{3/3>..-flafk So Hom. A<Avro or A<Avvro (for AAu-t-ro or AAVtvro), perf. opt. of >..6w. Com}lare Oatvtrro, pn~s. opt. of &!viip.t. 2. The forms in 'i!P.7JV belong to the cou1mon form of inflection (with the thematic vowel); those in Tlf1-7JV, etc. and i!ro have the p.t-form (740). 735. A few verbs have oc.71 v (737) in the second perfect optative ; as fK?Tirp<vya, fK7rrp<vyo[T}vThe second aorist optative of lxw, have, is axo!7Jv, but the regular axo'0< is used in composition. 736. A very few relics remain of an olrler active optative with v for P.< in the first person singular; as -rplo- for rplo<-p.<, dp.cip-ro-v for ri.p.apro<JJ. (from ri.p.a.p-ravw). 737. (Contract Verbs.) In the present active of contract verbs, forms in t'l]r;, L?J, etc., contracted with the thematic vowel o to ot7Jv, otTJ>, ot77 , etc., are much more common in the singular than the regular forms in OLp.t, otr;, OL, but they seldom occur in the dnal and plural. Both the forms in ot 71 v and those in o<p.t are again contracted with an a of the verb stem to '!'I" and 'fP.'' and with an ( or o to ot7Jll and OLJJ.' E.g.

trrv,

162

INFLECTION.

[738

TljAA1-(rL)jV1 Ti.fU1-o{7Jv, Ti.p.lf!7Jv j cj>tA-crL)jV1 cj>tA-0{7JV, c/>tAOL7JV j t-p.t., c/>tA.i-otp.t, cj>tA.o'i.Jil; 07JAcrcrt-p.t, 07JAcrotjil, ~>..o'i.Jll. (See the inflection in 492.) It is only the second contraction which makes these co11tract
~AcrcrL)jV1 ~Ao-OL7!V 1 01JAOL7JV j Tipn-o-L-p.L 1 Ti.p.d-otp.L, Tlf-Ufp.L j cj>tA-(r

forms.

738. For the optative pi.y07Jv, from pi.y6w, shizer, see 497. 739. (Mt-jonn.) 1. The present aud second aorist active
of the p.t-form, and both aorists passive in all verbs, have
the suffix '7J and in the first versou singular the ending v. Here a, c, or o of the stem is contracted with ''7 to aL7J, c''7 Or OL7J j aS io-TaL7JV1 io-TaL7JV j O"TO.-Lljp.cv1 O"TO.L7Jf!CV j AVIJC-L7JV1 A.v8d7Jv ; Ocrt1)'v, Oo[7Jv. 2. In the dual and plural, forms with ' for '7J and Le-v for ''JO"O.V in the third person plural, arc much more common than the longer forms with ''7; as o-Tal.p.cv, o-m'in, o-Ta'icv (better than o-Ta{7Jp.cv, o-Ta[7JTc, a-m!'7a-av). See 506.

740. In the present and second aorist middle of verbs in TJP-' and wp.t, final a, c, or o of the stem is contracted with t into at, n, or at, to which the simple endings f-'-7JV, etc., are added. E.g. 'lo-Ta.Lf!7JV (for io-Ta-L-p.7JV ), iaT<lL0 1 io-TULTO j IJc[p.7JV ( 1Jc-L-p.7JV ), Olio (fJc-L-uo, Oc-t-o), Oc'i.To; oo[p.7Jv (Oo-<-p.7Jv). See the inflection in 506; and 730, 4. See also the cases of perfect optative middle in TIP.7JV and iiTo in 734. 741. N. The optatives n8o[p.7JV1 niJol.o, nOo'iTo, etc. (also accented T{8ow, T(IJotTo, etc.) and (in composition) 8o(p.1JV, Bow, Bo'iTo, etc. (also accented uvv-OotTo, 7rpou-1Jo,o-8c, etc.), as if formed from niJf.w (or nOw), are found, as well as the re~ular Tt8cl.p.7JV fJdp."'Jv, etc. See also 7rpootTo and other forms of ~'1Jll
(tHO, 2).

742. N. Awap.at, f7rtC7Ta.fU1t, Kplp.ap.at, and the second aorists E7rpul.p.7JV (505) and ~Vl]fJ.'Y/V (from ov[V'Y/p.t), accent the optative as if there were no contraction; Svva(p.'Y/v, ouvruo, ouvatTO; l7r{uTatTo, l7r{UTato-8c, KpEp.ato, 7rp[aw, 7rp{awTo, ovato-Oc. For the similar subjunctives, see 729.

743. Verbs in wp.t form the optative (as the subjunctive,

728) like verbs in w; as odKvvp.t, opt. OuKvw<p.t, BnKvvo{p.'Jv
(inflected like A.Dotp.,, A.vo{p.7Jv).

762]

IMl'EHATIVE.

163

744. N. Second aorists from stems in u of the ,u.t-form (as

(ouv) have no optative in Attic (see 500). flut Hollier ha.s a few fonu~ like 0~1). oil,u.cv (for ou-'lJ ou-t-,u.Ev), from [oi!v.

745. A few second perfect optatives of the ~-ttform are made by aJding Ll]-v to stems in a-; as nBvtlllJY (for Tft'fva-Ll)-v), f.uTalTJV (i)Uti). See the enumeration of ,u.t-fonns, ti04.
IMPERATIVE.

746. (Common Form.) The present and the second aorist active and midJle of the common form have the thematic vowel (o Lefore vrwv), to which the imperative endings (fii!:3) are affixeJ. But the second person singular in tiJe acti\'e has no ending; in the middle it drops u in uo and contracts c-o to ou. E.g.
Ali-rrE, A.mri-rw, A{7Tcrov, A.u-rri-Twv, A.d-rr-rc, A.u-rr6-vrwv; A.c{-rrov, l\.CL-rri.-u&w, Ac{-rrc-u&ov, Act7TEu0wv, Ac{-rrc-uBc, Amri-uBwv. So A{-rr and Amoil.

747. The first aorist active and middle arc also irregular in the ~c<:oud person singular, where t.he active has a termination ov a21d the widdle at for final a of the stem. In other persons they add the regular ending;; to the stem iu uu.- (or a-). E.g. Avuov, ,\iiaarw, ,\Daa-rov, ,\iiaa-rwv, ,\Daa-rE, Av<Ta-vrwv; Aumu, Aiiaa-<TIIw, A~ao.-allc, ,\iiaa-a-llwv. <l>i]vov, 1Jv0.-rw, etc.; </>~vat, cf>lJv&.o-Bw, cf>~va-all, </>l]vO.-allwv.

748. The perfect active is very rare, except in a few cases of the f.{t-forlll (50S) with a pre~ent mealling. But Aristophanes has KcKpay~-r, scr~ech, from Kpa'w (Kpay-), and K<x~vcn, gape, from XU<TKW (X<lV- ). 749. The third person singular of tl1e perfect passive is the only form of perfect imperative in common use; for this see 1274. 750. N. The ~Prr,nti person sing-ular of the middle occasionally occurs as an emphatic form; as 7rt-rraucro, stop! 751. N. The perfect imperative in all voices can be expressed by the perfect participle and ialll, E<TTW, etc. (imperative of <1ft{, be) ; as dp1Jf{/.vov (O"rw, for dp-r}allw, let it It ave been said (i.e. let what has been said stand), -rrc-rruap..it'O' (arwv, suppose them to ha1e been persuaded. 752. (Mt:fV?m.) The present impern.tive of the ,u.t-forrn retain~ 8t in the second person ~;ingular active only in a few primitive

164

INFLECTION.

[763

verbs; as in cpa-8Lfrom cf>TJ,U (cpa.-), say, ;.(), from f!p.L (1-), go, ZrT-BL from dp.{, be, and from o!&, know. (See 806; 808; 812; 820.) For Homeric forms in ()t, see 790.

763. The present active commonly omits (), in the second person, and lengthens the preceding vowel of the stem (a., f, o, or v) to YJ, u, ov, or ij ; as LCTTTJ, r{Bu, o[oov, and OdKvii. The other persons add the regular endings ( 553) to the short stem ; as wra-rw, iCTm-n, iCTra-vrwv; n8-rw ; o[Oo-Tf;
/)fLKVV-JITWJI,

764. The present middle of verbs in YJP.' and wJ.U has the regular form in rTo, and also poetic forms in w (for aCTo) and ov (for frTO and OCTo), in the second person singular; as irTmrTo or LCTTW, r[8fCTO or r[Bov, o[lloCTo or /)[oov. But verbs in VJ.U always retain vrTo; as OftKvVfLL, OftKYVCTo. In the other persons the inflection is regular: see the paradigms (506). 756. 1. In the second aorist active the stem vowel is regularly long ( TJ w, ii), except before vrwv ( 553), and (), is retained in the second person singular. E.g.
lri]-Bt (rTm-), CTrfrw, rTri]-n, CTTa-vrwv; {3~-(}. ({3a.-), {3frw, {3:;;-rf, f:Ja-vrwv i yvw-(h, yvW-rw, yvw-n, yv6-vrwv; oV.8L, OD-rw, OtrTf, llV.vrwv. (See 678 and 766, 2.) 2. But we have> for 8L in 8, (from rL-8wu), 00> (from o[owp.L), (<;(from LTJflL), and rTXE> (from ECTxov, 2 aor. of ;xw). These verbs have the short vowel in all persons; as 8f.s, 8i.-rw, 8-u, 8i-vrwv; oos, 86-rw, o6-rf, 86-vrwv. 3. lri]BL and {3~8, have poetic forms CTra and {30., used only in composition; as Ka.r0.-{30., come down, 1ra.parTra, stand near.

756. 1. In the second aorist middle, rTo drops rT in the second person singular after a short vowel, and contracts that vowel with o. E.g.
'ErrpLup:'lv, rrp[a.CTo (poet.), 1rp!w (for 1rpw.o), f.Oi.p.'Y/v, 8ov (for
(if-rTu, (h-o), loul-''lv, >..i.~o (>..fx<To).

ouu (fur

&.au,

ooo).

But epic oit;o (o<xao),

2. The other persons have the regular endings (553); as 7rpta-CT8w i 8i-CT8w, 8i.-CT8wv i OOrTBw, 86-CT8f, o6-CT8wv. 757. 1. The first aorist passive adds the ordinary active endings ( (1,, rw, etc.) directly to 8{- (BTJ-) of the tense stem (707) after which (), becomes n (95, 2); as >..1!811 -r,, >..v8+rw, etc.

2. The second aorist passive adds the same terminations

766]

INFINITIVE.

165

t- ('1/) of the tense stem (712), Ot being retained; as cpcfv7JOt, cpav~-Tw; aTOA7J-Ot, aTaAJj-Tw, etc. 3. Both aorists have -vTwv in the third person plural; as >..vOi-vTwv, cpavi-vTwv, aTa>..i-vTwv. 758. N. A few second perfects of the p.t-form have imperatives in Ot: see OvdaKw, TtOvaOt, and Ot(Ow, o8t0t, in 804.

to

INFINITIVE.

759. ( Comrnon Form.) The present, second aorist, and future active add tv to the tense stem, the thematic vowel (here always t-) being contracted with cv to av; as >..ytw (for A.ty-t-tv), l8ti.v (for 18--tv), >..~av (for A<~-c-cv). 760. N. The ending cv (without preceuiug c) appears in Doric;
as yapV.cv in Pindar (Attic )'7Jpvtw).

761. N. For contract presents in iiv (not tj:v) for aHv, and ow
for
oL~,

see 39, 5.

762. N. The second aorist in civ is probably contracted from

i-cv, not from ittv (7 59).

763. The first aorist active substitutes at (of uncertain origin) for final a of the tense stem (660); as ..\vaat, cp~vat. 764. The perfect active substitutes t-vat for final a of the tense stem; as AfAUK-i-vat, ytypacp-i-vat, 7r<cpYJV-E-vat, ACAOt7r-i-vat. 765. 1. The infinitive middle adds aOat to the tense stem in the present, future, and first and second aorists. E.g. Aiyc-aOat, >..i~c-aOat, cpa{vc-aOar., cpavci.aOat (for cpavic-aOat )1 cp~va-aOat, A.Daa-aOat, At1ri-a0at. 2. Roth passive futures likewise add aOat. E.g.
AuB~ac-aOat, A.acpO~at-aBat, cf>a~at-aOat, aTaA~cn-aBat.

3. For the perfect middle aud tlw passive t10rists, see 766, 1 ; 7U8.

766. (Mt-jonns.) 1. The present, second. aorist, and second perf pet active of the p.t-form, and both passive aorists, add vat to the tense stem in tlw infinitive. E.g.
'laTa-vat, nO-vaL, OlOO.val, OHKvV.vaL, 0'~-VUl, yvwvat, oV.vat, nOva-vaL, ..\u~vaL (707), cpa~vaL (71:2).

2. In the second aorist ar.ti ve the final vowel of the st.em is regularly long (678; 755, 1); as ~a .. w<t (am-), O'T~-vat;
[/37JV (f3a-) 1 /3~-VaL.

166

INFLECTION.

[767

767. Some fUforrns have the more primitive endiug- tvat (for pvo.t) in the infinitive aclive. Su.ch are Oovvat (from old Ocrftvo.t, &-~vo.t); (kivat (for (hftvat); tTvo.t, 2 aor. of t7jp.t (for (-f~Vo.t); 2 perf. OtOtivo.L (for OtOpftYo.t).
768. lu all the simple forms of the middle voice (the preseut aud sncolld aorist of the p.c-form, and all perfects), vowel stems add allut directly to the tense stem. E.g. "Iara-aBo.c, r[lle-afJu.c, o[Oo-a8o.t, 8i-a0ac, 86-a-flw., rt-allut (from flJfL'); A.tAira8ac, nrip.rtaBac, &o1Aw-afJo.c, otoc;aBo.c, 1rTa"(JBo.t (from
7rt

rvpnt, 1rTa)

769. Consonant stems here (7GS) add the more primitive ending Bo.c ( 554). E g.
'EaniA-8o.t, A~Att</>8o.t (71 ), 1rmAix-8o.c, nrp'L<f>-8o.t, 7rt</>av-8ut. So ~a-8o.t, pres. inf. ot ~f.W.' (~a-), sit.
l'Al\TlCIPLES AND VE!Ul.ALS lN
TO~

AND

T0~.

770. All active tenses (except the l'erfect) ami both

aorist::> passive add vr to their tense stem to form the st.em uf the partieiple. ::;t.cllls in ovr of the eonunou form have nominatives in wv; those of the fLtfonn h<J.ve numiuati ves
in ou<;. E.g. Aiyw: pres. AtycrYT-, nom. Aiywv; fut. Atovr-, nom. Ai~wv; 1 aor. A~a-vr-, nout. Ai~a<;. <l>o.[vw: aor. cf>l'Jvavr-, uom. cp~va<;. A<[rrw: 2 <tor. Xmo-vr, nom. At1r.;,v; 1 aor. pass. >..u<f>B-JT, llOilt. A.acpfh{<; (70). ~r.'AAw ( aro.A) : 2 aor. pass. O"ro.A-vr-, nom. araA[<;. IaTl)fL': pres. [ar<Lvr-, nom. [ar.i>, 2 aor. aravr-, nom. aTd> T!Bwu: pres. rtfh-vr, llOill. rdh[<;; 2 aor. 8-vT-, nom. 8(<;. il[OwfLt: pres. OtOovr-, nom. OtOou<;; :! aor. O<Tvr-, nom. SoU... iltt><vUfLL: OW<VVvT, l!Olll. own-11<;. iluvw: 2 aor. 8v-vr-, JJO!ll. 0~>771. For th~ iuflection of t.hese part.iciples and the formation of the feminines, see 335-337.

772. The perfect active participle changes fiual a of the tense stem to or in the st.em of tlte participle. E.g.
AtAvKa, AAvKoT-, nom . .\.cAvKw'; m:<f>7Jva-, rr</>l)vOT-, JlOill. 7Tlcp7Jvw<;. For lhe inflection, and for the irregular feminine in v<a, see

335; 337, 2.

773. N. Ho11Jer has many varietie~ of the second perfect participle of the. p.<-form; in o.w>, gen. o.wTo' (sometimes o.6To,), fern. o.u"io., as "'(l"'(O.WS, f3cf3o.w> i in l)W>, gel!. 1JWT05 Or 7]6ros, fClll. l)Uta., as Tt8Vl)W5, Tt

'ti7]

DIALECTIC AXD l'OF.TlC FOHMS OF VERBS IN l!. 1G7

8vYJwTor or -oTos, uOv'lvla (R04). Hero<lotus has fwr, <wua, f6s, gen. <wTos, <WD''I<, as iuT<ws, etc., some forms of which (e.g. iuT<wTa, T<8v<wn) occur in Homer. The Attie contracts at.:s, awua, a6s, to ws, wua, 6s (or ws) (34~). gen. wTos, wD''I>, etc., but leaves T<8v<ws (2 perfect of 8vrfu<w) uncnntraet.ed.

774. K The Wm of the feminine of the second perfect participle in Botner ofun has a short vowel wh~n the other gen<le:rs have. a long
one ; a.s d.prypW>, d.pclpu'ia ; T8r(AWf, rdhiA.ula.

775. All tenses of the middle voice add 1-''"o to the tense stem to form the stem of the participle. E.g.
A iiop.lvoc; ( Aiio-J-lll'o-), Av<Top.lvo<; ( Av<To-J-<lvo-), Av<Tap.vo> (Avera p.vo-), t<TTap.lvoc; (iiTTaJ-<lvo-), Bip.<voc; ( Bl-J-<Wo-), 7rpuip.n,oc; ( 7rpta p.tvo-), At7rOp.lvO<; (At7ro-p.lvo- ), AAup.El'O> (AlAu--p.fl'o- ). For the iuflection of participles in fJ-ivoc;, ~re :loJ.

776. 1. Tl1c stem of the verLals in TO> n-1Hl TW> is formerl. by atldillg To <>r Tw to the verb stem, wiJieli generally has the same form as in the first aorist passive (with the change of cp and X to 7r and K, 71); a.s Alln;.-, AvTioc; (stems .Au-To, Au-T<o- ), ::tor. pass. l.\v8'7v; 7-pi.,-n)c;, 7r<L<YTioc; (st'llls Tpt7rT0- 1 7r<l<TTW-) 1 n.or. paSS. fTpfcf>B')l'' f7rl(<T{)')V j TOKT<J<;, TaKTioc;, from Taa<Tw (stem Tay- ), aor. pass. Tax-B'7v; 8p"rrToc; from Tpicf>w (95, fi).
2. The verbal in TO> is ~ometimes equivalent to a perfect passive participle, as Kptru.-, dedderl, TaKTOc;, ordr?rcd; hut oft.rncr it expre,;ses capabilit.';, as AuTo<;, capulde of bring loosed, aKov<Troc;, aurlih/c; 7rpaKTOc;, that may ue drme. 3. The verbal i11 noc; is C<Juivalr:nt to a future pa,sive participle (the Latin participle in dus); as AvTioc;, rhat must /,e loosed, solvenJu.<; TL}J-T)T(oc;, to be ltorwrwl, hono1walu.<. (See !.'J0-1.) For t.he impersonal use of the ucuter in T<OV in the sense of and the infinitive active, see 1507.

a,,

DIALECTIC

ANJ>

POETIC

l'OT:ll!~

<OJ" VEitH~

IN

n.

777. I. The Doric has the perso11nl Plltiillgs n fur en, J-<l> for p.tv, Tav for T')l', aBci.v for <TB')v, J-<<'iv for p.')v, vn for y(T(. The poets have p.w8a for J-<lBn.. 2. When <T is droppeJ in <T<U auJ 110 of t.he second person (563, 1>), Homer often l;eeps the uncont.racted forms mt, ')at, ao, w. HeroJotus has tat and ao (indic.), Lnt g<'nerally Yl for T)OL (suhj.). Iu lldt. and ~ometimes in Ilonwr, w tn:>y become V- ln Jlo111er o-at and <To sometimes drop <T ev<'n in the perf. aud pluperf.; as

168

!NFL1WT!ON.

p.iJLYYJ<U for p.fJLYYJCTaL, lacr1J0 for laavao. A lingual sometimes becotues a before aat; as in KiKacraaL for KCKaO-crat (KiKacrp.aL). For Ionic contract forms, see 785, 2. 3. The Ionic bas araL and aro for vrat and vro in the third person plural of t!Je perfect and pluperfect, aud aro for vro in the optative. Before these endings 1r, f3, K, andy are aspirated ( <J>, x); as Kpmrrw ( ~<pv/3-), KKpvcp-arat; >J.yw, >..>..ix-arat, >..>..ix-aro. Hdt. shorteus YJ to c before araL and aro; as oiKi-<iraL (pf. of oiKiw ), A tt. <iJKlJYTaL; f.nr<p.i-aro (plpf. of r<,W.w), Att. lnrtp.71vro. Hom. l';trcly il1serts between the vowel of a stem and arat or aro; as l>..rJ>..f.-&-aro (l>..aww); see also pa[vw. The forms araL and aro sometimes occur in Attic (701). Herodotus has them also in the present and imperfect of verbs in P.' 4. Herodotus has ca, ca>, cc(v) in the pluperfect active, as lrdNtra; whence comes the older and better Attic 'Y), 7]>, l(v). Botner has w, 7]>, L(v), with a in ijocc (821, 2), and rarely ov, >,c. 5. Homer aud Herodotus generally have the uncontracted forms of the future (in cw and wp.at) of liquid &tems; as p.cvf.w, Attic fLvw. \\'hen they are contracted, t-hey follow the analogy of verbs Ill cw. (l. The Doric haR alw, af.OJ-W.L (coJttractrd aw, aovp.at or acvp.at) for aw, aOJ-W.L in the future. The Attic has aovp.aL in the future middle of a few verus ( uuu). 7. In Homer a is so111etimes doubled after a short vowel in the future and aorist; as n>..iw, rc>..f.aaw; KaAEW, lt<o.Acacra. ln KOJL[,w, Hom. lKop.taaa, EKOJLLaaO.fl7JY, the stem ends in (see 777, 2). 8. In Homei aorists with a sometimes have the inflection of SP.COlld aorists; as rtov, rtf>, from LKVEOp.aL, come; l:f3~afTO (more common thanlf3~aaro), frotn f3a[vw, go. These are called mixed aorists. 9. In the poets 7JO'av of tlte aorist passive indicative often becomes cv; as wp}-l'Y)()cy for wpp..~()YJO'UY, from opp.C.w, wge. So UY or fV for 'Jrrav or wav in the active of verbs in J-lL (787, 4).

778, Homer and Herodotus have itemtive forllls in uKov and UKOJ-LTJY iu the imperfect aud se<:ond aorist active and middle. Homer has thent also in the first aorist. These are added to the tense stem; as xw, impf. xt-aKov; l:pvw, 1 aor. l:puaa-al<c; </>f1fyw, 2 aor. ( <f>uy-) <1>0(-(fi(Qy; rrrTY)iJ.l ( (J"Ta- ), arcf.aK; B!owp.t ( &-), oO-CTI((. Verbs iu cw have u-aKov or c-CTKOY in the imperfect; as Ka.AkuKov; 7rWAE-CTKfTO (dropping one c). Verbs in aw have aacrKov or aaKov; as yo&.a-CTKf, vt~o:a-<rKOJJ.fv. Rarely otlter verbs have aCTKov in the imperect; as KpmrracrKov from Kpt'rtrrw.

781]

DIALECTIC AND POETIC FORMS OF VEHBS IN fl.

169

These forms are inflected like imperfects, and are confiued to the indicative, and denote repetition; as 1rw"AccrKTo, he went (regularly). They generally (iu Hdt. always) o:uit the a.ugu:ent . .For fHforms with thetie endings see 787, 5.

779. Some verbs have poetic stems, n:ade by adding 0%- to the present or the second aorist tense stem, in which o. or f (rarely v) takes the place of the thematic vowel; as aJ-LvvaO%-, OtwKaB%-, cp>..eyf0%-, from &.,...fww, ward off, OtwKw, pwsue, cpA.iyw. lJUm. From these special forms are derived,- sometimes pretients, as cj>A.fyiOw; so:::etimes imperfectti, as otwKa0oJ'; sollletimes secoud aorists, as (axtBov (crxfB%-); also sul>juuctives auri optatives, as dKaOw, ftKaBotfLt, &.,...uvc8otTo; ilnperatives, as &.J-LvvaBan, &.,_.vvc(;1ov; iutinitives, as a.,...vvatlnv, OtwKatlnv, dKa8Hv, crxf(;lfl:v i and participles, as fiKallwv, crxd)wv. As few of these ste111s fonn a preseut indica,. tive, many scholars consider lotwKallov, pya8ov, etc., with the subjunctives, etc., second aorbts, and aceeJ>t the infinitives aud participles otwKa8'iv, aj.Lvva8'iv, <iKa8'iv, <iKallwv, etc., although the traditional accent is ou the penult. See in the Lexicon OAKaBHv, ap.\>vutlw, OtwKallw, flKallnv, lpyO.Ouv, ~pi8of-LU' ~ypi0ofLUt, J-LfTaKt0.8w, axiBw, cf>OvvBw, cj>Afy:Ow. 780. (Suhfunctil'e.) 1. In Ilo:ner the subjunctive (especially in the first aor. act. and :uid.) often has the short the>natic vowels and o (Attic TJ and w), yet nevrr in the si>:g-ular of the active voice nor in the third per~on plural; a:; f:pvaaoJ-Lfv, J.>..y~afn, fLVB+ UOJ-LaL, fU~(<H, 07JA~crfmt, aJ-LfttpfTo.t, (y(ipOJ-Lfv, LfLtpTat. So SOilletimes in Piudar. 2. In both aorist passive sul>ji>JI(.:tivl'S Ilerodotus generally has the uncontracted forms i11 tw, fwtuv, fwat, l>ut contracts !7J and f(l to TJ and ?7i as clcpo.tp8iw (Att. -Ow), cpo.viwcrt (Att. -wert), l>ut cpo.vfi and cpavY]n (as in Attir.). 3. In the second aorist passive subjunctive of ~ome Vt'rbs, Homer has forms in uw, TJ!I> TJ!I HOf.lv, 1JfT (780, I), a;; th".Y are commonly written; as OaJ-Lf(w (from ioatHJI' :.! aor. p:1.ss. of OaJ-Lvaw. subduP), OOf'-~?7" OafL~!I OaJ-L>JfTf; Tpa7rfi.OfLfV (fro111 iTap7rYJV, uf Ttp7rw, a711use). It is highly probable that TJ should ue written for H in all persons. This is nwre fully developC'd in the second aorist active of the tuform (see 7o8, 2). 4. In t.he subjunctive a.ct.ive Homer often has Wj.Lt, ncr8a, !JCTL j as f.8f.A.wp, f.8f.'>1.?1cr8a, f.Oi>..nat. 781. (Optative.) 1. The so-caller! Aeolic form~ of the first aorist optative active iu uo.~, ftf, uav are the couJuJon forms in all dialects.

170

INFLECTION.

(782

2. Homer sometimes has otaOa (556, I) in the second person for ot>; as KA.a[otaOa. For aTo (for vTo) see 777, il. 782. ( hiftnitive.) 1. Ilolller often bas JA.vat and JA.fll for V (73!!) iu the infinitive active; ail &.p.l:vf.J.tvat, aJ.tvvf.J.ttv (Attic ap.Dvuv); iA()iJA.tvat, iA()iJA.v ((A8cv); Mip.vat, ~i,....v (Muv). For the perfeGL (ouly of tile j.ttforlll), see 7!!]; tile p~rL iu ivat does not occur in Horuer. So IIoru. ,..._vat, Dor. p.v for vat iu the aorist pa.,sive; as DJA.atwOfJA.vat (op.atw8~vat), ScuiJA.Vat (also Sa~vat), Hom.; aiaxvvO~-,....fv (aiaxwlhJvat), l'irHi. (:See 7ti4, 5.) 2. The Doric bas fV (7tiU) au!l t.l"' At'olic 7J" for uv in the infin.; tl111~ ,i(8fv and yci.plxv (Dor.) for atDHv aud f'7Jpvnv; cpip7JV and lxr1v ( Aeol.) for cpipuv aud (xuv; L7r7JV ( Aeol.) for d7rftv.

783, (J>urticiJ'le.) Tle Aeolic has otaa for ovaa, allll o.t>, o.taa for a>, U.aa, in u,e partieiplc; as <xoam, Opi!fat>, 6pi!futaa.
SJ'ECIAI. DIAI.ECTIC FOHM~ OF CONTHACT VERUS.

784. ( Ve1bs in o.w.) 1. In Homer verbs in o.w are often con tracLed a' in .'\ ttic. Ju a few eases tiley mlllain uucontracted; ROllletimes without clauge, as vauTaovcn, ~atfTawv, fmm vatfTaoJ, du;ell; sou1etimes with ci, as i11 7rfwdw, ltung~r. Suf!&.w, thirst; sometimes with wv for iiov in the inrperfcct, as 1'-tvo[vwv from j.tvowaw, lrmg fin. 2. (a) The l\1.-;s. of Homer often give peculiar forms of verbs in o.w, by which the two \'Owels (or th<' vowel and diphthong) wlrich else" berc are cont.ractecl are assimilaterl, so as to ghe a double A or a rlonule 0 snu11rl.l Tbe second syllable, if it is short uy nat.ure or ha~ a diphthoug wit.lt a short iuit.ial vowel, is generally prolongerl; sollletirues the fonuer Ryllal1le; rarely botb. \Ve t.hus have o.a (someti111es au) for O.E or 0.7J (aq. for O.H or 0.!]), and OW (sun1etimes wo or ww) for o.o or o.w (o'!' for o.ot):
~Pci'!-9

.Opci'!opci.a.cre. opci.a.crea.. ..,vcia.crea.. cipci.O.v

for cipcins " opO.n or opO.n " cipO.tcr8t " opO.ocrea.. " p.vO.ocrea.. " cipci.m (Dor. cipci.Ev)

for cipciw " opci.o\J<TL (i.e. opO.OV<TL) op6wcra. " cipO.oucra. (i.e.opa.ovTa.) Opci.ouv op6'!>fv
cipow
OpOwcr&.
Op6WVTQ.I. ~ ~

OpO.ovTO.\.

a.lTLO<:JO

"

a.lTLnOLO

(b) The lengtheuiug of the fanner vowel occurs only when the word could uot otherwise stand in the Homeric verse; as in
1 Althou~h these forms are founu in all euitions of Homer, yet most Homeric scholars are agreeu that they are not genuinP, but are early substitutes for the regular forms in aw etc. which they represent. :See Monro, llonwic Cramma1 (~ ell.), pp. 50-54.

785)

SPECIAL FORMS OF CONTRACT VERBS.

171

~{3wovrl<; for ~{3aovru;, ~{3wotp.t. for ~f30.otp.t, p.v6.aiJ'Oa.t for p.vaHIOat., p.vwovro for (i)p.vO.ovro. In this case the second vowel or diph thong is not lengthened. But it may be long in a final syllable, as in p.lvotv6.~, (for ;xH), or when wiJ'a or wiJ'L COllies from ovrw. or oviJ'L, as i11 ~{3.iHvCia, SpwwiJ'L, for ~/3aovrw., opu.ovm. The assi111ilation uever occurs lillie~$ the second vowel is loug either by nature or by position; thus bpaop.lv, opalTl, bpo.irw cannot Lecome opowp.o, opaan, opaaro. (c) These forms extend also to the so-c:tllccl Attic futures in aiJ'W, aw, w(lili;>, 2) j as (>.ow, (AO<>m, Kplp.ow, Oap.J..<f 1 OaJLOWIJ'L, for l>..a(]'(J) ( l>.aw), etc. a. The Doric contr:tcts a and U'l) to 'I); as op~T for opalT, opi} for op,J.a and op.J.~I A Jl<!culiar form (of cuntmction ?) ocr.urs in the du:ll of :1. few i111]lerfects iu Homer, as 11'poaav0~TTJV (from 'll'pDIJ'avoaw ), <j>otT~T'IJ'' ( <j>otraw). (]'tJA.~TTJV ( IJ'v>..aw). So 11om. cipTJa' (or op~at) for opaWL (Att.ic op:,t) ill the pres. iud. 111iddle of opaw. (See 7o5, 4.) 4. Herodotus sometimes ckww'" aw, ao. ancl aotJ to w, w, and lOU, CSpecial!y in opaw, llpwraw, :lJIU </>OtTawj :L'i opiw, OpEOVTl~, optOUIJ'L, dpwrcov, lcf>o/uov. These forms are ~~"~rally ltiiCOIIiracted. In other c:\ses llc!rodotus contract.s verbs in aw regularly. 5. Homer someti111es fonu~ the prc!Sellt iufi11it.ivc active of vP.rbs in aw and w in 'YJJ-'lVLLL; as yo~p.lv.J.t (yoaw), 11'Hv~p.vaL ('ll'nvJw), <j>t>..~p.lvaL (<j>t>.iw). (Sec 785, 4.)

785. ( Verh.~ i11 w.) l. Veri's i11 w ge11erally remaw uncoutracted i11 both Homer and Herodotus. lint Hon1er someti111e~ COnf.rar.fs ((or HL to H, a.~ rap/3u (rapj3H). lldt. h:tS generally O'l, must, a11d O'iv, but i111]'f. (/h. Hot.h Homer ami Htrodotus sometimes have w as a rontrar.t. for111 for w; as uyvovVT~, Olll.vovvro: so in the At.tic futures in tO'w, L<TOf1aL (GG:), :3), RS Kop.t.n)p.d)a (Hdt.). Forms in u for wu, like o1xvv1J'L, 1l'OLVIJ'L, are of very doubtful authority. 2. IIotner someti11tes drops in wt anrl w (for 1J'aL, liJ'O, 777, 2) after, thus chauging imt and iw to tat and f.o, as p.uBi.aL for p.uOiwt (from p.vOi.op.at), u71'outpf.o (for a1l'O<LLpiw); and he also contracts tlaL and co to 7aL and 7o, as p.u0'i.o.t, a10to (for a1oho). Herodotus sometimes drops the second in iw; as <j>of3io, a1ro, i~'Y)yio. 3. Homer sometimes has a form in uw for that in w; as vnKdw (vnKiw). So in f.n>..c{cro hom n>.c{w (n>.iw). 4. For Homeric infi11itives in 'l)f1vat, see 784, 5. lt>opiw, cmr.1J, has <f>op~p.lvat and <j>op~vaL. Ilomer bas a few dual imperfects like op.a.pT~Tr)V ( op.a.pri.w) and a7!'HA~T7/I' ( a1T(LAEW ). (See 784, 3.)

172

INFLECTION.

[786

786. (Verbs in ow.) 1. VP.rhs in ow are always contracted in Herodotus, and his .Mos. sometimes have fU (for ou) from oo or oou, especially in StKa.u)w, think just. 2. They are always contracted in Homer, except in the few cases in which they have forms in ow or Olf resembling those of verbs in a.w (784, 2) i as apOWO'L (from &.pow, plough); Sl]L~V and (impf.) O!]LOwvro (from S'l]tow).
DIALECTIC FORMS OF VERBS IN MI.

787. 1. Homer and Herodotus have many forms (some doubtful) in which verbs in 'YJP.L (with stems in t) and w,.u. have the inflection of verbs in tw aud ow; as rd)'i, 8t&'i~, StSo'L. So in compounds of L'Y)p.i., a.s aVLft~ (or av[u~), p.d)u'L (or -[u) in pres., and 7rpotw, 7rpo'tu~, &.vin, in imp f. Hom. has imperat. Ka.8-{aTli (Attic -YJ)- Hut. has 1anj (for i<TTYJ<TL), 1nrpT{8w in impf., aud 7rpoa8iotro (for -8t'i:To), etc. in opt. For (Otl)ovv, etc. and fT[()u~, lT[8n (also Attic), see 630. 2. In t.he Aeolic dialect most verbs in a.w, fw, and ow take the form iu ,.u.; as rj>{).,_'YJJ.U. (with rj>{>-..ua8a, rj>{>-..a) in Sappho, for rj>L>-..cw, etc.; OpYJp.L (for opaw ), KM1JI-C.L, a'[V'YJJ.U. 3. A few verbs in Hom. and lldt. drop a- in a-ac. and a-o of the second person after a vowel; as imperat. 7rap{amo (for -aa-o) and impf. lp.apvao (Hon1.); i~t71'{a-nat (for -o.a-ac.) with change of a to f (Hdt.). So 8io, imperat. for 8tao (Att. 8ov) and v8w (Hom.). 4. The Doric has n, vn for a-c., vue.. Home1 sometimes has a-8a (556, I) for a- in 2 pers. sing., as SSwa8a (o&c.a8a or St&'icr8a), T[8'Y)a8a. The poets have v for crav (with preceding vowel short) in 3 pers. plm:., as EO'Tav (for EO'T'YJ<Tav), itv (for ita-av), 7rpon8v (for 7rpotr{8ta-av) ; see 777, 9. 5. Herodotus sometimes has amc., aTo for vTat, vTo in the present and imperfect of verbs in p.c., with preceding a changed to f; as 7rpordHamc. (for vmc.), iSuvlaro (for -avTo). For the iterative endings aKov, <TKOJJ."/V, see 778; these are added directly to the stem of verbs in p.t, as L'ara<TKOv, 00-aKov, 'ww6-aKTo, l-<TKOV (tip.[, be). G. For poetic (chiefly Homeric) second aorists in 'YJJJ.'Y)V, tJ-::1'-', vp.'Y)v, and from consonant stems, see 800.

788. I. Herodotus Rometimes leaves w uncontracted in the subjunctive of verbs in 'YJJ.U.; as Oiwp.tv (A tt. 8wp.v ), 8ta8iwVTal (-OwVTaL), &.11'-c.EwaL (Att. d.rj>-'iwac., from arj>-q,.u.). He forms the SUbj. With fW in the pJuraJ a}so from sterns in aj as a71'D-O'Tf-C:JCTL (-<TTwa-c.), f71'LO'TfwvTaL (for lmara-ovrat, Att. f71'LUTWVTat). Homer sometimes has these forms with tw; as Of.wfLtv, UTfWfL11 (724, 1).

793]

DIALECTIC FORMS OF VERBS IN MI.

173

9 Generally, when the second aorist subjunctive active is uncontracted in Homer, the final vowel of the stem is lengthened, (or a) to 7J or u, o to w, while the short thematic vowels and o are US!!d in the dual aud plural, except before at (for vat). Thus we find in Homer:-

(Stems iu u.) ~'"' (Attic j3<A>)

crT~ns

e~ns

6iJn, ci.v-~n
6ELO!LfV

C1"T~Ut ~~TI
C1"T~ETOV

l3fn,

cf>9~n

C7"T~O!LlV>
CJ"T~OIUL,

C1"TE{O!LEV, crT{W!LlV C7"Tt{OicrL, cj>6tOICTL

(Stems in t.) 6t!w, i.j>-t(w

(Stems in o.) yvww yvwns yvwn, liwn, s.:.ncrv "\'VWO!LfV, 6wOtJAV yvW"'cr", S~wa-L

The editions of Homer retain L of the Mss. before o and w; but probably 7J is the correct form in all persous (see 780, 3 ). 3. A few ca.ses of the middle iutlected as in ~ occur in Ilou1er; aS (JA~lTQL ((Jillw ), aATCJ.L ( a>..>..opaL ), J.1To-8e(OfUll, KUTa8tL0fUJ.l j so xaTa&YJru. ( llesiod) for xaTo.Bt-,a.L (A tt. xa.mB). 789. For Hollleric optathes of OatvUp.L, o{w. >..~~>. an <I <f>B[vw,&uvlfro, 0~1J and Svp.tv, >..e>..vTo or AAWTO, <f>8tp.1JV (for cp8tLp.7Jv),sec these verbs in the Catalogue, with 7J4, l ; 744.

790. Homer sometimes retaius Bt in the present imperative, as o[ow8L, op.vu8L (752). Pindar often has o[Ool. 791. Homer has p.tva.L or p.tv (the latter only after a short vowel) for vaL in the infinitive. The final vowel of the stem is seldom loug in the present; as L<TTaJ.LVa.L, iiJ.Ltva.L, !J-lBL-J.LtV, 6pvV. J.LfVO.L, opvtp.tv, nB<J.LV, but nB+J.LfVQL. In the second aorist active the vowel is regularly long (76u, 2),' as aT+iJ-Va.L, yvwp.tvuL; but Tt87JJ.Ll. o[Owp.L, and 'i1)J.l.L hale 8EJ.LVO.L aud fiEJ.LV, OOJ'-fVO.L and 00j.LV, and (lJ.Ltv) p.tB<J.Lcv. (See 802.) Iu the perfect of the J.LLform we have fO'Tap.tvaL, aTaJ.LV, -rcBvaJ.L(Va.L, nBvaJ.Ltv. 792. Ho1uer rarely has -,p.vo~ for EJ.LVO~ in the participle. For second-perfect participles in w> (aw~, tw>, 17w>), see 773.
ENUMERATION OF THE Ml-FORMS.

The forms with this inflection are as follows:793, I. Presents in 1'-' These belong to the Seventh and the Fifth Class of verbs (see 619 and 608).

174

INFLECTION.

[794

794. Those of the Seventh Class are 1. Verbs in p.t with the simple stem m the present. 'l'hese are the irregular dp..f, be, ETp.,, go, cf>YJp.(, say, ~p.at, sit, anJ K'ip.at, lie, which are inft('ct<!d in 1-\0G-81o; with ~p.(, say, and the deponents O.yup.at, ovvap.at, (rr(crrap.at, (pa.p.a.t, Kpip.a.p.at.
See these last iu the Catalu:.;tw, and also louie or poetic ( ehiPfly Homel'ic) fonns Uil<lt!l' clYJfl' o:up.u<, o(q.nL (st.em OLE-), ol.,"'/1-'-'ll low, '{)..YJp.<, r<txal'w, tJYUfJ-U.L, jiVO!J.U.L and cp~OfW<, CTll;W, CTTVjl1lt 1 cp(pw. For oap.I'YJJl' and other verbs in I!YJI-'-' see 7Ui, 2.

2. Verbs in JA' with reduplicated present stems (G51 ). These are tiJTY)iJ.l, r[()YJI-'-' alld o[oc ..p.t, infttctcd in [)06, ~W'' infiectt>d iu 810, OtOl}/J.t (rare for o<w), bind, Kf.XP''ll-'-' (xpa-), lencl, Ol!LVYJfi.L (ova-)' beHrjU, rr(p.rrAYJfl.' ( rrAa-)' fill, rr(p.rrpYJJl' ('rrpa.-), burn. (For the last five, see the C~ttalogue.)
See abo 'trrmp.at (lat<!), and Hom. {3t{36.<;, strirling, pre~eut participle of rare {3[f3YJJ1L 795, ~. Il[p.rrAYJP-' n.nd rr(p.rrpYJP-' in~e1t !-'-hr. fore rr; lntt tht' p. generally disappears after p. (for v) i11 lp.-rr[rrAYJfi.' U!J(l lp.-rr[rrpYJP-'; but not after v itself, as in f.v-trrLJ<rrA(JIJuv. 796. N. '0-v(l'Y}/J.I (of UllCl'l'tain fol'lll:ttion) is perhaps for uv Oll"]-fi.l by rEo>dnpJication from stelll ova-.
1

797. Those of t.hc Fifth Class are

1. Verbs in vvp.t, which ad(l 'Vt> (after a VOW(>l, YV1!) to tl!C verb stem in the pr(~Sl'llt. ( GOfi). These arc all inflected like o<[KvvJJ-< (iiOG), and, except cr{3/.wuJJ-<, que11Ch (803, 1 ), they have no Atti(: pt-forms exr.qJt in the ]>resent alHl imperfect. The following belong to this class:(Stpms in a.), K<pri-wiip.t, KpEp.a-v-vl,p.,. r.Era-vvvp.<, crKEOci-wvp.l;(stems in E for<a), EWVJ-U, Kop<-w'VfJ-t. crf:kwvp.<;- (ste1ns iu w), wUJ.ll, pw-VvVjJ.L1 CTTpwFViip.t;- (COliSOllalll stems), ay-vup.t, upVti}J1ll,

,c:,.

OlLK-vVp.l, Zpy-vVp.l, (ll;.y-vvp.t, arrO-KTLI'l'UJ.ll (Kn(vw), p.{y-viip.t, oi.yvVp.t (ill COll!jlOS.), /)>..->..up.l, op.-vvp.L, op.opyYV!J.l, Op-vvp.L, 1f~y-VVJ1.1 (rray-), 1mip-vup.a.L, p~yVV!J.L (p>JY), arop-vVJ-U, cppayVVJ-U- See tlese

in the C:tt<~.logue, <~.nd also Ionic (>r p<)('t.ic (chiefly liol!\eric) forms under ai.vvp.a<, axvvp.<lL, "fUVVJ-'-'tL, OJ.t'VVfi.L, Ka.{vvp.at, Kivvp.al, <ip(y-vvp.<, TO.vvp.a.t (F:ee Tt.Lvw), rivuruu (~et~ T!t'(JJ). 2. Verbs in VYJJJ.' (chi~;fly Ppic), which :trld va to t.he v~;rL stem in the present (u00). These arf> oclp.vYJfJ.t, K(pv>JI-'-' KP~Il!YJP-' p.apvap.at, rripVYJfi.' 'lrtAvo.p.at, rrtTVYJJ-U, aKI.OvYJp.t or KtOI!YJfi.' Many of these have a.IBo forms in vaw. (See tl!e Catalogue.)

800]

E);CMERATIO!\' OF TilE :vii-FORMS.

175

798. II. Second Aorists of the JloLFonn. The only second verbs in 1-'' are those of f7JJ.l.' (810), of L<TT'YJJJ.'' T{f17)!J.L, and o[owJ.l.L (50G), of u/3cvvi':J.l.L (803, l); with E7rptap.7JV ( .'iOil) ; also tlw irregular WV~P.'Y}V (later wvO.p:YJV)' of ov!v7Jp.L, u.nJ f.7rA~fl.rJI' (poetic) of 1rtJ1o1rA7JP.'
aon~t.s formed from
7r~yvvJJ.L, iu

See also IIOill<!l"iC aorist luiddle fonus of piyvuj.J.l, opVUJlol, all!l the Catalogue.
aori~ts

799. Thr second

of this form belongi11g to verbs

in ware the following:'AA{uKop.al (<lA), l1e tal.e": (iiAwv or ~Awv, was tal.e11, rl.Aw, aAot7JV, uAwvat, uAov<;. (St>e oO:;, :.!. ) Bu(vw (f3a), go: f./37Jv, f3w, (3a[rJV. f3~&, (also f3U. in com p. ), f3~val, pa<;. How. f3J.T7JV for i/3~T7JV 13tuoJ (/3w ), lire: j3[wv, {3tw, {3t~7Jv (irregular), j3twvat, {3l0v<;. (IJoJJI. illl]WI". (JtwTw.) l:rJprfrrKw (Y'IP" ), !!"""old, 2 aor. i11f. yqpavul (]'oet.), Hom. part.
Y7JP'''

6.top.l<TKw (opu), ,.w,: }i 1 .. <o1J<i>, (bfJ<L, etc., sul>j. l:lpw, fip,,J.,, ,u., op<f.. ('tc., opt. b(JU.L1]V, OpiiY<Ll, opil>. IIJt. EOp1JV, Op~vat, Opas. Only in COIIIJlO'ition. (~C<' ::iUJ.) t:.Dw (ou-), e>rter: (ouv, eutereJ (GOG), ovw, (for opt. bee 744), oilit, ovvut. 86,. Kn(vw (Knv, Km), kill: act. (poetic) tKTZlv, tKTa>, EKT<"i, f.KTap.tv (=l pl. f.KTuv, wl>j. KTiw}JotY, inf. KTap.tvut, Krap.tv, llulll.), KTfr>. :\I id. ( !IollJ.) iKral'-'1~' was killed, KTa<T&ut, KTUJ1otvo<;. fliTop.cr.t (7rm, 1rn),jiy: act. (puet.ie) (7rT1JV, (7rTW, late), 7rTU.t1JV (7rT~(Jt, 71"T~I'U.L, ln.t.e), r.T<i<;. 1\JiJ. f.7rTafJ.1JV, TrTa<T{jJ.L, 1rTajlotVO'). [TArf,,, J (TAu.-), ellrlwe: (TA'f}l', TAw, TAu(l)V, TA~&t, TA~va<, rAJ,. <PBO.vw ( 0u-), m,tici,atP: (81Jv, cp&w, 8a[1Jv, cpBryval, cp&J.,. <P{;o, ( v), produce: <Cv, was )Jl'O<hncl, mu. </f>Jw, cpvvat, G> (lil;e <ovv). Add to tlws~ the ~inglc fonu>, r:bo-aKA~vat, of J.7roaK<'AAw, dry
up, ax~-.;, itll}'l~ra.L <d. txw, ltu(c, 7rLO,., julpt"r;~t.. of 7rivw, drink, alld epic forms of ~"f1:f3c1AAw (cOO, I) :tud of K<yxavw ( K<xavw ).

ftyvWfTKfl) ( )'l'O), !~now: Eyl'wv. )'I'W, I'''O[Yjv, )'l'W(h, yvi;JllaL, yvoVI).

800. 1. Some po<!tic (chiefly Homeric) second aorists of the p.t-form iu TJI'-1JV, '1'-TJV, n.nd vp.r1v are formeJ from stems in a, t, and v Lelongin;.; to vt'rlh in w. X ..fJ. BO.Uw (/3a'A-, {3Aa), tlmHc, 2 aor. act. (f./3A7Jv) ~VJ.l.f3'Ar/TYJV (dual); mid. (f.f3A~p.1Jv) f.(3A1]ro; cp&[vw (&<),waste, 2 a.m. cp&{P.,TJVi un!w (uv-), urqr:, irrm;p.1JV (in Attic poets i<T1JTO, ut-}Jocvo>); xiw (xv-), pour, <xvp.1Jv, XVJlotVo>.

176

INFLECTION.

[801

See these verbs in the Catalogue. For other Homeric aorists see aw, a1!"avpdw, f3tf3pwrrKw, KAvw, KTt,w, A~w. otml.w, 11"tAa,w, 1rAWW, 1rviw, TrT~rrrrw. 2. Some are formed from consonant stems, with the simple ending p:qv. E.g. A>..Aop.o.L (u>..-), leap, 2 a.m. (tf>..p:rJv) J>..ao, c!>..To; Bixop.m (Stx), receiue, ( loiyp:IJv) DiKTo; (iA.iy-p:rJV) EAfKTO, laid himself to rest (see stem A.tx). Besides these, see apaptrrKw, yivTO, gmsped, ,.ruw, 1rlp0w. 3. For the inflection, see 803, a.

801. N. Second aorists in 7JV or ap:YJV from stems in a are inflected like frTTYJV or E1rpLaf.L7JVi but lopciv substitutes a (after p) for YJ a.nd f.KTav is irregular. 802. I. The second :J.orists active of Tt()YJf.LL, fryp.t, and o[owp.L have the short vowel (tor o) of the stem (078; 755) in the indicative (dual and plural) and imperative ( dToJ, t!p.tv, ete., being augmented): in the infinitive they have (h'ZvaL, t!vaL, and 8ovvat, and in the second person of the imperative ()(,, (,, and oo<;. 2. As these te11Ses have no forms for the indicative singn 1 ~r, this is supplied by the irregular first aorists f.{)ryKa, ~Ka, and lowKc:. (670); so that the actual aorist indicative acthe is as follows:;(),JKa, ;(),l"a>, ;()YJKt, f(lfTov, l.()iT7JV. (Otp.tv, ;(),n, (Otrrav.
'f}KO., lJKU<)., YJKf., EtTOV, L'TYJV, El.jJ.(V, fL7(, (tCTO.V.

,.

.,

"'

lowKa, (OwKa>, lowKt, looTov, l8oT7Jv, loop.tv, (oon, looaav. 803, I. The two other second aorists active from stems in f arll (a/J'Iv, went out (crf3imp.L, que2ch ), in filleted like (arryv, and &:rroUKA~vaL, dry up CaKiAA.w). See 797, I; 79!). 2. The other second aorists, from stt-m in o, are inflected like (yvw.v, as followR : ludic. (yvwv, f:yvw>, lyvw, yvwTov, lyvwnJV. lyvwp.tv, (yvwn, (yvwrrav. Su/Jj. yvw (like ow). Opt. -yvo[7JV (like oo[YJv). lmpn. yvwOL, yvwTw, yvwTov, yvwTwv, yvwu, yvoVTwv ( 755). l11jiu. yvwvaL. Partie. yvov> (like oov>). 3. The second aorists ~v-rlfl>JV and l,.>..-r/f'-'1'' (7DR), nncl th" po<'tic aorists in 1JP.1JV, Lf1.7JV and llfi.YJI' (800, 1) or in fi.YJV from consonant stems (800, 2), are inflt>ctt>d like tlw pluperfP-ct middle (G!JH).

804. Ill. Second Pe1jects (11ld Plupe1jects of the p.1-F01m. The following verbs have forms of this cla,;s in Attic Greek, most of them even in prose : "IaTYJII.I. (aTa-); see 508 (paradigm). participle, see 773.
For Ionic forms of the

806)

IRREGCLAR VERBS OF Tim MI-FORM.

177

Ba(vw (f3o.-), ,qn; poetic 2 pf. {3{3am (Hom. {3{3cf.auL), subj. {3{3wuL, iuL j3{3avaL (Hom. {3{3ap.v), part. {3{3wr; (Hom. {3{3awr;, {3t{3avl.a); 2 plup. (llotu. {3if3a1Jav). r:yvopm ( yv-, ya-), become, 2 pf. yiyova, am; (Hom. 2 pf. y<y&acn, 2 plup. dual yeyar'f}v, in f. yyap.v, part. -yyawr;, y-yaul.a), Att. y-yws, -yywcm (poetic). 0vr/aKw ( 8o.v-, Ova-), die; 2 pf. ri8varov, ri8vap.v, rdlvaaL, opt. -r8vu{'f}v, illlper. ri8va8t, n8varw, inf. n8vavaL (11om. n8vap.vo.L or r8vap.V), part. r8v<ws (77J), n8vwaa (Hom. n8V'f}ws, with T8V'f}VL'f}>), 2 plup. lri8vaaav. LlL0W (OH-, Ot-), epic in pres.,jear, Attic 2 pf. oi&n., OEOta'), 0/.&f, plur. oiotp.fv, OfOtUO"L; 2 pl up. EOfOtfLV, loi&ao.v; subj. 00ta. oot'um, opt. OfOt<tlJ, iiJJper. oiot8t, iuf. &&iva~., part. o&w>. (Hom. 2 pf. O<tOta, Of[Ota'). OftOtf, pl. odotp.fl', imper. odotf)t, OftOLT, inf. OLO[p.v, part. OHOtw<;; plup. lodotp.v, io[otaav, rarPly O<tOt (777, 4). [EtKw] (<lK-, lK-), 2 pf. EOLKa, seem; also 2 pf. EOt'YJLfV, <~acTL (for fOtKUO"t), inf. dKEVat, part. flKW'i (Hom. 2 pf. f'iKTOV, 2 plup. EiKT'f}V) 1 used with the regular forms of (oLKa, l~K'f} (see Catalogue). or& (10-), k1low; see 820 (paradigm). See also poetic, chiefly Homeric, forms under the following verbs in the Catalogue: &.vwyw, {3t{3pwaKw, -ydpw, (pxoiJ-aL, Kpa,w, p.a[op.aL, 7raaxw, 71'[8w, -rrf-rrrw, [r.\aw], cp~w, and stem(&-).

oiom,

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE MIFORM.

805. The verbs dp.{, be, !!!' go, l'TliJ-' send, </>'f}p.{, say, ~p.aL, sit, Kft/W-L, lie, and the second perfect o!Oa, know, are thus in fleeted. 806. 1. Elf-1-[ (stem f.(j'-, Latin es-se), be.
PnESEST.

2. 3. 2 Dual { 3.
Sing.

r
r-

I ndicutive.

Sul,junctivc.
tl~

.t.,.c
t
icrT( tcrT611 tCTT611

... .
tl

Optati?>c.

.r,.,
,r,
.r,~

I mpcrative.
tcrO lCTTOI
ia-TOV
(<TTWV

~TOll

flTOII Or f('!TOII

~TOll

Plur.

lcr.,.lv 2. terTi 3. ,[cr(

'"fi-E"
1JTl .. cr

. .

'tT'l" or fl~'"l"

,t.,_., or tt'lfU"
ElTl or 't'lT'
(crTC
fa-TWV, (crTW<TO.Y~

,[,., or t'lcra.v

OVTOIII

lnfiu. tTvaL. Purtic. wv, u~aa, gen. ovro~, oi!a1J~ etc. Verbal Adjective, f.ario<; ( auv-tcrriov).

uv,

178
hii'EB FECT.

l~FLECTION.

[807
FuruHE.

Sing.

Dual

l'lur.

r r r
v.

lndiwti ce.
~or ~v ~<r&a.

lndiwtive.
<rofl-<U

0]Jtative.
E<TO(flt)V
Ea-OLO

lnfinitivP.
<rt<r8a.L

2. 3.
~-

ia-n, Ecrn
i<TTO.L

~v
~<T'TOV or ~TOV
i\<T'Tt)V OT i\Tt)V

Eo-OI.TO

t<rt<r8ov i<rt<r&ov E<TOfl-E8a. t<TICT9t

t<TOLCT9ov t<TO(<r6t)V ECTO(f1E9a. llr0L<T81

Partie.
t<T6fllVOS

~fl-IV

2. ~TE or ~<TTl 3. ~<TO.V

EaovTa.l.

~O'"OI.VTO

2. Elp.{ is for f.a-JU. (footnote on Gi>G, f> ), ti for f. a-a{ (f.aL ), for f.aT{ see ::if>G, l; ~is for tu> (f.a-w), tir)l' for f.a-t-q-v), tvat lor ia-vaL, wv for wv (f.a-wv):1. Fur the accent, see 111,3 and 111, ::i. The participle wv keeps its acceut iu col!lpositiou, as 1rap<:w, 1rapovaa, 7rUpOVTO>, etc. j SO tCTTUL (fOr t<TETUL ), US 7rapf.aT<J.L.

807. DIAU:CTs. I. Present lndic. Aeolic E'p.p.t, t.he most. priiuitive form, nearest to f.a-1u (SOG, 2). llolll. f.aa{ a11d ti> (for I), tlp.iv (for f.up.f.v), (aaL. Ildt. i> and tlp.iv. Doric ~p.{, cua{, tlp.iv and 1p.i> (older ~p.f.v), lvT[ (for tla{). 2. lm]>er.fect. Il01n. ~a., (o., t<W; ('l'}a8u, ~Ev, tT)V, >'hJv; E'<rav (for ~aav). Ildt. (a, E<l<;, (un. ToiJic (itPrative) (<rKov- Later ~" for ~u:Oa., Do:ic ~ sin!-L. ~<;, 1 }'l. ~~L~> " ~ F~tlll'e . Ho~1. f.aaop.at, etc., With aaLTa.L and ECTrat; Dor. EITCT[J. waurat, EaaolFrat. 4. Sul!J. Ionic (w, t!)'>. t!] (f.!Jm, r/at), etr., (wn; Hom. al~o iw. 5. Opt. Ionic (ot>, iot. fi. hnJ''''' Hom. a-ao (a rt>gular llJHlrlle form). 7. hljin. Hulll. (fLp.EvaL. (p.vat, (p.Ev, tfLfJ-Ellj J)or. i}p.v or ETJLtv; lyric (p.fL~v. 8. Partie. louie aud Doric (,~v. 808.

1. Eip.t (stem Z-, Latin i-re), go.

l'HE'<EI''l'.

Sing.

2 hov Dual { 3. tTOV

~flEV
tn

Plur.

r r
2. 3.

Indicative.

Sul,i<nai"~

Optr1tiv~.

lmJ>emtive.

'tl-''
.t
ttaL

r.. rns
tn
t"JTOV tt)TOV

toL!J-L

or

Lo('lv

ros
to
(OLTOV

ro,
(Tw
tTOV

{o(Tt)V tOL!-'IV tOLTE

tOI.EV

tTwV
trt

twfllV
tt)TE tw<rL

2. 3.

ra(n

l0vTWV,

tTWV, 01' (TWCT'G.V

I1~fin. u:vat. ]>f1.1'tic. lWt', luVnn, lclv, geu. l6VTO'i, loVcr71~, etc. Vebal Adjectives, lro>, lrc'o,, lr'I'Jr/.o,.

BlOJ

IIWEGCLAR VEHB~ OF THE .MI-FOHM.

179

Sing.
I. ~. 3. tJ<l or fiuv nus or TfH<Te(l, tin or nuv

Dual.
UTOV llTTJV

Plural.
UJUV
TI<T(I.V

UTE or Tit<T(I.V

Imperfeet forms iinJLV and ifHr< are rare and doubted.

2. In CUiupounds the participle i<~v k~eps the accent of the simple fonn; as 1ru.pt~v, 1rapwvm, 1raptovror;, 1rupwvcn. (See SO(), 3.) 3. Tlte pre~ent tTp.L generally (alway~ iu Allie) has a future sense, s/,a/1 _qo, taking tlw place of a luture (Jf pxop.u.t, ;d1ose future f.>..o!croiJf!t is rarely (or nev~r) used iu Attic ]'rose.

809. lliAI.EcT~. I. Pruent luclic. !Iolli. t[cr8u for <T. 2. lmJ,elf Ho11L 1 p. 1ji<1, 1/"ic.v, :l p. lJLf, yjt, Z<; Jual tTl)V; pl. 1 p. ifop.tv, :1 p. 1jiov, r}"iauv (y}cru.t), L'auv. licit. ~i:u, r/i:<, ~i:auv. :l. Subj. llntn. 1:[/crBu, l!]'lL 4. o,,(. llolll. l<LYJ (for tot). 5. !t.Jin. Hom. i-p.(VU.L, or i-p.fv (for i-(vut), rarely t.p.p.tvu.t. ti. Future, lloltJ. ftuop.at; A Ol'isl, I!OJll. daU.p:r;v or f.ucrap:'}V 810.

1.

I7Jfu

(stem -), 8end.

ACTIVE.

Sing.

Dtml

Plur.

Sing.

Dual

Plnr.

r r r r r r
2. 3.
2. 3.

Indicative. 8u/Jjuuctive. l:ruu t.;,

l'JS t1Jcr

Ortati1'<~.

Imperative.
tH
tiT Col tETOV t{TCIIV {tTf
fiVTOIV

2. 3.

ttTOV 3. ttTOV
tEJJ.tV ttTE tcicr

tns tu lijTOV tijTOV

ttlT)v ttL']S

In.lin.
tlv(I.L

t<L'l
ttLTOV ltLT'JV
(>!'
()1'

!tL'IjTOV iHTtT'JV

Partie.
lt(s, tttcra., ltv

'""JI-EV
(ijTE
iWcr1.

ttLJilV 01' Ld'ljJiEV ttLTt Or tt!1]TE ttL(V 01' LtLT)O'<lV

I .,.n~r:n f'J.:CT.

01' (tTCIIO'<lV

t']V fus

CH
ttTOV
[ETTJV
~EJLEV
tETE

3.

~.

Future, ~crw, etc., regular. Fin;t A mist, ~Ka, ~Ka~, ~Kf, only in indic. (802). Pe1ject (in composition), <!Ka,
etc., regular.

3.

~(CT<lV

180

INFLECTION.
SECOND AoRIST (generally in composition). Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. Imperatite. -(802) w tLT)V 2. Is lJS dT)S

[810

Sing.

Dual { 2 t1TOV 3. t'LT'IjV

tt,.tv

l'lur.

r r
a.

'IJTOV ' 'IJTOV

"'~'-~"

2. ttTt 3. EliTO.V

'IJTE
"~:;"L

. . . . . .

Injin.
tha.L

ttT) t1Tov or tLTJTOV tLT'JV or tl~T'IJV ttf'olv or ELTJf'oEV ttTt or EL'IJTE tttv 01' t!T)CTO.V

iT"'
hov
lTCIIV
~Tt

Pal'tic.
ILS, ttCTa.,

iiv
fvTCIIV 01' lTWITO.V

MIDDLE.
PnF.~~:Nr.

2. 3. Dual { 2
3.
2.

Sing.

Plur.

Sing.

Dual { 3. u.,.e'lv Plur.

2. 3.
tl,.t8a. y,.,.e, YtvTo

r r r r
3.
2

Indicative.
~Ef'oO.L
~EITO.L ~tTO.L

Subjunctive.
icilf'oO.L tu HtTO.L tf].,.Oov tf]CT9ov tw,.,ea. tijCT8t icilvTO.L

Optatire.
itCf'o'!jV it to ULTO ittCT8ov !tcr8'1jV tt,.t9a. iti:CT9t Ui:VTO

Imperative. Injin.
tiTO

u.,.a ...
~tCT9ov

ftCT90.L

~tCT9ov
~tCT9ov

u.,.a .....

Pmtic.
ttf'oEVOS

u,.~ea.

y,.,.e, ftVTO.L

Ytcr9t llCT9cuv 01'

t4CT9CIICTG.V

h!PERFEC'I'.

tif'o'IJV
~EITO

2. 3.

YtTO
~ECT9ov

Future (in composition), ~uop..a.t, etc., regular. Fir.t Aorist (in composition), ~KUJ-l'?" (only in in die.), 670. Pe:fecl (in comp0Rit.ion), .rfUl' lmper. <Zrr8w. lnjin. tfu8aL. Partie. ttj-livo~.

812]

IRREGULAR VERBS OF TilE M!-FORM.

SEco~n

181

Sing.

3. dro 2 etcr9ov Dual { 3. ELCT81JV

Plur.

r r
~-

Indicative.
tt!Jo'JV

AoniST (generally in composition). Subjunctive. Optative. hnpemtive .

.;..a..

2. ctcro

n
..jrcu
,fu8ov ..jcr&ov

ELJJ.1JV ELO

o.J

lnfin.
~u9cu

dro
LCT9o~r

EIT9o>
~cr&ov

t'(cr91J"

"

ELJJ.9a. ttCT9t E{lfTO

.:IJJ.t9CL
~cr6t
~VTO.L

,,,.,.,ea.
ttcr6t tLvTO

E<T8wv
~.,.e,

Partie.
Ef1EVO$

~cr&<.>v

or ~cr&wcra.v

Aorist Passile (in compositiou ), tiB'lv Suhj. iBw. l'arric. Fuwre Passit>e (iu composition), f.()~(]'OiJ.< Verbal Adjectives (in composition), lro>, (r(o,.

lBtt>.

2. Tbe imperfect active of &!"71'-' is 0.{"7'' or ~f"lv (i\44). The optn.tives &.iOLr and 0.1ottv, for &.Uiu a11<l clrt!tv, aud 'TI'pOotro, 11'p6our8t, <Wd 1TpOotvTo (also accent-ed 1Tpoo'iro, ~tc.), for 'T!'pot(ro, 'TI'pott(]'8, and 1rpotl.vro, ootnetillleS occur. For situilu.r forms of r[/3YJp.<, see 7 41.

811. DIALECTS. 1. Hom. Zr;fl' (will, initial I); imp. Zuv for ZYJY; 1 aor. CYJKa for ~Ka; :.! ;,or. ((J'uv, ip.YJV. {vro, by onlissiou of u.ngJJtent, for t(]'llV, t'lp.YfV, tivro; iufin. ffJ.EV for t[vat. In altqf", How.
fut. &_v((J'w, aor. aVt(J'<l. 2. Hdt. perf. mid. dv-cwvrat for avfivrat, aud tl(!rf. pass. partie.

IJ.Ep.crtp.ivo>, for p.c8np.ivo>, summo11ed.

812.

1Jfl-i (stem a-), say.

lMPr:t\lo',

.p,.,.,

PRES.

ocj.'lv
icj>'lcr&a. or icj>1JS
icj>'l

cj.tis or cl>f)s cp1JcrC

<j>o.r6v cj>a.T6v

f,Pa.-rov
lcj>ci.T')V icpa.JJofV
~cpa.TI

Sui>J. w, 0> rj, etc. Opt. u.{YJv, cpo.[YJ'> etc. luiJ;el. a8[ or 0.8t, rf>arw, etc.
/rl.fin. </>ci.vac. Pmtic. 6.<;, ii(J'a, 0.v,-iu Attic prose cpa(]'Kwv is used.

cp11}1tV
cj>a.Tt

+ii.u'

itJ>a.a-a." Furure, ~crw, <I>>J(]'nv, </>~O'wv. A oris!, lYJO'a, cp~(]'w, ~>]rratp.L, cp~(]'(ll., c/>~(]'a> Verbal A dJective, cf>r~TO<;, uri.oo;. A perfect passive iHlperative (3 r~rs.) 7rfcPU0'8W o~curs.

182

INFLECTION.

(813

813. DrAI.F.CTS. 1. Prese11t. lt1d. Doric tpap.(, t/>ar!, tpavr[; Hom. <f>y}aOa. for <i>n ln.fin. poet. <f>up.(v. hil}Je1:fi:ct. If om. <f>~v, cp~, or <f>~aOa, <f>~ (Doric ;.cpa. a11d cpa), t<1v ti!J<l cpav (for ;cpuo-av nnd cpao-av). A Dl'ist. Doric <f>iiat for f.<f>7J<It. 2. llonJcr has some llliddle forms of cp'YJiJ.{; pres. imper. cpao, <PJ.rr&w, cpO.afJ; i1!/in. cpd.afJ,u; pmtic. cj>Jp.vo<;; impe1j lcpaiJ-7JV or cpJ.f''JV cparo or cparo, (avro and J.vro. Doric jut. 1.aot~aL. Tlw'e all bave an active sen~e.
814.

(Chiefly poetic in silllple form: iu Attic prose

Ka8-'YJ!Ml'

is

gener<tlly used.) P1es1~1ll. Indic. ~p.o.L, ~mu, ~CJ'TaL; 1}CJ8ov; 1ff-L8a, i]a8, ~vTaL. fmper. ~CJ'o, {}CJ'Ow, P.tc. l!ifin. ~(}'Out. Pu1tir.. ;;j-LVo<;.
lmpe1ject. 1fi-'-']V, iwo, ryCJro; ~CJ'Oov, r}a81)v;

r/JJ.tOu, ~a8, ~vro.

815.

Kn&w~a.t

is thus inftl'ctect:-

Pre.<czt. /11dic. KaBYJp.iu, KuOqaut, KaBYJrat: Ka8rw0ov; KaB~fL8a, ..:O.()qafh, Kr{fJryvrcH. :iubj. Ku.Owf<'" Ku.&,ij, K<J.8Y]rat, cte. Upt. KuBo[fJ-J')V, K~<6o(o, ..:uOo<ro, t!lc. Jmpe>. KU6Y]rro (in cnllledy, Ka8ov), Ko.B~a()w, elc. 1!fin. Ku()~aBo.t. P01tic. KU()~fl-VO<;. lmpefect. iKaB~I-'-YJV iKa()YJO'O, f.Kcl.67JTO, etc., alw Ka8~}J.YJV KaOijao, J<o.()~CJ'TO and KaOfiro, etc.

816. N. The a of the st<:Jll is dropped exct>pt before rat aud ro, and in "J.BYJTU.t and ( l)Ka()TJ.TO t>ven there. The llliddle eudiug-s atM~d direetly to a con~OJJaJJt st.elll or to a long vowel o1 diphthong (as in KtfJ.at) give tlw pre~ent and iluperfect the appearance of a perfect aud plnperfecc u-;u:J, :l). 817. DrALF.crs. Ilon1er ha'< LTa.t, ran~ly tuTo.t, for ~vrat; and
t7uro, ratl'IJ' turo, for >/vro. Hdt. has K~<r!ciru.< aud K~<riaro.

818.
K(lVTUl.

Kf.tJ.ta~ (:-;tem Kfl-, K~:-),

lie.

l'resezt. Jndic. Klp.u.t, Kt'Tat, Kt(rat; KtiTBov; Kt{}J.Ba, KltiTO,, SuiJj. and Opt. The~r forlllS occur: KfYJTO.L, s~-KEY]a6t, Kf.OtTO, 71-pOCT-KlOIVTO. ]1!1]1<!1'. KC'ZCJ'o, K(a-&w, etc. }njitz. Klt<T&at. Partie. Kti~vo<;. Imperfect. f:M[fLTJV, (Karro, (KHTO; (KaCJ'Bov, lKdCJ'07rv; lKdjJ-tOa,
(Mtrr/7, (KCVTO.

Future.

Kt'10f1-Ul,

regular.

821]

IIWEG!:LAH VE!UlS OF TilE :\1!-FOHM.

DIALECTS.

183

819.
KflVTCUj

Homer has

KEamt,

K<[amt, and KiovTat, for

and KftOTO for fKHVTOj suuj. K~T<U. Hdt .. !Jas Kt(TUt, K(t'(]'Bw, KE((]'But, ;wd fKffTO, for KfiTUt, etc.; and always KEu.mt and l.KiaTo for KflVTUI. and EKHVTo.
EKHTOj KtUTO

KEU'KETO (itcmtive) for

820.

oZSa (stem

io-), know.
Ill

(OfSa is a second perfect of the stem 1&.: see <Toov the Catalogue, and 804.)
SECO!<!J PERFECT,

Sing. Dual

l'lur.

r r r
3.
~.

Indicative. o'ioa 2. otCT9a.

o!St

Subjunctive.
tl6~

0jltative.
tlott'lv tl6EC1]s tl6t(']

lmpaativ~.

tl6iJs tlofl

r(Te, (CTTW (CTTOV

(<TTWV

- Co-TOV 3. (CTTOV
(<Tfl-EV r<TTt ra-ii<r

etc. regular

etc. regular

:l.

tCTTt (CTTWV 01' (<TTW<T<lV

ln.fin. tlSivaL. Partie. tl6ws, tl6uta, tl66s, gen. tlooToc;, tlov[ac; (3:35).
SECOIO> l'Lt:PEHFECT,

Sing.

Dual.
tiuTOV
if<rT']V

Plm.
U<TfJ.tV
tiCTTE
TI<TQ.V Ul'

1. 2.

iJ'6'1 or !j6m
iJ51]<T9<l llr noua-9a ti6u(v)
fLU'Op.at

3.

Tibt<T<lV

Future,

etc., regular.

Verbal Adjective, tU'Tioc;.

821. DIALECTS. 1. The Tonic occa~ionally has the r<>guln.r forn.s or8ac;, ocOuJHY, oioaU't; and very ofteu i'op<v for LU'JJ.<v. Ionic fut. do>}U'oJ (rare and doulJLful in Attic). 2. Ionic 7jOea, -DO(c, riOfn-r, Ilotn. ~t.LOrr:; alltl yjOlJ~ ~t.{8YJ, iauv, in pluperfect. The Attic poels rarely have ijO<j).(V auJ ifo<T< (like
;jowav).

3. Hom. <~Oop.(v etc., for dowp.Ev in subj.; '/.SJJ.Evat and '/.SJJ.EII in in fin.; iov'la for <lov'ta in the part.iciple. 4. Aeolic Boeotian tTTW for tU'Tw iu imperative. 5. For Doric 'lU'ap.t ( = oYoa), S<!e Catalogue.

FORMATION OF woRDS.
822. (Simple and Compound Words.) A simple word is formed from a single stem; as >..6yo~ (stem >..ty-), speech, ypcf.cpo> ( ypacp-), write. A compound word is formed by combining two or more stem~; as >..oyo-ypacf>o> (>..oyo-, ypacf>-), speech-write1 j a~<p6-7roAt~, citadel ( 1ijJj)er city).
FORl\IATIO~

OF SIMPLE WOB.DS.

823. (Primitives and Deuominatives.) (a) Nouns or adjectives Jo1med directly from a root ( 153) or from a verb stem
are called p1imitives; as apx~ ( stelll apxii-)' beginning, from O.px-, stem of apxw; ypacpd"' ( ypacpw-), ~vtite1, ypa{> ( ypacpto-), style (for writing), ypn!J-JJ-~ (ypa!J-JJ-ci.- for ypacf>-JJ-0.- ), line (828), ypaJJ-JLa ( ypaJ.lJJ-UT-), written document, ypacfHKO~ ( ypcu/>tKo-), able to write, all from ypacp-, stem of yp0.w, w1-ite; 1I"Ot"l'}-T~>, poet (maker), -rro(.,-m,, poesy (making), -rro!rrJJ-U por:m, -rrot.,-ru<o;, able to make, hom 1rou-, stem of -rrodw, make. So o(K7J { OtKa-), ju.qtice, from the root OtK-; KaKo>, ba1l, from KaK-. 824. Kouns, adjectives, and vci"bs formed from the stems of JIOUns or adjective:,;, are called denominatives; a!'> {Jam>..t0., kingdom, from {Jo.CTtAf(v)- (263); ci.pxaco>, ancient, from apxa- (stem of &.pxr]); CtKO.LO(J'lJV'fJ, jllstice, from O!Kato- j TLfLa-w, honor, from ri.JJ-ii.-, stem of the noun ri.JJ-~ 825. N. ( 1) The name Wl'1>al is often applied to primitive words, because generally their root or stem actually occurs as a verb stem.
This, howevE'!', dors not ohow that the noun or adjectivn is del'ived from the ve1b, but ruert,]y that bot.h have the same roo~ or stem. Thus the root. -ypa- contains only t.hc genP.ral idea write, not as yet devel oped Into a nouu, adjective, <Jr l'rb. By addiug ii. it becomes "tpa.0.,

184

831)

FORMATION OF SIMl'LE WOHDS.

185

the stem of -ypa.</>1}, a w1iting, which stem generally appears as -ypa.</>r'i.in the plural, and is woditkd uy case-endi!lgs to -ypa"i-1, -ypa>6.-5, etc. (See lUb; l7U.) lly adding the thematic vowel % (GO I, 1), -y 1 . is >aq developed into -ypa>%-, the pr;,sem ste1u of t.he verb -ypriq,w, tni!e, which is modified by persoual endiugs to "fp&.o-Jiv, we 10!'1le, -ypriq><-u, you wriee, etc. (:1) Even a noun or adjective derived from the stem (>fa tl<~nominar tive verb is called primitive; as a.~'A.,T-1]5, flutr-playm, frolll ali>-<-, the stem of a.u'Alw, play the flute; the latter, howc,ver, is formed from the stem of a.u>..O-,,flute (B29).

826. (Suffixes.) Roots or stems are developed into new stemg by the aJJitiou of syllaules (not tlwmselves stems) called suffixes. Thus, in the exam p]eg in 823, final a- in
&.pxV.-, (u- in -ypo.(u-, to- in -ypo.<f><o-, p.a.- iu -ypap.p.a.-, p.ur- in -ypo.JJ-JJ-O.T-, <Ko- in -ypa<f>uco-, etc. Ul'e suffix(~S.

827. N. Itarely a noun st.eJn has no suffix, and is id(ntical with the verh stem; as in </>~Aa~, guard, from st<'lll >v'Aa.K-, seen also in 'f!tJAd.uuw, I yumd (i>~O); <t>M~ (<P'Ao-y-), flume, from sam~ stPUJ a~ <1J't..l-y-w (b31). 828. N. The final consonaJJt of a stem is subject to th~ same euphonic dWlll!;cS before a suttix as l.Jefon an t>nliiug; as in -yprif.!fJ.a. f(lr -yro.<PfJ.a., >.i~<s for 'Aq-IJ<5, Oa<TT~s for O<Ka.OT'r}s. (~ee 71; 74; iG.) 829. N. 1\ final vowel of th;o stem may be contracted with a. vowel of the ~utlix; as in apxa.los, anrient, from apx"- anct w-1 (&GU). But such a vowel is sometimes dro]'ped; as ill ou,uriv-ws, lll'llVtnly, from oupa.vo- and <OI, f3aq,)...,Kbl, kinyly, from fja.u,)..(~)- alJ(J o-1; <ovo-<a, good-will, from <vvoo- and '" (842). A tilud stem vowel is sometimes changed; <:specially from o tn' iu dcnominat.ives, as in oid-w, dwell (olo-s, hvu.r), oid-TT/5, huUbf-,'f:I'VaJit, and olKe'io~ (ol,.;fptos), dU1JH~SiC ; - SODH'timc:-; frozu <i t.O w, tlS jJJ QTpar~W TT/1, solcliP!' ( urpa.nii.-)' ~<K<A<WT'JI, Sicilian G7uk o::<Ai-);- !:,OJUetimes from <i to '1. as iu ~>-7]-w, tcovdy, from t:>-'7 (t.)o.(i. ). 830. N. (1) Many vowel stems (esp<'ciall_r verl.J ot('ms) leugtllrn their final vowel before a consonant of the ~ufti.x, as in v'rus (u3i>);
as 1fOl'YJ~JJ.a, 7tOTJ-cns, 7rOl'YJ'Ttlr('6s,

7rOtTJT,s, fro1n

1r"Otf-,

(2) Many adct u uefore fJ. and r of a suffix, as in the perfect anu aorist passive (040); as K<Xu-u-ri}5, commanda, KfA<tJ<T-p.a, cummund, from KfA<~- (KiXdw), Kl'Aru-<T-f.!O.<. (~) Otlwrs arld fl, as crTa.8-!J.6<, .<tativn. from uTa.- (i'uT'JfJ.<). (4) Others drop a. final consonant, as uw>po-uvv'J, tem)lt<I'Ql!Ce, from
<Twtppov-.

831. N. In ma.ny nouns and adj(rtivc~. P!<pecially those in o.s and .,, the interior vowel of the stem is len~hened or otherwise mod1fied, as in the second J>Prfect. (043; 044). A change. of ' too (and'" too< and ou) is.eRpecially eommon Thus :>--qu.,, fo1'{JP((ulnes.<, from XaO(cf. :>-i>...,Oa.): -y6vo<, n.ff.'Jll'ill(l, from "f<v (cf. -ylyova); Xocrrb<, 1emnining, from 'hmr- (cf. :>-l>.o,...-a); <TTop-yi}, a(/'ection, from ur<p"f- (cf. (uTop-ya.); 1rofJ....-i}, senrling, from 7r<f.!71' (cf . .,-(.,o!J.<Pa.); '1'p6...-o<, rurn, from rpor; M~, flame, I(Pll. </>'Ao-y6s, from >A<"f; u1rou6,j, lu!ste, from urrw-. So also in adverbs; see cru:>--'hi}f3-5Tiv ('ha{3-): see 860, 2.

c:n ).

lRG
I.

FOHM AT ION OF W(JJWS.

[832

FORMATION OF NOUNS.
PltD!lTIVE NOUNS.

832. T!te simplest and Juost. common suflixes in nouns are o(nom. O> or ov) and ci- (llom. a or YJ)- N ouus thus forrned have a gn~at variety of meanings. The change of f to o (oil]) is here regular. Jc:.y. Aoyo-> (.\oy-o- ), .<peeclt, from A<y-, Rt.ellt of >..iyw (S:H); rpo.,.o<;, twa, frulll rp<7r- ( Stl!lll (>f rpi7rw, tum); aro.\o>, expedition, at HI aro>..~, e<JILI}nneut, from an>..- (stem of ari>..>..w, send) ; p.d.x-YJ (p.ax-a- ), /mule, frolll p.ux- (stem of p.d.xop.at, fight). 833, (Agent.) 1. The followiug suffixes deuote the aqent:n- (nom. <u<;): ypacfHv>, writer, from ypacf> (ypacf>u>); yov-oi->, pareul, from ytv-. T'JP (nom. r~p): awr~p, saviour, from aw- (aww, a<fw, .<a1e). TOp (nOlll. Twp): in/rwp, oratm, fr0111 {~f- (l.piw, cpw, _,f.al/ say). Ta.- (no!Jl. TY)'i): 7rOlYJT1>, poet (ma/;e,), frOlll7rOlf- (-rrOlEW) j OPXYf a-n/s, dancr.r, frono opx<- (cjpxiop.u.t, dance). (See 830, 1, :~.) :.!. To thc>~e corresj>ond t.he following fe1nininc fonus:Tnpci- ( n0n1. THpa): awntpa, fcm. of UWT~pTpui- (loOn!. TfJUL) : 71"0LlJTflW, poetesS; OpX1JaTpt'l, tlmniug-girf. ..-p,S- (non1. rp(>): ,;PX'Iarp(<;, daucing-yirl, gu. -(Ou<; . ..-.!>- (uo:n. n>): 7rpucf>~n<;, pro]'lwtess; uiKin<;,jemale .<fl"VOilt. 3. Verl>als in T1/P and rpt> arc oxytou<~: tho~~ in rwp, rpw., aut! rHpa have r .. ce~~ive al:<:t-tt L ( 1 10, 4 ). 834. ( :l ction,) These ~u1!ix(S <lcuute action:n- (nutn. n<;, f<tn.): -rr(a-ns, b~liej; frout r.tB (r.dBu>, believe). <n- (nom. a<<;, fe:n.): >..V-<T<>, loosing, frolll >..v- (.\DoJ). a-ui- (ttOIJl. f<'llt.): OOKlp.(lff(ii, teSIL>I.'f (OUKlp.d.,w, test). p.o- (ttOill. p.o<;, 111asc.): uOUfJf'-(),, tmili>l_lf (oOt~p-'Jf-UH. wail) j a7raap.O>, sptmn ( <rr.cl.-w, dmw); pvB!'-6> (ii30, ;J ), ,!t:;tl!ln ((\iw, flow, steut pv-). (SPe:jil.) 835. 1\. The suffix p.ii- (nom J.L'tJ, fcm.) has the same force as ~imple ii-(!J:l::!); ;s /'VWJJ-7], knowle!i:;e (-yvo); OCJJJ.i}, udU1" (ojw, oo-). 836. K From skms in w (r) of vcrhs in ww come nouus in <iii den,tinc: actiou; as [3a1J<A<iii., hny/IJ }'Ower, kingdom, 7Ta,o<lii, education.

ma,

For

fcminin"~

in wi

oi llOUilti in

w<, Rl'e 8J l.

837. (flesu/t.) These su!lixes deuote the 1ewlt of an action:p.a.T- (nom. p.u, 11euL): -rrpay-p.a, thing, act, from 1rpay (-rrpif.uaw, do); p~p.a. saying (thinq said), from p(- (fut. f.pw); rp.~JI-a, section, ~~n. TfL~p.aro<;, front TJJ-<, np.- ( rip.vw, cut).

842]

DENOMINATIVE NOUNS.

187

gain by lot);

tcr- (nom. o~. neut.): .X.axo> (Aux(a-), lot, from >..ax (A.ayxavw, f.Go~ (iGw-), ctt~tom, front 8- ((tw8u, am uccu,/ouu:d); yivo<; ( ytl/(0"- ), rae<?, from y<v ( yi-yov-a, s:Jj ). Jn some primitives this ouffix <<J- denotes quality; asf3ci.Oos (f3a0<<J ), dq>th (from root f3a0-); f36.po< (/3ap<<J ), weight l lrutu rout f3ap-); tlci}..,-os (tiAlf<<J), heat (tlci}..,-.w, warm) .

. 838. (Means or lnslrwne11t.) This is denoted by Tpo- (t:Olll. TpOI!, Latin /rum): aprrTpov, plough, amlnnn, fwm &.per (&.pow, pluuf;f<); >..V-Tpov, >wc,om, frolll Au- (Atiw); Aoif.Tpov, bu.tlt, !runt Aov (Aot!w, wa,dt ).

839. N. The feminine in rpa somet.imrs denote~ an in~ttum~nt, :t~ x.vTpii., ea1then put, from x.v (xlw, puur); H<Jrpii, scmpfr (~u-w, .~rape); sometimes other relations, e.g. plat,e, as 1faAaL-<Jrpii., p/QcR.jor w1cstling, from lfaAa< ( lfaAillw, wrestle, 010).

840. Some pri1nit.ivcs arc fon11cd from stems in

aTEcp-avcr<;, (')'OW II ( <TTE<j>w, CI'OWII); pleasure ( ~Oop.<H, /,f pleased); ov- or wv-, as dK-wv, imuye, front <tK- (totK<t, ,-e~emble), KAvO.wv, wave, fro1n KAvO. (KAu,w, dcdt).
a.vo-, as ovci, as ~o-ov~,

DENOMINATIVE NOUNS.

841. (Person Co111:emed.) A person concerned with anything lllay be denoted by the following sutlixes:tv-, lllasc. (nom. n!>), sometimes wi- (for tfta), fem. (uolll. wJ.): 1tp-n)<;, priest, fw1n ttpth, saaed (::-;:W), fe1u. iiptw, prie.<le-<s; /3ua,>..-n:,.., kiu_q (derivation uncertn.in ), felll. f3ua(>..-wt, qufen; -rropGp.-cu<;, ferryman, front -rropGp.o-o;, feny. 'l'ci.-, 111asr. (t!Oill. T7)S), n6, fc>m. (nom. Tt<;): -rroAi-T7J'> rtl<zen, frotll 7rOAt->, city, fem. 7roA.I.-n<;, ft~male citizen: oiKiT7JS, house-senant, fro111 oTKo-<;, lwu<e, fem. olKi-T<>, lto!Lsemuid; aTpruoT7J~ soldier, from <TTpunJ., anny (d2!.1). 842. ( Qw!lity.) Nouns denoting qualif.lf are formed from arljective sLents !,y these snffixes:T']T- (t!OIIt. TYJ'> fem.): JI((Jnl<; (vwr7Jr-), ynuth, from icro; y01m.'f; luoT7J> (laOT7JT), equali1y, frolll iao-o;, e'lual (cf. Latin vc1itas, gcu. te>i-tuti.<, and tirru.<, gen. vi1-tittis). <Tuvli- (nom. avvl,), fem.) : OtKotcrav'YJ Justice, front b(Kc<lcr<;, j1HI; aw<j>pcrat~ll7). lempclance, from aol</>pvw ( awcf>pov-)' temperate.. ui- (nom. La or <u, fem.): au</>(0. !ti.<dmn (aocf>o~). KaK(O., tice (KuKO-<; ), aA>]8wt, "'"'" for UAYJ(ha-Ut (&.>..YJG>J,, true), u';vO<u, kindness, for (~vrrr.a. ( tvvoo-o;, (vvovo;, kind).

188

FORMATION OF WORDS.

[843

This isdenoted by these suffixes:(nom. wv, lteut.) with the termination TlJpwv: 8<Kaun]pwv, COUI'I-hrmse, aKpour~p-wv, place of hearing ( audilorium). These are probalJiy from old ste1us iu T7JfJ' ( Babrius Ita~ OtKaar~pwv, from O<Kilar~p, for Ot~cuarwv, of judges). So CJ'1)fU1.1'r~p-wv, .~eal (place of sealing), from a'1)p.avn/p. ELo- for <<O: Kovp<(ov, barue1's shop, from Kovp<V.S, barber; so Aoy-E(o,, (.\c)yo->), speakill!J]!luce, MolJIT-<tov (Movaa), haunt of /he

843. (Place.)
1.
lO-

Muses.

'2. wv- (non1. wv, masc.): O.vopwv, men's apartment, from aY1}p, gen. dvop-6>, man; aJ.l>r<)vlw, ti11eyard, from ap.>r<"Ao->, vine. 844. ( JJiminutivr..<.) The~e are formed from uoun stems by tlte following suffixes:lO (ttOIIl. wv, 11eut.): 7rUt0-<.'ov, liule child, from ?TatS- (,-a'l>, dilrl); Krpr-[ov, I ill It grmle (K~rro> ). Sometimes also l6~o-, C1plo, u6p~o-, uhll<o (all with non1. i11 wv); oiK-[Owv, lillie hou:;e (of.co>); muS-apwv, /i{(/t child: p.<>..-vopwv. lirtle ~''"[! (fl.f.Ao>); ;.,.t).U.wJ', lillie ver:;e, ver:;iclr, 1-n.tin va.<iculus (f:tro>) !lt:re fiual (J- of the stem is dropprd. <<To<o (1101\1. [aKoc;, masc.) and <<TK<i (110111. [a-K!J> [em.): ,-atS[aKO>, !fOWl_{/ !Joy, tr<HOtaK7], ,l!IIWI!J gi,-1; sO VUVtUKO'i, VHlVL(JK7J 1 from stem vcav (nom. H<iv, youth). 845. X. Di1ninutives so111et.imes t'X]Wess entlcw'1nenr, and sometimes cont,:mpl; a:; ?Tu.rpl.owv, papu (rrrrr~p, fatha), -:i.wKpa.r[Swv,

Evpi,-[Stov.

846. ( Paii'Om;mics.) These denote descent from a parent or ancestor (generjl-lly a father), and are formed fr01n proper uamcs by the suffixes 60:- (110111. 01)~, masc. parox.) and 6- (nom.> for 0>, fem. oxytone); after a conso11ant 6ci- and .s. (uom. f.'01)> and[<;). 1. Stel!ls (in a-) of the first declen~ion shorten a and add 80.anrl 0-; as Bopa01J>, sun of Bmcas, aud Bop<a>, gen. BopaOoc;, daughter of Bo1eas, from BopU.,, Boreas. 2. Stems of the second declension drop the fiual o and add LOa allcl .~: a~ flpLa,LLtO!)>, son uf Priam, llpLafJ.t>, gen. ITpw.fJ.cOo>, duu!fliler of Priam, from Dpia.ucr> Except those iu ur, which change o to a, making no1ninat.ives in ul.8'7' and La<; (as in 1); as 0((Jna01)~ and 0wna<;, son and daughter of Tlte-'tius (0E(JTLo-<;). 3. Stems of the third declension add t&i- and tO, tlro~e in <u dropping u before L; as K<Kpotr-[o'l' .<on (or descer~da~rt) of Cecrops, KtKp01rt>, gen. [oo<;, daughter of Cerrops, from KiKpmp, gen. KiKp01r-<l'>; 'Arpc[Ol'/> (I! om. 'ArpdO'I'i ), .<oil of A trws, from 'ATpf\,-~, gen. 'ATpiw>; Il7JA.do7J> (Ho111. lllJ.\d07J5), son of Peleu~,

851]

ADJECTIVES.

189

from II7]A(U.,, gen. II7]AEw>, Hom. also fi7JA7Jln&J> (as it from a form TI7JA~ta>). 847. X. Occasionally patronymics arc formed by the suffix tovor t..lv- (nom. t..v); as Kpovluw, gen. Kpovtwvo> or Kpovtovo> (to suit the metre), son of Crcmvs (Kpovcr>) 848. (Gentiles.) I. These designate <~ person as belonging to some cow1t1y or lown, and are formed by the following suffixe~: tv- (uom. ui>, masc.): 'EpErptui>, Eret1ian ('Ep(rp[O.); MEyap Eu>, Megarian (Miyapa, pl.); Ko>..wvEu>, of Colonos (KoAwv6->) Tci- (nom. T']>, masc. parox.): TEyE<1-T'1> of 1'egea (TEyiO.), 'H7THpu'rT'1" of Epirus ("H7THpo>), :ItKEALW--r']>, Sicilian Greek (:ItKEAla). (See 829.) 2. Feminine stems in ~s- (nom. Is, gen. laos) correspond to masculines in E~-; as Mqapls, .llfegarian wvman; and feminin~<s in -rS- (nom. ns, gen. noos), to masculines in ni.-, as ~<Kr>-w-ns, Sicilian woman.
ADJECTIVES.

849. I. The simplest suffixes by which primitive adjectives (like nou11s) are formed from roots or stems are o- and ci- (no111. masc. os; fem. '1 ii, or o>; ueut. ov): aof/>os, aof/>~, aof/>ov, wise; KaK-O<;, bad; AOL7TO>, remaining (AEL7T-, AoL7T-, 8:-!1 ). 2. Some have v- (nom. u.,, (LU, v), added only to roots: ~c).t!,, .<weet, from ~c). (tjoop.cu, be pleased); {3u.p-vs, heavy (root (3ap-, cf. fJcl.p-o<;, weight); -rax-u>, swift (root -rax-, cf. nfxo>, swiftuess). 3. Some have fer- ( norn. YJ> E>) : !fwO~> ( ifwOEa-), false ( f/;Eu&op..o.t, lie); craf!>-~> ((J'af/>w- ), plain (root au.f/>- ). Most adjectives in YJ> are compounds (8tll). 4. Sot'ue ex pressing inclination or tendency ha 1e p.ov- (nom. p.wl', p.ov): p.~p.wv, mimljul, from p.va- (p./.-p.vrrp.t.a); -r.\.7}-p.wv, 'U.ffering, from -r.\.a- (see -r.\cfw) ; f7TtA~cr-p.wv, forgetful, from .\u.8- (.\av8avw ). 850. Adjectives signifying belonging or related in any way to a person or thing are formed from noun stems by the suffix ( nom. LO>) : ovpav-w<;, heavenly ( ovpav6-<; ), oiKfLO<;, domestic ( oTKo->, see 829); O{Kato<;, just (O<Ka- ), 'A()YJvalo>, Atlmrimr (' A()~vaL, stem 'A8']vci-). 851. 1. Denominatives for-nJCd by tKcr (nom. IKO>) denote ,elation, like adjectives in w<; (il:iO), sometimesficness or ability. Stems in ' drop' before <Kcr. E.g. 'ApXLKo<;, .fit for rule ( apx~. rule); 7TOAEp.1KO>, warlike, of war ( 7rOAEp.o-<;) ; f/>va-LKO>, natural ( vcn-); {3a(J'LA-LKO<;, kingly ({Jacn.\.(U.,); -ypaf/>LKO<;, capable of writing or drawing ( ypa~)2. Similar adjectives are formed directly from verb stems by

o-

190

FORMATION OF WORDS.

[852

TLKo- (nom. TLKo~): 7rpaK-TLKD~, .fit for action, practical, from 7rpo.y( 1rp.iauw) ; alu8YJ-TLKo~, capable of feeling.

Adjectives denoting mataial are formed by vo- (nom. tvo~, proparoxytonc ), as >..!8-Lvo~, of stone (>..!Boo;); fO (nom. fO<;, contr. ov<;), as XP~aw<;, xpvaovo;, golden (xpvaoo;). 853. N. Adjectives Ill '"6~ (oxytonl') <lrnotc tilltC, as iap-<vbs, vernal (lap, spring), ""up-<vo~. by night (vt niyht, vu<upo<, by >light). 854. Those denoting fulnPss (chiefly poetic) are fonncd b_y fVT (ll()lll. H<;, wau, n); X"-PLEL<;, ymc~i!Ll ( xtipt-o;), gen. xap!tVTO<;; ~>..>j-uo; ( t-:7:2 ), wuorl?;; cf. o29. La till grutitisus, sil1usus.

852.

855. Other adjectives with v:rious meaning~ are fnrmed by various suffixes be~ir)Ps the simp],, o-: a~ vo-. Ao-, po-, ltJ.O-, tJ.O-, or CTitJ.O-, T1)po-, all with nom. iu o<;: 8u-vr)<; (Su-), lerrihle, 8u->..6o;,
timirl, 8ovtpo<;, e>t>'ivus ( cj>8ovo<;, envy), JLaxLJ-LO'>, ww/ike, XP~ ULJLO<;, usrful, i"TnraaLJ-LO<;, _fit fur ,-[,Jing (or fm cavah_1;) (from i"Tr"Tra ?;oJ-LUt ), 7rtWT~p<o<;, l'e>suasil'e (7rt[8-w ). Verbals in >..o<; are active, those ill vo<; are passivP; those in po<; are generally active but son1etillles passive, as cpo{3t-po<;, both j>-ightjul and afraid.
participles are primitive (verbal) adjectives: so the verbals in ro~ and rw>858. CoJuparatives aud superlatives in npo~ and mroo; arc deuominat.iv('s; !Jut those in iwv and <aTo~ are primitives, adding these terminations directly to tlw root (357, 2).
ADVEHnS.

856, N. 857. All

Most adjectives in vo<;, Ao<;, and po~ are oxytone.

859. i\lost a<iverbs are formed from adjectives (see 365-367). 860. Adverbs zuay be formed also from the stems of nouns or
verbs by the followm"g sufilxes:I. Sov (or Sci)' 1)bOV: ava-av-o6v, open/If ( ava-alvw, av- ), poet. alSO avaipaYM; KUY1)0bv, /ike a !IO(f ( KVWY, gc11. KUv-6s). 2. S'lv or 6.&1Jv: pv/3-0TJv, ser.rl'tly ( Kpu7TTw. concral); uu>.X-.){3-lJTJv,
r.ollt'r:liz:fly
o'iUW,

4. See also tl<e local CJH.lings o,, 8n, o<, etc. (292-2HG).
DE::-\O:VII:!"ATI\'E VEIWS.

(uuXXa~<f3avw, Xa/3-, Gil): u7Top-ali'7v, scall!->"L'Iliy (u11"fipw, :,caltr.:r, St.(:lll IJTT!p); civ(-~1Jil,jJ1'i~(u.v{y (d.v17],t.u, [rl uut, ::;t.,Clll f-). 3. T(: ovo.,_au-rl, In, >ltZllU' (ovo~<alw); iXX"f}vtu-rl, in Ureck (iXX.,vtl;w).

861. A verb whose stem is rlcrived from t.he stem of a uo1m or adjective is call<'d a dt"omillatire (1-\24 ). The following are the priucipal terminations of such verbs in the present indicative active:-

870]

COMPOUND WORDS.

191

1. o.'" (st<ml in a-): ri,.uf.w, lw11m, from noun Ttfl.tl (Tip.a-), hollor. f<O ( t); aptOp.iw, COUll!, frO Ill O.pd}iJ.O~. IW//IU[-1" ( o~!l ) a. 0<0 ( <r) ; JJ.LCl(}ow, /~i jar fti1c, f l'Olll p.ar8o-~, JlU!J. 4. tu<O (<u-): /3a<rtAn)w, be l~ing, fron1 j:JuutA<tr<;, kirtg (s<~r. RG:3). :>. ~>t'" (all-): ou-:.a~w,jwlge, fruluO(K?J (OLI<u-),_iustice (i'G:2). fi. tw (tO): f.A-rr(~w, ltOJJe, frolll f.A.,-(<; (<'A.7fLO ). l.ot't (i:iG:!). 7. a.vw (av): a>]IJ.JL(Y"' sigt<iJlh fru111 <riJIJ.U (WfJ}JJlT). s>gil (8G.)). 8. \iv'" ( uv-) : ~b~vu>, swutcn, 1rorn ~Sr~> . <wee/ ( t;(;:, ). 862. Vr.rl>s Ill o.(v>, t(w, atvw, anJ t~vw are of tire fourth class: for th~ir forrn:tt.inn, see ;,ill<>!IO. Sowe diJOlJlillative~ of this c;lass end in AA.(O, o.tpw, Hpw, autl iipw; a;; ,:yyiAA.w (uyytAo->), ar!lluU?uY', wBu(pv> ( Ku8apo-<;), ]'w-~f!t, !iJ.<Lt"" <ifl-<po-~), lolly jvr, p.apr~pOJJ.UL (JJ.Upn)<;, sterll J.WPT\J[J), ,a/i/o uil>tt.<.<. 863. Many verhs in tvw nr<' f,rrn<,<J Jllt!rdy l>y t.he nrmlogy of tlw~e (like ;:Jaa<'A<I)-w) with ~t<Jn;; Ill '"' tlrlls {Jov'A<uw, lul.-t rvmJMi, frow

2.

{3a"'Af,; i'A'10<uw, /,(' outltfid, from ci'A7J8-i}s.

864. Likewise lllany in iw and lllt>SI. in a!w nrerely follow the atHl:<)gy of those likt'. !Xrri~w (i>.rr,~-) aml '/pajw ('lfla~- ), w!Jidr !rave actual st.t>llls in ~ (~ee 08i ). 865. Tl1e strll<S in av :1.11<1 ov fJf V('rbs in <>>w and iivw CDlJI<! fnlll llOillillaJ St<lllo Witli~>UI. v: ii(;C thl' !'X<llllj>kS al.<U\'C. 866. Snn1e V(rl.>s in <w COlli(! from adj~ctivv~ in ')r J,y drrJping <<I ,_,f the StP!ll; as ttiTuxtw, /,~ p,rtwwte, !ron' ttinx>)l tvnxw-). 867. !'\. Vl,rbs formtd from the same ll'llll St<'tn with diffn,nt endillgs sometime~ havt: difierent mean in,:~; as -;roA<fJ.fw an<l (Jl<Jl'tlc) ,o)..~J..l.ilw, 1JUt/.p u.:ar, rroXp6&..', mcd:.-- tu:;i.ile, bl)tl1 fn,lu li'"UAtJ.LV~, v.:or; 5ovMw, <cnslav<, ~o">.,{w, u<e <I sr'au1, ll'lllll 5oul.o-s, >i<ttc. 868. ( Desideratire.<.) l. Verbs exprr~'ing a dr.sire to do <til)' thing are soln<'titrws fortJJ<'d fro111 otlt(r Yerbs a11d lrotn lli>Uils by the ending attw (>tern in a a-), >--OIJJeliJJres o.w or ww (u- or w-); as Opa-a<[w, dr?si>e tv rlu (Opa"); ytA.u-fn[,,, rlcsire to lautth (ytAa-w); <f>ov-O.w, b2 IJ/ood-tltirsi?J ( <P<;vo<;); .-:.Auv-a-taw, dl'sin: to u:ecp (KAll(w, stf'lll KAa v-). 2. Stlltle ver-ls iH ww denote :t lodilv conditi()n; a' o</>OuA.JJ.taw, It ave diseased eyes ( op!J t haln1ia ), wxp<uw: be pale, (pvOptaw, t,[.,_,J,.
C(L\lPOUND WOIWS. 869. In a r:ompvnml woru we
!t~vr.

to C011sidt'r (1)

tllf~

first part of the cowponnd, (:!) tl1e last part, :wei (:-;) t.he

meaning of tlw wl10le. 870. N. T!.< morlificatillJ<f; w!Ji<.:h ar0

consists of morr_- titan two p;trb will

IJ<'Cessary wl<vn a C<HllJlOU!ld

sn~gest th~ms<:lw;s

at uJJcc.

192
I.

FORMATION OF WORDS.
FIRST PAR'.r OF A COMPOVND WORD.

[871

871. 1. When the first part of a compound is a noun or adjeetive, only its stem appears in the compound. 2. Before a consouant, stems of the first declension generally change final ci to o; those of the second declension retain o; and those of the third add o. 13efore a vowel, stems of the first and second declensions drop 0. or o. E.g.
0aA.aCTCT.o-Kparwp ( 8aA.aCTCTa- ), ruler of the sea, xopo-SLSaCTKaAO> (xopo- ), chorus-teache1, 7ro.LOorp[/3ry> ( 1ro.LO ), trainer of boy>, K(</lo.Ao.>..y~> (KfcpaAii-), causing headache, XOP-YJYO'i (xopo- ), (orig.) cltoni.S di1ector; ~o 1x8vo-cpayo> OxBv ), fish-eater, cpvCTLo-Aoyo>, euquinug
i11to natwe. throughout.

The analogy of the second (oro) declension prevails

872. N. There are mauy exceptions. Sometimes '1 tahs th'' place of o; as x.o'16pos (x.o..J, libation), bringe1 of libations, n..o.'1fJ6'Aos (t'Aao-s), deer-s/ay,!r. St.P.Jils iu <a (2:.!6) often change <a to o; as uqo-p.ax.la ( '""X<a ), wull-ji.ghling. The stems of ails, bhip, and {Jov>, ox, generally appear Without change (va- and {:Jou); as vau-p.ax.La, sea fight, {:Jou-<6>-.os, herdsman ~om.,times a noun appear~ in nne of it~ cases, as if it were a distinct word; as v<wa-o<Ko>, ship-house, vata/-,.opo>, tl'a?Jersed by ships. 873. Compo~nds of which the first part is the stem of a verb are chiefly poetic.
1. Here the verbal stem sometimes appears without change before a vowel, and with <, L, or o added before a consonant. 1-.'.g. ll<[8-o.pxo>, oqedient to authmity; IJ.fVf-7rTOAf!J.O'i, steadfast it battle; apxL-TEKTWV, master-builder; AL7!'6-yo.p.o~. lltal'l'iage-leavtn~ (adulterous). 2. Sometimes CTl (before a vowel CT) is added to tbe verb stem. E.g. AvCT[-.,..ovo>, toikelieving; CTTpft/;[OLKO> ( CTTp<</> ), justice-twisting; upt/J(voo> ( r<p11' ), soul-dPliglttitg; .,..>.,~~L71'7rO> ( ,.),'1/y ), horselashmg.
COlllpOUI><I

874. 1. A preposition or au adveru may ue the first 1art of a word j as in 1rpo-f3rJ.>..Aw, throw before (882, 1 ), aLAoy(u,

continual talking, <V-yfv~>. lJ'ell-umn. 2. Here no change of form occurs, except when a fiua.l vowel is elide<.l, or when 1rpo contracts o with a following foro into ou, as in 1rpovxw ( 1rpo, <xw ), hold before; 11'povpyov ( 1rpo, ipyov ), forward, cf>povoa<; (1rpo, gune (!13). 3. Euplwuic changes occur here as usual; as in iyxwpLo> (Ev aud xwpa) : see 78.

ooou),

881)

COMPOIJND WORDS.

193

875. The following in.~eparable prefixes are never used alone:1. o.v- (a- before a consonant), called alpha pritalive, with a.
negative force, like English w1-, Latin in-. It is pretixed to noun, adjective, and verb stems, to fonn adjectives; as av-tAtl;llfpos-, wifree, av-<ltb~>, shameless, av-Op.O<O>, unlike, a-7TOLS", childless, aypucpos-, Ullwritlen, a-8to>, godless, a-(f)OtVO>, wmeless. 2. 6ucr-, ill (opposed to tl,, well), denoting d'.f/irulf!J or truu.M~; as St;<r-n-opos-, hard to pass (opposed to tu-?ropos-); Sva-TVX'J>, wzfortunate (opposed to drrvx~>). 3. V')- (Latin ne), a poetic negative prefix; as v1~n-o<vos-, w1ave11ged; v-rrp.tpT~>. tlflCI'rzHq (for vrro.p.tpT~>) 4. >if.L (Latin semt- ), half; as ~p.(-8(0>, demigod.

876. N'. A few intensive prefixes are found in poetry,- apt-,

Epl-, Sa-, ~a.-, as ap(-yvwros-, well-k>tOWII; oa-cpowos-, bloody.

877. N. The prefix o.- is sometillles copulatwe (denoting wl!on); as in a->..oxos-, !Jedfellow (from >..ixo>)
II. LAST PART OF A COMPOUND WOIW.

878. At the beginning of the la~t part of a. compound noun or adjective, a, t, oro (unless it ts long by position) is very often lengthened t"o 71 or w. E.r;. :SrpuT-~JYO<; ( !TTpur6-<;, ayw ), _qenem/; tm-~1<00<; ( inro, &Kovw ),
o/Jedieat; I(QT-l)pt~> ( ~<urO., f.pi</>w ), cm'e,etf; E7r-WVUJJ-O> ( i1rl., ovof-W- ), namittg or named for; ~<ar-~yopos- (Kara, &yopa), accuse1; but av-o>..f:los-,
unoles/.

879. The last part of a compound noun or adjective is often chauged in form before the suffix. Tl1is takes place especially iu r.omponnd alljcctives, a11d when an abst.ra.et noun forms the last part of a com pound noun.

E.g.
<l>ti\6-rip.o> (rt!J.>/), J,o,o-lmi?lg; n~-ci>pwv (cJ>p~~), joyow:; 7rOAvn-p!Jyf1-WV (7rpiiyf-W.), medtllewme; >..dJo-{3oii.I.O. (A.{8o<;, {3oil.l]), stoue

throwing, vnJp.ux<U. (vav>, p.axYJ), sea-fight; tV-.,..pU.~~O. (1rpa~<'i), succes~ (doitlg well). 880. N. An abstract noun compounded with a preposition may ret.ain its form; as Trpo-{JovX-1], f"rPthouyht.

881. Compound adjectives in YJ' (849, 3) are especially

frequent.
1. The last part may be a nouu, generarly a neuter iu o\ (stem

194

I'ORMA TJO~ OF WORDS.

[882

iu t<T-); as (tryfv~s (yivo~), u;pl/ bam, OtKatT~~ (tToc;), often years; tV-TUX~' ( TVX7J), fo,twwte. 2. The la~t part lll::ty he fornwd from a verb stem; as a-cpav-~~ ( cpav), WJSCfll, ~;..u-8av1]5 (Bav), lwlj-dead.

882. 1. A comprJund verb can be formed directly on1y by a preposition to a verl.J; as >rpo(}"O.yw, bring to. 2. Indirect com pounds (dell om inat1 ves) are formed from compound nouns or adjectives. E.q.
prd1xin~

At8o{3oA.iw, tlo-ow slows, den om. fro Ill >..d)rr{3o>..o<;, stone-thrower; VOJJ.08niw, maf.e laws, frOJll vop.o-0i.T7J~ luwma/;eJ i a>rH8i.w, disohf.y, frolll a7TH(}~,, diso/;edzent; KUTYJyopi.w.accusr., froJJJ KIT-~yopo<; (878), accusa. See 54 3.
III.
MEANI~G

OF COMPOlJNDfO.

883. Compound nouns and adjectives a.re of three classc~, distinguif-\lw.J by tl1c relation of the parts of the compound to cnch other and to the whole. 884. (1) Objective compounds are those composed of a noun and a verb, adjectrve, or preposition, in which the noun (:is first or seC:OIJd part) stands to Lhe other part in some relation (commonly tha.t of object) which could be exprc>;serl by :.m ol1lique ease of the noun. E.g.
Aoyo)pao<;. 'l>eech -u:rittr (Aoyotc; ypacpw~); Jll<Ta~6pw7ro<;, man.\v<T-7Tovo<;, toil-rPlzeozng; <TTpuT-r;yo,, _qenera{ ( wnt.lf/.:adi>;g, a-rparov aywv); u~toAoyo>, ICOJ'Il,!J of /Jie11/i01l (a~ tO<; A6yov): ap..o.pT!vooc; ( o7:J, I), r;rrhlfj l7l nand ( dp.aprwv vov) ; i,.,O-()w<;, _qot!likt' ({ao<; 6t<iJ); npr.-tKi.pulll'O<; (873, 1 ), deliyhling iu tltunrler ( Tp>rOJJ.fVO'i Ktpuw<f); bto-Tpuf>~c;, reared by Zeus ( cf. Su7TfT~<;, fallen <)I" se111 from Z tus, and C:w-Tpc~>, a proper nallle). Su with a preposition: tyx:lpLO<;, native (Ev xwP.)i i-1T1TLO<;, belunqin_q on a hmse (f.' z.,.m{'); (.jl.(ano<;, on tl;e hemt/; (f.<J>' i<TTL,t). 885. N. When t.l11 last p:trt of an objective c.ornpOlllld is a t>ratsitil:e
halln!f ( ,.wrwv &v8pomov<;);

veorh<tl in o5 forml'd by tlJe sutlix o

(83~).

it g<,JWt<tlly ac,cnts tile

penult if tlds is shun, ot!Jeni'J<;r; t!J() last syllable. But if t!Je last part is intransitive or pa~<;ive (in <;rus('), the ac"ent is recess1ve. Thus >.o-yo-ypO.rpor, spcech-lcnter; 'AOo-fJbXo5, tltrulcfr nf stn11rs, but 'Adib-{3o'Ao5, JJcltcrl u:ith stoucs; pYJrpon6"o', matricide, ll!!ltnculal; but arpo.T-TJf"65, ocne1al; >.o-yo-Jro65. slol'!tmul~Pr.

886. (2) Det.enninative compounds are nouns or a.djectivr.s in wlJieh the first part., generally as adjective or auverb, qualifies (or detennmes) the sr.conl1 part. E.g.

88!l]

MEANING OF COMPOCNDS.

195

'AKp6-r.oi..t<;, citatfe{ ( &Kpli 7T(J.\t<;); fJ.WTJp.f:Jp{a (p.HT~ ~p.Epa, 6u), mid-day; 1/JtvSO-p.avTL<;, false J"'Ojlhet; OJ-LO-OovAo<;, fellow-slave ( Oovil.u!wv) ; OvO'J-UI8~>. leam iw; with d ifficult,l/; wK1J-71'ETTJ> swift:flying; r.po-{Jou>..~, fvrethou,qht; J.p..cj>t-Oiarpov, amphithca/re (theaae ext1mding all rowvl); 0.-ypa.cpoc;, ununiuen. II ere belong adjectives like p.(AtYJO~c; ( ~Ou<; ), honey-sweet, 'ApTJ[-8oo<;, swift us A 1e~ (A res-sw(ft). 887. ~- Here belong a few compouJH.ls somet illlrs called C!,pulatit:e, m:1.de of two nou11s or two atljel'tiws, and sig11ifyin.~ a t<>muination of the two things or CJnalitiEs. Strictly, th~ first part limits the laA, like an a<ljective or ariv<"rb. ~uch are iaTpOiJ.O.VT<, ph!t.<iriau-prophtt (a propht>t who is also a physician); ~cpo-.uaxapa, su:onl-sa/Jre; civop6-""" man-child; -yXuv-1f<Kpos, swc~t/y /JiW:1; fi<o-Taupos, god-lwll (of Zeus changed w a bull).

op/v

888. (3) p,,ssessivc or altrilmth.e compounds are adjectives in whieh the first part qualifies the seeond (as in determiuati ves), and the whole denotes a quality or attribute belonging to some person or t!Jiug. E.g .
Apyupo-ro?oc;, wirh silvel-/n)W ( apyvpovv T<;~ov tXWV); KOKOOu[p.wv, ill :fared (~<a.K(w O:J.(p.ova xwv); 'TW<po-yap.o~, wretchftlly 11unTied ( mKpov yci.p.ov xwv); OJ-LO-vop.o<;, havi11y the same laws; EKaroy-Kicj>aAo<;, /,uwh-edheaderl; OfKOfr~~. of te11 yems (duration); &.yu8o-HO~~. haviuq the UJ'}J<?amnce (<fOo~) nf goo,/; <.v-8w>, i11<jli1ed (hnui''!J fiod withi11); wKV-r.ov<;", swiji~{onted (WK<l<; r.OO:J.'i xwl'),- UIIL 7TOOWKTJ'i (7T(J0u<; wKv<; ), fnot-swift, is a detenn inative. 889. ~- In compound verbs . the original vrrb remains t.he fUJl(lamcntal part, moditied more or less in meaning lly t!Je preposition pref1xe<l. OtlH'r ~ompounls t.hau thus'' here mentioued pre::.ent no ditliculties in respect to meauiug.

PART IV.
SYNTAX.
DEFINITIONS.

890. (SubJect and Predicate.) Every sentence must contain two parts, a subJect and a prcdcate. The subject is that of which something is stated. The predicate is that which is stated of the subject. Thus in tlte senteuce AapZoc; j3acnA.dJEL -rwv DepO"wv, Darius is king of the Persians, Aap'io<; is the subject and j3aO"tA.dHit Twv DepO"wv is the predicate. 891. 1. When any part of ~lp.(, be, connects the subject with a
followiug noun or adjective, the veru is ca.lled the copula (i.e. means of coupli7lg), and what follows is called the predicate; as l>cLpt'ioc; lan {3a.cn>..tv>, Du1ius is kin,q, :::!:oA.wv iar' ao<f>o>, Solon is wi.<e, where iar[ i.~ the copula. The copulas f.ar[ and dcr[ arc oft<.>n omitted, espP.cially in proverbial sayings, as xa>..(r.a ra KMa, fine things are hard, P. Rp. 43:! 0 , with nouns like O.vayK'7, necessity, wpu., time, awl wit.h the impersonal verbal in -riov. For copulative verbs, see 908. 2. ElJL{, however, can form a complete predicate, as in da( Ow{, Gods exist.

892. (ObJeet.) That upon which the aetion of a verb is exerted is called the obJect. Tbe object. may be either direct or indirect: thus, in ow~ee Ta 'XP~JWTa Tcf dv8p{, he gave the money to the man, x.pl]p.aTa is the direct object and dv8p{ is the indirect (or remote) o hject. 893. Verbs which can have a direct object are called transifi?>e; those which cannot are called intransitive.
196

898]

SlJB,JECT.

197

SURTECT AND PREDICATE.

SUBJECT.

894. The subject of a fiui te verb ( 446) is in the nominative; as odv~p ~A.8ev, the man came. 895. 1. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative; as cp1JUL TOV'> aVOpM d7reA.8c'iv, lte says that the men went away. 2. But the subject of the infinitive is generally omitted when it is the same as the subject or the object (direct or indirect) of the leading verb; as f]ovA.EmL d7rcA.8c'iv, he wishes to po aUJay; cp'TJu~ ryp/uf>Ew, he says that he is w1iting; 1rapawovp.v uoL p.ivELv, we ad1,ise you to remain.
3. So when it is the same with any important adjunct of the leading verb; as KUK01Jpyou EO"T' KptfH.vr' a7Totluvtl', it is li~ e a malefactor to die by sentence of the law (H2o, 2), 11. 4, 47. 896. The subject notninative of the first or second person is omitted, except when special emphasis is required. 897. The nominati\e of the third person is omitted:1. When it i~ expressed or ituplied in the context; as b Kvpo> 7rpa<r<r(L 0. {3ou>..rut, Cy,us does u:lwt he (Cyrus) pleases; 2. 'When it is a general word for perso11s; as 'Af.youo-t, thl?y say, it is said; 3. When it. is indefinite; as in ot/Jf. ~v, it was late; KaAW> (xn, it is well; O'f]Aot, it is ~rident (the case show.<) : ~o in the i Ill personal construction with the verbal in TEOJ', as it1 7Ttwriov ( crr2) r<f vop.<f, we must ob~y tlu law (1597). 4. When the verb inrplics its own subject, as K'fJpwo-a, tl1e Jwald ( .cr)pue) proclaims, icrcf>..7Tt)'el, the tTUmpeter sounded the trumpet, Kw.>.:uEL, a hind1ance occurs. In passive expressions like 7Tapl<rK<Vacrro.{ p.ot, preparation has b~en made by 111e (I am prcparcd), tl"' subject is really the id~a of p1epwarion etc. contained in the verb. See 1240. 5. With verbs like vtt,. it mins, t1rTrpa11'Ta, it lighten., crdn, there is an earthquake (it shakes), where, however, some subject like ZEU> or 8to> was originally supplied. 898. Many verbs in the third person Ringl:.lar have an infinitive or a ~eutence as their subject. These are called impersonal

198

SYNTAX.

[899

verbs. Such are 71'Pf'TfH and 1rpoCT~KH, it is proper, :vHrn and U((rn, it is possible, aoKEt, it see111s good, CTvp.j3a[vf!, it hapjle!ls, and the like; as f.~w-rLv ip.'lv Towo 'TfOLE'iv, it is in yoUJ power to do thi:. (to do this is possible for you). ~:u aloo OEL atlll XP~ it is 1equiret/, we ought.: as OEt ~p.as a7rtA8tZv, we mu.~/ go auay. The namr~ impersoual is applird with greater propriety (though less frequently) to the verbs of S97, 3 auJ 4.
SUBJECT
NO!Itl~ATIVE

AND VEHB.

899. 1. A verb agrees with its subject nominative in lJU!llber and person; as Cf.rw) AE'fCJ.l, I saz;, oiho<; Af'Yf.l, this man says, oi avOp<; AE'fOV<TW, t!te rnen M,1J 2. But a. nominative in the neuter plural regularly takes a singular verb; as ravra E'fEVTO, these things happmed, ot'KlJf-LaTa f7rt:af.V, tiie ouildin,q8 fell. So rtDvvaui f<Trt (pt dovvarov E<Tn), it is impossible.

ra

pt>r~uw;.

Exceptiom; so1uetime~ occur, e~pecially wit.h nouns deuotiug Several are found in Xenophon; as in A. 1, 71 1

900. A singular collective noun denoting persons may ta.ke a plural verlJ; as 70 1r'AljBo<; i.t-rJcptuavro 710A<f1-'iv, tlw rl!r1Jorit.y voted for wet?, T.l, 125. 901. N'. '\\'h{'u several subj.,cts arP. connect.~d by and, they
generally have a plural verb. But the v~rb IJJay agree with oue of t.IJe subjects (generally the nearest), aJHl be understood with the rest. The latter generally happens when they are connected by o1 or no1. E.g. 'J.ocpo~ iyw n Ku1 cro ~p.El', you and 1 were wise, l'. 7'/t. J54d ; fJ-UXOt;p.eOa Kotvr/ f.yw Tf Kat CTV, you and 1 will .fight together, P.Rp. 3:~5;

ov you

ov& OL (TOt cp/.>..ot 'Tf(JWTOV TOVrr}l' o6~av axc-rc, it u:as not your fi'ienrls who .first took up this 1101ion. P. Lg. SSSb. 'E~-tf oVr KatpOr;; oVT' CA1rls- oVrt: cp0{3or; O~T' UA.Ao o~O(v .n-Tjp<v, nPither oppmtunil!f '"". lvpe nor feur llm anything else incited me,
alo11~
1101'

av p.ovor;

D.1:3,298. 902. N. If the subjt>cts are of different persons, the verb is in the fir~t person ratl.er t.h;tn th~ tiecond or third, and in the secoud ratlwr th:tn the t!Jird. (See examples under 901.) 903. N. A verb in the dual may follow two subjects in the singular, or even a plural sulject denoting two persoiJS or thingH. But cvP.n a subject in the du~l may have a ycrb in the plural. (SceJI.1,433; 5, 10,~75; 10,218.)

910]

PREDICATE NOUN AND AD,JECTIVE.

199

904. N. Sometimes a verb agrees with the predicate uomiitar t.ive; as at dacpopo.L KaL x.opYJy[at vOatp.ov[u~ LKavov a YJ p. 'i ov aTLv, his taxes and payments fu1' choruses we a sujjicie111 si_qn of

o(

p1ospe1ity, Ant.~. y. 8. 905. N. Rarely a singnlar verb has a masculine or fenJinine subject in the plural; as tan irrra ani.OWl ~ 'Af3V<!ov (~ T~V O.rravr[ov, and there i.~ a dista11ce of .<even slade.~ jiom A bydos to the opposite. coast, Hcl. 7,34. In such cases the plural form ofttw seems

o(

to have arisen from an afterthought, especially wlten the subject follows the veru. See also the phrases (anv oi de., 1029. 906. N. A preposit.ion with a nuHwral n;ay represent the sulJject. of a verb; as arrE8avov avrwv rr(pt rptaKoa[ov~, about thra hundred of them ptrisl.ed, X. H.1, 1)11.
PREDICATE NOUN AND AD.JECTIVE.

907. With verbs signifying to {Je, to become, to appear, to be named, clwsen, made, tlwught or re,<;arded, and the like, a noun or adjective in the predicate is in the same ca::;c as the subject. E.p.
{fro, A laU7tda was wnned a G'vd;

0Dro> f.<J'r< {JamAo)~, this man is l;i".!J; 'A>..c~avilpo~ (}d.,~ .Jvop.d?i pi fit] a r pur 17 y 6 <;, he IJ)Us cho,,en .'fellerul; ~ 7TOAt> cppovptov KUTEIHYJ, the city hera1ile a .f{)rll'<',,s, T. 7, 2~; ovr1i<; f.anv d,ila[JJ.wv, thi~ ma11 is lwn'.1i .: ~ r.oAt<; !LYMYJ lyivfro, the city bcmme _q,eat; YJV~1JTa< fLiya~, he has fii'Vll''' (to /,e) gwt ,: vop.{{craL aocpo~, he i.s thought wise. 908. The verbs which are ltere included with t!Je copula fi,,; (8!Jl, 1) are ealle<l copulati"e verbs. Tlte prl'dicate numiuative with the passive verhs nf this class represents the predicate accusative of the active con~truction (1077). 909. The predicate adjectivP. with these wrbs agrees with the suhjP.ct in gender and ltlllllber, n.'i well a~ in casP. (See 910.) 910. The pn~1lieate of a.n infinitive with it> subject accu<>:lf.ive exprcs~ed (fl!J;i, 1) is in the accusati,e; a<> {3o>~ATm Toll viov tl'a< aocpov, he v'ishes his son to be u:i.<e. So wlten the participl" i' used like the infittitive in indireet discoursP. (H!l4); as y'jo<rrrtv rov Kvpov f3aatA.i.o. yvop.tvov, thl?.'f lm~w that Cyrus had become king. For such a predicate with the subject omitted, see 927 and 928.

200

SYNTAX.

(!Hl

APPOSITlON.

911. A noun annexed to another noun to describe it, aud denoting the same person or thing, agrees with it iu case. This is called apposition, and the noun thus used is called an appositive. E.g.
f).apto<;; f3arnA.v<;, Da>ius the ki119. 'AB~vat, f1.YM7J ?rOAL>, A tl"m~, a great city. 'YJJ.(i.> To1,, aocpov<;. you, t/u wise ones. 'Hp.wv Tc;w 'A87Jva[wv, of us, the Athenian.~. 0p.tO'TOKA~> -YfKw (sc. (yw) 1rapa a, I, Themi.,tocles, am come to yuu, T. 1, 1:n. <l>t.\.~aLO> Kat AuKwv o[ 'Axato{, Philesius and Lyco11, the Achaeans, X.A.5,(i:lT, 912. ~. A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is generally plural (or dual); as v1rvoc; 1rovo> u, Kvpwt 6JVwp.6mt, slup and toil, lonlly conspimtor.<, A. Eu.127; Bappoc; Kat cp6f3ov, O.cppov tvp.f3ov.\.w, rlari11g a11d fear, two unseless counsello1s, P. Ti. 69d. 913. N. An adjective may have a geuitive in apposition with a genitive which it implieg; as ABYJI'al.o> ~v, 7TOAfwc; TiJ> p.cyfaT7J'> being (a citi::eu) of Athens, the g,.eate.~t city, I'.Ap. 2fJd. For a geuitive in apposition with t.he genitive implied in a possessive pronoun, see 1001. 914. K A noun which might stand in the partitive genitive (lOi:iR) sometimes takes the case of the words deuotiug its parts, especially when the latter include the whole of the former; as o1K[at ai p.(v -rro.\.A.at 7rE1!'TWKHrav, o'A[yu.t 0( -rrpt~crav, most of the houses !tad fallw, but a frw remained (whP.re we might. have.,.;;,,, o:K,;;JV), T.l, 89. So oilTot aAAO> a'A.\.a .\.lya, these men all say different things, X. A. 2, I 1". This is called pmtitiue apposition. 915. ::-\. A uouu may be in apposition with a whole senteuce, \>(!ing in the uominative when it is closely connected in thought with the subject of the sentence, elsewhere in the accusati-re; as KEtvTaL ?T(<Tovu<;, -rr[an<; ov ap.tKpa ?ro'Aa, they lie p1ostrate,- no small (cause of) con.fidellce to the cit,y, E. Rlt.4J[j. 'EAEV7JV KTal'Wf1.V, MwiA<!' AV7T1JV ?rtKpav, let us Kill He/e,., (which will be) a bitter grief to .Mr:.nela,,s, E. Or. ll05. 916. ~. A uoun may be in apposition with the subject or the object of a. sentence, where we use as or a like word; as r?r?rOt t)yovTo BuJUL T<iJ 'H.\['!', horses we1e brought as an offe,1ng to the Sun (in active, t7T7rOUc; ayav Bvp.a, to bn'ng horses as an offering), C.8, !3 12 ; UEaTLv vp.l.v ~f-LaS .\.af3tl.v 'vp.p.axov<;, you can gain us as allies, X. A. 5, 46. So T''X1v TIJ'O<; <f><Aov, to gain some one as a friend; XPWf-Lat TOVr<e <f>['Ace, 1 trmt him as a fi'iend. So T[vor; 8tOOnKaAot ~KtTt : as teache>s of tl'hnt are you couu:? P. Eu. 287. See 1080.

x.

921]

AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES.

201

917. N. Horn~,r often adds an appositive denoting a part to a noun or pronoun denoting a person; as Ll7]to7rt7"1JV ol1rauv .Jfl-ov, he wounded]). ir1 the sltoulder,ll.ll,420; ill' ovK 'Arpdon 'Ayap.ifl-vovL 7jv&v 8up.<f, but !te was not pleasing to the !tea1t of A gamem non, son of Atreus (lit. to A., Ids !teart), Il.l,24. For in Homer followed by a noun in apposition, see 937, 1.

oo

AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES.

o uocpo<; &Vljp. the wise man ; TOV uocpov avOpo~. r<f uocp<f av'Bp{, 'TOY uocpov ri.vopa, Twv uocpwv avopwv, etc. O~ror; av~p, this ma11; 'TOVrOU 'TOV &vopo<;, 'TOlJrWV TWV avOpwv. Ai 7rpo TOV U'TOfl-aTO> vij> vaufi-UxovaaL, the sltips eugaged in battle before the mouth (of the harbo1), T. 7, 23. This includes predicate adjectives with copulative verbs, the case of which has already been considered (!107); as a[ O.pLuraL OoKovcnu ETvaL \xnt<;, the natwes which seem to be best, X. M. 4, 13. 919. The adjective may be either auributive or p1edicate. An attributive adjective simply qualifies the JIOUll, without the intervention of any verbal fon11 (like all the adjectives in 918, except aptuTaL ). The prcd icate adjective may be COIIIJerte<i "'ilh its noun by the copula (8!ll) or by a copulative veru (008); as o &.v!)p ayallo> EO"TLI', the mall is good: KuA(LTaL ayallo-;, he is called good. lt may stand to its noun in any relatiou which implies some part of dp.{; as 7rTYJva> ot~i>Ka<; Ta> A.7r{Oa<;, you me pursuing hope. which me winged (i.e. !topes beiug wiuged), E. frag. 273; &.IIO.varov T~v p.V7)JJ.1]V Ka'Tf~Adtf;ovaw, immnrtlll i.o tlte menu!1"y they will leave !,ehiud them (i.e. 'T~V 1'-Vljfi-YJV otcrav &.8avQTOV ), I. 9, 3; 7r0L(t TOV<; M ~OOU> arrllcvtl>, lie makes tl!e Medes (to be) weak. Every adjective which is not attrihut,ive is classed a~ a predicate. A predicate adjective is often known by its position with respect to the article; see 971, and the examples. 920. N. A collective noun in the singular denoting per~ons may take a plural 7Ja1ticiple; as Tpo{av >.. ovrc> 'Apyt{wv uro>..o>, the A rgives' anny having taken Troy, A. A g. 577. 921. N. An a.djective may conform to the 1eal rat-her than the grammatical gender of a noun denoting a person; as [>.. riKvov, dear cltild! 11. 22, 84.

918. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. This applies also to the article and to adjective pronouus and participles. E.g.

202

SYNTAX.

[922

ova 1Tl...i8pwv ( 1085, 5), of IU:O plethra in bleadth, X. A .I, ~

922. N. Aw, two, is often used with a plural noun; as dipo>

28

923. N. An attributive adject.ive belonging to several nouns

generally a~rees with the nearest or the most prominent one, and is understoo<l with the re~t; as TC>V KUAOI' Knyo.llov avopa KO.L yuvo.LKO., tlte honomble man and woman, P. (J. 470; 7TUVTL KO.L ..\6y~ KaL J.l.TJXavfj, by every uord and device. 924. ~- (r1) A predicate adjective (like a verb, 001) is regularly plural if it belo11gs to btveral siugular uouns, or dual if it belougs to twn. If the uouns are of different genders, the adjec tivt: i~ coulll!Oidy ll~<tsculine if one of tl1e nouns denotes a male per.,un, aJHl C<>llllllUlll)' neuler if all dl'llOlr things. Thus, fTO 1TaTipa n Kui fJ-TJTipa Kui O.ot..\<f>ov> Kat T iavTov yvvaum alxp.a Aw'Tou<; ytywf}p.f.vov<;, he saw that botlt his father and !tis mother, !tis IJrotlwrs, ""'' his own 11{(e had been 111arle captile<, X. C. :l, 17 ; So,fa S~ Kat f.7rtp.<f... aa Ko.i FOV'> KO.L TEX~'TJ Kat v<Jp.o> aKATJpuw Kat j-W.,\o.Kwv 1r p p" <lv fLYJ, 1'. Lg. i)fi:.!b. (b) Bnt it sometimP.s follows boih tl1e gender and number of the llearest or liJost prumiueut uoull; as 1rpoppt(,o-; aln-o-;, ~ yt>vT], Ta 7rcuo[o., K<tK<a-T' &:rroAo[p.TJv, nuzy I pe1ish most w1etchedly 1oot anl brunch, myse(t: my wifr!, my chi/rhen, Ar. U. ;lf'l7. 925. N. A n1asculiue felllinine noun in the singular, cleuolr ing a class rather than au ittdividual, may have a neuter predicate adjective, \\hich i:; used as a uotm; as Ko.A ii v ~ cl.A~Bao., a beautiful tt.i11gistrutl,, P.Lg.(iG:Jc; ci.Bav<ITov apo. ~ if;vx~; is tile soul then immortal (an immo1tal thing)? 1'./'h.lUG. 926. N. A predicate adjective is someliues used whP.re we should use au adverb or arlverLial phrase; a;; EKOVH'> ~ABav, they Ctlllle willingly; ;; pI( L of. <WL A/:y<o, I say it to you Oll my oath, s. An. ao;,; 7rfJWTO<; I)' E~fpf.uv< Nta-Twp, anJ jirst, Nestor inquired, ll. 10, ;)4!~. There is ofteu, lowever, a great distindion between tltP arljrctive a1Hl t.he ad\'terL; as 1rpwTO<; o.in-ov> ttoov, I was the

on

o;.

0'

.fhst to SPf' thf'711; 7rp~-rovc; nlrroVc; f.T~ov, they Wf'1"e the Jint wlto1n I

saw; 1rpwrov (ad\'.) aln-ov> (Zoov, jint (of all that I did) 1 saw them.
ADJECTIVES BELONGING TO THE OMITTED SUBJECT OF AN INFINITIVE.

927. When the subject of an infinitive is omitted because it is the same as tlze sul1ject nominative of the leading verb (895, 2), adjeetive words and nouns which would agree

928)

OMITTED RUBJECT OF AN INFINITIVE.

203

with the omitted subject are assimilated to the preceding nominative. E.g.
BovAtTat uo<f>o-; tTvat, he u:ishe.q to l!e wise; Tiipu 17 <; l</>'1'] (Tvat, he said he uas a Persian, X.A.-1,4 17 Oux OJLOAOy~rrw aKA7]TO') ,jKtw, l shall not admit that I am come unbidden, !'. SIJ.l74d; ovK </>11 a vTo<; ill' lKt'lvov <TTpaT'Y}y('Lv, lte (Cleon) said tltat 110/ (I.e) himself, {,ut he ( :\icias) was ge11aal; he said olJK (lyw) alrro> ( uTpuT1]yw) a'A'A' fK(tlfO<; aTpaTYJY(L, cu'!To<; being adjective (!JS!l, I) and lK(LVO<; RUU!>tantive; T. 4, ::!~. Such adjective words or nouns may be in the predicate with copulative verbs (007) or in other con3truetions. The assimilating nominative 111ay Le either expres~cd ot nnderstoo<l.

928. But when the subject of an infinitive is omitted lwr:ause it is the same as the object or other adjunct (R95, 3) of the leauing verb,1. If this adjunct is a rb.tive, adjective words anrl nouns may either be assimilated to the dative, or stand in the accusative in agrt~cmcnt with the omitted subject of the infinitive. E.q.
Tip7!'u O'OL tlvat 7rpo8V!J-"} (or 7rp68v!J-ov), it b!'comes YO'l to be zealous, vvv UOL E~WTLV aI' 0 Y(VEa8at, now it is in your p07c'f.l' to ,,how yourse(f a man, X. A. 7' ]2! j 7fQVTl 7rporr~K(L apxovTL </> p 0 I' { J.L 'f tlvat, it/,ecomes every 1ule1 to be prude11t, X. Hip. 7,1; avp.</>f.pn a&ro'i<; cp {>..ov c; tTvat, it is for their inte1est to be .fiienris, X. Oe. 11, 23. Eoo~tv a&roc') CTVU'K<l!aUa!J-EVOL> (ixov Kat ~o7rALrrap.f.vot<; 11'pOtf.l'at, they decided to pack up u:lwt thep had and arm them.<dvcs complete(IJ, and to adva11ce, X. A. 2. 12; but oo~<v a&ols 11'po<f>vAn.Kas Ka TaaT>]aa vra'> avyKaA<tv Tov<; aTpanC:,rac;, they decided to station picl.cts and to a.<semlde the soldiers ( ib. 3, 2 1); in I, 21, we find two datives aud an accusative. 2. If the adjunct is a grnitive, JJ1'1'dica!!' adjectives are

p'

all nouns stanrl in the

generally assimilatl'u to it; but other adjective words and aP-cu~at.ive. E.q.

Kvpov ooVTO we; 11'po8VfLO'TUT011 y(va8at, they asktcl Cyl'U.< Ia l1e as de.rutcd to them a.~ possiUe, X.lf.l,5 2 ; Lut (with a nou11) 'AB"'Ivu.l.wv iooj811au.v acp(at f3oYJBov> y(vf.aBca, tluy asked the A thezians to lwcome their helpers, lid. G, lOU; KaKovpyov laTt KptBi vr' U7T08u.v<l:v, aTpaT1')yoil oE: fLUXOf-LO'OV 'TOL<; 71'0A(f-LtOL<;, it is li/.e (l malefactor to die by the sentence of a court, but like a 9P7zeral (to die) .fighti71(1 '"~enemy, D.4.47; oo,wt vp.wv iJ.f!J.V'Y)iJ.fVOll<; TWV tlpY/P,ivwv Ta o(Kata 1/rYJ</>(trauBat, I he.'l of you to remembe7 whut lws bem .;aid, and to vote what M ju.<t, 1.19, 51.

204

SYNTAX.

[929

929. Words in the construction of !l28 which refer to a preceding accusative are of course in the accusative; as lliov> 1ri1rLKa uv p.p.aOrJ1a> JLO' <f>otrii.v, I have induced others to go as my fellow-, pupils, P. Eu. 27~c. 930. N. The principles of 927 and !l28 apply also to a predicate with wv or with the participle of a copulative verb; as ifotuav uo<f>oL ovn<;, they knew that they were wise (but ifowav TOVrOV<; uo<f>ov<; ovra<;, they knew that these men were wise). 931. N. When an infinitive depends on a participle which supplies its omitted subject, predicate words take the case of the participle; as ~A.Oov 1r[ nva Twv OoKot!vrwv tTvat uo<f>wv, I went to one of those who seemed to be uise, P. A p. 21 b; TWY 7rpOU7rotovp.l.vwv tTvt uo<f>turwv Ttva<;, some of those who profes.~ to be sophists, 1.15,221. So TOt> OoKovow tTvat uo<f>o'L<;, to those who seem to be wise.
ADJECTIVE USED AS A NOUN.

932. 1. An adj(ctive or participle, generally with the artide, lllay be used as a noun. E.g.
JxOpo<;, the enemy; <f>[A.o>, a friend; a btl$e womon; TO p.iaov or p.iaov, the middle; oi KaKo{, the bad; TOt<; ayaOo!<;, to the gvorl; TWV KpaTovvrwv, of those in power; KaKO., evils; Ta OvrJTa, mortal things: oi ypwf;ap.tvot 'lwKparYJv, the accusers of Socrates. 2. In sonJe cases, a noun is distinctly implied; as Tfj {Junpa'l!f (sc. ~p.f.pft), or~ the next day; ~ ot~!U (sc. xdp), the right hand;~ tv0<'ia. (sc. oo6,), the straight road; o aKparo> (sc. o!vo>), unmixed wine; t> TY]v (d.vTwv ( sc. yljv), into their own land.
KaK~,

'0 O[Kaw<;, the jw;t man;

933. The neuter singular of an adjective with the article is often used as an abstract noun; as To KaAov, beauty ( = KaAAa<;), To o[Kawv, justice ( = otKawutiv7J). 934. N. The participle, which is a verbal adjective, is occasionally thus used for the infinitive, which is a verbal noun; as To OeOLO>,fear (=To oeo,:vat), T.l,:l6; EV Tc{i p.~ p.iAETWVTl, in lhi! Wll>ll of practice (in the not practising) ( = Jv Tqi p.~ p.tAETav), T.l, 14:!. So in Latin, opus est ruaturato, there is need of haste.

THE ARTICLE.
HOMERIC USE OF THE ARTICLE.

935. In Homer the article appears generally as a demon-

939]

HOMERIC USE OF TilE ARTICLE.

205

T~v o' lyw Aww, but I will not free her, I [.1, 29 j TOV of: KAU! if>o!f3o> 'A1ro.U.wv, and Phoebus Apollo heard !tim, fl. I, 43; yap ~>...(}~ Boar; l1ri vi)a> 'Axatwv, for lte came to the swift ships of the Achaeans, fl. I, 1~. As relative, 1rvpa 1ro.U.a Ta Ka{fTo, many ji1es which were bumin.q, /l.10,12; owpa Ta oi [f'i:vo> OwK<, gifts which a strat~ger gave him, Od. 21, 13. 936. N. Even in Homer, adjectives and participles used as nouns (932, I) have the article, as in Attic Greek; as ot yap ap!UTO! lv Vl)IJO'LV KEaTa!, for t!te bralest sit by the ships, Il.ll, 658; oi lliot, the others; Ta T lovm Ta / luuop.<va, both things that are and things that are to je, II. I, 70.

strative or personal pronoun; sometimes (in the forms beginning with T) as a relative. E.g.

ou

937. 1. When the article is used with nouns in Homer, it is generally a pronoun (especially 0 OE), with which the llOUn i8 in apposition j as o o' lf3pax x&.AKO<; ApYJ> and he, brazen Aes, romed, Il. 5, 859 j ~ o' aEK0U(J' O.p.a TOtO'! yu~ K{<v, and site, the woman, went with them unwilling, ll. !, 348. 2. Nearer the Attic use of the artie!(\ are examples like these: avTap 0 TOLO'! yipwv ooov ~'Y(f!OJI(UfV, but he, the old man, showed them the way, Od. 24, 22.); Tov 0 oTov 1TaTf.p' ~pov, and they found him, tlte fathe1, alone, ib. 226. 3. Hardly, if at all, to be distingubhed from the Attic article is that found in examples like these: ~ ~~~ vl)uov 0.</nKop.dJ', when now we came to the island, Od. 9, 543; TO T~ <T8ivo> 'f!p{wva>, and the might of Orion, I I. 18, 486 ; ai OE yvvatK<> i<TTap.<vat 8avp.a{ov, and the women stood and wondered, 11.18, 495. 4. It is, therefore, often difficult to decide the exact force of an article in early Greek. The above examples show a gradual transition, even in Homer, from the original pronoun to the true definite article. 938. N. The examples in 937, 3, are exceptioua.l; and in such cases the nouns usually stand without the article in Homer, as in 0 Latin. Thus 8nvl} KAayy}] ytv<T &.pyvpiow {3w'Lo, and terrihle came the clang from the sill>er bow, Jl.I, 49, would in Attic Greek require ~ KAayy)j and Tov f3wv. 939. Herodotus generally uses the forms of the article beginning with T in the place of the ordinary relative,- of which he nses only the forms or;, ~. oi, and ai, except after prepositions. Thus llia> opv!<; ipo>, T~ oilvop.a if>o'Lv~, another sacred bird, whose name i.s Phoenix, 2, 73. In othel' respects, he uses the article as it is used in Attic prose.
0

ou

o(

206

SYNTAX.

[940

940. N. The lyric poets follow tlw Homeric usage with respect to the article more closely than Herodotus; and the tragic poets, especially in the lyric chorus, admit the Homeric use of the article as a relative or a personal pronoun.
ATTIC USE OF THE ARTICLE.

941. In Attic Greek the article ge11erally corresponds to our article the; as o d1n)p, the man; Twv 7rOA<wv, of tlw cities; TOL<;' ''EAA7Jcnv, to the G1eelcs; Ta oha ET7J, the (well known) ten year/5 (at Troy), 1'.1,11. 942. The Greek may use t!Je artiele in certain cases in
which the English omits it. Sucli are the following (\H3951):943. Proper names may take the article; as o ::i.wxpar'YJ> or
::i.wxpO.r1J' Sucmtes. 944. A bstrad nouns often ta-ke the article; as ~ up(r~. vi1tue, ~ OLxo.wcnSv1J, justice; ~ (VAaj3Ho., cautio11. But ap(T~ etc. are al~o used in the same sense. 945. 1. Xouns qualifi,,d hy a demonstra1 ive pronoun regularly tak" the article ; as ouro<; f. riv~p. this mw1 ; iv ro.'iao( ro.'i> 1TOA(aLV, in these cities. (For the position, see 974.) ~- But this articlt! may he omitted wi!.h proper ll:tllH'S, as oho> Nw,rroA(p.o>, this Neoptolemus, D. Hi, I H; abo where the dcl!lOil stralive is equivalnt to }w>e OJ" there, as opwp.(v tA(yov> TOl;TOV~ &.vfJp,:mov'). we s~e feu> mea l!ele, X. A. 4, 75 ; so OVTOO"L a~p, this man here, and ouro> O.v~p used contemptuou~ly; see also vi]f> lx(!vat l1TL1TAEovat, shi"ps are saili11g llJ! yo11der, T.l, :)I. a. The tragedians often omit. t.his article with OClllOllStratives. 946. J. Nouns with a possessive pronoun take t.lw article when they refer to definite individual~, hut not otherwise; as f. 1rarqp, my fatlw, oCTO> xotvwJ'O>, !tow prvf>le>, D. 18,21; but. CTO'> xOLvwvo.; wuuh.l 111eau a ]JW"t?te> o.f Hows. (For preJicales, see fli)(i.) 2. So al~o with nouus on whir.h a possP.~sivr. genitive of a personal, demonstrative, or retlexive pronoun clepc!!His; as o 1rar~p p.ou, 111y .futhr.r; o f.p.o.vrov 1rur~p. my own fat he,.: o rovrov 1rar~p, thfi>fatlwr; ~ f.u VTW v y1}, their OW!! land. nut 7rllt') EtL!JTOV, a child

o p.o'

of his own.

947. To!OVTO'), ToaOVTO'), TOLOCTO, roaoCTD, and T1)ALKOVr0') may take the article; as rov ruw1rov O:v8pa, such a man. It i~ always used with 0(tvu, such a O!le (420).

1!54]

ATTIC USE 01<' THE Alri'ICLE.

207

948, A numeral may have the article, (a) to distingui~h a part of a uuzubcr; (b) to express a rouud llU!lJber, especially wit.l1 ap.q,, 7rfp(, {r;ri.p, or fi<>; (c) to express zuendy a liU!lluer in the abstruct.
Thus, Twv 1r/.vn T u<; p.o[pus vip.ovTuL, tltt!f It old two of the five pal'l.<, T. I, 10 j tp.HYUY ~p.ipu<> ap.4>c Tii<; TpltlKOVTO., they Temaincd a/wut tlti?ty days, X. A. 4, b22 j 07rW'i p.1J Epft'i fUTL Tii OwOfKU Ot<; {~, drm't say that twelre is t1cice si:r, P. Hp. 0Ji". 949. TIH~ article is often us<~d, wl1ere we usP. a possessive pronouu, to mark ~omet:dng as l)elonf(ing t.o a person or thiug- lllent.ioued iu tlJP. scut.ence; ali tpXTUL uvn) T ~ MavOUIIl) 7rpu'i TOll 7rUTEpa Kat TOY Kvpov ov utov (xovua, Manda11e comes to Iter fat/tel (lit. to tlte fnthN) lters!'lj, Qll(/ with Iter wn Cyrus, X. C. 1, ;3 1

ow

on

950. The article may ha1e a generic force, markiug au object as t.h~ representative of a cbss; as J.vBpW7rO'i, man (in general); ot ypovn<;, tlte O[Wl (a<; a class).

951. The article sometimes i1as a distributive force, where W<> should use eadt or a; as tnrLaxvcTa< 8waav rp[a ~p.L&paKii Tov p:YJIIO'i Tci' urpan<oT!J, lte promises to give tlme lw((-darics a mo~ttl< to each soldier, X. A.J,J21.

952. 1. Au adverb, a preposition with it~ case, or any similar expns!-.iun, Jnay be used with tl1e artide to qualify a noun, like all ltttri lmtivc adjective; as oi T<JT O.vBpw1rot, the men of tit aI time; Tov .,.<L\uL Kuop.ou, of ancient Co rim us, S. 0.1'.1 ; oi iv ti.aTH 'Afl-qvu'loL, t!te A tfu:1ti11us in tlte city. 2. Ilcre a IJUIJII ,J.,noti11g meu or tltin_qs is oft.cn oi1Ji1 t.l:'<"l; as ot iv O.anL, tltuse in tlte city; TOL'i TI;T(, to tlto.<c of tltat ti~ne; oi ap.q,< ll.\ciTWVU, tltose abnut i'latu (generally Plato unJ !tis :;cltoul, or siwply Plutu). 953. The uouns yi), land, 1rpuyp.aTu, thi11ys or a.OU.i1s, vio<;, son, and souJtiiwe:s otlwr JJOUJJ~ wbich ar<> r"a<lily suggested by tbe cont<~xt, 111ay b<) olllitted after the articlP, wheJJ a q11a.lifying adjeetive or genitive is added; as t'i n)v (uurwv (~~- yi)v), 10 their m;11 laHd; it< ;iJ~ 7rtpLOlK.[8os, jr01u tile 1lrigld~onug C01.J.1d1"!J; Ttl. rij() rrU.. A/P'i, the ajj(til'S nf tht? state: rii Twv 7ToA<p.(wl, w/,ut ~eluug< to tltP <'11e111y; TIptKAlJ'i o 'SmB(7r7:-ov (sc. u[,),), J'e,icles, t/,e s011 vf Xrlllthippu.; T~ll Ttlx(aTl)V (sc. lite qv.idest way. Expressious like Ta (or To) riJ> Tii T~> opy~~. wit\, no definite nouns understood, ~ometiines do uot differ frOIIl Foltune, and opy~. wrath. 954. Iustc,ad of rep~at.ing a noun wit.!J new adjuncts in the ~<arne beuteJJce, it may he ~uffici~>nt to rep~>at i(s article; as ot Twv

Tvx'7>

ooov),

Tvx'7

7rOALT~W 7TUl0(') KLl~

OL TWV aA.\.wv, the childlen of the citizms and those

of the others.

208

SYNTAX.

[965

955. 1. The infinitive, as a verbal noun (lfllG), may take ? neuter article; as ro tiliivat, th~ knowing; <ro< p.~ cnytjuat Aot?Tov ~~~, it remained for you not lO be silent, D. H!, ::!;:!. 2. In like manner, a neuter article may precede a whole clause cousidered as a. noun; as yvw8t aaurov 11"QJI'Taxou 'an XP~at p.ov, the saying "kuow thyself" is eve1"!JWhere useful.

To

To

956. A predicate noun or adjective seldom has the article; as

Hd. 1, 103 ; KaAttrcu ;, aKp07rOAI\ f'TI inr' A67}va[wv ?TOAL>, the citadel is still called "city .. by the AtheHians, T.2, 13. So when it has a possessive pronoun; as o{Jro<; ip.o> f.ratpo> ~v, he was my companion, 1'. Ap. ~1. But when the predicate refers definitely t.o distinct persons or things, it may have the article; as tla< /)' o~rm ol dlionc; T&A716is; a11d are these those (whom I mean) who kllow the 11uth r P. H. M. 284.
vv~ ~ ;,p.ip:J iyiv{TO, the day became night,

957. N. Bau!Ao~ is generally used without the article to desig nate the king of Persia; as TOVrOU> a?r01rip.1rtl f3a<T1At'i, he sends these to the King, T.l, 128. Hut the article is sollletimes fouud: compare 1.4,166 and 17!). So somet.in!E:s J.L(yCL~ {3omA.cu~; as pyaAou {3acn>..f.w~ {3auO. tw., a palace of the Great Ki11g, X. A. 1, :2 8 958. N. The article is often omitted in some familiar expre.~sions of time and place, which are probably older than the Attic use of the article; as iJ.p.a ('1', at daybreak; VUKTO~, by tlight; ap.a ~pt, at the Opening of spring; f.v ayopci, i11 the mar/.:et-p/ace , KOT aypov, in the count1y; Kara yijv, by lm>d; Kara ()d.Aaaao.v, by sea, f.K ot~ta>, from tlte right; etc.
0

POSITION OF THE ARTICLE.

959. (Attributive Position.) 1. Au attributive adjet:tive which qualifies a noun with the article commonly ~t[lnd~ between the article and the noun ; as oqocpoc; dv1)p, t lte wise man; TWJJ !lf'Ya)~.wv ?TDAfWJJ, qj' tl1e great citie.~. . 2. The noun with the article may be followed by the adjective with the article repeated. Tl1e first article is sometimes omitted. ln these eases the noun has greater emphasis thau in the preceding form (1 ). E.g. o av7]p 0 crocf>o,, sometimes avqp 0 uocf>o,, tl<e uis~ man (but not o av1Jp crocf>oc;, see 971); at 7rOAH' ai /)7]p.o~<parovp.tvat, the stales wltich
are. under democracies; c'J.vBpw1rol ol alitK'Jrarol, men who me the most unjust; 1!"W<; ~ /t.KpO.TO~ OtKUlOCTVI'l] 7rpo~ &S,K["I' T~V aKparov (xu, (the questiou) how pure Juslice is related lo pure itljustice, P. Rp. 545.

006]

POSITION OF THE ARTICLE.

209

960. This applies to possessive pronouns and all expressions which have the force of attributive adjectives, wheu they are pre. ceded Ly the article (9.52, 1), aud to depeudeut genitives (except partitives a11d the genitive of the }'er.-rmal pronoun); as lp.o~ 7ru.T~p, m.11 father; ~ a-? J.L~TYJP thy mother; f.p.avrou 11"T~p, my own father (but 0 7r!LT~p fL01J 1 my fathe1' 1 See 977) j Ot fV Q(TT!L av8pw1TO! or ol O.v8pwrrot ol iv aaTa, the men in the city; ovocl~ TWV TOT 'E.\.Af vwv, none nf the G1eeks of that time, To r<f ovn fcvoo~, tlte 1ea/ fal.<elwod; d~ T~v lKc[vwv 1roAtv, into their city; ol Twv 0-.]{3n[wv CTTpTrrto[, the generals of the Tlteban., lv Tii aJ'a{3acra Tfi p.cTa Kvpov, i11 the upward march with CynJ..., X. A. 6, 11 For participles, see 9G9. 961. :N. Two or even three articles may thus stand together; as TQ yap TIJ~ TWV 71"0AAWV lf!uxY!~ op.p.ara, the eyfs of the soul of the multitwle, P. So. 254. 962. An adjective in either of these positions with reference to the article (9fJ9) is said to be in the att1ibutive po~ition, as opposed to the p1edicate po~ition (see 071). 963. N. Of the three attributive positions, the first (e.g. rrocpo~ &Vl]p) is the mo~t co1mnon and the most sin1ple and natural; the second ( O.v7)p rrocf>o>) is the most formal ; the third ( av7}p rrocf>o>) is the least common.

964. N. The article at the heginniug of a clause may be separated from its IIOilll by fLEI', oi, Ti, yi, yap, 0~, o~v, and by TL~ in llcrodot.ns. 965. The partilii!e genitive (1088) rarely ~tands in either of the attributive positions (962), but either precedes o1 follows the governing noun aud its article; as oi KaKo2 rwv 7roALTwv, or Twv 1roAtTwv ol Kal(o[, the Lad among the citizens (1ardy ol r.wv 1roAtTwv KaKo{). Even the other forms of the aduorniual genitive occasionally have this position, as Ota TOV OA8pov TWV CTI!IYTpanwrwv opyt(OJ.LfVOI., angered by tlte death of theiljellow soldiers, X. A.l, 2 26 966. !. '0 0:.\Ao., in ihe singular g<>nP.rally means the ,est, seldom the o1he1; oi O:A.:\ot means the othe1s: as ~ 0..\.AYJ 1roAt~, the !'est of the state (but aAAYJ 71"0AL~, anvtlter slate); ol lliot "EAAYJV>1 the other &'reeks. 2. Both 0 aAAO) and UAAO) (rarely (npo>) may have the meaning of besides; as ct>&Hp.Ovt(op.cvo~ vrro TOJII 1T'OAtTWV Ka2 TWV AAw" evwv, congratulated by the citizet1. awl the f01ei,qners besides, P. G.473<; o{, yap ~v XOflTO) oM)f: aAAo m',o(v iliv8pot', ftn thel'C was no grass, neither any tree (lit. uo1 any other tree), X. A.l,5 6

210

SYNTAX.

[007

967. N. ITo.\~ with the artide generally (though not always) means the g1eata part, especially iu o1 7rOAAo[, tlte multitude, the majority, and To 7rOAv, tlte grP.ate1 J1W't. So oi 7rAc[ovc>, the mn.jority, To 7TAttov, the .'!''tatc1 pwt, o[ 7TAEtCTTOt and To 7TAtL<TTov, tlte greatest tiwnber or pwt. 968. N. WJH~n a nOilll has two or more qualifying words, each of them may take au article aud .~tand iu either attributive position (O!'l9), or all lnay st.and hetween ouc artkle and it.s noun; us KaTa T~v 'ATnK>J:J T~v 1mAarii.v c/Jwv~v, acconliw7 to the old Attic dialect, P. c,ut. :l~ii)d; Ta T<[xry Ta u.vTwv Ta p.n.Kpa, t/,ei,. own lo11q wall.<, T.l, 108; 7Tffl7TOI'TE<; ti> Ta<; aAA.Il> 'ApKaOtKac; 7TOAH>, SC111liu.'l to the other A 1catliau cities, X. H. 7, -l 8'; r~v t7r' 'Ap<T~c; 'HpaK.\iou> 7TUt0oJcnv, tlte i11structiot1 of Jle,culcs ''.If J!irluc, X. /1/. '2. P. Occasionally on<: stands ltetwteu tiJe art.iele ar"l t.h<: noun, while anotlll<l' follows the noun without an article; as o[ d1ro Twv lv rr/ 'Acr(,_t 1rDAtwv 'E.\.\1)v!owv, tltu.<e (coming) fiom tlte (;red citie., in A si1l, X. H. 4, 3 15 969. 01. Wlwn an att.rilmti,,e participle (!Jlfl) with dcpenleut words qt:alifit>s a nouu with the artiek, either the participle or the dependent wotJs lllay follow the noun; a.~ TOV r) f. ovra 'TT'OTafLOV &,O. T~> 7TOA(w>, the 1ir:er which ru!l.> tltruu!fh tl<t cit!r. X.ll. :), '2 4; Tov (<Pta T 1) K 6 T a K(vovvov Ty/ mlAH, tire dm>_qrr illl]JOIIling 01'<!1' the ci1,7f, ]).18,17(); ~ lv T<f 'lr:rBfL<f (mfLOV'J"t(VOfLiV1), the delaywlticl1 1u:cuned at the Isthmus, T.~. 18. But ~uch expressious may also tah~: ei1her of th~ attributive positions (Hr,o, 1 or '2). 970. N. The Greeks cotrunonly said tl,e Eu;,laates rive1, Tuv EV</>paT1)V 7TOTU.fLOV, etc., rn,t.her tharr the rive, Euplaale.. So sonH:tirnes with names of mountains (rarely with those of cities or islands). 971. (Predir:ate Po~:dtion.) When an adjective either preeeue'i tlJC article, or follows Ll1e noun without taking au art.ide, it is always n predicate adjective (sec 019). E.[J.
'0 av~p rroo> Or aoc/J(y; 0 aln}p (sc. (rrTtV), tl11~ 7nll11 is wise, or wise is tl,e mrm; 'TT'OAAOL oi 1ru.vovpyo<, 7!/flll.'f we the e11il-rloer.,; f.YJfL;_. pov> y( Ta> Tr;X<L> K<KT~fL<(}a, we pusses.< uwff)r/ u11es fur a ""!I (~c. ()U<TU> ), G 110111. 972. N. The pndicatc force of ~nd1 adjr:ctiv~<; mnst often be expressed by a periphrasis; as 1r TYJ "ii. > O<o>KH> Til.> (A.7rt'Oa>, the hopfs you are pur~uill!J we winged, lit. you ure pu,suing /ropes (being) winged, E. frag. 273; ~')'OVfLCYut <lVTOVOfLWV Twv ?vp.JM1.xwv, being leaders of allies tJ.l!O wne iwie}'ewlenl, T.l, fli; r/HA ~I' lx.wv ~~~ Ktc/JaA.-r/v, lwvifl_q Ia's ltead bare, X. A. 1, sc. l;o 1TUaOI' uyn To arp&... TWJW.; /ww great is the ar11ly fte is oringi11g?

079]

l'OSITION OF THE ARTICLE.

211

973. The position of 8nch an adjective (971) with reference to the article ih calletl the ]'redicate position. 974. A noun qualified by a demonstrative prmwun regularly takes the article, and the pronoun stands in tlw pndi<..:ate position (971 ). E.,q. o~'TO'i b &vY;p, this 11HLil, or 0 &.vqp OVTO'i (neve\' 0 O~TO'i dv~p ).
II(pt rot!rwv rwv r.uAcwv, ahout these cities.

(See !>4 ::;, 1-3.)

975 .. N. But if an adjrctive or other qualifying word is ndrled,

the Jemonstrativ~ may stand uetweeu this and its noun; as ~ arcvr} o.vr11 boo>, t!tis tm1row road, X. A. 4, ~ 6 ; r<f &.<j>tKop.ivt:! rot!r'l' ~f.v'{J, to this stra>;gcr wlto has come, I'.Pr.3J;lb. (See 'J77, ~.) 976. N. "EKaO'TOS', f.Karcpo>, ap.<j>w, au.] &.p.<j>orcpo> have the preJicate po~itiou like a demonstrative, a~ f.Ka<JTfl 1i ~p./.pu, each Juy; uut with fKU!TTO'i the article Ill a)' be OIJJittt-d. TotOUTO'i, TOO"OVTOS', rotocroc, TO!ToaO and 1"1)AtKOVTO'i, whell they take the article, hal'e the fir~t attrihut.ive position (%D, 1).

977. 1. A depc11dent genitive of tl1e persmwl pronoun (whether partitive or not) ha~ the predicate position (!:171 ), ~lldle t.hat of oLher pro]J(UJJS (uuless it is partitive) has the first attributive posi1.ion (H~18, 1); a~ ~ p.w v ~ 7TOAt> or ~ ,.&At> 1i p.w v, ow city (11ot ~ 'i p.w v 1roAt<;); ~ rovrwv 1roAt>, thr~e men's city (not ~ ,.6.\t> Tov-rwv); p.(n,./.p.tf;aro 'AaTvay'l)> r~v o.uroi! 8vyurf.pa Kut rov 1ra'ioa a vrry <;, A Slffll.fJ<:S sent fm his OlOJJ dauglilel and ht1' son, X. c. 1' 3 1 2. But if a qualifying word is added, the l'"'r~onal prollonn may stautl l.wtweeu this and t!JC noun; as~ OoKoiiua ~p.wv 1rporcpov aw<f>poavYfl, whut l"eviuu.<ly seemed tv lie our modesty, T. 1, 32. USee !ii5.) 978. 1. The adjectives aKpor;, p.f.aor;, and Zaxaro>, when they arc in the predicate po~ition (971), mean the ff!Jl (or extremity), thP middlf, the la~t, of the thing which their nou11S denote; as ~ &.yo(Ja p.ia'l) or p.f.a11 ~ J.yopcf., the middle of the 7lW1'ket (while ~ p.f.aTJ &.yo(Ja WOU]U lllealJ tl<C middle mm/;et) j aKpO. ~ x<f.p, tlte eXtremity of (/,e
h<Vld.

2. When no article is used, as in the older poetry, the context lnU>'t decide the meani11g. Compare summus, medius, ext,emus, and ultimus in Latin. 979. Ilii> and uvp.1ra,, all, and o>..os, whole, generally haJe the predicate position; a~ 1TQVT> o[ av0p('i or OL avOp> 1l"UVT<;, all the mw; oAf} ~ 7!'0At~ or ~ 7rOAt~ o'ATJ. all the city. But they cau also be used like attributive adje~t.ives, preceded by the a.Jticle; as ~ 1riiaa ~tKu\la, tile wl,ole of Sir.ily. To o.\ov yivo>, the e11tire ruce.

212

SYNTAX.

(980

The distinction here was probably no greater than that between all the city and the whole city in English. We find even o[ 1nivr<<> 3.vfipWTrOL, all mankind, X. A. 5, 67 980. A &6s as an inteunive pronoun, ipse (989, 1 ), has the predicate position; as a&or; aV!)p, the man himself. But b a&os aV!)p, the same man (989, 2).

PRONOMINAL ARTICLE IN ATTIC GHEEK.

981. In Attic prose the article retaius its original demonstrative force chiefly in the expression ofdv . . oSf, the one . . . the othe1. 1 E.g. 0[ p.f:v QVrWV (ro,WOJ', Ot 0' a-cp1!00VWI!, SO!lte Oj them shot with
bows, and ot/,ers used slil(p, X. A. il, J7 A<t roue; p.i.v tlvat Oua-TuX<tc;, roue; o' <{Jrux<<-., some must be w~fortunate, and otlte1s fmtwwte, E. frag. 207. Twv ,.6>..twv al p.v TupavvovvraL, al o( 07Jp.oKparovvrcu, Ut O( apt<TTOKpaTOVVTQ Some StateS a1e guvemed by tyrants, othe1s by rlemocmcies, anJ others by aristocacies, I'. Rp. 338d. 982. N. The neuter ro p.iv . To U l!lay be us>d adverbially, pmtf.7J . .. partly. For TovTo p.iv . TOVTo !)(in t.his seuse, see 1010. 983. N. (a) '0 >tc. sometimes mean aud he, but he, etc., even when no JJ.EV precedes; as 'Ivapwc; 'A87Jva{ou<; f.7r7JyaytTo oi 0( ~A8ov, lnaros called in Athenians; and they came, T.l, 10-1. (b) With prepositious these expressions are generally inverted; as 7rOAAa JJ.EV lv of. roi-., P. Eu. ::!03; -rrapO. p.f:v TOU ~uil.a, 7rap0. 0( rov u{07Jpos, X. Rp. A. 2, 11.
1

oi

984. A few .other relics of the demonstrative meaning of the article are found in Attic, chidly the following:7/l07J and that; TO Kat TO, tlus und that; Ta Kat Ta, ;C,u yap To Kat To 7TOt~a-at, Kat To p.>) ?rot~<rat, for we ought to have done this thing and t!.at, and not to have dl)lle the other, D. fJ, ti8. Ilp<~ Tov ( o1' .,.poTov), lefore this, jV1"11<erly. Kat Tov or Kut T~v, before an infinitive; as Kat rov K<A<vaa OovvH (sc. A.iytTaL), and (it is said) he commanded !tint to give it, X. C.I,a9 So occasioually r.;i, the7efo7e, which is common in Homer.

Tov Kat TOV, this

th~se ar1d those; as

l In this use, and in other pronominal uses of the article (as in Homer), t.h~ form~ o, -1), oi, and o.i were prulJably oxytone (o, ~.a!, at). They are printed here with11ut accPuts in r.onformity with the prevailing usage in school editiOJS of Greek authors. See FlO.

IJ80]

PEHSONAL AND INTENSIVE PlWNOUNS.

213

PRONOUNS.
l'EltSONAL AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS.

985. The nominatives of the personal pronouns are seldom used, except for emphasis. (See 8!:16.) 986. The forms fJJ.OV, EJJ.o[, and EJJ.E are more ewplwtic than the
enclitics p.ov, p.o!, p.i. except in 1rpos p.t. The latter seldom occur after prepositions,

987. Of the personal pronouns of the thirJ person, o~, or, etc. (:J8U), only ot and the plural forms in crcj>- are used in Attic prose. There they are generally hHlirect ?'~/le:doe.~, that is, in a dependent clause (or joined with an infiuitivc or participle in the leading clause) refening to the subject of the leading verb. E.g.
"E.At~av 1rip.tpm cr </>a> 'Ivowv /3acrLAtvs, they said that the king of the indians had sent them, X. C. 2, 47 'E7rpW/3f'l)ovTo lyK>..+ p.aTa TroLO!)p.tvoL, o11'w> cr <P [ cr 1 v p.ty!crTYJ 1rpocj>acr1> t'LYJ Tov 7J'o>..tp.t<v, they sent embassies, making charges, that they might !un:e t/,e strongest possiule ground for war, T. 1, 12G. 'EvTaiitla >..iytTaL 'A 7rDA..\wv lKOt'LpaL Mapcrt'<lv VLK~cras lp!,ovTa ot 1rtpl cro!a<;, here Apollo is said to have flayrd Mursya., haviug beaten him iu a cmlle.<t (with },imse({, oi) in skill, X. A .1, 2s. For the restrict-ed use of these pronouns in Attic Greek, see

on

o on

also 392.

988, In Homer and Herouotus, and when they occur in tl!e Attic poets, all these pronouns are generally personal pronouns, though sometimes (direct or indirert) reflrxi v<,s. E.g.
'EK yap crtwv p<vac; tLAtTO Ila>..>..as 'Atl~YrJ for l'allus A the11a baefl them of their SCIISCS, J/.J8,;JJ1 j T(JV Kp!OV a11'0 fO (!14, 4) 7rfJ1-7rf (;l,)pa(t, he .e11t the mm forth from himself tlaough the door,
Ot/.9,4()].

Alrr!Ka

~:

oi

EU'OovTL ~Tri.O'TYJ Ovupor;.

nnrl

$VOn a

drernn

carne to him in his sleep, Ild.l, 34; o(,OaJl-OtCTL TWV viiv cr cf> fa> 7rtpwtKfOVTWv lcrt op.oyAu>CTCTOL, they hm:e the same speech with 1IO!le of th~ir preseut neig/d;r;rs, lid. 1, .57. T(vt TP~'ll 6hvtv cr c </>;/>; in wlwt manner do you say she diPd? S. Tr. 878.

989. A lm), l1as three uses: 1. In all its cases it may be an intensive adjective wolloun, himse{f', herself, itself, themselves (like ipse). E.g.

214

SY!-ITAX.

[ODO

Avro<; 0 aTpUTlJYO>, the generul himself; 7r Q UTOt<; TOt<; ruy<a.AOt<;, 011 the Vel'!J cvasts, T. 1, 7; cmaT~iJ.l) Q VT~, l.:wwledge itself.

2. Auni, in all it<; cases, when preeeJed by the article, means the sume (idem). E.,q.

o QVTO'i all1}p, tlte same 7/1(!11,' T(w Q~TOV 7rOAp.ov, tl.e same Wll1'j m&U., the same thi11,qs (4!!). 3. The o[,[ique cases of auTo'; are the ordiuary personal pro11ouns of the third pen;on, !tim, her, it, them. E.p.
~rpaTrJYOV a v ,{tr(8u;, lw clesig1wted him as geneml. See four other examples in X. A. 1, 1,!! & 3. It will be uoticed tlw.t the 1wminative of a&oc; is never a persoual pronoun. For a(, a[v, viv, and p.{v, ~ce :lf).l and 3U5. 990. :N'. A pronoun with wl1ieh u&oc; i11tensive agrees is often omit.tc,d; as railra hrot'in auTo{ (:;c. Vflt<; ), you did this yow.,elt>es; 1TAUaTiov d., T<tVrQ<; a VT 0 <-p.f3acnv (~e. vp.'iv), you 1/ltlS/ ,,ail, t</>l] em/,wl:illg Oil these ,l;vurseloe.< (in ]Jei',<OII), D.4, 10. i:io (ipse dixit), him:;e/f (the master) said it. 991. N. A &c;c; witl1 an ordinal IJUmeral (-'372) mr1.y designate a person as the el1id of a given llllll!Ler; as yjpiB,, 7rpw/3tvT~c; iiimTo<; a vro<;, he wa~ clcosw ambassador as the chief of ten (himself thP.tewh), X.li.:!.,'.!Y. 992. !\. Tlw ubliJU'~ cases of u&oc; are oft<m used where the inJire<:L ret!,xiv~s (!1~7) 1ui;;ht sb11d, atHl s0111etinles eveu where the rlirect rdlexil' (!l~/:;) would },e allowt<l; as atrA.wc; T>JI' E(l v Toil

vr o

'>

avro>

yvWp.rJV clrrtcf>~(vro ~OJKf10.T1J~ -rrpc~r:; -roUe; Op..tAoUvrn~ a VT t>, Sucnltes u.<el to dt'clme his "'"" "J'i"ion plai111y to those who colll!ersed 1Cit!t !lim,

X. ,lf. 4, 7 1, wl,ere oi 1ni;.:ht hr1.ve bern used; !Jut in 1, ~a, we have iA.tr!,Hv l.1ro[a Touc; <TuvbL<>Tp({3ovru> uuT<{J. The uuion of an inteusi'''' :l11d a perwnal proun1111 in aim~> explaius this freedom of usage.
REFLEXlVE l'lW"'OlJNS.

993. Th., l'cflexi ve pronouns ( 4 01) refer to tl1e sulJject

of the clause in which they stand. Sometimes in a depelldent clause they refer to the sul_,ject of the leading verb,- that is, th('y are indirect reflexives (987). E.g.
rvw(J. auvr6v, l.:IWI(' thy~d/; f.'!Tiau~v avTov, he slew himself. t:.('i:iwp.{ aot f.p.a.urov iiovA.ov, I gire myself to you as a slave, X. C.4,()2. OL ~rr(Up..tVOI. El.t.t'ToVs- Tf Ka~ -rO. avrWv 7TO.vra. ci7ro{30JV...ovatv, tltP. vanqui.<hcd zv-:;e Z,oth themse./t>es awl all that belo11gs tv

!001 J

J'OSSESSIV E l'HONOUNS.

21/i

them, X. C. 3, !! 45. "E1ramv 'A BYJva{ovc; f. auTo v KaTaycw, lte pr7suarleJ the A tltenians to restore him (fi"vm exile), T. 1, 111. 994. K. Occasioually a reflexive refers to ~0111e eu1phatic word which is neither the leadiug nor a depeudeut ~uhject; a.~ a1ro (Ta vTov 'yw (1 OLOa~w, 1 will teach ?fUU from !1nu1 ow11 cu.~e (.fiom .1fourself), Ar . .N.!3S!i. In fact, these pronouns r.orrespond aln1ost exactly iu their usc to the Engli~h reflcxin~. mysc((, thyself, himself, etc. 995. N. The third person of the rdlexivc is somelimes u<.r.d for the first. or second; <ts lk< ~JUis f.pa8o.L f.uvTovc;, we must a.<l.: owsclues, P. Pit. 78b. 996. N. The reflexiv~ is so111etiuu's HS<'d for thr. n~ci]'rocal (4(H); ~p.'iv avTotc; Ot.aAI;op.dlu, we tci/1 discowse with o11e WJ(l/!te1 (i.e. <l!IIOII.fJ ourselves), D.4S,G.

997. N. A reflexive
a.~
T G'.4S:J 11

oioc;

P. himse{(, P. Ch.1()5~>. For the personal p1onouns oij, oi, etc. as direct and iudircct reflexives, see 987 aud (188.
POSSESSIVE PTIONOUNS.

To

llHl.Y be strengthened by a precpcling atrr6c;; a hoc; a&<iJ ~oYJBftv, nMe (him~e{() to he/;1 liimse!f; ytyvw(TKttv avTov iavTciv,.fo1 011e (himself) to know

998. 1. The possessive pronouns ( 406) arr grnerally

equivalent to t.he possf'..~sive genitive (1085, J) of t.he personal pronouns. Thus o uoc; 7ran)p = o 7raT1JP uov, your father.
For the article with possessives, see 010, 1. 2. For ip.oc; and (Toe; here the <!nclitic fonus p.ov (not f.p.ou) a.ncl (Tov may he used; ~p.wv a11J vp.wv for ~p.i.Tpoc; and vp.inpoc; are less frequent. These genitives bave the predicate position as regards t.he art.iclc (!.l7J ).

999. The possessive is occasionallv e<jui,-alent. to the (l/~jective geuitive of the per~onal pronoun; as ~ ;,,.,_;] (VVOLa, wllich coJnJnonly meaus my _qood-wi/1 (tou:tllclo others), rarely meaus yoocl-will (shown) to me; as d;vo['!- yap f.pw Tfj CT?J j01 1 shed/ .~peak vut of good-will to you, P. G.4Sil (See 1085, :J.) 1000. N. !cj>i.npoc;, their, and (poetic) oc;, his, her, it.<, are regularly (directly or inciirPcLly) reflexive. 1001. N. An acl}rt.ive or an :I.Jlposit.ivc in th~> genitive may refer to the genitive implied iu a possessive; as Tap.O. Sv(TT~vov

216

SYNTAX.

[1002

Ko.Ka, the woes of me, unhappy one, S. 0. C. 344 ; r~v {Jfllrlpav rwv uoturwv Tt)(V?JV, tl1e mt of you Sophists, I'. fl. M. '2131 d, See 913. 1002. ~. !Jy the possessive pronouns and the possessive genitive, the words my Jathe>' can be expressed in Greek in five forms: 0 ip_Os: 7rO.T~p, 0 71'0.T~p o ip.6<;, 71'0.T~p 0 f.p.6<;, 0 71'0.TrJp p.ou, aud (after another word) p.ou 0 71'0.TrJP (as l7J p.ov 0 7ru.njp). So 0 ao<; 7rarf]p, etc. ~003. X. (a) Our own, your own (plural), and their own are generally expressed by ~p.inpo<;, vp.inpoc:;, aud ainpos:, with avrwv (989, 1) strengthening the ~p.wv, vp.wv, or awv implied in the possessive; as rov ~p.inpov a&wv 7rarf.po., ow ow" father; rfi vp.ripq. a&wv fl'f)Tp[, to yow OW!! mother; TOV<; uripov<; a&wv 71'0.t0a<;, thfir ow>l children. For the third persou plural (avrwv can be uhed; as rov> avrwv 1rac8a<; (al~o a<f>wv a&wv 7tn.i:Oa>, without the article); but we seldOln finrl ~Jl.WV (or VJ-LWV) avrwv. (b) Expressions like rov EJl.OY a&ov 7rar(pa for rcw ljJ.D.vTov Tmripa, etc., with singular possessives, are poetic. In prose the geuitive of the reflexive ( l.p.avrov, umvrov, or lo.vrov), in the attributive position (959), is the regular form; as p.En7r(J1.1furo .,.~, lavrov Ovyu.ri.pa., he sentfor his (own) daughte1, X. C.l,3 1

DEMONST!tATlVE J>RONOUNS.

1004. O~To> and oo~:, this, generally refer to what is near in place, time, or thought; Kiivo>, that, refers to what is more remote.
1005, :\'.,The distinction between O~TO> and o8, both of which correspond to our tlds, must be leamed by practice. In the hi;;torians, ovTO> (with rmo\!To>, -roao\Jro>, and ovrws-) frequently refers to a speech just n1ade, while o0 (with TOtOO'Ot, '1'00'00'0, and ~0) refers to one about to be made; as -rd.3c c'[7rcv, l1e ~poke as follows, but ravra ti17'tv, thus lie spoke (said after the speech): see T.l, 72 a.ud 79, 85, and 87. But elsewhere ovroc; (e;;pecially in the neuter) often refers to something that follows; as p<[ov yii.p ro~rwv 1rpon p'f)p.i.vwv Jl.D.()l)<rn, for you will more easily unde>sta11d it when this (the following) is premised, P. Rp. 510b. 1006. N. O~ro<; is so!lletimes exclamatory, as oDror;, -r{ 7rOt!Zc;; You there! whal are you rloing? A. R.l98. 1007. X. The Greek ha~ no word exactly corresponding to the unemphatic dP.monstrative which is often used in English as the antecedl!n t of a relative, as 1 saw those who were pr.:se11t. II ere a participk "'ith the article i< gen<'mlly usf'<l; ag cf&v -roue; '!!'O.poVTo.>;

1016)

INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE

PIW~OD\,

2li

TOVrOU~ 7rapi}rrav, 1 saw these 711<'!1 who were present), it has special empbasi~ ( 10:10). A relative with omitted autecedent sowetillles expresses the seuse required; as t!&v ov'.;; f>. o.f3tv, I saw (those) whom he took (I 020 ). 1008. N. The demonstratives, especially oOt, tnay call atteutiou to the presence or approach of an oujecl, in the SCilSC of !.ere or the1e; 0( yap 0~ /3ctriLA(u~ xwpos, f01' here 110w is the king of the la111l, S.A11.ljj; for vi](~ (K('ivaL (T.l,51) see D10, 2. 1009. N. ~To> so111etimes repeats a preceding description for emph~sis iu a siugle word; as b yap To rr1ripf.UJ. 7ra.fJU<IX<ov, o~To> T;;JV cf>vvTwv a.iTLO>, fo7' he who SUji]Jlied the setd -tlmt 71WH i.< re.,pmtsible for the hanest, 0.18, 15!J. 1010. N. TovTO p.f.v . . TOVTO of., .fint ... seroudly, pmtly ... partly, is used nearly iu tlte seuse of To p.f.v . .. To 13 (!lo2), especially by Herodotus. For oVToo{, 00(, lKu.vou{, oVTw(]'L, WOL, etc., see 412.

if a demonstrati\'e is used (tTOov

or

INTERIWGATIVE

PRO~OuN.

1011. The interrogative Tt'<;; wlto? uhat.? may be either substantive or adjective; as riva<; eoov; tohom did I see? 01' TLIJa<; avopa<; eioov; what mm did I see? 1012. T[, may be used both in direct and in inJired questiolls; as ri fJov'A.emt; what docs he want? f.pwT(i ri fJov'A.eiJ'fJ<, he asks what you want. 1013. N. In indirect questious, however, the relative Jan> is
more common; as (pwn'f. TL f3ov>..(rr(if (!GOO). 1014. N. The satne principles apply to the pronoutinal adjectives 'lrOCTO>, 7rOLO>, etc. (42fl).
INDEFINITE PIWl\OlJN.

1015. 1. The indefinite Tt\' (cllclitic) generally means some, any, aud may Le eitlJCr sub:>Lll.ntive or n.Jjective; as TOVTO ).,}_'Yfl n<;, ~ome one says tlti.~; avfJpwno<; Tl\', some man. 2. It is sometimes nearly equivalent to the English a or an; as fLOov av8pwnov nva, I saw a certain man, or I saw a man. 1016. N. Tis sometimes implies that the word to w!tich it is

218

SYNTAX.

[1017

joined is not to Le takeu iu its ~trict 111eaning; as KAETrTYJ" nc; aYflTriqxtvTut, he has bc-cn shown up as a sort of tlu4: 1'. Rp. 034; p./.yu<; TL<;, ratfter large; rpulKOVTii TtVa<; aTriKTHVLlV, they /,;i/led Some tfli,t 11 , T. o, n. So witl1 tlH, au verLial rt (I UGO); as axi.oov r1, vay newly, T. 3, li~.

1017. X. Occasionally Tt> 111eans every one, like 1ras T!<;; as ~ p.[,, n" oopv (J'l~U.a8w, let eve1y o11e s!wr]>m well fd., spew, ll. '2, 313:!.. 1018. ~. Tilt> neuter Tt may mean something importalll; as oiovmi tiv<u, OVT(<; OUOEVO<; a~Wt, they thiuk they are wmethi>ty, wlteu they are worth 1wthiug, l'. AJ'JJc.
T!

ItELATIVE l'lWNOUNS.

1019. A relative agTees with its autecedent in gencler an<l number; lmt its ease depends on the construction of the clause in which it st<tnds. E.,q.
EI&w TOt><; QltOpu<; 0~ ~A.8ov, 1 SIIW the IJ!ell u;/I{J cauw; o[ avOp<; ou'c; TO<; am)>,Ouv, the 1/lel! whm! you .<aw WCI!t away.

1020. :::\. Tlw rPbLive follows the person of the antecedent; as

vp.1.<; OL TOVTO 7r0lLT, !Jt)U who do this; iyw

U'i

TO~'TO f.7r0(7JrTLl,

I whv did tl.is.

1021. X. (!) A rehttive referring to seveml antecedents follows

tit<~ rule g-ivt~lz fo1 pr~uir.at.<! adj~dives (O~N); as r.pt TroA.lJLOU Kat llfJ~Vr)';, a' p.y(rJn)v E:xa Ovl'ap.w iv r~ j3(r.p rwv ,h,(JpwTrwl', ubout u:ur w"l }W<lCe, whicl. /,u:e t/,e yr~(!/est power in the lij~ of men, I.>;, 2; drrc(AAay.ivrc<;, 1f'(JApCJJ'Y Ku.l. KLY81~vwv KuL rci.puxijc;, t(<; 1} v vVv 1rpOr; dAA>/Aouc; K~t8i.arap.<v. frnl fr({J/! !CUI"s, du11yers, wul cu,.fusiu>, ;,. ?.cfu'c.:h we are 1wu.: iJo.:o!t:('t/ wit/( nn': rtnotlte,, I. 8, :!('. (b) Tin rtlaliYe lll<t_l' he ploral if il. refers to a ~:ollcrtive noun (DUO); ao rrln/Oa oZrr 'p btKU<JOV<Ttv, to tl,c multitude whu me to juliye,

'"''"'"'r, nzn.y lz:tv" a pluntl antc/3uuAovr<a, eucn;tlulltf, wlwt.<uever tlw!f want. 1022. X. A neultr nhti,; Jnay ref1.r to a ruasculiue or f.,uzinine anteeede1d. lnoting a thiz1g; as O<n r~v 1rAwvt~'fav. 8 1raaa q,,;atc; OtWKHV .,.(q,vK<v, fur flain, 1chiclt eve1y nature natwally fvllt)ws, P. Rp. 35!1'. (Sec 025.)
cedP.nt; a, 7ruvru ;;
Tt

P. Pltdr. 2ti0". (c) Ou the otlzc,r li:tJIII. ;;,TTl';,

1023. 1. In Hozuer t.he forms of the relati1e are so1net.imes use<l as dP.Jnonstrative pronouns, JikP. the artkle (!l::\5); a~ 8c; y<l.p Ofllmroc; ~AfJ.v, jm lte came second, Od.l, 2oG; o yap ylpu~ iar1. Oavovrwv, jv1 this is the 1igltt of the dead, 11. 23, 9.

1027]

RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

219

2. A few similar expressions occur iu Attic prose, especially the Platonic~ 3' o<;, ~aid he (where~ is imperfect of ~p.l., say). So Kat o>, and he, Kat oi', am! they, and (iu Ildt.) o<; Kat o<;, tllis man and that. (Compare TOV Kat niv, !Ji'H.) So also ;;, p.iv . .. 0) oi, in the oblique cases, are occasionally used tor p.iv . .. oi; as 1roAu> 'E.\.\l)v[Oa<;, p.f.v avaLpwv, </<; 0( TOV) cpvyO.Oa<; Kanl.ywv, destroyirg some G1eek c1ties, awl restoriuytheir exile,, tu uthers, D. 18,7 I.

a>

o\

1024. ~. (a) Iu the epic and lyric poets ri is often appended to relative words without affecting their meaniug; as ovK &.t<L> a ri cpl)(]'l fhO.; dost thou 110t hear what the Goddess Ra!fs? fl. 1f1, 1JU. Sollletimes it seellls to make the relative more indetlnite, like TL> in O(]'TL<;, whoever, quicum'Jue. (b) But Tf in Attic Greek !liCans able, capable, like OvvaTO'i, being originally elliptical for TOLOt'TO) such as, TE ilaviug 110 appareut force.

oro,

oro,,

1025. (Preposiriou omitted.) Wheu the relative and its antecedent would properly have the same preposition, it is usually expressed onl_y witJ1 the antecedent; as arro T~<; aVr~> ayvo[a<; ~cr1Tfp 1ro.t\O. 1rpot((]'8E rwv Kotvwv, by the same waut ofseJise by which (for &.cp' ~CT1rEp) you sacrifice many of your pu/Jiic interests, D.18, 134.
OmssJor> OF TilE AsTECI:nJ-:sT.

1026. The anteecdent of a relative may be omitted when it can easily Le supplied from the couwxt, especially if it. is indefinite (1426). E.y.
"EA.af3(v 0.' lf3ovAf.To, he took what he rm>ted; 11'a8w li1Toaov> (/),;vaTo, he per.<uaded as mall!! a.< hP could. ''A p.~ oToa o~of. oiop.a1 doivaL, what I do not know I Jo nnt e~en tld11k 1 blow, l'.Ap. 2Jd. 'Eyw Ka; J;v iyw KpaTw p.<vovp.<v 11'Ctpa (]'o(, I m1d tlwsc whom I commanrlwill 1cmain with you, X. C. !i, 1~r..

1027. K. In such caSE'S it is a mistal;e to &:tV that. ravra, EKf.tVOL, ete., arc unde1stoorl; see 10:10. The relative. clause here really becollle~ a ~uh~tantive, and contains its antecedent within itself. Such a relative clause, as a sul>sta11tive,may even have the article; as xourru T~v 1TWI!Vf<l.av -r~v -r o iJ i) (crnv, having the name n( the absolutely existent (of the "what is"), l'. Ph. 02d; fKf(vou opi.yfTal roil crnv t(]'ov, tluy aim at that absolute equality (at the "what is equal"), iuiJ. 7f>b; Trf (]'p.tKprf p.f.pn, Trf g ~PXf. lv a&<ii, throuyh the mwll pmt, which was shoWil lo be the ruling power wilhin him (the "what1ulcd "), P. Rp. 442<. Here it must not be thought that rov and Trf are autecedents, or pronouns at all.

220
d~>ut; as ~Athv

SYNTAX.

[1028

1028. N. Most relative adverbs regularly omit the antece-

oT

rouro Tov, he came when he saw this (for then,

wheu).

1029. N. The followiug expressions belong here:-E'anv (o1v, ol<;,.ov<;), some (90i'>), mote common than the regular datv Ot, :,Uitt qui, there are (those) Wh(J; tCTTLV ornvl<; (especially in questious); t'vtot (fl'Olll (vt, == v.0'Tt or Evaut, and oi), $Ome; EvLoT (tvt and on), sumetimes; EO'TLV ov, somewhere; t<TTLV if, in some way; (a TL v o1r w <;, somehow. 1030. N. When a clause containing a relative with omitted antecedent precedes the leading clause, the latter often contains a detuoJJStrative referring back with emphasis to the omitted a.ntecedeut.; as d' i{JovAlTO ravra f'>..a{3lv, what he wmtted, that he took, entirely different fmut TUV'Ta a' i{3ovAlTO E'>..a{3v, he took the.e (definite) thillgs, which he wanted; ,r 7!'0tftV aiO'xpov, ravTa VOJ-LL'l fLYJOE >..lyav f!vu.L Ku.Aov, what it is base to do, tltis believe that it is not good eveu to say, I.l, lf> (here TUUTa is not the antecedeltt of which is indefinite and is not expreosed). See 1007.

or

a,

ASSDIJ LA TIOS AND

A 1'J'RACTION.

1031. When a relative would naturally be in the accusative as the object of ~t verb, it is generally assimilated t.o the case of its antecedent if this is a genitive or dative. E.,r;.
'EK rwv 1!'0Awv ,:;v xL, from the cities which he holds (for If', E'xn); TOt<; ~yo.8o'i:<; 0 r <; EXOIJ.fV, with the good things which we hate (for Cl. EXOfLlv). Atwt Tli> J.>..tu8lpto.<; ~<; KEKTTJCTO, worthy of the freedom which you have, X. A. 1, iB; fi ref' ~ylp.ovt "TrLO'TlWOfLV c;i &v Kvpo<; 8to![i, if we shall trust the guide wham Cyru.~ may give us, X. A. 1, 316. This assimilation is also called atlraction.

1032. N. When an antecedent is omitted which (if expressed) would have beeu a genitive or dative, the assimilation still takes pla<'e; and a preposition which would have belonged to the antecerlent passes over to the relative; as (o~AWO'f oroiiro or, E7rpo.rr, he showed this b:lf what he did (like EKllYOL<; a) ; crVJ' 0 r.. Jlci>..LO'Ta. cfHAft<;, with those whom you most love (crov fKfLVOt<; ov<;), X.A.l,926; afL!Al}O'o.<; ~v J-Lf Oft 7rpclTTELV, havi1lg neglected what ( iKdvwv a) I ought to do, X. 5, 18; or<; dnux~Kl<TO.V lv Au)Krpot<; 0~ fLTp{ws lKf.XPTJYTO, they had not used moderately the successes which tltey had , gai" erl at Leuctra (TOt> drTuX~J.UlO'LV ct (t'rru,Xl)Kf<Tav, see 1054 ), D.l8, 18.

c.

1038]

RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

221

1033. N. A rehtive is seldom assimilated from any other con6tructiuu than that of the object accusative, or into any other case than the genitive or dative. Yet exceptions occur; as .,.a.p' ~v {3oY}0'i<; oiu< u:rroA~tfH xaptv, you will get 110 thanks fi"om those whom (Trap' EK[vwv o!<;) you help, Aesch.2, 117. Even the nominative may be assimih\tl'J; as {3A.arrTarOat &.</>' v ~J.LlV rraparKu1o.uTru, to be injured by what has been prepared by us (like d.7T' f.Kdvwv d:),

T.7,67.

1034. N. A like assimilation takes place in relative adverbs; as 8wwp..{,ovTo v0v> 0 o' vrrti0vTo 7Tal.ba<; Kat yvvai.Ka<;, they

immP,fiatdy brought over their child1en a11d wumeufrom the place.~ in which they had placed them for safety (where o0v,ftom which, stands for iKfl.fhv oL fmm the places whither), T.I, 80. 1035. N. The antecedent occasionally is assimilated to the ca"<~ of thP. relative, when this immediately follows; a.~ tAyov oTL 7T a v T w v wv o[ovTo.t 7rrrpo.yfrr> Iv, they said that they had done all thiii.IJ.~ which (7TaVTo. wv) they needed, X. 11.1, 42 T~v OVULaV ~~~ Ko.TEAt7T ov TrA[ovo> Mt'a f.uT1v ~ nTTapwv Kat of.Ka ToAaYTwv, the estate which he leji is 110t wmt/, more thmt fowteen talent.~, L.19,47. Compare uruem qam ~tatuo vestra est, Verg. A ett.l, 573. Such expressions involve an anacoluthon. This invertt:d assimilation tn.kes place in ovO~> ouTL> ou, everyfwdy, in which ouO(t'> follows the case of the relative; as ovoivt ,)T <p ovK &.7roKptvop..YO> (for ov0t> (unv oT<p ), 1eplyiug to everybody, 1'. !Ifen. 70e. 1036. N. A peC'uliar as~imiln.tion occurs in certain expressions with o!o>; as xap<,DJ.Lfi'OV oi'<p uoL &.vop[, pleasi119 a man like you (for rowt1T'l' oTo> en)), X . .M. 2, () 3 ; 1rpo> O.vopa> TOAJ.LYJpoV.. oiov<; Kru 'AOY}va[ov>, against bold IIICII like the Athenians, T. 7, 21.

1037. The antecedent i~ often attracted into the relative c:hwse, and agrees with the relative. E.g.
M ~ &.<f>!.A.Y}u(h vp..wv O.VTWV lJ v oul. TrO.VTO<; &.~ TOV xpovov OO~av KEKTrJCTB KoA7JV, do 110t take jimn yourselves the good reputatio11 w!tich
(what goorl eputation) you /,ave aluay. had thlough all time (for T~V KCJ.A~Y ou~av ~v Kf.KTYJUO<), D.20,14~: notice the omission

of the article, which regularly occurs. The subject of a verb i rarAly thus attracted; as O:.x(Tal <f>o)ywv <~v rX> J<apTllpu, the witness whom you had (for o p..cipTv> ~v (!X>) ha.~ run away, Ar. Pl. 933.

1038. N.

Thi~

at11-artinn may b~ joined with assimilation

EfiTE

(1031); as a}la6EIITCJ.TOL

wv iyw oi&. 'E.U.~vwv, you are the mO&t

222

RYNTAX.

(1030

ignomnt of the G1reb whom 1 h10w (for rwv 'E.>v\~vwv o~<; o!Su), T. 6, 40; f.~ ,;, ro 1rpwTov ECIX~ yuvutKo<;, ji"um r!,e wife which he fool: first, D. G7, ;{7; E7r0pf1J(T0 CitiV rl (rx( Svvap.H, he mmclwl wirh tile Jmce which he hail (for a-Vv Ti/ Swap.H .Yjv <Txfv ), X. IJ.1, 1~a.
I{ELATJVE IN Excu~tATtos~.

1039. oro,, OITO>, nnd .;, arr. ll~CU in rxebmntions j as 1rp&yp.aTa EXH>, how much tmu/;le J!OU llllVI' I X. C.l, a~; &.aT(Ia<;, how witty I
RELATIVE NOT P.F.l'F.A1'EI>.

(1au

.;,

1040. A relative is seldom repeatctl in n new case in the

same sr.ntencr., but a personal or Jemonstmtivc pronoun commonly takes its place. E.y. 'EK(tVOt rofvvv, 0 r > OVK ixap[,op()' oi AEYOI'T(<; ovS' lcj>(Aouv u VT 0 v>

(;,CI7r<p VfJ.OS OllrOl VVV, those me11, theu, whom tit~ OI'IIIOI'S did 1101 try to _gratify, and whom thc,11 did 110t love a.< these uow love you (lit. 1101' did they love them as etc.), D. 3, 24. II err. aV-rov<; is usell to avoid repeating the relative in a new ca~c, ov<;. 1041. N. Somd.imes, however, a 11ew case of the r~lativP is understood in the latt.er part. of :t slnt.P-nr.e; as 'Aptu!o> o(, OJ' ~JJ.<t> ~()Aoj).(v {3aeitAa Ko.BurnJ.vut, KUL cOwKap.tv KilL i>..<l.f3op.<v ?rtiTT!t, illll{ A riaeus, whom we wished In make ki>tg, unr/ ( ro uhom) we [J<lVe a11d (from whom) we ,eceiveli pledges, de., X. A.3,~".

THF. CASES.

1042. The Greek is rl<>sc"nJeJ from a language which had

eight cases,- an aMatit;e, a lucati!'e, at11l an i"strwnellla/, besides the
five found in Greek. The functions of the ablative were absorbed chiefly by the g<>nit.Ive, partly hy th<> dative; those of the i11stru mental and locative chil'tly by the dative.
NOMINATIVE AND VOCATIVE.

1043. The nomi11ative i:-:; USl)<l chielly as the subjr.ct of a finite verb (894), m ill the predir:~tte after verbs signifying to be, etc. (907). 1044. TIJC vocative, wit.l1 or without ;;,, is used in addressing a person or thing; as r;, lJ.vop~ 'AB?)IIaZot, mr.n of Athens! ar.:ovet\', A iaxt'I'YJ; dost thou !tear, Aeuhines .'!

ACCU:5AT1VE.

223

1045. N. The uomiuative is sometimes used in excla.llla.tions, an<l even in uther expressions, where the voea.tive is more ~m Hllln ; :J.,<; wp.ot iyw OfLA!l<;, 0 wretched me! So ~ IIpOKV7J EK/Jatvc, Proc11e, cume oul .' Ar. A t. (j(j;),
ACCUSATIVE.

1046. The pri1uary purpose of the accusative i8 to denote the l!l'arer or direct uhjcct oi a verb, as opposed to t.!Je remoter or i11diret:1 oljtct denoted hy the daLive (892). It thus bears the same relat.ion tu a Vt~ru which the olject.ive geuitive {1085, 3) bears to a Houn. The object Jeuote<l by the aecu<;at.ive lliJ.)' be the external uLject uf the adio11 of a transitive l'erb, or the internal (cognate) oljtcl which is often iluplitd iu the 1neani11g of eveu an iut.ransitive verl. !Jut the aceus;ttiYe has also a,wmcd other functions, as will l1e ~~en, which c<J.nnot Le Lrought under t.his or any other single ca.legory.
ACCUSATIVE OF Dll!J:CT (EXTERNAL) OB.JECT.

1047. The dirce;t oLjeet of the action of a transitive verb i:; put in the accu:;ati ve; as Toi)To rTcft;et ~p..iis, this pre~ave~> us; TauT a 7TOWVfJ-fv, we do these things. 1048. N. :vt<J.uy v~;rbs whkh n.n~ tran:-,iiive in Euglish, and govnn tlw objective cn.se, take eillier a genitive or a dative in (;rei' k. (See 1\)lJ!J ; 11 (j() ; 11 ::;:).) 1049. N. l\lany ,erbs which are transitive in Greek are iutransit.iv<' ill Ell;,;Jis!J; a.~ up.ovp.u.t T(JU~ Owv~, I will svem by the Gvds; 1ravm<; f.lv,OEv, he csca]ktl t/,c 110tice nf all; aiaxvvfrat rov 'TI'aripa, !11: pets sl,mae bcf,,e !tis fu.Lite>; aty.J. (or mwmj:) n, lte keeps sileut
afJOltl 'U11u:tfti11!J

1050. ::\. Verlal adjectives and even verLal nouns occa.~ionally t:<kc an oLjed accu~ative instl:ad of tlH' regular objective genitive
tlCIJ>LUillil'f{

(1142; UJH0, !}), a:"'\ f.ntaTl/p.uv(o.; ~<To.v TO. 1rpou~KovTa, tl~t>y w~re wit/, !rlwt wa.< ]!1'1!/lf~r. X. c.:J,3~. So TU p.eriwpa <f>povn!TT~<;, n>w w/,o poadas on Lhe things ahoue (lilw rf>povr[,wv),

l'. Ap. Jfi 1.

COGNATE ACCUSATIVE (INTEHNAL OB.Jlo:CT).

1051. Any v~rh who!';8 meaning permits it may take

an accusative of kindred ;,;igJJifica.tion.

This accusative

224

SYNTAX.

[1052

repeats the idea already contained in the verb, and may follow in transitive as well as transitive verbs. E.g.
TIM-a~ ~ Oova~ ~ota8at, to e11jvy all pleasures, P. Phil. 63a. Ewvx7Jaav TovTo To t vn)X7Jf.w., they e11joyed this good jmtwze, . X. A. 6, 36 So 11Wttv 1r T p.a Ta, to su.fta (to fall) falls, A. Pr. !l 19. N6aov voattv or I!OaOI! aalhvttl! or voaov KcliJ.I!HII, to sujJer wzdel a disease; ap.clpTYJ!A!J. a!A!J.pTai!HY, tO C011llllit (Ill enor (to 'iH a Sill) i &v.\tW.v OovAtvHv, to be subject to slavay; apXYJY apxuv, to hold an ojjice; aywva aywv[(ta8at, tO Wlt/Cl"l]O a CVlll<S{; yp<Hjn)v ypa<j>cr8at, to bring an indictment; ypa<f>~v Otwi<HI!, to prosecute an i11dictment; OLI<YJI! o</>Attll, to lose a lawsuit; v[KYJII 1/(KQV, to gain a victory; ,...Oxl'/11 vtKiiv, to gai11 a battle; 11"0fJ.1r~V 7rEp.7rHV, to fonn or conduct a }Jl'Ocession; 7rAYJr0v Twnw, to strike u /;low; ~~>..8ov ( ~ ov ~, they we11t out on expeditil}n.<, X.ll.1, 211.

oo

1052. N. It will be seen tbat this construction is far more extensive in Greek than in English. It includes uot ouly accusatives of kindred formation and meaning, as v[K7JV vtKiiv, to gai11 a victory; but also those of merely kiudrerl meauiug, as ,...Ox'7v vtKiiv, to gain a battle. The accusatin~ may also liruit the uwauirrg of t!Je verb to one of many applicatious; as 'O>..utJ.'IrW. vtKal', 10 gai11 an Olympic victo1y, T.1, 126; aniiv yatJ.OV~, to yi~>e a wedrli11g feast, Ar. Av. 132; 1/J~</>taiJ.!J. vt~<<j, he cwTies a df.cree (gains a victory with a dec1ee), Aesch. 3, 68; f3o7JOpop.w. 7rftJ.7rHv, to celebate the Hoerhomia by a p1ocessiou, J).3,31. So also (in poetry) f3a!vm (or i.\8'lv) 71'0&, to step (the foot): see E.A/.1153 . . For the cognate accusative becoming the sul>ject of a passive verb, see 1240.. 1053. The cognate accusative may follow adjectives or even IlOUHS. E.g.
Ta~ p.ty{aTa~ &v>..t[a~,

KaKol 'lrQaav Ka K[(l J!, bad with all bad1less, P. Rp. 4!JOd; a slave to the di1est slavery, ibid. 579d.

aoi!Ao~

1054. A neuter adjective sometimes represents a cognate

aecusati ve, its uouu Leing im ]Jlied in tire verb. E.g. MtyciAa OfA!J.PTcll!HI/ (sc. a!A!J.pT~fA!J.TO.), to commit [J''Cat faults; TaVTa A\!1rti'a8at Kal Ta,',TO. xa[pnv, to have the .<ame grie.f.< a1ld the same joys, D.l8, 2!)2. So T[ XP~aOiJ.!J.t TOVT<f; ( = T{va xptW.v XP~aop.at;), what use shall I make of this? and ovov XP~aop.at TOUT'!', I shall make no use of this (1183). So XP~attJ.O> o,',o(v, good for nothing (1053). See 1060.

1055. 1. Here belongs the accusative of effect, whirh

105\J]

ACCUSATIVE.

225

expresses a. result beyond the action of the verb, which is effected by that action. E.g.
llparf3cvcw T~v dp~VfJV, to negotiate a peace (as ambassadors, -rrpiuf3w; ), D. HJ, 1;:J4; but rrpcu{3o)nv rrpcuf3cav, to go on an embassy. Compare the English breaking a !tole, as opposed to breaking a stick. 2. So after verbs of looking (in poetry); as A pYJ S(&pKivaL, to look um (Am) (see A.Se.5J); ~ f3ov)t.~ lf3>..c!ft va1rv, the Senale looked mustard, Ar. Eq. G31. 1056. K. For verbs which take a cognate accusatiYe and an ordinary object accusative at the same time, ;;ee 1076. 1057. N. Connected with the cognate accusative is that which follow;:; VC'rhs of motion to ex pres~ the ground over which the motion passes; as boov livaL (i)t.{itiv, ?TopcV!u8at, etc.), to go (over) a 1oad; TrA(tV Bcl.>..<L(TfTav, to sail the sea.: opo<; KaTa/3a[vnv, to descend a mountain; etc. These verbs thus acquire a transitive 111eaning.
ACCUSATIVE OF SPECIFICATION.- ADVERBIAL ACCUSATIVE.

1058. The accusative of specification may be joined with a vcrlr, adjective, 11oun, or even a whole sentence, to denote a part, character, or quality to which the cxpres;;ion refers. E.g. Tv>..o~ Ta op.p.o.r' T, ym are blind in yow eye., s. o. T. 371 j
KaAo<; To (Too<;, /,eautijul i11 form; IJ.rrupot To rrA~Oo~. i'!finite in numbe; o!KaLO<; TOll Tporrw, ju.<t iu bi. characw; OHVOL p.O.)(YJV, mighty in battle ; Kap.vw T~v Ka>..~v, 1 have a pain itt m.11 head; Ta<; pi1'a~ tryLa[vuv, to be .<ounrl in thei1' minds; ow.ipn T~V vuLv, I.e differs i11 nature. Ilomp.o>. Kvovo> o vo p.a, {Jp o~ ovo .,.>.,(flpwv, a riv~r, c,1/d11US ''!/ l>fl)llf, of two plethra inlll'eacltlt (0:!2), X. A. 1, 22 3 .EA>..1jVf~ tim Ttl yivor;, they me c,eeks ' .11 race. fivcu8( T~V OtaVOLO.V p.~ ;,, n{J 8LKafTT1Jp['!', dAA' ;v r<{J OcaTP"! ima,qi1e yowulves (become in thouyftt) 11ot in cowf, lmt in thr~ lheatrc, Acsch. 3, 153. 'E'Jf'{urau(U (p.() ou p.ovov Ta p.(yQ.)t.a d,\,\Q. Kat Ta p.tKpa rrHpW}J-(VOV aL Lirro 8(wv opp.Ci.<r8at, you know that, 1101 o11ly in meat but even in small thiii.IJ<, I t>',l! to begin with the Gods, X. C. 1, 514 1059. N. This is sometimes called the accusative by synecdoche, or the limiting accnsn.tive. It most frequently denotes a part; but it may refl'r to auy circumstance to which the meaning of the exprt>ssion is restl'ictcd. This construction sometimes resembles that of 1239, with which it must not be confounded.

2U

SYNTAX.

rJ(){)0

1060. An aecusative in ecrtain expressionf> lms the force of an adveru. R.!f.

Totrrov TOV rpO'TI'OII, in this way, thus; T~JI rax(a-T'Y}II (.<c. oSov), ill the quickest WO.IJ i (r~v) apx~v, Q/ firo/ (with l!Cgative, 71()/ at a/l): rf.A.oc;,finally; 'lrpOLK<l, as II gift, grati~; xaptv,fvl' the ,<al.-e of, O(Kqv, i1l the mwmer of; ro 'lrpwrov or 'lrpwrov, at fir.~/; ro AOl'II"OJI, for the !'eSt i 'l!"aJ!Ta, ill al/tflings i r~i.\Aa, in other 1'eSJieCts i OVOCJI, i11 110thi11[1, not at all; rf.; in what, 11/q;? rl, i11 any re.,pect, at all; ra.vra, ill I'CSpect to this, therefore. So TOVTO fJ.EJI ... TOlJTO (1010).

oi

to he explainr.d by 1038, as raAAa, rf.; uhzt? ravra, TOVrO (with p./.v and oi), and somdimes ob8f.v and ri. Somr. are to h~ explained as cognate accusatives (see 1053 and 1054), and some are of doubtful origin.
ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT.

1061. N. Several of these (lOGO) arc

"Ep.uvtv ~p./.pa.r; Trivn, he ,emained .fire days . . 'A1rix.a ~ llAarraa 'I'OlV @qj3wv O"Ta.O{ovr; (j30op.~t<OI!Ta, }Jl!llf/Nl is Sfl'Clll.'t .<todrs dis/rWl from 'J'he/)('S, T.2,1i. 'A7rC)(OJ!TU -:i.vpaKOVO"WJI ovn 7rAOVJI 7rOAliJI oi5r oliov, (Me~ara) 1lot a lo11g sail or lmlll-jourll<'!/ dist111ll from Syracuse, T. 0, 19.

1062. The accusative may denote f':rtent of time or space. E.,q. Ai mrov&.t lvtal>rov (a-ovTlll, the truce is to be frn a 'tear, T.4,118.

1063. N. This accusative with an onli11al nmlllH'I' di'Jll>tes hom long si11ce (inelnrliug the date of t.he cvcnl); a<; f33c'!/oll' ~JLCfl<il' r}jr;
()vyarp1ir; 11&,;;' nrAVTl]KV(ar;, wltP11 hi' rlrtllfll,ter !,wJ rlicrl si:r days before (i.e. this being the srl;ellth du,1;), Aesch. 3, i7.

1064. N. A peculiar idiom is fonnd in expressions like rp(rov :roc; rovr( (this the third .'rm), i.e. /1co .?tears o.fJ(); as a7r'Y}yyf.>..(),l <hAL7r'lrO'> rphov ~ riraprrw f.ros rovr[ 'Hpu!w nl'xo> TroAwpKwv, two or tlnee 1rars ngo Pltili;, wus nJ>Orttcl tv be /Jtsic-!Ji'l.Q Ji1!?'f!i1m Teir.ho.<, D. 3, 4.
TEBMINAL ACCliSATIVE (POETIC).

1065. In poetry, tlw aceusative wit!Jont. a preposition may denote tl1e place or ol,ject towards wltid~ motion is directed. E.g.
MvvCTr)jpn.s U.cpfKtro, slu: came to the suitu1.<, Ori.J,a;t!. 'AvifJ7J p./.yav o~pa~cJJ' OvA.vp.7r~v r, she ascr;1lded to yreat lw1Wetl awl

107~]

ACCUl:iATIVE.

227
a11 e~ile

Olympus, ll.1,4U7. Kot'A.ov "A pyo> {3as tj1vyci>, goi11g as to the lwllow Argos, S. O.C.i>71i. In pro~e a. preposition would Le uHed here.
ACCUSATIVE I~ OATHS WITH

'l'u

liiJ

AND

fLa.

1066. The

accu~at.i

ve follow~ the adverrn; of swearing

vtj aud fLd, by.

1067. An oa.t!J introduced ~~~is affi1mative; one introdneed by p.O. (nukss va.{, yes, preeede~) is negative; as vq Tcw tl!a., 11e.~, u.11 Zeus; p.a Tov tl[a., no, by Zea.~; Lut va.t, p.a tll.u., yes, U?f Zeus. 1068. K. Ma
a;;

uy

j,

so1netimcs OJnit.ted whr;n a 11egative precedes;

o~, T<iv8' "OA.up.?rov, nu, by this Olympu~, S. An. 7:i8.

'l'WO ACCUSA'l'l VES WITH ONE VEltB.

1069. Verbs siguif_yillg tu as/c, to demand, tv teach, to 1cmind, tu clutlw or unulotlu~, tu conceal, tv deprive, aud tu take IW}(ty, may take two object accusa.ti ves. E.g.
Ou Toin-' f.pwrw
O"f,

1 am nul nskill_q you this, Ar. N. !i-ll i ouoivu.

T~\ O"l!VOUO"LO.~ upyuptov 1rpuTTH1 !IOU d('IJI(IHJ !IV fee for ?fOUl" teuchillf/ jium an!J rme, X. M. 1, (jll; 1rolhv >jp~a.To a otoaaKHV TYJV <rTpa.r7Jy{av;

with what dirl he bc!Jin tu twclt ?JOU strateyy? ibid. ;3, 16; TI]v ~Vp.J.W. x(av dvup.lfJ-V[J<!KOVTf~ rov~ 'A(J.ryva.{our;, 1'e11li1ldiny the Athellians of the ullicwce, T. u, (j i ruv p.v lO.UTOV (XLTWYO.) lKflVOV ~p.</>tf<T(, he put hismvn (twdc) ulltheothcrbo!J, X.Cy.l,0 17 ; lKOvwv ip.f. XPYJfTTYJpl.a.v iaB~ra., :;/1"iJ;piny me(!( 111!1 omcul!cr gar/,, A. Ag.l:!li!}; T~v Ouyaripa EKpV7rTf TOY ()cJ.,,u.rov TOV uvOpo<;, he conaulcrl from Iris daughter her lwslnwrl's tleulh, L. 02, 7; rovrwv r~v rtp.~v a7roarfpfi" p., he cheat,< Ill~ out of the Jlrice of tlw.<e, l>. ~s, l !3; TOY 'lrQVTU 8' o>.f:Jov ~fUtp tv ,... a</>tAfTO, but oue clay Jeprioerl me of alimy lwppiwss, E. Hec. 285.

1070. N. In podry sone otl.cr verbs have thi~ construction; thns ;xpou. v[{ro J.A.p.1Jv, he wctslted the rlrid spmy .fi'am !tis skin, Or!. (i, ~:.!4; so np.wp(CT8( TLV<l aip.a., to punish one fur bluucl (sited), ser, E. A I. 7;\;J,
tiouo.
this cla~~ SOtlldimes have oUter construl!Fur verbs of rlr-]Hiri11!f u.ndtal,iny fl.w<ly, see 1118. For till! accu~ative and genitive with verl.>s of emindi11g, see 1106.

1071. N. Y erls of

1072. 1:\. The accu~ative of a thing with sollle of these verb~ b really a coguate ac.:cu~ative (1076 ).

228

SYNTAX.

[1073

1073. Verbs signifying to do anyth-ing to or to say anything of a person or thing take two accusatives. E.g.
Tavr{ p.t 7rOtoilow, they do these tltiugs to me; Tt p.' dpyciaw; what didst thou do to me 1 KaKa 1ro.U.a f.opytv Tpwa>, he has doue mw.y evils to the Trojans, ll. 16, 4.24. 'EK<Zvov T KaL rov> KoptvO[ov> 1ro.U.ci T Kal KaKa l>..<y, of him and the Cv1iuthia11s he said much that was bad, lid. 8, 61; ov tj>poVTuniov r[ f.povaw oi 1ro.U.oi ~p.a>, we must not consider what the multitude will say of us, 1'. C1. 4H. 1074. These verbs often take <~ or KaAw>, well, or KaKw>, ill, instead of the accusative of a thing; rot'>Tov> ~ 1rot<Z, he doe. tlwm good; vp.as KaKw> ?TOL(t, he does you lwrm; KUKW> ~JJ.a> >J.yu, he speaks ill of For (~ 1TtlOXLV, (~ aKouuv, etc., as passives of these expresBion~. see 1241. 1075. N. IIpaaaw, do, very seldom takes two aceusatives in t.hi:; construction, ?TOLEw being generally used. El; 1rpaaaw a1Hl KaKw> 1rpaaaw are intransitive, meaning tv oe well o_f/; to /;e badly oJt:

u..

1076. A transitive verb ma.y have a cognate accusative (1051) and an ordinary oLject accusa.tive at the same time. E.g.
MtAl]TO> p.< lypa!faro T~v ypatj>~v ra{>T')V, Meletus brourtht tl.is indictment against me, 1'. Ap.10~; MtATL<lOl]> o r~v l.v li'Iapc18wvt p.ci.XYJV TOV> {3ap{3apov> VLK~<Ya>, 11! iltiades, who yuincd the IJUttle at Mwathon over the barbarialls, Aesch. :3, 181 ; wpKW<TO.V 11"aVT!l> TOl~\" arpartWTa> TOV, p.<y{(]'TOU\" OpKOV>, they made all tJ.e soldiers swear the strongest oaths, T. 8, 75. On this principle (107(3) verbs of dividing may take two accusa.tives; as To (]'Tpa:rwp.a Kari.vnfL< llwot:Ka p.ip'YJ, he made t1celve divisions of the army, X. C. 7, [)13.

1077. Verbs signifying to name, to clwuse or appoint, to make, to thinlc or regard, ali(.l the like, ma.y take a predicate accusative besides the objeet aeeusative. E._q.
T{ T~v 1ro.\w .,-po<Yuyopt:uH>; what do 11vu call the .<tater 'l'r1v TOUlVrYJV ovvap.tv av0pi'av lywy< KaAw, .<uc!. It pumc'r I call cowage, P. Rp. 430~. --:i.rpar'YJy(w m'rrcJI' Q..,.(l)(,~, lw al'l'ointed him _qqw!ml, X. A.1, 12; tJt:pyir'1v rov <l>[>._,.,..,.ov ~yovvro, they thought l'hilip a benefactor, D. 18,.1:3; ,-civrwv Oa1TO'I"l]V tavrov 1Tt:1TOtYJK<V, he has made himself master of ull, X. C. 1, 31s. 1078. This is the active construction conespo11<ling to the passive with copulative verLs (DOS), iu wbich the object accu~ative

}084]

GENITIVE.

becomes the subject nominative (12:H) and the predicate accusative becomes a predicate nominative (fH17 ). Like the latter, it includes also predicate adjectives; as Tovc; avJ.Lp.O.Xovc; 1rpoOvfLOv> 'ITOLtCT0a<, to make the allies eager; Tac; af-W-pT[a<; J.LtyaAa'i ~ytv, he thought the faults great.

1079. N. With verbs of uamiug the iufiuiti,e tTva< may eonnect the two accusatives; as ao<j><CTT~v ovoJ.La,ovat Tov O:vllpa iva<, they name the man (to be) a sophist, I'.J>r. 311 ' 1080. N. lllany other transitive V(;rus lllay take a predica.te accusative in apposition with the object accusative; a-; Vwf:lc Toln-o 8Wpov, he took this as a gift; L1T1rOV> ayuv Ovj.LU T<ji 'IL\[<f, to ill'hiff ho1us a.< an oj!'ering to the Suu, X. C. ~.:J 1 2 (ser !lli;). Especially au interrogative prououn lllay be so used; as TLJ'U<; TOVTOV<; opw; wlto me these whom 1 see? lit. I see these, being whum? (See !)1!1; 072.) 1081. N. A predicate accusative 111ay denote the etf'ect of tl1e action of tl1e verb upon its direct ohjt>ct; as 7ra<Ovw T<va aocf>ov (or KaKov), to tmi11 one (to be) wi.~e (or bad); Tov<; vit> L1T7rOTU> o[~v, he tauy!tt his sm1s to he ltor.~emm. Sec I 065. 1082. N. For one of two accusatives retained with the passive, see 1230. For the accusative absolute, see l!iGO.
GENITIVE.

1083. As the chief use of the accusative is to limit the llleaning of a verb, so the chief use of the geuitive is to li111it the nwauing of a noun. Wheu the genitive is use<! as the object of a verb, it seems to uepeud on tl!e nomiual idea which belongs to the verh: thus f.mOvfLw involves l7TL0vplav (as we ca11 say i7TLOvfLw ;,,.,OvJ.L[av, 1051); and ia l.mOvfLw Towov, 1 ltane a desire fin this, the nominal idea preponderates over the verbal. So f:laa<AvL Tijc; xvpac; ( 110(1) iuvolve8 the idea {3aatAv<; ian TIJ> xwpac;, he is l.illg of the COWtii'Y The Greek is somewhat arbitrary iu decidiug wheu it will allow
either i<lPa t.o pri'!pondi>J'ate iu the coustrnction, and after some ""rhs

it allows both the accusative and the genitive (1108). In the sa1ne geueral sense t.he ~enit.ive follows verbal adjective~. It has also uses which orig-iually he Ionge<! to the ahlati\'e; for example, wit.h verbs of sepamtiuu and t.o express sowce. (S<~r HH:2.)
GENITIVE AFTER NOUNS (ATTHIBUTIVE GEJ:-ilTlVE).

1084. A noun in the genitive may limit the meu.uiug of another noun, to ex press various relations, most of

230

SYNTAX.

[108()

whid1 are deuote<l Ly of or by tile po::;~e~~i ve ea:se iu Engli:sh.

1085. The gtollitive Lli\ls deptmding ou a !luuu is ealleJ attributive (:see 01!:!). ltc; most import;J.nt relations arc the
following:1. l'OS!<ES:;ro~ or other close relation: as ~ rov 1rarp<)>
oi~<cu, the futhe/s hotse; ~p.wv ~ 1rarpf>, our cvautt".'/; ro rwv u.I'Cpwv -yivo>, the linenue of the men. ~0 ~ TOV ~to<;, the dtlll!Jh ter of Zeus; rO. rwv fhwv, tlte thiny.~ of the Gods (\.15::). The Possessive Genitive. 2. The Sul:,ll:c'l' of an action or fl'din~: as ~ rov li~p.ou u~vota, tlw rloorl-will of the people (i.e. tdlich the people .feel). The Subjective Genitive. ;;. The UB.JEcT of an action or feeling: as i),Q. ro fluuau v(ov p.t<ro>, owi11!1 to the hatred of (i.P. felt W.JUinst) Pw1sm!iu.~, T.l,fH); 1rpo> rus rou xap.wvo> K"f'nprjaw;, os rey((nls his endarance of the Wilder, 1'. Sy. :!:?o. Su ui (how opKot, the ooths (slllO/"It) in the ?Latne of the Gods ( ;].S we S;J.y Bwvr; up.vvva<, 1049), x._1.:!,.j 7 The Objective Genitive. 4. 1\lATEIUAL or Co:>~TE\"1'~, in<,Judiug that of w!tieh auything consists: as fJowv d.-y(Al'J, a had r~( cattle; UA.ao> ~p.ipwv o[vopwv, a yrove (~r Cldlivated t;-ee.{, x. A !i, ;P 2 ; Kp~V''} ~oio> voaro>, a S}'!'lll!{ ri fn:slt wate1, X . .1. u,.J4; liuo x.ofvtK<> &.Acp(rwv, t-uo IJUurts o.f meul. Genitive of MateriaL !3 . .l\1~<:.\l'it~HE, of sprt.t:t', time, u1 vain<: as rp<wv {]p.<pwv oOO>, a joa1"'//('!f of three days; OKTW amo(c.w nt'xo>, u 1J.JUll ~~r eiyht .~twles ( i1, lf'uyth) ; rp<aKovru. ruAavrc"v o{,a[a, an estate (!f thi1ty tale11fs; p.tcr&o> nrrapwv fll'JV;;w, J''l!/ fm four months; 1rpa:yp.uru 7l'oAAwv -mA.avrwv, qffirirs of ( i.l'. involviug) nwny tr~le11ts, Ar.N.47:?. Genitive of Measure. G. GAIJ>;t: or OJ.l(d:-1: p.<yU.>..wv dOtK7JflJ.TwV opy~, uuyer u.( gre1d ujj'ences j -ypucprJ &.a</3<{a>, an indictment for impiety. The Causal Genitive. 7. 'l'IIE WllOLE, aftt;r l!OllllS ueuoting a part: as 7roAAot rwv pl'Jropwv, man!! of the orators; J"~P rwv <A<vBipwv, a man (i.e. o11e) of the ftecmen. The Partitive Genitive. (See n.l so 1 oss.)
0

Thlsc Hven classe~ are not "xhaustive; buL they will give a gen era! iuca of the:;e relations, many of wllich it is difficult to cla_.;~ify.

lOfll J

GENITIVE.

231

1086. N. Examples lik<~ 7r<JAt> "Apyou>, tl1e city of A1.qo~, Ar. Rq.)-;1;), Tpot"r]> 7rToA[(IJpov, the t:ity nf 1"1oy, 0<1.1,:!, iu which the gcuiliYc is useu inslead of apJ'osition, are poetic. 1087. Two genitives denoting different relations may d~ptnd on one noun; as t71"7l"OU 8pt)p.ov 1jp.ipa>, witltiiL a dny's nm ju1 a lwru:, D. l!l, ~n:l; &a. Tryv Tov &.viJ.Lou urrwatv uiT.;w <., To 1rf.A.uyo>, oy the wind':: t/rivill!J thr-m (the wr"cl:s) vut illto tltc sea, T. i,:IL 1088. (Partitive Genitive.) The partitive gcuitive ( 108G, 7) may follow all uouus, pronouuf:i, adjectives (especially superlatives), partir.iples with the article, and adverhs, whieh Jenote a part. E.(f
Q[ uyn8ot T(;Jl' av6pw7rWV, tlte yood (1711!)!/lf tlte 11/(:H,' 0 .;jp.t(JU') TOt apd)p.ov, tit~ ho!f of tltr. 1/ll11ibPr; a:.,Spa oT8a. TOV (i,JJ.LOV, I kl/010 fl man of the J!COJ,Ir; ro!r; 8ptw(rat<; ri;w vttl' T v, to tlte uppe1 /,ruches l!( tid~ sai/r,rs, 'J'.li,:)l: ot',Sels ,;;;,, 'll'u.l'Owl', no onr. n_f thf. clo'lrhen; ,.,{,To>V TWV /> ry T 6I' 8HvoTnTO<;, tltf' nrost rJoquo11 of all the oral&rs, t, {3ovA0p..t.VO'i Ko'i d.arWJI Ka'i et:'vwv, uny <Hit: WliO p/ett"''" (~(/milt C'ili:..-~11.~ 011d .<t?"a?>;Jrrs, T.~,:\1; 8Zn yvvatKwv, divine amo?!IJ !l'omcn, Ot/A, !Ill!",; 1rov TJ}; y~>; ubi terra nun'' ultrrf un tltr earth? T[> rwv 7l"OA t Twv; IVI11J 0l tire riti:c>ts ~ D~<; Try> ~ tL<pa>. tuite a day: dr; Toi:To tiFo(a<;, to t/,is pitch '?f.fitll1J.: J.Liyu. D>vawwr;, to a .IJ>"ellt t!c(;-ce

w"

(,.<

o.fpwo, T.l, ll'i; h ro,:-r'f 11"rtpauKcuryc;, i11 this stare '?f ;nc;llno-

t\A p.(l' s,wKa TO~ t/trylcrtJ.(lT0~ railr' Errrll', tlu~ ]J(I1'/S n,(t},e decree wludt lte ;nosec>Jit.< me !l!lse (lit .. wlu1t parts of tire d<"!Ta he J!rn.<"cute.<, <'k.), ll.lS,:iti. Eury1lliTuT' &.v&p,:>1rt.ll', i11 the uu>.<t plousi"lc Wt/_71 JIO.<si!tl~ (mu.<t plti"'"'l.IJ r!f mt'n), D.l!l,'>ll. "OTc Sc"'OTilTO<; au l! TO iJ TtttiT<l ~rrOa, wlwn _you wr-re at tlte J,eigltt of yow j){l>rrr in thrs,, 1n'lrt,.rs, X ..M.J,:.!4". (Sc0 or,:,.) 1089. Th" pn.rt iti,e g-<Jtif i"' bas tl1< prP.tlic:ttt> posil ion as J"l;.;arcl, th<~ artie]<' (!iii), while other attributive g.~!lil.i\,,s (!!xr.<'PL 1"'7smllzi},roHonus, (177) lJnse the at.trihut.iVt! po~it.io11 (!1r> 11). 1090. N. Au atljt>din' or pn.rt.icip],, Ji.OIH'r:dly ag-n,rs in f'<!lltlrr with a tl<"l'"'"l""t. Jilrtilive gt,nitivt. But ""'Hti11H~. <'')"'l"i:tlly w!ll.'n it h ~ingnlar, it. is Jwnttr, ag-rt<.'ing wit.h p.ipo<;, part, ll11<lmst.otJt!; as TWV 7rOACJL(ow TO 1r0A (for o[ 7ro>...\o(), the !JI"fllla port of t/,r r11rmy. 1091. N. A part.it.ivr. g-e11it.in somP.t.iJnr~ di'J'01Hls on T~> or p.f.pn> Hn<l<~rst.ood; as (<f>twu.v E71"lJUYI'>;,,"t a <f>w '' n 7rfHJ'> cKdvotJ<; xaL fxLJ~wv 11'p0r;; EtJ.vToJ)), tllf'_1/ said t!tnt srHH~' o_f t/,rir o1m1 nuu hod mi:r~d rcith them, tllit{ soml? '!f t/,,?n 1l'ith thtir own 111rn ( nvt~<; Lting uuderstoou with acf>wv a1><l lK<(vw.-), X. A. :l, 5 1".
tiuu.

232

SYNTAX.

[1002

1092. N". Similar to such phrases as ?Tov yl)~; d, roVro &vo:"' etc., is the use of lxw and an adverb with th~ gellitive; as 7TW'i lxu<> lio~l)> ; i11 what state of opiJion are you f P. Rp.45Gd; ~ O'WJJ-aro-; lxav, to be i" a good condition ofbor('J, il,irl.404d; ..;, lxc rcixov>, a.~ fast as he could (lit. in the condition of speed in which he was), T. 2, 90; so ..;, .,.o8wv lfxov, Hd. 6, llG; l~ lxav cpplvwv, to be ig!tt in his mind (see E. Hip. 4li:2).
GENITlVE AFTEJt VEP,I3S.
PnEDJCATE GcNJTIYE.

1093. As the attributive genitive (1084) stands in the rel<Ltion of an attrilmtive adjective to its leading substantive, so a genitive may stand in the relation of a predicate adjective (907) to a verb. 1094. Verbs sigllifying to be or to become and other copubt.ive verhs may h<lVe a piedicate genitive expressing any of the rdations of the attributive genitive (1085). E.:;.
1. (l'ossf~.i1:e.) '0 voi-'-o> lar!v o~ro> ilpaKovro~, tltis law i. Draco's, D.2;\(">1. I1VULY cpipHY ou 'll'avro>, &,\),.' avllpo> U'Ocpov, /o /,P-111" pove1ty is 110t i11 the powc v( aay ot~c, /,ut in thut of a wise man, Men . .Mon.'lii:l. Tou (ifwv VO}J-L~lTUL (o xwpo>); to what God is the ]Auce ltdd Wfl'!'rl r S. 0. c. ;lS. 2. (Su&jc~;til;e.) orl-'-'u uirro (ro P~fJ.IJ.) IIlptaYOpOl> lfvat, 1 thi11l~ it (tlte Srt!Ji"~t) io l'fl'irmrle.~. !'. R]' 33G. 3. (0/~je.ctire.) Ou TWV KaKovpyw~ OtKTO\', aA>.a TIJ> O{Kl)'>o zity is 11ot.for ct:i/ doer>, out .fur ,iustice, E. frag. 272. 4. ( .1/atcrial.) EpufM A [f) w I' 11'l11'0<l)p../.vov, a wall [,uilt of stones. T.4, :n. Oi fJp..i AWl r.UI'To[,,w A [()'"I' im<JKHJTa<, t!te fmmdr<tios are laid ( cousisli>llJ) 'foil 1.-inds of sl,mfs, T. 1. fl3. r,, (1lfcosu>P.) (T,~ u[x.YJ) <TTILO[uw ~v oKT~, tire. walls we1e eighl slarlr-s (i>l lcnfJlh ), T. L Gtj. 'E71'<8,i v l T wv ?7 TL> TfJ<aKoyro., "'''"' ow? is thirty yem. o/rl, l'.l,,rJ. 7:!1. G. ( o,igin.) Towl:TOJY EITTf: 71' p 0 v w " .from such ances(Ol'S me you sprun,q, X. A. 3, :!H. 7. (Pmtitit.) Tourw1' ywoii JJ-OL, bermne one of these for my sa!..e., Ar.N.l07. ~OA<W r;;w f7l'Tr't aocptarwv lKA~8'1, Solon wa.~ called one of the Scv!'n !I' isc /11 en, 1.1 ~., 23!3.

yo

1095. V erh; signifying io name, to choose or appoint,

1099]

GENITIVE.

233

to make, to think or regard, a11d the like, which generally take two accusatives (1077); m;ty take a genitive

in placP- of the predicaw

accu~ative.

B.g.

T~v 'AtJ[av aurwv 7l'OlOVVTul, tltey mv.ke Asia their ow11, X.Ag. 1, 3:t 'E,... &s rwv 71' or t w 1-'- f. v w v, put me down a., ( o11C) of tltose who me per.<uaJcJ, l'.Rp.4:24". ('fouro) r~<; ~p.tr/.pac; &.,...d.f[ac;
Tl') 8{'1 0tKatW<; 1 all!J 011C might just/!J 1eyanJ this liS /Je/Oli!Jing tO uur neglect, D. 1, 10.

av

1096. These verb~ (!U05) in tliC pa<.<;i,e are ll.lllOllg the copula,. tive verbs of 907, and t.hey ~till retaiu the gc.llitive. See tl1e last exawple under lO!H, 7.
GNITivl': EXJ'HESSI~G A l'AnT.

Hf.IL7Hl rwv A. u ow v, lte ,,en Is R<>llu' uf th.: !.ydiaus (but 7rf!-'-7rfL TOV> A.uoou>, lte se11ds the Lydians). l1(va rou oivou, he ,J,i11k. nf the wi11e. T~c; y~c; 'f.rt,...ov, they ravuged (.,oine) of the land, 'J', 1, :HJ. 2. This prin<:iple applie~ espc~e:ially to ver!J:-> sigJJifyiug

1097. 1. Any verb may take <1 geuitive if affects the object vulp in part. E.:t

it~

action

to share (i.e. tu give or take a part) or to

e?~fo,y.

E.!J.

Mtrt'xov ri/> ,\ [a>, they ~hraed i>l tltc boo('!; so often p.tT<L7r01tltJ8a( Ttvo<;, lu r.laim a share of Wt!JIIti11!1 (d. 10!!~1); cbro.\a,;o,...v rwv t!yaOwJ', we e11joy the blessi11!JS (i.P. ow shtte '!f' tltcm); o15rrJJ> OVCLtti(h TOVTOJV, rhus"'"!! you ell.foy these, n.:2~.~0. So 'JT(JOII~KH p.ot rijc; ap xii c;, I have 1!{) COII(.'(:nt in the go~'U'IiJ/i'11/; !J.i.rta-T( p.UL rotlrou, 1 have a ,,hare i11 this (1 I Gl ).

ov

1098. N". Jlhny of these verl.Js al~o take an accusative, when they refer to the, whole ohjeet. Thus (.\ux rut'>Tov IJJC<lllS he o!Jtained a sl,are of this V.'flot, but (.\axe roi'ro, hr. ul,taiJJct/ this by lot. Mtri.xw and sillJilar vC'rl:; 111ay regularly take <ill aceusative like p.ipoo;, pwt; as rwv KtV01;vuw 7rAfLO"TOV 1-'-ffJOr; ,...dN~ovtJtv, tltt'!J ll!i/l ltu!io tile greatcot ''Ill e of tl!r drwyers. J. U, :3 ( wh<!rt~ p.f.povc; would mean that they lmve only a ]'art of a share). Thi" u~e of 1-'-ipo> shows the nat.ur\' of the genit.iYc after llwse verls. In o-uvrp{{3ttv riJ> Kt</>a.>..i]>, to hrui"; hi,; h.:ad, and Karayf.vat rijc; Kt</>a.\ij.,, to have his head bmk<'!'' tl1" genitive is prob;tl>ly pa.rtitive. See Ar. Aclt. 1180, Pa. 71 ; I. IS, W. These veriJs take also the accusative.
GI:Nirnr; WITH

VA l!IOt:s VEnus.

1099. The geniti vc follows verLs signifying to take

284

SYKTAX.

[llOO

huld o.f~ to touc!t, to claim, to aim at, to ltit, tu attain, to

mi:s~, tu make lr/.al uj~ tu &eyin. B.:;. 'EA.0.{3tTo n/> Xu p u.irruv, he tuvk /,is lamrl, X. 11. 1, 13~; 1r v p > ;,rn fity<lvru. p.'iJ tufiu<; Ku[w(),H, it i~ zi(J$siMe tu touch jire a11J uut be bu1ned immt:rliutdy, X. C.,-,, Jl"; TI;s gu v f. (1( w <; p.<Tu.r.ott!a8aL, to lay claim to suyucity, '1'.1, J.ltl; :].:tara T[;W aAAOTp(wl' opiyovrat, they ure leust eayerj;,r 1nlaa is WJtl.er's, X. Sy.~,-1:.!; ov8 JLq aAAov aroxU.,!lJL<VO~ (rvx< TOVTOV, 11f))' did ""aim at WlUI/l(J' Jll(lll "'"1 hit tJ,i,... one, Aut..:! a., 1 ; T~') cLp ( T ~ s lcj>LKi<r8ut., to aun.in to 1;i,llw, I. I, 5; o8o u tinropov rvx<tl', tv j/,,J a p<tssaf,fe rucul, X. fl. (j, ;,~ 1 ; -rro>..A.wv KILL xu.A<7rWY X IV fl ( w v (.,.,;>,.,i{iovro, tlw.lfluo!. 1"''-'tssirn! of 111111'.1/ 1'0Ufjh ]'lac:r:s, il,id.; TU.Vr1)> 0.-rro(J'<f>uAiFTu Try> A 1r ( il o <;, t!isaJ']Jfli1liCd i11 thi:; h,p~, IJ,J.(i,il; a</>rtA.d, n/> a>..q&<[a,, huoi"!l mi.,scd the tutl,, l'.Hjd--1; TO f.t/Jtti!I(i!H T)j<; a>..'l)()<{u.<;, IO U<' clwated ollt of the truth, i/;ir/.1 J:! j 7rfl(J<i1Tf>.I'Tl<; TOU x_wptOl!, ill!l'lii.'J11111c/C W! attempt 01! tl.f' plrw., T. I, (j I ; <iKu<; apxuv p.< Au y 0 v, it is J'I'Oj!CJ' !hat I should spe1Lk .first, X. C'.li, 1c, 1100. N. Ve1 h~ of tal.:n.'l lwlcl Jll<tV have au ubjr,ct aecusat.iv<>, wil.lt a g-enitive of tlce part tab11 lwll uf; as EAu/3ov n}s TOY 'OpuvTuv, tiiC'!J s~::zcd On11das &y his yirclle, X. A. J, ti 10 1101. 1. Thr, ]od-; extend the coiJstrnctiou of verbs of tal.ing ltold to tl1osr of I'"!Ji".fJ ,Jrayyi".fJ lnuliu.lf, am\ the like; as O.>..>..ov p.(F XAa(vq> ipvwv J>..>..ov 8 xrwvo<;, pul!iii!J VIIC by tlte clwl;, <II<Vtlru- /'.'/ t/,e tfl><ic, 11.~:!,4!!:\; f3ovv J.yin]V K<pu(Jn', the twu lnl the heifer by the /,orns, f)r/. :1, -1:1!l. 2. s. . t'V\!11 iu prose: Ta v~-rr"' -rrutS[,r 8[ow Tou -rrooih a7rupT'f, lhl'.'f tic t/W il({fll!/o /.Jy tiJr: jool ICill. a curd, JIJ. ~>,J(i; JL>J1rOT< ayHY T~> ~ v[u.<;- TOY c7r7rov, 1lePer to /r-ud tlte /tone b!fthe l11idh, X. l!.q. li, !!. :\. l:11rln this l1l'<tU is usnally plac"J the Jl"dic gellitivc with verb> uf i'"l'lvri11y, <huoting the p:uL grasJCu by the snppliaut; as tjJ. A<fJ'at(]'KtTu yo 1; v w v, she im;,fored 111e /,y (i.e. cla.'f'iu_q) /l<!f k11h~.,, 1/.!I,J'jJ. Tlw ex]>hnalil!ll i~ less silllple in A.[aaOJLUL ZrJVO~ ,OA..t.p.1T(cw, I iu~plnrf? lnt 0(tJ11lJliat~. Z us, Ot!. :!, US: t::Oll1pa.n~ vVv 0 (J'f 7rpo> -rruTpo> yowJ.soJLU' w"l 11vw 1 implore thee b!J thy .fat!.cr, Od. 1:1, :t!l.

o,

'uwq>

1102. The g<!nitivc follow::; verus Bignifying to ta~::te, to smell, to hear, to peree1:ve, to r:umprehP-nJ, to remem{N:r, to forget, to de8i1e, to care fm, to spare, to UC!flect, to WU?tdr.r at, tu arhni1e, to de~Jli,~e. E.g.
'EA.<u8<pt'l)> y<uaujL(YuL, having ta~tnl of fr~erlom, HJ.G,G; Kpop.p.vwv trrrj>pu!vOfJ-W, 1 smell IJ11ions, Ar. R. U54; </> w v~ ~ aKOVHY

1108]

GENITIVE.

235

p.ot OoKw, mftldnk.~ 1 hem a voia, Ar. Pa. Gl; ai(}"f1avw(Jtu, p.tf-L''"'J" uf1at, or f.m>..a,,()&.vHrOat rothwv, to ]'fl"ceive, ,em1m/,n, or f01get these j oaOL aAA >j>, W V ~VI'LE(]"IJ.V, al/ !1'/10 C0111jlrehendcd each othc1's speech, T.J,:J (llUl); rot!Tow rwv p.a8f}fJ.aTuJv E7rt8up.w, llm>.rJfm this lcami11_q, X.M.:2,!i3; XP'if-LUTWV </>t[6w8ut, to/,~ .<jill1'i11!1 rif 11/0lle_>t, i!Jir/.1,~ 22 ; TYJ'i apr~<; UfLCAEtv,to wylrd vi1"11tf, I.J,4S; Ei ayrHTaL TOV 7TaTpor;, ~f .lfOU admire !fOUl' jilflteJ', X. c. !l, pr.. M 'T}O ( 1'0 <; o~v ,i>..tyolpttTf f-LY}()( Kara</>pwtl:u rwv 1rpoanmyfLf.vow, do 11M tlwn lll'ftil?ct or dr.<pise any <!f 111,11 iujul/l;tivns, I. :l, 4S. Twv "a T'T} y ,; p w v 8avfL'{'"' I am astoni. . Jw,f at m.11 accusers, L. :23, 1. (Fur a causal genitive wi!h verus lil;e 8uvjJ.O.,w, Hee ll:]!i.)

1103. ::\. VNhs of hearinq, /eamin.IJ, et{!. lll:t.Y Utl;L' an accusative of t.lw 1hi11~ l!carcl <'!.c. au<! a gc:nitive of tlw persu11 !teanl frotn; a~ TOl;T(r>t' Totm'rrov~ ciKm)(J) AOyov<;, 1 lu'(l1" suclt sayiuys from tl":.<e 111<'11; 7Tv8/.(}"()'-'L roi'rTo {J-LWV, to /runt this from ,1/0!I. Tlw genit.ive h<'l'l! helollg"~ nudt'r 1 ]:)(), A ~<'111e11~e 111n~ t.ah li'<']>lace
of the accusativr,;
they say. Lexicon.
a~

TOVT<nv aKOV ri >..iyolJO"lV, hew_{loltl

'"I'SC

what

See abo ,;,.o6ixofL'u, an, J!l (11 statemc>lt) _[111111, in t.he

1104. ~- Verb<; of uw/~rstanJin,'/, as l~r(<TT<LJLGL, have t.he a<'<'ll saiive. 'i.vv('JIJ.L, quoted al~<we wit.h the gPnit.ive (1 102), usually takes tlw accusative of a thi11g. 1105. The imper;;onals J-LlAH and JHrap.f.>..H t:tl;e t.lw grnitive of a thing with the dati\'l' of a p<rson (ll!il); as ,d>..Hp.ot rot!Tou, 1 care for tl,is; }J.(TO.J-L(AH (}"OL rovrou, thou >"C}'CIItrst !f this. llpocr~Kct, it concen1s, has the sa111e construction, Lut t.he genitive belongs Ulidt>r 1UlJ7, ::!. 1106. Caus:Ltive verbs of this class LLl;e lh<' aecnsat.ivt> of a person alld th~; f;"l'llitivr. 0f a thillg; as fL~ fL. al'll!LVIJ(}"?I'> KUKWJ', do uot >cmiml me of nils (i.e. cau.<e me to 1'CIIII'IIIUf.1' tl/('m), E. A/.1015; rou<; m<i6:.c<; ywar/.o,, u'tfL'LTO<;, 11e 11<1<-<t lll<!l.c the childre11 tn.<te hlnod, P. Up. ;,::7. llut Ycrhs of 1emiuding abn takn two accusative~ (IOG!l). 1107. N. emit smell (<>nP/1 of), has a g-tnit.ivr (perhaps hy an ellipsis of O(}"p.~v, odor); :t' !J,oua' <1J-Lf3po(}"(a<; Kat viKrapo<;, thfy smell of um/,rvsin awl !1Ccfiv, Ar. A ch. l!JG. A ~ccond g<'nit.ive lll:t.y ],e ad~led to designate th<! source of tlH~ odor; as d rJi> K(cpu)..~<;; fLVpov, if my hear! smells of pefumc, Ar.J~'ccl. f/H.
the accu~ativc.

o,w,

otw

1108. N. Many uf thn verbs of JO!l!l anrl 110:! may

Sec the Lexicon.

t.al;e also

236

SYNTAX.

[1109

1109. Tl1e genitive follows verbs signifying to ru.le, to lead, or to direct. E.(/
MEpw> rwv 8wv {JaCflAtvu, Lour is l.:in_q '!f the Gvtls, P. Sy. I !Ji)c; IToAvKpur']> };O.p.ou rvpnvv<~JV, l'olycrM1s, while he wa~ tyraut of Samo.~, T.!, !;J; M(v<>> r~> vvv 'E>..>..'JVLK~> 8ct>..O.aa"'1" cKpar'7ac Kal r(;w K vKAaDwv v ~a w v ~ptt, ]If i11oS !Jefamc master cf what is uow the Gnek sea, and 1ula vf the Cydwlcs, T.1,4; ~oovwv (KpaTn, he wa.~ ma.<ter of pl,~a,.wes, X. 1lf. 1, 56 ; ~yovp.cvoL o.inovop.wv Twv ~vp. p.axwv, leading tlwi1 allies (who were) ind~pemlent (H72), T. 1, 97.

1110. N. This construction is somdiiueH connect.<'d with that of 11:20. Rut the geuitivo here J>peads on tbc iJea of king or ruler implir.J ia 1lte wru, while there it depends 011 the iJC'a of cm>l)>al'i .. on (8Pe 1083).

1111. K. For other cases after many of these verbs, see the L!'xicou. For tlte dative in poetry after ~y(op.o.t aud avaaaw, see 1HH.
w~nitive

1112. Verbs signifying fulness and want take the of material (1085, 4). E.g.

Xp'f}J.l..aTwv dmopn, f,e ha,J abuw/auce of monf.y, D.l8,23;J; rrcaayp.ivo<; ?T >.. o vr o v T~v tf;vx'Jv f.aop.o.t, 1 slwll h11:e U<!f soul loarhrl with wealth, X.Sy.4,G4. OvK t.v J.,.opoi:?Ta.pa.DHyp.aTwv, he would be nt no lnss fu> example~, 1'. np. 5G7d; ouo(t bt~afl ,.o>..Awv ypa.p.p.a Twv, tlu:1e will be 110 11eed ofmnii!J w,itings, I.4,7S.

1113. Verbs siguifying to fill take the accusative of !lte thing fill<~rl aud the genitive of material. E.g.
i'l.aKpuwv, E?TATJatv <J-1., he jilled me with tears,

E. 01. :~uS.

besides the ordinary genitive (as rourwv ioiovro, they we>e i11 wa11t of the.<e ), may t.akc a cognate accusative of the thing; as Ot~rrop.o.L vp.wv p.trp{av of..,aw, 1 will make of you a moderate r('<fUe.<t, Ae,;ch. 3, GI. (See 107u.)
waHl,

1114. N. llf.op.at, I

1115. N. !lei' may take a dative (sometimes in poetry an aceusativl') of tlH~ person lwsides the g-enitive; as Ott J-I.Ot ro!Jrov, I need tlds , avrov yap ac ot'i: ITpop.~O(w>, for thou thyself need est a P1ometheus, A.J>r.8G (cf. ov O(t j-l.t i,\O('iv).

1116. N. (a) Besides the common phrases ?ToAAov o(L, it is far from it. /,>..{you Ott, it wants little of it, we have in Demosth('nes ovo( ?ToA>..ov Ott (like ?To.vro> oc'i), it wants et>erythitg of it (lit. it doe. not even want much).
(h) lly an ellipsis of o(Zv (1!.::\1), /;,A,{you and JJ.LKpov come to mean almost; as &>..{you ?Tavnr;, almost all, P.Rp.552d,

1120]

GENITIVE.
GENITIVE OF SF.PAHATIOs ANI> Co:III'ARISON.

237

1117. The geuitive (as a1lative) may denote that from which anythiug is separated or distinguished. On this principle the genitive follows verLs denoting to remove, to restrain, to release, to cease, to Jail, to differ, to pive up, a,nd the like. E.p.
'H vYjO"O> OV ?TOAV otixu Tii> ~7rdpov, the islalld i. not far dista1lt from the main-la11d. 'E?rtO"'T~f-1-l) XWPL,op./.VYJ 0 t Ka LO(T uVl) >, k11owledge .~epai"UtedfromJustice, I'. Atenex.:!4li; .\vO"ov p.c Ofa-p.wv, release me from chains; f..,.f.O"xov -nj> THX~O"fw>, they ceased from buildizg the wall; rovrov> ov 1ru.VO"W Tii> dpx~>. I will 11ot depo>e these from their auth01ity, X. C.8,()3; ou 1ru.vwfh Tii> p.oxO'YJp{u.<;, you do 1wt cease from younascality; oiK f.I/JcooOl) T~> f..\ 1r {oo >, he was not disappointed in his hope, X. H. 7, 5; 4 ; ovol:v ow[O"a> X at p ccf>w vro<;, you will not diffe,from Cl,aereplwll, Ar.X. 50:1; -rYi> f. .\oJOcp{a> 1rapaxwp~O"a <llt.\[.,..,.~, to surrender freedom to Philt}l, D. 18,fi8. So fr1rov (a.&c;i) rou K~pvKoc; /1-'l .\c[.,.w8u.t, theytvld him 1wt to be left behind the l,erald (i.e. to _I(,!!ow clo:;e upon liim ), T. l, 1:;I ; ~ E7rtO"ro.\~ ~v ovro> lypmptl' d7roA<tcp8c2<; ~p.wv, the lette1 w/,ir.h this 11W7l w1ote without ow knowled!Je (lit. se7>araterl from u.<), D. I!!, JG. Transitive verbs of this class may take also an accusative. 1118. Yerbs of dep,ivi11g may take a genitive in place of the accusative of a thing, and tlwsc of taking away a genitive iu place of the accusative of a person (lOGO; 1071); as ip.f. rwv 1rarp<2wv a7rfiJTlprJK~, he has deprit,ed me of my patemal pr;perty, D. 20, 3; rwv 0:.\.\wv dcpatpovp.vo~ XP~f-1-U.Tu., tahug aw(!y property .fiom the othe1s, X.JI1.], 53 ; r.oO"w v a;r<JTtprw8, of how mud have you been bf.lefi .'

D. 8, ():3.

1119. N. The poets use this genitive with verbs of motion; as Ov.\ u p.r.ot o Kar~>..Bop.cv, we descended fn!ln Olympus, Jl. 20, 125; II vBw vo> f3u.c;. thou didst come from Pytho, S. 0. T.152. Here a preposit.iou would be us.:d in prose.
pas~;, to

1120. The genitive follows verbs signifying to surbe injcrit11, and all others which imply comparison. E.g.
(" Av8pw7ro<;) tlJVE(T(~ imcp<xa TWV .\.\w v, man SU!"passes the others in sagaciiy, l'.Mene.r.:!;)id; E7rL0L~IJ.V'Tl'i ~v apT~V TOV 1TA+ Bot> 7Tptytyvo/LfVYJV, .howinq that b1avery proves supen"m to numbers, J.4,!ll; ~pwv ~crnp{,ovO"av r~v .,.6.\Lv rwv KaLpwv, seeing the cil?l too late for its opportwlities, D.18, 102; ~p.1wp!q. 1r0AV 7tpoEXT rwv

238
0:.\.\wv,

SYNTAX.
i11

[1121

7rA~BL

i11 11umber.<, X. A. 7, i 31 So rwv f.xBpwv 1/tKiiaO (or ~aaO.rrBat), to be ouercome h!l one's e11e111ies; but these tw 0 ver'l~t tal;e :d<o t.bc g-enitive with inro (I :2:34 ). So T!:w lxOpwv Kpanl., pre11ail rn'er o1w"s enemies, alld T~> BaAn<J<J1)> Kpo.ntl', to 1>!- ?1/uste/ 0; the sea. Conapa.re the examples under 110(1, and see 1110.

(l~/t khi11'1 1'.'1) us

'}'

~ JJ.W v ALBivu>, u.;hen they we1e not at all i11foim ;~-' 0

experience you jw excel the othe1s, X. H. 7, 11;

ova'

,S

GJ:sJTJVI~ wJTI!

VEnns

oF AccFSJN<: r:Tc.

1121. V erh.; signifying to acwsc, to prosecute, to co 11 _ viet, to acquit, alHl to condemn take a genitive JenoLing the crime, with an accusative of the person. .E.g.
AlnwJJ.D.L m'Tov rov <J vov, I accuse him nf thr. munler: 1.-yp,{I/Juro a.&ol' 1ra.pa.vop.wv, he i>1r/icted !tim fa, 1111 illcg<li }JJ"O}'""iriu,, : (JLw"<t
~<~ owpwv, he prMecute~ mefm bri/,uy (frn .'!(ft.') K>..c'wvu. owpw , 1 ,\<ivn<; KuL KA07r~'>, havin_q C0111'ictcd Cleo11 d fn-ilrfr.11 <i>ul tluji :\ r. N. 3~! 1. "E v y 7rpoOoO"!a.>, he u:as bmuqht trJ tl"iuljin t1eochtn ' but tl.,.f.<j>vy 7rpo0oO"[a~, he lC{l.< acr;uittt?ri n.f rreacher.IJ. q, ,i)~ JJ.Ctprvp<wv aA.wO"(O"(}aL 1rporrDoKwv, eJ:]Jrl"ti11g robe cnwictul,~f falsewitness, D. 3fl, J ::l.

1122. 'O<f>Aun"f.vw, losr. o suit, lans I )l,, l'IJJIS( rncl inn of a pa~~ive of this cla~s (l:!:JU); as .,)q,>..( KAo.,.~>. he ur1s cnnvicrerl t{ t!1 C'jl. lt ll1ay abo have a co~nate accu~ativ~; as <Z</>A "A01rlj-; Ott<>)v, he teas comicted o.fth~{l (!O:ll). For ot-her a.ccnsatiYe8 v,itla o</>AtcrKQI'W, a~ p.wp[aJI,jol/y, alO"XVVlJI', slwme, XP~JJ.O.Ta., mrme.lf (fine), ''?e the Lt;xicon.
1~123., ,CoJ}lJ!OUni!s of Ka.ra of this c:J~ss, indurling KaT>)yopw (S82, 2), commonly t.ake a gelllt.Ive oi the pcrso 11 , which depends on the mTO.. ThPy may take il Jsry :til ohjt'fot,

8.rr.usative denoting the r.rimc or punishment. E.g. 0\.od-; a.&ot; a. vTo v KO.TY}yoprtrr m:mon, w n,an e1o J, imsdf
accused liim,,elf. D. :18, ::lfl; Kanf3owv TWV 'A o,,Jiat wv, I hey dfcriet! the Arhenians, T.l,U7; Bavarov KurfyvwO"m' avrov, rlrey co,,<fen 171e 1 / him to rluaJ,, T.li, Gl; VfLOJI' OEOJJ.'ll JJ.V KQTayl'(;JI'a.L Ou>pOOOKtuv ; !J.OV, I ''".IJ !!"" 110t to ilalmr me quilty nf takinq /Jribcs, L. 21,:? 1 ; Ta 7rA(LO"Ta Kuu!J;cuO"uTo JJ.OV. ltr. /1!/rl the mn.<t lie.- a.qai11s1 me, D. 1~,!);

.\(yw 1rpo> rov<; l.JJ.ov Kamt/Jrt<f>trra!J.(,,ov;;; Bavarov, 1 spwk to tlw<e whn l>oted to co><dr-mn me lo rl<~arh, P. A 1' :J8d. 1124. ~. Verbs of cm1demni>1q whid1 are compound<; 0( KaTcf. may take three cases; a;; 1roA.\.wv oi 7ruT<,fl' ~!';;", i<rJO<rr!J.ol, 8ava.Tov Ko.-riyv"aav, our fathr.r. condemned many to deat/1 for llfedi.<m, I.4, Hi7. For a genitive (of value) denoting t.he penalty, see 1133.

1130]

GENITIVE.

239

1125. :'\'. The verlJs of 1121 often take a cognate accusative (IO:il) 011 which the geuitive depeuds; as ypu.<f>~v ypa<f>w6tu ilf3piW<;, tu bl'iHfJ WI illt/ictmelil for oU/I'Q!}e; yp:J.<j>~v (or o(K7JV) V'TT'iXHV, </>1J}'HI', 0.'11'0</>o)yuv, o<j>A'iv, ci>..t;JV<Jt, etc. The force of thih ltC!!IlS(t.live tiCeiJIS to UC felL ill the COII:;Lrucliou of 11~1.
GE~ITJVE

OF CAU::iE A::Sl> SOL'HCE.

1126. The genitive ofteu deuotes a ca'llse, e~peci;dly with verbs expressing cmotiou'i, as admiration, 1conder, a.ffatiun, l11ttred, pity, an!Jer, enny, or 1ev~5nge. E ..IJ.
(T(JJfrOV<;) n/r; J.I.EV TOAJJ.7J<; ov &u.vJJ.a,w, rij<; o a~VVCT{a<;, I li'Oilrltl' 1/0{ rrt their f,o[tlnt:.,s, !JU{ at !hell' ri,l/y, T. (i, ;J(j; 'TT'OAAUKt<; 0 u~8u.t.p.Uvuru TOD ;pcJ7roll, 1 (?Jieo c:uunlelf 7JOU luljiJI.'J Jln ,1/0UJ' cltaracter, l'. Cr.-l:)b; '7JII.w a rov vov, r~> Si: O<Acu.<; arvyw, 1 CIVY ym for _lfOUI' 111iwl, but loathe you fvr .'Juw couanlicc, ~- E/.10:27; 1.1.~ IJ.Dl cj>6ov>}anr; roil JJ.u.Br}JJ.o.Tv<;, don't ffi'Wiye me the l.->H;t<lt?rl_r;c, P. Eu. :J!JII>; avyytyvwaKtv u&o(<; XPYJ rYj<; i 1r t Bv J.I.LO.<;, we must f01.'fil:e them fi,, their df.<iJe, ibiJ. :l(lli"; KO.t acj>u.<; Ttp.wp~aOJJ.OL Ti]> iv8ao a7rc~tor;, anrl I shall punish tlwnfv, coming hither, 11<1.:3, 145. Tovrov<; oiKr(pw T~<; voaov, J pity the~e fin tl,ez,. rl,"sease, X. Sy.13 1 ; TWV a 0L K'f) JJ. J. T w v opyc,w6ra, tu be (l!i_lfr.'/ at the utf~nces, L. 01, 11. l\lo't of tbe!>e verub 111ay t.a];e abo au aecu~ati'e or dative of the

person.
n. 7'"''1'()-'f o1 motice (vK<L is gt;ncrally f'X]'I'C:'Sed); as rij<; TWl' 'E>..A1)vwv iA<v8< p[u<;,fu, the liherty o(the Greeks, D.li>, JCO; ti0 l!l,ili. (~ec 1.''1'!0.) 1128. :\. Yt>l b, of di<Jmtin_q tal;e a can'<al gr.nitive; as ou {3u.atA<L UVTlTrOlOVJJ.6tL T~<; apxij<;. we ''" l10t rlis;mtc with the g;,,.'l ahout. his dmn,"nion, X. A.:!, :l"3 ; Ev1 w>..1ro<; ~JJ.qna{3~n7 av 'Ep<xB<'i rYjr; 1r o>.. w <;, liwllo!;JUs di~]!lllttl tdth Ereclrtl,e!ls fur the city (i.e. di.putul its J!US.<es.<im, 1cith him), !.1:!, 1!):{.

1127. ~- 'f]H, g()11iLive sO!llet.ilncs <lenolf!s

(whr~r<'

1129. The gPnitive is sometimes used iu e~:clamatiuHs, tu give tl1e ca,use of thr. rtstnuislm>cnt. E.g. n rr,;trHOOF, rijr; r f. X v 'f)>, () Po.<eitlo11, what a lrru/~ .' Ar. Eq. 114. n z(~ {3o.atll.v, rYjr; ArrTOT7JTO<; TWV p<vwv! 0 ]{illy Zrl<s!
trl.ra sul,tlety of intdlect! Ar. N. I i'J:). 1130. 1. Tl1e genitive sonwtimes denot!.'s tile S0111'Ce. E.y. Touro tTux,;v a o v, I ol't"i"crl tl.i.' from you. Ma/1 J.l." v rao, leam this from me, X. C.l, (iH. Add t]H, 0.xamples u1uler l!O:L 2. So \\ itl! y(yvoi>.at, i11 tl1e senoe to be bum; as .6.o.p{ov K<Ll II"P'"ranOO<; y(y>ovrat 7ru.I.O<; of Dwius aHrl Pary.<atis are lion'
~~

... , . -- ,.

ow,

240

SYNTAX.

[1131

1131. In poet1'y, the genitive occasionally denotes the agent after a passive verl.J, or is used like the inst?"umental dative (llkl). E.g. 'Ev ALOif 0~ KitCJaL, a a5 d,\ 0 X 0 v acpayft<; A l y /.a 8 0 v n, thou
liest 11ow in Hades, slain by thy wife a11d Aeyisthus, E. E/.122. llp>jaa< 7rvpo> 07J(o<o OvpTpu., to bum the gale$ with dest1uctive fire, 11. 2, 415. These constructious would not be allowed in prose.
GENlTNE AFTER COMPOUJ"D VERI.lS.

1132. Tlw genitive ofte11 dcpenJs on a preposition ineludc<l in a compound verb. E.g.
llpOKHTaL T~<; xwpa<; ~/1-WV OP'I /1-tya.AA, ltigh 11lO>~ntains lie in fro lit of our land, X . ./11. J, !i~ 5 ; wtplcpav7Jaav roil >..6 cp o v, they appeared abore the hill, '1'. 4, [):j; ouTw<; 11- w v v7rpo.A.yw, I grieve so for you, Ar.Av.4tW; a'Tf'OTpf11'H /J.( TOVTOU, ittums mefiom this, r. A Jl :H d; T~ f71'tf:JO.vn 11'pWT'f TOV TtL xo v <;, to him ll!ltO slwuld Ji1'Sl mount the wall, T.1,1Hi; OVK avBpw7!'wV {mcptj>povL, he did 110t JesJnse men, X. A g. 11, 2. For the geBitive alter verbs of accusing and condemning, compounds of KarJ., see ll'J.;J.

GENITIVE OF PRICE OH. VALVE.

Tvx(' ri~uf:Jlv, )(yvam xu.A.Kc[wv, f.Kar611-f3ot' EI'Va{3o!wv, he .f!a!:e .fJuhl armor for bronze, wmo1 u:orth a hundred u:re11 fur that worth 11il1f m:en, 11.0,'2;!5. ~o~a XP1JiJ.UTWV oiJK J,V'f}T~ (sc. f.ar[v), ,r;lury i., ""'to be bought with 111m1ey, l. :!, 32. II o<Tov otoJ.aKH," 71'tvr /1-l'wv. Po> what price does he teach 'I For ji<e minu.e. l'. AJI. 201>. OvK t.v t.hdi6!1-7JV 7f'OAAou ros ().,7f'(Oa~, I wut~lrl nut have svlJ my hopes .fm << .'l"''"t deal, l'.l'/c. :Jti~; !L[~ovo~ ai'Ta nl'-i;wTa<, they value them 1/lore, X. c.:!, 1 13 (But with vcrus of l'Clluiny 7rp{ with t.he genit.i\'P. is 111ore COilllllOil.) In judicial l:mguage, np.O.v nv[ rwo<; is said of the court's judgment in est.illlat.ing the penalt.y, TL/1-aaOa{ nv[ T<vo~ of either part.y to thP snit ill proposing a penalty j a.s Q).),Q. Ory tPV)'YJ'> Tl/1-~awp.at,"

1133. The genitive may denote the price or value of a thing. R.g.

Zaw<; yiip riv flDL Tovrov Tt/1-~0'atT, but 11010 shall I J11'0J!vse exill' as my pw<i.<lone>il ~- .1fou (t.lie COIII't.) miyht pe>-lwps jix my penalty at thio, l'.Ap. 3i~. So Tl/1-UTU.l o' OBI' J-lOl 0 O.v~p BavaTOV, so the man estimates my punishment at death (i.e. proposes death as m,l{ puni.1h

1138]
ment), P.Ap.3Gh. peached Sphodrias

GENITIVE.

241

011

So also ~cpoop{av ~m)yov BavO.rou, they ima capital cha1ge (cf. 11:!4), X.H.5,424,

1134. The thing bought sometimes stands in the genitive, either by analogy to the genitive of price, or in a causal sense (1126); as TOV OwOfKU p.vii~ ITaa-{q. (sc. ocpt{Aw); fur u:hat (do I oue) twelve mirwe to J>asias? Ar.N.22; ovova T~<; crvvova{a<; &.pyvpwv 7rparrH, you ask no monry of auybudy fo1 yow teaching, X./11. J,Gu. 1135. The genitive depending on Mto~, worth, worthy, and its compounds, or Oll a~LOW, think W01"thy, is the genitive of price 01' valuf; as a~LO<; EO"TL ollVarov, he i.~ worthy uf death; ov 0p.LCTTOKAia rwv p. f y { cr r w v Owpo:;w ~~(wuav; did they not think Tl,emistocles woth!f of the highest gifts? T. 4, 154. So sometimes aTLfLO'> and anp.ci'w tal;e the genitive. (See 1140.)
GE:-;ITIVE OF TI:\iE AND PLACE.

1136. The gellitive may denote the time within which anything takes place. E.g.
ITo(ov xpovou & Kat 71"f71"1lpt9ryrut 7rOAt<;; well, hrno long si11ce ( u;itl1in what time) u:as the city really tahm? A. A fl :27/l. Tov lrnyt yvofLivov XHflol vo>, Juring the followillg winte1, 1'.13, 20. Tavra ~<; ~p.i.pa> f.yivro, this hajJpelled during the day, X.A.7,11 4 (r~v 1]p.ipav wollld ll!ean tluough the whole day, JOH:?). ::,.; Ka rwv oi.x ;;~overt, they will not come wit hi,~ ten years, 1'. L!J.Il4:.!. So 'Opo.xp.~v >..O.p.{3uv{ ~<; 1jp.ipa>, he 1'eceived << d>acltma a cluy (9f!I ).

1137. A similar geuitive of tlJC place within which or at which is fount! in poetry. E.~<
~H OUI( "A py f O<; ~01 'A xa L L K0 t; was he not in A cltaean A ,gos? Od.3,:?'il; Oiry vv1' ovK E:an yvvrJKar"Axruf&yaW.v,oun ITv,\ov 1cp~<; oih'"Apyfo<; ovrc MvK~YlJ'> rtwuman whose like tlte1e is 11ot ;,. the A chaan lrmtl, 11nt at sacrP.ri PylM. 110r at A 1gos, llur at Mycowe. Od.2!,107. So in the Hol!leric 11"ED(ow Bicm to u11 on the plain (i.e. within its limits), II. 2:?, 2~i. Aovwt9ut 71" or a p. o 'i o, tu /;a the iu thP. rive>, fl. 6, 508, and sinlilar expressious. So aptcrnp~> X<Lpo>, on tlu? lrft hand, eveu iu Hdt.. (5, 77).

1138. N. A geuitive denotin~ place occurs in Attic prose in a few such expressions as iivat rov r. p ocr w, to go forwald, X. A. I, :.11, U!Hl brcraxvvov rij> 0 (i TOV'i crxo>..v.[T<fJOV 7rpOCTIOVTU~, thy hunied ove1 the road those who cume up nwle slowly, '1'. 4, 47. These genitives are variously explained.

0"

242

SYNTAX.

(1139

GENITIVE WlTil ADJECTIVES.

1139. The obJective genitive follows many verlml adjectives. 1140. These adjedives are chiefly kindred (in meaning or dmivatiou) to verbs which tal<~ the genitive. E.y.
M(.,.oxos- uo<f>(us, Jmrt"l"i'l9 of i!:isd011', P. Lg. tjSlJd; luop..o<pot Twv
r.a.,.p<fwv, shari''!! ertua/ly tltcirfathe'~ e~l<!lf, i~ae.(i,:2.). (IO:li,~.) 'E 1r t uT lJ fl. ry> f.7rl){3oA.ot, having allai11ed /nlf)u,[cdye, P. Eu. :!S\Jio; () o >.. 0. u a ry > '-fL7rHpOT<LTOt, 1110~1 expcrio1cr:d in the Stll (in ncwiga1ion), T. I , till. ( I OWl.) 'ym)~<oO> Twl' -yo v ':. w 1', ol>rdiPnl ( h~nrkeni"!l) to his pwcnt.<, P. flp. 1G:ld; dttvl}JJ.">I' Tu>V Ktvlh}lwv, unll!ilid/ul ~(lite dWi!ffrs, Ant .. :!u,7;

a-y<UO"TOS" K (l K uitii(JU/ ll laste of Cl:i/s, s. A 11. :>::32; (7rtjJ.<A1> ,t y a8 v, dfL<\~c; ""WI', cwiny J!Jr the good, 11eyl! tful of the bud j cpHOulAOL X (J Y] jJ. v, sparing nf11101lf_IJ, P. lip. ;)i tl 1'. ( 110~.) Twv ~ OoFwv 7ra<T<vv f.yKpaTCO"TilTO>, most po:fe<'l 111<1-'t(")'!!fa/l ]'leu.< urrs, X. AI. l, ~ 1 '; v, w <lpxtKo;;, .fit to cvllllllmtr! a ~hi]>, I'. HJ' ,J ~su; > f. a v To ~" aKpuTivp, not !winy master of him.<el(, i/Ji,f. :"J7fJ<. ( 11 O!J.) Mwnis- KaKu~l', full { wilo; E7rt<Trrjp.ry> Kfi'O<;, 1;oit! <l hw/('1erlge, l'.liJ'.JHti<; AlJ0'1> ~~ 7rAcw<;, b<illg full nffnyetfulnu~. i!Jid.; 1r >.. [ O" r w" ivo<icrTaTO>, mo.>t 1ca1ttiflg in mo~l thing.<, il!ld. 5i!l<; >j !fux7/ 'Y"fJ.I'~ Tov O"<;,fJ.<tTO>. the sord >;/n)ll n.f the {,or/y. l'.C,ot.40;lb; "aOupa 1ruvTwv Twv ;Tpt .,.,) <TWfLU Ku K wv. fee (]>w,) .frolll Ill/ the ails titul /;douq to1 tlr~< undy, i/ll"t/.40J"; TOtoVTWv dFOp<ol' upcpur~, benJ_(I ol $Uch 111<11, r. :!.G\l; ET.LfTTTJ)J.Y] l'71"L<TTfJJJ."fJ'i ouicf>opo<;, knowledge Ji,tin,r }om bwu:lerlqe, 1'. l'!til. (jl d; 'i.np0v hov roi' d yu &ov, t!te )1/ea.<ant (i~) rlisrinc!from the !fuorl, 1'. G.!-,illl'' (111:!; 1117.) 'E~oxoo; ou>..[u<;, chw_(Jerd,le u;ith rowon/icc, J.. J.I,G; rovTWJI uZnoo;, 1"!'-'jdJII.<i/,/efm r!tis, 1'. G.1li". (11:?1.) ''A~to> 7rOAAwF, uorth 111w!t, gr~nitive of value (lL!;j).

w)',

a.,.,,,

ro

1141.
ge11itiv~

Collq>oullds of

alf>/l(z l'riratir'' (~7:i, I) 'onrrtin1es take

kindr~d mcaninf!, wiJicJ, dPJ>PJHis 011 tl1c id<'a <.f st:JH!rutiun iiJlplied in t.bP111; :t.... .17TtJtc; dpp~l-'wv /,(J.t3(,JI', f/r:-.titu('' (cltild~

of

le.<s) of male clu"/.lun, X. C.l.li2; T<tJ.YJ<;" aT!JJ.O< 7r<l.rTr)';, d~.,lilulf nf all hn!/01", l'.Lrr774 1 XPYJp.rl.r .. w ,lorvpr}nl'ro<;.111u.,t (~"~cfnm/ ral:inq ; Uribfs, 'I'. 2, (j;); 7T' ~ v (. f.I.O v 7itl1 T(JJI' XHJ.l.~JIWV, .rl f(~ .fio//1 thr ldasts of

S.Q. C. (j/7 , utf/1) rfn)1" 0 ~ sounrl uf shrill wai/irz!)~, S. .~f. :J:n.

a/1 storms,

u~(Uiv Ku>KU)J.UTW1' 1

without the

verh~

1142. Som of these at.l.jertives (11:)9) arc l>indred to whih take the aC(;U:;:lt.ivP. E.g. 'EmuT~fLW'' n}> T EXVYJ'> wule1sta1tdi11g the mt, P. (~'. 4oJSb (1104);

1147]
brtT~OwfA.a

GENITIVE.

243

77" oA w c; &vaTp7rTLKDY, a practice sub!'e1sive of a state, p, Rp . {ti!Jd; KQKOvpyoc; T<VV aAA.wv, (aUT 0 v o( 7rO/...l, KaKovpyoupor;,. doi 11 g eviL to the vi hers, but Jiv .rveuter evil to hin,se~t: X. !tf. I, i">s; uvyyvwp.wv T<ov J.vlfp<o?r[vwv 0. jJ.U. p T TJil. U. T w v, collsidtra/e vf hwlllm faull>, x. c. G, p;; avp.tJnJ0<; ao[ djJ-l TOVTOV TOV v 0 p.o v, I vote witll you ju1 tl.is law, l'. llp. :lbU'.

1143. The possessive genitive sometimes follows adjectives denoting possession. E.g.
Oi K(vouvol Twv <j><YT7JKorwv i3wL, tlte dange1s belong to tlte C011!11WHdets, D.:2,:2o; tpo> 0 xwpo<; rijc; 'ApTfjJ.lOO<;, the place is sac,ed to Arfe1,.is, X .1.;),;\1 8 ; KOLvov 1ravrwv, common to all,
P.Sy.~oJ.

For the dative with such adjeclivcs, see 11 H.

1144. l. Such a gt>nitive suntelimes denotes mere comwl:lioi!;

as crvyyti!Yt> avTov, !l ,e/utiue vf his, X. C.'!, F"; 2.wKparov<; OJl.WVVjJ.O>, a l!fl!llesctlce (~{ .~or.rates, 1'. So. :?J:;u. Tlw aclject iv.: is here rt'<dty u~r:d a~ a substantive. Sud1 aJjec tives u;J.turally take the dative (JJ7r>). 2. Heri' jJt"Olably l>elongR ivayrr; rov 'Ar.oAAwvo<;, ar.curst:d ( oue) c~l ilz}(Jl!o, Aesch. :.\, 11 (l; abo iv"-y1:<; Kut a.Amjpwl rlj<; liE o accursed o/lh( Gor/clr:.<s, T.l,l:!G, an<l EK rwv J).lrYfp(wv rwv rry> 8wv,

v,

Ar. h'rr1l.):-

(,_,_,~.,de.

lwittg really

~ul,si:wtiws.

1145 . .\fL<'r ''Jill'~ adjectivr:s the ~(~liit.il't! can be he,t. <'xphineJ as Ji>p(JIJiug 011 tJJP ~~~J,~tantive illlj)Jit:rl in t}wlll: :1.~ Try<; apXlJ'>
~.,.o)OtFo<;, l'C.'J'nnsilde .f'ul rice ujlic:e, i.(!, liaUie to o:Oo.:vat fo, it, D. ]I:), J ]/ (~ee oi8r,>Ka y< <~0vv:J.<; lKti'UJV, ill the S:l.lll<) sediou): 1T!Lp0/vol yU.p.wv ~prti.'ru, mairlet<s 1ipc(o1 'umriuye, i.t'. la!l>i71.'11'enchel rhe ar;e

(.;;po.) ju1' UIUI'I'iayc-, Hd.l, l!JG (sPe l<; yO.p.ov .;;p-qv a7rLKOp.iv>]V, HJ. (i, Gl); <f>opov imouA<i.'>, su/,ject to the J>uymel<l (rAo>) nf

7iiJUre, T.l, HL

1146, N. S01nr adjeetives of plaee, lil1e lvuvr[o<;, OJ'JlOSitc, 111ay take Lhe ge11itivt instead of Lh(~ regular dative (I 174),lut cliefly in rJoetJ.v: '" <vrur!ol. fO'TO.V 'A X(LLWV, the.v stood opposite the Achaca!l.~, ll. 17,0-J:l. See abo TOU IluvTOU E71'LKU['(J'lrll, at (Ill a11yle with the rmztus, lid. 7, 3ii. GE:\ITlVE WITH ADVERBS.

1147. TIH~ geuitivc follows allverbs derived from adjer.tives wl1ieh take the gellit.ive. E./f.
dva~[OJ<; T~'>

Oi f.J-L7rf. (puP; u VToiJ (xo~Tt.l.), tlw.'it: wltu rtre ucquaintr:d witll lum, r.OA<<os-, iu a 111amw> u11wv,rhy of the state. Twv 0:.\.Awv

244

SYNTAX.

[I 148

'AI1'Y}va{wv 0.1rUVTwv 8Lacj>p6vrw~, beyond all the othe1 Athc11ian.~, . P. Cr. 52~. 'Ep.cixovTo &.~[we; .Aoyov, they (the Athenians at ~lara than) fought in umwwer worthy of uote, H d. 0, 112. So lvavr{oy ( ll40).

1148. The geuitiYe follows many adverbs of place. E.g.

E i'aw Tov f.pvp.o.roc;, within the .fort1ess; (~ w TOV nixov<;, outsirle of the wall; f. KT 0 <; TWV opwv, without the bowuiaries; X w p l <; TOV awp.o.To<;, apmt fi"om the body; 7!" f. p a V 'TOV "ll"OTap.ov, beyond the 1"it:e1, T.ll,IOJ; trpoa(hv roil aTpaTotrioov, in front vf the camp, X. H. 4,12 2 ; d.p.cporf.pw(hv T~<; oOov, 01! /,oth sides of tile l"oad, ibid.5,'2 6 ; tl.>Bv TYJ'> <t>o.a~.A,So<;, straight towa1ris Phasclis, T.S,88. 1149. N. Snch adverbs, bP.~ilh-s those given above, are chiefly f.vro<;, withi>t; o(xct, apart from; (yyuc;, ayX' 7!"fAos, and trA7]a{oy, 11ear; r.oppw ( -rrpoaw ), far jnnn; oma6v and KaTomv, behi11d; and a few others of silllilar meaning-. The genitive aft~r most of thPm can he expbined as a partitive genitive or as a gellitive of sepamtioH; that aft.er fuBu reselllbles that aft.er verbs of aimi11_q at (10[)(l). 1150. N A aO p~(Ionic /..aBpu) and Kp vcpa., without the howledge of, sometimes take the genitiYe; as .AO.Bp!l Aaop.f.oovTo<;, without th Jmowlerlge vj Lal))neclvn, 11.1!, 269; Kpvcpa. Twv 'A6,1va.[wv, T. 1, 101. 1151. N. ~Avw and aTp, without, axpt and p.ixp<, Ulltil, v(KO. (ovvKa), on account of, fJ.fTa.~v, [,etwem, and 7rA~v, except, take the genitive like prepositions. See 12:!0.
0

GE!"ITIVE AllSOLFTE.

1152. A noun and a participle not grammatically r.onncct.ed with the main construction of the sentence may stand hy tiwmsel ves in the geuiti vc. This is ealled the grmitive absolute. R.g.
Tai;r' ltrpaxB7J Kovwvo<; arpo.T7JJ'Dvvro<;, this u:as done when li'OS gt>lem/, I.!J,5G. Ovo(v T<.OV OfiJi'TWY 7TOLOVVTWI 1 vp.wv Ka.K<;;> ra trpayJ.l.flm xn. a.fj(drs ae in a lwl strzte while you rio 11othi11_q which .1fOU ought to do, D.!,:?. 0cwv O<Or)vTWI' ouK r'tv iKcp,}yot KaKa, if the r~nr/s .<hnulr/ !fr11111 (it to [)(!so), he coulrl no/ escape evils, A. Se. 7J!J. "OvTO> y lj!cvoov-; (anv a1raT7J, when thnf is falseflOod, tlwe is deceit, P. So. 2(;0<. See 15tl8 aud 1;)(;3.

Conon

GENITIVE WITH C0:'-1PAllATIVES.

1153. Adjectives and adverbs of the comparative degree take the genitive (without i], than). E.,q.

1169]

DATIVE.

245

Kpt!rrwv iart Tourwv, he is better than these. Neol~ -ro alyiiv Kpftrr6v f.an roil AaAftV, for youth silwce is /,ette1 than p1ati11g, Men.Mon.3k7. (ffovl)pta) &O.rrov Oavarou (),(., wicked11ess I"UIIS Jaster thm1 dtarh, P. Ap. 3D. 1154. ~. All adj~ctives and adverbs which imJ>ly a co!llparison mas take a genitive: as Erfpol Tovrwv, otlws tlum tlte.<e; vanpot ...Yi~ pDoXYJ> too late for (lrite1 than) the battle; varfpa{'!- r~r; P."-XYI' on the day after the battle. So rpt7rAamov ~p.wv, tlaice as much as we. 1155. !\. The genitive is less common than T} when, if.;; were used, it would he followed hy auy other c~se than the noJllillative or the accusative without a preposition. Thus for ;~WTL o' ~f.LLI' p.a>..Ao1, f.ri.pwv, and we can (do this) be/le1 than others (T.I,oi,), p.;i>..Ao' ~ f.ri.pot<; would be lllore common. 1156. N. After 7rAiov ('rrAfLI'), more, or (1\.aaaov (p.Ecov), less, .;; is occasionally omitted before a numeral without aft"ecf.illg- the case; as 7ri.Jl.o/JW opvis f7r uvriw, 7TAfLV UaKO<Tl011'> TOV apdJJl.OV, I will send oiJ"ds against ldm, more tha'l six hundred ill uumba, Ar. A v. 1231.

,.ii

DATIVE.

1157. The primary use of tlte rlarive ca~c is to denote that to or for which anything i~ or is done: this iucludes the dative of the ren10te or indirect object, and the dative of arhanta.'Je or disruha11taye. It also denotes that l,y which or with which, and the tillle (somcti111es the plarP.) in which, auything t<tkt>s place,-i.e. it is not merely a dative, but also au iustmmental and a locative case. (See 1042.) The object of lllotion aft<<r to is not rcgnla.rly expressed i>y the (;reek dative, \.Jut by the accusative with a preposition. (See 1063.) DATIVE EXl'IlESSI.:"r.; TU Ol1 FOR.
DATJVJ; OF Tl1E ]:<J>JJ<E("T OB,JCCT.

1158. The indirect ol~icct of the action of n, transitive verb is put in the dati,e. Tl1is object is generallj' iutroduced in English l1y to. E.g.
t:l.[owcn fl.l<TBov r<{J arpuro]p.art, he gi1:ES pay to the mmy; vmcrXVfcra[ a o t OiK<< r<iAavra, h ~ promise.< ten tale~<ts to you (or he promises ynu ten talents); fJo~Buuv ?Tip!fop.<v rolr; crvp.p.O.xotr;, we will .end aid to our allies; fAcyw r<i) f3 U(J LA (I. ra ycyV"l)p.iva, they told Ike king w!tat lwd lwppc"~d.

1159. Certaiu iHtransitive verLs take Ute dative, many

246

SYNT,\X.

[11~0

of which in English may have a direct object without to. E.g.

Tot> ()cot> i!xop.at, I pr'a?J (to) the Uvds, D. 18, 1 ; Av<Ttrc>..ovv n: Xo vr L, udvu 11tageous to the u11e havi11g it, P. lip. :iO:!'; cZKova' ci.vayK!f
r,iioc, yieldiu.fl to this ueccssity, A.Ag.l071; 'TOt> vop.ot<; rrfi(iovru.L, they are obedient to the hues (they obfy the laws), X. AI.-!, 41j; f3oYJ(h!v OLKULO<TVV?l, tv as;i.<t justice, r. RJ>.4'27. Ei 'TOt<; rrAio<TLI! clpi<TKOVTE<; i<Tp.cv, TOttrO' .iv JLOVOL<; oi:K op6w<; armpf<TKO<p.cv, {( We are pleasing to the majority, it camwt be riqht tlall we shuu/tl Ul' rlisplertsi>g to these allliW, T.l,!'\B. 'ErrtCTT<tOJI uun:J Ul 71"0AH<;, the cities trusted him, X.A.l,DR. Tol<; 'A()YJVILtOL<; 7r;prfvu, ltP. wed to advise the Athc11icms, T.J,!J:1. Tov p.J.Ata'T<t Er.tup.wvra TOt<; 71"C7rpayp.ivot<; ~oiw<; civ f.po[I'YJ~. l sl.oulrl like to asl tl,e liHLit w/({J cem11res 111ost ,<encrel!J w/,((! hus hee~1 done, D.lti, Gl. 1'[ lyKaAwv ~p."iv br<XHpc!s ~t<as urroAA,;mtj u:l,ot fault do youjiwl wit/, u;; that JJOU t>y lu JeslroJ; us? 1'. C1.:iuct. Tourot> p.itJ.cf>u TL; /,m:e you anything to ldam~ thescfor? il1id. 'Em)pca,ovmv O.AAr/Aots Ka( cpOovou<TLV f.avTo!s p.wov 1/ TOL<; aAAot<; al'fJpw7rOL<;, they l"el"iit one U110ih" aml are 1>w>e malicious to thelllselve$ tho11 to othc1 me11, X.,\[. :1, f1 1G. 'Exu>..(-.ro.Lvov TOt<; <Trpa'T;Jyot>, they were a>1gry tl!ith t/,e gmcrals, X.A.J, 412 ; f. fl 0 l opy!,ovTU.L. they are a>l.IJ1'Y with me, I'. A I' :.?Jc. So 7rpirrH p.ot .\eyfll', it is brcuming (tr>) vw to 'Jitlll.:; r.poa~KH p..ot, it btluug.< to me; DoKcl: IJ.DL, it seems to me; OoKw p.ot, metldnb.

1160. The verbs of this class which arc not translated with to in English arc <'hiefly t!JOse signifying tu benefit, serve, obey, d~foal, assist, ]Jlease, trust, satisflf, atlvi.w?, exhort, or any of' their oppoc-it.es; also those t-xprr~ssiu~ .frienclUJtl'ss, hostility, Ula lii e, abuse, 1'1'Jli"OI.lCh, e-,wy, Qli!Jer, threuts. 1161. ~. The imper~onals ocl', p.f.H<TTL, p.,\u, p..E'rap..i>..a,
and 7rpO<T1JKH iakP the dative of a Jierson with the geuitive of a thing; as OE( /WL Tovrov, I h11ve nee,f of this; Jl.ETHTTt p.ot -rovrov, 1 have a shwe in thi.<; p.iAa p.ot 'Tovrov, 1 am iuterc.<terl i11 this; 1rpo a~Kft p.ot 'TOVrov, 1 am concernfd in this. (For tlle genitive, sec 10!J7, :2; JIO:i; lllC1.) "E~wn, it i.< pvs.<:!Jle, (.ahs t!J(< dative alone. 1162. :;..:. ~Et and XP~ take the uccm,ative when an infiuitive follows. ForO<' (in poetry) wiLh the uccusaLive al!u the geuitive, ;;ee 1115. 1163. X. Some verhs of this cla~s (!HiO) may 1ake the accu~a tive; as ov/)c"[, U.VTUVt; JLEJ.L</>f'TO, Iii) OIIP. hlnmerlthem, X. A.:!, li 30 Other~, wbo:;c llleauing would p!a~e t]Jelll here (a~ JLL<rcl, hatr ), t<tke only the accusative. Aotoopf.w, 1evile, has tlw accusative, Lut

1167]

DATIVE.

247

>.ot'Oopop.at (middle) has the dative. 'Ovno!tw, ?'cproach, and lmn1-'w, c:en.,ure, have the accusative as well a~ the dative; we have also ovttot',nv ( i?nnp.iiv) -r! nvt, to cast a>ty ,eproaclt (or censwe) 011 any

Ttp.wpftV nvt means rPgularly to arenge some one (to take vea0 ae. geance fo, lam) ; Ttjlwpn'ri&at (rarely TLJlWPfLV) rLva, to pwu:~lt some one (tu ave''fJe one.~eu on him): see X.(.'. 4, o8, np.wp~anv aot -rov 'lTU<Do> -rov cf>ov!a 1nrtcrxvovp.ut, I J"omise to avenge you 011 the mwdercr nf yow ~on ( 0r fu1 yuw son, 1126). 1164. J. Verbs of ruling (as th>atTtTw). which take the genitive in prosP. (1108 ). have the dative in poetry, esp.,cially in llolller; as -rroAAfjmv V~<JO<O"< KO.L "Apyft 7rUVTL avaCTaHv. tu ruie 0!'1:1" 711!l7!y island.< anrl all AI"!J(J.<, II. 2,108; Oapov ODK apl;.tt lifOL<;, he u;i/1 unt ndc tlw Uuds !on[!, A. Pr. D-!0. KfAnlw. Ia C!ii1111W1ld, \dtich in AtLie Gret7k hag only ilw aceuoati,e (generally wit.h tl1e iuliuiti\'e), has the dative in Homer: see Ji.2,i>O. 2. 'HyioJlat, in the sense of yuitle or di1-rct, tal;cs thP dative even in prose; as otKen >ip.'iv >iy>}atTllt1 he will 1w lo,,:;cr he our guide, X. A. :.l, 220
DAT!VE or AnYA?>TAGE on DISAD\'ASTAla:.

1165. The person or thing for whose advantage or di&advantagc anything is or is done is put in the ua,ti ve (dativus commodi et incommodi). This dative is generally introduced iu English by for. E.g.
f1ii> O.v.)p a T <i:' 7rOV(i', every man labms fur himself, S. Aj. 1:lf>G. ::2:<!Awv 'A li7]Vllt0t<; vop.ov<; ;()YJKf, Solon made laws for tiiC Athenicw.~. Kutpot 1rpofZvrat T?J 1r0.\.t, lit,. opportunities hare been sacrijic<:dfur the slate (fur its disrld!:wllage), V.!D,8. 'Hyfi'-ro a.Urwv (Kaa-ro<; oi:x< r<{i ,-a r p! Ka! rfi p. 7J r p! p.ovov y(ytvi}a()J.t. a.A.\0. Kat -r;tj -rruTp[fn, ew h uf them believed that he u:as bum 110t me1e/y fOJ his father a;l![ 11/0ihe, uutfor his COWlll"!J also, D.l~, 205.

1166. N. A peculiar use of this dative is found in statement5

tim~; as -r<[i >)fi>J ouo ywwl. ~cpfNu.To, two gaations !Hid ahearly ]'u.,sed au:ay fur Mm (i.e. hr. had seell them pass away), ll. 1, ~50. 'llp.(pat ,.u5.>..tara ~cmv T!J Mvn>..~vn f.u>..wKv[\t EtrTa,fur l1Jity/e1u caplurtd (i.e. since its captwe) thec had br.en auuut seuen da.IJ.<, T. il, Zi:l. ?Hv ~p.ipa 7rijltrT7] mrrAioucrt ro"l<; 'A B7Jva[ot<;, it was the fifth da.11 for the .1rhe1iians sailing out (i.e. it was the Jifllt day si11ce tltey began to sail out), X. H. '2, P 7 1167. N. llr.re l.Jeloug such IIonl<:ric expressious as TOL<Tl s uviiTT7J, and he ru~e 11]1 frn them (i.e. to address litem), /1.1, li8; TOLUL p:u8wv ~PXfV, hr. began ro 'f'Cill: b<fore them (for them), Od.1,28.

oi

248

SYNTAX.

[1168

1168. N. In Homer, verbs signifying to 1card off take an accusative of the thing and a dati\'e of the person; as Aavaoi'ot .\atyov ap.uvov, ward off destruction fJ'Oln the Danai (lit. for the Danai), ll.1,43G. Here the accusative m:ty be olllittcd, so that Ll.avaotO"L ap.vvav means to defend the Danai. For other coustructious of ap.ww, see thl! Lexicon. 1169. N. Ll.xop.at, receive, takes a dative in Homer by a similar idiom; as oi~uro oi !JK.YJ7rrpov, he tvok his sceptre from !tim (lit. for him), ll. 2, 18G. 1170. X. Sometimes this dative has a force which seems to approach that of the possessive genitive; as yAwO'O'a oi oL OcOfTat, and his tongue is tied (Iit.fv, him), Theog.l7o; oi i71'1T'OL aiJTOL'> oiofvrat, they have their hors~s tied (lit.. the ho,ses are tied for them), X.A.:3,4 85, Tile dative here is the dativu~ incommodi (l!GG). 1171. X. Here belongs the socalled ethical dative, in which the per~oual pronounq have the force of for my wke etc., and sometimes cannot ca<,i]y be translated; as rl. aot p.aB~O'OJLaL; uJtat am I to /ea1'1l fur you? Ar. N.l I I; rovr'!' 1T'avu JLOL 11'poO"cXTf rov vovv, to this, I beg ynu, give ,l!OW' close att~ntio11, D. IS, I 78. For a dative with the Jative of f:JouAop.lVO> eLc., see 1584.
DATI\'C OF HELATI():'<.

1172. 1. The dative may denote a person to whose case a statement is limited,- often Lelonging to ihe whole sentence rather than to any special worJ. E.g.
qAl!'avra r<f of3oup.vo; 1/Jo7. evcryt!,i"!l sou11ds to one 1dw is afraid, S. frag. 58. ~ <f v JLEV ivro>..~ 6.<o5 EXL ri.\o<;, us rega1ds you two, the'ordcr of Zcus i.< full?! t.cecuted, A.P1.!2. 'Y1T'oAap.f30.vuv O<L r<ii TOLO!;T'!', 01'L t,Tj()>]> TL<; av8pw7rO<;, tJ!it/, regmd to such a one we must suppose tlwt he i.~ a .<imple person, P. Rp. ::i!Ji:id, TiBvrJx' JL 'i v r.a>..ut, 1 have long &een dNul tv you, S. J>h. 1(1:30. 2. So i u such expressions as these : cv Of~<\1 (a 11' A<o v TL, 011 the right as you sail in (with 1'E:<J1fC/ to 011e saili11!7 in), T. I,24; uuvAOvrL, or We; cruvt:..\O,,TL d1r;,,, C(>Hcisely, or to speak concisely (lit. for one having made the matte>' CO!l<'i:;e ). So W') cp.o[, in my opinion.

DATI\'!: OF

l'ossEssw:-.

1173. The dative with tif..L{, ry{ryvof..Lat, and similar verbs may denote the possesMr. E.g.
ElO"Iv ipol CK<t ~(,,ot, I hme (!'unt IIlihi).fiimds there, P. Cr.45<; 'rlS ~lJjJ-JWXO> y<ar>ja<ra[ fL'"; wlwt ally shall 1 find r Ar. Eq.'2'2'2; a A A 0 L > p.<v XP~Jl.aTa EO'Tl 71'0AAn, ~ 1-' Lv o( ~vJi.p.axot a:ya8o{, others have plenty of money, but we have good allies, T. I, 8G.

1175]

DATIVE. DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.

249

1174. The dative follows many adjectives and adverbs and some verllalnouns of kindred meaning with the verbs of 11GO a11d 1165. E'.y.
AvcrJHV~<; {il.ot<;, hostile to .friend.,, E.Me.l131; V1!"0XO> TOtS vop.ot<;, sulij"ect to the laws; E7r t K { v 0 1J v 0 v Tij 7rOii.H, dangerous to the state; f:3 A. a [3 t poI' r<j) uwpan, lturtful to the body: < v o v > o.vT<f, J.:i,,d to himself; f. v a v T { o <; o.-irr<f, opposed to him ( cf. 114li) ; Tol:uo' a7rO.UL KOLVOV, C011/11/01! IV all tluse, A.A[t ;j2J. ~vp.<pDVTW'i avT<f, JITOjitahly to him,,elf; CJJ.7r00WV ip.o{, in my way. (With Now1s.) TO. 1ro.f: ~p.wv owpa ToZ> &wZ>, the gifts (given) b.IJ us to the Gods, 1'. Euthy]lh. !5. So with au objectire genitive aud a dativ(; a~ cr.t KO.To.Oovil.wau T<ol' 'E,\,\~vwv 'A&YJvo.{w;, j01 thPsubjugution r1' the Greel~s to .4/l,euians, T.~l, 10.

DATIVE OF RESEMBLANCE

A~D

VNlON.

1175. The dative is usd with all words implying lilceneBs or unlilw11e.~s, agnement. or disagreement, union or approach. This includes verlJs, adjectives, adverbs, and noUJts. E.g.
~KLUt<; COLKOT<<;, li/.:e shaduw.~; To op.otovv (avri)l' ail.il.<f, to make himself li/.:e to a>wtltn, P. Rp. ;lfl3C; T u VT Ot > up.wiraTOI', most like these, P. G. Gl:3b; wTr>ttap.ivut TOt<; U.VTUL<; K vpcp 07TAOt<;, armed with the same unns as Cyru., X. C.7,P; ~ bp.o{ov ovro~ TOVTOL> :;) alOp.o!ov, bl?i>tg eitha li/~e 01' wdiJ.e these, P. Ph. 74c; OfiO(wt; OLKaLOY ao{Kcp f:3ii.J.tfmv, t/,ut he will punish a just and an u>Jusl lllan alil:e, P. Rp. :Jti,1<; livo.t &.il.ii.>)Aot<; &.vop.o(wt;, to 111ove u11lil:,; one auotltc:,, I'. Ti. ;J(jd; TOV op.wvvp.ov f.p.o.vT<f, 11l!J namesake, I>. 3. :!I. Ovn ;O.VTOL<; OUT< &.Ail.~i\.ot<; op.oAoyovatv, they agnc >Witlw u;itlt tltell!selves 110r with 011e anotho, 1'. Phd>. 2:37<; cip.La/3YJTOtJ(n oi cp[A.ot TOl<; cptAui:~, lp[~uv<rL o< OL <x.OfJOt d.il..\~.\o<s, Jiielld.< t!isp,re ,,;,,, .fiicmls, but e>lemies IJUarrel with o11e anotlto, P. p,.. i\:\7; TOt<; 7TOVYJpOt> Oto.cpipwOut, to be at variance t~irh the [,ad, X.JI/.2,!J 8 ; ~l' o.trr<~ op.oyvwjJ.WV, he 1('(lS rf the same ll!i>ld Ieith ldm, T. 8, D:!. Ko.KOL> op.t,\wv, a.<sor:iatillg with bad ,.en, ~len . 11on. 271; TOt<; cf>povtp.wTuTot<; 7Tii.YJa!a(,(,d>w~> nem to rl,e wiest, I.2, 13; tf!oot> Trii.Y]uttituv (Tov tTr1Tov), to b1in.'l him !um to noises, X.Er;.'.!.,5; O:il.il.ot<; KOllwv<Zv, to .~ltwc with others, l'. Rp.3()0; .,.(; rwrov :ryov a71"uCTt KOLvov Ku.To.TdJivo.t, to make /,is OICtl wml: common tn all, iln'd.; 0(0p.<vot TOV<; cf>(uyovro.<; 'vvcu\.Aa~O.L acf>[ut, asl:ing to urinq the txiies

250
!fUU to cmllcroe with !tim,

SYNTAX.

[ll7G

to terms with tlwn, T. I. 2~; {3ov:>..op.al (j( a ow.>Jyw-f)at, I Walt( P. Lys. ~11'. (With Nouns.) Arcnro<; {) op.ou)rr;> TOVrWV CKtVCJL<;, tl,e /il.enrsg of tlte,e to tlwse is stmnljt!, I'. 'l'h.l5iic; EXH KULVWI'tUV aAA7JAOL<;, they /,ave ~omftlti>'f/ i11 c:mtliiiiH< uitlt eaclt other, 1'. So.:!;>("; rrpoa{Jo:>..as 7T"OLOVfJ..EVOL T<() TEtXU, mal.in_q a//ac/..< !<)!Oil the lc:u/1, t7rL0pOJ~l)V TtfJ -retx[ap.o.n, (11< assault 011 t/,e u:Hil, T.4,:2;1; ~,(,., fJpovTa(atF tl-; tptv. in >iwlr!JWit/, tile t/,wultriugs of Zeus, E. c!J<'. :l'J.'!:i; ftruvuaTuifL> p.ipov> nvo.,; r<f OA<f T~> ifvX~>. a rr:ur!lion of one pall of !he soul ugain.s/ tltf wlwle, 1'./!p.-! Hb. 1176. The <hi.tivo Lhn,; depl,ll(b on adverbs of plllcc and time; a.~ UfJ./1 T!J ~p..f.p.,z, at daylucak, X.A.'2,1 2 ; vowp op.ov Ttf 1r1JA<f ?ip.arwp..f.vov, IC(llo staitud nith /;loud togellter zrith t/,<' mutl, '1'. 7, ~1 ; TU TOVTOL<; l!{>E~ij<;, ullat comes 1lU( to this,!'. 'l'i.:J(); -roiao~ EY'fl:~. neat these, E. //er.:\7 (yyv.; generally has the geniti\'e, 111\J).

j,.,.o;

1177. To this class belong p.<tX,op.a<, 1T"OAt~fw, r1.11d others signifyiug to contend or quarrel uitl1: a' p.axwBat rot<; <t<>7J{3u{o,,, tu Jiqhl >1:ith tl,f 1'/tcban.<; '!!'CA(j<.OUifll ~ p."lv, t!,ey ure "' u:nr with u,. So <s xl'pu<; <.>.t:IE(v Tt ''' (d" , , AO}'Ot<<; (A.i)c!F T<VL, /f) ("()JIIC ,,, (I CUI~/Iict (or to uunls) wilh (}I OJ one; also btr! cpt>..(u<; li.vat To/, /(1 /,e .frie111ily (In _qn thruu.'f!, .fricnd.~h,jJ) wit!, one: SPoe T. 7, 44: S, 18; X . .-l. :3, :! 8 1178. ?:\. Aftrr adj<'ct.ive$ of lil.e11C.<s an ahri.l"L'd form of expr~~sioll m:t~ Le Ubed; as KDfJ.IH Xup[rtaatv OJ-LOL'" hair lil:e (1lt111 nl) !l,e Graces, 11. 1/,i'll; Tiis tifa<; 7rArJYOS p.o[, tlte smne nwu/,cr rl!Jioas witlt me, i\r. R. (J;Jtj,
I>ATIVE
AFTEI~

CO:O.IPOL1 SD VEHBS.

1179. The da.ti ve follows many verh,; compounded with ~v, au~, or E7Tl; aiHl SOJJJe COilllJOll!HleJ with r.puc;, T.apU., T.<pi, anJ !m0. Rg.
2, P 3 ;
lfJ-p.(FH S~p.or;, lite l'eople al,i.!e ln;tl1f oafl,s, X. ll. ~ouva( tJ;vx:/ hrtar~p.7JV o~s,,~{u.v lp.rrowva<v, (such) 7J/,._a,11r~'s ;n,uiiJ<'U 1i.V l..auu..'lul!Je ~~~ tlu: ~uul. X. :\1. ~' l:l 0 ; CviK!lVTO r<P ITpLKA{L, tluy }il'e.<sed },ani u11 l'ericle~, T.~,,-,[!; lJ<avr<iJ lTUVfJO'i ot8!v ltrtiT-ru.p.(l'"!, I 1ca.~ cmlsc,:ous to 11!?f.<tl(!lwt 1 l.w?w notlt;ny (Iii. 1cirh my.<clj'), l'. Ap. ~:!<l; >J07) rrori. aot f.r.~A0l'; ,Ji,j i c,:rr or,:u> lu yuH? X. M. I, :p; r.poaf.J3AAov o;-<;J THX[a p.czTL, thf.'f att11rketl lit:

To[~

op"o"'

, ; .

fimijicaliufl, T. 4, 11 ; rlOEA</Jo<; clvop2 1rapEt7J. leta lnothe1 .'/((w//,.'1 a man (i.e. let (I mrm's bn>lil!r staurl by him), l'. HJ' :l(i:! 0 : TOt<; KuKot<; 7rlpL7r;7r'TO\O"n', tl,r??f arc hln)lvt~,z i11. tJcd .... , X. 111.1, :!..J..,; V7r0KU..TU.t TO 1rd)[ov T~ [(p<i), tltf: pi ~tin lies hdou tl,c tem}'le, Abell. 3, llS.

l!H4]

DATIVE.

2;)1

1180. :-J". This (latilc sometimes depends ~trictly on the pr~po sit.ion, allll so>netim;s on the idea of the COIIIJlOUlHI ns a whvle.
CAljSAL A:-:1> I:-:STI:tD!E!\'TAL JlATIVE.

1181. The da.ti vc is used to denote cause, manner, and mean8 ur in~<lrument.. E.g. CAt:SJ:: !'OITo_J a7To0al'wv, havin_q died nf di.<easP-, T.R,fl4; Ol
yO.p t<ll Kovo(clx ToUTo 7TOlt:l, &A.A.' cl yvo[Cf,,(or he dues tint do tlti. from ill-will. but fn;m i!fnO>ance, X. C.1, J8 6 ; f:Jw,op.~voL Tov 7TLtv f. r.d)v p.[~,, forcer/ by a dtsi>e to r/ri11k, T. 7, 81; aiaxvvop.a[ TOL ru'lo; 1rpcinpov dp.apr(o.L<;, I am a.<lrnmcl nj(l,crausc of) myfonnt>' faults, Ar.N. J!)j:i, :\!.\~~Err: !!.pop.o_J Z01To f.o; rou.; f:J,.r,f:J,fpovo;, tl,e?; ru.<hed a9n.iust the barhoriarzs 011 tire 1'111, II d. li, ll::!; KfJ'Lvyi/ r.o>..>..if ;,.[Law, thry 1ril/ advrl11CC u:ith a ln11l sho11t, X. A.], 74 T ij &.Ary(h.[,L, in trurh .: r<f OFn, in 1eality: /3[~,, fn,riUy; raur:~, in this 11W><~>cr, tlru.~; >..oyo_J, in 1cnnl, EfJYV! in r/er-1; r_(j f:p.ij yv.;>,u.:1 in 111!1 fwlymc!ll; 18[,_,, Jrri,attllt ," O'JfLOIT['f. JHtiJhcllf; lo:Oll.'i ill C(J!lll/10/l. )1 EAN!:> 01' I :'\~TH Dl 1-:~T: 'Qp(op.(V TOt<; ocp8ctAp.of.o;, 1/'f see. 1cith 0111' C.ljt:.<; yvwa8f.vT<i<; T!J aKEV!J ;wv 07TAWF, ,eco!Jili:crl by the jitsl,imz of thei>' arms, T.l,:::i; KltKOt<; iO.a8J.L KaK<L to cure etils by cv.1s, S. frag-./j; ot'Ot<; haLvov ~ 8ovu.l.<; fKT7JO'aro, 110 one gains praise by ]Jiea.<urrs, SLolJ. 2(), ;) !. 1182. N. The dati\e of 1espect is a fonn of t],~; dati\e of manner; as roL~ (]'Wp.aaLJ' &.DVva.'TOL, Ta'i's- tj;u xu.Z, tlvf)l'JTOt, iHCf1})(tlJle in tl,eir bntlie>, . .. senseless in their 111i>lli.<, X. /1!. :!, 131 ; vanpov tw rj rO.~u, 1rpoT(pov T!J ovvap.L Kat KpE'lrruv f(]'T"' <titltnw;h it is later in order, ir is prim and S11Jiaim in 1"'"'"'' I>. :1. 1~~. Sn 7rOAlo;, Ga</JaKno; oFop.an, a city, Tha;>sacus by>w11ze, X. A. L ~ 11 Tlti~ (!J.t.ive oft~n is equi\alent to t!Je accusative of specifit:;tlion ( 1o::;s ). " 1183. Xpaop.aL, In 11se (tn sen>e one.'s selfl'.'f), tah~ tbe ,{,ti\'C of means; a' XP:;WTaL 1Jyvp(<f, t!,ey usc money. A neuter tro>>Ollll (e._q. r[, rc, n, or rolro) >nay],~ arltl<;<l a;; a c0::;n~de accu,ative (J(J,)J); as r( XP..J<rcTu( 7TOT' ~tirrt{j; what 1cil/ /,e rfo with him? (lit.. whcll u<~: will lee lllf<i.~ nfltint?), Ar.,~clt.!'l:l~>. N.op.l(w ba~ :i<lllH:Limt3 t.he S<ll>le lllr:t11i11g a11d C011Struction ;1:; XPUOfJ.U.l.
0 0 0

1184. Tl1e dative of manner is used with compa.rativcs to denote the J~_r;1ce of di(!i:.1cnr:e. E.p. n oAA<{i Kp<LTTOV i<rnv, it is much bciiCJ' (/Jel/CJ' U.lf milch); ;;;,y rfi
K

cpa>.. fi fL<c,ova nva !J' dvaL Kui f:>..anw, if you say that <lii!Jmze is a hen,J lfd/er <II' sl,mter (lit. b.'J the head). r. Pit. lUI. n OAL >..oy(}L~ ~ 'E.:I.:\6., yf.yov aafhvaripYJ, G>ecce has become weake> by one

252

SYNTAX.

[1185

illustrious city, Hd. 6, 106. ToO'OVr'{' ~Swv I live so much the miJre happily, X.C.8,3 40 ; TtXVYJ &.vciyK1)> &.a-fhvtO'Ttpa. p.o.Kp~, U!ld art is weaker thm1 necessity by far, A. P1. 514.

,w,

1185. So sometimes with superlatives, and even with other expre%ions which in1ply COill)lari:;on; as op0oTaTCL p.a.Kp~, most currectl,11 /,y jar, P. L_q. 76'6; O'XSov SiKa (nO'L 7rpo T1i> lv ~!1..\.a.p.ivt yo.vp.ax[a,, about te11 years before t/,e uafigla at Salamis, ibid. o~Sc.
DATIVE OF AGENT.

1186. The dative sometimes deuotes the agent with the pcrf<t:t and pluperfect passive, rarely with other passive tense~. E.g.
'E~TaO'at T,/ 7Tt7TpaKTat TOt<; aAAOL<;, tO ask what has been done bN the others, D. 2, '.!.7 ; (7raS~ m',Tot<; 7Tap0'KUaO'To, whw p1eparation had ban made by them ( u:hw they had their prepamtio11 made), '1'.1, 4G; 7TOAA<lt 0pmiat Tot<; ia T poi<; vpr:vTaL, many cures have bee11 disco cered /,y phy.~icians, I. S, JU.

1187. N. Here there ~eeu1;; to be a referrnce to the agent's mtere<.t in the result of t.he coiii]Jieted actiou expressed uy the prrfect and pluperfect Witl1 other teuses, the ageut is regularly expressed by {m-6 etc. and the geuitive (1:?34); only rarely by the dat.ivc, except iu poetry. 1188. \Vith the verbal adjective in -T(o,, in its personal (15\J.)), the agent is expressed by the dative; in its illlpcrsonal construction (1597), by the dative or the accusative.
con~tmction

DATIVE OF ACCOMPANIMENT.

1189. The dative is used to denote that by which any person or thing is aceompanied. E.y.
'E.\BovTwv IlpO'wv 7TUJl7TAYJB1. O'TOA'{', when the Pe1sitms came with an mmyinfulljOJce,X.A.3,2 11 ; ~p.1.<; Ka~ 1'7T7TOt<; -rot:, OuvaTw TChot<; Kat J.vopaO't 7TOpvwp.8u., let us march both with the stnmyest hurses and u:ith men, X. C. f>, 3~; oi J\.aKi&tp.6vwt T<ii T KaT yi;v O'TpaT<ii 7TpoO'if3a.\Aov T~ TLX[O'jJ-O.TL Kat Tal.<; vavO'[v, the LacedaemoniwLs attacked the wall both with theh land army and with their ships, T.4, 11.

1190. This dative is used chiefly in reference to military forces, and is originally connecieJ witl1 the dative of means. The last example might be placed equally well under llRl.

}196]

DATIVE.

253

1191. This dative sometimes takes t.be <b.t.ive of a&o<; for emphasis; as p.f.av (vailv) avrot> avOpacJLv I>..ov, they took 011e (ship) meu aud all, T.2, 90. Here no instrurnental force is seen, and the dativ<> m:ty refer to any clags of persons or things; as xaJ.LUL {30J... OtvOpm p.aKpa a&-(jaLV pf.~!J<TL Kat a&ot<; avBwL p.~>..wv, he t/.,ew to tire !Jl'Ormd tall trees, with their r:ery 1'00/s awl their f"uit-Uiossoms, II. !J, f>41.
DATlVJ<; OF TDIE.

1192. The dative without a preposition often denotes time when. Tl!is is confined chiefly to nouns denoting day, night, month, or yea?, and to names of fe~tivals. E.g.
Tij a&ij ~p.ip~t a7ri8avv, !te died 01! the snme day; ('Epp.u!) JLLi vvKrt oi 1rAt<TTOL 7r(ptcK07r7J<Tav, the most of the llennae W!Te lllutilated in one ?riyld, T. u, ~7; oi ~UJLLOL ~erro>..topK~87]aUv ( va T<f p.YJYL, the Sa111i11HS tner-e taker1 I'!J sic.'/1' ;,, the r1inth month, T. 1,117; 0 KaT 'f E' T ( L ~vvif:Jr/G"UV, thry cmue to tams irl the trrlt!t year, T. 1' 103; <.00-1rpd 8ap.v<f>opf.ot<; Y7JCTTvop.v, we fast ns {{it tcere (on) the Themwpltoria, Ar . .rl v.l:i!U. So rij vanpa('!- (se. ~p.f.p'f-), on the followi71.fJ day, a11<l Ourf.pr.t, rpf.r?J, un the second, third, etc., in giving the day of the month. 1193. N. E,en the word~ mentionrcl, except 11arnrs of festivals, ~encrally take (y wJre!l 110 aujective W()rrJ is joill<!d with them. Thus v vvKr(, at 11ight (rarely, in poclry, I'VKrf.), l>ut. J.Ui vvKrf., in one night. 1194. N. A few expressions occur like var/.p<f XPUV<f, in after lime; xap.wvO<; (;,pr,t 1 in the winter SWSOII; I'OVJLI)VL<.' (rwlV-I!lOUil day), on the .first of the ?IW?Ith; ancl ot.hr.rs in pndry. ~ 1195. N. With othE>r claii\'CS exprrs,ing- time v is reg-ularly usr.d; as f.v r<f a&<f xup.wvt, in the .mne u:irrter, T. 2, :H. But it is occasionally owitted.
DATIVE OF PLACE.

1196. In poetry, the dative without a preposition often denote;; the place where. E.y.
'E>..AuOL o1K[a va[wv, inhahiting dwelling:< in Helin., Jl.16, 5!)5; a18pL YalWY, dwelling in /tem,en, /l.4, ]()() j ovpcat, Oil the mountains, Jl.13, :l!)Q j ro( Wp.OL<TLI' (x<>l', having his VOW On his .<hou/dcrs, Il. 1' 4 5 ; p.tp.l'H y p .;;. he remains ill the rounuy, Od. 11' 188. ..H a BILL Mp.ot>, tv sit at !tome, A.Ay.8G~. Nvv ciypo'i'a1 rvyxav<' (sc .i;v), now he !tappens to be in the country, S. El. 313.

SYKTAX.

[1197

1197. In prose, tile Jaf ive of place is chiefly confined to the

MapaOcvvt p.aXYJ the oa/1/e at Afwuthun (l,ut iv 'A 8>/vu.t>): see p.a rov> Mapcdhivt 7rpOK<vOvvcV(J'UVTa'i TWV 7rpoyov<JJV KU.t TOU'i iv n AUTULUt'i 7rapo.ra~ap.ivov'i KUL rov'i iv ::iu.AafLtVt vu.UfJJlX1lO'u.vra<;, no, by t!uJse nf our auceslur.~ ulto ~luul i11 the jiuut of dmcycr ul Alumthou, a11d thu~e who armyecl tlcemseb:es at Plahzca, awl those who fuugltt tlte sfnjiyht at Salamis. D.1 :::l, 20~. Still ~0111~ exceptions occur. 1198. ~- Some adverbs of plare are really local <..htives; as ru,;r!l, riJoc, len; o'iKut, a/ /come. So KVKA<;J, iu a circle, all wowul. (S"e 1~\U.)
ll<lllH~' of Attir delll('Si a~~

PREPOSITIO:XS.

1199. 'l'l\e prepositions were

origin~lly

atl.vr.rbs, and as

sur:lt they appear in eompusition with ver\.Js (see ss~,

] ).

'l'lll'}' are useJ also as indepcudent words, to connect nuuHs wit.lt other parts of the :WHtenee. 1200. Br.oidt'S the pn~p<.1~i tion~ properly so called, t.here are
<.:ttain arlv(rL~ u'ed in the ~a111<~ way, wltich rn.nuot be pouudP<i with verbs. Theoe are c:dle<l imJ!i'UJW' prepositions. t.hes. sr~e 1::!21).
C~ (lK),
COin

For

1201. 1. Font prcpusitinu~ tal.;e tlJC !Jenith,e ouly: &.vr(, &.1rO, 7rp<J,- with tJ1e illlJ'l'Oper prq>oSitiOIIS UVfU 1 aTip, axp<.

fLEXP' p.cm~1:, CVlKtl, 1TA~v. :.!. Two take the datil'e ouly: iv anc:l avv. :l, Two take the accu~alite 011ly: dvcf and d, or lc;,- with the intproper fniposit.ion ,,;,, For &.vd in poetry with the dat.ive, ~ee J:2o:J. 4. Four take the grniti..e an<l acrusatitc: Dta, Kar6., lliTa, :111cl lnrep. For 1~crcf with t.lw dative in Ilolll<'l', ste 1:!1:2, 2. G. Six t.ah t.lJc !r1;it(l'i', rlatiPe, ~nt! accl<.<alile: lrfL4>[ (r:tre with

genitivr ), i-rrl,

1i"ltptl, 1T'f.(J{,
USE~

1rpO), alld imO.

OP TJJlo; J>J:t;J>O~ITJONS. 1

1202. O.p.ci>c

(Ltt. amb-, <.'<llllJ"".'' iip.q,w, l,otlt), coridnally on /,oth ('hi<'!ly ji'll'tic allll lo11iC. In ;\l.tit~ used iu Jnoo;t s(w;rR of dwpl. 1. with the <.a:"ITI\'J: (vcr~ rarl'. in 1'~'""-"), al,uut, Cln,.crniny: d.J.LqJ, ')'vva,K6), rLlJ'J?tt a lll(Jm,a n, A. A[t. 02.
~ides c~(; li1nrc. cti"Ht. prn~e .,..,pi is g<'lll'l'ally

l Only a general is givrn her('. For

~tatement. of the various usrs of thr prpposition~ th~ d(tails the Lexicon must be n>nsultcd.

J201i]

lJSES OF THE l'TIE!'OSITIONS.

2. with tilL" I>ATJH: (ouly puvtk am! Ionic;), rtfH,ut, cunG<'miny, un accu.unt uf: O.,vp' wJJ.0'"' al,uut hi~ slwnldtrs, 11. I I, {>".!.7; 0.!-'</>i T'f' >OJ.I.'f' TOVT'f', cuuccrJciuy thio /uw, IIJ. I, 1-10; ciwti
tpO{:J<;J, !ltl'OII[!hfear, E.(),,~~;,,

3. witl1 t.lll~ .A('t:t ~AnvJ:, alJual, ?nUl', (If plac:{', tim<:, UUlltL<r, ete.: aJ.I./,' iiAa, by tit';"' rL, /l. 1, lllD; rip.q,i o<iA"IJ'' l~<fl!' ''t'/:11
iu!f, X.C'.0.4 1'; ciwpi llAwiowv oc;<Jcv, ul"'''t (tin: tiut" ol 1 the l'itiudo' ortti;uf, A ..ly.K;:t;, So O.p.q>i b<;'lf'vuv <ix<v, It~ 1.Ca8 ret su1 1 u:1', X. C.i>. {rH. Ui ci.p.q)l TLJa (as oi ci.J..t.i l1XciTWJa) 1
lUtaJJS U., 1/lllU Witft

hi::- fufluu;en;.

lu

co~J J. :

al>llltt, '>I< l>utlt siJI,.s.

1203.

&.vci (d. adv. Ci.vw, al>UGJ;), (JJ'i:,iually llj ("l>l'l>~t:d to Ka.Tci). I. with tlw J>A.Il\'E ("uly tpi: <tlJ(llyril'), 'II} em: civu ""TJ"'TP't' vu ~~ slv,!l; 11. I, 1i>. ~. Wit.h the ACCt::o,ATJ\'L 1 'llJI U/IJII!f ," <.tlltl of lllUtiull frQrcJ', th)'UU!flt, U11LfJ1L!J (d. 1\0.Tcij;(a) uf J'J.At. E: d.JQ. TO" 7TOTa.J..L0"', 11 1) tlu~ )'ir,.JeJ', lid.~, 00; ci11cL aTpa.TJv, thn~uyh tl1t~ ((J'IIl!/, 11. I, 10; oi,.;t:l"v ci.j.IU Ttl Ov1, tu du;t:ll u1L tlu: tups uf lhT /o{/:; 1 X .. 1. :;, ;,1 1'. (lJ) of Tl'IJ:; O.vci. Tbv 1f0.\(p.ov, thruayh tltt' 1car, lld.H, 1~:;; dJit xpcivov, in <:fJ({l'.'i(' (/linll, JJtl. ;,, '.!.1. (c) In JlbTJ:IHIITJYE <xpn~~iuu~: civU (1\aTOv, J,y lnutdJ'I:d...;, X. A. G, -t 1:.! ; ci.Jti 1rc'iaav iJJ.dP.,11', (r( 1'!! drt!/, lid.~, :ri (su X. C. 1' 2~). Iu co.\JJ.: UJ,, lJo(L, a!Jrtio.
nVTL, with <~J.:''ITIVL f<ll]V.
V"TJV i11 ]llatr~ ;~!' 'U'fl1' It-t ('/u,r,~l' ]>Ntrr, '1'. 4, ~0; 0.J'0' u.~J', wl~~~rf'_(ure, .1\. /'r ;:1; i,..r' ci.OtA<j,oU, fro a {JJ'ut/t('1' 1 ~ ,c,akfl, ~.)~'l.fJ;!j, ()rj.~jJI:tllllt~;\JiiJlp, P'li1'1' fJ(/fLiJI~(, Q(}Uilt:,l.

1204.

iu.,l<l!c/

u{, fur:

iAWJ.L!Ha,

1u;

clvTi 7rOA{p.ou tip+

In co,n,: a[t'tiw. l, in o}'J''J . . .iliun, in

l'l'llt1'1l,

inslNtrl.

1205. n'll'o

(L<tt. ab), with "':"llli'C nn]\', .fr<,ul, r~/l'fru>ll, army fnuu; ori.!.!,inally (:t~ II}JP(l~vd t.tl b.) dvuntill~ St)JCli'Uf.ivlt or drparl111'C: il'<llll <<>llll'tllin~: -(a) n[ I'LA<'E: d.q/ i'rr7rwJ d;>.,ro,l<r: f,.,,,,,,l.f?um tlte rru (lrr~J>;), 1/. IIi, 70:l; ci"o OaXci<J<J')<, ar a tlistll<' c tl.r 'f'l, '1'. I, 7. (h) of 'JI.\JJ;; cirrO 70VTOl' 'TOli xpUv.)l>,fJ'(I}jt this thnfl, X . .t1. 7, Cl'. (c) of 1.'-\l ..... J: on1c:1": d.7'1'"A "Totffu,, -roU -ro'A,Li)JJ.. aTO<; (rrrwi8rt, .f(JJ' tltf . . ~~~lrl act ltf t~r.r ... jll'ttf,..,f'r/, '1'. ~' ~;) ; rO (~v dr.O 1ToJ..(JJo(liJ, . tu lire l1?J 10~1', J Id.;,, ti; ci1r' oU -i}J..I.l'l'i "'fCy0vaJ..Llll, fn!'li~ V.'/tfJ'uL

_r,.,.,,

(l,.

V'C ((J't; t'jJi'1U~!t,fJd. 7~ ][,0 j ~llJI~tili!C"O..:

t.Jr1 (l(ft)Ul- (;lS ,<.;nU7'('t): f.rrpcix87) cirr' auTwv ou0tv, 1<0lflil<!f11'1l$ (/uJ,~ b?J lheH<, 'f. I, 17.

In

co~u.:

frum,

l!ll.'l!f/,

r,.()', in nturu.

1206.

6ci, tl/l'C,u!fh (Lat. di-, dis-).

(,E,ITI\'l::

1. witlt tltt

(ll) llf l'I.A<:I:: 11. 7. ;Z[,J,

5<i< a<Jniiio< ~)\8,, it 1VJ;1<t thrull!fh the ;/dclrl,

256

SYNTAX.

[1207

(b) of TDn:: ~~It vvKTos, tlmmgh the night, X. A. 4, on. (c) of JJSTEltl ALS of ti!lle or ]Jlaee.: oui. 1ro\>.ou xpovov, afteJ a long time, Ar. ?/. 1045; ou1 TplrTJ< t,p.lpT}s, every uthe.r day, Jlu.2, :17.

(d) of Ml!:ut;: ~>..-yr {),' ipp.TJvlws, he ."]Juke tln-ouyh an inteJ}'nter, X.A.:t,3l1. (e) iu various jlhrases like o<' orKTOV <xv, to }lily; Ota tjH'Alar Uva, tv /,c infrienclslaiJ (with on.:). /:;tee 1177. 2. With the ACCt'~ATin:: (a) oi An~-:~,;,, on annunt r,_(, /,y hdp of, by 1eason of: oul. Touro, on this uccuunt; {),' 'A6i}v7Jv, l1y he/]! of Athena, Od. tl, 5:.W; ov 5,' lp.l, not uwiU!/ to me, ]J. 18, 18. (/i) Of !'LACE Or TDIE, thl'ullyh, dwiny (lilWtic): Oui OW/'UTa, thl'Olt{!h the halls, fl. 1' ()(JO; odt VVKTa, thJullglt tlte ltf!Jht,

ou.tv,oo.

In cu.lll'.: thruuyh, also apmt (L:l.L. di-, dis-).

1207.

El~ or Es, with ACCI<~ATIYJ: only, into, to, originally (a~ op-

posed to l<) to within (Lat. in with the accusativf'): ,,., always in Attic prost, except in Thueyuides, who has ls. Roth <'> auu ls are for ivs; ;,ee abo iv. (a) of PI.ACt:: o<if3,wa<' is XtAia.v, tlu1J crossed n"P.l' into Sicily, '!'. u, 2 ; ,;, DlpiTa~ bropd,cTo, he depart<(/ .fr,r l'e1sia (the l'cniuns), X. G. t', G"'; TO lr Ila>.>-iJllv nix or, the U'all tumod, (loukiny tu) l'alhne, T.J, 50. (/1) of Tun:: 1.~ 1jw, uutil da!Gn, 0<1.11. :::75; so of a tin1e lu"k~cl fulward to: 11'po<(,., rolr ialToii fir "TpiT7J'' i,l'lpa.v 7rap<7va<, he fl<n>e notice tu hi> 1111'11 to bP. presrmt tlw llCJ t day

lJut oae, X. C.~,

]-1"2,

So {To5 d'i fTos, .fr01)t yea,. t(J Y')nr,

1:\. An. 340. So ls li, until; <is Tbv iilfa.vTa xpovov, fu1 all time. (lA) of JSUMHEH anu MEHt:Rl:: " ' O<UKO<Jiovs, (am01111til!g) to tW<l hu11drrl; tis ovva14v, ~~p tu one's puwer. (d) Of l'liHJ'O,t: llr H!::FEJ1Ei<l'E: 1ra<O<V<tV <l! Tryv ap<TTJY 1 tO train for virtue, P.(;.511l; <is 1r<ivTa 1rpwrov <iva.<, to be )irst ju1 CL'el"!}thiny.l'. C:h.1[,t); XP'i"p.ov dr T<, US<fulfor anythiuy.

lu

c<JM!'.:

i11tl>, in, to.

1208. lv,

with

DATIVE

only, in (Ilolll. bl), e4uivallnt to Lat .. in

(a) of

wi1h 1ln a.hlat.iV(;: PUCE: iv L1r<iPTTJ, in .S}Iftrta ;-with words implying a numb~r <f JWOph, aJiWJL{I: iv ')>vva.t~l 11>-p.os, IJ>ave amung U'ul,len, E. 01. lil; l.v """' in the pres~11ce of all; lv oaITTalr, IJ~fun~ (coram) a court. (/>)of TDH:: lv TOVr4J T.;l (7,., in tlds yew; lv X"J.Lwv, in u;int.>r; iv hw< "'vri}<ovTa, within fifl!l years, 1'.1, ll!S. (c) of t.hr:r rdn.t.ions: Tbv Il<pt<XIn l.v Jp')>~ <ixov, they 1Vfl"l' a11~1y with 1'. (htlil him in llll!l'!r), '1'. 2, 21 ; lv T,;i IJ'I' TO roV-rou Tl>.or ~, ovK iv l!'ol, the issue oj this was with (in the

1210]

USES OF THE PREPOSITIONS.

257

power of) rind, not wUh me, D. 18, 1113 ; lv 1roni) 0.1ropl~ ~uav, they were in y1~at perplexity, X. A. {J, 12 As lv (like fis anlls) c.omes from lvs (see <Is), it originally allowed the aecusative (like Latin in), aud in Aeolic lv may lie used like <is; as lv Kant.,.rav, to C:alliste, l'ind. Py. 4, 2(i8. Iu CO)!!'.: in, an, at. 1209. lE or K, with GEl'ITIVE only (Lat. ex, e), f1'1Jm, out of; originally (as opposed to d,.o) .fi'!.Jlil tcithiu (cnlllpare tis). (a) of !'LACE: lK ~1Tdpr11s dry<t, he is banish,.clfrcnn. Spmta. (b) of TDII:: h 7TaAawrdrov, .f1'um the most ancient li1,Ie,'1'.1, 18. (c) of OHIGI~: ~vap lK Ll.os lunv, the dream comes from :teus, II. 1, 63. ~0 <1-lso with passive verbs (instPad of i,,.O' with gen.): lK 4>olf3ov oa/).<ls, destroyed by Phncbus, S. rh. 3J(i ( tllf> agcllt viewed as tlte source), seldom ill Attic prose. ( ~ce 120(i.) (d) Of Gl!Ot;l'IJ for a judgment: ({3ovAc~ovro /~: rwv 11'apovrwv, they toMe ,.ounsel with a view to (startiny f1'u1it) the J11'(;SCI!t state of thinr;s, T. 3, :J!l. Ill COM!'.: out, from, away, off. 1210. l1r, nu, 1l[JOn. 1. With the GE!<IT!VE: (a) of J>I..<CE: i71'1 7rup"(ov {,..,.'1, he stood on a tmne1, fl. W, 700; smnetim"s tri!vmds: ,.>..<v<TavT<s 1,.1 2:diJ.ou, having sailed townnls 8mnu~, T. I, 11(); so (,.! r~s roaur11s "~'"'"ea, 'YWIl'1' tu adrqJt (go over to) such rm opinion, D.4,G. (/J) of TDtt:: l' ~iJ.wv, in our time; 171'' <ip~v'1<, in time of pertce, 1l. '2, 797. (c) Of HE!.ATIQ)l Or HErERE~CE tO an ohject: 'TOUS (,.! rwv lTp<t"fiJ.ri.rwv, those in clulr{le !(f (JiUiilir.) a,(f'airs, D. 18, 24i; llTl AL{3UT/S rxfLv TO 6vop.a, to bP. 1!1!11!("11 fo1' Liuya, ll<l. 4, 4!'>; ,.,..[ TLvos Af'ywv, speaki1L[I with 1't:,(r1'fll!'C lr .<mnr. nne, 8l!C 1'. Ch. J(jf>d; BO bri "xo>..ij,, at leisure; ,,.. frras (sc. !J.Olpas), in equal measme, S. El. 10u I. 2. wit.h tl!t' llATIVt:: (a) of !'LACE: ~ .,. l7r! lTVP"f4J, they sat on a tr,wc1', ll.3, 150; ,.d)..,, (,.l rii Oa.Ari.TT'!) oiovp.lv'1, a city ,,iturrted 1tpon (/Jy) th~

sea, X. A. 1, 4 1 (b) Of TDH; (of illlllledi<ttl! SUCCISskm): (,./

X. C'. 5,
,:)21_

TO~TO, the1'f.U}J011,

(C) Of CAliSE, I'I!Hl'OSE, CO!'I>ITIO!<R, etc.: bd lT<lLO<UITfL iJ.{"(a povouvus, proud of th~h e!luwtion, 1'. l'r. 342d; ,,.. l~a 'YW"fii, fu1' tX}J01'tllli1;1!, II(). 7, ]{J(i i bri TO'i<To<, 01! the..<e CU11-

ditionS, Ar . .tlv.IG02; i71'l rii (u'!7 al oiJ.olr;., on fair and equal terms, 1'.1,27. S0 l<p' 4> and l'.;.,.. (14u0). (d) Likewisr' Ot'P-1', for, at, in addition to, in the potoer of; and
in many other relations: see the Lexicon. 3, with tbC ACC\.i~ATl\'B; (a) of I' LACE: to, up to, towards, against: O.vaf3as (,.! -rov

2fi8
vll tlu: 1'i!Jitt !l(tild,

SYI\TAX.

(1211

i'1rrrov, ?llllOitinrJ his J,,,J-.~1', X. A.l, 8; (,.I Of~ai., to the right, X. /1.(i, 41 ; hrl jjatJtXIa 1/:va, to marl'h

ay<tiitSC. th" 1\iH!J, X.A.1,;;1. (I') t>f TDlL t>l' SI'HT, tl!Jwtill[.! extension: (,.! ~<a tn1, for ten !JUt r.,, '!'. ::, (iK ; lr.' lia niTo rrl>.,Opa, lw covtr~d ( la!l ,,kr) Hille )lfdhl'lt, (Jd. 11, ;177 ; ~u lrri 7fOAV, wi,[ei!J; TO hri rroX!J,fol' /w N<JSt )'art; h Tou lrri n-1-.fltJTo, from tlw !'tmute~t JlerioJ, '1'. I,:!. (<:)of an oi:Jt:cr <~oinH<l ~t: KaTi,Mov brl rru<"irf,v, I r.ame down hert Ji!l' a Jllct, Ar. II. 1418. In ro"P.: li)>un, over, 1({/(')', tmnanl, to,!,,,., at, against, l!esides.

1211.
1.

Ka.Tci. ( ef.

<lu l'l'l'IJ

Kci.Tw,

/11:/uw), ori;,ill:tlly

dill(' I! ( Ojl!JllSCd

tO

O.vci.).
Willi f.IW t:EXITJ\'E:

(a) dou:n.fnm: ci.'A'Aowvo1 Kara ri,s 7T/Tpas, /luy,infl ilu1rn.fi'tm t/,e')'(":k, X. A. 4, ~ 17

(l') <lowa

ll}>un: JJ.Vpov Ko.-r&. r?js t;caXijt; 1\arax_lavTH, po10'i11(1

]'<'l:fU11L<.'- <nt IIi:::. luad~ 1. 1/p. :~~H); 1

(c) f,eneath: <aT a xOovos (<pu'f<, /i(' lm?ied /,~neath th~ ~arth, S.,Jn.:L-l; oi <a7<1 xOovns Utoi, the Uu1ls l>t-luw, A.l'e.liti\l.

( rl) {/(!!linot: >.(ywv <a/)' "~-'"'" S<I?Jill!l !l~!!linst ?l/.P. (us), S. J>h. Gii. 2. with tl!e H:ct;SA'J'l\'J:, doV>II alunr1; <If motion uvi'r, thruuyh,
accunlht(l to, conce1'1liU!I KariL poVv, dou:n :.-lrran~; 1\aTO. 1'17'' ~o.ai KarO. (16.\ana, h11 land nwl IHJ s~'<r, .\. ,1. ::, ~lil; <aTi. LIPW11''1/P 7TOA<Y, O]ljusitl thr cil!! Siuojw, lid. 1, iii. (/..)of TI~JE: KaTO. TOP rroA<JJ.OI', durin(! (at th~ tim~ of) thP.
an~fJHf!, iuto, a[/~tin.,r..: a}sp
l'LA\1-::

(a) nf

'U'<Il',

II<!. 7, ]:37.

b!/ t./O'('f'.')~ thrr?P, lJy t/d'('f'; K.a0' "JJ.(pav, di!!J f,y illl>/. dail!l. (tl) arrrJ1'di1i(t to, erJJur?niu!f: KarO. TQV'i "0~-'-ou<;, ar.cordiHrt tn law,
(C) lllt...THJBl'TJVt-:J.Y: KaTci. T(Hi5,

J ), ~' ~ ; 'T!) Aar' (!J-( 1 ({S '1"C(/U7"f]., 111!/Sl'~(, J ), }~, ~4 i ; S<) 1-."aTii '7Tci.J~ra, in all rr'.'J!Ir"/,..,; rei. 1.:aTit 1rO'A(p.Ov, n~ilitary ?Hattms.

]IJ CO.\! I'.; do/,11, (((j<lillR(.

1212.

p.tTa, >rilh, ami(/, Uii!ld/!f. 1. \\'itlo !111 <.J:sntn::

"l'<' rrvv.
/-'-"T'

(tt)

11'j/h. fJJ fu)Jl/UIH!I

ufth ."

a>..Awl 'J\/tu

i-rai.pwv,

lit~ rJui':Jt

tlry t:u7}ijl(lllif)Jl,O,', Od. 10,020; }J.t.TO. s'-Wvrwv, (('11/JII~/ the /iciU~/, :-;./'/i. ]:;]:!. (u) in llition 1rilh, 1nith thl' ruii]w?ation o(: JJ.(Ta :lfa,T<vlwv ~~":,.o'-fl'-0''." thr.l< f';"!l}'t in alli<m<r with tl~e J"!an;~u.m:i~, 1 .l,, ]().,; otli< JUT auTou >}<ra>, thi'SP, WCi'P, un Ins 8!riP, 1 .. ), ulo; ~'rrlpf>o>.ov O.rro<HluutJ< JJ.fTa XapJllvou, tluy Jllll 1/ypuvnlus I<J <irath ''!tlhe aid nf Clurn11inu.<, T.~, /;). 2. with tlw ,,_,TJ\'E (pn1t.il~, t:'lddf_y 1pk), nwou_q: p.(rQ. Ol Tp,Td.''Oti/'o lha""'" al!rl '"' """-' l'ei{Jililiy in tit~ thil'll [!CllCl'atioll,
Jl.l, ~G2.

u~ith tit,~ 1'('!-\{ t~(

1214]

U1-iE~

OF THE PREl'OSITIO::-iS.

259

3. With till! ACCLMTI\'B: (a.) into (the mi<l~t 'f), aft"/" (in !f111A !f), fu1 (port.ic): )J.<Ta uTpa.rov Tjlla.u' 'Axa.,.;,,,, he <iruu intu tl"' W'u!!f ~~r th" A,hfLl'ans, I I. 0, :,e!l ; "lliwv p.<Ta xa.llo v, ~ailiuy uf/1<1" (in
!JU';~t

uf)

C''Jjl]l.-1',

(b)

g~enemlly uf/l:r, 111<:tt )J.{'yluT~s )J.<Tii. "luTpov,

Ucl. I, 181. tu: p.<ra Tov 'lrOA<)J.Dv, '{f/lr the 1rw; the lmue~t (1'iV~<I') w;:t tu the ],,l,;l',

Hd.4,::i3. Jn cuM I'.: t"ith (of shariu~), amun~t, l{fter (in qw-~t if): it. also ll<-uotes chuuye, a~ ill p.<Tavotw, ciW'Jf. VILI'~ l1!in<i, re]'ent.

1213.
J.

11'0.pci. (llulll. n.l~<> 7rapa.l), 11!/, 11U!I', uluuy.,id~< 4 c~ev 12:!1, 2). /Ji.,ic/1', f1'1!'111: -rrapii. Y')WV a-rroVOO'T7J """ tu 1'!tmn f1'1111! tlu< ,,hi]'" /{. ]~ 114; rrup' f]p.wv a11'ct1' ""yf AAt. TciO~, tal. :t~ this 111 (:_.. .... rryt~ frr'1JL U.'i, X ..-1. :!~ l J.. 2. with t.he !>.HI\ 1:. 11>ilh, ksi,J,., 111ctr: 71ap0. Jlp,cip.oo Oup!J""' at ]'Jimli'S !f!L/Is, II. 7,::)(;; 7ro.fO. uoi o.rtA.uov, they ludved with you (nuc yuur !1"~'-'1>), D. lt:,f>~. 3. with t.l1e A'''"'' \TI\' E, l.o ((( ]lace) 1/lllJ', !11; nbu /,y tlu side Oj, [,eyuucl Vl' be:ddr:, (:n.'jJl, a/t;1l!f ,nil./t, /wraasr uf. (a) of l'LAI'E: rptfas 1rap 7T01a!-'ov, tundli!f /11 th~< (/auk ,~f tbf') ?'iN'J', l/.~I,<i0;1; l(Jcbvrf.t::. 1rapit 70111) q,f>. . oLrt:., !J(JIIt.!f ia to (visit) tl"irfriincls, T.z,:,J. (I!) of '!'DIE: 7rap0. 1r<ivra TOY xp6vov, tlmm!JhU1lt llw wlwle time, ll.li:i,IO. (r) of t'Al!SI:: -rru.p&. T'f]v i}p_{rlpa.v d.f.Llf..~,a.~~, un accu1tnt of our
Wit!J t!J~ GDIJTI\'1:, fru11!
u~y/ecl,

ll4, II.

1rapa rlih\a. (.;Ja, cu1,1j></l''d 11:ith (/,y tlte sid1: uf) ,,1./ur alli>iillls, X. M.l,1". (c) witlt id1;a. of {Jeyunrl Ill" l..w.-.;i<Z,., rtllll t.l"n,pt: oti,.; E'crrt 1rapO.
(d) of
TaUT' ll/..f..a, tlun~ rn'(' UtJ utlur.. , lwsirlt,-; tlu.'>(', .Ar. ~'. U~lh;

c""''' 1:1~"":

In

cO)!!'.: lir~idc,

1rapO. TOJ vb;<o, {;(J!J[/'CP'!fl" tltc /IIH> (J!I'<'Ili'I'I.Y Ul'!fiJ111l it). a/ull[ll'!/, hilhcnrunl, t<'1'''"Yl!f (l,r-~ide tltc mark), over (ati iu uc~1'>t<p).

1214.

'rrtpt,

mo1n11l (on all sid<s), a/,uut (<~ou1pan. 6.f14><).

1. with the <:I:''ITI\E, ul,!ml, ,.!,1Lctl'ld11!1 (1.'1!. de): ,.,p; 1rarpos lplaOa,, to inrJ11i1'(! (li,(Jilt his fatltt~t, Q,J..:.), i1; Od)tWs 1J"tp1' a.tiroil, fr(triu~f ('U)If'f'r"Jiill!f hi11!, l'.J)r.:):!IJ~. }'o01.ic ((~hil'fly l'pic) alH,rt, swpa ....... l1l[J: ~.;pa.1'!p0r r.tpi wdPrwJ, 1niyhty a/.;vvc all, fl. ~ 1, ;)lji;. 2. With thE:' P.\TI\'1:, rflJIJ11( Q1'd11?ld, l;(JHCf'7"11iU:t, Of !>LACE or CAI''E (dli:Jly JlUl'ti<'): (v.)vvc 11'Cpi 117fJ8HJI1< X<TWIa, /w }llll on his t111tir- a''v"t hi.< /!)'(as, 11.10,~1; toonu<v "'P' ~hvc A<i'f', he frarrd fur .11 enelaus, II 10, ~40; li<luavr<s 7r<pi T~ x.wpq., thruU[Jhftai']i'r oar law!, T.l, 74. ~- with the AC<.'II~Al'I\'1: (n<'arly the sauw as cip.<f,l), (1/I(Jtt/., nrar: iu-r6.p.cva.t 7r<pi -roi'x.ov, lu Stalld ltrunwl the v:all, ll.lk,:!7-1; 7r<pi 'E\;\~al!'oHo, !t&oul (w:a1') tltr: lkl/i:,,poitl, D.H, ;J; npl
1

260
TOVTOUS TOVS

SYNTAX.
xp6vous,

[1215

TClUTCl,

veiny auu>tt

(cnya~tcd ilt) tlti~,

au Mit

these time.<, T. 3, 89; wv 'lf<pl T. i, 31.

In

co~t1.: muuud,

avvut, exccedinyly.

1215. .,.po

(L<tt. pw), with the GE?<ITin: ouly, f,r:fure: (a) of l'LA<:t:: ,.pi> Oupwv, b1jure the duu1, S. El. JOH. (li) of Tmt:: 1rpo o<l,.vou, i.J,jur~ Sltj>J~r. X. C.G, c;9. (r) of J.>EFE~c~-:: JJ.ri)(<<J0a< -rrpl> 1ralowv, t<' }iyltt fur tltci?' child?'CJ!, 11. R, f>7 ; o<avov><vv -rrpo {:Ja<J<A!ws, tu ?'lin ?'isk in uehalf uf the king, X.C.8, 8'. (rl) Of CJI<liCE Or I'I<I:l-"ERESCJ:: t.:(poos o.{vij<To.< -rrpO ~lt.:o.s, tO appl'o1>e <Tuft before ju.,tice, Pind. P!i 4, 110 ; -rrpo TOVTou ntlvd.vo.< av fAO<T0 1 /J(:fUJ'C thi.< he 'IOuUld Ji1'Cfer <fuat/i., 1'. Sy.liO. lu C<llll'.: IJjurc, in 1l<je11ce of, forward.

1216. ,.pos' (llolll.

also ,.port or '/fori), at or uy (in frout of). J. With tlte (;ESJT!I'Jl: (a) i11 fl'Pl!t uf, {r,okiny tuiCIIJ'ds: t.:iiTo.< -rrpos l::lp~t.:T'f<, it lie& uver agailtst Thmcr., lJ. ~:i, 1ti~. ln ~weariug: 1rp!Js Ocwv, /.)(<lure (hy) th 1/uds. Sllllletime~; Ji<'lainilt!) tu (as charactA,r): 1) <ripro. -rrpl>s -yvvo.~t.:bs, SJt?e/y it is vny like a wuman,

A.Ay.[>!l:.!. (I.J) frum (011 t/,~ )Jart of): T<p.'i)v ,.pbs 'l'1)v!Js f'xovT<s, having hunu1' f1'U1JI Zus, Od. !'1, ;302. ~ometimcs wit.ll passive verlJs (like ti7r6), especially Iouk: d.np.d.~c<Jfia.< 1rpOs lln<Jl<Trp6.rou, tr, IJe dishonor"-d /,y f'i~1Aratus, lld.l,GI; d.lio~oiivTo.< 1rpos rwv 7rOA<wv, they are heltl in contemj>t by ~tu.tes, X.Ooc.4, 2. 2. With the DATIVE: (a) at: E71'fl -rrpos l.la.{:iv:>..wv ojv o Kupos, whdt Cyrus was at

Bal.Jy/on, X.C.7,Gl. in addition to; -rrp6< TOtJTO<S, /le~i</r$ t/n':;; 1rpos TOi's i1AAOlS 1 be~id;s all the nst, T. 2, tJl. 3. with the AC<TSA TJ\'1:; (a) to: cip.' a.~r'i) 1rpos oxvJJ.-rrov, 1 am guilty myself to 0/ymJIU:;, Jl. 1, 420. (I>) tuwm.Zs: ,.pbs Boppii.v, towards the Nu>th, T.O,:!; (of p~I'80ils) 1rpos d.X)\ljAous -i)<Tvxlo.v cix.uv, t!tr~y ke]lt the peace towal'ds Olle '"'othe>, I. 7, 51. (c) uith a vit!n tn, accordin!l to: -rrpos rl JJ.< ro.uT' lpwr(i.s, (to what e11d) f<>1'1<'hat c/o Y''u ask me thi:;? X. ,v.:l, 7 2 ; 1rp6s T'ijv -rra.pou<Jo.v ovvo.~-''" accunlil!!f to their pu1oe1 at the time, D.15, 2b. In cOM I.: tu, t<>wanls, auai11st, besides.
(/1)

1217. O"vv,

older Attic tvv (Lat. cum), with n.\TIYE only, with, in company 11:ith, or ll!J u;cl of. ~vv i~ chiefly poetk; it sehlt>lll o~l'Ur . in Attic proS<' exrept in Xcnoplwu, J'-(Ta .:; with the genitive takiug its place.

1219)

USES OF TilE J>REPOSITIONS.

261

(a) in r.omJlrtny with: ~Xv8c <rvv M<v<Xd.<tJ, he came with MeJ;elau~, 1/. :J, ~ou. (I>) by aid of: """ Occji, with (;od's help, ll. fl, 40. (c) in accordance with: """ 6l<q., withju&tir.e, Pin<l.J'y.O, 00. (rl) ~ontetimes instrumental (like simpk dative): p.l.-ya.v ,.xoGTov i.Ti}<fw ~vv a.lxp.~, thou rlirlst gain yrwt wealth by (with) thy .<pew, A. Pe. 755. In cum.: with, tugether, altogether.

1218. v1rlp

(Hom. also iJ,.dp), ove1 (Lat. super). I. with the GENITI\'E: (a) of l't.Aet:: <1T7j inrip MQ>a.Xijs, it stuod OWl' (his) heuJ, Jl. :2, ~o; of motion otm: v1rip Oa.Xci""'~' <a. I xeovos 1foTwp.lvo<< (~c. i)p.!v), as we flit uVCl' sea and land, A . .Ag.57u. (l1) /<1', in /Jehalf of (oppose! to <a.Tci): Ou6JUva. inrlp Ti)< ,.6Xcws, srtclijiced in brhrt(f of the city, X. M. 2, 213; inrip ,.civTwv ci-ywv, a stnty[tle J.,,,. um all, /\. fJe. 4tJf>. Stllletimes with ToG aurl iufiu., like i'va with suhj.: iJ,.I:p ToG TO. <1vvoj8'1 p.T] ')'l')'vc<f8a<, to ]l1'event what is custr>llllll'{! from being done, Ae:;ch. 3, l. (c) chiefly in the orators, cunct1'11inft (like 1rcpl): TTJY i;,.(p Toil 1ro'A.lp.ov ')'YW!J.'1 ~xovTa.<, having such Ul< opiniJll aiH>Ut the war, D. 2, l. 2. with the ACCUSATIVE, over, bcyun1l, e:rcerdiuy: v"l:p ovMv l{3i}<f<To 6wp.o.Tos, he stepperl o-vo:1 the thre~hulrl of the lwuse, Od. 7, 13G; v1f<lp i:iXa, u1'e1' the sea, ()tl. :~. 7:); iJ,.ip TO {UXn<fTov, beyond 1nhat is be~t, A. A.y.:.li8; i;,.(p liuvap.<v, /,eyowl its powa, T. G,l(j. In co~u. : uve1, a/Jove, br;yund, in dP-feno~ of, fur the sake of. (Hom. also iJ,.a.l), unde1 (Lat. sub), uy.
1. With the GE!<ITIYE: (a) of !'LACE: Ta iJ,.iJ

1219. v1r6

'Yii, things und(r the ca1'th, P. AJ>. 18". Sometimes frvm UILdP-1" (eltirtly poetic): OVS U1f0 x8ovo< ~K< <j>6w<flit, whum he sent to light f1'u111 beneath the emth, lles. Th. uu9. (II) to denote the AGENT with pa~sive verbs: ,r n< lnp.iiTo iJ,.iJ Toil 6-Jjp.ov, {f auy one 1cas lwno,cd by the people, X. /l.2,'J 1>. (c) Of CAt;SE: inr!J litov<, th1'0111/h jem ,' v' 7,6ovi)<, t/ouuyh plea~ure; i,,.' cilf XoiH, /,y dr~ttntion in port, T. 2, 85. 2. with the v.<Tin; (rspedally poct.ic): Twv i;,.IJ ,.o<1<1l, beneath their jeff, fl.:.!, 784; Twv 8o.v6vTwv iJ,.' 'lXI 'I', of tho.~e 1clw fl'll undm (the. VJall.< of) Ilium, E. !lee. 704; i;,.IJ Tii a<po ,.6Xt, unolrr the aCI'OJ>Olis, H1l. 0, 105; ol i;,.!J {3o."'"'' ~VTn, those who are under the king, X. C.8,JG.
3. with thl'
~'A.o.<1c
ACCC:"ATIVE:

(a) of PLAn:,

unde1, properly tu (a pltLce) 1md~1: v1rb <11rlo5 p.ijXo., he drives (d1'ove) the sheep into (muler) a cave,

2U2
IJ('Sit{!t

SYNTAX.

[1~20

Jl. 1, 270; ~McO' inro Tpo/7Jv, you came to Troy (i.e. to it), Od. 4, 14G: -rciiic ,.civra irrro u<fJii.s 1!'0t<TIIa<, to /,rin!f ull tltc:se under tfu,ir str.a!J, '1'.4, 00. ( u) of n m:, toward.< ( mtrriny into) : inro uHa, at niylt~fu.ll (Lat. };Ub noctem), T. I, IIi>. ~ontet.iJJH'S at th<' time u;; <lie1'ilL!J: inro TOv rrup.b, at the time uj the emthquu.ke,
T.~,:n.

In <.:<HIJ'. : uuder (in place or rank), wuhTiwnJ, slightly, gradually

(like sub).

1220. (lmprOjltl' Pn'J!OSitions.) 'f},ese an! avv, aT<p, axpL, p.lxpt, p.<mtv, EH~<a, 1rArjv, and ..;, (s"e 1:?00). All take Uw genitiw except w<;, whidt iakes the U.CCU~<tiive. They arc never u,,,d
in cotnpo~ition.
I. Ci.vn1, uitJu:,ut, c.ccept, opmt from: avw ci~;o>.ovtlou, 11>it.huut an attendant, ]'. Sy.:!I7; chw TOU KO.h~Y o6~a.v iv<"(Mtv, apmt .fJ'1J1il (l>t: ~icl''') urin!fill~/ go(JIZ rq>1tlatiun, IJ. 18, 8(1. 2. Ci.np, 1ritlw111, apart jru11! (poetic) : ii.up Z716s, with(>!tt (the help of) /.rus, 11. I 'i, ~!I~. ,q, ii.xpL, until, as fur as: d.xp rijs n>.wTij<, until the end, D.l8, 17!1. 4. fJ-lxpL, U)(lil, as fw us: p.lxp< -rij ,.6>.cws, as fro as the city,
T.G,UG.

lntween: 1ura.~v uo1as Kai ci~J.allla<, ~ctwcen wisdom and J>. 8y. ~U~O.. (i. iYoca. rn fllfKV (louk fi'vlKa~ cl'vo;tv), on fll:cuuut of, f(W t11t:- ~a!.:c <!f (~ellHally :dter its llOUil) : 1!{1pws d'va. r?juo<, <>11 <<Ccuunt of Chi~ Ollli'<l[Jr', 1/. I, ~14 ; J1.7J/itva. ohO.'<UHV EVE' a. !J.t<JOoG, /u .flnctf1' nu (!1/f fur a n:rvarJ, X.ll. 0, Jl7. AIS<J oi:vHa. (oii fva.) for h<Ka., chiefly in t.hc dramatists. i. tt>..ljv,' e1crpt: ., >.r,v "f' l}Joov .a< uou, CJ'Ct>pt ?i!yse(f and yuu, t;. El. OOU. H. ws, tu, used with the accn~Mive Jikt< eis, !Jut 0nly with Jltl';;onal ohj<ct,;: ti./.cro w< llepcitHav <al is Ti)v Xa.>.KdiLujv, he came tu /Jcrdiccas a11d into C:halciJi~:c, T. 4, 7!l.
::J.
f'ETO.~v,
i[/]U.JJ"(lJlCt:,

1221. 1. In general, ibe aceu~ativc is the case used with pri.'positions t.o <1enot.e tktt /Oiranls wlticl>, r.um whicl, aloug which, or upon w!Ji<:IJ motion t.ak<s ph~'~; tl ..: gf'Hitive, to dellole that jimn w],ich anything: }.roeeed,;; the dd.the, to denote that in whicl1 auythill;i 1-<Ll;es plae~<. 2. lL will be noticed how the peculiar !llcaning of each case oft.e11 nwditie;, t.hr. Pxpn~~sinn l>y whieh we t.ran~bte a. given prepo~it.ion: thu~ 1raprl. lJJean;; nea1, /;y the sir/e of; n.JHl we havt' 1rapa Toi! {3urnA.i.wr;, from rhe nt>iljhi!IJJ'hnod of t/iP ki"-'f,' rru.pO. Tl{l {Ju.O'LIH'l,

in l!tP liei.'lM"n-J,onrl ofthe lillf/' rrapa Tov {3u<HAiu., into the neigk borlwod of tlw king.

1220]

USES OF THE l'HEIOSI'J'IOJ'\S.

263

1222. 1. The original aclveruial u~c of lhe prepu~itiuns SOiletimes appears whell they are used wilhout a llOllll; t.his oeems especially ill the older Greek, seldolll in At.tic pro~e. Thu~ 7rp[, owtri u/Juur or exceedinyly, ill Homer; anr! 7rp(F; 8i or Kat 7rpc;~, 1
anrf !Jc,,>ides ,' fV 0E1 m,,J amOII!Jihrm ,' f7rt and 11exl; in llcmdotus.

lJ(, ancl

1lj10H

this;

jJ.tTQ

DE,

~. The prepositicHt of a COillJ>OUlld verb Ilia)' alf'o stand sepa rat.ely, in which r.ase its at!v.,rbial furcc plainly app0.ars; a:; l7rt Kvic/)(r~ ~:>..(h v ( Kvi<f>u.;; f.rr-YJ:>..8v ), dwhwss cw11e u11, I I. I, 47 ;, ; ~1-'l.v cbro >.otyov ii vat ( amrp.iivat ), to ual'(l c~fj' rlestructi()n fmm us, fl. 1, Ui. This is called tmesis, and is found chiefly in llu1ncr and the early poets.

up.

1223. A preposition sometimes follows it~ case, or a v<~rb to 1\hich it !,elollgs; as lwv ll.Tro, 7ratDu> 7rEpt; u:>..iaa> a7rc' (for cbo.l.(au.~), Od.fl,5!l4. Fur tlw ch:tng-e of acc;rllt (mwst1opltt), hee llfi, 1.
an~ u~cJ aJvcrhiall:, witl1 a Ycrh Trapa for 7rup1rrt, r.t a11d 1-'-/.ra (in I!IJlller) for t7rf(rTl ancl p.inan. So tVL for (vfaTl, ann puPtic UV!l, Uj)! for avaO'Ta (avaO'T't]8t). For t.hc acc~nt, see llG, 2.

1224. N. A few prepo,ilions

l.ar[) understood;
a~

(!-!,<'"~r:dly

1225. 1. Solllet.imes d~ with the acrusaliYr., ann lK or aTro wit.h the gcuitin, are u~!'cl iu cxprt'~sions which thcn"clvt's i1uply no motion, with refcm~uee to sottte lllot.ion i1nl'lic"l or exprl'~Sctl in the context; as u[ ~uvo8ot l~ ro tfpov ly(yFovro, the synod~ were hdrl in the lrmple (lit. into the temple, iuv,,J\'illg tlw iclc:t ol going- into tl1e tent]'le to hold t!Je syuod,), T. 1, !J{j; ro'is f.K l1 ,;:>..ov AYJ</>B<'im (EotKOT~ ), like t/,ose captwerl (in Pylos, anJ hrouglt t ho11w) ,{ro111 h,to~. i.e. the r.aptires ,{lom P?tlo.<, Ar.N. ]:-)1); 8njpr.craro Kat airra u7ro rwv oiKtwv ~v:>..a, eveu tl.e ,,e,.,, timhe1s in the houses (lit. from the lwu,es) l"ul bfeu st()/tm, X. A. ~.~lG, 2. So f.v with the~ Jat.ive soJnctintcs oec11r~ wit!J vcrl>s of llll't.ion, referriug to rest w!Jielt follows t.he lllolion; a<; f.v rw 7rOTUJLW f.''TI'fO'OI', tlil'!l .Fl!, (i.nto aud rrn1ainrJ) iu thP riN1', X . .19. i, ~:!; <v' yoi;FUO't Trc7rT tltWVYJ~ she fell u11 DiuH<''' k'"'''' fl. f,, :170: sec S. El. ll'i'<i. Tlte"' (I and~) are instanecs of ilw so.callt:r! rollslnll'lio pra, fl1ifi11R.

Tu

1226. )i. Atlv~rl>s of place ar' f'Oillet.int'S intrrclnmgecl i11 t.hc san1e way (l~:!i'J); as o'TI'ot Ka8iaruJ-L<F, whae '"f. me stm11linq, liL. whithc1 h'1l>i11g come ,,.e (!J'f. stm11/i"q, S. 0. C. :?:l; r(s J.yFo<'i ruv iK'i8<v 7rOAp.ov 8vpo i~orru; who ,foes 1101 k11nw thllt ''''' wm that i.~ there will cm11~ hithn? D. I, I ::i. :5o ;,,8o Kai (v8o, 011 this side and on tltut, lil;r lK 8<$tii~ (a dcxtr:t), on the ri[Jid.

264

SYNTAX.

(1227

1227. A preposition is often followed by i~ own case when it is part of a compound verb. E.g.
IlaptKOf.l[(ovTo ri]v 'Ira..\[av, they sailed along the coast of Italy, T. 6, 4-!; f.a~..\Bi p.t, il occurml to me, Hd. 7, 4(); let..\BiTw TL<; owp.O.. TWV, l~t snme oue come forth from the house, A. Ch. ()(j:J; evvi?rpacraov avT<f 'Awjnaaij>, A mphissean~ assisted him, T. 3, 101. For other examples of the geniti\e, see 1132; for those of the dative, see 1179.

ADVERBS.

OvTw; tT-tr~v, tlms lie spol;e; w> Svvaf.lUL, as I am able; 1rpwTov hr: ji1:;t weut au:ay; &...\TJBw> KaKov, that which is truly "vii; a~ra{ u' OOTJY~O'OV(TL KClL p.aX aaj.livw<;;, these will guide you even must ylmlly, A. T'r. 7:28. 1229. K. For adjectives used as adverbs, see 92G. For adverbs prcc<clvd by the article, and qualifying a noun like adjectives, see 052. .For adverbs with the genitive or dative, see 1088; 1092; 1148; 1174; I 17G. Fur adverbs used as prepositions, see 1220.
d~>..(Je,

1228. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. E.g.

ro

THE VEltR.
VOICES.
ACTJVJ<;.

1230. In the active voice the subject is represented as acting; as TPf7rW TOV<; o8at..p.ou<;, I tum my eyes; 7raT~P ~f..e'i Tov 7ra'iSa, t.lte fathe? loves the child; o J J t7r7ro<; TPEX!:~, tne rtOi'Se runs.

o
W

1231. Th~ f<rnl of t.ho n.ctivc 'oicc includes nJust iut.ransitive verl>H; as rp/.xw, nm. On the other hand, the form of the middle or passive voice includes mauy deponent verbs which are active and transitive in mean in~; as {3ov>..oJillL Toifro, I want this. Some transitive verbs have certain intransitive if'nses, which generally have the meltnitt~ of tht! middle voice. as f.rrT7JKa, I sta!ltl, EO'T7JV, I wwi, from t<7T7Jf.lL, place; others have a p;~ssive force, as &vf.aTrr <Tav .~.,. a{rrou, thy we>e rhi""" out by him, T.l, 8. 1232. The sn.me verb may be bot.h transitive and intransitive;

1239]

THE VEHB.- VOICES.

265

as l.\.avvw, d1ive (traus. or in trans.) ot march; ;xw, have, sometimes hold or stay (as EX o~. stay 1IOW, P. Pr. 349d) ; with ad verbs, be, as t~ ;xu, it is well, bene se habet. So 1rparrw, do, t~ (or KaKw>) 1rpaTTw, 1 am well (or badly) ojj; I do well (or /;adl?l) The intransitive use sollletittll'S arose from the omission llf a familiar object; as iA.avvLV (Z7T7T01' 0\' apJ.W.), to drive, TAWTav (TOV {:J<ov), to end (life) or tv die. Con1pare the English verbs d1ive, tW'71, move, inaease, etc.
PASSIVE.

1233. lu the passive voice the subject is represeuted as acted upon; as o 1rat<; l.mo Tov 7raTpo<; tA.EtTat, the child is loved by tlte father. 1234. The obJect of the active lwcomes the 1-mbject of the passive. The subJect of the active, the personal agent, is generally exp1esscd by lmo with tile genitive in the passive construction. 1235. The dative here, as elsewlwre, generally expresses the inauimate instrument; as f30.A.A.ovTut ,\[()w;, th1:y are pelted
by stones.

1236. Even a genitive or dative de!Jeuding on a verb in the active voice can become the subject of lhe passive; a.-; KUTucf>povt!rat inr' lp.ov, he is despiser] f,y me (1\cti1e, KaTucppo-vw avToi!, 110~); 7TL<TTfVtTat ti7To Twv &.pxoJ<ivwv, h~ is trusted by Ids subJects ( a.ct.ive, 7TLO'Ttoouatv aimf, 1160); O.pxovmt inru {3aat>..i.wv, they are nderl b.lf kings (active, {3acnAtt> apxouaw awwv ). 'Y1ro OJ,,\ocpv>..u,-v p.O.,\,\ov E7Tt{3ouAtuovTo, th~y were more plolled ll[Jiliust by meu of other races, T. 1, 2 (act.ivP, E7Ttj3ov>..wov uwo!>)
1237. N. Other prepositions than v1ro with t.he genitive of the agent, though used ia poetry, are not com1non in Attic prose: such are 7TUpa, 7TpO<;, CK. and a7TOo (See 120D, c.) 1238. 1. The perfect aud pluperfect passive may have the dntive of the agent. 2. The persona1 verba1 in -Tio> takes the dative (1596), t1u~ impersona1 in -Tiov the dative or accusative, of the agent (1597). 1239. When the active is fo1loweu by two aecusatives, or by an accusative of a thing and a dative of a person, the case deuoting a person is geuerally made the subject of

26G
e],auged.

SYNTAX.

[1~40

the passive, and the other (an aceusative) remains unE.g.

O,',o( v a.\.\o OlOUO"J((TQl UI'Bpw7ro~, a 1/lllH is tuuqld twthirttJ P.!se (in llll! act.iv", ovof:v uUo OtOumwvat O.vfJpw7rov), 1'. Men. 87". *A AAO : t p.l'i:(ol' t7rlTuxB,/<T<T(h, .'fOU lei/! lllue some othe1 .'l'eatn coumw,,d

i71ljiC!Sel uu !fUU (act i 1'<", aAAo n jU!(,ov v;/(v tmra;ovatv, tltf!J ll'i!l impo,e -'"'"e ur/,a !Jl'l'llle!' Cuil/1/lfll/tl 011 you), T.l, 110. Oi E7rLTlTpup. 1dvoL TrJV cf>vAttKrjv, tlwse to 1rhmn the yuan/ h11s bern intrusted (ilclil'l', EmTpt7rHl' T';JV cj>lA<<K1JV TOVTO<<;), T.l, 12G. b..tcpOf.pav i.vYJp.jJ-ivo<;, c/!ltl i11 rt Lrathen, ;,.dill (ad in, lva'TrTt<v r( rtl't, to .fit a tit ill!] Oil Olle), Ar. N. 7:!.. So EKKO'TrTWBut TC~V ocj>BILA.JLOV, to J,w:e J,i,, eye cut out, aud a7roTip.vta8~tt Tqv Kt</>uA>/v, to !woe his f,e~ul cut c!fj; clr.., from possihle al'live eulJ~trnclirJns f.ro<07rntv Tt TtVt, a11u n1ruTt JLVHV T[ nvt. 'tiJis coJJ.<;truct.iou ]JUs !l()L\,iug tu do with that of]().):-;.
Tlh! first two l!Xalllj>les a.w ca.<cs of the coguat.e accusative (1\l~Jl) of th~ thing relaiued wit.h tl1e passive, while the accusative o1 d:tti1e ul the pe1su1 i~ umJe the subject. 1240. 1. A cogna1.c ac:cu,ativc (10~1) of th) active form, or a neuter pronoun or udjr:ctive repre~euling such an uccus;ttivc, may bcconae t.l"' wJ.,j(l't of the pa.ssi1e. E.g. '0 K[vouvo> KtvOvvtvtTat, the 1i;k is 1'W! (active, Tov K[viivvol' KLvOo VUJH, he runs the risl.): Sef\ 1'. L(jrh. 1S7". El uvof:v ~!LapTl'}TU.t JLOL, if 1w fault has /,ec11 committe1ll'!J me (active, oiof:v ~p.J.prl'}Ka), Aud.J,3:). ~. The pahsiV(! 111ay also be used iilljersonally, the cognat) sut,. j~ct l.Jein:.; illlplit>d in1lw v.,rb it.'<elf; ashu31jai,ro'i~ -rrapurKtlr uaro, u:lwn p1eparatiun lrwf/,ec7J 111ade, T. ], -10; ovn ~acf3>JTUL ovn WjJ.oA.OyrJTU.L (!-:<'. f.Jlo{), no sacrilryc has ln?r.:n done a11cl nv couJf-.-.siuu l.as bee'' 7(/(tdr: (li!/111~<), Aud.l,7J. :). This l"~cut~ ,bi~tly iu ~ttdt neult~r p<nti<~ipial expn:s,ions a~ Ttl. ao( Kap.o( /3t/:1twp.il'u. tf,,. tiers ]"cs;;nll'!J !l"u aurl b!f''''' lJ.JS, :_!lj,); u[ Twv 7rf7rOAtT{tiJ.l(v<uv ti0uvut, the tto'CUilltf.< rl tf,r.ir ;m/,fic acts, IJ.l,:2S: ~~~ ra ~r:rt/3l'}JJ-va, tlw imt>iuu.< w:tsulrirhlwv,,/,ecn clrme; T u Kt vo v vcu B( vT u, t/,e ris/;g u/, iclt 1nrc nm; T u ~ I"'PT YJ p./.vu., the ~rn,s dtich huve IH:tll r.ommittcrl, etc. Even au iuLrausit.i1e \'erh lllay thus ],ave a passive voice.

1241. N. SoJ11e iutrall-itive active fonns are usP.d a.<; pns~iv<s of oLher verbs. Thus<~ 7rOttv, tu I"'''P/it, <~ "'.iaxna', to I"' !Jencjitul; di A.<ynv, to pmis,,, <~ cl.-o,;HF (poet. KA.vuv), to /,r, pntiscrl; u.Zp<'Lv, to !'aptu1e, rlAO'wut, to b~ C<ljJtwcd; a7rOKT<t'vttv, to Aill, tl7rofJ,,r}aKHV, to
he kil!Pd; lKfJUJ...A.c.r.v, tn r.rtst out, f.K1f.[7TTll.v, to lu? ca,.:t nut, 6tf~KlLV, to zno.,cr.llte, tPOJyHI', to be P''ON,cut.,d (to b~ a dejcHdcmt) j a..,.o>..vw, to QCI)Uit, U7rocpc tu be Ql'!jll itted.

vyw,

1246j

VOICES.
MIDDLE.

1242. In the middle voice tl1e :-;ubjeet is represeuted as ac:tiug upon himself, or Ill scme lli<LlliJel' whiel1 co!lcerns himself. 1. As aeti11g on himself. E.g.
'Erpc:broV'TO 1rpo<; A:!Jan{uv, they tunw/ thrm.'clt'<'-' to ;imc.'J, T. 1, ;j, (~to;> 011e's sc{(), 7r{(haBo.L, tr11sl (]'aswu/e Ollt's self), cf>a{voJLG.L, appNn (show one.~ ~;elf). Thi~ 1110~t ll<J.Lural u~e tf the middle is the least co1n1non.

So 7rUVOJLa<1 cease

self.

2. As acting for lti1111Jelj or witlt nifcrence to ltirnE.g.

'0 D(jJLO> r!BTaL I'Op.ou<;, the J>Cn]le mnl.e huv.< .fm tlum.elves, vcip.ou<; wou],.J properly Le sai1l of a Ia\\ giver; rovroJ' p.t.TurriJJ.:rrup.J.Lt, 1 st:u'l fur hi11L (tv t:omc: to 1ne); cirr(rrfp:rr(TO at'rror;,, he dis111issed !hem; 7rpoj30.>J...TUL TlJI' aa1T(Oa, he J,o/Js his ohidJ to l'rolet:l hi111.'e{f. 3. As acting 011 an objcct l,clrm!Jin,r; to ltims,?[[. .P:.,r;. 'H>-B< Au<TClp.<I'O<; B(ryurpa, he came to nmsom Ids ( OW>t) Jrwf;hla, ll. I, J:l.
wlwna~ r{87Jm

1243.

)if.

The last two uses m:y Le united in one verb, as in

the last ex:unple.

1244. )if'. Oft~n the middle expresses no lllore t.ban is imJ>lirrl iu tltt~ actil't'; t!Jll~ TfJ07Tawv iarar:r8at, lo 1oisc a trophy .fo> t/,r71sdtlf'S, g"'"'rotlly add~ notbin 0 Lut t.!Je Pipression to what is illl]'liP<I in rpomuov [aravaL, to raise a tJ'uj>lty; and eii.h<'r forlll can be US<!tl. TIH~ lllid<lle sometitnes ap]"ars uoL to diff,_.r at all from the act.ivr in nH.wing; as tlJC poetic lolaBw, to see, a!lll loc'iv. 1245.
J\. The llliddl~ smnetime~ has a ran<atile mean in~; a~
iOLOa~,{p.1J1' a(, 1 had you tuu:;ht, Ar.N. 1:1:1s; LnL f'bLOa~<J.jL7JV

llteans abo I lcanwd. 'l'lti!-.; givcc; rise h' SOllle specln.l Ui-il'S of till~ ltlidtll~'; :t"' in iLvt/,crl, lu111, Dav[~uJLG.L, lnnTow ( cuu.'e .'lllltei)(Jd.>;tn le1d Ia Oll~s self); p.wUw, iff, JL<<r8o1>p..<tt, hi>e ( r:uu.<e lo lu: let /o oue's .<elf) ; I let 1/l!f.'<'l/ for ]'"!! is ip.uvruv p.wBw. So Ttv<, pay a }'r:11alty, n'vop.,LL, l""'isft (111uke a11othe1 pay u pellalty).

1246. N. The middle of c"rtain verbs is peculiar in its Jneanin;,:. 'f}ms, aipw, toke, aipovfUH, choNe; a7ToO(Ou>p.<, .'live l'acl:, rlr.oo{DoJw<, sell; a1TTW, fast ell, U7rTO}JUl, rli11 !I /() (fa.,/tll 11/.'f'f(( to), KO ~xop.u<, '"'ld
to, bot\1 with geuitive
j

yup.w nva, mmry (~air! of a man), yajLOVpo.{

268

SYNTAX.

[1247

nvt, mmTy (said of a wommJ); ypd</>w, w1ite or p1opose a t'ote, ypa</>op.at, iudict; np.wpw nvt, I avenge a perso11, np.wpovp.a[ nva, I avenge mysr(i on a ;e1so1l or I punish a per.,vn; </>vAaTTw TLvcl., I guard some one, </>uA.{:r-rop.a{ nva, I am on my gumd against some one.

1247. :1\. The p<Lssive of some of these verhs is used as a passive to Loth active and middle; thus ypa</>~vaL can mean either to be writlen or to be iudicred, a1pd~~vw. either to be take11 or to be
chosn1.

1248. N. The future IJJiddle of ~ome verbs has a passive sense; as aOtKw, I WJ"OIIg, aOLK~<TOJJ-aL, I shall be WTOnged.
TENSES.

1249. The tenses may express two relations. They may designate the time of an action as p1esent, past, or future; aud also its character as going on, as silllply takiny place, or as fllislted. The latter relatiou appears iu all the moods and in t.be infinitive ami participle; the former appears always in the indica I ive, and to a c<nt.ain exteJJL (hereafter to be explained) in some of the depende11t lll<JO<b aud in the participle.
T.

TE::-<!:>ES 0F TilE INDICATIVJ<:.

1250. The tenses of the indicative express action as follow::;:1. l'Iu,sEKT, action g(_)ing CJ!l in present time: yp0.w, 1 am wrtiny.
2. hfPEI~FErT, action going on Ill pa~t time: ~ypa</>ov, I wus wtilfug. 3. l'EIU<'ECT, aetion finished in present time: ylypa</>a, 1 have written. 4. l'LUI'EltFr:cT, action finished in past time: lyyp0.</>YJ, I had w1itten. iJ. AomsT, action simply taking place in past tim(': typo..pa, I wrote. G. FuTuRE, future action (either in its JmJgress or in its mere occu?Tence) : ypO.l/Jw, I shall v:rite or I shall be

writing. 7. FuTURE PERFECT, action to be finiRhed in future time: yypat/J-rat, it will have been written.

1267]

TENSES.

269

1251. This is shown in the following table:I

Present Timt.
-Action-going } ~ on Action simply} taking place -----Action l finished j
Pm.:sENT

J>ast Time.
htPEnrEcT

F-utu1e Time.
_______
Ft;TUHE

------I--------

Fun1ln:

l'EI<FECT

l'LUI"Eitl'ECT

Ft:T. l'EHFECT

For the preseut and the aorist expressing a general truth

(gnomic), see 1292.

1252. In narration, the present is sometimes used vividly for the aorist. E.g.
Tr 0 0" T ( ,\ ,\ 0 u (Tt v O~Y, KQL 7rpt airr[;w 0 Kpv<f>a .,.. i f-TrH, he uid.~ them smd mm: accordingly they dispatch them, and Thrmistocles sends secretly about them, T.l, !ll. This i~ call~t<l the Historic Prc~eu t. 1253. I. The preseut often expresses a custo111ary or repeated action in present ti1ue; as ouro<; p.f.v -Jowp, l.yw Of. oTyoy .,.. { vw, he drink~ ?/later, and I d1ink wine, D.l!J, 4G. (See l~!J:!.) 2. The imperfect likewise may express customary or repeated past action; as ::i.wKpaTYJ> WO"Trp ly{yywaKV ovrwc; V .. y, as Socrates thought, so he used to speak, X. ltJ. 1, 14 1254. The present p.i:V...w, with the present or future (seldom the aorist) infinitive, forms a periphrastic future, which someti!lles denotes intention or expectation; as p.i:V...a roiiro Trotiv (or Trotia-Hv), he is about to do this; d p.tAAH ~ 1TOAtn[a a-<:>,a-0at, if the constitution is to be saved, P. Rp. 41 :2. 1255. The present and especially the imperfect often express an attempted action; as Trt0ova-tv vp.as, they are t1ying to persuade you, lsae.l, 2G; 'AA.oVVYJa-Ov i o[oov, he o.Jrered (t1ied to give) IlalotlETrpaa-O"TO OVK Ey i v To, what was attempted nesus, Aesch. 3, l:la ;

K ( ,\ flJ H Trip.!fat aYOpa<;.

0p.urroKA~<;

did not happen, T. u, H.

1256. The presents ~ K w, 1 am come, and o 't xo p. at, I am gone, have the force of perfects; the imperfects having the force of pluperfects. 1257. The present If-U, 1 am goi11g, with its compounds, has a
future senst', and i~ used as a future of <pxop.a<, V>.<vcrop.a not hP.ing

in good use in Attic prose. In Homer

ff-U

is also present in sense.

270

!:3YN1'AX.

[1258

1258. The present with 1raAat or any other expression of pa~t time has tbe force of a lH"<!~eni awl perfect combined; as 7r<i..\.at "TOVTO >..iyw, I have lultf/ be<m telli11g this (<chich I IWIV tell). 1259. 1. The aori.<t takes its 11a1ne (aopt<rro>, unlimited, uw;wdi.fied) frolll its de11oting a ~imple past orr.uJTcnce, with none of tl1e limitatio11s (opO<) as to r:rmzp/ti;oll, conli>lli!l>!Ce, I'C]JC/ition, etc., wltich belong to tbe other past wnses. It corre'<pond~ to the ordinary preterite in English, wbercas the Cr,<k imprrfect corresponds to the forms !teas doing, etc. 'J'J,H,, no(n "Tovro is he was doill(Jtlti.< or he did this lwldtwzll>;; n7rO(YJKf roilro i~ he has a/1eady du11e this; E7rf7rOL>}Kn romo i~ "" lul nh,a<f.'f (at .mne past time) done thi; hut no(YJCT rovTo is sinlj>ly hr <fi,[tlu"s, "it.hont qualification o[ any kind., The <wri~t is tl11~rdon; COilllliOnly used i11 rapid narration, the imperfect in <let aile<! description. The aorist i~ more COllllllOn in 11<~;.-;at.ive seutenr<.~. 2. As it is not always iu1porl:wt to <list.i11guish bctwceu the progress of an acLion an<! its lliCre occurrence, it is occa.sioually indiff,~rcut w!Jether t.hc inl]Wrfect or tJ,c aorist. is used; compare {A.yov in T.l, 72 (end) with frnoF, D,c~aF, :wd EAf~ in 1, 70. The two tenses show different vi<!WS (both nal.mal views) of the same act of speaking. 1260. The aorist of verbs whieh denoi<) a state or cmulition may <xpn!ss the ent1m>ce i11to that. sbttc or coJHlitinn; as n>..ovT<7i, I am rich; l.,.>..ovTovv, I v:11. n'ch; l.nAOlfrYJCTa, I becmne 1ir:h. So l.f:3a<r{Afv<r, he became ki11g; ~P~f, he took r~(Jicc (also he !reid rdfice).
1261. After tnf[ an<! l.nuo~, ajtr-r tluzt, t.he aorbi i~ ,;eucrally to be t.mnsl;~.ted by onr pluperfect.; a' l.nHOYJ J.n~>..Bov, after they had departed. Compare postr1uam re11it.
lllay form a periphra~tic perfect, especially iu A t.tic poetry; as Bm,p.O_<r<t> E)(W TOO, l lw11P. wo11rlered at this, S. !'h. J;l(j'J.. In pro.<;t, <xw with a participle generally k~" its COllllllOll force; as rrJv 7rpo'i.~<a <xa >..a.f3wv, he has received and has the dowry (not simply he luoo t11/.:en it), V. 27, 17.

E'xw

1262. N. The aorist (sometimes the perfect) participle with

1263. ~- Sol!lc pPrfert.~ havl' a pn~s,~nt. mranin~; a..<; BvdCTKfLV, ta die, r<Bv!]Kf.J,a.t, to be dr:a<l; y[yv<<r81lt, to becomP., y<yo,f.vat, to he; p.tfJ.VU<TKv, to n:mi11r/, p. ( p. v~ CT On. t, tn l'flllCIJII"'r; KaAiiv, to call, KKA~<r8at, to /J~ railed. So oToa, I bww, lJOVi, a11<lmauy others. This is usually explained by the meaning of tbc veru. In Btir.h verbs the plnpedeci has thr> for<'e of an imperfect; as if Yf 1 knew.

1270]

TENSES.

271

1264. N. Tlte p~rfect wmetiutes refer~ vividly io tlu:: future; as L jJ- u.iuBrjatru.t, Aw Aa, if lw sltall per-cei1:e me, I am 1uiued (perii), S./'/,.7.:>. i:io ~Oiltetitnesihepre~eni, <1~ tbroAAvttut,l perish! (for I ,,J.a/1 pais!,), L.l:!, II; attd even the a.uriht, a~ a7rwAOftYJV ti !Jot A<(!fw;, f]Jeri;h if you leave me, E. A I. :j~tj. 1265. N. The ~el'C>Illl l"~rson of tlH~ future tnay eXJ>ress a permis~ion, or even a cmnmwHl; as 1rpa~uc; ofov ttv BiA!i> you uut,ll act as !I"" plr-asc, Uj(j; 7rUYTW<; oi: TOVTO 0(',;.a tL "' rwd &!t ali meat-' do f/u"s (you .>lt<tlllu tl.is), Ar. N.J:j.-,:!. So in iwprecatiuw;; as u7roAtZaBt, tu d~sii'UCiiu~t ?citlt yrm! (lit. you slurll }Jel"isl,). For the p~ripl!raslic future with ttcAAw and tlw infinitive, 'ee 12jl. 1266. N. Tbe future J>erfect is so111etime~ merely au etnplt<ilic ftrll!re, d<'uoling thai a future :.ci will he i111uu:rliate or <hci.,izw .: as

s. o. c.

<j>pal;,<, KILL 7r<7rp<r~<ru.t, speal., awl it slmll he (>w "'""'"~"said than) doue, Ar. Pl. 10:!7. Corupare tlw siwilar u.se of tlw perft!cl iJJliuiti ve, 1:!7 5.

1267. 1. Tl1e division of the tenses of the indicative into primm:'; (or ]'rincipal) <Lllll~;e:undar,IJ (or hi~lorical) is explaiuec! in 4-I.K. 2. In \lepc:ndent dauses, wheu the enustruetion allows both subjunet.i vc aJJd npt:Lt.i ve, m Loth iudi<:<Lti ve and optativ<o, (.lu: suJ,juuetive or indicative reguln.rly follows primary tenses, and t.lte opta.ti vc follows SC(;Oildary t1:nses. B ..r;.
II pJ.rrovlTt~ 0.' ,;,, (3ovA~t;vru.t, theytlo wlwtel'er thf'y l'l.ase; r r o v ,!' fJ u ,}Ao <v To, tlwy dirlu;la.Jiel'<'l' th('y l'lcased. A i yo v a 1 ll OTI TOVTU (:Ju,;AUI'Tilt, ''"'.'! Sllff rl.u.tlliff{Wi,;h for tlcis; At~llll
; 1r f!U

on

ruuru {JuvAu<tTo, tlwy said tlcatlluy uis/u,rfjol thi,;.

TltM' cut"ll

<lclion~

will Le ex plai uPd ltereaft<,r ( lt:l I ; 1487 ).

1268. ;\. Tit" g-w1nic <VJrist i,; a prinw.ry (.,p~e, as it. rd<rs lo Jlns..:ut ti111e (l :.!!!::?): a1t<l t.l,,_, l.istoric preseut i~ secondary, as it
ref.,r~ to

1'"-'L ti111e (!:!.-,:!).

1269. T!;e ordy except.ior to this pri11ciple (J:W7, 2) occurs i11

iudin~rt diseuur''' when~ the fnrm of t.lte direct diseour'.st~ can always he rl'f.aiued, eveu aft<~r sv<:oudary ieJtSI's. (Se<~ I4Sl, :!). 1270. I. T\w rli'iJ.iuctiou of priluary and s<:>conlary t.enses ex tend, (.,, t],,~ d~peu<lnt t)ll;oJ;; only where tl1t~ i.ell'i!'S t.ben~ ke"p the saut" di,l in,:t.i<n of 1inte w],j,.], t.lwv ktve in the iuJicative, as itt the optative and inf.ttitive uf indire~l <lbcourse (l:!HU).

272

SYNTAX.

(1271

2. An optative of future time generally assimilates a dependent conditional relative clause or protasis to the optative when it might otherwise be in the subjunctive: thus we should geuerally have -rrparrouv ltv Cl. f3ov>..otvro, they would do whatever they might please. See 14:10. Such an optative seldom assimilates the subjunctive or indicative of a final or ohject clause (1362) in prose; but oftener in poetry. It very rarely assimilates an i11dicative of indirect discourse, although it may assitllilate an interrogative ouhjuuctive (1358).
11. TENSES OF THE DEPENDENT .MOODS. A. NoT
IN lNmnECT

Discot:nsi:.

1271. In the suLjunctive and imperative, and also in the optn.tiv~ and infinitive when they are not in indirect discourse (1279), the tenses chiefly used are the present aud aorist. 1272. 1. These tenses here differ only in this, that the present expresses an action in its duration, that is, as going on or repeated, while the aorist expresses simply its occurrence, the tiu1e of Loth being otherwise precisely the same. E.g.
'EU.v -rroLij -rouro, if he shall be doing this, or if he shnll do this (habitually), liiv 7rOL~CTrJ -roUro, (simply) if he shall do this; d 1roLo.:l) roUro, if he should be tloiHg this, or ~( he should do this (habitually), d 7rOL~CTH rovro, (simply) if he should do this; ?ro[H ro\!ro, do ,tid.~ (habitually), 7rO,l)CTOv rovro, (simply) do this. Oi!rw vLK~uaLp..{ -r' lyw Kat vop.Lto.:p.l)v uo<f>o-;, vn tld8 couditiou may 1 gain the victory (aor.) ami be thought (pres.) wise, Ar.N. 520. BovArU -roi!ro 7rOLtv, he wishe$ to be doing this or to do this (habitually), f3ovAro.L rovro 7rOt~uat, (simply) he wishe. to do this. 2. This is a distiuctiou eutitely unknown to tbe Latin, which has (for e~ampl;) only 011e form, si facial, corresponding to d 7rOLOLYJ and (l 7rOt1JCTCLlV

1273. The perfect, which seldom occurs in these constructions, represents an action as finished nt the time at which the presP.nt would represent i.t as goiny ou. E.g.
AiOO!KO. f-1.~ ,\~(}7/V 7rl7r0l~K!1 I fear l~st it may pn>I'C /() lwve caused forgetfulness (p.~ ?rotff would mean lr>st it ma.11 cau<c ), D. l !J, 3. MYJOlVL [3ol)(h'iv O<; li.v p.~ 7rporcpo<; /3 ( f3 OTJ (}TJ Kw vp..i:v <; to help 110 one wlw shall not previously have lwlpPd ?fOll (o> <'iv p.r1 . f3oYJfhi would mean who shall not zneviously help you), D.19, 16. Ovx iiv c),Q.

ii.

1270]

TENSES.

273

'fOtrTO -/ t:ft:v oUK t.UOU<; Ot:8wK61"~, they would not (nn enquiry) prove to hauefailed to pay immediately on this account (with lhoolo' this would meau they would rwtfailto pay), D. 30, 10. Ov {3ov>..o). EuBa~ (n .:lpa, ilia {3E{3ov>..Evu8'" it is no lot1ger time to be deliberating, but (it is time) to l11l!'e jinislwl deliberating, P. CL 46~.

1274. N. The perfect imperative generally expresses a. COillllHUJd that something shall be decisil'e and pe7'111a71ent; as Tain-a dp~uOw, let this have ueen said (i.e. let what has bceu said be final), or lett his (wlticlt follows) /le .<aid OtiCC for all; ftE)(pL 'TOV0( wp{u()w vp.wv ~ {3pa8vT~>, at this point let the limit ofy,JUI' slugyislmess be fixed, '1'.1, 71. This is confined to the third person siugular passive; the rare second person singular middle beiug lllerely C!liphatic. The active i9 used only when the perfect has a present meaning (1263). 1275. N. The perfect ir!finitive sometimes expresses decision or permanmce (like the imperative, 1274), and sometimes it is merely more emphatic than the present; as (l1rov T~v Ovpav KKAEL(10at., tltey o1de,etl the gate to be sltut (and kept so), X. H. 5, 'F. H>..avvv E11't TOU<; Mivwvo<;, wu'T' f.Kdvov<; EK1TorA~x8aL Kat TPlXltV E7rt 'TIL o1rAa, SO that they Wc1e (once for all) thOI'DU,ijh/y fiig/deued lllld ran to anns, X. A .1, ()IS, The regular meaning of this tense, when it. is not in indirect discourse, is that gi~en in 1273.
1276. The future iufinitive is regularly used only to represent the future illllicative in inditect discourse (1280). 1277. It occurs occasionally in other constructions, in place of the regular present or aorist, to make more emphatic a future idea which the infinitive receives from the context. E.g.
'E8~8'l)uav rwv Myapwv VQVO't ucpas ~VfJ.7f'(J011'Ef'-1/Jltv, tltPy asknl the !11egmiuns to escmttl.em with ships, T.l,27. OvK a1t'OK~J AVO'HV Ovva'TOt ovn<;, not hciug ablr to pretetlt, T.3,28. In all such cases the future is r.Lrictly exceptional (see 1271).

1278. OnP. tPgulat exception to the principle just stated is found in the periphrastic future (1254).
l3. });
bfliRECT DISCOt:JtSE.

di.~course includes all clauses depending on a verb of .1aying or thinkir>_q which contain th~ thoughts or words of any person Bla.ted indhectly, i.e. incorporated into the general structul'e of the seuLence. It iHcludcs of course all indirect quotations and questionR.

1279. The term indirert

27-i

~YN'T'AX.

(1280

1280, When the optative and infinitive st.:md in indirer.t diseonrse, each tense represents tluo cu1TeS)JOnding tense of the same verb in the direct discourse. '.g.
EA.EyEv on ypacf>ot, he .<aid that he wa.< unitiii.IJ (he said ypa</>w, lam writing); >..EyEv oTL ypa!fot, he said that he would write (J1e said ypU.IJiw, I wil11aite); (>..EyEII orL ypa!feto, lte said that he had wiuca (he ~:1.id (ypo.I/Jo.); EAEY1' on YEYP"cf>w> EtYJ, he .,aid thM he ltorl already uwittfll (he s~id y<ypacf>o.). Hp(TO Et n> f.J.lo'V i YJ (Tocf>wnpo<;, he asked whe.thcr auy une was wi~er than I (be :lsl;ed E<rn n>;), 1'. Ap.:!1n. <l>l)aL ypacj>u11, he says that he is uritin!l (hr. s~ys ypacf><~); cf>rJat yparf!Hv, ''" sn.'ls that he willwl'itc (ypO.!fw); cf>>J<rL ypO.fat, he .<a.11s t!,at he Wl'0/1: <(ypufu.); cf>TJaL yEypucj>f.lluL, he .~ays that he has wium (yf.ypa</>11). For the participll', ~ce 12.S~. EI?TEV OTL lll'Opu. ayoL tv (Ip,u.L oiot, he said that he was bri11[Ji11_q a 1111!11 li:hom it 11'1!.' 11CC:f'SS(/1'.'f /() Nlllji11e (!JC said uvOprt y W ;;II flp~aL Oft), X.ll.i\,F. 'E>..oy(,Ol'TO ~>. d }J.~ JJ-axotvro. a7TotrnjaotvTo ai 7TOAH<;, they co,,ide> c,f that, {(they should IIOtjight, the cit its 1roulrl revolt (t.hey t.l~<nt~hl f.O.v J.l'J JJ-nX<OJ.lE8o., J,.oaT~O"OIITO.L, ifue do unt Jiyhl, tl,c!f willl'ttfllt), i/,iJ. G, 1c. 1281. N. The~e C<>li~Lrnction5 are expln.ineJ. in 14R7, 1-1:14, auJ. 14!17. Here they 111erely show the force of the te11~e.< ill it .. lirect. di~com~<~. Contpare 1.~pl'cially the dilfereuce IJt,(.ll<'<'ll rf>ryr[ ypO.cf>((v aJHI </>7](TL ypt{lj;uL above with that h"tWCC'll {JovAtrnL 7TOLELV :tiHI {Jov>..EmL ?ToL~aat nn<ler 1~7:!. :-.ntice also the ~all<e distiuct.ion i 11 the prc~en L and aorist opl.~ti vP.. 1282. N. Tlw <'OJJst.rnction of l~tiU is the strictly proper use of t.lw futnr<' infinitive (l:!lo; 1277). 1283. ~. The fnt.1m' perfect infiuitil'e i~ occa,ionally usc>d hr:n, to Pxpres~ futmc completion; n.s IIOJ.l/,En f.v rfjoE rfj >it<<p~< (p..{ KQTllKfKOI/JEa(}u.L, /,c/it'I'P- tfillt 011 t/,at d!/_ f s/,r,/1 hnn: icC>I alrearl.'f (i.r:. sholl /,e the ~ame as) ell/ i11 piece.<, X. A. 1, :) 1G. 1284. N. The fut.nrP pc>rfPI'f. partil'ipll' Vl'l'.)' rarly ""''"''" in a

siJ11i\:Jr

Sf' liS<'

(ste T. 7. 2~> )
~s

wr>ll n.s 1he ]wcspJJ\. int1i,a1 j,,~; as r(,.as E;xa> iJ,.o,\''f1f3al'<r' ct. XE (J' Bo.L TOll <l>tAl7T17'011 OT lG1T(V0<v; 11'11(!1 )>nrlji'J'-' ''" ljfll! -'1IJ1Jifl~C /'!"lip made 11hcn ltc wa.< J>nuri"!l /i!.atioHs r (i.<. Tcva<; >JVXTO ;), D.l!l, I:.lU. The lwrfPct. infiniti,e likewise repr~sent.~ both JWrfcct and pltqwrfPct. In snrh cn.~f'S th,-, f.inlP. of tl11' i11fiuit.ive IIlllS!. nlway' iJ., shown l>v t.hf~ Cf>il!l'xt (as a\omp h_v or' EIT7T0'~{V). Sel' 128!1. 2. For the preseut optative n~presentiug the imperfect., see 1488.
0

1285. ). The present infinitive may npresP.nt. tlw imJ>r>f,.rt

12!W]

'l'ENtiEti.

2i5

1286. Verls of lwpin,r~o expectil!f, )ll'omi~iny, su.:eari~ty, ;wJ a few others, fonll all intPI"Illediate class UttWCell verbs WlliCJJ take t!Je infinitive i11 iudirect cliscoursr. UIIO tbos1 wlJich do not (sec 1~79); and though tl1ey regularly lJ;m, the future infinitive (1280), the prc!seut and aorist are allowed. E.g. "lL\,..,,o~ p.a)(1JI' ; a u Ou ,, tl.c!J eif'ecrcd that there would be a /.mtrle, T.4,71; but o.' OV71"0T( ijA1rL<TfV ,..u(i<lv, what I.e never expected to .<1~/}tr, E. II. F. 74(i. XeuupiHJll ll:ts {,,..(,rx<ro tJ.rJXa~v 1rupi~Lv, C.(i,F 1, :1.11d ;l.lsn {,,..(ax<ro f:Jou,\<v<J"ucr&at, A.~,J;l0 'Op.oauvrts muru.t') f. p.p.< v<t'v, l.aci>'!/ suor11 tn n/Jide b!J tlesf, X. JJ. J,3~G; but op.O<TUL tfvut jJ.EV T~l &.p)(YJV KOlvlJV,7rllVTCJ.<;O'vp.I.~J,..o8oi!~aL TYJV )(l;,f>UV, 10 ~Wefll" t/wt lite !JOVti"JII!WIJ( .<fwu/d /;e C:ol//l/1011 /;ut (},(1( u/1 ~lw<tld .IJiue llj! tl.e luud tv you, I>. ~tl, 170. 1!1 English"''' tan say 1 Jll)pe (e.tprct or prui>Jisl) roc{, t/,is, like 7roul.v or 7rOL~<Tut; or 1 ''''}'e I $/wll do this, like 71"0llJ<THv. 1287. ;\. The future optative i8 lll'l'er ll~l'd except as the representative of the fJJLure iuclicative, either iu illllirect discourse (see J!.!SO), or iu t.he coustru<:tiou of 107:2 (which is govemed hy the prin<'iples of iudirect dbcours.;). Even iu thcoe the future indicative is geucrally retained. See ulw 150J.
1

Ill. TENSES OF THE l'AltTlCIPLE.

1288. Tlw tPII~cs of tile p;trticiple generally cxpmss the saull' tim<~ as those of tlte illllic(ttive; lmt they ane preseut, past, or future .-elu.tivclp to the tilllc of tlce n,r!.J with wbieh th".Y are eo11nccte<l. E.g.
'Ap.upravtl roi:ru 7rotuw, I.e errs in rloiu:t tlli.: ~p.apruH rovro he errecf iu doill(! t/,i.l ,' ap.tLpT,JUfTUL TOlTo 7rOLWV 1 he u;i/1 err ir1 doill!f thi.1. (IJ,,n, 7rOLWl' is first pres"ut., theu pa~t, tlteu future, al>wlnLely; hut a!" ays present to tiH-' verb uf the scutcucc.) So iu indirect disconro<': o~8o. rovrov ypa</Jovru (ypac/Ja1ra, ypa'fuvra, or y<ypu<fJ<lT<<), I !.:now that he is u,.itinq (that he urote, will writ<, or lw~ wri11r11). 1roAA.ol </Jct(l'ovrut .!>..Oovr<<;, >wt IJJm1y "Jll'mr to J.ane !JO>W (em the expedill.ull), T.l, !{J, (Fvr other exalllples, see Uoi3.) Tavra d7rovr~<;, d.rr-q>..fJov, hrmil>g said this, t!.e1; depmterl. 'E7T7fV(auv rol.> dpYJKOTa<;, the!f J>misecl those who hflll (alreucl!t) spoken. 'l'ovro .,. ot 1] a wv (pX(TuL, /,f is cvmi11y to clo tit is; ruvro 1rot ~aw v ~>..O(v, Ice came to do cl1is. "Ar.<A8< ravru A.a{:Jwv, tal.e this m>cl be oj}" (A.o.{3w~ uc:icg past to ar.(Afh, but al>sc.]utl'ly fut.nrc).
7T"OlWV,

Ov

1289. Tile prc>eut may here also represent t!Je iwperfe<:t.;

a~

276

SYNTAX.

[1200

or&
th~y

K&Kt[vw (]' w cf> p 0 y 0 y H, ;(]'Tf ~wKpaTH uuVljUTl)V, I know that botlt were tempemte as /oag as they associated with Socrates (i.e. lawcf>povLT'Y)v), X. M.l, ~Is. (See 1285.)

1290. N. The aorist participle in certain con~truct.ions (generally with a verb in the aorist) does not denote time past with reference to the leadiug verb, Gut expresses ti111e coincident with that of the verb. See examples iu 15()3, 8; 1585; l.'i::io. See Greek Moods, 144-150.
IV. GNOMIC AND ITERATIVE TENSES.

1291. The present is the tense commonly u.sed Ill Greek, as in English, to denote a general truth or au habitual action. E.g.
T [ K T( ( TOt KOpo> .J {:1pw, OTCLV KUKcf oA.f3o> E7T't)TUt, satiety begets insolence, whenever prospe1ity follow.~ the wicked, Theog.153.

1292. In animated language the aorist is u.sed in this sense. This is called the gnomic aorist, and is generally transln.ted by the English present. B.!J.
Hv Tt> TOWWV TL 7Tapo.f3u[vg, ''Y)pluv awol:, E7ri.8aav, i.e. they impose a penalty 011 all who tran.<[Jress, X. C.1,2 2 Mi' ~p.f.pu TCJV p.'t:v Ka0LAfV v!J;o8v, TOV /)' ~p' avw, O>le da!l (1iften) /nings down one man from a height and raises arwthe ltiglt, E. frag. 424. 1293. N. Here one case in past time is vividly used to represent all po~sible ca.~es. Examples containiug such adverbs as 7rOAAaKL'>, often, ~8YJ, abeady, ov1rw, never yet, illustrate the construction; as J.Bvp.ovvT~ avCp<<; OU7TIJJ Tp07rCLLOV t(]'T')UUV, disheartened men 11eva yetraised (i.e. never mise) a trophy, P. Critins, lOt;c.
~;imiles;

1294. N. An a01ist resembling thP. gnomic is found in Homeric as -i)pt7r /)' W. on TL<> opv<; ~ P''rt v, and he fell, as when 1295, The perfect is sometimes guomic, like the aorist.

some oak falls (lit. as whw an oak 0>1ce fell), II. l.'l, :l8D.

'l'o 8 p.~ p..,.o8.;,v J.vuvTaywv[<TT'!' <uvo['t -n-r(p.YJTIU, but those who ae not before men's eyes me honored with a good will which has no rivaly, T. 2, 45.
1296. The imperfect ancl aorist are sometimes used with the ad verb av to denote a cnstomary action. E.g.
A' 'Y) p w w v av Cllrrllll<; T! >..iyotv, I !J.<erl to ask them (I would T often ask them) what they suid, P.Ap.:!2b. IIoAAaKL'> ~Kovaap.<v av vp.a.>, we used often to !tea you, Ar. Lys.51I.

E.g.

1303]

THE PAliTICLE "AN.

277

1297. N. This iterative construction must be distinguished from that of the potential indicatiYe wit.h O.v (1335). It is equivalent to our phrase he would often do tltis for he used to do this. 1298. N. The Ionic has iterative forms iu -uKov and -uKO!J.7J'' in both imperfect and aorist. (See 778.) Herodotus uses these also with as above (1296).

av,

THE PARTICLE "AN.

1299. The adverb (epic td, Doric Ka) has two distinct uses. 1. It may be joined to all the secondary tenses of the indicative (iu Homer also to the future indicative). and to the optative, infinitive, or participle, to deuote that the action of the verb is dependent 011 liume circumstances or condition, expressed or implied. Here it belongs strictly to the verb. 2. It is joined regular] y to ei, if, to all relative and temporal words, and sometimes to the final partieles we;, 07TW<;, and orppa, When these arC followed by the SUbjunctive. Here, although as an adverb it qnnlifies the verb, it is always closely attached to the particle or relative, with which it often forms one word, as in d.v,
OTaJJ, m:t8tlv.

av

1300. N. There is no English word which can tran~late O.v. In its fir~t use it i~ expressed in t.IJe would or .<hould of the verb (/3ov>..mro he would wish; f.Aot!J.7JII I slwuld clwose). In its second use it geuerally has no force which cau be made apparent in English.

av,

av,

1301. N. The following seetions (1302-1309) ellllllH!rate the various uses of whr.n these are explain~d lllorc fully "lscwhPrP-, reference is made to the proper sections.

av:

1302. The present and perfect iuJicative JJevC'r take O.v. 1303. The future indicative sometimes takes O:v (or K)

in the early poets, especially Homer; very rarely in Attic Greek. E.g. KtL{ KE TL'> ,J,'f,' ipiEL, nnd some one will (or may) tl,u~ .<prnk, 11.4,
17G; uA>..oL ol.' Kf. p.<
np.~CTO'Ucn,

othas who will (perchance)

h01t01'

me,

278

SYNTAX.

[1304

fl. I, 174. Tht~ future with see111~ to be an inLenneuiate fonn Letween the sin1ple futun~, will l.v11or, and the optative with wuuld honor. One of the few exalllples iu Attic prose is in

av

av,

P.Ap.2Hc.

1304. 1. The past teuses of the indicati vc (generally the imperfect or aorist) :tre usc\l wi tl1 av in a potential sense (1335), or iu the clpodosis of an uufulfilled conditiou (13\37). E.g.
Otov ~v Ku.Kov E'TI'O(TJaav, the.IJ could (or would) have do11e 110 ltann; ~Afhv Clv d iKiAcvaa, he wuuld have' co11ce if 1 /,ad conmzwcdcd

lcim.

2. The imperfe<;t and aorist iudicativc with civ may also have an itertttive ScllsP-. (See 12VG.)

1305. 1. In Attic Greek the subjunctive is used with civ only in the depeudent consti'Uetions mentioned iu l~VH, :!, where av is attached to the introductury particle or relative word.
See 1307; 1370; 1:382; 1428, 2.

2. Iu epic poetry, where tlw indept:!l(lent suLjunctivc often has the sense of the future indicative (13GG), it may take Kf. or av, like the future (1:{o::). E.g. :E1 OE Kf Ji~ Swna,v, yC:, o v UVTO> f. Aw JiU ,, Wed if he tloes 7WI
K(

yi1'e leer up, 1 will take ha 111!1-'tlj, 11. 1, 3:2-!.

1306. The optative with has a potential sense (1327), 11.11<l it often forms the apollosi8 of a condition expressed Ly tl1e optative witll ei, denoting what wuuld /tappen if the eoudition should be fulfilled (1408). 1307. N. Thejutwe optative j, never used wit!J a\' (128i). 1308. 1. The present and aorist (rar('ly tile pcrfee;t) infinitive and participle with uv represent the indicative or optative with O:v; each ten~e being equivalent to the corresponding tense of one of these moods with a:,,- the present representing abo the imperfect, and the perfect also the pluperfect (1280; 12R9). 2. Thus the present infinitive or participle with av may represent either an impeded inrlieativc or a present opta tivc with aJ'i the aorist, either an aorist iuuicativc or an

av

!311)

TilE l' A ltTICLJ: MI.

279

aorist optative with av j the per feet, either a pluperfect indicative or ::t perfect optative with av. E.g.
(Pres.) <fl7JO'LV u&ov' i>..wfHpov~ ~v t Iva t, ti ro1rro : 1r pat a. v, he says that tl.ey 1):ould (now) be free (~aav av), i.ftltey had dolle this; .p~aLV a&ou<; f.>..tvBf.pov~ &v f rI' at, d TOtTO 7r p a~ flO. v, lte says tltat they uo11ld (ltcrcaftcr) /,e free (titJ! tll'), if they should do this. Ol&. aVTOV> f.>..wBipov<; av OVTfL>, d TOlrrO E7rpa~av, I know that they woul,f (1101U) be free (~!Jav av), if tlt~y ltacl done this j oiOu O.VrOV> f.>..wBf.pov~ &v 01 Ta<;, Ei TUliTO. 7r p a~ HU v, I know that the!t would (l,erP<~ftr:r) be fiw ( tTtv al'), !f thry shuulrl do tlns. Ilo.U.' llv xwv (rtp' d'TrtLI', although I migltt l = EXO!JL! av) .~(1!1 11!0.11Y utlter thiflgs, V.IS,2:JS. (Am.) <flMtv a.irov l>..(h'lv ilv (or oi& a.&ov i>..Bovra &v), d rovro lyiFtro, they srry (or I how) tl1<tl he would hwe come (~.\.(hv av). if thi.< hrrd haj'J'l'lll"/; cpaO'tV avrov f.>..(Jc'tv llv (or OtOIL a.;JTOV <>.B.;,,,.,, oY), (l 1'0~"1'0 y(votro, they SUI( (or I !.wnr) thai he would rome (l>..(lot ,iv), 'f tlu'.< """"'" ha]I]'Cll. 'I'(LO(w<; i'i1 &.cpt8d,, 7rpot[ATO ,broB<Ll'(ll', tchercas /,c: miyl,l easily It ave /!Nil (ICfjllittccl ( a</>t87J av). "" lii"C{O"re l lrJ d:c, X. M. 1, '1 4 ( J'r,:f.) Ei }J.YJ ,.a,, dpm1<; f.K[vu<; r.ar1<axovro, mtl'TIL ru18' TGw {:Japf'JO.pwv &1' a A"' K ( va. t ( cprj<r(tV O:v n<; ), haJ thc.'J not exln'biled tho.c r11doits ~~ ralo1, u:c ?lli(thl sa.'! !hilt all tltis would have been cnptwe,z ''.'1 '''" /J((I"/I(}J'l(/1/S (lu.>..<l.Kl! Ul'), n. JfJ, :31:?. Q,',K !lv ~YOVJLU! <LVrOV<; OtK>)I' J~t<LV b(~cv~ef.mt, L a&cvv Karai/JYJ<f>ta(lta(h, I do not thi11l: tluyU'ould (!l,~n, in th~ fut.ure, J"''ll"e In) hn1:e '11fJ'r;rrd 7'~'''/'Cr ptmi.<hment (6tOloKt1TES Uz EIEJ'), ~f ,110li, .c.:.hould crmrlt?m1l tlttm. L. 27, !J.
1

inro

Tlw rontxt lllll'l dcricle in "~rh cas~ whct.lter we have the e<jtti,aleut of tla~ iuolirat.ive ()!'of t.h(~ optat.iv~ with al' lu t.h,, exmuple.~ give1o, the fnn11 of f h pr"t :t:;is g<nerally ~c;ttles the rpw~tion.

1309. Tl1e infil,it.in "itl1 ,i,,, is usPcl chidly iu iu<lirect <lisr.ourSt! (ll!l-1); hnt. tiJ,, part.iriple wit.l1 (i,, b JllOl'P.. COillll\Oll in otlH~I' COiht.mdinlJS (s<'c examples ahov; ). A~ t.hc> early poeb wlw us<! t.b~ fut.nre j,,dicative with O:v (1:303) seldom w.;e tl1i~ constrnet.ion, the fut.ure infinitive and p:Ll't.iciplP. with nre very ran.

,r,.

1310. Whrn o., i.s us<'d "ith t]J() snbjnnet.ive (as in 12':)\1, 2), it i~ gnerall,Y S('p:tratC<l from the introllnctory Word f1tdy by monnsy JbJJir: jlnl'tic]('S like ,Jl,., o(, r, yap, <'t(~. 1311. when ;;,. is usetl with thl' in<lic<tt.ive or optative, or in <tuy ot.ber pot.cHtinl con:.truet ion, it. may ~itb~r J," pi:LceJ Hext to
its verb, .-.r Lc attached to some ot],cr emphatic worcl (as
11.

lH,ga-

28o

SYNtAX.

tive or interrogative, or an important adverb)

m5.\w OL TOLOllTOL iripou<; 7r[a-avr>

T.::?,(i:J.

a1T 0.\ (IT La v, such men, if they

as

rci.xuJT' av

T(

shuuld get others to follow them, would very soon desiJ'OY a state,

1312. In a long apodosis av may be used twice or even three times with the same verb. E.g.
OvK 1lv ~yiiT()' avrov Kil.v 7TLOpap.LYj do yotl110ftlduk that he would coen have 1ushed thither f D. 27, 56. In T. 2, 41, av is used

three times with 1rapixwfJaL. 1313. "Av may Le used elliptically with a verb underOi oiKirw. (>y,wt><Jw &..v: ouK uv 1rpo rov (sc. :ppcyKw), the slates me snoring; but i11 old times they wouldn't have done so, Ar. N. 5. So in cpof3ovp.VO> W0"7Tp av d ?Tat<;, fearing like a child

stood.

E.g.

( wa-1rp lv cpofNZro <i trat> ~v), P. G. 47D.

1314. When an apodosis consists of severa1 co-ordinate verbs, av generally stands on1y with the first. E.g. Ovo(v c'Lv oui.cpopov TOV ripou '!!'Otol. ill' 7Tt ra&ov ~OLY ap.cp0Tpot, he would do nothing dijj'erent fiollt the other, but both would ai111 at the same o~ject (av belongs also to Zotv), P.Rp.360<.

1315. "Av never begins a sentence or a cl:tuse. 1316. N. The adverb nfxa, quickly, soon, readily, is often preperhaps.

in which case nix' av is uearly equivalent to i:'a-w~. The av here always belongs in its regular seuse (129!1, 1) to the verb of t.he sentence; as rO.x' ll.v (>..(}o,, perhaps l1e would come; rO.x' <l.v ~A.fJ<v, perhaps he would (or might) have come. fixed to
THE MOODS.

av,

1317. The indicative is used in simple, absolute assertions, ami in questions which include or concern such assel'tions; as 'YPdet, he writes; "fpa'tev, he w1ote; 'YPU.-.Jret, he will write; 'Yf"fparpev, he has written; rl, E"fpd-.JreTE , wltat did you write .f? f'YPa'te -rouro ; did lte write this? 1318. The indicative has a tense to express every variety
of time which is recognizeu by the Greek verb, and thus it can st.ate a supposition as well a.s m:tke an assertion in the past, preseut, or future. It also expresses certain

I322J

THE MO(JDS.

281

other relations which in other languages (as iu Latin) are generally expressed by a different mood. The following examples will illustrate these uses:Ei roin-o ti>..r/Ns ern, x_a{pw, if this is true, I rejoice (1300); ti lypai/Jo, ~A.8ov av, if lte had writtea, I should have come (1097); d y paljtfL, yvwcrop.a.t, {f he shall write (or if lw w1ites), I shall know (1405). 'E7rlftfAfLTal orrw<; TOUTO YfV~U(Tat, J,e lakes care !lwttlli.~ shall happe11 (1372). A yu on roliro 7TOlft, he says that he is duiug this; someti!llcs, fT7rfV on rovro 1fOlft, he said that he was doing this (he said 1rotw). (1487.) Ei:(h !l' lKrfLva-;, W, /l~7TOT roV7"o c1!'o[1Jlfa, 0 !hal thou harlst killed me, that I might lleL'elluwe dv11c this! (1511; 1371). Ellh roiiro &.>..7]8E> ~v, 0 that this we1c true! (1511). 1319. N. These constructions are explained in the sections referred to. Their variety shows the illlpossibility of including all the actual uses even of tlJe indicative under any single fuuda.mental idea.

1320. The various uses of the subjunctive are shown by the following examples:Iwp.tv, let u.< go (1344). M1) Bavfta<J"l]T, do uot womler
(1346). T{ ft7Tw; what shall I say? (1358). Ov p.~ roliroyiv7Jrat, this (swely) will uot happen (1360). iowp.at (IIomeric), 110r shall I see ( 1355 ). "Epxtrat iva roin-o Zon, he is co111i11g that he may see t!Ji., (1365); cpo/3ftTU.l p.~ rovro y vryrat, he fems le.~t this may hnppP11 (Pl78). 'Eav l"A8n, TOVrO 1!'ot~<TW, he comes (or \f he shall come), I shall do rhis (14U.S); iav rt> l>..Bn. rovro 7TOtw, if any one (e11er) cmnes, 1 (always) do this (1:~(1:1, 1). "Orav >..8!1, roi!ro rroujao., when he cnmes (or whw he shall come), I shall do this (14:\4); <3mv n> f.A.8n, roi!ro 1rotw, when any nne comes, I (altcays) ,f,J flu., (H:ll, !).

Ovo(

1321. N. The suujuuctive, in it.s simplest 8.111l appareutly llJO~t. primitive use, expresses silllple futurity, like the future indicative; this is seen iu the I 1o111eric in<l<!pendent construetion, iowp.a.t, I sl111ll see; ('lrrrwt nc;, fmP. will say. Then, in exl10rtations :wJ prohibitions it is still future; as ttup.fv, let us yo; !lTJ rrot~uryn roi!ro, do not do this. In final anJ objr~ct clauses it expresses a future purpose or a fut.ure object of fear. In condition[l] and conditional relative sentences it expresses a future supposition; except in general conditions, where it is inddiuite (hut never strictly present) in its time. 1322. The various uses of the optative are shown by the following examples:-

282

SYNTAX.

[13<!3

dune; ti:(h Jl-l) O.noAoLvTo, (} tl.ut they """!/ Hut ]'trish (lrJU7). EA8o< O:v, he may yo, or I.e llliy!.t yo ( l3:n ) . 'HA.8tv i.'vu. TOUTO LOOL, I.e cumc tlwt he miyht sec this (1:\li:i); icpo{:Jt'iTo }1-~ TOVTO yf.voLTO, !.eji!ured lest rl,is shuulrll"tJlf'''t (lJ7ti). E1 f.A8o<, TouT' il.v not~<rut)l-L, if J,~ slwuld cu~~<C, 1 slwtdd do rf,is (1400); ti: ns (ABut, TouT' i-rro[uuv, if UHf/ oue (erer) CUllfC, I (ulu:uy,;) did this (l:W:), :2). ''On (A (Joe, TouT' O.v 7rOllJO'<H/LL, whe,ever I.e should cu'!11e (at auy Cill<t whe'' I.e ~lwuld rulJH'), 1 sl.ouf.l do this (14=Hi); Tl'i f.A8ot, Toi'rr' E7To[uvv, wlttlltL'I'!' Ull,Y Ullt C(ll/11', I (alway,) did thi.< (HJl, ~). 'E7l'(/L(,\('LTo o7l'w'i TO~JTO yq'~'roLTo, he took cart clwt this ,/wuld ftUJ!}Jtil (1:17:!). Ei'ntv on TOVTO 'ITOLO(r, ('11'0L~<Tot or '1l'OllJO'H(), he ~airl tlw1 },e uus ,J"i'!J ("'"ultl du (>l' !"ill dune) thi:; Oi87).

Elirvxo<l')>, may you be j.munure; Jl-1l y f. voLT o, may it not be

on

1323. N. Tile opt:tlive in llHLil}' of it~ u-;Ps i<; a vagu<'r :Lll<l less distind for\1\ of t>XJm's'>i,,u tkw t!Je ~Ul>jllli<'t.iv<:, illflic<Llivt:, or imp.-,rative, in construclious ,,f the san1c g''ucral cltaraeter. This <tppcars especially in it,; inltpelltlelll u~'s; as in LIH; Ilolltlrie 'EAiVl'}v uyoLTO, I.e may /alee llekn (llUillj, 11.1, HI (s"" ywu'lw uyf.O'(Iw, fl. :3, j;!, l'lfPJTill,; to tl!l' ~<llll tlti11g, ;tll(J KO.(, 7T0Tt 'Tl'i tL1T?JO"LV, ft.lHl smnetimr. 011f.: will :::.a.'J, }:){):~, ah(,Vt~); i.otp.o,, 1Jut?J Wf: 90 (cf. lOl/LEI', let Us .'JO); /L::,f 'Yfl'OLTO, 11/U,'/ it ltOl haj>Ji<~)! (cf. f1.1J yf.v7JTUL,iet it IIIJ( /,(IJlJlC!I); lAOtTO (JIOill. ~Otlldilll~S (AotTO ~tlutH'), !te would tul.:e (cf. limn. (Al')Tu.L ~Otlletilllt!S wiilt Kf., /,c will tal.'!). So in future eonuitions; as d yivotro, if it should !UIJ!j)(!)l (d. liiv yiVl'}To.<, if it shall hOJ'J'P'') ll! other tkpenlf,lll t;la!l'<<'s it i~ !'ell er<\lly a correlative of the suhjunctivt, SOIIl"lillleS of t.lte inlicati1r.; here it r~pre~ent~ a <hpendent ~nl>junct.i'" or illdicative in it."> cha11yerl ,elraion wl1en t.IH! verb on "hich it t.le)'t'ltJs is rlJall.~,,.J from present or future to past time. Tltr ':ulle change iu relat iou is expressed in Eii~lish by :1. ehalt~e frOill shall, will, uw,>;, dr,, i.;, etc. to slwuld, would, miqltl. rli.t, "'"' ~t.G. To illuslr;\\... tlt.-~e l>t.sl nbtions, COHlpare pxnru tl'u cl>,ry, cpo{:J(~TuL p:fJ yC.v7JT<J.L, l<i.v Ttc; f.,\(j!l 'TOVrO '1l'OLW, im,...tAtTat iJ7TW'i Tovro yun)lr(TuL, allfl >..iyL (in TUVTU 17'o'Z, wit!, the Cl.llTe,punuiug tonus alter past lealing verl>s giveu

av

in

1;{~2.

For a discw;sioll of the whole relation of the opl:ttive t.o (.he subjunctive and t.he oLher 111nods, a.nrl of lh< ori~i11al 1ncaui11g of the ~uhjunct.i1e and (Jptative, ''~e lo.foorl$ and 'l'eH.,es, 1'1' :171-:lS(I. 1324. Tlte impera.ti ve is used to ex pre:;:; comma.11US

and prohibitions; a:; Tovro 7T'Oict, do this; p} do not fly.

cp~:(ry<T~:,

1327J

Til F: MUO IJS.

1325. The infinitive, which is a verbal noun, and the p:trt.ici ple and tlte verlJal in -ri~, which are verbal adjectives, are clo~ely counccted with the moo us of tLe verb in many constructions. 1326. The following sections (1327 -Hil.'J) treat of all constructions which l'C<!Hirc any otlwr form of the finite verb thn.n the iudicati ve in siw plc assertions and cp1estiou,<; ( 1317). The i nfiniti vc and participle are inc] uded here so far as either of them is used in indirect discourse, in protasis or n.podosis, or after .:i<rr( ( c.O,, f.'.;; or l' .;;n) and 7Tp(v. These constructions ;~,re Jivided as follows:I. Potential Opt:ttivc anil Jnclieative with av. IJ. 1mperative and Subjuncti \'C in comm:wus, exhortar tions, and prohibition~.- Subjunctive and Inclicative with fl.~ or fl.~ ov in cautious Asscrti01rs.- "01rw> n.11d o1rw> fJ-1J with tlw iwlependent Future Indicative. III. Jndcpendent Homeric Subjunctive, like Future lnlirat.ive.- Interrog-ative Snhjmrct.ive. IV. Ov p.~ with Sul,jnnctivc a.ntl Future !Jidicativc. v. Final and Object Clauses with ;,,u, .;,,, 07TWS", ocf>pa,
UlHJ

f-l.lJ.

VI. Conditional Sentences. VII. l{elative and Temporal Sentences, including consecutive scnteuces with wurf etc.

VIII. Indirect Discourse or Otatio 0/Jlirpta. IX. Causal Sentences. X. Expressions of a. Wish.
I. POTENTIAL OPTATIVE AND INDICATIVE WITH ii.v.

T'OTEJSTIAL OPTATIVE.

1327. The optative with O:v expresses a future action as dependent on circums1.arH~ts or conditions. Thus tA()o, av is he moy go, he might (could or v;ould) go, or he would be Wcel,y to yo, as opposed to an aiJsolutc statement like he will
go. E.g.
"En yci.p Klv &.Av~atp.o KnKov ~1-'P .fo1 (perhaps) we may .~till escape the evil day, Ori. 10, :?GO. TTav yar ll.v 1r u&oto p.ov, frw you

284

SYNTAX.

[1328

can learn anything .vou please from me, A.Pr.IJ17. T[ rovo' ~v !L?TOL> aAA.o; what else could you say of tlds manr S.An.646. Oin< t1v AHcp(h[~JV, I would 1101 be left behi~Ld (in any case), Hd.4,97. Al> i> rov airrov 1TOTaJl.OV oi11< ~~~ ij-t{3a["r/>, you camwt (could no!) step twice into the same river, P. Crat.402. 'HSiw> liv ipo(wqv A(?TTLVYJV, I would gladly ask (I should like to ask) Leptines, D. 20, 120. Ifo( o~v rpa?To!l-'d)' t.v ln; in what other direction C!ln we (could we) possibly turn r I'. J::u. 290~. So {Jov>..o(l-'"'1'' av, vclim, I should like: cf. {3ov>..op.:qv av, vel/em (1339). 1328. The optative thus used is called potential, and corresponds generally to the English potential forms with may, can, might, cvuld, would, etc. It is equivalent to the Latin potential subjunctive, as dicas, credas, cernas, putes, etc., you may say, believe, perceive, think, etc. The limiting condition is generally too indefinite to be distinctly present to tlte mind, and can be expressed only by words like perl,aps, possibly, or probably, or hy such vague forms as if he plertsed, if he should try, if he could, if there .<hauld be an op;>mtunity, etc. So111etillles a general condit.ion, like in a>~y possiUc case, is felt to be implied, so that the optative with av hardly differs from an absolute future; as in ovK t1v Jl.d)<[p.,Jv roil &povov, I will not (would never) give up the tlnone, A r. R.l:l30. See the examples in 1:130.

1329. The potential optati vc can express every degree

of potentiality from the almost absolute future of the last example to the apodosis of a future condition expressed by the optat.ive with d (1408), where the form of the condition is :~,ssimilateu to that of t.lw conclusion. The intermediate steps may be seen in the following examples:OvK &v OLKa[w> l> mK6v ,.f.t:roLp.{ n, I could not justly fall into
any trouble, S. An. 240, where OLKa{w> points to the conditiou if justice ohould be done. Oi!n it:r8[ovt:rL 1rAdw ~ ovvavraL <jlipuv [!Lap pay<t<V yap av, 1101" do they eat ?l!Ol"e than they can Carry, fill" (if they did) they would bunt, X. C. 8, 221, where d f.t:r8toL<V is implied by the former clause. 1330. N. The potential optative of the second person may express a mild command or exhortation; as x_wpo'i> &v <tt:rw, you may go in, or go in, S. Ph.IJ74; KAvot > &v ~o.,, hear me now, S. El. 6:l7. See 1328.

1331. N. The potential opt.athe may express what may here aft.er prove to be true or to have been true ; as ; ll-'~ ( t:rocp{a) cpau>..YJ n> civ tl:YJ, my wisdom may turn out to be of a mean ki11d,

}337]

THE MOODS.

285

p, Sy.17 5; 11'oii o~r' ~v d ( v oi ~ivot; wlle1e may the strangers be 1

(i.e. where is it likely to prove that they are)? S. E/.1450; d:'l]uu.v 'it 8-v ovTOI. Kp~T(<;' aad tl.e.<e would probably prove to be (or to hme been) Cretatl.<, Ild.l, 2; dru.t BE ovK &.v 1r0AAat (r'I]<Tav, and these (the islauds) would 110t prove to be many, T.l, 9. 1332. N. Occasionally avis 01uitied with the potential optative, chiefly in Homer; as ov n Kcu<wnpov llio 1!'a0otp.t, I could sujf'er nothing else that is worse, II. 19,321. 1333. N. The Attic poets sometimes omit av after such indefi nit.e expressions as f.<TTtv Oc.rrt~, Errrtv 07Tw~, (<rTLV 07TOL, etc.; as (CTT' o~v o1rw> "AAKYJ<TTL> , yY]pa> p.o>..ot; is it possible thea that Alcestis can come to old aye? E. AI. G2; so 113, and A. Pr. 2!J2. 1334. N. For the poteutial optative in Ho111er referring to past time, sec 139!!.
I'OTE:NTIAL INDICATIVE.

1335. The past tenses of the indicative with av express a past :wtion as dependent on past circumstances or conditions. Thus, while ~>..0v means he went, ~>..(hv av means he would have gone (under some past circumstances). 1336. This is called the potential indicative; and it probably arose as a past form of the potential optative, so that, while lABOI.
av 1ueaut originally he may go or he would be likely to go, ~>..0v 111eant he may have gone or he would have been likely to go. It is the equivalent of the Latin forms like diceres, you would have said, credcres, you would have believed, cerneres, putares, etc., which are past potential forms corresponding to dicas, credas, cernas, putes, etc. (1328). Thus putct and pntaret are equivaleut to OtOt'f'O /te wou/J Oe likely to tJdnlc, and i(TO av, l1e would have been likely to think. 1337, The potential indicathe sometimes expresses (in its original force) what. wotdd have ban likely to happen, i.e. might have happened (and perhaps did happeu) with no reference to any defiuite condition. E.g. 'Y1ro Kv ra>..au[cf>pova 1fP Sio> d>..n, fem might have seized (i.e. would lwve he en Iikely tv seize) even a man of stout heart, llA, 421. 'H >.. 0 ( roiiro -rovvHSo> T<l.x' .iv &pyfj f3w.cr0f.v, tl. is disgrace may per haps have come from t>iolenr,e of w1ath, S. 0. T. 523. 'Ev 'l'aVr?1 Tj ~AtK{'f >..f.yovT<> 1rpo> {,,J.(i, lv ~ ~~~ p.O.Aturo. l7THTT vera n, talking to you at that a.qe at which you would have been mo!l lilcely to pul trust in them, P.Ap.l8.

av

av,

286

SYNTAX.

(1338

1338, Generally, however, the potential indicative implies a. reference to some circ:mnstauces differeut from the real ones, 60 that ~>..8tv av COilllllOU!y means lw would have gone (ifsomet/dng had not been as it was). The unreal past condition here may he as vague and indefinite as the future condition to which the potential optative refers (1328). E._q. Ov yap KfJI ovva,L(aOa (impf.) Ovpawv dmd<Ta<TOat AiOov, j01" we could not have moved the stone jnmt the tlo01way, Od. !J, 304. Compare ovof.v &v KUKOV 11"0L~<TtW.v, they could do 110 harm ( 1f they should try), with ovov llv KaKov iTro[7J<Tu.v, they could have done 110 hanu (if they lwd t1ied). Tovrov r(c; av <TOL rch,opo<; a.,_u(vwv lvpf.OYJ; who could have been found bette1 thaa thi> man! S. A.f. 1J0. '01/!f. ~v, Kat TOS xlipu.<; qiJK ltv KaOu,Jpwv, it wag late, a>ul the_,, would not have seert the show of hands, X.Jl.l.7 7 Tio[wv U.v lpywv a7ri<TT1)<TUVj from what labo1s would they hm>e slu-wd? !. 1. 83.
1339. When no definitP. condition is understoo<l with the poten tial indicative, tlw imperfect with O.v is regularly pa~t., as it always is in Homer (1308). See the examples in 1~38. The imperfect with av refl'rriJlg to present time, which is COlll mou in apodosis after ll0mer (13!J7 ), appears seldo1n in purely potential expre~sion, chiefly itJ i{JouAOp.YJV av, vel\em, J shotdd wish, I should like (which can mean also 1 should have 1oished); as {3 0 tJ >.. 6p. 7] v ctv avrov:; a.>..YJOii >..iyuv, 1 should like it if they spoke the truth, L. 12, 22. 1340. The potenti:ll indicative may express every degree of poteutia_lity from that seen in ta37 to that of the apodosis of an unfulfilled condition actun.lly cxpn'sscd. (Compare the potential optative, 132f!.) Here, after Homer, the imperfect with av mn.y (!Xpress present time (see 1397). The intermediate steps to the colllplete apodosis may be seen in the following examples:.H y<T< T~V <tfJ7lV>fV op.o!~ ov yO.p ijv (, n iiv 0' ( LT <, ynu still kept the peace; }.1 thcte u-a~ li<Jihi".') tchich you could have done (if you had not), D. 18.4:1. IIo>..>..ov yap civ Ta npycwa ~~~ ci~ta, for the tools would be u:orth much Uf tlie?J lwd this power), P.Rp. 374d. For the full conditional sentences, see 1397.
0

'7r

1841. N. For a peculiar pot.rntial exprr.~sion formed by imperfects dr.noting obli_qation etc., likr :8a, XP~"' etc., with !.he infinitiv<', see 1400.

1;148]
11.

THE MOODS.

287

IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE IN COMMANDS, EXHORTATIONS, AND PROHIBITIONS.- SUBJUNCTIVE AND INDICATIVE WITH iJ.~ OR ...~ IN CAUTIOUS ASSERTIONS. -"O.,..ws AND o1rws I'~ WITH FUTURE INDICATIVE IN COMMANDS AND PROHIBITIONS.

ov

1342. The imperative expre::>ses a command, exhortation, or entreaty; as t...'Yf :speak t!tou; cjJfV'Yf, begone!
tA.8(Tw, let ftim come; xa~povTwv, let them reJoice. 1343. N. A combination of a conJJuaud and a question is found iu gueli phrases :t~ oTerO' opiiaov; dost tltou know w!tat tv do?

Ar. A v. ;j I, where the intperativ: is tliC vcru of the relative clause. So oTuBa vvv ci. JJ.OL yfvf.<IBw; do .'/"u bww wltatmusl be done fur me~ E./. 'l'.l::!ll:t

1344. The fir:st person of the subjuuctive (generally plural) is used in exlwrtati(Jns. Its negative is fl-'l R.,q.
"lwfHv,let us go; LOWJJ.fV, let us see; j.L~ TOVTO 7T'OLWj.LfJI, let us not du t/,is. This supplies the want of a first person of the ituperative. 1345. !'\. Both guhjunctive atHl imperative 1nay ue preceded by ayf (uyfn), <!Jf.pf, or Uh, come! The~e words are used without regard to the tllttul1er ot per~on of the verv which follows; as a')'( J-1. Lj.L Vf Tf r.tiVH<;, Jl. 2, 831.

1346. Iu pl'olJiLitions, in the second and thil'u person,;, the Jlre;;,mt imperat-ive Ol' the aorist subJunctive is use(l wit!J fl-'i and it.-; compoulids. E.g.
M ~ r. o{t L Tovro, rf,J not do tl,is (lwlJitually), or du no I yo on doing this; fL:;I 7r<>L-1rr.'l' TovTo, (silllply) do nol do this. M~ Ka.Ta rov<; VOJ.lOV<; OtKaiT't)Tf J.l~ f3o'tJBf]rr't]Tf r<fi 7rE7rovBon Jl.~ Evop KftT<, "do 1101 jwlye ucconlin.!J to the laws; do 1101 /,e/p him who fws suffered outrages; do f<OI abide by your Otlll,s," D.21, 211. The two forms hrre uiffer merely as present and amist (1272). 1347. X. The third person of the aurbt imperative sometimes occurs in prohibitions; the second p~rson very rarely.
0

ouva.

1348. 1n Homer the indep(udent :>uhjnnctive with fL'l (generally in thr tltirrl person) may (~Xpre~s fear or anxiety, with n desire to avert the oujed of the fear. E.g.
M~ s:;, vrya<; lAOI(JL, 11Ullfii<P.lf llOI.<Pizc thP sln)Js (as lfearlheymay), 1!. l!i, 128. 1\1-1 TL xol\wu{p.<VIl> p( 1:-n KaKOV vtu<; A xatwv, ma,'l/ he not (as I J~m he may) in Ids wrath do any harm to the soriS of the Achaeans, /1. 2, 195.

288

SYNTAX.

[1349

1349. N. This usage occurs also in Euripides and Plato.

See Moods and Tenses, 2Gl-2t34.
p.~ may express a cautious assertion, or a su:>pieiou that something rnay be true; and with p.~ ov a cautious negation, or a suspicion that something may not be true. This is a favorite usage with Plato. E.g. M~ &.ypotKOTfpov ij TO cl.A'lB> EL'IrE'Lv, I suspect that the t1'Uth may

1350. Au independent subjunctive with

be too rude a thing to tell, P. G. 4G~. 'A,\.\0. p.~ ov TovT' xuAE7rOV but I rarher think that this may uot be a difficult tM11g, P. Ap. aD.

ii

1351. The indicati\e may be thus used (1350) with

p.~ or p.~

oG, refening to present or past time. E.g. 'A,\Aa p.~ Tt>VTO ov KrV..w> wp.o/...oy~(Jap.Ev, but perhaps we did not do well in assenting to this, I'. Mw. 80. (Compare cpof3ovp.ut p.~
t'll'a8EV, I fear that he sujl'e1ed, 1380.)

1352. In Attic Greek o1rw> and o1rw> ;~ are used colloquially with the future imlicati ve in COllllllands and lJI'Ohibitions. E.g.
Nvv o~v Oli'W> IJ'WITEt> p.E, so 110w save me, Ar. N.ll77. KanfBou P,7J0lV t{lv0o>, put down the 'packs, and tell no lies he1e, Ar.U.627. o'lrw> o~v (a1J'0 Mtot rTi> l,\w6Ep[a>, (see that you) pruve yowsrlues worthy of j1eedom, X. A .1, 73 o1rw> p.ot p.~ i.pEt> on (un Ta owOEKa Ot> U, see that you do uot tell me that twelve is twice six, P. Rp. 3;37b. 1353. N. The construction of 1352 is ofteu explained by an ellipsis of <fKWH or IJ'KO'IrftTE (see 1372).

TCt (]'K1n], xW-n-w> l p { L> lvTuvBa

1354. N. The subjuncti\e occasionally occurs here with o1rw>

p.~,

but not with

o1rw~

aloue.

Ill. HOMERIC SUBJUNCTIVE LIKE FUTURE INDICATIVE. -INTERROGATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE.

1355. lu Homer, the subjunctive in independent sentences sometimes has the force of a future indicative. E.g.
Q{, yap 'lrW TO[Ou> tOOV av(pas, ovllf. t0wp.o.t, jo1 1 nel>er yet SQW nor shall 1 e1er see such men, Jt.1,2G2. Ka{ 1r0Ti n> fL1r?1CTtv, a~ld one will (or may) some time .~ay, Jl.G,45D.

1356. N. This subjunctive may, like the future indicative, take

,d or dv in a potential sense.
(See 1305, 2.)

THE MOODS.

289

1857. N. The question rf. 1rrl.8w; wltat will become of me 1 or what harm will it do me 7 (literally, what shall 1 undergd !) carries this use even into Attic Greek. E.g. n Jl-0' l.yw, rf. 1ra8w; Od.5,465. Tf. 1ra8w r>..~p.wv; what will become of me, w,etched one r A. P. 912. To p.A.Aov, d XP~, 7r(LUOfUU. rt yap 1ra8w; 1 shall su_ffer what is to come, if it must be; for what !larm cau it do me? E. Ph. 895.

1358. The first person of the subjunctive may be used in questions of appeal, where a person asks himself or another UJltat he is to do. The uegati ve is fL~ It is often introduced by {3ov""A.E or {Jov"At:rr8< (in poetry Bf.'A.w; or 8'A.fu). .E.g.
E1'1rw ruvra; shall 1 say this! or {3ovACL &nw ravr-a; do you wish that 1 should say this? lloi" Tpa7rwJ.I.ac; 1roi" 7rOp(lJ8w; wltitfle, shall I tunz? whither shall I go! E. Hec.l099. llou 0, {3ouAn Ka.8t,op.(voc O.va.yvwJHv; where tww wilt thou that we sil down and 1ead? P. Pltd1. 228. 1359. N. The third person is sometimes found in these questions, chiefly when r<> ha.s the force of we; as Tf. n> (lvat Toilro f/>ii; u:hat shall we say this is 1 D. 19, 88.
IV.

Ou

JJ.~

WITH SUBJUNCTIVE AND FUTURE INDICATIVE.

Ou J-L~ 1r[8YJrat, he will not obey, S.Ph.l03. Our y"dp yf.yvTat ovu yyov(v, oM) ot"' J-L~ yivYJTat, for the1e is not, nor has there bee11, nor will tltere ev~r he, etc., P. Rp. 492. Ov 1ror' ie iJ-Lo'U ")'( p.~ ?ra8n> you r~ever shall su{fe1 this at my hands, S. E/.1029. Oil Tot )1.~7r0Tf a( . . . aKOVTa Tt> a~H, nO One shall ever take you against your will, etc., S. 0. C. 17 G.

1360. The subjunctive (generally the aorist) and sometimes the future indicative are used with the double negative ov fL~ in the sense of an emphatic future indicative with ov. E.g.

roo(,

1361. Tn the dr~matic poets, the second person singular of the future indicative (occasiona1Iy of the aorist subjunotivc) with ou p.~ may express a strong prohibition. E.g.
Ov p.~ Karaf3~aH, don't come down (you shall not come down), Ar. V.397. Ov p.~ rao( YYfpvaH, do not .<peak out in thu way, E.Hip.213. Ov p.iJ aK<;,t/ITI~, do not jeer, Ar.N.296. This construction is not interrogative.

290
V.

SYNTAX.
FINAL AND OBJECT CLAUSES AFTER AND I"~

[1362

l:va., ws, c;,..,s, ocj>p11,

1362. The final particles arc 7va, w<,, 071'W<;, and (epic and lyric) ocppa, that, in order tltat. To these must be added fL~, lest or that, which became in use a negative final particle. The clausef; which are introduced by these particles may be di vidcd into three classes:1. Pure final clauses, expressing a purpose or motive; as i!pxeTat Zva Toiho r0 ?h he is coming that he mazt see this. Here all the final particles arc used (see 1368). 2. ObJecC clauses with o1rw' after verbs signifying to strive for, to care for, to e.ff'ect; as uKD7rEL o1rw<; Toiho
'Yev1aeTat, see to it that tltis is done. 3. Cla.uses with J.L1l after verLs of fear or ca1dion; as cpofJe'iTat fL'l TOuTo "ffV?)Tat, he fears that (or lest) this

may lwppen.
1363. The first two classes are to be specially distinguished. The objec.t clause~ in 2 arc the di1ecl object of tlw leaJiug verb, and can even stand in appositioll to an object accusative like TOVTO; as <TK07rtt T ol! To. (~7J'W'i Jl-'l a~ otfwrat, see to this, 7/0IIIei!J, that he does not see ?JOU. nut lt final dause could gf.and i11 appogiiion o11ly to ro&ov vel(()., .for the .<ake of this, or 8ta rovro, to this end; as lpxtrat 'T OVTOV ; J'( K<!, rva ~}lOS '8~1> he is r:mni>l(/ for this purpou, t1amely, that he may .<ee us. For t.he orif(ill 0f the clauses itt :J, au<! the <kveloplllellt. of fin;~,! clauses, see Moods and Tenses, ~ 30i-:3](J.

1364. The

after

p.~, le.~t,

!lf~gative in all these clauses is wlwre ou _is used.

I.
PTTRE FINAL CLA llSES.

Jl-~;

txecpt

1365. Final clauP.cs tfl.ke the suhjnnd.ive after primary tenses, and the optll.tive after seeoncLny tenses. .E.g.
~OKEt p.ot Ko.TaKavO"at ri\s .:p.ci$a<;, iva p.YJ ra 'u)y'l ~p.wv UT pa'T'Y/YY I t1tink we ~hould bum ow toa.<J""~ that ow cutlle may not ue our commanders, X. A.:~, 221. Ei71'w n &;Jra ...O:U', t'v' opy{an 71'Aiov; shall f SJeak sti/1 furt/rr.>, tJ,nt ,'1"" 1110/j OC the 7/IOI'C angry? S. (1, ']', 364. TI",PO.KO.A~L') l<tTpot> .~'71'10') /)-~ 0. 77' 0 0 l'rl you call i>l ph!JSicians: that he ma.lf 1101 die, X . .M. ~. lU". Av<rtr<.\tl: {ii.<Tru {v -r~ 1rapovn, P.1J

1370]

THE MOODS.

291

KaL roUrov ?ro>..f.fl-1-ov 1rpo1r8wfLt Oa, it is expedier1t to allow it for 0 time, lest we add him to the lWU!Ve1 of ow e~<emis, X. C.2,412. 4>iAo> if3ovAtTO tTvat TO,, J-LEYUJTU OVVU.J-LEVOt>, iva aOtK~)jl fL~ OLOOt7J o/.K7JV he wished tu be a ji'temf tu tlte 1aust puwr:ful, tltUt he might do 21 wro 11 ,q and 1101 /Je punis!ttcl, X. A. 2, U . Tourou f.vtKa cp()...wv <ftro &'Lu8at, w> <J'vv(pyov> (xut, he thought lte neded friemlsfor this purpose, 11 amely, that he mi!Jid have helpers, X. A .1, !.!" 1 'AcptKOJ-L7JV, orrw> uov 1rpo> ooJ-Lov> i>..&uvra<; t~ ?rpa~aLp.[ n, I came that lllligltt gail1 $ome good by !f()Ur retum home, S. 0. 1'. 1005. Ktcpa>..fi K<!TUV(tJCJ'Of-Ull, ocf>pu 1f(7rO:f}'[}<;, I will nod my assent, that you may tru.<l me, 11.1, 5:!2. ..EvBa Karf.crxtr', ocf>p' f.rapov 80. rrroL, he tarried the1e, that he might /Jury his compani011, Ocl. 3, 2ii4.

1366. N. The future indicative is rarely found in final clauses afLer o?rw>, 1icpp<t, w>, and p.~. This h almost entirely confined to poetry. See Od. 1, GG, 4, 163; fl. 20,301 ; Ar. Eccl. 405. 1367. N. The adverb av (Ki) is sometimes joined with W>, OlrW>, aud ocppll before the suhjuuctive in fiual clauses j a.~ W> 11v

JUiO.rJ'

aVTaKOVO'OV, hear the other .~idl,, tlu!t you may leam, X. A. 2, 516, For this use, see lt!uods and Tenses, :l::!.!-:?8. The final optative with avis probably nJway8 poteuii;d (13:?7).

1368. N. "Ocf>pa is the mo.';t conJIIIOll fiual particle in Homer,

1'va iu collle<ly and prose. But o1rw> exceeds 1'va iu Thucydides and Xeuoplwn. '!2s was never in good use iu prose, except in Xeuophon.
~ in tragedy, a11d

1369. As fiual clauses express tLe purpose or motive of sr,me [Je)son, they admit the douule eonstrnc,tion of indirect discourse (1481, 2; 1503). Hence, iustead of the optative after past tenses, we can ha.ve the mood a.nd tense which would be used when a person eoueei ved the purpose; that is, we cau say eithl"' ~ABcv i.'va Zoot, he carne that lte might see (1~l65), or >]AB<v tJ'a i8n, l.Jeeause the person himself woulu lla.Ye saill <pxup.m i.'va i:'om, I come that I may
see. E.g. '2vv<{3ov>..wt ro<> U:A>..ot> lKrrA<vO'at, o1rw> E7Tt rr>../ov o O'LrO> d"r[IT X ?'I he advised the est to .<ail away, cl,at the pmvisions miyht hold out longer, T.1, ()G. TO. rr>..o(a. KO.TEKava<v, iva p.ry Ki'po> 8wf3ij, he bun1ed the vessels, that Cyrus might not pass over, X. A .1, 4 18

1370. N. The subjunctive is ev~n more common than the optative after past tenses in certain auUwrs, as Thucydides and llerudotu~; but much less oO iu others, as Homer aud Xeuophou.

292

SYNTAX.

(1371

1371. The past tenses of the indicative are used in final clauses with iva., sometimes with ;;,.w> or .;,, to denote that the purpose is dependent on some act which does not or did not take place (as on some unfulfilled condition or some unaccomplisheJ wish), and therefore is not or was not attained. E.g.
T{ p.' o;, >..af3.;,v iKrfwa> dBv>, ..;, ; 8H~a p.~1ror, K.r.>...; U'h!J did you not take me and kill me at once, that I might Jlerer have slwwJI (as I have done), etc.? S. 0. '1'. 1391. <l>11, cptv, ro p.~ ra 7tpayfW.r' clv0p~04> (xnv <Pwvt)V, Zv' ~ <T a v p."l)8v ot 8avo< AoyOL, A lfls ! alas ! that the facts have 110 voice j"o1 men, so that words of eloquence might be a3 notldng, E. frag. 442. II. OBJECT CLAUSES WITH 07TW'> AFTE!t VERBS OF

S1'R.IV ING, ETC.

1372. Object clauses depending 011 vcrh;; signifying to strive for, to care for, to effect, regularly take the future indicative with o7Tw> or o7Tw<; 1'-'l after Loth ]Jrimary and secondary tenses. The future optative may used after secondary tenses, as the correlative of the future indicative, buL commonly the indicative is retained on the principle of

ue

-1369.

E.g.

<l>povnr o1tws 1'-7Jof.v O.vatLOv r~> np.~> mvT7J5 ,. p U. gu ,, take lieed that you tlo nothing U>lWOI"thy of this lwn01, I. 2, J7. 'E7t<p.<At'iro ;;,.ws p.~ a<TLTOL 1I"OT( fUOLVTO, /1e took care that they s/,or.dd never be wit/am/ food, X. C. 8, 1u (here (<Tovra.L would be more con1mou ). E7rpa.cruov 011"W> TL> f3o~8un. ~eu, they were uying to ~ffect (this), that some assistance should come, T. 3, 4. For o7tw> and o1rw<; p.~ with the future indicative in COlllmands and prohibitions, often explained by an ellipsi~ of <TKD7r<t or <TKO'Itt'iu in this constructiou, see 1352. 1373. The future indicative with 07rw<) sometimes follows v~rlJs of exho1ting, entreating, comlll<t!Hliny, and forbidding, which COlllmonly take an infiuitive of the ohject; as OLllK(AflJovruL ihrw> T L p. w p~ <T t r a. L 'l!"avra> roils roLOlJTov>, t/,e!l exhu1t him to take vengeance on all such, P.Rp.f>4U. (See 1!37i.)

1374. 1. Sometimes the present or aorist suhjuuctive and optative is used here, as in final clauses. E.g.

1379]

THE MOODS.

293

AA.\ov TOV i1TI}-ttA~O"fl ~ ~1TW'> ~ n {3D..nuroL 1TOAtTaL I:Jp.tv; will you care for anythi1g except that we may be tJJe best possible citizens! P. G. 515b, 'E7TEp.tAETO o.vrwv, 01TW'> aE' avDpa7roOa 0La T( ,\o'Lo, he took care tltat they should always 1emain slaves, X. C.B, JH. 2. Xenophon allows w> with the subjunctive or optative here.

1375. N.
with om>> or

M~, lest, may be used for o1Tw> p.~ with thesubju11ctive.

1376. N. Av or Ki can be used here, as in final clauses ( 1367),

w> and the subjunctive.

1377. In Homer the construction of 1372 with 6.,.w> and the future is not fouud; but verbs signifying to plan, consider, and t1y take o1rw> or ~ and the subjunctive or optative. E.g.
Cl>po.~w}Jod)' <hw> ox' apuiTa "fEY'I'}TO.L, let us conside1 how In~ ve1y best may be done, Od.l3,3G5. 4>paaaua.' w> KE vi'7r"' he will plan for his return, Od.l,205. BouAUIOI' <hw> ox' apLUTO. yivoLTO, they deliberated that the vr.ry best might be done, Od. !J, 420. So rarely with >.Ja<rOf-W-' entreat (see 1373).

ill. CLA"CSES WITH

f-trl

AFTElt VERBS OF FEARING, ETC.

1378. After verbs denoting fear, caution, or danger, JL1], that or lest, takes the subjunctive after primary tenses, and the optative after secondary tenses. The subjunctive may also follow secondary tenses, to retain the mood in which the fear originally occurred to the mind. The negative form is fl-~ (1364). E.g.
<Pof3ov}J-QL !-'~ Toi!ro ylv'I'Jrat (vereor ne accidat), I fear that this may happen; cpo{Jovf-W-L p.~ ov Toilro yiv7JTO.I (vereor I accidat), 1 fear that this may not happen (1361). Cl>povr['w p.~ Kpanarov p.ot uLyii.v, I am anxious lest it may be best for me to be siler1t, X. !tf. 4,289, OtJKE'TI l1ftr[(hVTo, &:lluin_> p.~ a1TOTJ.L7J(h{1JO"O.V, they no longer made "/lacks, femi11g le.<l they should &-. cut ojJ; X. A. ::1,429. 'Ecpof3o!wro p.~ n 1Ta0?J, they feared lest he should sujfe1 auything (J3GD), X.Sy.2,1J. 1379. N. ThE! future indicative is very rarely used after p.-r] in this construction. But o7rw'i p.~ is sometimes used here, as in the object r.lauses of 1:372, with uoth future iudicative and subjunctive j as U&LKa 01TW'> p.~ avayK'] yYl)O"TUL, 1 fear that there may come a necessity, D. 9, 7&. o7TW'i p.~ here is the equivalent of p.~, that or lest, in the ordinary coustructiou.

ov

294

SYNTAX.

(1380

1380. Verbs of fearing may refer to objects of fear which are present or past. Here ,_,.~ takes tl.Je present aud past tenses of the indicative. E.g.
Af.OoLKa p.~ n)..rrywv L, I fear that you eed Olows, Ar. N. 4!l3. tf>oj3ovp.d)a p.h ap.cporf.pwv af-W- .;, /)-apT~ Ka fH Jl, We fear that We It ave m~1sed both at once, T. 3, 03. Adow ,_,.~ o~ 1raVTa 8ta VYJJ.I.lprf.a t r 1r tv, I fem that all wlticlt tl,e Goddess said was true, Od. 5, aou. opa p.~

o(

1rai~wv EAfyfv, beware lest he wus speakitg in jest, P. Th.14:Jb.

VI.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

1381. In conditional sentences the clause containing the condition is called the protasis, and that contaiuing the conclusion is called the apodosis. The protasis is introduced by some form of i, if.
Ai for d is sometimes used iu Homer.

1382. The a.dverb av (epic Kf or Kfll) is regularly joined to 2 in the protasis when the verb is in the subjunctive; i with av forming Mv, av, or i]v. (See 1299, 2.) The simple l is used with the indicative and optative. The same ad verb av is used in the apodosis with the optative, and also with the past tenses of the indicative when it is implied that the condition is not fulfilled. 1383. L The negative adverb of the protasis is regularly fL~, that of the apodosis is ov.
2. When stands in a protasis, it generally belongs to some particular word (as in ov 1ro>..Ao{, few, ov "1fi-L I deny), and not to the protasis as a whole; as Eci.v n <TV KaL Avvro> ov cp~n U.v T cpqu, botlt if you a11d A nytus deny it and if you admit it, I'. Ap. 2;)b.

ov

1384. 1. The supposition contained in a protasis may be either particular or general. A particular supposition refers to a definite act or to several definite acts, supposed to occur at some definite time or times; as (f he (now) has this, he will give it; 1j he ho.d it, he gave it; if he had had the powe1, he would have helped me; ~f he shall receive it (or if he 1"Ceives it), he ?Val gi?Je it," ~f he .~11011/d 1eceive it, he would give it. A general supposition refers indefinitely to auy act or acts of a given class, which may be supposed to

1387)

THE MOODS.

295

occur or to have occurred at any time; as if ever lw 1eceives

anything, he (alway.~) g1:1Jes it; if ever he received anything, he (always) gat:e it; ({ (on any occasion) he had !tad the power, he wuuld (always) have hel]Jed rne; 1j ever any o11c shall (or should) wish to go, he will (or would) always be zJennitted.
2. Although this distinction is seen in all classes of conditions (as the examples show), it is only in the present and past conditions whicl1 do not imply nun-fulfilment, i.e. in tl1Me of class I. (below), t.hat the distinction affects the cOIISt?uction. !!ere, however, we have t.wo classes of conditions which contain ouly general suppositions.
CLASSIFICATIO:-< OF CONDITIONAL
SENTI~NCES.

1385. The classification of rowlitioual sentences is based partly on the time to which the supposition refers, partly on wlmt is
implied with regard to the fnlfilment of the condition, and partly on the distinction uetween particular and general guppositions cxplailed in 1384.

1386. Conllitional sentences have fow classes, two (I. anJ l I.) containing present and past suppositions, an<l two (III. and IV.) rontaining futnre suppositions. Class I. has two forms, one (a) with chiefly particular suppositions (present and past), the otl1er (b) with only general suppositions ( 1. present, 2. past). 1387. Vole have thus the followiug forms:J. l'resent and past suppositions implying nothing as to fulfilment of eondition: (protasis) d with indicative; (apodosis) any (a) Chiefly form of the verb. E1 1rpauuH rovro, KaAw<> Particular: lxa, 1/ he is doing this, it is well. El f.7r p<t~( rovro, Ka>..wc; f:xH, tf he did this, it is well. ( ~ee

f . 1 r
J

(b) Genera1 :

12!}0.) - I 11 Lati 11 : si ltoc facit, beue est. 1. (p1ot.) <J.v with :;ubjunctivc; (apurl.) present iurlic:ativc. 'E,{, ru; K>.JrrT?I Ko>..attra<, 1f any 011e (e.veJ) slenls, he is (a/w(tys) punislwl. (Sec J 3!)3, J.) . 1 . 1m 2. (prot.) d w1t1 optabvr.; (apotl. ) per f er t inclic:~tivr. E\ n-; K>..f.rrToc, iKo>..atTo, 1fnm1 one r>.1er slo1P, l1e was (always) pnm'slie.d. f,See 139:1, 2.)- For the Latin, see 1388.

SYNTAX.

(1388

II. Present and past suppositions implying that the condition i:> not fulfilled: (protasis) d with past tense of indicative; (apodosis) past tense of indicative with av. El E71'paef TOVro, Ka>..w~ &v lcrxtv, ~f he had done this, it would have been well. El ; 1r p a cr cr f rouro, Ka>..w~ &v (Txfv, if he were doi11g tid.~, it would (now) be well, or if he had done this, it would have been well. (See 1397.) In Latin: si hoc faceret, bene esset (present) ; si hoc fee is set, bene fuisset (past). III. Future suppositions in more vivid form: (prot.) ~av with subjunctive (sometimes d with future indicative); (((pod.) any future form. 'EO.v 11'paCTcr'!J (or 71' p a~ ?I) TOVTO, Ka>..O.~ l~H, (f he shall do this (or if he does this), it will be well (sometimes also d 11'paeu rovro, etc.). (See 140~{ and 1405.) ln Latin: si hocfaciet (or fecerit), beue erit. IV. Future suppositions in less vivid form: (Jnot.) (t with optative; ( apod.) optative with av. El 71' p J. ()" ()" 0 t (or 7r p a~ ft () TOVTo, KaAW5 liv lxot, 1J he should dn this, it would be well. (See 1408.) In Latin: si hoc faci(tt, bene sit. 1388. N. The Latin commonly agrees with the English in not
marking the distinct.ion between the general and the particular present and past condition~ by different forms, and usr.s the indicative in both alike. Occasionally eveu the Greek does the same (1395). 1389. N. In external form (Mv with the suujunctive) the general preseut condit.iou agrel's with the more vivid future condition. But iu seuse there is a 111Ur.b closer connection between the general and the particular present condition, which in moRt languages (and sometirnes even in Greel) coinr.ide also in form (l::l8H). On the other hand, Uv with tire wljunctive in a future condition agrees generally in Rense with d and the futwe indicative (1405), and is never intcrchangeaule with d and the present indicative.
L PHESENT AND PAST
CO~DITIO:-<S

JVI1'1I NUTJIJNG

IMPLIED.
(a) SuuLE St:ri'OSITIONS, CHibl'I.Y PARTICULAR.

1390. When the protasis simply states a present or

1393]

THE MOODS.

297

past particular supposition, implying nothing as to the fulfilment of the eonditio11, it hM the indicative with et. Any form of the verb may stalld iu the apodosis. E.g.
E1 ~crox[av <t>[..\.L7T7TO> yo, OVKETL O<L Aiy<tv, if Pltilip is keepi119 peace (with us), we need talk no longer, D. tl, 0. El f.yw <t>u.i:opov ayvow, Kat EJUlVTOt f.m>..f.A7J<TJW-l' ti..\.,\0. yap ovof.rtpa f<TTL TOUrWV, if l do not know Phaed1u.~, 1 have forgvllen my>elj, but 11dt/,er of the.<e is so, P. P!Ldr. 228. Ei (hov ~v, ovK ~v aiaxpoKp0~>. if lte was the SOli of a God, he wa.~ nut a1!aricious, r. Rp. 4l)Sc. 'A A.A.' d OOK ( 1:, 7TAEWjl(V, but if it pleases you, let us sail, s. Ph. 52(). KaKLaT' a7TOAo[p.t]V, Eav8[av d p.~ t>.. may 1 die most 1me1chedly, if I do 1101 love Xantltias, Ar. R. 57(!.

w,

1391. N. Even the future indicative can otand in a protasis of this cla..~s if it expresses merely a pre~mt intention or neces~ity that something shall hereafkr ue dow;; as aipt 7TA.~K7pov, tl 11-axt<, raise your spur, if you me going tu jigltt, Ar. Av. 75!!. lien.: d 1-'i>..>..w; p.h.xt(r8at would he the more cou1mou exprefision in pro;;e. 1t is important to notice that a future of this kind could uever ue changed to the subjtwctive, lil>e tl1e ordinary future in protasi~ (1405). 1392. N. For preseut or p:~<>t conditions coutaining a potential indicative or optative (with av), see 1421, a.
(b)
l'ni.:SENl' ANt>

rAsT

GE!-:EltAL Sul'i'o~rnONS.

1393. In general suppositions, the apodosis expresses a customary or repeated action or a general t1uth in present or past time, and the protasis refers in a general way to any of :~ elass of acts. 1. Present general suppositions ha\'e fdv with the subjunctive in the protasis, aml the present indicative (or some otlter present form denoting repetition) in the apodosis. E.g. Hv iyyV> f.)..)7/ ()Q.,,aro>, ovOtL> f3o1~AtTU.L 8vr}aKHv, ff rhuth
comes ncar, r1o one is (co~r) tcilliuy to diP., E.Af.ljiJ. A1ru> >..6yo>, ~V a1ryi ra 7rpayJUJ.TU, pATaLOV TL cpu.{vtTU.L KUt KH'OV, all SJ>Pf.ch, if deeds me wantilLg, appears a vain aud empty thing, D. 2, 12.

2. Past general suppositions have fi with the optative in the protasis, anJ the imperfect indicative (or some other form denoting past repetition) in the apodosis. E.g.

298

SYNTAX.

(13!J4

E1' TLVa> 8opuf3oup..ivov> a'iu8otro, Karaaf:ltvvvva.L r~v rupa)(lw lrrupO.ro, if lte $aW any fulling iHto disonle1 (or whenever he 'UW, etc.), he (always) tried tv quiet the confusion, X. C. 5, 365. Ei TL> avTd1ToL, tV8v> rt0v~KH, if any one 7efused, he was immediately
put to death, T. 8, 66. This coustruction occurs only once in llonter.

1394. N. The gnomic aorist, which is a primary teuse (1~68), can always be used here in the apodosis with a dependel>t ~;uu junctive; as ~v TL> 1Tapa.f:1a.[vrJ> '7Jp..{uv ai.'Tot> l1rUhaa.v, if cmy ow tlans_qe.\.~es, the!J (almii!J-') illljJVse a penalty un !tin,, X. C. 1,~ 2 1395. 1\. The indicative is occaBionally used iu the place of the subjuuctiYe or optati1e in general suppositio11S; tbat is, these scutences m:ty follow the construction of ordinary preseut ancl p;~<;t snppositiOJ\,~ ( 13!)0), as iu Latin and Englisb; as ti TL> ovo ~ Kat 1TAiov> TL> ~p..ipa> >..oy{,traL, p..O.raLO> f. aTLv, if any one c:ow1ts on two or even mure days, he is a frwl, S. Tr. 0-H. 1396. N. Here, as iu future conditions (1406), d (without av) is sometimes used with the subjunctive in poetry. ]u lloner this is the JJJOre frequent for111 in _qenaal couditions.
11. PltESEN'l' AND PAST CONDITIONS WiTH SUPl'OSI-

1'/0N CONTRARY TO FACT.

1397. When the protasis states a present or p<1.st supposition, implying that the condition is not or was not fu((illed, the secondary teuses of the indieati ve are used in both protasis and apodosis. T!Je apoclosis has the adverb av. The imperfect here refers to present time or to au act as going on or repeated in past time, the aorist to a simple oceurrence in past time, and the (rare) pluperfect to an act completed in past or present time. E.g.
rra.Vra oVK llv EOUvavTo 7TOtELv, t.l p.7} Ow.!rn p.t.rpl~l lxpWvro, they wvuld not !Je able ( 11-' they me) to do this, if th<'Y Jid not lead a11 abstemious life, X. C. 1, :! 10 Ilo.\u ilv Bavp..uaroupov ~v, ti l r LJLW vro, it would be far more wonde1:ful, ~f thP..1J wae ho11ored, I'. Rp. 4ti!-l". Ei ~(J'ILV avOpt> ciyaBo<, w<; aV <Pri>, OVK civ ToOT( TUVTU rra.axov, if they hnd !Jem1 good me11, as you wy, they would neve1 hw>e su.fje1erl these things (referring to several cases), 1). G. 51G. Ka.l Zu~ ll.v a1Ti0avov, d J.L~ ~ &.px~ Ka.n>-..vB7J, awl perhaps I should have perished, if the _qovemment had 11ot been put down, P. Ap. 32d. Ei

1401]

'tHE MOObS.

299

d:rrup{vw, ~Kavw> ~~~ ~8'1} f.Jlp.a0~K7],

if you had answered, 1 should already have leamed enough (which 110w I have 11ot done), P.Euthyph.I4<. El p.~ vp.tt> 1j>,(hn, f7ropcv6p.c8u !lv f.1rl Tov f3acnA.ia, !f you had tiOI come (aor.), we .hould IWW be on our way (impf.) to the King, X.A.2,14. 1398. N. Iu Homer the imperfect in this class of sentences jg alwayK past (see II. 7, 273; 8, laO); awl the pres<~nt optative i~ used where the Attic would have the iwperfect referring to ;neunt time;
as ci p.iv
nc; Tov ovHpov llioc; (vtCJ7rv, 1/JcliSo> Ktv cf> a "i p. c v Ku1 vo<Tc/>t~o{p.cOa p.iiAA.ov, ifan?l other had told this dream (10!l7), we

should call it a lie and mther turn uway from it, II. 2, 80; see 24, 222. 1399. N. In !Iomer the optati1'e with Ke is occasionally past in apodosis; as mi. vv KfV f.vB' alTOAOLTO Alvt[uc;, cl !J.~ Vll1]<Tf 'Acf>pcr S!r71, all(/ !lOW .Aeneas wou/,[ t/,~rc hrwe JlCIisla:d, luul not A ph1otlite perceived him, II. 5,!ll!. (!II!"(' a7rWA<ro \\OU]d Lethe regular form in Homer, as in other Grec\;.) Homer has also a past pntent.ial optative; see !l. 5, 85.

1400. 1. The imperfects (ou, XP~" or f.xp~v, <~~~', ciKo> ..]v, and otlwrs de!lotiug ol!liyati,Jit, JHO]Jriety, possibility, and
the like, arc oftcm uscu with the infinitive to form an apodosis implyiug the non-fulfilment of a condition. Av is not used herr, n,s these phrases simply express in other words what is usuaJly expressed by the indicative with av. Thus, lfiH CJc Toilrov cptA.t'i:v, you ought to love him (but do not), or you ouyht to lwl'e lmwrl !tim (but dirl not), is substantially equivalent to you would love him, or would have /o.,ed !tim ( f.cpO..a> av
TOVTov), if yor> rlid ynw duty (Ta 8<ovro). So i~~v aot TOVTO 1ro t ~ CJa t, you might hme do>e this ( /mt !lOll did not do it); fiKos ~v CJ( Tovro 'lT o t ~ a!Lt, yn!! wrmld ]J1"0]!e1/y ( t1KoTw>) hn"e done thi.. The actual apouosi:; is bcre always in the infi11itive, a.nu the reality of the action of the infinitive is generally denied.

2. When the present infinitive is used, the const1~uction

refers to the presen.t or to continuer! or repeated action in the past; when the aorist is used, it refers to the past. E.g.
TovCJOc p.~ '~" (oa, tl1ese ou_qlit not to be livin_q (as the.11 are), S.P.~.418. M fJ'etV yup i~~v, jo1 he might !wee .<toad his ground (but did not), D.3,17. avclv <Tt XP~V 1rapoc; T(Kvwv, you ought to have died before yam children, E. A !1({. 1208. El f.{3ovA(TO 8{Kru.o<> (lvac, $]v aVr-<ii p.tcrOw<Tat 70V oTKov, he might have let the house, if he had wished to !Je jllM, L. 3:2, ~3. 1401. N. Wheu the a.ctua.l apodosi~ is in the verL of obligation,

300

SYNTAX.

[1402

etc., (O~L aY can be used j as d Ta OfOYTa oJTOL uvv~f3ovAfVaav, OVOEv ~ v vp.as wv ( OH {3ovA.fvfuBru, if tluse me11 had given you the advice you needed, tlwe would 110w be no need of your deliberatin[t, D. 4.1.

1402. 1. Other imperfects, especially lf3ov>..op.YJv, sometimes ta.ke the infinitive without av Oil the Sn.tne principle with tOt! etc.; as lf3ov>..op.7JY ov~< lp[,Hv lvBaof, I would I we1e 1101 contendi11g here (a.~ I am), or I would 1101 be co>llewling here, Ar. R. 860. 2. So wcpfAov or ,;',cp>-..Aov, ou_qht, aorist and imperfect of ocp>-..>..w, owe (epic for ocpd>..w), in Ilon1er; whe11ce comes the use of ,;',cf>A.ov ill wi~hes (151::!); as wcpfAf KvpM '~v, would that Cyi"US were alive, X.A.2,1 4 3. So (p.fAAov with the infinitive; as cp8(aw8aL tf.HAA.ov, d p.~ wrf5, I sltoulrl, have pe1islwd (was a/Joutto pe,i.,lt), if thou ltadst not spJke>l, Od. 13, 3S;t So D.l!l, 11i9.
Ill. FUTURE CONDITIONS, MOnE VIVID FORM.
SullJUNCTIYE IN PnoTASIS

wnu

Fl'TUim APODOSIS.

1403. When a supposed future case is stated distinctly and vividly (as in English, if I shall go, or if 1 go), the vrotasis hn-s the subjunctive with t(iv (epic ei ~ee), aud the apodosis has the future indicative or some other form of future time. E.,q.
Ei p.f.v Ktv Mtvf.A.aov 'AA.i~av&por; Ka Ta 1r ( cf> VTJ, a&os E7rLf! 'EA.VYJv f.xirw ""' KT~p.ara mi.vra, ~f A lexanrll'>" slwll slay M enelau.~, then let !tim ltme llclm nml all t/,e goods himselj; II. 3, 21i!. Av r15 av8L<TT~TaL, 7rHp<taop.t0a xupov<T8aL, if any ones/tall .~land opposed to us, we .~hall try tn ovacmue him, X. A. 7, 311. 'EO.v o~v i" Tl i vVV, 7rOTf E<TfL OLKOL; if thnejo1e ynu go now, when will you be at home ? X. C. 5, 327 1404. N. The older English forms if he shall go aud if he go both express the force of the Greek subjunctive and future indicative in protasis; but the or<.liuary lllo<IP.rn Engli~h uses if he goes even when the time is clearly future.

1405. The future iudicn.tive with d is very often used for the subjunctive in future conditions, as a still more viviJ form of expression, especially in n.ppeals to the feelings, and in tlireats and warnings. E.g.
El p.~ Ka8~ur; yA.w<Taav, (araL <TOL KaKO., if you do not (shall not) restrai!l _your ton.IJue, you will hme trouble, E. frag. 5. This common use of the future must not be confounded with that of 1391.

1413]

THE

MOOD~.

301

1406. N. In Homer 1 (without Jv or "() is sometimeR used with the subjunctive in future conditions, apparently in the same SellS as (L Kf or ~v; as d OE f.(}i>...v oA.iaat, but if lte shall wish to destroy our ship, Od.l2, 348. This is more common iu general COllditions iu Homer (see 1396). The same uge of d for f.c:lv is fouud occasioually even in Attic poetry. 1407. N. For the Homeric subjunctive with Kf. in the apodosis of a future conditiou, see 1305,2.

vr,

IV. FUTURE CONDITIONS, LESS VIVID FORM.

OPTATIVE IN !lOTH l'ROTASIS AND APO!lOS!Io.

1408. When a supposed future case is stated in a less distinct and vivid form (as in Engli::;h, if I should go), the protasis has the optative with eZ, and the apodosis E.g. has the optative with

av.

Ei17> cpop?]To> ovK /lv, d 1rpaaaots- KaAw>, you wnuld not be endwable, ~f you should be in J!rospaity, A. Pr. !!iii. Oi 1r0AA~ ~v dAoy&t fL?], d cpof3o"iro rov 8avarov o TOlOVTO>; u:ould it not be a _11reat (!/,surdity, if welt n man slwuld jea1 death? l'. Pit. OSh. OlKo> o' airro>, d cp8oyr1Jv A.J.{3ot, aacpiarur' ch A.UELfv, but the house itself, if it slwuld find a z:uice, would spea/( l!LVSI plai11ly, A. A g. 37. 1409. The optative with av in apodosis is the potential optative: see 132&. 1410. N. The future optative canuot be used in protasis or apodosis, except in indirect discourse representing the future indicative after a past tense (see the second example under 1497, 2). 1411. N. EZ Kf is sometimes found with the optative in Homer, in place of the simple ci ( 1408); as d o( KEV "Apyo<; li<OL}lf0', ' ' . yap.f3po<; Kf.v p.ot im, and if we should ever come tv A ,g(ls, lte would be my son-in-law, Jl. 9, 141. 1412. :>!. For the Homeric optative usetl like the past tenses of tile indicative in unreal conditions, Hee 13\18 am! !399.
PECULIAR FORMS OF CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.
ELLIPSIS AND SuDSTITt;TJON I~ PROTASIS OR APODOSIS.

1413. The protasis sometimes i::; not expressed in its regular form with El or av, but is contained in a participle, or imlJlicd in an adverb or some other part of the sentence. When a participle represents the prutasis,

302

SYNTAX.

[14it

its tense is always that in whieh the verb itself would have stood in the indicative, subjunctive, or optative,the present (as usu<tl) including the imperfee;t. E.'l
ITw> OtK7]'i OVOlJ> 0 Z(V> oiJI( a7TOAWA<v; lww is it that Zeus ltus not been ,Jcstro.>;ttl, if Justice t.r:ists? (d StK7J iar(v), Ar. N. !HJ4. ~u 8/: KAVWV (tOEt raxa, but you u;i/l SUO/! bww, if you li-~tCII ( = Env KAV!I<i), Ar. Av. J:HJo. 'A,.o,\oufl'l' p.~ rovro p.u Owv, I shall be ,ui>,ttl unless I learn this ({O.v jl)J ,.,.O.Ow). Total'ra r&v yvva<~L avvvu[wv EXot>, such thin!ls wuu/,f Y'Jll hlll>e to e11dure if yuu .-hould dwell ml<ong women (i.e. d OVVVULOt>). A. Se.l[J;). 'H,.[aT"f}fTfV Ql' rt> aKOVOU'i, any oue would hw.e dishelie~ed (swlt a thing) if lte !tad It tart! it ( i.r. <1 ~KOtJa<v), '1'.7,:28. Ma,.,.,.,.O.v o' C:.v ainiaavTO'i (sc. aov) ~KOV DOL cp[pwv /tv ap-rov, all!] if you ( eot>r) Cri~<f jOI" food ( (l n/nJO"Hu<;, 139:1, :!), 1 us:d to come to you wilit {,read (!2!lG), Ar . .N.!Jti:l. t.ta ')'( Uf.!U> UVTOV<; ,..;;..ut iiv a7TOAWAHn, if it hwl dpewlul 011 yow.,eh>es, you W<uld lonq O<JO hare btell 1uined, D. 18, 4U. 0 T w yap ovKETL rou Aot7Tou 1rdax;,,.,.(v ~v KaKW'i, for in that cas WI? should no longer sujf'l'l" harm (the protasis bcing in ovrw), X. A .1, }1. Ovo' il.v BtKa(w., , KaKov 7TEITO<f![ n, 1101" shoulrl 1 justly (i.e. if I had justice) full into any llouble, S. An. 240. 1414. l. There is a (probably unconscious) suppression of the verh of the prot as is in several phrasP.s introduced by d fl)J, e.uept. E.g. '!'[, ro< JA.Aoo; of.!o'Lo.,, (1 ,.,.~ TiarpoKAoo;; u:lw tlse is like you, exr.tpt Pat1oclus (i.e. u11/ess it is 1'.)? 11.17,475. Ei I"TJ Ota rov 1rpwu.vtv, iv(,.(a<v a1, It ad it not be~ II fm tlu f'rywnis (except for tlte !'.), lte would ltme been tltnwn i>t (to tlte I'it), P. G. i>!G. 2. The ,protasi:; or the apuuosis, or both, lllay he suppressed with the Homeric ~ d or w> (L Tf ; as rwv vi> wK(i"at w> d trrt.pov ~f. VOlJflll their sltip. me swift as a wiug m thought (as tluy uould be if they we>e, etc.), Od. 7, 36. For the double ellipsis in ,;',a,.(p &v (1, see 1313. 1415. !\. In neither of the cases of 1414 is it probable that any definit.e Yerb was in the speaker's lllind. 1416. N. TJ1e apodosis is sumetin1es entirely supprcssr:d for rhetorical effect; as d p.l;v owaovat ylpa>, if the!J shall give me a p1ize, - ve1y lull, 11. 1, 1:i5 ; cf. I, :itlO. 1417. N. Ei bE p.~ without a verb ofteu has the 1ueaning otltoIVise, eYen where t.hc clau5c would not be u<'gati\'e if colllplettJ. or wh~re the verb if supplie<l would be a subjnnctive; as fl~ 7TOt~an> TOVTO do,.,.~. air(av E~U>, rio 1Wt do thi.<; otl!nuise (if you do llOt do what 1 say) you will be blamlld, X. An. 7, 1s.

1421]

THE MOODS.

303

yvu are dui'':l this, all is !Nil; ~yovpu. ra_,, TOVTO 7TOl~H, 7TilVTfl KaAW> ~(lV, I belic!'e that, >/?JOll (shall) do this, all will be !cell; or& vp.ii.>, lav TaVTa ytvytrat, ,t, 7rpa~ovTa<;, J how /hat !lOll will prosper if thi.< is (shrd//,e) rlo>l<' For examples of the infinitive and participle with a>, see J;3(J8.

1418. The apouosis may be expressed by an infinitive or participle in indireet discourse, each tense representing its owu tenses of the indicative or optative (1~80; l~H5). If the fiuite verb in the apodosis would have taken av, this partide is usl'd with the infinitive or participle. E.g. 'H yot;,.ul<, ti roi'rro 7TOlttn, 1!'avm KaAw> ; X (' v, l believe that, if

1419. Tile apo(losis may be expressed in an infinitive not in indircet discoursP ( 1271 ), especially vue depending on a verb of wislti111], cummrmrling, advising, 1tc., from which the infinitive receives a future meaning. E.g. BouA{ru< i >.. 8 t tv iav roiro y ( VYJT at, he wishes lv flO if this (shall) be dviiC: KtAtvw vp.ii.> ((;,. 0 ,:yr,a fh U1TtA(hl'v, I cvmmawl you (f)
df[JtLrt if !l''u cw1. For 11"' principlC' of iudirPcL di~rourse which appears in the p>otasi.< here after past trmses, ~ee J,-,o:!, I.

1420. N. Somctillles the apodosis is menly implied in the ('Ollkxt, and in snclt cases ti or iO.v is often to be transhted supposing that, in case that, 2j perchance, or if haply. J::.y. AKovaov Ka.c f.p.oi>, iat' crot ravTa 8oKif, hem me also, in case the
samP. slod/ jJ/tuse you (i.e. that then you ma.~ a.\sent to it), I'. Rp. 3ii6b, So r.pos r~v 7T<JAtv, ,; f.r.:t{3oyt8ol.rv, <xwpow, tlte.tJII!arclted towards the cily, in cuse they (th citizens) should mslt out (i.l'. to meet them if tl1ry slwuld 1ush out), T. 6, 100. On t.!tis principle we must. explain aZ Kf.v row<; f3ovJ\.(rat, if haply he may wish (i.e. in hope that he may wis!, ), II. 1, (i(j; al' K' f.Bf.A;w8u, OJ. a, 0:!; and silllilar pa~

sages.
~foods

For t!.i;, construction, botb in Homer and elsewhere, see and 'l'ellsC$, 48G-401.

l\!JxEL> Co:-<sTR("C'IW!SS.-

AI I!' APOtiOSIS.

1421. The protasis and :;.podosis sometimes belong to different forms. 1. Espeeially any tense of the inuicative with d in the protasis may be followed Ly a potential optative with av in the apodosis. Err Ei Kar' ovpavov d,\1).\ovOa,, O~K QV Owl.at p.axo[p.YJV, if you

304

SYNTAX.

[1422

have come down from heaven, I would not fight against the Gods, 1!.6, 128. Ei I'Vv y ovurvxovp.v, 1rw~ ravavrt' &v 1rparrovr~ oG u<:>{ o[p.()' av; if we are llOW wifortuuate, how could we help being saved if we should do the opposite? Ar. R.l449 (here 1rparrovr~ = d 7rpaTTOlf'oV). Ei oirol opBw~ a11'l<TT7J<Tav, VjJ.{L<; &v ov XPWV apxmu, if these had a right to secede, you cannot (could not) possibly hold your power l'ightfully, T.3,40.

2. Sometimes a subjunctive or a future indicative in the protasis has a potential optative in the apodosis. E.g. Hv cf>.i'> JJ.Ol, >..l~uLJJ.' av, if you (will) permit me, I uouldfain
yap ~v 1!'o>..Aa! yf.cf>vpaL ~utv, (XOlJJ.V ~v speak, S.E1.554; O'II'Ol <f>vyovn<; uwBwJJ.V, fm 110t even if there shall be 1/WIIY bridges, could we .find qplace to fly to and be saved,X.A.2,4 19; a0LK0[7]p.v av, d JJ.~ a1!'o0w<rw, 1 should be guilty of wrong, should 1 (shall!) not 1esture her, E. Hel.lOlO. 3. A potential optative (with av) may expreRS a present condi tion, and a potential indicative (with O.v) may express a present or past condition; as {~7r{p aAA<p T<p 7rL80tf'o7JV av, KaL !TOL 7rd8oJlill, (( the1e is any 711071 whom 1 would tl'Usl, 1 trust you, P. Pr. 32!Jb, d TOVrO iuxvpov ~V av TOVr<:> T<KJJ.~pwv, KnjJ.OL ytv(u(}w TKjJ.~pwv, if thi.' would have been a strong proof fm him, so let it be also a proof for me, D. 49, 58.

ovo

1422. The apodosis is sometimes introduced by 0, &.,\.\a, or awap, which cannot be translated in English. E.g. Ei oi K{ J-1.~ OWW!TlV, lyw of. KV aUTO<; fAWJlill, but if they do !lOt give
he1 up, then 1 will take her myself, 1/.1, 137.
El AFTER VEnDs OF
WoNIJEIIING, ETC.

1423. Some verbs expressing wonde1', deUgltt, contentment, disappointment, indignation, etc. are followed by a protasis with d where a causal sentence would often seem more natural. E.g.
a11d

0uuf-Ul'w 8' lywy( d JJ.'YJO(t<; VJJ.WV J-L~T iv0VjJ.lTaL JJ.~T opy{l;pal, I wonde1 that no one of you is eitlw conce,ned m angry (lit. if no one of you is, etc., 1 Wunder), D.4,43; O.yavaKTW ti 0.' vow J-1.~ oro<; r' djJ.L d1!'tv, I am indigncl!lt that (or !f) I am not able to say what I mean, P.Lach.I04. See also !50:2, 2, for the principlt~ of indirect. discourse applied to these sentences.

1424. N. Such verbs are e~pecially OavJJ,a,w, aiuxwaJlill, O.ya7raw, anrl ayavaKTEW. \\'ith l)(IVOV C(J'Tll' They sometimes take OTL, because, and a causal sentence (1505).

1428]
VII.

THE MOODS.
RELATIVE AND TEMPORAL SENTENCES.

S05

Tile principles of construction of relative clauses include &11 temporal clauses. Those introduced by iws, 1rpCv, and other particlell meaning until, have special peculiarities, and are therefore treated separately (14G3-1474). Relative clauses 1uay be introduced by relative pronouns or &dverbs.

1425.

1426. The antecedent of a relative is either definite or indefinite. It is definite when the relative refers to a. delinite person or thing, or to some definite time, place, or manner; it is indefinite when no sueh definite person, thing, time, place, or ma.nner io referred to. Both definite and indefinite antecedents may be either expressed or understood. E.g.
(Definite.) Tavm a' lxw op<f>, you see these things which I have; "Ou if3ovA!TO ~A0tv, (ollce) when he wished, he came. (Indefinite.) llavra ilv f3ovAwvrat Uouaw, they will have evoy. thing which they may Watlt; or a ~v f3ovAwvrat Uou<TU', they will hate whatever they may want. orav v. o[l. TOVTO 7rpa[w, wl,en lte slwll CVIII~ (or when he comes), I will do tl.is. "On f3ovAotro, rovro E7Tpa<TCTfl', wherzeLer Jte wished, hf: (always) did this. 'Q<; av fr1rw, 7TOlWJJ-EV, a~ f .<hall direct, let us act. "A lxtt f3ouA.op.o.t Aa/3!l.v, 1 want to take wlwtever he has.

or

axw op<f<>

DEFI!SlTE ANTECEDENT.

1427. A relative as such has no effect of the following verb. A relative with a ceclen t therefore may take the indica.t.ive its negative) or any other construction occur in an independent sentence. E.,q.

on the moou definite ante(with ou for whi<.:h could

T[, f.a()' 0 xwpo<;; a~T iv ~ /3t/3lJKClfJ.!V; what is the place to nhirh we havP. cm1e? S. 0. C. 62. Ew<;; i rr T ( Katpo<;;, &.vn>..0.(3wB -rwv 1rpu.y,...O.rwv, (nnw) while thae is 011 op1wrtunity, take hold of the bu.<i ti(:SS, D. 1' ~(). Tovro OlK f7TOLYJcrEv, lV ~ TOY O~p.ov ETLfi.YJCTEV av, he rlid >int do this, in which he miyht have lumored the people, D. 21, 0!!. So p.~ yivotro, a11d may this 110t hapJ,en, D.27,67.

INDEI-'INITE ANTECEDENT.-

CO~DITIONAL

REL.o\'riVE.

1428. 1. A relative clause with an indefinite a-ntecedent has a conditional force, a.nd is called a condition!~.] relative clause. s Its negative is always p.~.

306

SYNTAX.

[1429

2. Relative words, like d, (f, take av before the suujuuctive. (Sec 12!)9, 2.) \Viti! on, OTrOrt, bH(, :llid E7rHOlj, av forms orav, OTrOrav, ETr<lV 01' lniv (I ouic l-rnav), and E'-rrt:LOO.v A with av may form if.v. ] ll Homer we gcneraJ!y find OH K et<~. (like c K, 1403), or on etc. alone (1437).

1429. CoHditi0n;tlrelative sentences lmvefuw classes, two (I. II.) cnntaiuing prc.~eut allu pa.~t, and two (III. IV.) cout.ainiug jidwe conditious, which currespouu to those of orJinary protasis (13g6). Class I. ha,-; two forms, one (a) with chiefly parti<.;uln.r suppositious, the other (b) wjth only general suppositions. 1430. I. (a) Present or past coudition simply stated, with the indil~ative,- chiefly in particular suppositions (1390). E.p.
~0 TL f3ovATaL O~O'o>, I will give him u:lwten1 he (now) wishes (like t n {3ou'A<Tu.L, OwO'w, if he 1ww wishe" a>l.1Jthin!J, 1 uill give it). ''A p.;J olD:1., ovOt ocowu io[vaL, what I do JWt kno1c, I rio not even think 1 know (like (t TLVa fJ.~ or&.., !f t},~re are any thi11!fS uhiclt I Jo not know), P. Ap. 2Jd; oil'<; p.~ V pLcrKov, Kfl'OT<l.<f>wv rdToZ<; ETrOt')rrav, jo1 a11.1f whom tltPY did not jill!! ( = fL nva<; p.~ VpLO'KOv), they1aiseJ a ce11otaph, X. G, 49.

1431. (b) 1. Present geneml eonuition, depcnJing on pre~eut form denotiug repetition, with suLjuuetive

(1393, 1 )'.
2. Pat:>t general condition, depcuding on a past form Jcnoting repetition, with optative (lil83, 2). B ..r;.
"0 TL llv /3ouA')TuL S:Swf-'L, I (rdway<) gice him zcltatever he wnntg (like lav n {301;A')TUL, if he ever 1rants anythin!J); on f]ovAoLTO <o[oovv, 1 (nlwa'J') !JIII:e him whateue1 he wauted (like t n {3ouAoLTo). ::i.VfJ.fJ.UXfLV 'TOVrOL<; i()iAovaLv urravT<;, ov'<; av opi;lO'L 7rapWK1JUO'fJ.EVOV<;, all wish to be a/lie.' ol t/,n.<e wJ,om they see ]'reparrd, D.~. G. 'H v(K' &v o~KOt y v w VT (L t, DpWat.J' or'1K d.vacrxTd. wlu?1~ tltey get h.nme, they do things un/,pmaiJJP, A r. Pa. 11/!l. Ov\ p.'i:v tOOL dmJ.KTw<; l6VTo.<;, Tlvtc; T< tT<v ljpWT(l, KctL f,.t:L r.U8otTo f.7Tr}vu, he (olwnys) agkeJ tlw.<e wl11>1n he ;;au! (at a>H;timr) m(lrt:hi11g in _qno,f mrle1, who they were; an1l 1Chen he 11'111'1/Cil, he l''oi<et] them. X. C. 5. :1 5'' 'ErrnS;/ /)( &.voLx(J{'7, iO'rj<Lp.<v 7ropa Tov ::i.t.>Kp0.-r'7, ami (rarh mornin.q) when the pn'so11 was opened, we we11t in to Socrates, P. Ph. 5[Jd.

U37]

THE MOODS.

307

1432. N. The indicative sometimes takes the place of the subjunctive or optative hr.re, as in oth<'r general suppositions (1395 ). This occurs especially with oaTL~, which it.~elf expresses the same idea of inr!etinit.eJwss wl1ich ;;~ with t.he .<ubjunctive or optative nsnally expresses; as oan~ p.~ TWV &.p[rrrwv a7rTTaL {3ovAWJ10.'TWV, KaKLO'TO<; lvat SoK1:, ulwever does !JOI eli".'! to the best cnutl.<el.< seem.' to he most ha.<e, s. A n.l78- (Here O<; ~v Jl~ a7rT1JTUL would ue the coJlllllOJJ ex pres ion.)

1433. IL Pre~;cnt or past condition stated so as to imply that the condition is not or was not fulfilled (supposition contrary to fact), with the secondary tenses of indicative (1307). E.g.
"A p.~ if:Jo>IA.-ro 8ovva<, ovK Jv l8o>Kv, lte u:ould !lOt ltaue given what he had 11ol wislwl to !Jive (like L nva J-ll] f.{:JO>IA.ro 8oiivat, ovK Jv iSwKV, if lte had nul u:islted lo give CCJ't11i11 tlti'I!J.<, he wuuld not haz:e given tlem ). OiK av <mxltpovp.v 7rpaTTHV cr }J.~ ~ 1f La T J.p. ( 8a, we slwuld 110t ( t!,tn) be umlertal.:i11g tu du (as we 11ow me) thi~>g. which we did not w1dastand (like i nm p.~ ~marap.d)a, ~( tltme wae a11y thinys which we di1l not undo-stand, the whole bP.longing to a supposition not rP.alizerl ), I'. C/,. 171. So ov fipus ; n r p.e v, Od. 1, 218. This Ca!'e occ:nrs much lP.ss frequeutly than the others.

1434. II I. Future condition in the more vivid form, with and the suLjunctive (1403). E.g.
av {JovAlJTUL, Sw<rw, I will vive him whatever he may u:i.<h (like Mv Tt f:Jov'AlJTUL, s.:.crw, f he shall U'islt lll<?ftltiJ{g, I will ,qive it). "Orav p.~ a8vw, 7r<7ruuaoJ-la<, 11hen I (slw/1) hnve !W moJe st1ength, I shall cease, S. A n.lll. 'A-\oxov Kat V1J7rt -riKv<L 0.$op.<v <v V>j<aall', lm1v 1fro>..(dipov ; Aw J1 v, we will bew ,df' tltei> wices ar1d .1foung cllillh-en in ow ships, uhe" we (shall) have tal. en the cit.1f, 11. 4, 288. 1435. N. The futme indicative eauu<,t be substituted for the subjuuctiv~ her!:', a~ it can in COJillllOll prota~is (1-!05).

o TL

av

o TL f3oIAoLTO, 8o[qv av, I s"ould (;ive him wltatez>el' he might wish (likr t n f3ov>..otro So{qv O:v. if he should wish m.ytltilg, I should give it). Tiuvwv <f>ayot ,tv ,i'Tfon {JovAot-ro, ~(he u:ere ltung1y, he would eat whfnr:oe, /,, wiyltl wislt (like <L ?rOT f3o,;-\o<-ro, if It~ slwuld ever ui-<h.), X . .!II.:?, jl&. 1437. Con<litional relative seutcnees have most of the peculiarities and irregularities of common protasis. Thus, tlw protasis

1436. IV. Future condition in the less vivid form, with ibe optative (1408). E.y.

308

SYNTAX.

[1438

and apodosis may have different form~ (1421); the relative without av or KE is sometimes found in poetry with the subjunctive (like ti for iav or L K, 139G; 1406), especially in general conditions in Holl1er; tbe relative (liked, 1411) in Jlomer may take KE or av with the opta.t.i1e; the relative clause lllay depend on au infinitive, participle, or other const.rnction (1418; 1410); and the conjunction o< lllay connect the relative clause to the antecedent clause ( 1422). 1438. Homeric similes often have the subjunctive with ..;, (occasionally ..;, or' av), sometimes with ..;, or .;;, T(; as ..;, OT( K' v ~ CT Zi</>vpo> f3a8v A~wv, as (happens) when the we.<t wind moves a deep grainfield, fl. "2, 147; ,.;., yvvl] KAa(gm ... .;;., 'OovCTvo; &lKpvov 7{3v, as a wift weeps, etc., .<o did /! lysses shed te(lls, Od. 8, 523.

ou

ASSIMILATION 1.:-< CONDITIONAL RELATIVE CLAUSES.

1439. When a conditional relative clause expressing either a future or a generrtl suppositiou depends on a sulr junctive or optative, it regularly takes the same moou by as.~imilation. E.g.
'Eav nv> ol. &v ovvwvrat rovro 7rotw(J't, KUAwc; (~n, if any who may be able shall do this, it will be well; (l T!Vl!> ol. ovvatVTO TOVTO 7rOtotv, K<lAwo; &v (xot, if a11ywho should be (or 1cere) able should do this, it would be well. EZ()l 1fQVTlc; ol. ovvat V'TO 'TOVTO 7rOLOtlV

0 that all who ma.11 be (or were) able u:ould do this. (IIere the optatil'e 7rOtotlV [1507] makes ot ovvatvTO preferable to 0~ &v Ovvwvmt, which would express the same idea.) 'E.,.ELoav ti>v &v 7rpt1JTa' Kvptoc; yivi]Tat, when (in any case) he becomes master of what he has bou_qht, D.18, 47. a1r<JA0t'TO Kat aAAO!>, 0 TL> 'TOlaV'Ta Yl pi' 0 t, 0 that any othe1 might likewise pe1ish who should do the like, Otl. 1, 47. T l () v a { "'1 v p.ot P.1JKin 'T<1VTa 1-'- i A o <, 1nr1!J I die wheneva 1 slra/1 no longer cwe frn thNe (oTav /-'-EA?J wo11l<i express the same ilt'a), 1\Iinm. I, 2. So in Latin: Tnjurias quas ferre nequeas defugiendo relinquas.

n..

ou

1440. LikewisC', when a conditional relative sentence depends on a s:co!Hl:try tense of the indicative implying the non-fulfilment of a condition, it takes by ,a.ssimilation a similar fonn. E.g. Ei nv> ol. o v n v To "Tov"To (..,. p a ~a v, KaAwo; &v tTxv, if any who v had been able had done this, it would have been well. E1 iv iKtovy] Tfj
cf>wv.Yi T( Kat 'T<ii Tp01T<f;A<yov tV lTl0pup.p.1JV, if I were speak ing to you in the dialect and in the manner in which I had beet~

or,

1447)

THE MOODS.

309

IJrought up (all introduced by (1 ~cvo> l-rryxavov wv, if I happened to be a foreigner), l'.Ap.l7d. So in Latirr: Si wlos eos diccrcs zuiseros quibus moriendum esset, nemineru tu quidem eorum qui vivae11t exciperes. 1441. N. All c.lauses which come under this principle of as,imiJa. tion belong (as conditional forms) ('qually under 14:!4, 1436, !4a1, or 1433. This principle often deddes which form ~hall be used in future conditions ( 1270, 2).
RELATIVE CLAUSES EXPRESSING PURPOSE.

1442. The relative with the future indicative may express a purpose. E.g.
ITpH7{3ttaV1rEJJ-1rlLV~Tl> -raifr' lplt Kat 1rapf.ar<H ro~> 7rpayJ.taaLv, to send an embassy to say this, a11d tu be Jlres"ll at the tnmsactia>l$ 1 D.1,2. Ou yap taTLJ.tOL xp~p.ara, o1roOv cKr[aw,jur 1 hat:e no money to pay the fine with, 1'. A p. ::17<. The antecedent here may be rletinite or itH!efinite; uut the negative particle is always fL'l as in fiual clau~Ps (lilU,I ).

1443. ~- Homer generally has the subjunctive (with Kf joined to the relative) in this corrstruction after primary tens<>~, and the optative (without Kt) after secomlary tenses. Tire O]'tative is 8ometimes fouud even in A t.tic prose. The earlier Greek here agrees with the Latin. 1444. N. In this construction the future indicative is very rarely changed to tire future optative aft~r pa't tenses.
HELATIVE CLAt:sr:S EXl'I\E::>SJI"G RESULT.

1445. The relative with a11y t<'nse of thl~ indicative, or with a potential optative, may exprrss a. rrsnlt. The neg:<tivc is oJ. E.g.
T[> ovrw p.atvfmL o<TTL> ou {3 o v>.. l ra [ aoL <f>[>..o> I vat; who is .<o mad that he dues nut wish to be your .fiie11d? X. A.:!, f> 1 ~. (!I ere

Oi,o<i> av yivoLro a&p.ti.vTLVO>, 0') ih p.dnuv lv -rii 0LKUlOU1;Y!I, 110 Olle woulr/ evfr become so like odmnant that he would 1emui11 .firm i11 /,is Ju.<tice (=wan p.<[vmv av), l'.Rp.3GOb.
war
OUTW>

ov {3ovA.raL woulcl have the same uwani11g-.)

1446. N. This is equivalent to tlr~ usc of war with the finite moods (1450; 1454). It occurs chiefly aft.er negative leading clauses or intcrrogativP~ implying a negative. 1447. The relative with a. future (sometimes apresent)

310

SYNTAX.

[1448

indicative may express a result which is aimed at. negative here is p.~. E.g.

The

Evx(ro p.YJ8Ep.{av o[ rrl'vruxcYJI' yEvirr8at, r/ p.tv 1ra vrr H Karaurpi!farr8at TtJV Evpo17T7JV, he pmy"J chat no sw-/1 cltauce 1111.11lt1 brfallliim as lo J""'''"Ciil him from subJugating Europe ( = wtTU p.tv 1Tatrrat), lid. 7,54. BovAl)8dc; TOLOVTOV fl-VY)fJ-(lOV K.<raAtrr(tV ~ }J.~ n}c; avOpW7TLVYJ> w(.;,c; iurtv, wlic>l lie wisl";'/ to lea,,e sue/, a lllemori!ll as might be beyond h11man nature ( = wCTn p.iJ lvat), I. 4, 80.

1448. ::\. This construction (I '147) is gellemlly equivalent that of wrrn with the iufiuitive (14;i0).
CONSECUTIVJ,: CLAUSJ-:S WITH THE 1:-!FlNlTIVE AND
THE !fiNITE MOOI>.S.

to

1449. ,, niTTf (sometimes so as, so tltat, is used with the inlinitivc and with the indicative to express <!. rc~;nl t. 1450. With the infiniti vc (the neg:1ti ve being p.>/), the result is stated as o11c which the action of the leading verb feuds to produce; with the indicative (the negative being o~), as OllL' w hieh tkLt aetion aetually does produce. E.g.
nu.~- 7r0lOU(J'lV W(]"T( a{K''IV }J.~ 8.8ovat, they do eVC1"?tlhi1lg Su as (i.e. i>1 such a u:ay a.<) 1ot to be l"mi~lted, i.e. they ai111 at 1101 beill.f! p11nisheJ,uot in>plying that they actually e~cape; P.G.479'. (But 7Tav 7TOLOvmv wrrn 8[K7JV ov 8t8oautv would mean t/,ey do eperythillg w that they are not pwzishecl.) Ourw'i dyvwp.ov(J)'i ~xn, wan 0 .. 1r [. ( ( T ( a. uTa XPYJUTa yn/utuOat. are you so seusdess that you opec/ them to bewme good? D.~~ :2G. (But. with <~<TH f.A.rr[,nv the meauiug would be ou senseless a., to e:r:prct, i.e . .<enscle.'-' enough to e:rper.t, witlwut implying ne1;es~arily that you do exp<!Ct .. )

w' ),

1451. ~- These two constructions are essentially distinct. in their nalur~, even when it b indifferent to thP- geueral sei>Se which is us!'d iu a givr>n case; as in uuru>'> larl OHvo~ WUTE 6[x7Jl' 1'-'l OtOovat, he is so sl.:i~lul as not I>J UP. pu11ish~d, and ovTW<; iar<
OLIO'i war< btX7]V ou 0 [ow <TL v, he i3 .<0 skil)id that he i8 twt JW"ished. The use uf JL>) with the illtillit.ive a11d of ou with the indicat-ive show~ that the distiuction was re<~.lly f~li. \Vhen the iHfinitive with w<J"T( l>as ov, it gcn~rally represents, in indirect discourse, an indieat.ive with ot, of the direct form (~ce .Moods and Tenses, s ;:-,rH-5(18).

1452.

The infil:itile \\'i: !1 v~<Jn

lii;Ly

express a purpose like a

]460)

THE MOODS.

311

final clause: see .::an: o[.:ryv p..~ OLOOVaL ( = i'v:r Jl.l} OL0W(1l), quoted in }4::i0. It may also be equivalent to au object clau~P. with chrw> (137~); as in P..l'JXUVOS vp~aOJI.fV, war' TO.Trav a Twvo' cb,.u>..A<ftm TrOVWV, we ui/1 jinrl rfenices to u:lwlly free you jium these troubles ( = u11'W'> a ( ar.aAA.~op..tv), A. E u. o:2. 1453. The infinitive after "~aT somrti llHcs ex prrsses a condition, like th::tt aftpr 1.4; <f or f.cj>' efT ( HGO). E.y. ,E~OvaJToL!iTWv AoorWv ci.pxELv(EAA:r}vwJ', W'<TT' o:JroU<; lrrro.KoV'tv
{3u.rnA'L, it being in tlteil power to nde t/,e >est of tfu, Ureeh, un cowlitiotl that they .<ltnuld tltemsclres o6ey the J( i>g, D. U, J J.

1454. As
of the

wau with the iudicu.tive ha~ no effeet on the fonu

which can ~tat;d in an independent sentence; a.-; wuT' oi"< ~v avTov yvwp[uatp..t, ,;o that I .<ltnuld not bww lti1r1, E.Or.:litt; WO'T P..'l ,l.(av uTiv, '"do >101 lamc>lt overmuch, S. E/.117:!. 1455. N. n (uevcr w<Tn) in Hot11er has tlte infinitive o1dy twice; elsewhere it me~Uts simply as, lil;e .:JriTrfp.

,eru, it may ue used in the same way witb any verbal fonn

u,

1456. n, is sometinws u:sHI like W<rn with tiH~ infinitive and the finite moods, uu t dtiefly in Aeschy lu:;, Sophocles, Herodotus, and Xr.noplton. 1457. N. Verbs, adji!ctives, and Honns wl,ich commonly take the simple infinitive o<.:ca~ion;tlly },ave the infinitive with <r~crn or ~-; as t/;ry</>t<TafUVOL W(]'T( ap..vvuv, hacing VOtf.J to dejf."d /hem, T. 6, 8~ ; 1!'{()ovutv w<TTf fTrLXfLp~am, they per:;uo.de thr?m lu make an
atfempt, T. 3, 10:.!; cppoltp..wnpoL wuT p..aOfl.v, wiser in leamin_q, X. 4' 311 ; oA.{yot W'> f.yKpaTlL'> (r)'UL, too .fe.w tv have t!te power, X. c. 4, !)lS; avayKl'} WO'T( KLV0VVVflV, a 1ltCC~sity rf iucuning ris/(, l.ti, f:i!. 1458. ~- In the S(l!lle way (1467) .;;17T< or..;, with tJ.e infinitive n1a~ follow t.h., COin]umLive with ~ (lii31); as <>..arTw <xovra Ovvap..LY :Y) .~(TT( TOll<;' cp{Aov> wcp<A<tv, /1(1/:ing too lillie power to aid hi.

c.

.fiien.J.,, X. Jl. 1, S"3.

1459. N. ncrT or ..;, i~ occasion;dly followed by a panicipk; a~ wun 17KEt/Jau8at /) ( ov, .<o that WP. lllw:t t'OI1sirla, D. :1, 1.

1460. 'Ecj>' ~ or f.cp' .;;T, 011. r.ouditirm that, is followed by thl3 infinitive; and oc.e:~sionally by tle future indic:ative. E.y.
'A<f>[cp..v a, f.l!'t TOVT!f p..ivToL, l.<f>' ~n p..YJKI.n cp<A.oao<f>'iv, we release you, but (J11 this cn11ditimL tluli pru ,;/,alln, lon!Je' /11' a philosophe1, P. A p. 2!Jr.; i1rt -rotlr<f V7r<~[arap.ut, icj/ ~T< {nr' o~Sv0<; Vp.lwv O.p~op..a L, I withdrac on this cv11dirio11, that 1 sl,u/l he 1uled l1y ntme uf you, Hd. 3, o3.

312

SYNTAX.
CAUSAL RELATIVE.

[14.61

1461. A relative clause may express a cause. The verb is in the indicative, as in causal seutences (1505), and the negative is generally o~. E.g.
E>a.VJW-G'TUV 7TOt<(c;,

oo;

Oo~w; ajW-8/.o. tTvm, o> . . . KiA<v<, l..elieviny him to l..e unlearned, because !te conznumdecl, etc., Hd.l, 33. Compare causal relative sentences in Latiu.

gim'ng u. twthi119 (like

on O"U OUOEV /)[owe;), X. M. 2, 713;

~}-'-LV ouo(v /)[Ow<;, you do a strang~ tltit~g ill

1462. N. When the negative is 1-'-~ the sentence is conditional as well as cau~al; as ro.Aa{7rwpo> ti, ~ J.f.lJT 8cot -rro.rp~o{ tiat 1-'-~8' t<pd, you are ur:._etched, .ince you have ueitl.e1 ancestral .IJods nor temples (in1plying also if you eally have none), P. Eu. 302h. Compare the u~e of siquidem in Latin.
TEMPORAL PAP.TlCLES SIGNIFYING UNTIL AND

BEFORE. "Ews, lcrTt, li.xpL 1 p.tXpL 1 Al'<lJ ocj>p~. 1463. when (we;, tan, UXPL, 1-'-<xpt, and the epie oq,pa mean while, so loag as, they are not distinguished in their w;e from ot.her relatives. But when they mean until, they have

many peculiarities. Homer has do~ or tZwc; for (wr;. 1464. Wheu EW<;, fO"Tf, axpt, fLEXpt, aud opa, until, refer to a defini w past action they take the indicative, u:mally the aorist. E.g.
N~xov miAw, do> <-rr~">..Bov (t> -rrorap.ov, I .<wam o1 agai11, until I CQil<e into a riz:o, Ocl.7,280. Tuvra i-rro[ovv, 1-'-f.XpL aKoror; iyivt To, this they did wztil darkness ca111e 011, X. A. 4, :! 4 This is the construction of the relative with a definite autecedent (1427). 1465. These particles follow t.he construction of coll-

uitiowtl relatives in lJOth forms of future conditions, in unfulfilled conditions, and in prestnt and past general suppm;itions. E.g. 'E-rr{rrx<>, lar' ~v ml ra Aot-rru -rrpoap.0.8?J" wait until you (shall)
leam the rest be.~ides (1434), A. J>r. tl:J7. Et7rOt}J-' &.v . . iw<> -rrupo: rdvo.tp.t ro\Jrov, 1 should tell him, etc., until I put him to torturr (l431J), X.C.l, :P 1 'Hiliw~ lh rovr~ n 0t(A<y<!p.'7v, ;w<; a.&~ ... J.-rrSwKa, I should (iu that case) ylwlly have cu11tinued to talk wiilt

1471]

THE MOODS.

313

him until I had given him back, etc. (1433), P. G. 506 . ''A ~ &v J.amaKTa ij, avayK17 ravra att 7rpayp.o.ra 7rapixuv, EW') av xwpav >..af3YJ, whatever tldngs are in disorder, these must alway; maJ..e lrouhle until tluy arc put in mder (1431, 1 ), X. C. 4, 587 Dtpup.ivop.tv tKcf<7TOT(, EW') avotxfh[7] TO Ot<7p.wr~pwv, we waited eacli day until the prison was opened ( 1431, !:!), P. Pit. (jtJd. 1466. N. The omission of av after these particles, when the

verb b in the subjunctive, is more common than it is after d or ordinary relatives (HOG), occurrin~ sometimes in Attic prose; as p.i.XP' 7rAov> yil!7]rat, until the ship sails, T.1, 137. 1467. Clauses introduced by (w> etc. frequently imply a purpose; see the examples under 1-105. Wben such clauses depeud upon a past tense, they admit tbe doullle construction of indirect discourse (1502, 3), like final clauses (1369). 1468. N. Homer uses a, 0 Kt, until, like EW') I((; and Herodotus uses E> and , o~ like (w,.

Ilp(v, before, until.

1469. Dp!v is followed by the iufinitive, and also (like [we;) by the finite moods. 1470. In Homer Trp(v grmerally has the infinitive without referenre to its meaning or to the nature of the leading verb. But in otht>r Greek it has the infinitive chiefly when it means simply before and wheu the leading clause is affirmative; it has the finite moods only when it 111eaus until (as well as bej01e), and chiefly when thr leading verb is negative or implies a negative. It has the suujunctive and optative only after negatives. 1471. 1. Examples of 7rp~v with the infinitive:Nut' Of: ll?/&.tov -rrp~v >..8t'iv uta.> 'Axatwv, and he dwelt in
tliP Achaean.-, J/.13, 172 (here 7rptv <Afht'v == 7rp0 TOV <>..6<iv) Ov p.' a7rOTpElJm> 7rpLV xa>.K<iJ p.axiaaa6at, you shall not tum me away uifu>e (i.e. until) ue have fought together, 11. 20,257 (here the Attic would prefer 1rplv ~v p.o.xwwp.d)a). 'A.,OTrlp.7rov<7<v a{.,.'Ov 7rp'tv ~Kovaa.t, they send him away befme lleari11_q him, T. 2, 12. MwCT~II>]V d'>.op.Ev 1rplv ITip<7a> Aa {3 t'v r~v f3aat>..dav, we took lo1 es.<ene b~fore the Pe>sia11s ohtai11cd their kingdom, I 6, 26. rr plv W> A cf>o{3ov >. 6 E 'v p.{av ~p.ipav OVK ix~pv<7v, slte was not a widow a single day bPjore sh~ u:ent to Aplwbus, D. 30,33 (here the infinitive is required, as Trp[v docs not mean
0

Pedueum befoe the coming of the sons of

Utltil),

314

SYNTAX.

[1472

2. Examples of 7rp[v, until, with the indicative (generally after uegati\es), aud with the subjunctive and optative (alu:ays after negatives), the constructions being the same as thosf' with ;,., (1464-1467) : OvK ~v G.A/.(.YJI-'-' ovov, 7rptv y' f.yw CTcfwnv ;o l L'a, etc., there WitS no relief, wllil 1 slwwecl them, etc. (14G!), A.Pr. 479. Ov XP~ p.t ivOivOl a1T'lA0tZv, 7rptv U.v Ow OLKYJV, 1 must IWt depart hence Wild 1 WI! punished (14J4), X. Au. 5, (b. OvK <:.v ttOttl)<; 1rptv 7rHpl)Ottl)>, you cQimot know u11til you have tried it ( 1400 ), Theog. 1~5. 'Exp~v 11-~ 7rponpov CTVf1.f:JovAlVt<V, 7rptv ~f'OS f. o{oa'a v, etc., they ought not to have git>en arfvice until they had mstructeti us, etc. (143;1), I. 4, 19. 'OpwCTL TOV<; 7rpwflvripov<; ov 11'pOCT(hv a'li'LOVTa<;, 'll'ptv iiv cp w (]' L v oi apxovn>, they ,,ee that the elders never go away u11til the authorities dismiss them (H:ll, 1), X.Cy.1, 2B. 'A7rl)yopwt f'l)Df.va j30J..AHv, 1rpiv Kvpo> lp.7rAYJCT0dYJ OYJpwv, he forbade w1y Ol<e to shout w1til Cyus should be saterl uirh the hwtl (1Hi7; 1[>0:2, 3), X.C.1, 414. 1472. X. I11 Ho1ner 'll'p[v y' on (never the simple 7rp[v) is URed wit.h the indiraf ive, a11d 7rptV y' OT' Ull (sometillleS 7rptV, Without av) with the subjnuctive. 1473. ~. llp[v, lil\e cw<; etc. (1-166), sometimes has the snbjunc tive without av, eveu ill Attic (ireek; asp.~ CTTEJ!Q' 7rptv p.O.O[J<;, do 110t lament IJPjore you know,:::;, Ph. 917. 1474. ITptv ~(a developed form for 1rpv) is used by Herodotus (rarely by Hollier), and 1rponpov ~. soo~ter than, befur, by Herorlo tus aua Thucydide~, in nwst of the constructions of 7rp{v. So 7rapo>, /,e,j'me, in Ilou1er with the i11fiuitive. Even vCTnpov ~. later tha11, 011Ce j,akes the infinitive by a11alogy. E.g. ITptv yap~ t)7J't(J'W CTcpia<; ava1T'AWCTQL.rjAw 0 KpotCTO<;,jm be,fme they had sailed back, C'l'()e,<us wa. tu.kP11, !lei. 1, 78. OvO ~OtCTav 7rponpo1' 1f 1rtp <'Tf'vOovTo TpYJx<v(wv. they dirl not even know of it u.nril rhey heard ji,Jm t/,p T,achinians, Hd. 7, 17;). M~ a7rav{CTTaCT8w am) T~<; 7T'OAlO<; 7rportpov ~ (~f.AwCTl, IIOt IO zcitlulraw from the city wllil they captwe it, Ild.!1,86. llp6npov ~ a1CT8iCT6<H a.&rov<;, beju>e tlteJI pPI'Ceiverl them. T.ll, !\R. S.ee T. 1, IIU; 2, G5. 'l'iKva <~<iAovro 1rapo<; 7rTfYJVa yu,(CT0a.t, they took away rite ue.<tlin_qs bf:fme they were.fiedyed, Od.\6,218. So also now vaTpov (KaTov ~ a&rov<; olt<~CTa<, a ltwulred YN<rS ajier thei1 own setrlement, T. 6, 4.

VIII.

INDIRECT DISCOURSE OR ORATIO OBLIQUA.

GE!>IERAL l'H.INCIPLES.

1475. A direct quotation or question gives the exact

l48lj

THE MOODS.

315

words of the original speaker or writer (i.e. of the oratio recta). In an indirect quotation or question ( oratio obliqua) the original wordB conform to tile construction of the sentence in wl1ich they are quoted.
Thus the words Ta vra {3 OVA 0/).Qt may he quoted either dircclJy, AEYH Tt<; "TaVTa j3o{)Ao/).ut," 01" iuJirectly, ),.f.yu T!<; "Tui!Ta {3ov'Atrat or <PYJO'L ns; ravra {3ouAw0at, some one sr1y.< that he 11ishes for this. So lpwnf r[ {3ouAH;" he asl..s, what rio you waut f" but iudirectly f.pwr'i r[ f3ovAtru.t, be a.<k~ rvhat he wants.

on

1476. Indirect. quotations may be introCluced by on or ...;,,,, that., with a finite verb, or by the i11tinitive (as in the above example); sometimeB abo by the part ici plc. 1477. J\. "On, tl,at, lll~Y inlruduce eveu a Jircct quutatio11; as
tr11"0V

on i~<avo[ lvp.tv, they said, "w~ are ahle,'' X. A. 5, 4

olTw<;

10

is sowetimes used likP ~ th({t, especi:tlly in poetry; a~ roi!To p.~ p.ot </Jpar, o11"w> ovK tl Ku.Ko>, s.o. T.fJ48. 2. Homer rarely has 0 ( ueut.er of O<;) for that; as ltfV(J"(]'(T( yap ro y mivn<;, o fJ.Ot yf.pas pxtrut O.AAn, .fm you all see this, that my prize ,qots another wn,11. 11. l, l :!U ; so f>, !;3:3. 3. Ouv(Ka and Movl'EKa, that, sometimes introduc.e indirect quotatio''' in poetry.

1478. 1.

on,

1479. Indirect questions follow the same prineipleB as indirect quotations with or ...;,,, in regard to their moods and tenses.

on

Fur the words used to introduce iudirect questions, see 1605 and 160(). 1480. The term it~di1ect discnwse applies to all cla11ses (r.veu siugle clauses in senteJices of differeut constru,~tioll) which iudirectly express the words or thongl1t of any person, eveu those of the speaker himself {see 1502).

1481. Tndin~et quotations after on and...;,, n.nd indirect questions follow these general rules : 1. After primary tenses, each verb retains both the mood and the tense of tl1r dirrC't disC'ourse. 2. After past tenses, eaeh indic:ative ur subjunr.tive nf the direct discourse m:ty he P.ither changed to the same tense of the optative or rt>tainerl in its original mood and tense. But all srcondary tenses of t.be indieati ve in unreal conditions (1397; 1433) anu all optatives remain unchanged.

316

SYNTAX.

[1482

1482. N. The imperfect and pluperfect, having no tenses in the optative, generally remain unchanged in all kiuds of senteuces (but. see 14ti8). The aorist indicative likewise ren1ains unchanged when it belongs to a dependent clause of the direct discourse (1497, 2). (See 1499.)
1483. Wheu the quotation depends on a verb which takes the infinitive or participle, its leading verb is changed to the c01responding tense of the infinitive or participle (civ being retained when there is one), and its dependent verbs follow the preceding rule ( 1481). 1484. Avis never omitted with the indicative or optative in indirect discourse, if it was used in the direct form; but when a particle 01 a relative word has av with the subjunctive in the direct form, as in M.v, orav, ;;, av, etc. (1299, 2), the av is dropped when the su.bjnnctive is changed to the optative after a past tense in indirect discourse. 1485. N. ~Al' is never arided in iudirect discourse when it was
not used in the direct form.

1486. The negative particle of the direct discourse is regularly retained in the indirect form. (But see 1496.)
SIMPLl<;
SF.~TENCES

IN

!~DIRECT

DISCOURSE.
AND IN lNDIIIECT

INDICATIVE AND OPTATIVE AFTEH OTL Allll

QUESTIOSS.

.:.s,

1487. After primary tenses an inuicative (without av) retains both its mood and its tense in indirect discourse. After past tenses it. is either changed to the same tense of the optative or retained in the original mood and tense. E._q.
Ai.yn on ypacpH, he sa.lfs that he is writin_q; >..iyn or1 ypa<j>V, he .<ays that he was uwiting; >..ly" ;;.,., <ypu.o/J<v,lte says tl,at he wote; >../;;tt OTL y i.-y oa </> l v, he will say that he has written. 'Epwr'f rl {3ov>..ovTal, he asks what t!LP.Y Wa11t; ayvaOi TL 1!'01~<TOV<TIV, I do not know what they will do. E!?Ttv on ypa</>ot or on ypa</>ll, he .<airlthllt he was wl'iting (he said ypacpw). EI?TlV OTL y p 0 I or OTI y p a"' ll, he said that he would write (he said ypat/Jw). ET?Ttv on ypaof!Htv or art (ypal/Jtv, he sairi that he had written (he said :ypm{111., I wrote). El?Ttv On yqpa<f>w> d'1 or on yiypa</>tv, he said that he had writtP.n (he said yiypa<j.a, I have uritten ).

a."'

1490]

THE MOODS.

317

oi OLT 0 J.L'f.V tTvtu ao<f>o>; (L 1J tried to slw11J /,im that lw believerl hims,-/f to be wisr:, !Jut wus rw/.'0 (i.e. OL(TUL J.LEV (ern()' oti), P.Az,.:!)<. 'Vmt7r(~V avro<; raKt -:rpaeol, <i)xtro, hi11ti"!J 1/w.t he u:ould him.,eif attend tu thmys th"re, he depu1ted (lie 'aiu avro<; niKci' 1rpa~w), T.l,UU. "E>.t~uv Tr(J.L'/J(L aa> '1vo(;'w f3(Jm,\u),, Ktf..uiwv ipwrav (.~ orov 1roAtJJ-o> e r7J they .~aid tlwt thP- king of the lnJiam luul swl tltem, r;mmuand iug them to ask on what acww1t thtre was ftm (they said t-rrtp.'/Jtv 1,J.LU<>, and the question was cK r[Jo> f.<Trtv 7rOAtJ.LO'i ;), X. C.2.P. 'Hpt.,.o tin<; cp.ou d IJ crownpo<;, he as f. eel whether there wu.~ any one wise, than 1 (i.e. (<TrL n> <rowupo> ; ), 1'. A p.:! 1. (IN!>JC.) "E>.ey01 f. A7rt,OU<Tl a Kat n/v m1AtJ.> (,fav p.01. xti.pu, they said that tla:y hoped .lJOu anrl the .<tatf' would br: qnllful to me, J.5,:2:J. ~HK 8' ayy/..f..wv TL<; ~~ 'EJ...aTlu.t KUHtA>prrat, somt? o11e was come with a report that /area had been tal;et (here th< i"'rfecL optathe might l1a.ve been u~<d). D.lS,l!i!J. 'A,.oKp<J.>ap.<vo< -rr p. 'flo v a I trpiaf3w;, tiOt<; ar.~A.Au~uv, having rrplied thu.l I !try would send ambassadms, they dismis,;,.,[ them at mrce, T. l, !HI. 'H7t0povv r[ 1rOT Af.yH, 1 was U1lCCJ"tai1l w!,at he memif (r[ "TrOT AJya ;), r. Ap. 2lb. 'E{JovAtXWTO r[v' aVTOV KaraAt!tflovatv. they were considoing (t!.e questio11) u:/l(lm they should leave here, D.l9, 122.

(01'1".) 'E,.upWJ-I.''JV a&r~ OHKVVI'UL,

0 0 0

8'

on

0 ;;, [

on

on

on

on

1488. ~- Occasionally the present optative represents thr~ imperft<ct indicative in this construction; as &.r.txp(vaJTo oiO(t<; p.dpru> 7rupt{"f), tlwy l"epfi,,d that tltaf. had brr,, 110 witness p1esF111 (ovot!> 1rapi}v), IJ. ::lo, 2o (here tlte context Jllakes iL clear that 7rap(tYJ does not stand for 7relpt<rrt).

on

1489. l. In a few cases the Greek changr.s a prese11t inriicativc to the il!lperfed, o1 a perfect to t},e plupprfeet, in iudir~;>ct di~roursP., in,t.ead of retaining it or changiug it to tl1e optativ(; as (v ntropt(l ~{T(lJ', (vvOOVJUVOt f.trt Ta(<; {3a.atr\lo1<; !Jvpat<; i] a a V, 11" p 0 l' 0 ( 0 I~
Ka a v u&rot<; o1 {3apf3upot, they were i11 rlespair, con"ide>in.IJ that they were ut the f{i,lg"s gates, a11d that the barbwirms horl betrayed them, X. A. 3. F. (See the whole passr1.ge.) This is also tbe English usage. 2. In Homer thi~ is the ordinary construction: see Od.3, }(i(J.
Su!lJr!<CTI\"E on OPTATIVE HEPHESENTIN<. THE l!<TEHHOGATIVB

o{

on

8r;nJcxcnn;.

1490. An interrogative sul.Jjunctive (1358), after a primary tense, reta.ins it.-; mood and tense in an indirect

question; after a past tense, it may be either changed

318

SYNTAX.

[1491

to the same tense of the optative or retained in t.he subjunctive. E.g.

BovA.tvopm 07rW<; <Tl a7ro0pw, I a11t {1'!/i>l.fJ to think how 1 >hall escape you (Trw> <Tf a1ro0pw ;), X. C.l,4 13. OuK olo' d XpuaO.m: rotlr<i' ow, I do 1101 laow wltet/,a I 1;/w/! vit:e (tlttm) to C!try.<a,,tas here, iuid.8,1 1c. OtK ixw r[ d7rw, I do ,,or kuoll' what 1 shall say (r{ t?Tw;), D.U,ii1. lf ;\ou haheo <jUid dicam. 'Emjpoyro <i 7rllpaOol.fv rrw 7rOAtY, t!tey asked w/,etha thep shou/rl yive up tlu city (7rapaOWfJ.fV rr;v m:i>..tv; .<!raiL ICC givr. up the city?), T.l.~.). 'lhopu x_p~rratro r<{i 7rpayfLaTL, he ~ta,: ot n loss lww to deal with the matter (r[ XP~J<TWJI-W ;), X. fl. 7,!~9. 'E/3ollA<vwro <err KaraKflv O'W (TL Jf <i:n TL u>..>..o X p ~ cr w VT fl !, tlu!J lUi"~ rleliiJCl'Ofill_q nhether they s!,oulri buxn them or di-'}'11-'~ ~~l tltc111 i11 smne otlte1 wny, T. 2,1.

on

1491. N. In these qur~tions fi (not iav) is used for whether, with both subjuuctive anJ optat-i1e (st!e the second exa111ple in
1490).

1492. N. Au iuterrogat.ile subjunctive may he changed to the optative when the leading 1erb is optative, cont,aty t.o the g,P.neral usage of indirect di.<eourse (12i0, 2); as ouK i/.v lxot<; rt xp~crato

cravr~,

you would not know what to do with

yow.~elj;

P. G. 4Slib.

lNDJCATI\'E OR l>Pl'ATI\'E 1\'IT!l

ii.v.

1493. An indicative or optative with

a., retains

its moo(\

and tense (with av) unchangecl iu indirect discourse after C$n or W. aucl in indirer-t quest.ions. E.g. AiyL (or t'>..(y(v) on TOVTO i/.Jr f. v To, he says (or said) that tlds would hale happelleJ; EAf')'fV OTL ovroc; DLKaiw<; ilv cbro8avoL, he said th<ll tid.~ man would Justly die. 'HpwTWI' d OOL(V av Ta 7Ttcr1'0.. they asked whether they u;oultl give the pledges ( Sot'-YJTE av; ), X. A .4, 8'.

'Y.

INFINITIVE ANI> PAH1'l('IPI.E IN lstliHECT DI~COt.:HSF..

1494. Rtch ten~e of the infinitive or partidple in indirect. discourse represents the teuse of the finite verb which wonld Le used in the di1ect form, the present and perfect including the illlpcrfeet and pluperfect. Eaeh t.cnse with av ean represent the eorresponding tenses of either indicative or out.a.tive with a.IJ. E.g.
'Appw<TT{~V 7rpo<f>3.cr(,<rat, hep1ete11ds that h~ i.< sick, l~wfLO<TEv
&.ppw<r-r(~V rovrov{, he toiJk an oath tltat this num wax sick, D. 1!>, 124.

Ka.Tfl<7X<tl' rf>YJL7L roV-rouc;, he say.< that he detaiued them, ibid. 39.

1497]

THE MOODS.

319

YJ{Ja{ou<; ( 71' LK <K 1) pv Xi vaL, he said that the 'J'tltiJwt:; lwrl o.JJercd u rwurJ for Mm, ibid.:! l. 'E?Tayyi>.>.crat ~[Kata 7l' o "l 0' lL v, /,e J>romis~s to do wlwt io ,iyl!t, iuui . .fn. HyyaA rov;ou<; ( PXO)J.ivou<;, he a1<11uunad tl.at these were cominy ( ovrot i'pxovr.;.<) ; ayy,>..>..a rovro"' i >.. (:J o v r a.,, he mmounces that tlt~.,e came (o~7ol ~Aiiuv); u:yyiAAL 70V7u yV7JO"Op.vov, he amww~<:es that th~ 1n/L &e du1w, ~yyu>..< roilro yVYJO'O)J.vov, he announced that this would f,e Jou~ j >/yyu>.. rol'rro y y <V1JP. i vov, he awwu11ctd tlwt this fwd b~e11 do11e (rovro YY(VYJ"") See examples of with inlinitive aud participle in J;JOS. For the prrs<~!lL infinitive anJ participle a' itnperfect, sec 1285 and 1~8().

"E</I'Y/ )(p~p.nB' iavr<f roi>

ra

av

1495. Th~ ittfinit.he is said tfJ sl!md in i1ulirect rliscourse, and its ten,l's eonesponrl to tho;,e of tlte finite Jlloods, whe11 it depends on a verb ill'J'lyin~ tho1q:;!Jt or the expressio11 of thou;;bt, and when a/:;o t.he thought, u.< originally cnnceiv,!rl, wo1dd have Ut'Cil expressed by SOlll<~ tense of tl1e indicaLi\"e (with or without uv) or optative (withal'), so I hat. it can he transf<~rred without cl.ang-e oi tense to the infinitive. TlJUs in {3ov>..crat t'),,OE'iv, lw wishes to go, <'AB<'iv represeuts no form of either aorist iHdicative or aori~t optative, and is uot iu indirect disrr>ur~e. llut in <f>rJO'LV lA.8cv, he Ml.lf.< that he went, l.A01.v repre~t>nb ~>..8ov of the direct discourse. (See G,eek .Moods awl Tenses, Gtil.) '--, _1496. The regular 1wgative of the infinitive and participle in
iiiliih~ct discourse is 01i, bnt excrp:ions occur. Especially the infinitive after verLs of /l(l]Jin_q, Jnomi.<ing, m1d .<uean\q (see 128()) regubrly l1as }J.~ for its negative; a> W}J.YU< !J.7JOi:v dpl/Kiv<u, he swo1e that he had said llfJtl,ing, D.2J, lHl.

IJSDiltl<:C'J'

Ql'OTATIO~

OJo'

CO~fPLEX

SE~TE~CES.

1497. l. Wlten a complex sentence is indireetly qnot.ed, its hadin,q verb follows the rule for simple sentellccs (1487-1-:!94). 2. After prilll<try tenses the depenrlwt verbs retain the same mood and tense. After vast tenses, dependent primary ten~es of the indicative and all dependent subjunctives may either be changed to the same tense of the optative or retain their origin,,l mood and tense. \\Then a subjun<:tive bceonH~S opt:tti ve, avis dropped, ~av, (hav, etc. becoming t), ihE, etc. Hut uependent ser.rmdary tenses of tlw indicative remain unellrwgcd. E.!J

320
J.oo~[av av-rc{J <PEp H,

SYNTAX.

[1498

1. ~Av vw'ir; A.iyrp(, 7rOL~<rHv (</>l)<Ttv) 8 J.l.~T alaxWr,v p.-frr' if you ($hall) say so, he .ay. he will do whatever does not bri11y sluwce or discrer/zt to hi111, D. 19, 41. Here no change is made, except iu 7rO<~<ruv ( 1494 ). 2. 'Ar.tKptVUTO f'-UII()avoLO' a' OVK f.7rt(T'TU.LVTO, he replied, that they were l1,aming what they did not wzdestand (he said J.A.UvBO.vovaLv a.' OVK C1rt<TTaVTaL, which miglJt ha\'e been retained), 1'. Eu. ~no. EZ r<vJ. <P(V-yozru >.. ~"' o Lr o, 7rpo,7y6ptvu ws 1roA(p.f"! XP~<TOLTO, he awzounced tltat, if he slwu/rl catch any one runni11g away, lw slwu!t/ ll'eat him as a11 ezemy (lze said (L nvu A~t/tOJ.iU<, XP~ <TOiJ-0-L), X. c.:!, J3 (H03). Nop.[,wv, O<TQ rljr; 1rOAtwr; 7rpoA0.{3ot, 7ravra ravT {3t/3<'-(w<; ~uv. l,elievilzg that he should hvld all tlw~e place.< sccw,-/'1 rhich he shnu!tl take from the city [,e_forelwHd (oa' liv 7rpoAcl.{3w, t' ~w 'J, lJ. I o, :?fi. 'EooKE< p.t:J< -ro.uT'!)7rHpcia8o.t aw81jvo.<, i v6..,. p.ovp.iv'f t'av fl(v A.i6w, awO~<TOf.lO.L, it seemed best to me to try to gai11 sr<fety in this way, thinking thM, if I slwuld escape notire, 1 sltoulrl [,e sal'ed (we Hlit:ht have had tt >..a6o<fJ.L, uw67Jao[JJ.7Jv), L.l2, lii. 'E<:f>a.<TO.V 'TOV) avbpas ar.OKT(JI(LII ou's lxov(Tt 'wvra<;, they sair/ that they sftou/J/ kifl /he 1/lr'll wJ,om thC!f hwJ a five ( a7rOKTtVOVJI-fV ot'<; ixoJJ.iV, wbiclt might IHl\'8 ueen c}z,wged t.o a7rOK'T(V(lV ov'c; lxow), '1'.~,5. llpob7JAOv ~v (rovro) f.uOjJ-(1101', d fL1J KwAV. u t T(, it was plain that this would be so uni.>s you shvu!J pacllt ( f'crmt, t1 p.~ KwAu<TT, \\'hich might lw.ve become d I'~ KwAvCTo<T), A<seh. 3, !10. "H.\m,ov TOt<; };lKEAou<; rat!-ry, ov''i f.lfT(7rfJ.ii/JUIITO, a7ravrljCTHT8o.t, they hoped the Sikels whom they !tad se111 for would meet tlce.m h,?le, T. 7, 80.

on

on

on,

1498. One \'erb may be changed to the optatiYe while another i ~ retained; as oryAw<TO.) OTl tTOifJ.OL dCTt fJ.clxwOat, (~ TL<; f.~;, p X 0 L To, having showH that the.ij w<-re read. to jiyht if an!! o11e should come fvrtft (ho<J.l.o( i<Tp.tv, f.av ns Uf.pxYJraL), X. C.!, 11. Thi~ somet.itues causes a variety uf constructions in the sanze sentence. 1499, ThP aorist indicathe is not. chang-t>d to the aorist. opt.a t ii'P in df'pendeJJt clauses. lwcanse in tlwsn th<' aorist optntiv<' bene rally r<'pr~,eut~ the aorist sul>junctiYc. Tl1e present indicative is seldo!ll changed to the present. optative in <lepcndent clause;;, for a ~inzilar rea8on. For tlte imperfect and pluperfect, see 14il2. 1500. :::\'. A depe1\(lent optative of the direct fonn of course remains unchanged in all indirect discourse (1481, 2). 1501. N. OccnsioHally a dr.J>ell(knt ]'resent or perfect indicative is changed t<J the imperfect or pluperfect, as in the leading clause (14SP).

1602)

THE MOODS.

321

1502. The principles of 1497 apply also to n.ll dependent clauses after past tenses, which express indirer.tly the past thought of any person. This applies especially to the following construc1.ions:1. Clauses depending on an infinitive after ver!Js of wishing, comma11ding, advfsing, and other:; whieh imply tho11ght

but do not take the infinitive in inuirect dis--course (14~Ji>). 2. Clauses containing a prota.sis with the apodosis implied in the context (1420), or with the apodosis Pxpresscd in a veriJ like &avJ-1-a'v' ( 142:3). 3. Tempond clauses expressing a past intention, purp0se, or expectation, especially those introdneed by (w> or 1rpfv. 4. Even ordinary reb.ti ve sentences, which would rgularly take the ind ieati ve. (1) 'E,Sou.\o-ro f.>..B(f.v, d -rov-ro ycot-ro. they wished to ,r;n if this should !tappe>~. (We might have f.U.v -rov-ro yiv"?-raL, expres~ing
the fonn, if this shall happm, iu which t\,c wi-h woul.\l,e conct>ivcd). Here f.>..BE'Lv is uot iu indirect discomse (14tLi). 'E,d>..tuatv ,; n ovvatv-ro >..ufjov-ros J-1-f.-ra.ot.:H<Hv, he com>lwntl,?d them to ral.e 1rhrtt they could and purst<e (we might hn.ve n itv ovvwv-ra.L, repres,~ut in;; n ~v OvV"?o-lh), X. C. 7, 37 IlpoEI:r.ov a.in-o'i<; 1-'-~ va.u,.w.x(tV
-~oe_wB{oL<;, ~v p.~ E7rt KipKvpa.v 1rAf.waL Kui J-1-CAAw<rtv &:rro{3a.Zvm,

they instructed them IIUI to c11gage i11 a sea-fight u:ith Corinthians, tmless these should be sailing agai11st Curcym and should f,e on the point of landing (we lllight have d 1-'-~ 71"Af.otv KO.t J-1-EAAOto),

T. 1,4[!. (2) <l>v"Aa.Ka.<; avJ-I-7rCp.7rH, o1rw-; <f>uA.a-r-rotEv av-rov, Ka.2 d -rwv d.yp{wv
n <f> a. v t (. "? ()"?p{wv, he sends (srnt) gumJs, to gumd him rtwl ( tn be

ready) in <?OS!'

Wl!J

o_f the

S(lV".(/<' /JC(}$1:;

.<hnu//

(IJi]JcW"

beiug l&.v n <f>av(i), X. C. 1,-P. Tu>..>..,,, ~v

(n va.vlw.XEZv

(t!te t\)()ll9:!tt o( 'ABrr

va'i:oL TOAJ-1-~awaL, r.apaKEva,ov-ro, thrymal/e the ot/,er ]'repmations,

(t .. /,e ,-,ar/y) in case the A rhe11iuns shmdd still Vl'><tun a naoal battle, T. 7' 59. nLKTHflOI', t1 aA.;, a 0 Lv-r o, they pitl'r.d the111, tltey W('J'C In be capture1/ (the thou[\ht [)('ilJg' 1ce pity them if t/({_11 are In he capturer/, t1 a>..waov-ru.L, which might be ntaiu<>d), X. A.l, 47 ""ExatpOl' &:ya1ruw tt -rL> a ao L, 1 ,rfoi,r.d, beillf/ cnntent if a11y nw would let it pass (the thought wa-; &ya.1rw Et n> 0.ao), l'.Rp.4i)0. 'E8a.vJ-1-<l,fV (t TL> ap-yvptov 7rpa-rTOLTO, he wonde1ed that a11y 01lf d~manded 71WIIey, X. M. 1, 27; hut. in the same hook (1, P) we find tBtlUJ-1-<J.(l 11-'-~ cpu.vlpov u.l'TOt') E<TTL v, he wondered tllal it wa> 7101 plain.

.:r

322

SYNTAX.

[1603

(3) .'S'II"ov8as- C7r0L~O"O.I'TO (ws- a7rayy('A.8d'Y'j TCx 'A.cxOivTu. ds- AaK( 8"-{p.ova, they made a truce, (tv coati>1ue) until wlwt ltwl /Jeen mid should be l'eported (I( SJ!OT(a (their t.houghi was tW<; 6.v 7TO. yytA. Ofj), x. H. 3, 220 Ov yap 8~ <rcpw<; a7r[H 0 8o<; rrj<; a7TOtK['Y)>, 7rplv 0~ a'II"[Kwvrat (<; a&r~v Atf3vYJv,.for the God di1l not mean to 1'r:lcase them from the colony until they .<hould actually come to Libya (we might h:l.Ve cb[Kotvro), Hd.4, 107. Mcvovns- (<rru<rav cm1ron 7rVp yo> Tpwwv opp.~<TUf, they stoorlwaitillq until (for the time lchcll) a column should >ush upon the Troja11s, 11.1, 334. ( 4) Ku.l ifrH <rrjp.a loia8u.t, orn 1 o1 yo.p.{Jpol.o 7rapa ITpo[roto iJ. cpip oLro, he asT.ed to see the toke11, uhch /1e was bringing (as he said) .fiom Proet11.~, 11. 6, 17G. Kur'Y)yvpcov rwv AlytvY)Tiow ra 7r 7r ot ~ KOL ( v 7rpoo6vr(<; -r~v 'EA,\n&r, thc,ij tlccuse~J the A egiuetan.~ fur what (as t.hey ~aid) th?1 had done it !Jetmyin:; Gn:cce, Hd.G,41l.

For the same principle in causal senlencrs, see 15116.

1503. ::\. On this principle, clauses i11troduct>d by iva. o7Tw<;, ..;,,

fJ~ ad1nit ihe doul1le constnlCLion of indirect discourse, and allow tlw subjunctive or future indicative to ~t.and unchanged after pa~t. tenses (sre 13GO). The same principle extend~ to all conditional and all conditiou:1l relat.ivc and temporal sentt>nce~ dependiug on clauses with Zvo., etc., as these too belong to the indirect discourse.

ocppa, n.nJ

OVx 0TL, o~x 07twc;, fl~ OT,., JL~ 01rws. 1504. These exl-'ressions, hy tliC ellipsis of a verb of saying, often mean I do not speak of, or not to speak o.f With ot'X an indicative (e.g. >..y"') was originally unclcrstooLl, and with p.~ an imperative or subjunctive (e.g. A.f.yt or (<rru>). E.g.

otox 07TW<; Ta <TK6-rj hiooat'J, &>..>..U. KUL

I do
1101

at

Ovpo.L G.</>'Y)p7r15.0'B'f/(}'(LV,

mtlltion your sr.llillg t/1~ fun1iture (i. 1lOI Olll,l! 1/id !f011 selL the funlitwe), but e1e11 the duors u:ere carrie.d of}; Lys.l!J,;)J. M~ OTL 8o<;, d.AAO. KO.L al'Bpw1l'o) ... oto cfJ!AOVO'L 'TOV<; u7TlO'TOVVTOS, nnl mdy (;od (1101 lo <pen!._ of Co1J), />111 alsn /IIC/1 jio'llo /oue t/ll!.<e who (/i.-trust them, X. C. 'i, 217 Il(7raUfHII' ~iJ-tt<;. ot'X ().,.we; 0'( 1ravcrop.(v, ue ha1e been stopped oursr-l1e.s; the1e is 110 tall.: o( .<IOJl]'in,q you, S. El. illG. When t.hesc fonns were t.l111s used, the original ellipsis was prolr ably never present \.o the mind.
IX. CAUSAL SENTENCES.

1505. Causal sentences exprc~s a cau.~e, and are introduced by on, we;, because, -!ret', hrHDr], che, o?Ton, since,

1509)

TilE MOODS.

323

and by other particles of similar meaning. They have the indicative after uoLh primary and secondary tenses. The negative par tiel e i:-; ov. E.:;.
K,i8cro yap t:.uvawv. i)n p:J. 8v_1aKOVTU'i opU.ro, fin $lte pitied tlte J)anai, UI'I:ILU~" site ~lliV them rl:tiny, 11.1, 5o. "Ore rov8' OVTW<; ixu. wpo<n/KH -rrpoOvjJ-w> UJD,a., ciK<lllv, si>1ce this is sv, it is l>r:eouli1lg that you s/1()(1/d /,c wdliny to hwr t!1fJ1'>"i!J, D.1, 1. A poteJJlial optat.ive or iudkative lllay ~tand in n causal sent('ncc: ~ec D.JS,40 and 7(1.

1506. ~- Ou the principle of indir<><:t discourse (130:2), a causal senteuce after a past tense may have the optMive, to in1ply that the cam;e is n~,ign,~J on ih" authority of 'ome other person than the writer; as rov IIcpiKA!a ;,<~f"''ov, arpanryo> t,v o~K i-rrc~cl.yot, llt.-!J a/,use,ll'crides, bc'ca>;se (as tlwy said) bei>tg _qe11eral ht did 11()/ lead thtm out, 1'.2,:!1. (This a'sigus the A.t/,enians' r<>ason for abusing l'ericle;;, Lut does not show the historian'ti opinion.)

on

X.

EXPRESSION OF A WISH.

1507. \Vhen a. \\ish refers to tlJC future, it is expressed by the optative, either with or without <:BE or El ryap (Homeric also aWf, at ryrlp), 0 that, 0 tf. The uega'trvc-is fi..IJ, wbid1 eaa stanJ alone with the optative. E.g.
'Yil.v (hoc 8o(cv f.K1rf.paut llp<ap.ow .,.6.\tv, may r7,f (iods gnwt to _1;uu to <itoSI!'O!J Pimn.~ city, ll.1, 18. AI. yO.pJ.p.o! roif<r~YO< Owt 8uv<tJ.UI' -rrcpt8cu,, 0 that lite Gvds uould clothe me v.:ith so much st1ength, OJ.3,'20.i. To fJ.CII 1/VV T<LVTa 7rp1JO'UOL<; Tlhp fJI xcpa! EX<L>,fvr the present may yvu COiili><Ue lu do these things which you lta!e uow ill haw!, f!u.7,5. EZ8c cf>(.\o<; ~p.[v yivoto, 0 t/"11 ym1 71la!f become our friP.nrl, X. II.~. 13\ .\1'7~;!n '0l')v iyw, 1lH1!1 1 110 lollfll'>' live, Ar.N.l:?33. 'l'cOvu[l']v, or< f40L p.l')K(rt TVTU 1'-f..\ot, may I die wh"" I :;lur.li11(, ''"'!I'''' crl>'e.for the."! thinq.~ (J4:.HJ), i\lilllll.l,2. The force of Lhe LellSL'S here is the same as in protasis (see 1:!72).

1508. In po~Lr.v d aloue b so<netirucs w;ed with tile optative in wishes; asci' p.ot yivotro cp8:Jyyv~ <v flf"'X(oa<v, 0 tlcll ~~tiyhtjiwl a voice in my an".' E.flc,. i;;!G. 1509. ~- The poelq, f'-]"'''i:tllv Homer, sometim~s prdix Ws(probaLly exrJa111atorv) to tl1" optatii'C ill \\bhes; as w~ a11'0AOLTO KUt O:.U.o<; OTL> TOtai!ni y< p-'(ot, lihruis~ Itt m>,'f ot),cr r~rish ,;,, may do t/,e /if.p, Od.l, 17.

SY~TAX.

[1510

1510. In poetry, especially in Homer, the optative alone sometimes expres~e~ <1. COI!Cfsoirm or pennis.<iun, ~c.m~times a command or exho7'lation; a~ aDTL<; 'Apy!LYJV 'E>..ivl]V MfvEAaoc; ayotro, Me1lelaus may tal..r. hack Argive Jltlen, J/.4,HJ. T!Bvo.[ry<;, ~ llpol:r', ~ Ka Kntv< B<A.A.cpocpovrryv, eithe1 die, o1 l'ill Hellerophrmtes, Jl. G, 164. Hew, and in wish,es without d, d yap, etc., we probably have an original indPpendent use of the oJ!.ative; while wishes introduced by any form of dare prob;~bly elliptical prota'e~. (See AppendiX I. in Greek Jl!ovds aud Te11se.<, pp. 371-380.) 1511. When a wish refers to the present or the past, and it is implied that its object is uot or was not at tained, it is expres,.;ed in Attic Greek by a secomlary tense of the indicative with tr&e or eZ 7dp, which here caunot be omittRd. The negative is fL'l The imperfect and aorist are distinguished here as in prota.sis

(13n).

E.g.

E!Bc rovro hro!<t, 0 that he we1e doi11g this, or 0 that he had done this. E~B< 'TOV'TO ino(7J<Hv, 0 that he had done this; d yap fJ.'I} yivE'TO roirro, 0 that this had w/l,appelled. EZtl' <Tx<> j:3EA.dov> cpp;,,u<;, 0 that tluu hadst a [,cttc>' unrle:rstrmriing, E. El. 1Of)]. El yiip -ro(J'avnJv OuPap.tv Eixo,., 0 that I lto.d so fi''e'tt Jlntte,, E ..ll.l07~. b:Zih <TOt 'TOT <TVV(yEVOfJ.YJ" 0 that I had tl,cn mel with you, X. M. 1. :!r,.

1512. ThfJ aorist .;;cp(/l.(w, o11.ght, of orj>E(A.w, dcbeo, ou:e, and in Hollier somr.Liuws the imperfeet ,3rj><A.Aov, are used with
the infinitive, ehiefly iu poetry, to express a present or past unattained wish (1402, ~). E.g. "flcp!A roirro ?TOLEI'v, 1cuuld thotlte wac duing tltis.(lit. he ou_qltl
to be rfoi~ty thi.<), 01' WJU/d that he had done thi:; (habittl!ll/y) j wcpEAE roilro ?TOt~O'<tt, 1rould thnt he },ad done this. (For tl1e distinction

lllrule by tl1e different ten~e~ of the infiuitive, see 1400, ~). T~v 0f.A' Ev v~0"<TL l<aTa.Kr,; 1,.tv 11 ApTCJJ.l.S, wo1ltl tl,at A1'C<!11t~ !tad .<iai>l her o.t the si<ips, 11. 10, f"ll1. 1513. ::\. "D</><Aov witiJ the intinitiYe is Heg-n.tivPd by p.o] (not o~), aud it may even h,, preceded by c(fh, 1 yU.p, or~'>; as p.~ trO'l'' w<f> >.. 0 v AL7!'(LV 'l'~V ::t:Kvpov, 0 that I lwl nel:r.r left Scyro.<, s. Ph. 9()9; d yap w</>!Aov orCJ( T( tTvaL, 0 that the!! wae aulc, P.Cr.44d; Ws w</>At<; OAf(J'Bat, U'(JU/d tltilt !IOU had J>el'ished, Jl. 3, 428.

1514. In II""""'

tl"' l"''""<'llt, optati\\~ (gl:'nt"rallv with ltlh or d

y&.p) may expre~s an uuattaiueJ wish iu p1esent t1111e; as i8' .;;,

1517]

THE INFINITIVE.

325

~f3wotp.t /3{1) 8{. p.ot p.1r8o>

Et1), 0 thatlu:ae again as young and my st1engtlt werejhm, 11.11,670. This corresponds to the Homeric use of the optative in unreal conditions aud tltcir apodoses (13Dl:l). In both constructiotts the present optative is commonly future in Homer, as in other Greek.

1515. Homer uever uses the indicative ( 1511) in wishes. He always expresses a past wish by the construction with w</>AOV (151 2), and a present wish ~ometi!lle5 by w</>d. ov and SOllJCLimes by the present ovtative (1514).
THE INFINITIVE.

1516. 1. The infinitive is originally a neuter verbal noun, witl1 many attributes of a verL. Thus, like a verb, it has voices and tenses; it may have a subject or object; and it is qualified Ly ad verbs, not by adjective~. 2. When the definite article came into use with other nouns (see 937, 4), it was us(,(l also with the infiniti1e, which thus became more distinctly a noun with four cases.
For the subject of the infiuitive, ~ee 805. Fur t.lte case of prcdi<,:ate nouns and adjectives when the subject is omitted, see 927
a~2l:l.

1:\FINITI VE WITHOUT THE ARTICLE.

As SunJl:CT, PHF.JHCATE, OnJt:CT, on Al'P(SITIVI::.

1517. The infinitive may be the subject nominative of a finite verb ( e~o;pecially of an impersonal verb, 8$!8, or of lent), or the subject accusative of another infinitive. It may Le a predicate nominative (907), and it may stand in appo~ition to a noun (!Hl ). E.g.
~vvf./31) aim~ C>..8cZv, it happened to Mm tv go: i0iv p.ivctv, it was possible to remaia; ~ov 1roA.Aov;; <xOpov> <X<' v; is it plcu>a><l to have many e"cmics? <l>l)<TLv i~iivat TOVTOL> f-ltVLV, he says it i, possible for these to remain (f-lEVHV being sulject (Jf i~<i:vat). yyw vaL i.7rLCTT7Jf-ll)V >..a {3 <I. v ianv, to leam is to acqui1e knowledge, P. Th. 20!1. yap Oavu.TOV 0<8t<vaL o~o<v a).. .\o f(fTLV ~ 00KtV CTOcpov tTvaL f-l~ fm to fem de11th (the .fear of death) is 7wtfti,,q e/.c than to seem to be wise withuut being so, P. Ap. 20. Er .. o1wvoc; apLCTT05, dp.vvtCTOat 7rtpt mJ:rp')>, one omen is be;;t, to .fight .for ow country, 11.12, 243. For the subject infinitive~ with the article, see 1542.

To

To

ovm,

326

SYNTAX.

[lli18

1518. The infinitive may be the object of a verb. It generally has the foree of an object accusative, sometimes that of an accusative of kindred 8ignification (1051), and sometimes that of an objeet genitive. 1519. The object infinitive not in indirect discourse
(l4U."l) follows verbs whose actionuaturally implies alJother action as its object, especially tLose expressiug wish, com?Jialld, advice, Ca?1se, attempt, intention, prevention, ability, fituess, necessity, or their opposites. Such verbs are in general the sallJe in Greek as in English, and others will be lcamed Ly practice., Tlte neg:ttive is p.~. E.g.
Bot!,\raL (,\(hl.v, he wishes to go; {3ovA.raL Tou> 7roA.[ra> 7rOA p.LKCJV> I vaL, he wishes the citizc>.s to be w"rlil:e; 1rapa<voiJp.f.v <roL p.l,LV, we advise !JOll to ?cmai11; 7rpOtATO 1T"OAf1-~<TaL, liP- pre ferred to make war; KAf1J(L (]"( f1-1J a1T"Aihl.v, he commands you t/Ot to Jepwt; a~wiJaw ci p Xu l', t/,~y claim the 1iyht to ,ule; a~wiJTa, 8avLV, he is thought t() Jesene to die; Uop.aL vp.wv auyyvwp.ryv poL EX<v, I ask you tu have consideration forme. So KwA.vu en {3aU4;Hv, ht }J1"C1'C11tS .lfOU from mal"t:hin.r;: ov 1r:<j>uKf 00VAVLY, he is r>Ot bonl to be (L "lure; nv../)nAAfTUL 'TOtTO 7T"OL(LV, I.e jJOSI)JUlltS doing this; Ktv0vvVL 8avEi:v, he is i11 drm_qc> of death.

1520. ~- The t<,IIS<'S here used are chiefly the present and aorbt, alJ<l tlte;;e do not differ iu their ii111e (1272). In tliis con struclion the iufinitive has no lllore refenmce to time than auy other verbal noun would ha,.<,, hut the mer\lling of tle verb generally gives it a refprence to the futurt:; as iu MwvraL 8al'tv (above) 8avtv expresses time only so far a~ 8al'aTou "ould do so in it.s place. 1521. The infinitive ma.y depend on a. uoun and a verb (grnerally i<rT[) which together :~re equivalrnt to a verb which takP.s a.n olJjrect infinitive (l;jlfl). R.g . A I'UYK"IJ l O"T L 1T"UYTW> a1T" fA 11 f Lv, t/,ere is a 11ece.<.,it.71 that all .<houf,j v:itluhuiL"; KLVO\>VO<; i]v avT<f r.all( Zv TL, he wa. i .. danger af
su.f[eril>_q ,<omrtlu''!J; f.A.r.[Oa<; ()(H TotTo 1T"OL~<raL, he has hopes of tlaing this. "Dpu. a1T"LivaL, it is time to qo WC(I,>;, 1'.Ap.4:.>. Tot> <J"TpnTl<;JTaL<; opp.~ ti'C7T"Wf < T H)( [au L TO )(!UpLOI', an impulse tu J( .fortflf/he place ft/1 Uf'"'l the .<olrlie>s, "1'.4,4. For the infinitivP. with .,.0 1! r!PpPllfling on a noun, st>P li'i47.

1522. 1. The infinitive in indirect discourse (1495) is

1626]

THE INFINITIVE.

327

geuera.lly the oLject of a verb of saying or thinking or some equivalent expression. Here each tense of the infinitive conesponds in time to the same tense of some tinite mood. See 14.H4, with the examvles. 2. Many verbs of this class (especially the passive of

Aiyv) allow both a personal and an impersoual construction. TlJUs wr can say 'Aiymu o Kupoc; f>Jh!v, Cyrus is .~aid to luwe gone, or 'Aly(rat rov K\Jpov f.A.O('Lv, ft -is said that C,1Ji'us went. !:>.oK<w, seem, is generally us eLl personally; as lloK(t (Ivat CTo<f>o<;, he .~eem.~ to be wise.

1523. 1. Of the three common verbs meaning to say,(a) <f>YJf1-{ regularly takes the infinitive in indirect <liscourse; (b) (i,-oJ' regularly takes on or W., with the indicative or optative; (c) A.f.yw allows either construction, but in the active voice it generally takes on or u',. Other verLs which regularly take the infinitive in inJired discourse are oro}J.llL, ~yf.oJ1-<U, l'OJ1-t~w, and OoKiw, mea.ning to believe, or to think. 2. Exceptional case~ of (I,-ov with tlw infinitive arc more cowlllOJl ll1an those of <f>>Jt<c wiLh OJ'..;, (which are very rare). E!r.OF, cvnonunr/rd, t~kes tlw infiuitive regularly (1519). Fur th" two culJStructiot1~ allowed aft~r verbs of J,opi>1g, t:.pecting, etc., see 12SG.

on

f.r.uOt) 3 yvi(fBat lr.( r olK{f!.. (<:/>1)) aJ'f't'YJ.l~YY)V KamAaf<fJavav

and when they rame to the lwu-<e, (he .<rJirl) they fuuud the dom open, I'. Sy. 174d. Herodotus allows this a~similation even aftt\r d, u: and o,(Jn, lJccau.t:r..
r~v Bvp:1.v,

1524. ~. A relativP. clause c!epeDding on aJJ iufiuitivP. i11 indirect di<c"mse sollletin1es take!' the infinitivP- bv a'similatiou; as

1525. In n:uration, the illfinitiv8 often seems to stand for the inrlieative, wli.;n it depends on some word like >o.<y(rat, it is said, expressed or even implied in what precetles. E.g. 'Ar.LKOJ1-,YOV<; o (c; TO Apyo<;, 0Lar(B(T0aL TOY <:f>oprov, and
havinq cume In A nf''-' tl,f'y wae
MIP,

HJ.l,l.

(it i~ ~ai,f) .<~ftin<J "ut their cm1o for Atar(&mOit i<- an imperfect infinitive (1:2o~, 1): see

also Hd. 1, 24, and X. C. 1, J;,

328

SYNTAX.
INFINITIVE WITH ADJECTIYJ;S.

[1&26

1526. The infinitive may depend on adjectives corresponding in men.uing to verbs which take an object infinitive (1519), especially those expressing ability, fitness, desert, willingness, and theil' opposites. E.g.
U.uvan~~ 1TOtll' rovro, able to do tltis; oavo~ A.iy,,v, skilled in speakin9; /Uwc; rovro Aa{31'v, worthy to 1'eceive tl,i.<; 1rpo8up.o> Af.yuv, eagPr to speak. MaA.aKOL KapTEpEI.v, (too) e.ffemi1late to e11dure, P. Rp. 55Gh; lmrJT~p.wv A. i y 'v n Kat a Ly uv, knowing how b(}th to speak and to be silenr, P. Pl11h-. ~nG. ~o TowvroL o!oL 1rovrypov nvo~ f:pyou l<f>[ur8at, capable of aiming (such as to aim) at CI!IY 1:icious act, X. C.l, :.! 3 ; al~o with oioc; alone, o!o> aE( 1ron 'p.Ta {3 a>..>.., a Bat, oue likely to !Je always changing,
fl[KatO<;, just, and ~ome other adjectives may thus be used pc1srmally witb the infiuitive; as oiKaLO> ian rovro 7rOLELV, he ha.~ a n'ght to do tlti$ (equivalent to lilKutov lanv avrov Toi:rro

X.H.2,:3 5 1527. 1\.

1TOLLV).
LDIITING I!<FI!<ITIVE WITH At>.JECTIVES, ADVERRS, AND N<Hil\S.

1528. Any aJject.ive or adverb may take an infinitive to limit its meaning to a particular action. B.(f
0f.ap.u aiaxpov opiiv,
a sigfd

disgmceful

(O

beho/rl; Aoyot vp.l.v

XPYJ(TlfJ-I~T<tTOt aKOVO'at, words most U.<eful fo, you to hear;

Ta

xaAE-

.,.,;,TUTU fi_. p t J!, the thi11gs hardest to _fill(/. fJ OhlT<LU .:?KlCTTU xaA<1TlJ a v 'Yj v, a govcrmne?l( least ha1d to live Wider, l '.Pol. :102". OiK{u. f8!(J'TTJ i vO'<o.LTaa (},tt, a fwu,e most plca.<md to lite in, X. Jf. 3, 88 Ka>v\trrTu (adv.) i6EI.v, in a uw>mer most deliy!ttful to behold, :X. c. b, 36

1529. N. This infinitive (1528) is geuerally active rather thau pas.,ive; as 1rpuyp.u xa.\..,.(w .,.otcl.v, a thing hard to do, rather than
xaAmov 1!"0L c'La8ut, hwrfto be done.

1530. ::-:1. Xouns anrl eveJJ verbs IJifl,)' take tle infinitive as a !illlitiJJg accusative ( 10i18); as Bavp..a i 8 [ a8a.<, a wo1Jrle1 to behold, Od. 8, :lUG. 'Apt<ITurJK( p..O.x rJ 8 u t, he was the ji,st in figl,ting (like p..O.X'f" ), II. G, 4 GO. Ll.oKEt> ota<f>ipw ai-rov> i 8' <v; do you think tluy d~((e1' i!t OJljlCfll"(l1!Ce (to looT. at) r P. Rp.1G~l. 1531. N. Here bclon~s the infinitive ailer a comparative with ~. than; as voaYJp..a p..1.,~1! ~ <j>cpn v, a disease too heavy to bear, S. 0. T. 129~. For WO'T( with this infinitive, see 14:18.

}536]

THE INFINITIVE.
INFINITIVE OF PURPOSE.

32!)

1532. 1. The infinitive may express a pu1pose.

E.g.

0[ apxovn>, O~> l~AHrtlf ap Xl! V p.ov, the rule1s, wlu;m you chose to rule me, l'. Ap. 2&. T~v 1TOALV cpv>..aTTLV avTOL> 1TapiOwKav,

they deli1cred the city to them to guanl, H.l,4 15 0aauaBru 1rap~v T6.> yvvui'Ka> 1rtt l:v cf>poooa>, the women were to be seen lninging thmz (something) to drink, X. H. 7, 29. 2. Here, as with adjectives (lfl2!J), the infinitive i~ active rather than passive; as KTaVltV f.p.o[ vw (8oaav, they gave Iter to me to kill ( lo be killed), E. 1'1o. 874. 1533. N. In Homer, where waTOnly rarely has the sense of so as (1455), the simple infinitive may express an<ull: as TL> acf>w ~VVEYJKl p.axla But; who bought them into conflict so as to conlelzd? 11.1,8.
AnsoLt:TI::
INFI!'IITIYE,

1534. The infinitive may stand absolutely in parenthetical phrases, gent>rally with w> or ocrov. E.g.
The most CO!lllllOll of these is w<; E7rO> fL1rllV or W> (t7r<tv, so to speak. Others are W> avvrop.w<; (or awt>..ovn, 1172,2) 11TltV, IV .<peak concisely; TO ~vp.7raV lt7r'iv, nnthe whole; w<; a7rLKacrat, to judge (i.e. as .far as we cwzjudge); ocrov yip.' i8ivat, as fin as I blow; W> ;fLOL DOKlLV, or tp.Ot Dol<ltv, as it seems to U/e; W> OVTW y' aKoiJ.. craL, at first hearill!J (or without w<;). So o>..[yov DltV and fLLKpov OlLv, to want lillie, i.e. almost (see 1116, b). Herodotus has w> A.oy~ li1rl'iv and ov 1ro>..>..~ >..oy<JJ d1r<'iv, not to make a long stoy, i11 short. 1535. X. In certain cases !vat seems to be superfluous; especially in {K.;,v <!vat, willi11g or willingly, which generally stands in a negatil'e sentence. So in TO vVV rvat, at pesellt; TO T~fLlpOV !vat, to-day; To i1r' iKdvot<; dvat and similar phrases, as fm as depends on them; T~v 1rpwT1)V lT vat, at fi>st, Hd.l, 15:3; KaTa TovTo lTvat, so far as cvzcens this, P.Pr.317; wr; 1raAata <lvat, considering thPir age, T. 1, 21; and sonHl other phrases.
l~Fl~IT!YE J!'l CO)IMAl'I>S, 'VISIIES, LAws, ETC.

jg sometimes used like the seeond person of the imperative, especially in Homer. E.g. M~ 'TrOT Kat au yuva.tK{ 7rCp ~7rLO> !vat, be thou never indulgent to thy wife, Od. 11, H 1. P.;l rr<Aa~w, do not approach thes~ (= fL~1T(). IJ.,l), A.Pr.i1'2. For the third person, with a subject accusative, see 1537.

1536. The infinitive with a suuject nominative

or,

330

SYNTAX.

(1637

1537. The infinitive with a subject accusative sometimes exprtsses a wish, like the optati1e (1507); aud sonH'tinHs a command, like the third person of the imperative. E.g. Z<u 7rnTCp, ~ Atuvra. .\u.x<i:v ;} TvBio~ viov, Fatlu:r Zcu~, may the lot fall eitlw vn A Jux o1 011 the sou of 'l'yd~us ( = Ata> >.axot, etc.), ll. 7, 17l); Ow! 1TOALTaL, p.:Yj p.t OOVA<iac; TIJX( i'v, 0 ye r;uds uo!IO hold ow city, may .Iaury 110t be my lot, A. Se. 2;);J, 'fpwu> trrHB' 'E>.ivl)v tbooovvaL, lel the Trujans then surreuder Htlen ( = a1T00Ut(V), 1/. :I, 2!;5. 1538. X. This construction (153i) has been explaint>d Ly supplyiug a \'\~l'U like o6~. _qmftl (see <5o> TtO'U.0'8aL, 91'Wit that I may take ven.r;etmce, 1/. 3, 351 ), or y:votro, muy it be. 1539, N. For the infiuitive in exclamations, which generally has tile aJticle,' see 1554.

1540. In laws, tr~-aties, and proclamations, the infinitive often depends 011 (Oo~< Ol' o:O:JKTat1 !Je it e11acterJ, OJ' KfAfVfTaL 1 it is com?llanderl; which tn<lY be expressed iu a previous sentenee or understood. E.g. AtKa, <LV Sf: r~v lv 'Apd'f 1ray'f cf>ovov, and (be it enacted) that
the Senate on the A reoJ'll.1US shall lwa juri:;t/ictio>~ i11 Cttse> tf mwdcr, D. :!;J, :!2. "ET'J 8f: ( r va I TU> 0'1rOv0a> 1r<VT~KOVTO., awl thf.ll the treaty slw/1 continue .f((ty y:ttrs, T. 5, !8. 'AKOV(T( ..\(<f. TOt''> cmAtT<l> &,,.,.,(vat r.aALV oco<o.O<, hem ye people! let the J.tavy armed go back agaia home, Ar. Av.41S.
INFI:s'ITIVE WlTH THE AH.TICLE.

1541. \Vhen the infiniti1e has the article, its character as a neuter noun beconws more distinct, while it loses none of it.s attributes as a verb. The addition of tl1e article extends it$ use to many uew coustructions, especially to those with prepositio11S; all(] the article is sometimrs allowed even in many of the ol.Jer'Mnstructions in whielt the infinitive regnhrly sta.1Hb a.lone.
l!iFII<Jl'J\'E WITH

1'0

A'!'. St.:BJECT OR 0JlJLCT.

1542. The subject inll11itive (1517) may take the article to make it more distinctly a noun. E.g. To ywvo.t lm<Tr~/LlJV ..\o.f3<'Lv l,rnv, ro lemn is to acquie knouol
edgP, 1'. Th. 21Yl'. Tovro liJn ai)cK<Lv, this is to cmnmit i11justice, I'. C.48:3c. yap BavaTOV Sdldval ovov a,\,\o hn!v ~ OOKtLP O'Ocf>ov ElvUL p.tj OVTa,for to fear death (thejiW' ofdeulh) is nothing

To

ro

!Mi]

THE INFINITIV.t.

else than to seem to be wise without being so, P. Ap. 29&. cate infinitive;; here omit the article (1317). See !!56.

The predi-

1543. The ouject iufinitivc takes the article chiefly after verbs which do uot rrgubnly take tl1e simple infinitive (see 1519), or when the relation of t.he infinitive to the verb is less close than it usually is. E g.
To TAEvT~<Tat 7ravTwv ~ 7rfr.po,p./.'YJ KaTI.KptvEv, Fate arljurl_qed death to all (like 8avuTov 7raVTwv K.1TiKplvfv ), I. l, 4:3; d TO KwA v<Ta t Tl)v TWV 'EUwv KotvwF(av ir.<7rpaKELV iyw <l>t.~(.,..,.'f if 1 lwd sold to Philip the prerention of the unit!/ nj'the (~,eeks (i.~. lwl 1nevented this as Philip's hireling). D.18, 23. To ~wotKftv Tfjo' op.ou T[> llv yuvl] ouv:~.tTo; to li1>e with ha- uhat v:oma11 could dv it? S. 1'1. 54:>.

1544. N. Sometimes in poetry the distinction between the objPct infinitive with and without TO is hardly percPptihle; ns in TA~<Top.ut To Kar8avEcv, I shall endwe to die, A. A!! 1290; ro opal' ovK H.A'Y'J<Tav, they were umcilling to act, S. 0. C. 4-12.
INFINITIVE WITH

,.6

WITH AP.TECTIVES A~'>D Not;NS.

1545. N. The infinitive with T<J is sometimes used with the adjectives and nouns which regularly take the simple infinitive (1!52G). E.g.
To /3('!- 7!'0.\tTWV 8pav (</>vv ap.~xavo<;, I am helpiP<S to act in d~fi ance of the citizellS, .tJ ll. 79. To E') T~V riv ~f-LWV <(T f3 aAAf tv ... iKavo( d<Tt, they have the power to invade ow land, T. 6, 17.

s.

lNFINITIYr; WITH ,.oil, ,..;, on

,.6

IN

V AHIOt:s

CossTnt.:CTIO~<S.

1546. The genitive, dative, or accusative of the infinitive with the article may depend on a preposition. E.g.
IIpo TOU 7'0U~ opKOll') &.r.ooovvat, b~fore taking the oaths, D.l8,26; 7rpo> Tcf JJ-YJOf.v lK -rYJ~ r.purf3e[a~ Aa f3 ~I. v, besides eai1:ing 1lorltiug by tlte cud.Jel,'>\\"f/ D.l u, ~:2!1; (;~,,J. TU ~ivoot c rva c. oUK &v oZcr. ti.St.K ']Of]vo..t.;
do you think you would 7lOt be u,.onged on accowlt of your being a stranger? X. Af.2,J16. 'Y.,.f.p Tov Ta p.f.Tpw. p.~ y(yv(<T8at, that mnrierate counsel.< may not pevail ( = Zva !'-~ y!yvY)Tat ), Aesc h. 3, 1.

1547. The genitive a.nd dative of the infinitive, with the article, can stand in most of the constructions belonging to those cases; as in that of the attiiuntive

genitive, the genitive after a comparative or after verbs

332

SYNTAX.

[1548

and adjectives, the dative of cause, manner, or mwns, and the Uittivc after verbs and adjedives. E.p.
Tou 7rt !v im()ofl.[a, a desire to dri11k, T. 7, 84; vw!r; To tnyiiv Kp~'irrov ian rov ..\a..\i'v, fm !toutlt sileace i.~ better than prating, Men. ftlon. 3f-:7; l-rri.axofi.<V rov OaKpvt~v, ue ceased our weepinq, P.Ph. 1 17; &.~Bnr; Tov KaTaKOVHv TWO> dow, they are unused to

obeying all!J tme, D.l, :!3. T.f cpav<por; <ivat Towvror; .:iv, by having it evi,fetll that !te uas such a 1/l(!H, X. ]11.1, 28 ; -r.;> KOJjJ.{w<;. ( ~ v marE{ nv, to tru~t in un orderly l(le, 1.15,24; iaov T<i) -rrpoari.I'HV, equal tu lu.nlf'lllhlg befoehand, A. A g. 233.

1548. Tlw infinitive with Toil may express a purpose, generally a negative purpose, where with ordinary genitives wEKa is regul:lrly use<..l (see 1127). E.g. 'Entx{aBTJ 'Ara..\avrry, rov 1 t~ A:JtTTa> Ku." o up YE < T~v Eu{3otav, v

A talm<te was .fort{fiol, that pirates might not ravage Eubuea, T. 2, 32. Mivwr; TO A:JO"TLKOV KaBgpn, Tov Ta> ?Tpooooou<; jJ.iiA.AOv ti va.t a&.;>, MinM put down piracy, that his reve11ues might come in more aoundalltly, T.l,4.

1549. Verbs aud expressions denoting hindrance or freedom from anything allow either the infinitive with Tov
(1.'547) or the simple infinitive (1519). As the infinitive after sucL verbs can take the negative fi.1J without affecting the sense ( 1Gl5), we have a third and fourth form, still with the same meaning. (See 1551.) E.g.
Ei'pyct ac TOUTO trotcl:v, cipyCL ac Toil TOVTO ?TOLE tV, EipyCL (J'f f'~ Tovro 7rO~Etv, cipyEt <T< TOv J!~ Tomo 1l'OtELV, all meaning he prevetll.< you .fiorn doing this. Tov 4>iAt7r7rOV ?Tu.pcABcZv oiJK lovvavTo KwAvaat, they could 11ot hiHder Philip from passing through. D. 5, 20. Toil opa-rrcTcvctv a1rdpyovat; do they .-e.~trai" them j1om rwming away? X. M. 2, Il 6. "0-rrcp tax< fl.~ ~v ITEAo7rOWTJO"OV -rrop(hZv, which prevented (him) .ftom mvagi11g Peloponnesus, T.l, 73. Avo avOpa<; Ua TOV fl.~ KU.Ta.Ovvtu, it will keep two men from siuking, X. A. :1, Gll. 1550. N. When the Jeadmg verb is negatived (or is iuterrogativc implying a 11egathe), t.he double uegative J!~ ov is generally used with the infinitive rather than tl1e simple J!1J (I(llti), so that we can say ovK Etpyu ac J!iJ oi TOVTO -rrotEt'v, he does 1201 prevent you from doing tlli.<. Toil fl.~ oi> ?Totc'iv is rarely (if ever) used. 1551. The infinitive with To!!-/; m~y be used after E-xpres-

sions denoting hindrance. and also after all which even imply

I55GJ

THE INFINITIVE.

333

prevention, omission, or denial. This infinitive with -r6 is less closely connected with the leading verb than arc the forms before mentioned (1549), and it may often be considered an accusative of specijication (1058), and sometimes (as after verbs of denial) an object accusative. Sometimes it expresses merely a 1esult. E.g.
Tov OJJ.t>..ov ~rpyov -ro p.~ -ra iyyv> -rl1> 1r6>..w> KaKoupy~lv, they prevented the crowd fi"om in.fwing the neighbo1ing parts of the city, T. 3, 1. K{JJ.wva 1rapa -rpi> aiaav lj!~w; -r o JJ.~ 8ava:r<f (, 7J JJ.' waat, tltey allowed Cimon by three vote.~ to escape the punishment of death (the.l! let him off from the punishment of death), D. 23,205. <l>o/3o> avB' V1rVOV 7rapa.a-rani, r 0 f'-1) j3>..f.apa avp.f3a>..~iv, fear stands by me i11stead of sleep, preventi11g me from closing my eyelids, A. A g.l5. Thus we have a .fifth form, Eipya a -ro JJ.~ -roilro ?roHiv, added to those given in 1;:;49, as equivalents of the English he prevents you from doing this.

1552. N. Here, as above (l5;i0), p3] is generally used when the leading verb is negatived j as ovof:v yap aV-r~ Tailr' E1TapKian TO p. ~ o v 1r a I v, for this will not at all suffice to p1event him fiom falling, A. Pr. !llfl. 1553. N. The int1nitive with -roil )J.~ and with TO JJ.~ may also be used in t1w ordinary negative sense; as ovOJJ.ta 1rpoaat> -roil p.~ opiiv TUVra, 1l0 91'0UHdfvr not doing this, P. Ti. 20. 1554. 1. The infinitive with -r6 may be used in exclama-

ov

tions, to express surprise or iutlignation.

T~,

E.g.

p.wpta')' TO !:>[a vop.{,uv, ovra T7]AlKOt'TOv{, u;hat foll!t! to believe in Z cu.<, 1ww you are so big! Ar. N. Sl9. So in Latiu : Mene incP-pto de.<istae victam ! 2. The article here is sometimes omitted; as ratovTovi -r p f. cf> 'v Kuva, to keep a dog like that! Ar. V.8a5.

1555. The infinitive with its subject, object, or other adjuncts (sonwt.i1nPs inclnding depond>nt elrtnsPs) mn.y be preceded by -r6, the whok standing as a single noun in any ordinary construction. E.g.
)J.~H ?Ta.\at TOVTO 7rl1TOVBivat, 1Tc/>'Y)vf.vat r/. "TlVa ~)J.tV O"VJJ.p.a.x{av TOVTWV &.vr[pp01t'OV, iiv f3ovAW)J.Bu xp~aBat, ril> 1Tap' EKrLvwv wo{a<; tvtpyf.r7]p.' &v <ywyt fh{7]v, but the fact that we have not suflered tlds long ago, allil that an alliance has appewed to us to balance thrse, if tne (shall) wi.<h to use it,- this I should ascribe as a benefaction to their good-will, D.l, 10. (Here the whole sentence To ... XP~a8at is the object accusative of 6d7]v.)

Too(

334

SYNTAX.

(151)6
the finite llloods with

1556. 1. For the infinitive as well as Wa-n, ..k, f.cp'.;; a.nd f.cp' ~r, see 141D-14GO.

2. For the infiuitive and finite llJOotls with 7rp[v, see HG9-1174. 3. For the iufiuitive with O:v, see 1308.

THE PARTICIPLE.

1557. The p~utieiple is a verba.! aujeetive, and has three uses. First, it may express an attn'bute, qualifying a noun like an ordinary adjective (1509-1002); secondly, it may define the circumstauces umler which an action takes place (1563-1577); thirdly, it may IJe joined to certain veriJs to supplement their meaning, often having a forc.e res!mbling that of the infinitive (1578-1593). 1558. N. These distinctions are not always exact, anrl the
same participle may uelong to more than one class. Thus, in p.~ 8ap1> avBpw'TI'o<;, the wifloggerl mall, Oap[<; is l>oth attributive and conditional (IGG:l, 5).
ATTlUIIUTlVE PARTICIPLE.

1559. Tlw participle may qualify a noun, like an attriuutive aujeetivc. Here it may often Lc tranBhtted by a relative and a finite verb, especially when it has the article. E.g. '0 7ro.p.wv Katp6>, the preseHt occasion, D.~.a; Ow< alf.v iot'T<;,
imuw1tal Grills, 11. 21, 518: 7rOAt> KillH <f> ( p ou O'a, a city exrellin_q in beauty; a1~p Ko.Aw> 7r'11'ut0up.ivo<;, ll man who Ita.< iJPPll well educated (or a well educr1ted man); ot -rrpi.rrf3n<; ot i>'TI'o <l>tA(7T'TI'(Yl! 7r p. <f> () /. VTl <;, the lllll~fl.,sadOI'S who were .<cut b!J Pldlip; atOp> OL rovro -rroo)rrovr<;, men who we fo do this.

ow

1560. 1. The participle with the article may he user! :mhstantively, like any adjective. It is then equival.~nt to lw w!to or those wlw with a. finite verb. E.g.
Ot Kparovvn<;, the C01l!]Uerors; oL '11'7rHO'p.lvot, those who luw~
been condnced; 7rapa TOt<; ap[rrrot<; OOKOl!(]'LV lTvat. amon_q those ?nho seem to be best, X. !tf. 4, 2 6 ; o r~v Y"WJLYJV raVTYJV l; 7r v, thf 011e uho ga1>e thi.< opinion, T. 8, liR; ro'i> 'Apd.owv rr<f>Tlpnt> o l; rrt ~vp.p.axotc;

7rpOlt'TI'DV, they p1odaimed to tl,ose who were tlu:ir allies anwng tl1e A rcadiar.s, T. 5, 64.

1663]

THE PARTICIPLE.
7TOA~J4ovvrwv

335
1TOAtc;, a

:!. The artide is someti111es omitted; as city of belligereuts, X. C. 7, !)78,

1561. 1\. Sollletimes a participle Lecomes so completely a noun that it takes au oLject geuitive iustead of an oLjcct accusative; as iKtZvov nKwv, /ti$ fatha (for iKt(vov nKwv), E. El. 305. 1562. 1\. The ueuter participle witlt the article is sometimes USl'd as au aLstract llOIIll, lil;e the iufinitive j as TO odito<;, few, aud TO Ou.pO'ovv, courage, for To OtOttvut and To &upO't!v, T.l, :3(). Compare To Ka>..ov for To Ka>..>..o>, beauty. Iu Loth ca,co the adjective is used for the uouu.

ClltCUMSTA~TIAL

I'AllTICIPLE.

1563. The participle may define the circumstances of all a<..:tioll. It may cxprc~s the following relatious:1. Time; tlw tenses denotiug various points of tillle, w!ti<:h
is relative to that of the vcru of the sentence
(l~~H).

E.g.

'l'"V7-u. f:rrpllTT aT paT 7J yw v, lw dirl tM.< while he was geuend; TuvTu. 1rpa~u 0' T puT 7J y w he will do this while he is general. v, 'l'vpu.vvtvO'u<; /)f: ErTJ Tp[a 'h7Tw<; ixwpu ;., ::S!ytwJ, ""'/ w/,en /,e harfl,fe>< tyrant three ymrs, llippius vitlulrew to Siyeum, T. G, 50.

2. CausP-.

E.g.

Ai.yw /)f: rovo' i!vtKa, {3ouAOfJ-{VO> Oo~Ul O'OL i'mtp f.p.o(, wal I speal" fol this reason, because I wish that to sam good lu you u:hiclt :;,-ems .<o to me, l'. Ph.lO~cl. 3. AfeuJLs, 1111111ner, and similar rebLious, including nwH-

ne.r of emplO!J?!Wnt.

E.IJ.

If pO{LA{TO p.U.>..>..ov To(<; VOJWL> l p.p. tv w v <l7To&uv{Zv ~ 1rapa vop.wv '~v, lu! JHr:(e>ul lti tlie a/,it!i".'l O.'f 1/w laws mrh~r than to live tmn,qressi"q X. A/.4.4'. Tovro im>f.'l'" >.."(},;,v, he did thi.< sen~tl>;. 'A 7T0~p.H Tp<7Jp<lpxwv, he wa< n"-'e"l on dui?J "-' trierarch. A?J'';fJ-CVOL 'waiV, theyliv" hy j>lwuler, X. c.:l.:? 25. 4. P1lrpose or intention; generally expressed by thr. fut-

'"''m.

UJ'P.

p:ntil'i plP. E.g. H>..()( >.. va 6 jJ.( vo <; 8\ryu.Tpo.. he came In 1an'"m his t/aw;ltter, II. 1. 13.

Ili.p.1rHV -rrpaj3H<; TatTa lpovvTa> Kat At~ITu.JOpov u.1TrJO'OVTCL<;, to SCil<l amlwssadms to sa.IJ this a11rl In as I.- fnr L!;.'a11dm, X. Il. 2, 16 G. Coi1dition; the tenses of the pm-tic:iple representing the eorresponding tenses of the indicative, suLjunctive, or
optative, in n.ll cl::ts8es of protasis. ~ee 14la, where exalllplcs will be found.

33G

SYNTAX.

(1504

6. Opposition, limitation, or concession; where the partici plu is generally to be translated by although and a verb. E.g.
'O.A[ya o u v a 1-' f v o L 1rpoopO.v 1ro.\.\O. l.mxttpovf.l.lV 1rparntv, although we are able to foresee few thing.<, we try to do uwuy tlti11g~, X. C. :3,2 16

7. Auy attendant circumstance, the participle beiug merely descriptive. 'l'his is one of the most common relations of this participle. E.g. ~EpXtTaL rov viov txovua, she come.~ bringi11.1 her srm, X. C.l,:ll.
ITapa.\af36vnc; BotwTo~ luTpanvuuv i1rt <l>apuu.Aov, they took Boeotiuns with them and marched against Pha,salus, T.l, 111.

The participle here in the last elfample.

C(l.ll

often be best translated

uy a

verb, as

8. That in which the action of tl!C verb consists.

Too' fr7rf cpwvwv, tltw; he
S}lal.e

E.g.

sayilliJ, A. Ag.20:i. E~ y' f7r0l'Y'f <Ta<> aVUf.l.V~<Ta<; /.l.l you did well in l'Cll!indili,!J me, !'.Ph. (jQ<.

For the time of the aorist participle l1ere, see 1~.WO.

1564. N. Certain participles of time anrl l1HIIl71Cl' ha1e almost

the force of adverbs by i<liolwltic usage. Such are O.pxof.l.lvo>, at ji1st; TlAlVTwv, atla~t,jimdly; oc.a.\Lmvv )(POvov, ojier a uhilr~, cf>ipwv, hastily; c/>tpOf.l.lVO<;, with a ,uslt; KaTaTdvu.r;, eamestly; BO.aur;, S0011e1 (anticipating); .\aOwv, secretly; ixwv, continually; &.vwu.r;, quickly (haste!ling); KAUlWI', tv Olle's SolTOW; xa{pwv, to oue's joy, with impuni(1! E.g. "ATrlp apXOf.l.l'VO<; thov, as I sait/ at jil'St, T.4,G1. 'Eui.?rC<TOV cplp6f.l.HOL f.o;; TOur; "E.\A'7va<;, they .fell UjO>J the Geeks tnitlt a l'ush, Hd. 7,2HJ. 1'{ Kv?rTa,w; xwv; why t!o you keep pul.i>1,1J about? Ar. N. 509. K.\a { wv alf;H TWVOl, you will lay hali(]S on them tv yow sorow, E. He1. 270.

1565. N. "Exwv, cpipwv, aywv, .\af3wv, and XPWf.l.lVO> may often be tranR]ated with. li.g.
M!u ~XlTO ?Tplrr{3ttr; O:youaa,
O'U!

(sbip)

1cu~

.fJ01H!

witll auzba::;sav

do1s, T.7,25. shout, T. 2, 84.

See X.C'.l,3 1, in 15li3,7.

Boj XPWf.l.CVO<, with a

1566. N. T{ 1raOwv; hm>ing suffered what? or what has happe11ed to him? and r[ f.l.UOwv; what has he taken i11to his head? are used in the general sense of why? E.g. T[ TOVTO p.a () v Trpoa/.ypalf;cv; with what idea did he add this clause? D.~W,l27. T{ 1rafJovuuL OVYJmls c'f~a<TL yvvat,[v; wl1al makes them look like mo1tal women? Ar. N. 340.

1571)

'rBE l'ARTlCil't.E.

337

1567. N. The same participle may sometimes be placed under wore thau one of these head~ (li1J8).
Gr:NIT!VE AND ACCL'SA'l'IVF. ADSOLUTE.

1568. When a circumstantial participle belongs to a noun which is not grammatieally couneeted with the main construction of the seutence, they stand together in the genitive absolute. E.g.
'Avif3Y! ovocvo> KWAUoYTO>, he made the ascent with no one interfcri11g, X.A.l,:2 22 See 1152, aud the examples tht>l'C gi1en. Sollletimes a participle stands alone in the genitive absolute, wl1en a subject can ea~ily be supplied from the coutext, or when S0!11C genera) Sl!Uject, like al'{)(JW71'WV Or 7rpajijlaTWV 1 iS llllflt'.J"S!.OOd j as oi rroAEfllOl, 7rpocnoVTwv, -riw<; p.f.v ~avxa,ov, ~ut tlte e~<emy, as they (men before mentioned) came on, kept 'luiet for a time, X. A, 5, 41r,. O~TW xovrwv, dKO~ ((anv), K.r ..\., and this bP.ill,Q the ('!LSC (sc. 7rpayp.arwv), it is likely, etc. X.A.J,~ 10 . So with verbs like iJu (897,5); as uovro<; rro.\.\<{1, when it was 1ui1ii1tg heavily (where originally A.u)<; was undl'rst.oocl), X. li.l, 110.

1569. The participles of impersonal verbs stand in the accusative absolut(', in the neuter singula.r, when others would Le in the genitive ausolutc. So passive participles and ov, whc1i" tlwy are used impersonally. E.g.
T[ o~, VJJ-Cis ~ OV U71'0ACO'at, OVK lrrl TOUrO ~.\8op.cv; why lOw, when we might ho1e destroyed you, did we wt proceed to do it? X. A. 2, 522. Oi o' ov {3o'Y}BrjaavTl<; 0( 0 v VjiLCL<; &.'ITiJ.\8ov j aud d iJ those who b1ouglt no aitl when it !Vas needed escape safe and sound? P. A lc. i. 115b. So di o 7rapaaxov, ancl when a good opportunity o,U'ers, T. l, 120; ov 7rpoc:r~Kov, impropel'ly (it bei11g 1101 becmm'n,q), T.4,05; -ruxov, by cha1ce (it havi"!J happened); 7rpoCT-raxBi.v fJ.Ot, when I ltwl leen com,,wnded; tip'YJJ"ivov, whw it has been ,,aid; &.ovvarov 11v lv l'tJKTL aYJJ.L~Vat, it beiJtg impossible to signa[/,y 11i_qht, T.7,44. 1570. N. The participles of personal verbs 'ometim.;s stand with their nodnR in the accusative absolute; uut very seldom uuless they are preceded by w> or wa11'cp. E.g. };lw7T?) <od71'VOtJV, WU7Tlp TOUrO 7rpOO'TlTayp.i.vov avrot'), they wel'e suppin!J i1 silence, as if this had bee11 the command given to them, X.Sy.l,ll.

1571. N. nv as a circum~t.antial participle is selclom omitted, except with the adjectives ;Kwv, willing, and c!Kwv, Wlwilling, aud

338

SYNTAX.

[1&72

after &.n, ora, w<;, or Ka{-rrlp. See EJLOV o~x dvro<;, against my toil!, s. AJ. 455; zt~,,, Kat7rlp o.U6n07]> rpptvwv, zeus, although stttbbom in mind, A. Pr. 907; abo a1ropp7]rov 1ro.\a, when it is forbiddm to the state, S.Au.44. See 1012.
AVVERIIS WITH CinCUl!STA?'TIAL PAHTICII'LE.

1572. N". The adverLs O.p.o., p.lra(v, v0vs, al!r[Ka, lipn, aud ~a[cpv7J> are often colluected (iu position aud in seuse) with the teporal participle, while granmw.tically they qualify the leading vc1b; as O.po. Kara,\af3ovrt> rrpor:rKiaro r:rcpt, as soo11 a~ tlC!J Ol'c'tuok them, they pres.~ed hanlupou tltflJI, lld.ll, 57. NtKw<; JH T a~ 0p ur:r (j w Jl C1Tavr:raro, Nee !to ~lopped while diggiug (the CCliiCll), II d.:!, !5::l.

1573. N., The participle deuoting- opposition is often strength. ened Ly Ka[ or KO.t7rlp, eoen (I hnneric also KO.t 1rtp ), and in nega,.. tivc sentences l>y ovo or Jl7JOC; also by KO.L TILVTil, Olld that too; as l.7rOLKTLPW JILl', KttL7rlp 0J'T0. ovr:rp.tvij, I pity him, CVe>z though he is U!l memy, Aj.I~~- OvK tv 7rp000[7]V, 7rp 7rpacrawv KO.KW<;, I would wt be faithless, eren though I am in a u:retched .<tate, E.J>h.ltl~1.

s.

ouoi

1574. Circumst::tntial participles, especially those denoting cause or purpose, are oftrn preceded by W,. This shows that they express the idea or the assertion of the subject of the leading verb or that of some other person prominent in the sentence, without impl.11i11g that it is also the idea of the speaker or writer. E.g.
Tov ITtpLKA{a lv o.1Tt(1 tixol' w<; 'fr(L(jO.J'TCL r:r</>os TrOACJ.LfLJI, thfy jou11d fault with l'ericles, 011 the growul that he llfld persuaded the111 to engage in war, T.2,59. 'Ayavo.KTOvr:rtv w<; p.cyJ..\wv TLl'WV &.1rt<TTP'tJJlfVOL, they we indignant, br:cnu~e (as they say) th(y hovr: been
P. Hp. :320. Tbe causal partici1 J\e is often emphasized by u H a.nd otov or ota, as, i1lrlS1l211Ch as; hut. these particles have uo snel force as w<; (I ~74); as c'f r t 1raL'<; itv, t}ocro, ina.<much as he was a child, he was plc<1scd, X. C. l, ;)8.
tlfj>l'ii>N!

nf some [jl"eal ulessings,

1575.

'Opxovvro W{j1rp aAAot<; f1rL0HKJIVfLlVOt, they dalced as if they were showi11g nfT to others (i.e. thP.'f danced, U/'j)aleatly slwu:i11g ofr), X. A. 5, 4S-t. Ti' roVro AlyHr;, (I~ rr 7r < p o \1 K (r.C. aol t, v 0 Tt iiv {3oVA;J A.f.ycw; why do you say this, as if it we1e 1101 ill yow powc1 to say whal

1576. ~nrmtp, as, as it were, with thr partic1ple expresses a comparison Let.wecn the action of the verb and that of the participle. E.!J

1681]

THE PARTICIPLE.

339

36 you please? X. M. 2, G Although we find as if a convenient translation, th~re is really 110 condition, as appears from the negative ov (not p.~)- See 1Gl2. 1577. ~- na1rcp, like other words meaniug as, may be followed by a protasis; as wrnrcp fL 7rUpffJ"TUTW;, as (it would be) if you had lived uem, A.Ag.l:.!Ul. For .:ia7rtp &v cl, see 1313.

SUJ'PLEMENTAHY PAHTICIPLE.

1578. The supplementa-ry participle completes the idea, expressed by the verL, by showing to what its action relates. It nw.y belong to either the subject or the oujeet of the veru, and agree with it in case. E.g.
IIavofLEV ac A.iyovTa, we stO}J you fmm .<peaking; 7ravop.d)a A.t'yovn>, we cease spe(tkiug. 1579. This participle has 111any points of resembla11ce to the infinitive in similar constructions. In the use of the participle (as in that of the i11finitive) we must distinguish betwt>en indirect discourse (11'he1e each ten~e preserves it.s force) and other construction~.

l'Anncli'LE NOT

J:'i

IrmtHJ.:<:T

Dtscouns~;.

1580. In this sense the participle is used with verbs sig-

nifying to begin, to continue, to endure, to pe1severe, to ceas!', to 1'1'pent, to bl3 weary, to be ])leased, displeased, or atshamed; and with the object of verbs signifying to permit or to cause to cea.~e. E.g.
Hpxov xaAc1ra!vwv, I was the .first to be all[J"Y, Jl.2,378; ovK avieofLUL { waa, I shall not endure my life, E. Hz)d54 ; (7J"TU ~p.ipa> fLU xo fL c vot 6tri>..aav, they continued fighting seven days, X. A. 4, 32 ; TIp. fH VOl xafpovmv, they deli_qht in being hono,ed, E. Hip. 8; EAy)(OfLCVOL 7J)(()Ovro, they we1e disp/easfd at being tested, X ..Af.l,!! 41 ; TOVTo ovK a1axvvOfLUL A.iywv, I sa.11 this without shame (see 1581), X. c. fi, 121 ; Tl)V cJn>..oao<Ptav 7ravaov ravra A.iyovaav, make Philosophy stop tn/l;iny in rlus style, I'. G. 482; .,.avcrat >..f. y w v, he slops talking. 1581. So111e of the.se verbs also tal;e the iufiuiti,e, but generally with son1e difference of llJP.aning; thus, aiaxt!vrat rovro A.iYHJ', he is n.<hamerl to sa11 this (and does not say it),- see 1580; a'1fOKUfLVCl TOVTO 7r 0 L f (v, lte Cf.<ISfS to do this, till'Oli!Jh u:ewiness (but a7rOKUfti'H TOVTO 7l'OLWV, he is u:emy of doiny tid~). So ap)(TUL >..i.yv, he begin. to speak (but apxlrat A.iywv, he be_qins b_l! speaking or he is at the beginni11g of /,is SJ'e~clt); 7ravw at fLO.xcaBat, I pre

340

SYNTAX.

[1582

vent you from fighting (but 1Tavw u p.axop.Hov, I stop you while fighting).

1582. The participle may be used with verbs signifying to perceive (in any way), to find, or to ?"epresent, denoting an act or state in which the object is verceived, found, or l'epresented. E.g.
'Opw IJ( KpV7rTOYTa. X cpa, I see you hiding your hand, E. llec. 342; ,jKouaa uou Aiyovro>, I lwmd you speak; fvp< Kpov[07JV aup .,] p.< vov lliwv, he fvuTld the son of Clonos sitting apmt from the othe1s, /l. 1, 491:l ; f3auLAiac;; 1T1TOLYJKf rov> iv AtOou T L p. w p o up. f. v o u >, he has 1ezneseuted kings in Hades as su.fj'ering punishment, P. G. 525d. 1583. N. This must not he coJJfounded with indirect discourse, in which bpw <H Kplnrrovm. would Jllean I see that you me ltidiug; aKOVW (T( A.f.yovra, I hear that you say (aKOlJW taldng the accusative). See 1588. 1584. The participles (3ouAop.cvo>, wishing, ~oop.vo>, pleas!'d, 1Tpoaocxop.cvo>, erpecting, and some others, may agree in case wit.h a dalive which depends on dp.[, y[yvop.at, or some similar verb. E.g. T<ti 1TA~8a ou fJouAop.f.v'f ~v, it 1ous 1wt pleasing to the majority (it was uot to them wishi>l!J it), T.2,:l; 1Tpocrocxop.f.v'f p.at ra r1J> opifl> up.wv ~- ~p.f. yyiVYJTUL, I have been cxpecti71g the manifestatious of your wmch against me, T ..2, GO.

1585. With verbs signifying to oterloolc or see, in the sense of to allow or let happen ( 1T<pwpw and i4>opw, with 1T<pt'ioov and i1Ttcoov, sometimes TOOJI), the participle is used in a sense, which approaches that of the object infinitive, the present and aorist participles differing merely as the present and aorist infinitives woulu differ in similar constructions. E.g. M~ 1Tpt[owp.tv. v(3 pw BL era v r~v AaKtOa[p.ova KUL KO. ra 4> povrr
fh'iuav, let us not .<ee Loredacmou i>l.<v.lted and despised, !.6, lOti. p.' LOfLV 8av6v8' inr' acrrwv, not (f) see me killed by citizens, E. Or. 710. IT<pttll<<v rr1v yijv rp.7]0c'icro.v, co let the land !Jc avaged, i.e. to look on and see it rarageJ, T. 2,18; hut in 2,20 we have 1TfpLLOtV r~v flv -r p. 'YJ (}~vaL, to permit the lam/ to be rar>aqed, referring to the same thing from another point of view, rp.YJ8ijvo.L being strictly future to 1Tpuoclv, while Tp.TJBccrav is coincident with it. 1586. The participle with >..av8avw, esca]Je the notice of, -ruyxavw, happen, and 4>Bavw, anticipate, contains the leading
M~

idea of the exprr.ssion auJ is usually translated by a verb.

1588]

TilE I' A RTICil'LE.

041

The aorist participle here coincides in time with the verb (unless this expresses duration) and does not denote past time in itself. (See 1290.) E.g.
<l>ovia roil 7Tau)oc; tAri.v&av( f3 6 (]' x w v, lte was unconsciously support ing the slayer of Jds son, Hd.l,44; ;rvxov xaB~p.voc; f.vravOo., 1 happened to be sitti11 g tltere ( = rvx,rJ iKa(h)p.YJV ivrav&o.), l'. Eu. 272; ain-oi </>~CTovrm rovro SpaCTavr(c;, t!,ey will do this themselves ji1st (== TOVrO 8pa(]"OIJCTL 7rpOnpot), P.Rp.375c; rove; 0 lAa&' dCT'd.Bwv, and he ente1ed unnoticed by them ( = da-l)-\.8 >..ri8p<f), 11. 24,477; f.cflJYJCTO.V 1To>..AciJ rove; II<pCTa<; a1TL K 6jJ-( vo ' they arrived long 6efore the Pasians, Hd.4, 136 j rove; av8p.;J1TOII<; A~C10p.V C1T!1TCTOVTc;, we shall rush in unnoticed by the men, X. A. 7, ;~a. The perfect participle here has its ordinary force.

1587. N. The participle with Dto.HAtw, C011tinue (1580), orxo. p.at, be gone (1250), Bap.[' w, be wont or be fi'eyuent, and sou1e others, expresses the leading idea; but the aorbt participle with these has no peculiar force j as orx(rat <f>u!yu>v, he has taken .fiigltt, Ar. Pl. 933; Bap.{(w; Ka raj3a[vwv de; rov liHpat<'i, you don't come down to the Peimeus very often, I'. RJ' 328c. So with the Homeric /3~ and f3av or f30.v from {3a{vw; as {:3~ <f>o~ywv, he took flight, 11.2,665; so 2, 107.

ou

l'AnTJCII'LE IN lNI>IItECT D1scounsE.

1588. With many verbs the participle stands in indi-

rect discourse, each teuse representing the corresponding tense of a finite mood. Such verbs are chiefly those signifying to see, to hear or learn, to pe.rce1:ve, to know, to be ignorant of, to remember, to forget, to show, to appear, to prove, to acknowledge, and a'Y'YEAAW, announce. E.g. 'Opw Oi p.' :pyov l>nvov UopyaCT'JLEVrJV, but I see that I hal'e
-lone a dteadful deed, S. 'l'r. 706; ijKoi!CT( Kvpov iv KtA<KL\' vTa, he ljeard that Cy1us wus in Cilicia ( cf. lfi8:)), X. A .1, 1; oro.v KAVyJ rj ~ovr' 'OpiCTTrJV, when she hems that 01P..<tes will come, S. El. 293. or& o{JO<v E7rLCTTap.(VO<;, I know that I 111ldC1'stand nothiTLg; OUK ifowav ain-ov r(BV>]KOTa, they did not know tlull he was dead, X.A.1, 1016 ; E7TH0nv yvwmv a7rLCT''TOVjJ-(VOL, ofie1 they find out that t!tey are distrusted, X. C. 7, 217; p.p.v>]p.O.L l>..Bwv, I remember that 1 went; !J.EfJ.V'Y/p.aL avrov ()..{)6l'ra, I rememiJer that he went; 0(L~W TOVrOY lx&pov ovro., / shall s/ww lftattftis 1111111 is an eu~my (passive

342
oVTOIO

SYNTAX.

[1689

8uxO~cHTaL ixOpo> wv).

'll'pWTO>

~yyu.\a, I first amwunced to him tltat Cyrus was on his march

Avr<f Kilpov

('II'LCT'I'panvovra.

against him, X. A.~. ;319, See 14!!1; aud 130~ for exatnples of the participle with representiug both indicative and optative with av.

av

1589. N . .6.~.\ck dp.L and. <f>av<po<; dp.L take the participle in indirect discourse, where we use an impersonal construction j as o~Ao<O 1jv olop.vo5, it U'US evident that he thOli{Jltt (Jike o~.\ov ~v OTL O~OLTO). 1590. N. With CTvvotoa or CTvyytyvw<TKw and a dative of the reflexive, a part.iciple may Le in either t.be nominative or t.he dative; as avvO!& lp.avr<f ~OL,K7!f-EV'f (or ~OLK71f-CVO>), I am
conscious to !nyself that 1 ltave been wronged.

1591. Most of the verbs included in 1588 may also take a clause with or u.\ in indirect discourse. 1592. 1. Some of these verb~ have the infinitive of iudirect

on

discourse in nearly or quite the sa1ne sense as the participle. Others have the infinitive in a different sense: thus <f>a{vmt CTo</>o> wv generally means he is manifestly wi~e, and <f>a[vtrat ao<f>o> <I vat, he uems to be wise; Lut sometimes this dist.inctiott is not observed. 2. Others, again, may be used in u peculiar seuse, iu which tbey have the infinitive not in indirect discourse. Thus oioa and l:rr!aTaJ.LO.Io regularly haYe this infinitive wl1eu they Illean lmou how; as o!Oa. Toilro rrot~CTaL, 1 know how to do this (but o!oa roilro 7rOLlj CTa>, I know that 1 did this). MavOavw, p.ip.vr11J.o.t, and ctrLAtulM. vop.at, in the ~ense of learn, l"Pmember, or forget to do anything, tal;e the regular object infinitive. See also the uses of ytyt'waxw, OE[ Kvvp.t, 071.\w, ,Pa[vop.aL, and ;;p{aKw in the Lexicou.

1593. 1. may be used witlt the partieiple of indir.~ct discourse in the sense explained in 1574. E.g. n.. fJ.YJKET. Ol'Ta KtlVOl' l.v <f>riu vott, tltink of !tim as 1!0 lollger living, S.Plt.415. See 1614. 2. The genit.ive ahsolnt~ with w~ is SO!IIetimes found where we
should expect the pa1ticiple to agree witl1 the ol>ject of the verb; as ~. TTOAEJJ-IYV ovTo> 'Trap' V!J.Oil' a1rayyt.\w; shall! armuuncefrom you that there is war? (lit. n.<swni119 that thae is wm, ~hall I amwunr.e it fmm you?), X. A. 2, 121,- where we might have 7rOAtp.ov ovra with less emphasis and in c!ORC!' <'01\llt"Ction with the verb. So w<; ..;~ l X6 v T w v Twvo' l:rr[<Traa8u.{ CTt XP~ you must understa1d tltar tim ~so (lit. beliPvi11g this to b" N 1 ?fOil must u1ldl,r81cttld it), S. Aj. :.!/il.

a,

t6W]

VtHBAL ADJECTIVES.
VERBAL ADJECTIVES IN -Tios AND -Tlov.

343

1594. The verbal in -To, has both a personal and an impersonal construction, of which the latter 1s more common. 1595. In the personal coustruction it is passive in sense, and ex pre~;se~ ueeessity, like the Latin participle in -du.q, agreeing with the subject. E.g. 'fllj>d. .,riu uot >i ?TOAL> f.ur[v, the city must be benefited by you,
8 X. M. :3, G "A.\,\ao; p.tTU7T"tp.7rr(ar; tivaL (;>17), he said that other (ships) mu~t be cntjm, T.G,25.

1596. ~. The noun deuot.ing- tile agent is llere in tile dative (1188 ). This construction is of course confineu to transitive verbs. 1597. Iu tbc impersonal construction the verbal is in the neuter of the nomiuative singular (sometimes pi ural), with f(J"TL expressed or understood. The expression is equivalent to ot='i, (one) must, with the iufinitive. It is practically active in sense, and allows trallsitive verbals to have an object like their verbs. The agent is generally expressed by the dative, sometimes by the accusative. E.g.
Tuum ~p.'i.v (or ~p.os) 1f"OL7JTiov f.crdv, we must do this (equiva,. lent to mi'ra ~}Jii> Ot"i 7f"Ot~O"at). OlcrTiov niot, we must bemthese things ( sc. ~p.'lv ), E. 0>. 7G!!. T[ c'lv atJTCf 1r o L7JT i o v (L7J; what would lw be obliyed to do? ( = .,.[ oiot c'lv o.&rov 7f"Ol~CTut), X. M.l, 7 2 (lfi!i8). 'Etf!7Jlf>[craJITo 7rOAtp.7JT ia trvat, the?! vutccl that they must .fJO to war (= 0(lJI 7f"OAfj.l(lJt), T.l, K~. Evp.p;.tXOL, our; 7rapa00T ia TOt> 'ABrwa[oto; f.uT[v, allies, whom we must tiOt abatl(/on to the A thet~ians,

ov

T.l,~!l.

1598. N. Tlwugh the vcrl>al in -TEOJ' allows hot.h t.he dative atHI tit~> "''''"'at.ive of the agc>nt (lll-lfl). the equivalent Ot4 with the infinitive allows only the accusative (1Hl2). 1599. N. The Latin has this c.onst.ruction (1597), but generally only with verb~ which do not take an object accusative; as Eundum est tibi (lriov icrT[ crot),- Moriendum est Olllniuus. So llello utendum est nobis ( np 1roAip.o; XP7JCTTiov icrT<v ~p.'Lv ), we must go to wm. The earlier Latin occasionally has the exact equivalent of the f>reck impcr~onal ronstntdion; "" Acternns poC'na" timendum est, Lncr. I, 112. (See l'l'ladvig's Latin Grammar, 421.)

34-1

SYNTAX.

[WOO

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.

1600. All interrogative pronouns, pronominal adjectives, and adverbs can be used in both direct and indirect questions. The relative ocrw; (rarely o>) and the relative pronominal adjectives ( 42\J) may be used in indirect questions. E.g.
T[ A.iya; what doe.~ he say f II or ~Afhv; when did he come? noaa do(,; how many did you see? ~Hpovro TL A.f.yot (or 0 Tl .\.(yot ), they asked what he said. Hpovro ?TOT( (or /nrorf) ~ABv, tl.ey asl.-ed uhen he came. 'Opas ~p.a_,, oaot f.ap.iv; do you see how many of us thae we ?, P. Rp. 327c,

1601. N. The Greek, unlike the English, freely uses two or more interrogatives with the same verb. E.g.
'H T {at T { J,.ol>toovaa -rf.xvYJ OtKatoa~VYJ ~v KaAo'iro; the aTt which nmle1s what to what would be called Justice? P. Hp. 332d, See the five interrogatives (used for comic effect) in D.4,3G: 7Tp6otOv Kaaro<;; -r{, XOP'f'JYD>, ... ?ron Kat ?Tapa roil Kat -r{ Aaj3ovra -r{ O(t ?TOLtv, meaning eve,.yl;ody hlows who the XOP'f'JYD> is to be, what he is to gtt, when and fTom whom he is to get it, w1d what he is to do with it. 1602. N. An interrogative sometimes stands as a predicate witl1 a den10nstrative; as r{ -roi!To (A~u>; what is this that you sairl? ( = Vu~u> -roi!To, -r{ ov; lit. you sairl this, being what?) ; -r{va> daopl;>; who me these that 1 ue? E. 0>.1347. Such exJ?ressions cannot be literally translated .

-rowo'

. 1603. The principal direct interrogative particles are d.pa and ( chiefty poetic) ~ These imply nothing as to the answer expected; but 6.pa ov implies an affirmative and d.pa p.-r/ a n<'yali've auswer. Ov and p:r] are used alone with the same ful'f:e as with Jpa. So JLWV (for fl-~ ol;v) implies a negative answer, and ovKol'w, therefore (with no negative force), implies an afiirmative answer. E.g .
..H axoA.~ <a-rat ; will tl!ae be leiswe ? 9 Ap' da[ nv> if.~wt; are tlteTe any deserri11Y ones? 'Ap' ov f3ov>..a(h 1..\.B/.v; or ov f3ovAaB( .\.B1:v; do you not wislt to go (i.e. you wislt, do you 11ot) '! ..Apo. p.~ f3ovAaB A(h'tv; or JL~ (or p.wv) f3ovAa8( >..81:v; do you wislt to gu (you don't wislt to go, rio you)? OvKOVV aoL OOKfL avwf>Opov Ivat; does it not .<eem to you to be of advantage? X. C. 2, 416 This distinc tion between ov and p.~ does not apply to questions with the inter rogative subjunctive (1358), which allow ouly p.~.

1609]

lNTEHROGATI VE SENTENCES.- NEGATl VES.

345

1604. "A'J...'Ao n ~; is it anything else than? or (more frequently) llio n; is it not? is sometimes used as a direct interrugati ve. E.g.
"AA.A.o n ~ op.oA.oyovp.tv; do we not agree? (dv we do anything else than agree?), P. G.47U". "AA.'Ao n o~v ovo ruvra t'Aty(c;; did you rwt call these two? iuid. 4f!f>c.

1605. Indirect questions may be introduced by d, wlwther; and in Homer by ~ or d. E.g.

'Hpwr"'lua (L f3ov>..oLro f.>..(hlv, I asked whether he wished to go.
'QLX(TO 7rWUUfJ-CVO> ~ 'lrOV (r' <i'Y/'>> he was go11e to illfJUile u:/,ethel you

wc1e still liviug, Od.13,415. Ta hrrwp.ara ot)l( oi& (L rot!r'l' ow (1490), I do uot know wltetlw 1 shall give !tim the cups, X. C. o, 41 6 (Here tc is used even with the suLjunctive: see 1401.)

1606 . .Alternative questions (both direct and indirect)

may be introduced by .,.6rcpov (-rrlmpu) ... ~' v.>hether . .. or. Indirect alternative qurstions can also Le iutroduced by d ... ~or dn ... tin, whether . .. or. Homer has ~ (~t) ...
~ (~t) in direct, and ~ (~) ... ~ (~t) in indirect, alternativtes,- never -rr6rcpov. E.g. Tionpov f.(<> ci.pxHv ~ O:>..>..ov K<dJLuTYJ>; do you allow /,im to rule,

or do

)JOll

a}'poinl anuthel? X. C.:{, 112.

10~.

'Ef3ou>..u)Ero ti -rrf.p.7ro,v

nvuc; ~ -rravn<; i:ottv, he was delibemtin_q whetlw they should send some

or should all go, X.A.l,

NEGATIVES.

1607. The Greek has two negative adverbs, ov and p.>]. What is said of each of these generally applies to its compounds,- ovoc(>, ovof., ovu, etc., and p.YJOd>, p.YJof., p.~u, etc. 1608. Ov is used with the indicative aud optative in all independi'Jd sent.rnces, except wi;;ltes; also in indi?-ect discou1se after on and .,;,, and iu causal sP11t.enr.es. 1609. N. In indirect question.~, introduced by ti, whetlw, p.~ can be used as well a~ otJ; as {3ou>..op.Evo> f.pf.uOat d p.uOwv rL> n
fJ-(P.V'Y/P.f.vo<; p.~

oTot v, wishing to ask whetlw one 1clw has leanll a thing awl ,ememoers it does not know it r 1'. Th.1G:~ct. Abo, in the

second part of an indirect alternative qu~stion (ICiOG), both otJ n.ud f-1.~ are allowed; as uKorrwp.tv d ~p.'i.v 1rp/.1rn ~ oil, let us look and see wlletlter it suit.~ us 01" not, P. Rp. 451 rl; d ol. &),,/l<s ~ jJ ~. 7rHpaaOJ-W.l jJ.O.(kiv, but I willl7"U to leam whether il is true or not, ibid. 33(),

346

Sl'NTAX.

(WlO

1610. M~ is uscJ with the subjunctive auJ imperative ill all COJibtructions, excevt with the Homeric subjunctive
(1355), which has the force of a future indi<:ative:. M~ is used in all fiual aud object clauses aJtt:J i.'vu, o1rw~, Pte., with the subjunctive, optativo;, aJH1 indicati vc; except after p.~, lest, which takes ou. It is used in all conditional mHl r.onditional rela.tive clauses, and in the cont!spouding temporal sentences after (w~, Tip[v, etc., in relative sentences expressing a purpose (1442), aud in all expressious of a wish with both indicative and optative (1!!07; 1011 ). For causal relative. clans~<s with p.~ (al~o con<litiollal), see 14\i~. Ford ou occasionally used in prot.a~is, see 1JS:J, 2. 1611. M~ is "used with the iufiuitive in all construrtious, both with and without the artide, exc:ept in indited (/i~ coutse. The infinitive in indirect discomse nwd:uly has ov, to retain the negative of the clirec:t diseour:;e; Lut ilOlllC exceptions oc:cur (14\JG). For w<rn ov wit.l1 the iufiuitivc, se1~ ]<J;,J. For I'-~ wil.lo tl11~ infinitive after verbs of lwpi11_q, promisiny, .<weari11y, etc., see H!Hi. 1612. When a participle expresse;; a co1Hiition (15{i3, G), it takes p.?Ji so wlwn it is equivalellt to a eonclitioll:-tl reLttive clause; as o1 p.~ {3ovA.6p.,vo<, a11y 1dw d,, 110t wish. Other wise it ta,kes oi>. In indirect tlisconrsp it sometimes, like the infinitive, takes I'-~ irregul;uly ( 1-!96). 1613. ~oljectives follow the same prineiple with participles, ta.kiug p.?J <mly when tlwy do nut refer to defiuite persons or things (i.e. w hcu tlwy can Le <xpressetl by a relative cl:Luse with an iudcfinitc antecede11t); as o1 1,_~ ,\yct8oc ?TDAtm<, (any) citizens tc/10 are not gou<l, hut oi utK ,lyul1o< ?to:I.<Tut means speciul citizens who unc not yuod. 1614. Participl"~ m adjecliveb con11ected witl! a prot.asis, a command, or an infinitive whicl1 would be nep;at.ived by p.?/, geuerally tako p.,j, even if they would otherwise IHll'e ov. 1615. When verbs wJ,ir:lJ ('onbin a ncgrttive idea (as those of hiuderiii[J, fMuidrling, de11ying, co11cealing, and di:;trusting) take tl1e infinitive, I'-~ can be added to the infiuitive to strengt.hen tlw n<:gation. Such a uegat.ivc can!lot he translated in English, :1nd can always U<.! omitted in Greek. For examples, "''c l.'i49-1!351.

1019]

NEGATIVES.

347

1616. An infinitive which would regularly be negatived by fL~, either in the ordinary way ( l Gl 1) or to strengthen a prccediug negation (1Glu), generally takes the double negative ,.,.~ OV if the veru on which it depends itse1f has a negative. Thus S,mu:lv EO"TL p.~ TOUTOV a</!ltVilL, it 'is just tlOt to acquit him, if
we ue;..:-ative the Jeadiug verb, generally !JeCollleS 0 O(KtlLCJV lUTL jl ~ ov TOVTOV a</JtivaL, it is IIOt just not to acquit him. So W> ovx OO"LOV uot ~~~ p. ~ oi /3or/h'iv StKCtlOO"VI'!J, since (us you said) it wus a fuilwe i11 piety fol' you not to assi.<t justice, I'. Rp. 4'27. Again, lipya u p.~ roiTo 7rOLltv ( 1.->f>ll), he p1events you from doiug this, becomes, with t'f.pyH Hegativet!, ovK ltpyu O"l p.r1 ov rovro 7rO<tv, he does not pre!leut ?!Vll from doiu_r; this. 1617. :t\. (a) M~ ou is used also when the leadiug verb is iuterrug-ative i1nplying a 11egativc; as r[ ip.1roSwv p.~ ovx< vf3pt{op./.vou> a7ro6av<lv; what is thee tu Jncvent (us) jiom beiug i11$Ulted aud J!Crisll i''!J? X. A H. 3, J lJ. (/') It is sometimes llhed with participles, or even nouns, to expn"s au exceptinn to a ueg:1.tive (or implied nep:ative) statement; as 7rOAH> X"A7rat A.a{Niv, p.~ ov 7rOAWpK['l-, cities hard (i.e. 1101 easy) to cuptwe, except by ,<iege, D. HI, I 23.

1618. Wbrn a negative is followed by a simple negative ( ov or p.~) iu the s:uuc clause, each retains its own force. 1f tlwy belolJg to tile same word or expression, they make an qffirmati1Je; bnt if they uelong to different words, each

is iuclependent of the other. E.g. 0 vll ( TOV rf.>opp.{wva 0 vX ope;, 7l07. dors lte not see Plwnnio (i.e. lw s~e.< Ph,.nnio well eHOU!Jh), D.3G,4u. Ou &' a7rupW.v Yl ov <P~aw;
lxnv TL l~1f!1" it is 1101 .<urely tlouuglt inexperience that you will rlen.'J that you luwe an,7JIIti".'J to sa.l/, D.l!l, 120. Ei p.~ Ilpoelvov ol!x V7r~eavTo, if they had 1101 ,ef~'ed tv eceive Pmxenus (had not notreceited him), D. 19, 74. So ,.,.~ o~v ... s,a. TUUTU ,.,.~ OOTW O{KT]V, do n.Jt thm 011 tl11s account let !tim e:;cape punishmeut (do 1101 let ldm not
be pu11ished ), J>. W, 77.

1619. Hut when a negative is followed by a compound negative (or by several compound uegatives) in the same clause, the negation is str<!ngthened. E.g. OUl(t~ d, ovov oMhvo<; llv ~p.wv ouof..,.oH ylvmro atux,
no one of us (iu that case) would ever come to be of auy value for anything, P. I'h. Jflb. , ~or tl,le ~ouhle ~e;;:1.tive otJ I.Lll see !3(10 all<! 1361. For ovx ;;rt, P.T} OTl, oux 07rW'i 1 P.YJ 07rW<; 1 SCC J!J04,

PAHT V.

VERSIFICATION.
RHYTHM AND METRE.

1620. Every verse is composed of definite portions called

feet.

Thus we have four feet in each of these verses:<l>>)rroiJl.fV 1r-po>

Far from

I rov> rrrpalnJyov<;. I I m6rtal I cares reltreating. I

1621. In each foot tbere is a certain part on which falls a special stress of voice called ictus (stroke), and another part on which there is no such stress. The part of the foot on which the ictus falls is called the arsis, and the rest of the foot is called the thesis. 1 The regular altemation of arsis and thesis in successive feet produces the rhythm (harmonious movernent) of the verse. 1622.' In this Englislt verse (as in all English poetry) the rhythm depends entirdy on the ordinary accent of the words, with which the ictus coincides. In the Greek verse, however, the ictus is entirely independent of the word-accent; and the feet (with the ictus marked by dots) are </>nero,=Jl.~v 7t'poc;,- TOlJ'i <rTpa,- rnyou<;. In Greek poetry a foot
consists of a regular cumbin[l.tion of syllaLl<>s of a C('rt.aiu l The term /J.ptr (1aising) and 01~,~ (Jllacing), as they wer~ ~sed by nearly all tlw Greek writers ou Rhythm, referren to the ratSmg and J)Utliny down of the foot in marching, dancing, or beating time, so that O!~a denoted the part of the foot on which the ictus fell, ami /J.p~'~ tbe lighter part. Most of the Homan writers, however, inverted this u.se, ann n:ft'l'l'etl arsis to t.he raising of the voice and thesis to the lowermg of the voice in reaning. The prevailing modern usc of these terms unfortunately follows that of the Homan writers, aud attcm pts to reverse the settled usage of h1.nguage are apt to end in confusion. 348

1624]

RHYTHM AND VERSE.

349

length ; and the place of the ictus here depends on the quantity (i.e. the length or shortness) of the syllables which compose the foot, the ictus naturally falling upon a long syllable (1629). The regular alternation of long and short syllables in successive feet makes the verse metrical, i.e. measured in its time. The rhythm of a Greek verse thus depends closely on its metre, i.e. on the measure or quantity of its syllables.

1623. The fun<larneu!al distinction between ancient and mo~t modern poetry is sinrply tlris, tlrat in nrodern poetry the verse consists of a reg-ular cour uinatiou of ucanted and unaccented syllables, while in ancient poetry it r.onsists of a regular combinatiou of long and shorl syllables. Tire hytlw1 is tire one e;;sential requisite in the extenral fonn of all Joetry, ancint and 111odern; but in ancient poetry, rhyth111 dt>penJs on rnet.r e a1Hl uot on accent; in modern poetry it depewis on accent, a11rl the quantity of the syllables (i.e. the metre) is generally 110 nwre regarLled than it is in prose. Both are equally hytlonical; but t.l"~ ancient. is al;;o met1ical, and its metre is the hasis of its rhytl1111. What is calltJ met1e in English poetry is strictly only rlrytl11n. 1624. The change from rnetrical to accentual rhythm can best be seen in 111odern Greelt poetry, in which, even when thtJ forms of the ancient la11guage are retained, the rhythm is generally accentual and the metre is 110 more regarded than it is in English poetry. These are the first two verses in a modern translation of the Odyssey:'1'6.AA< Tov I O:vSpCl, 01cL. Tov 11'o~AuTpo11'ov 1 I &ITTLS Toi<TovTovt To.,.ous 8JijA9<, .,.op;e~ITCl5 TlJS I TpoC<15 oniv llvliofov I ,..SAn.
The original verses are:-

AvSpCl 11o
ITAcl.yx9r~o

1r.., . .,.,.,, I Mov<Ta.,

....ojA~po.,.ov,

I os

1'-cl.Aa. I 'll'ollcl.

l ......\ Tpo'ITJ5 :pov 11'ToA'i<9pov ii'~~'<P<T<v.

If the former verses set our teeth on edge, it is only through force of acqui,etl halit; for these verses have much more of the nature of modern poetry thau the Homeric originals, and their rhythm is precisely what we are accustomed to iu English verse, where Still stands the I forest prilmeval; !Jut 1 under the 1 shade of its I branches

is dactylic, and
And the ol!lve of peace I spreads Its branchles abroad

is auapaestic.

350

VERSIFICATWN.

[1G25

1625. It is very difficult for us to appreciate the ease with which the Greeks distinguished and reconciled the stress of voice which constituted the ictus and the raising of tone which constituted the word-accent (107, 1). Any combination of the two is now very difficult, and for most persons impossible, because we have only stress of voice to represent both accent and ictus. In reading Greek poetry we usually mark the ict.us by our accent, and either neglect the word-accent or make it ~nbordinate to the ictus. Care should always be taken in reading to distinguish the words, not the feet. FEET. 1626. 1. The unit of measure in GrPek verse is the short syllable ( v ), which has the value of or an i note in music. This is call eel a time or mora. The long sy liable ( _) has generally twice the length of a slwrt one, and has the value of a t note or ~ in Ill nsic.

2. But a long syllable sometimes has the length of three shorts, and is ca.lled a t1iseme (l_), and sometimes that of four shorts, and is called a tetrasemc (LJ). The triseme has the value of~ in music, and the tetraseme that. of

,J-

1627. Feet are distinguished according to the number of

times which they contain. following : Trochee Iambus

The most common feet are the

J )' tcp1)V j'J Tribrach Ai'fT l'll 2. Of Fom Times (in t o1 i time). Dactyl cpa[vT J ~~~ Anapaest a/.{3op.at nJ Spondee (l1rWv JJ 3. Of Pive Times (in time). Cretic cpatvi.rw J )'J Paeon primus lKrp/:rrT J tn
v_ vvv
-V'-'

1. Of Three Times (in _v </llltv

time).

vv_

-V-

-VVV

Paeou quartus
Bacchi us

vvv_
v __
--V

Ka.TaAiyw

0.cj>y-ri>
cpa.(VYJT

n )'J
fJ J J I /"
II II

Antibacchius

1631]

FEET, ETC.
4. Of Six Times (in
~

351
ot
~

time).

Ionic a maivre Ionic a minore ChoriamLus Molossus (lwe)

__ vv v v __

(KA<t-rr<T<

-rrpocnoiuOaL KTpf7rOJ.LO.L {3ou>..o5wv

tl

_vv_

n J Jn J I I
r, I tl tl tl
tl

I tlI

5. A foot of four short~ ( v v v v) is called a prvceleusmatic, and one of two :;hort~ ( v v) a l'Y1Tltic. For the doclnuius, v _ _ v _, see }(;[)1. For the epitrite, see 16S1.

1628. The feet in ~ time (I), in whic!J the arsis is twice as long as the thesis, fonn the dot<ule class (yivos 3c?TAamov), as opposed to those iu j time (:2), in which tle arsis '"'d thesis are of equal length, all<! whicl1 form tl1e ecJual class (yio<; <:uov). Th(! nJore complicated relations of arsis anJ thesis in the feet of fiye and six time. are uot considered here. 1629. The ictus falls n;ttur:dly on a long sy llahle. The first sy liable of the trochee and tl1e (hcty l, and thr last syllable of the iambus and the anapaest, therefore, form the an;is, the remainder of the foot b(!iug the thesis; as
..!..
v,
~ v

v,

~,

v v

.!....

1630. When a long syllable in 1he arsis i~ resolved iuto two short syllaLles (l<i:-!1 ), the ictus properly !Jelongs ou the t.wo taken together, !Jut in reading it is usually placed on the first. Tlms a trihrach used for a trochee ( ~ v) is 0 v v ; oue u~~~d for an iambus ( v ~) is v 0 v. Likewi~e a spondee used for a. dactyl is ..!... _; oue used for an ~uapaest is _ ~. So a dactyl used for an a11apaest (_ v v for __ fo1 v v _) is _ 0 v. The only use of the tribrach aud the chief use of the ~pondee are (as a!Jove) to represent other feet which have their arsis naturally marked l>y a long syllable.
RESOLUTION AND CONTRACTION.- IRRATIONAL TIME. -ANACRUSIS.- SYLLABA ANCEPS.

1631. A long syllable, being naturally the metrical equivalent of two short oues (1G2G), is often resolved into these; as wheu a tribraeh v v v :;tan<ls fur a trochee _ v or an iambus v - On the other band, two short sy llabl~es are often contracted iuto one long sy11ab1e; as when a spondee

352

VERSIFICATWN.

[1632

__ stands for a dactyl_ v v or an anapaest v v - The mark for a long resolved into two shorts is ~; that for two shorts contracted into one long is = 1632. 1. When a long syllable has the measure of three or four short syllables (1626, 2), it may represent a whole foot: this is called syncope. 'l'hus a triseme ('- = ~.) may represent a trochee (- v ), and a tetraseme (w = ,)) may represent a dactyl (- v v ). 2. An apparent trochee('- v ), consisting of a triseme ('-) and a short syllable, may be the equivalent of a dactyl or a spondee, that is, a foot of joU? times. Tbis is called a long trochee, or aDoric trochee (see 1684). 1633. On the other hand, a long syllable may in certain cases be shortened so as to take the place of a short syllable. Such a syllable is called irrational, and is marked >. The foot in which it occurs is also called irrational ( 7TOV> tt\oya>). Thus, in o.>..>..' &.1r' f.x6pwv ( ~ v ~ > ), the apparent spondee which takes the place of the second trochee is called an irrational trochee ; in oovvat O{K7JV ( > ~ v ~) that which takes the place of the first iambus is called au i11ational
iambus.

1634. A similar shortening occurs in the so-called cyclic dactyl (marked - v v) and cyclic anapaest ( ma1ked v v-), which hav;e the time of only three short syllables instead of four. The cyclic dactyl takes the place of a trochee- v, especially in logaoedic verses ( 1679). The cyclic anapaest takes the place of au iambus v _, and is found especially in the iambic trimeter of comedy (1658). 1635. An anacrusis ( d.vc:l.Kpov<Tt>, upwaTd beat) consists of a single syllable (which may be long, short, or irrational) or of two short syllables, prefixed to a verse which begins with an arsis. 1636. The last syllable of every verse is common, and it may be made long or short to suit the metre, without regard to its usual quantity. It is called syllaba ancep.~. But the continuous system.~ ilescribed in 1654, 1666, and 1677 allow this only at the end of the system.

1642]

RHYTHMICAL SERIES, ETC.

353

RHYTHMICAL SERIES.- VERSE.- CAT ALEXIS.PAUSE.

1637. A rhythmical series is a continuous succession of feet of the same measure. A verse may consist of one such series, or of several such united.
Thus the verse

'ITo.U.O.

Ta

omO., Ko!'io!v &viiBpw7rou Of!voTfpov 'ITEAn

consists of a First Glycouic (1682, 4), -v vI_ vI_ vI L (at the end of a verse, -v v 1 _ v 1_ v 1_ 11 ), followed by a Second Glyconic, _ 61 - v vI_ v 1_ 11 . Each part forms a series, the former endi11g with the first syllable of avOpw1rou (see above); and either series might have formed a distinct verse.

1638. The verse must close in such a way as to be distinctly marked off from what follows. 1. It must end with the end of a word. 2. It allows the last syllable (syllaba anceps) to be either long or short (1636). 3. It allows hiatus (34) before a vowel in the next verse. 1639. A verse which has an unfinished foot at the close is called catalectic (KaTaA1'JKnx6r;, stopped short). A complete verse is called acatalectic. 1640. 1. If the omitted syllable or syllables in a catalectic verse are the thesis of the foot (as in trochaic and dactylic verses), their place is filled by a pau.<e. A pause of one time, equivalent to a short sylla.Lle ( v ), is lllarked A (for A, the initial of Af'ip.p.a.}; a pause of two times (_) is marked 7i. 2. But in catalectic iambic and anapaestic verses, the thesis of the last foot is lost, a11J the place is filled by prolonging the preceding arsis: thus we have v....::...!.. (not v..!.. v 11 ) as the catalectic
form of v - v - i and vv~~ (not vv~vvi\) as that of v v _ v v _. (See 1664 and 1665.)

1641. A verse measured by diporlies (1640) is called brachycatalectic if it wants a complete foot at the end, and hypercatalectic if it has a single syllable beyond its last complete dipody.
CAESURA AND DIAERESIS.

1642. 1. Caesura (i.e. cutting) of the foot occurs whenever

VERSIFICATION.

l1643

a word ends before a foot is finished; as in three cases in the following verse:1TOA.A~ ..

I o'

icpfKifWV'

ifvlxa'

.Ai'IOL 1Tpotialj;v.

2. This beeomes important only when it coincides with the caesw<L of the verse (as after icp8[p.ouc;). This caesura is a pause within a foot introduced to make the verse more melodious or to aid in its rerital. In some verses, as in the iamuic trimeter aratalectir: (16.'J8) aud the heroic hexameter (1 ()69), it follows definite prinr.iples.
1643. When the end of a word coincides with the end of a foot, the do~ble divisiou is called diae1e~is (oto.{pHnc;, division); as aftrr the first foot in the line just quoted. Diaeresis becomes important only when it coincides with a natural pause produced IJ.Y the ending of a rhythmic series; as iu the trochaic tetrameter (lG.Jl) and the dactylic pentameter (1G70).

1644. The following verse of Aristophanes (Nub. 519), in trochaic rhythm, Rhows the irration1tl long (1633) iu the first, second, and sixth feet; the cyclic dactyl (1634) in the third; syncope (1 0~2) in the fourth; and at the end catalexis aud pause (1639; 1010), wit.h sy/la/Ja anceps (1636).

(n

Td.AlJI8iJ v1]

I ToY

Au)ivuli<Tov Tov

I iK8pli1foyra I J.'-(

,__>l->1""'-'viLII_vl_>l_vl_/1.

A rhythmieal series (10:\i) r'11ds with the peuult of AL<)viiuov. This is a logaoeclic 1'erse, ealbl EupulicliJm1 (1682, 7).
VERSES.

1645. Vcrses are called Trochaic, Iambic, Dactylic, etc., from their fundamE'nt.al foot. 1646. In most kiuos of verse, a mouometer consists of one foot, a dimetm of two feet, a trimeter, tet1ameter, pentar rneter, or hf!xamr>.ltJ1' of three, four, five, or six feet. But in trochaic, iam hie, and anapacstir, versrs, which are measured by rlipodies (i.e. prdrs o.ffeet), a manometer consists of one dipody (or two feet), a rl i meter of four feet, a trimeter of six: feet, and a. tetrameter of eight feet.

J661]

TIWCI!AIC RHYTIIIIIS.

355

1647. When trochaic or ia.l!lbic verses are measured by single feet, they are called tripvdies, tetmpodies, hexapodies, etc. (as having three, four, six, etc. feet). Here irratioua.l syllables ( IG3:3) seldom occur. (See IG56.) 1648. Rhythms are divided into rising and fulling rhythms. In rising rhythms the arsis follows the thesis, as in the iambus and anapaest; iu falling rhytlun~ the thesis follows the arsis, as in the trochee and the dactyl. 1649. In Grer.k poetry, the same kind of verse may be used by the line (KarO. crr!xo~'), that is, rr.peated continuously, as in the heroic hexanwter and the iambic trimeter of the drama. Secondly, similar Yerses may be combined into distichs (1670) or into simple syst(~ms (1654). Ver:>es of both these classes were composed for n~citation or for simple chanting. Thirdly, in lyric poetry, which was composed to be sung to music, verses may be combined into strophes of complex rhythmieal and mctrieal structure, with antistrophes corresponding t.o them in form. A strophe :wd antistrophe may be followed by an epodc ( ajta-song) Ill a different metre, as in most of the odes of Pindar.
TIWCilAIC RHYTHMS.

1650. Trochaic: Ycrses are generally measured by dipodies (1646). The i natioual trochee ..::.. > ( 1630) in the form of
a spondee ean stand iu tlte second place of each trochaic dipody except the last, that is, ill tlte even feet (second, fourth, etc.), so that the diporly has the form ..!... v _!__ -v. An apparent auapaest ( 0 v > for :_ >) is sometillles used as the equivalent of tlu~ inatioual troeltee. The cyclic dactyl -L.v v (1634) sometimes stands for the trochee in proper names iu both parts of the dipouy, except at the end of the verse. The tribrach ( 0 v v) may stand for the trochee (1631) in every foot except the last. 1651. The chief trochaic verse which is used by the line (1649) is the TETRAMETER CATA LECTIC 1 consisting of seven feet and a syllable, rlivided into two rhythmical series (1637) by a diaeresis (1643) after the secoml dipody. E.g.

356
(1)
(2) (3)
-V-V

VEHSIFICATION.

[1652

~ uo,Pwra~r~ (Jara1, llov~o rov vovv 11f;ouxr,1

-V-> -V-> -V-/1
Tiii

KaTa uU..~V1]1' Wi ciyuv XP~

vvv_> _v_>

I TOV

f3!.ov

Ivp.lpii;.

_v_>
TE

- V - 11

~t!yyov6v r' ( p.~v II u.\aoryv

-V-V

II TOV

TaO euvl'opwvra p.OL .

-V-11

-vv_v

_v_>

Notice the tribrach in the first place of (2), and the cyclic dactyl in the third place of (:3). This verse is familiar iu English poetry, as
Tell me not in mournful numbers, life is but an empty dream.

1652. The,lame tetrameter (lTxa,wv), called Hipponactean from Hipponax (see I6G3), is the preceding verse with the last syllable but one long. E.g.
ap.cf>tUeto<; yap dp.L KOVX ap.apravw K01TTWV.'
-V-vl_v_v/_v_v/ __ _

1653. The following are some of the more important lyric trochaic verses : 1. Tripody acatalectic (the Itbyphallic): jL~1ToT' ;KTaKEL!]. 5 v - v - v (1647) 2. Tripody catalectic: ~ .. y <Td.v "-"rwv. 6 3. Tetrapody or dimeter acatalectic: ... .... ' .,. J \ _v_vl_v_v TOUTO TOU JLEV !]pO<; aL -v->l_v_v {3,\a(J"Tavu Kat croKo<flavT(, 1 4. Tetrapody or dimeter catalectic: _v_vl_v_/1 Suva 1rpayp.ar' tlOop.tv. 8 &mrf.oa; cf>v.\.\oppo(. 9 -v->1-V-/1 5. Hexapody or trimeter catalectic: ap1raya! 8t: owopop.liv op.a!.p.ov<>. 10
_v_vlvvv-vl-V-/1
1 2

Ar. N. 575. ibid. 626. E. Or. 1535.

' Hippon. 83.

6
6

7
8
9

A. l'l'. 535. S. Ph. 1215.

Ar. Av. 1478, 1479. ibid. 1472. ibid. 14tll.

1o

A. Se. 351.

1658]

IAMBIC RHYTHMS.

357

1654. A stanza consisting of a series of dimeters acatalectic (1653, 3), rarely with au occasional monometer ( - v _ v ), and ending in a dimeter catalcctic ( 1653, 4), is called a trochaic system. E.g.
_v_vl_v-v

vovv (xovroc; Kai tf>pwa> Kat 1roA..\a 1rtpt7rt7rAWKoroc;. 1

> 1_
011

>
1\

_ v v v vI -

v -

For iambic and anapaestic systems, formed ciple, see 1666 aud !6ii. See also 1636.

the same prin-

1655. The followiug contain examples of syncopated trochaic verses (1632, 1) : vVv KaracTTpotj>ai viwv _ v _ v I v -

1\

OtCI}J-LWV, tl KpaT~CIH o{Kci Tf KQL {3>..0.{30.

-VLI-vLJ_v_v l_v_/\

rovot p:qrpoKrovov. 2 owi-'O.rwv yap d>-.61-'civ

_ v L- I _ v _ 1\ _ v _ v 1_ v _

&varpom'ic;, orav Ap7J> r<Oaaoc; ~~~ tj>{>..ov

V...!/. 3

vvvL-IvvvLivvvLI0vv-/\

1656. In lyric trochaic and iambic verses, the irrational syllable

is found chiefly in coiuedy, and is avoided in tragedy.
IAMll!C HHYTHMS.

1657. Iambic verses are geuerally measurPd hy dipodies (1646). The irrational iambus>~ (1633) in the form of a spondee can stand in the first place of each iambic dipody, tha.t is, in the vd!l llaces (tirst, third, etc.), so that the dipody has the forn1 ;:;; ~ v ~. An apparent dactyl(> 0 v for>~) is sollletilli<'S used as the equivalent of the inationa! iambus; ami the cyclic anap:test v ....r (1634) is used
for the iambus in both
p:~.rts

of the dipody, except in 1.luo

last foot, esvecially by the Attic C(lmcdians (1658). The tribrach ( v 0 v) may stand for the iamlms in every foot except the last. 1658. The most common of al1 iambic verses is the TRIMF:TF.R ~CATALF:CTIC, in which most of the dialogue Of
1

Ar. R. 634 ff.

~A.

Eu.490 ff.

ibid. 354 ff.

358

VERSIFICATION.

[1659

the Attic drama is composed. It never allows any substitution in the last foot. With this exception it may have the tribrach in any place. The irrational iambus >..::::: in the form of a spondee can stand in the first place of every dipody. The tragedians allow the (apparent) dactyl > C v only in the first and third places, and the cyclic anapaest only in the first place; but in proper names they allow the anapaest in every place except the last. The comedians allow the dactyl > v v in all the odd places, and the cyclic anapaest in every place except the last ( 1657). The most common caesnra is that after the thesis of the third foot. 1659. The following scheme shows the tragic and the comiP- iambic trimeter compared,- the forms peculiar to comedy being enclosed in [].
V:_
v_

~v~

V-

>-

>-

VVVVVV!VVVVVV

llVVV

>-

>vv j>vv [>vv] v v - [v v-] J [v v-] [v v-] [v v-]

1660. When the tragic trimeter euds in a word formiug a cretic

this is regularly preceded by a short syllable or by a monosyllable.l In general the tragedians avoiJ the feet of three sy llal>lcs, even where they are allowed.
(_ v _),

1661.' The following arc exam pies of both the tragic and the comic form of the iambic trimeter:(Tragic) xfJovo<; p.f.v dr;
Hq,atcTT, O"Ot &:rrf.paVTov

I T"YJAOvpov

~~KOp.tv
1

7l"E0ov,
A. Pr. 1-3.

'!KvfJY'Jv is ol,p.ov, U.{3uTov dr;

f.p7Jp.(O.v.

(Comic) ~ Ztv f3am>..tv .

I o XP~ p.EAfLV I E7TLO"TOAds. I TO XP~}J-Q TWV I VtlKTWV oaov oi,!o!7l"ofJ' ~p.f.pa I yurr}atmt;
I~

a7rOAOLO OYjT',

7rOAEp., 'TJ"O>..:>..wv OVVKa.

Ar.N.2,3,6.

I This is known as "!'orson's rule." "Kempe hanc regulam plerumque in scnariis ouservauant Tntgici, ut, si voce quae Creticum pPdem efficeret terlllinar<'tur versu~, ealllque voc<m hypermonosylJabon praeet>ueret, quintus pes iambus vel tribrachys esse deberct." .Suppl. ad Pmej. a<l HuuiH~m.

1665]

IAMBIC RHYTHMS.

35!.1

1662. The Iambic Trimeter appears in English as the Alexandrine, which is seldom used except at the end of a stanza:And 1!6pe to merJit Heaven by makJing Earth a Hell.

1663. The lame trimeter ( oxci~wv), called the Clwliambus and the Hipponactean (see 1652), is the preceding verse with the last syllal>le but one long. It is said to have been invented by Hipponax (about 540 n.c.), and it is used in the newly discovered mimes of Herondas. E.g. aKOV<Ta8' 'l1T7rwvaKTO>' o~ yap &.,\.\' 1}Kw. 1 ovrw r[ <rot So[1Jaav at cp[.\a.t Mov<ra.L. 1
v _ v _ l v _ v _ l v __ _

1664. The TETI~A METER CATA.LECTIC, consisting of seven feet and a syllable, is common in Attic comedy. There is a regular diaeresis (1643) after the second dipody, where the first rhythmical series ends (1637).
t't7rtp rov civSp'l V7rtp{3aA.t'L,

> ~ v-

II Ko.t p.~ yf.>..wr'l &cp>..~au;.

> ~ vv ~-

v ~ v-

(1640,2)

In English poetry we have

A captain bold 1or Halifax, II who lived in coun!try quarters.

1665. The following are some of the more important lyric iambic verses:1. Dipody or monometer:
V-V-

2. Tripody (acatalectic and catalectic):

T{ TWvD, d:vt:v KaKWv i 5
v v _

v -

v -

l1r' ci>..>..o
la.\ro>
~?)Aw
lK

7r~Su. 6

v L--

3. Dimeter (acatalcctic and catalectic):

86p.wv {30.v.1
>-v-1>-v-

at r~> 1 ;,{3o,.\[0.;. 8 Ka.i rov .\oyw I rov 1}rrw. 9

6

>-

v
7

L-

(1640, 2)

I 2

Hipp.47.

Herond. 3, 1. Ar. N. 1035.

' illid. I 0!18. A. Ail 211.

Ar. N. 703.

A. Ch. 22. s Ar. Aclt. 1008. & .Ar. N. 145~.

360

VERSIFICATION.

[1666

4. Hexapody or trimeter catalectic :

1rp/1rt1 1rapl)t'> ~OI.VLOI.'> cl.p.l!"fp.O'i>.1
v_v_l>_v_l vL--

1666, Iambic systems are formed on the same principle as trochaic systems (1654), of acatalectic dimeters with an occasional manometer, ending with a catalectic dimeter. E.g.
~rr~p.t8' ~ {3ivovp.u,m, 7rp0'> TWV 8(wy o(~a(J'8t p.ou 8oip.O.nov, ~s J'alYTop.oAw 1rpor; ~f'a'>.

>_v >v >_

>-

_ I
I

>_v
>-

v -

v -

v v _ v v - I v L- _

These verses eud a long iambic system in Ar. Nub. 1090-1104: see also Nub.l446-1452, and Eq. 911-940.

1667. For the irrational syllable in lyric verse, see 1656.

DACTYLIC ltHYTHMS.

1668. The only regular substitute for the dactyl is the spondee, which arises by contraction of the two short syllables of the dactyl (~_from~ v v ). 1669. ThR most common of all Greek verses is the
HEXAMETER, HEROIC

the Homeric verse. It always has a spondee in the last place, often in the first four places, seldom in the fifth (th,e verse being then called spondaic). There is commonly a caesura in the third foot, either after the arsis or (rather more frequently) dividing the thesis. There is sometimes a caesura after the atsis of the fourth foot, and rarely oue in the thesis. The caesura after the arsis is called masculine, that in the thesis feminine or trochaic. A diaeresis after the fourth foot, common in bucolic poetry, is called bucolic. E.g.
avopa
p.OI

EVVl7rl, Mov(J'a, 7rOA1JTp01rOV, O'> !-'&An. 7rOAAcl

v v I _ v v I _ v, v I _ v v I _ v v I _ lo!

1rA.O.yx8YJ i1rd Tpo{lJ, l(pov 7rTo>..t(Opov l7rtp(J'<v. 2

_ v v I __ I _, v vI _ v v I _ v v I _
I

lo!

A. Ch.24.

Od. I, I and 2.

1672]
Tt7rT

DACTYLIC RHYTHMS.
a~, alyuixow tl.to> TlKo>, d>.~>.ovBa> ,- 1

361

- - 1 - v v l _ v v l_vv, 1--1-l:!
fl1ri p.OL, .J Kopvowv, TLVO'; {3of'),. ~po. 4>t>.wv&,. I - vv I_ vv I_ vv I_ vv, I_ vv I_):!

a'

1670. The ELEGIAC DISTICH consists of an heroic hexameter followed by the so-called Elegiac pentameter. This last verse consists really of two dactylic trimeters with syncope (1G32, 1) or cat.alcxi~ in the last measure; asllo.UO., AIB'7v"!l'7
v v

II

XfL[>U> vl7rfpBtv

;:xfL-3

I __ I L..JII _ v v I _ v v I_ 7i.

At the end of the pentameter verse the paus~> (7\) takes the place of syncope (L..J) in the middle. Tli~ verse probably arose from a repetition of the first peuthemim (wvB']p.tp.tpis, ji1e half feet) of the hexameter. But syllalia anceps and hiatus are not allowed after the first tririiP.tf!r, hut onlv at the end of the verse (1638). The last two cornpll'lr feet are aiways dactyls. A diaeresis (1643) divides the two parts of tlre verse. The pentameter is never used by itself.

1671. The following is an Elegiac Distich:Tt> Of f3!io> TL of: I rtp7TVOV a!vw xriii<Tt']> 'Acf>po!OfT']> ,
n8vo.!1'7v

on I p.ot

/1

J-l'7"i.n

I TO.vTa J-li.l>.ot.

_ v v l _ v v l - v v l __ l _ v v l __ _ _ I .- v v I L..J II _ v vI _ v v I _ 7\

1672. In the Homeric verse a long vowel or a diplithong in the thesis (not in the ar,;is) is often shortened at the end of a word when the next word bP.gins with a vowel. This sometimes occurs in the middle of a word. E.g .
.1:
7T07rot,

I ~ p.O.>..u. I &>1 i<<n!f3ov>..<viau.v Owl I c!.\.\ws- 6

')(pV<TE'f! &.Iva <Tt<~/.,.rp'f!, t<ul/ .\[<r<TfTO /mivra> 'A:xawv> (see 47, 1).6 f3i.f3>..'7o.<, oiJo' U>..wv {3i.>..o> (t<cpuytv, ~ <!cpt>..ov To<. 1

But
1
2

~JJ-fTip<f

or""!

lv Apy"i, r'J>..ofh 1TaTp'J>-6

n. 1, 202.

Theoc. 4, 1. Solon, 4, 4,

Mimn. 1, 1 and 2. 'Od. 5, 286. e Il. 1, 15.

'n.11, 380. s n.I,30.

3()2

VERSIFICATION.

[1673

1673. When a short vowel stauds in Homer where a loug one is J"equired by the verse, it lllay be explained iu various ways. 1. By supposiug .\, p., v, p, or cr to be doubled at the beginning of certain words; as 1To.Ua Atucrop.{vw ( ___ v v _), fl. 22,91 (we have i>..>..{ucrero in /l. 6, 45). 2. By t.he original presence ofF making position (~ee 3; 90; 91 ); as Toiov fOL -rrVp ( ____ ), II. 5, 7. So before Ot{ow, few, and other derivatives of the stem Sru-, and before o~v (for Of7Jv). 3. By ;~, pause in the verse (1 642, 2) prolonging the time; as in
<jw}ywp.tv ln yap Ktv d.Av~atp.tv KaKov ~p.ap. 1
- - _, v v v v -- v v --

1674. The following are some of the chief lyric dactylic

verses:, 1. Dimeter:
J.tVUTooo)Ko> OOJ.t0> 2 p.oipa Ot)wKu 3
_

_ v v I_ v v v v I--

2. Trimeter (acatalectic and cata.lectic): 7fUJ.l1TpE1TTOL~ lv (OpatULV. 4 - - I _ V V I - 1Tap8ivot I op.{3pocf>6!pot $ v v I - v v I - 7i

With ana.crusis (1635):

lyt{vaTo p.(v p.opov a1m~ 1TaTpOKTovov 0lOt'!l'OOav. 6

v:_vv_vv __ v:_vv_vv_/i

3. Tetrameter ( acatalectic and ca.talectic) : -rrip:rru ~vv oopl Kal xtpl 1l'paKTopt.1 _ _ I _ v v I _ v v I _ v v oupav{Jot<; T( 8tlo~ owlp~p.anx. 8 - v vI_ v vI - - I_ v v ;.>..(hT' )1Toof!op.t)vat owa)p.tv.9 - v v I - v v I - v v I - 7i.
ANAPAESTIC HHYTllMS.

1675. Anapaestic verses are generally measured by dipo<.lies (1646). The spondee aud the dactyl(-~ and -~v) may stand for tl1e anapaest.
The long syllable of an anapaest is rarely resolved into two short, making v v .:, v for v v ~.
I 2
1

Od. 10, 269. Ar. N. 303.

A.Ag.111.

E. Her. 612.

Ar. N. 299. A. Se. 751,752.

7 A. Ag. 111. s Ar. N. 305. i Ar. R. 879.

1677]

ANAPAESTIC HIIYTHMS.

363

1676. The following are the most common anapaestic verses:1. The mon01ueter:
rp07rOV alJyv7rLwv. 1 Kal Bf.p.t<; I alv'iv. 2 <TvJL<i>wlvo> ofJ.ou. 3 2. The dimeter acatalect.ic: p.lyav lK I Bl-p.ov I KAa,oviTC> ApYJ! oir' l+rur(ot<; I o.Ayun I 7ru{owv. 5
v v _ Iv v -

I-I v v I __ I I v v -

--

v v _
__

I v v _ I - v v I _-

And the olli\'C of pence I sends its lmiuch;CS abroad.

3. The din1eLer catalect.ic, or paroeudac: ~pav I !TTpunwlnv apwly~v." - - I v v - I v v LJ I oilrw I 1rAovr~!ucn ?ravin>.7 _ _ I __ I v v u I The LOrd 1 is advancling. Prepare I ye!

(1640, 2)

4. The TET!~AMETER CATALECTIC, consisting of seven feet and a syllable, or of the two preceding verses combined. There is a regular diaerrsis after the second dipody. This verse is frequently used !Jy the line (1G49) in long passages of Aristophanes. - 7rpoux<T TOV vovv ! TOl<; &eavaTOt<; II ~fLlV, TOt> ullv lovuL,
TOL<; alBlp(ots, I TOLO'(V ay~p'f!S,

II

TOL<; O.<j>Btra P.7J\Oop.f.voww. 8

-~vv_l_='-"-'-11--=-1 v v L J _

ANAPAESTIC SYSTEM consists of a series of anapacstic dimeters acatalectic, with occasionally a monometer, ending always with the paroemiac (or dimeter catalectic). These arc very frequently employed in both tragedy and comedy. E.g.

1677. An

OEKQTOV fLEv lro<; ro:5' f7rct llpc.O.f'OU v v ~ v v - I v v ~ v v fLlYCl> QVTLii<Ko>, V V _ V V Mvi>..aos O.v~ ~o 'A yaJJ.lfLvwv, v v _ v v _ I _ v v __ 8t8povov ~to6v Kat Ot<TK~1rrpov v v _ v v _ I _ _ __ TLfJ.ii> oxvpov '~VyO> 'ArpHOav, -- v v-I- v v-<TT<lAov 'Apyc{wv Xi:A.wvawav v v _ _ I - v v - riJo-8' a1ro xwpa> _ v v __ ~pav, <rTpanwnv apwy~v.~ - - v v - I v v L-11

A. Ag. 49. ibid. 98.

a Ar. Av. 221. A. Ag. 48.

ibid. 50. ibid. 47.

7
8

Ar. Av. 736. ibid. 689.

v A. Ag. 40-47.

364

VEitSIFICATION.

[1678

1678. Anapaestic systems are especially common in march movements in tragedy, where they were probably chanted by the leader of the chorus, as in the 1nfpo&o;.
LOGAOEDIC ItHYTHMS.

1679. Logaoedic rhythm is a rhythm in i time, having the trochee as its foundation, but admitting great freedom of construction. Besides the trochee - v, it admits the irrational tror-hee _ >, the tribrach v v v, the cyclic dactyl - v v, aud the triseme (16:~2, 1) or syncopated trochee L.. These are all equivalent fet>t, of three times(= v v v). 1680, 'Phe first foot of a logaoedic verse allows special freedom. It 111ay be a trochee or an irrational trochee_>, and sometimes a tribrach v v v An apparent ia1ubus (probably with ictus 0 _) so111etimes occurs (IG82, 7). Great license is here permitted in using different fonns in strophe and antist.rojJhe, even in verses which otherwise correspon<l p1ecisely: see 11382, 7. 'When a logaoedic verse has n1ore than one rhythmical series (11337), the first foot of each series has tltis freedo111 of form (see 1682, 7 ). 1681. An ana.crusis (1G3G) may iutroduce any logaoedic verse. 1682. 'fhe following are some of the most important
logaoedic verses which have special names:1. A donir.: uup.p.o.xo> (uao. 1 verse of the Sapphic stanza (u).
2.
Fii'S(

-v v

I_ v

This is the final

v
1\
v /1.

PltereC!'atic: Catal.

f1!'Ta1!'VAOL<TL e,j{3aL<;. 2 -v v I - v I it<; rpip.op.(V A.iyuv. 3 -v v I _ v I 4

3. Second Phe!'e!'!'atic: 7raLOoo; ouuc/>opov ~niv. _

Catal.

it< p.f.v OrJ 1roAip.wv.6

-v v

> 1-vv > 1-vv

II-

4. Glyconic: (Three forms): (a) t'!I'7!'L, avu~ lloCTuOov, .f. 0 (b) 0..]/3\1 rwv .,.porpwv cpao~. 7 (c) cpwra (:JO.vra 7ravaay(q.. 8
1

> I -vv

I_ v I - v I - 1\ I _ v I - 1\
1-vv I - 1\
1

_ v I_ v

Sapph. 1, 28. Pind. Py. 11, 11. s. 0. c. 129.

iS. Aj. 643. & An.150. 8 Ar. Eq. 551.

s.

S. An. 101. ibid. 107.

I683j

LOGAOEDIC H IIYTHMS.

365

5. Three Alcuics, which form the Alcaic stanza (a, a, b, c):

(a) claijvf.TlJJLL Twv &.vf.p..wv <TTacnv

v : _ v l _ v 1-vv l _ v I_/\

( rt) To p.f.v yap v8cv Kvp.a KuA!vocTaL

v:_vl_>l-vvl_vl_/\

( u) TO

o' v8cv. U!J.JLf'> o' ~v TO p.iucrov v:_vl_>l-vl_v

(c) viii <j>op~p.c8a crvv p..c>..a!v:,t. 1

-vvl-vvl_vl_v

Compart> in Horace (Od.J,!,): Vides ut alta stet uive caudidum Soracll', uec ia111 sustineant ouu~ Silvae laborantes, geluque Flumina constiterint acuto. 6. Sapphic: 7TO<K<j>..o8pov'
1

J8avar' 1 'A<j>po[oiTii.. 2

-Vi

I->

_v 1-vv l _ v l _ v

Three S:tj>pltics auJ an A<louie (I) form the Sapphic stanza.

7. Eupolideall: ~ 8c[~JJ.'!vOL, Karcipw

_ vj_v 1 v -v

Jl7rpo<; ~[JJ.a'>

[ Lll _ v vvv
v _

->-> 1
vvvl
v _

-> ->

-Vj-V J-

l[>..tu8iipw<;. 8
1\

(SPe ](j44.)

The Eupolideau verse is user! Ly the line iu comedy; as in Ar. Nub. 51 S-fili2.

1683. 'l'h~ first stroplw of the first Olympic ode of .1'imbr is given as an example of the free use of logaoedics in lyric poetry.
aptrrTOV JJ.i:V vowp, 0

oi: II

xpucru<; uiOup.tvov 7rVP

v:LI-vv\_viLII_vl-vvl_v

an Ota7Tpi7ra

II

VVKTt p.cyJ.vopo<; Uoxa 7TAOOTO\!

v v v I _ v I L II -v v I --v v I --v v I _ v

d 8' ,l:-">.a yapvcv

_vl_vl_vl_/\
I

Alcae. 18, 1-4.

Sapph. 1, 1.

s Ar. N. 518.

366
l),&at1 </>LAOV ;Top,

V.EW::HFICATlON.

[1684

_vl--vvl_v
P.7JKET itA[ou <TKOrrtt
0

_vl_vl_vl_/\
a\>..o BuA.rrvonpov lv ~P.11Ptt </>atvvov U<TTpov lp~llp.U'.,
p.~8' 'OA.up.rr[O.., aywva

s, a18cpa.,,

_v l_vlvvvl_v ll_v l_vl-vv I t-ll_v l_v I_/\

II <f>ipnpov av86.crop.tv.
1\

_v I_ v I_ v I _v II -v v I 1- I_ v I _
a8<v

o7rOAv</>aTO'>

vp.vo<; ap.cf>t{3cD..J...<Tat

v; vvv I vvv I_ vI_ vI_ vI_ 1\

uocf>wv /+YJTLt<T(Tt, KtAa8<<v

0vvl_v IL-l vvvl_/\

Kpovou 7rato', l., a<f>vdiv lKOp.CVOIJ'>

v:

1-

I_ vI_ vI

1-

I vvv I -I\

p.clKatpav 'Upwvor; la-T[av.

v; L-1 vvv 1-v l_v I_/\

DACTYLO-EPITRITIC RHYTHMS.

1684. 1. About half of the odes of Pindar are composed in a measure called dactylo-epitritic, whieh consists of dacty Is, with their equi valeut spoudees and syncopated forms ('--'),and erJitritcs. The epitrite (t-v_-) is composed of a long (or Doric) trochee (1- v, see Hi32, 2) and a spondee. The dacty lie parts of the verse gener::tlly have the form_.!._ v v _.!._ v v _.!.__or (ratalectie) _.!._vv.!.. vv ~ li. The epitrite ::tlso may ue catalectic, 1- v _ li. Tlw verse may have an anacrusis.
2. It will be uoticed that in this verse the long trocheE' (L v) has the same length as the dactyl and the dactyl has it.~ full tillle, while in Jogaoedic verse the trochee has its ordinary tillle and the dactyl is cyclic (equivalent in time to the trocl1ee).

1685. The first strophe of Pindar's third Olympic ode is an example of this measure:Tuv&p[&,., 'T( </>t)w~t{voL<; a8<<v KaAIIA<7rAOKafL't' 8' 'E,\/v':' - V V l_vv l __ lt-v __ ll_vv l_v v 1_/i
KAHvtiv 'AKpa-yavm -ytpu[pow <i'JxofLaL,
_; -V

v l_vv l __ l Lv_/i

1688)

FF:ET OF FIVE OR SIX TIMES.

367

@~pwvoc; 'Oiwp.11'tOViKii.v

II vp.vov ~pOwuo.tc;, WcO.fUlVTO?rOOWJ! _: _vvl-vvJ_ -11Lv __ J_vv J_vvl-li

L11"71'WV awrov.JI Mo'Z<ra OUTW p.Ot 7TO.pEUTdi!Kot JI(O<Tfyo.Aov tvp6vn Tp07rOV _:Lv __ IILv __ JLv- _ll_vv J_vv J __ JLv_li Awp[<f ,Pw:/ vav <.vap,uo~at ?Ttof>..<e L-V __ IIL-v __ JLv __
RHYTHMS WITH FEET OF FIVE OR SIX TIMES.

1686. Some of the more important rhythms with feet of five or six times ( 1()27, 3 ancl 4) are the following: 1687.
_ v v _

1. C!toriamldc rhythms, with the choriambus a.'l the fuud:uneutal foot:7TUt0U JLEV avlrac; 71'0<TLV 8tp.lvii.. 1 -vv_J_vv_J_vv_

avhi'

onvO. ,uf:v o~v, Om Tapa(HTH CTo,Po~ o1wvofNriic;. 2 -vv_J_vv_J_vv_J_vv_

2. Choriallll>ic verses of this class are rare. Most verses formerly called churiambic are here explained as logaoedic (1682).

1688. 1. Ionic. rhythms, with the ionic a mino1e v v _ _ as the fundamental foot, admitting also the equivalent v v L..J (1G2G, 2) : 1mripiiKtvl,uv o 11'tpCTtJ1TTOAlc; 1j071
{3u.CTtAElO<; I CTTpu.ro> de; O.vlr{11'opov yt[jrova xwpii.v, >..tvooiCT,u<f I CTXto[q. 7TopJB,uov O.,ut{'fac; 'AOu,uavHooc; "E.\.\ac;. 3
vv..:::_,vv~-

vv....!.._

vv __ vv __
V'-'--

vv __ Jvv __
vv __

vv __
1 VV--

VV

LJ

2. A douhle. trochee_ v _ v often takes the place of the two long ~yllables aud tl1e two followitl!J shorts. This is called awclif.,is (&.vaKAaCTt>, hreakitl_q up), as it breaks up the feet. E.g. Tc> Kpat71'v<i) j?ToOL 7T7JO~J,uaro> u'nnjTovc; <lvaCT<rwv; 4 vv _ _ l vv __ j v v_v J_v __
1

A. Se. 029.

' S. 0. T. 484.

A. Pe. 65-70.

ibid. 95.

368

VERSIFICATION.

(1089

1689. Cretic rhythms, in which paeans occur by resolution of long syllables (- v v v or vvv_ for_ v -) : olJK ava:ux~uop.at. I P.7!0E >..iyt I p.ot uV >..oyov W. p.pi.lu7!Ka u KAIwv~ ZrL I p.iiA>..ov, ov KaTanp.w I ro'Lutv bri7TVCTL Karlr~p.ara. 1 -V-1-v-1-vvvl-vvv -V-1-vvvl-vvvl-vvvv_J_v_l_v_J_v_

1690. Bacchic rhythms, with the bacchius v - - as the fundamental foot:' 'TL~ I ... ' ~ ' lA., ' axw, I Tl~ Oop.a I 1TpOU1TTa I jL. U'f'l'f[''1/~ V--1 v __ j v __ j v __

,' 2

unva'w; I TL pi~w ..
V--1

I yivwp.aL I ovuo[ura 11To>..fral<;; 8

V--1

V--' V--'

V--

DOCHMIACS.

1691. Docltmiac verses, which are used chiefly in tragedy

to express great excitement, are based upon a foot called the dochmius, compounded of an iambus and a cretic (or a Lacehius an<l an iambus) v _j_ v _(or v --1 v -) This peculiar foot appears in nineteen different forms, by resolving the long syllables aud admitting irrational longs in place' of the two shorts. Its most common forms are v _I_ v _ and v v v I_ v - As examples may be given v __ v_ ova a.\ yt[ rvxq.!
v v V- v_ 1Tnpo.p,;pov op.a~. 1 p.(auOtov p.~v o~F. 6 >vv_ v _ (for>-- V--) p.tya.Aa p.Eyci>..a Ka[. 1 v v v v v v - (for v - - v - ) p.ETOLKti:v uKor'l' 8avow or.\&p.~"'d v __ v _ 1 v __ > _ p.t8/1rut urparo~, urparo7TtOov >..mwv. 9 v __ v _ I v v v _ v l 2

Ar. Ach. 2!19-'301.

A.

f'.

llli.

a A.Eu. 788.

A. Ag. 1165. 6 ildd.1147. 0 ibid. 1090.

' E. Ba. ll!lfl. E. liiJI. 8:l7. u A. Se. iiJ.

APPENDIX.

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

APPENDIX.

1692.

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

Non:.- This catalogue professes to contain all verbs in ordinary use in classic Greek which have any such peculiarities as to presen~ difficulties to a student. No verb is introduced which does not occur in some form before Aristotle ; and no forms are given which are not found in writers earlier than the Alexandri:J.n period, except sometimPs the pre~ent indicative uf a vcrh which is classic in other tenses, and occ11.sionally a form which is given for completeness and marked as later. Tenses which are not used by Attic writers, in f'ither prose or poetry, or which occur only in lyrical parts of the drama, are enclosed in [ ], except occasionally the present indicative of a verb which is Attic in other tenses. The verb stem, with any other important forms of the stem, is given in ( ) directly after the present indicative, unless the verb belong~ to the first class ( 560). The class of each verb in "' is given by an Arabic numcral in ( ) at the end, unless it is of the first class. Verbs in iJ.' of the Seventh Class (019), enunwrated in 794, are markE"d with (I.); those of the Fifth (;lass in v'i,iJ.' (<i08), enumerated in 797, 1, with (II.) ; and the poetic vHbs in V'T'JiJ.' or va1uu (609), enumerated in 797, 2, which a.dd va to the stem in the present, witil (III.). A few epic peculiarities are sometimes disregarded in the classification. The modification of the stem made by adding in certain tenses (653) is marked by prefixing ( -) to the first form in which this occurs, unless this is the present. Presents in '"' thus formed have a reference to li54. A hyphen prefixed to a form (a~ .ropO.v) indicates that it is found only in composition. This is omitted, however, if the simple form occurs even in later Greek ; and it is often omitted when the occurrence of cognate forms, or any other reason, makes it probable that the simple form was in u~e. It would h(' extremely difficult to point out an example of every tense of even the best English verbs in a writer of established authority within a fixed period. The imperfect or pluperfect is generally omitted when the present or perfect is given. Second perfects which a.re given among the principal parts of a verb (402, I) are uot SjWeially designated (see {J'Jo.6.11'Tw).

371

372

APPENDIX.

[1692

A.
[ (0.), injure, infatuate, stem, with aor. Ja<ra (da<ra), ~<Ta; a. p. cid<TII'I; pr. mid. ciara,, a.or. ciacr<il"'l" erred. Vb. daros, dv-ciros. Epic.) Ayf1L, admire, [epic fut. c!.-yci<roJ"a<, rare,) -YJ-yd<rll'!v, lj-yacrdl"'l (I.) 'A yyi."A"A111 ( 0.-y-y<>-- ), announce, c!.-y-y<>-w [ ci-y-y<>-lw), ~-y-y>-a, ~1'/'<hKa, ~1'1''>-~"a', 1J-y-ylh8'1v, fut. p. ci-y-y<>-11-IJ<ro!"a'; a. m. fn-ynMJ"TJ Second aorists with >. are doubtful. ( 4.) 'Ayt!p~J~ (<i-y<p-), collect, a. hpa; [ep. plpf. p. <iH-ylpa.ro; a. p.lj-ylp8'7v, a.m. (1J-yupciJ"'1) cruv-a-y<lparo, 2 a.m. c!.-y<pOJ"TJ with part. 0.-ypoJ"<VOS. See -YJ-y<pllloJ"a.<.) ( 4.) Ayviif1L (fa.-y- ), in comp. also d-yvuw, b1eak, 6.w, (a.a (537, 1) [rarely epic ~ca.), 2 p. tii-ya. [Ion. tTJ1'a), 2 a. p. U.r'l [ep. Unv or 4-y'lv). (II.) Ay111, lead, 4cw, f)a (rare), f)xa, ~"YI"a, ~XII'7v, c!.xlll)<ToJ"aL; 2 a. ~-ya -yov, 1J-ya-yol"'7; fut. m. 4co~"a' (as pass.), [Hom. a.m. dcciJ"'I, 2 a. act. impel". 4<TE, inf. c!.1J"<a (i77, 8).) [ ( ciSt- ), be satr~d, stem with aor. opt. &o~crmv, pf. part. &o'7Kws. Epic.) [(lit-), I'Pst, stem with aor. 4<<Ta, ~<Ta. Epic.] AL6w, .,ing, ~<TOJ"t1< (~crw, rare), licra, jicrll'7 Ion. and poet. 6.t!6w, <idcrw and <iE!croJ"t1<, ~<Ta. ['Ai~w: Hom. for avw.] ["'A1Jf1L ( ci<- ), blow, 4')rov, ll.<un, in f. c!.~va<, <i17J"<Va<, part. d<ls ; imp. 11.'7 Mid.II.'7Tt1< and lfTJTo, part. ci17!"fvos. Poetic, chietiy epic.] (I.) At6l.of1L, poet. a.roo!"d<, respect, aiOI<ToJ"a<, iio<<TJ"a.<, yal<rll'!v (as mid.), VO<<TclJ"TJ>,(chiefly poet.), [Hom. imperat. alo<toj. 639; 640. Atvl.w,]Waise, alvl<Tw [alv'lj<Tw], ii<<Ta [iiTJ<Tt1], pvt<a, ii'7J"t1L, vvliiTJ. 63\J. [ACvuJI-L, take, imp. alv61"'7 Epic.) (II.) Atplw ( a.ip<-, i>.-), take, a.ip~crw, VP'7<a., VP'7~"'" [ l!dt. c!.pa.lpTJKa., c!.pa.lp'7 J"a<], ppl8'7v, a.ip<8'1jcroJ"t1<; fut. pf. pp'lj<roJ"a.L (r<~.rc); 2 a. <i>.ov, l>.w, He. ; <iAOJ"'7, tAWJ"O.<, etc. ( 8.) Atpw (&p-), take up, &pw, f}pa (674), f}pKa, fJpJ"a<, ~p8TJv, dpii-IJ<ro!"d<; -If pd.~< 'I (074 ). Jon. aud poet. &.olpw ( a<p- ), ,'jupa, 'ljtp8"/v, [ ,'j<p,u< (late), Hom. plpf. ll.wpro for ,'j<pro; a. m. cipd.J"'l] Fut. dpoiiJ"a< and 2 a. 7}p6J""' (with ll.pw~"a.' (a) etc.) belong to 4pvu~"a.' (<ip-). (4.) Atcr86.vOf1L ( aicr8- ), perceive, ( -) a.lcr8'1jcro,ua<, vcr8'7J"t1L ; Jicr8oJ"'7V Pres. a(cr8o~"a' (rare). (5.) 'Atcrcrw (cii'K ), 1ush, <iiw, .;ji'a, -YJtxll"'v, 1)id.J""' Also 4a'crw or q.nw (also 4<T<TW or 4TTw), ~w, na.. Both rare in prose. (4.) Atcrx.1ivw (a.lcrxuv-), disqtace, alcrxvvw, fivxV.a, [p. p. part.. P.p. V"XUJ"J"lvos,] V<TXUVIJ"'v, felt ashamed, a.l<TXUVIJ1)<TOJ't1L; fut. ffi, a.l<TXUVOVJ"OoL. (4.)

1692]

CATALOGUE OF VEfiBS.

Ionic and poetic. Epic. Sec 41!,.u.] [' AKa.xCtw ( <ix-, Ree 587), aj]f.ict, red up!. pres., with O.xlw and cixniw, be grieved (only in pr. part. dxt'wv, ax<uwv), and ii.xol'-a., be grieved; fut. a<axl}aw, a.or. ciK<iX1J<TCl j Jl. p. aK<iXlJ!L"' (<i<1JX{Jara<), a~<iX1!<TIIat 1 <i<ax>J!Lfvo< or <i<lJXf!L<vo< ; 2 aor. ~<axov, aKaxb!L'1" Sre lix vu!L"' and dxo,ucu. Epic.] (4.) [' AKa.XI'-tvos, shm'])ened, epic perf. p<trt. with no present in usc.] 'AKlop.a., heal, aor. i]K<<T<i!L'1" 'AK'16ic.~, neglect, [aor. dnjJaa epic]. Poetic. 'AKOVc.> (chou fur aOf ), IUQI, aKOl1170!L"< 1 ~KOt<Ta [Dor. pf. !iKOU<a], 2 pf. aK7)KOa (for aK1JI(OfCl 1 li\1\1) 1 2 pJpf. i]KY)K61) Or <iKY)K61J j ..jKOU<T81)v1
<iKOU<T0'/j<TO).LCll

'Ate.~, hear, imp. cfiov, [aor. -~iaa.] [' Atw, breathe out, only imp. cf,ov.

A).a.kO.tc.> ( ahaha"y ), raise lear-cry, <i>-aX<i~O!L"<, i]Xa>-a~a. ( 4.) 'Akci.op.a., wander, [pf. <iX<iA'II"" (a~ pres.), w. inf. ciMli1JcrHac, part. aXa>.-.jwvo<], a. a>.l}Oryv. Chictly p0etic. 'A).Sa.Cvc.~ (all~ a-), nuuri.~h, [ ep. 2 n.or. ~Mavov.] Pres. also aMfw<w. Poetic. ( 4.) 'Ahf(~w ( a;l.wp- ), anuint, al.<hpw, ~f..<<l/Ja, al\l}Xupa, <i:\l)X<J.L,UO.<, l):\<i111Jv 1 al\wpO>)uo!La< (nne), 2 a. p. >):\i1Jv (rare). Mid. f. alltb.f.'o!La<, a. i]AW/ICljJ.YJV. 1)2[). (2.) 'A).~"' ( <i>-<~-. <iX- ), wanl u_(T, fut. ciXI~oJ.La< [ ep. ( t-) a>..~l}o-w, lid. aA<~..jcro,ua<) j aor. (E) 1),\{~1J(Ta (~A<~a, ra.re), 7)>-<~ci.,u'lv j [t'[J. 2 a. dhaAKov for aA-aA<K-ov.] ().J7. ['Akiop.a., avoid, "pic; ~tor. 1]>-<<ii<r..] 'A).uiw, <tvc1t, a>.<vuw, ~>.waa. !\1 it!. a>-1o,~Aa<, avoicl, aor. 1),\wap.l)v, with S\1 hj. lEaA<V<Twp.a<. !'ottk. 'A'>..lc.>, grind, ~A<<Ta, a,\1),\<o-,ua< or <iXl)X<;.<a<. 6J!l; 640. ["A'>..8o11-a., be hcaletl, (f) <iXOl)ao!Aa'.] Ionic and po<,t.ic. 'Aka-Kop.cu ( d>--, O:Xo- ), be raJImed, ci.>.;,JOJ.La<, ~Aw<n or i&.>-wa, 2 aor. ~hwv or id>.wv, a>..<:J [<')Jic a:\ww], ci.Xoi!]v, a>-wva<, aAOV< (7!J!l); all passive in meaning. ub!l. No acti\'( ci.>-io-w, !Jut. ~ee 6.v-a.k(a-Kw.
(6.)

['A'>..Ta.(vop.a. (<ihn-, &.h<Ta>-), wi<h epir. pres. act. Q.)..,,.po.ivw, sin; 2 aor. ~>..,To>, a>..<TOP.'I" pf. part. ci>..,T>),u<vo<, sinni11y, cp j. l'oetic, chiPfly epic. (4. 5.) Ak'>..O.crcrw ( <i>.Ao.-y-) I chan~e, ahha~w. 'iXXaEa, ~>..Xaxa. ~AACl/'1'"' l)XMxii1JV and 7jX:\a')''7>. a>..Aax81)uo,~Aa< and <ihlla')'>j<TOjJ.Cll. Mid. fut. a>-XatO,UCll, a. 1j>..>.a<i~A'1" (4.) HAkko,..a. (aX-), leap, d>.oG,~Aa<, -i)>-a,uJ; 2 a.7JMp. 11 (rare). [Epic 2 a . .i>-cro, Jxro, ll.>..t.uvo<, by Byncope.J !j00, 2. (4.) ['AA\JICT6.tw and iLAlJKTEw, be excited, imp. <iM~Ta!o Hdt. pf. aAaXtiKT'J)LO.< Hom. Ionie.J

374

APPENDIX.

[1692
(6.)

'AAtlcrKw (O.XuK), avoid, dM~w [and dMI;o,wu], ~Xu~a (rarely -al''l).

Poetic. AXtlo-Kw is for aAUK-O'KW (617).
'A~J.a.pTcivw (ap.ap-r- ), CIT,

'AAcjuivw (dX-), }i11d, acqui1e., [epic 2 aor.ljX.pov.J

(5.) (t) a}J-apdo-op.a<, i)p.apTT)Ka, T],.W.pTT)iJ-Cl<, i,}J-Clp.

njliT)v; 2 a.or. ~p.apTov [ ep. ifp.fJpoTov]. ( 5.) A,.pA(CTKW ( ap.f3X- ), ap.f3Mw in compos., misrrmy, [ ap.,IIXwo-w, late, 1 ifp.{:JXwua, ifp.{3XwKa, ifp.(3>..wp.a<, -T)p.fJXwliTJv. (6.) 'Afl-tlpw ( ciwp-) ami &.f1-lp5w, depriv~<, ifwpua, -T)p.lpli"J. Poetic. (1. 4.) 'A,.,.lxw and o.,._,..tcrxw (d.p. and lxw), wrap a/Jr,ut, clothe, ci,.,..Pil;w, 2 a. -iiP."-uxov; [epic. impf. 11}1-nxov.] Mid. d.p.7rlxop.a.<, 6.p.,uxop.cu, ap.7r<O'p(op.a< ; imp. -T)p.7rfi)(OJ1-TJV j f. cip.(~op.a<; 2 a. -T)p.7r<U)(OJ.lT)V and -T)p.7r<o-x6~<TJ, 544. .See ixw and Ccrxw. 'Afl1TAO.IcLCTKol (cip.7rAO.K), err, miss, -T)p.7rhO.KTJ!JoO.I j 2 a. iftJ-1rAC1Kov, part, cip.7rAa<wv or 6.,->..a<wv. l'oetic. (6.) [" Afi-'II'VUt, d.p.1rvuvliTJv, l1p.7rvUTo, <til epic: see d.va1rvlw.] 'A,..Jvw (cip.uv-), wmd '.tr; fut. cip.uvw, ap.uvoup.a.<; aor. ifp.uva., -i}p.uvd.p.TJ-

(4.)
'AIJ.V<TO"W ( <ip.ux-)' S!Tatch, [ ap.tl~w, ~p.ul;a (Theoc. ), -i}p.u~dtJ-TJV ]. anti lunic. (4.)

Poetio

'AI'-<1>--yvolw, dJllbt, -!JwfJ<"fVO<ov and i}p.<-yv6wv, 7Jwl><-yv6TJO'a; aor. pass. part. cip.-yoTJO<I<. GH. AJLcp-lvvvJL (scc lvvu,w), clothe, fut. [ep. a,udo-w] Att. d,u<w; i}.u.Pl<ua., i]w/JI<up.a.<; d.p.q,duop.a<, d.p.1fu6.p."JV (poet.). 044. (ll.) 'A,._q,,<T~TJTiw, di.<pute, augmented -i)p.o-- and -iJI'-o-- (U44) ; otherwise

r!';;ular. 'Ava.(vofla.' ( <ivav- ), refuse, imp. i}va<VO}-ITJV, aor. TJVTJV6.J1-TJV, dvl)vao-lia<. (4.) Avci.Xcro(w (ciX-, ciXo-, (i50), and civiiMw, expr~nd, civa>..wuw, dvdXwua, and civl)Xwua (<aT->7v<lXwo-a), d.vaXwKa aud dVJjXw<a, dvd>..w,ua< and
d.vl)Xw,ua< ( Ka-r-TJvaXw,ua<), dviiXwliTJ and d.v')Xwli!Jv, dvii>..wtil)o-op.a<.

Ste ciAa-KoJLa.<. ( 6.) 'Ava.1rvlw, lake b7'P.ath; see 1rviw (1rvu-). [Epic 2 aor. imperat. ap.1rvu<, a. p. d.p.7rVVVfl'Y)V, 2 a. Ill. ap.7rVVTO (for d.p.7rvtlfTO).]
RIIO i-lv5avov, Hdt. fut. (t-) 0.3-f]o-w, Hdt. ; 2 pf. fci5a, epic]; 2 atr. 1!3ov [Ion. ~a.llov, epic <ila5ov for lrra5ov.] Ionic and poetic. ~ee ao--p.<vo<, plea~rd, as adj. ( 5.) 'Av<xw, hold up; see ixw, and 54.4. ['Avi}vo8t, dpff;et. 2 pf., sp1ings, sprung; in IZ. 11, 206 ao 2 plpf. (777, 4). Epic] 'Av-oi-yvt>,_,., and O.volyw (BPi' of-yviw-), open, imp. dvl'l'-yov (-iivo<-yov, rare) [epic dv,;1-yov]; dvol~w, dvi't'~a (;;vo,~a, rare) [Hdt . .!vo<ta], dl't'x.a, dv{'t'"fP.a<, d.v<<tJxli"' (sul>j. d.voxOw, etc.); fut. pf. dv<<tJI;op.a< (2 pi. d.vl't"'fa late, very rare in Attie). (II.)

'AvS<ivw (rao-, d.~-), pleasP [impf. Hnm. -iiv5avov

~v5avov and lT]v5avov;

.1692]

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

375

'Av-op8ciCII, set upriqltt, augment civwp- and ?]vwp-. 544 . Av.iw, Attic alsu civuTCII, ac.complish; fut. avu~w [Hom. &.vuw ], avu<To p.lJ-1 j aOf. ~VU<T<1 1 TJVV<Tajl.T/V j J!f. ~Vl>Kil 1 ~VU<TjJ.Ill, (j;)!), l'OetiC a]l;o ctVW. Avwya., 2 perf. as pres., command [w. 1 pl. ll.vw-yp.t>, sub. civw-yw, opt.
O.vw-yo<;u], imper. livw-ye (rar.-), abo ll.vwxtl< (with dvwxl!w, ll.vwxll<), [inf. avw-y{J-.L<v] j .~ jJJjlf. 'i)vw-yfa, t,vw-yn (Of clVW"/) 1 [alSO ~VW)'OV (or ll.vwyov), see 77 7, 4]. [ l'rt!sent forms O.vw)n and civw-y,Tov (al> if from dvw-yw) oc:cur; aho fut. civw~w, a. ,jvw~"-] l'uet.ic and

Ionic. ['A.,.-a.upci.CII, take away, not found in presrnt; imp. a>r>Jvpwv (as aor.); kindred forms are epic fut. ci1roup)<Tw, and aor. p:trt. ci1rovpa~, cilroupciJ.l.(vos.] l'oetic. ('A.,.a.cJ>crt<w (a,.a-), deceiw, -Trrrri.<tnJ<Ta (rare), 2 a. ~7r11ov, m. O]Jt. cinq\oip.>Jv]. l'<wtic. (6.) 'A11'EX80.vof.LC'-' (lxB-), bi: hated, (E-) a7rtxi!-IJ~op.o.c, a1!'1)XIi')J1.a<; 2 a. a11'1)X86J1.1)V. ],ate pres. a>rfx0oJ1.0.<. ( 5.) ['A,.opcr<, swept (l_(f, su!Jj. a11'oipcr!J, opt. a.,.o{pO'''' (only in 3 pers.). Epic. J 'A11'0KTvvi>f.L aJHI Uo>, f0rll\~ of a>rOKrtivw. SPe KTflvw. 'A.,.ciXP'h it su.fliccs, imptrson:-.1. See XP~"A11'Tw (ci-), tm11;h, ful, iiY,w, 11:-fop.a<; am. ~>fa, i]>j;ap.>Jv; pf. '>}Jl.p.a<; a. p. ij8'1 (s~<! io.8'1)- (3.) 'Apciop.a., J!?'a1/, tipdcr0/'-11<, 1}piicrciJ1.'1V 1 ~pii.p.a<. (Ion. cip1)<ToJ1.<1L 1 -IJpYJ<TaP..'JV. Ep. act. in f. cip>)p.tva.<, tu pmy.] 'Apa.pa-t<.., (ap- ), fit, npcra, ~p8>Jv; 2 p. 6.papa, [Ion. 6-p>Jpa, pip f. dp'l)p<( v) a!lU -ljp~p<<(v) ;) 2 a. {jpapov j i ll. lll. part, dpJ1.HOt (aS adj.), jil/ill!J. With fonn of Attic redupl. in pres. (61G). I'oetic. (6.) 'Apci.crCTCII or 6-pci.TTw ( cipa-y-), strike, apaw, ~po.~a., ?]pcix8'1 ( 4.) Apla-t<w ( ap(- ), please, ap{crw, i}p<cro., -ljp{cr0Y)V; ap/qop.o.<, 1}pCTclJL>JV. nan. (6.) [' ApTJp.lvo~, O]>p1esse.d, perf. pass. part.' Epic.) Apt<l ..., assist, ap<{crw, .;)pK!<Til. 133!l. 'App.6TTo>, pwt. <ip.,.otw (dpJ1.00), fit, a'pJ1.0<IW, ~PJl.OCTa c~uvcipJl.O~a Pind.), ~pp.O<Il (Aristot.), ~PJ1.0~J1.a<, ~pJL6crUT)v, fnt. p. d.pJl.ocr(ITjcroil-a<; a.. m.
~pJ1.0CTclJ1.>)V,

(4.)

Apvup.a. (&.p-), win, secure, fut. apovp.o.<, 2 a.-ljp6J1.'1 (dpop.'r/v). ChiPfly poetic. See arpw. (II.) 'Ap6C11, plouyh, i}pocra, [p. p. Ion. ap>lpop..a.<], -ljp60>Jv, G:1!l . Ap... ci.tw ( cip>ray- ), seize, cip-rrci.crw and ap>raCTOJl.a< [ ~P- cip>ra~w J' ~p>ra.cra [ ~p-rraa. ), ~p,-a" ~p-rracrJl." (!at~ ~p>ra.")'Jl.O.< ), ~p,.dcr01Jv [Hut.. ~p>ra x0'1 ), ri.p-rracr8>)crop..a.<, For the Attic form~, see 587. (4.) 'Ap\iw and <ipvTw, draw water, a.or. '>}pu<Ta, i]pu~ap..'f/~, i]pVO'f/v [ 1jpci~e'1v1 lou.]. 63!.1.

376

Al'l'ENDIX.

(1692

"Apx.w, beyin, rule, ap~w, ~pEa, (~pxa) ~P"fpo4L (mid.), ~pxii'IJV, d.pxll~tTOJ.LaL (Aristot.), ap~OJ.'<1l 1 ~p~d.j.LT]V. "Anrw and ~TTw : see O.irftrw. [' ATLTci.>.>.w (ar<raX- ), tend; aor. driT.,Xa. Epic and lyric.] (4.) A,',o.(vw (avav-) or a.uo.(vw; fut. avavw j aor. 'IJU'IJVa, 'IJMVO'IJV OJ' avavOI)v, avavfJ~tTOJ1o4L j fut. Jll. avavoup.o.t (as pass.). Augment 'l)V or au(flHl). Chiefly poetic and louie. (4.) A,',~6.vw or a.v~w (av~- ), iltcrease, ( t) avEJ)trw, av,t>]troJ.La<, .,;:,~IJtra, 'IJOEIJa, IJ;;~IJJ.'0.< 1 ')V~1)8')v, a.V~IJ81)troJ.La<. [Also Ion. pres. M,tw, illlpf. a<Eov.) (5.) ['A<j><i<r<rw (sec 582 and 587), feel, handle, aor. ~atra; used by Hdt. flll' dcpdw or adw.J ( 4.) 'A<i>-t'lf'' let gp, itllpf. at71v or >i<t>irtv (u44); fut. d>fww, etc. See the illfltoction of f'I!J.<, 8!0. (I.) ['A<j>v<ruw ( a.pvy- ), draw, pou1, dt;.\'w. l'oetic, chiefly epic. See auw. J (4.) ['Acj>uw, 1h-tzw, ~vtra, f,utrdwri Poetic, chiefly epic.] Ax.eo.,.a.<, be displtuserl, ( E) cixtlttroJ.La<, iJxllttr81)v, O.x8rtr81)trop.o.<. l"AxvVfi.O.L (ax), be tnml,[fll, itnpf. axVVJ.'IJV. l'oct.ic. (ll.) Alo;o ('jlje jll'('!;. li.X,OfJoa.L] S~l! cli<O.X,(tw. ["Aw, Sl/liatc, .f11w, ~11a; :.! aor. suhj. twwv (or lwwv), pr. inf. /ip.<vat, tr sati11tc ,m,~'s s<o/f. l\liJ. (aop.o.) aanu as fut.; f. &11o!J.a<, a. &11a p:ryv. Epic.]

B.
Bci.tw (f3a-y- ), sp~ak, utter, f3d~w, [ ep. pf. pass. ~~~a<Ta< ]. Poetic. (4 .) Bo.(vw (f3a.-, f3a.-), qo, fl-r,l1op.a<, f'lfJTJa, f:3lf3a!J.at, lf36.11')v (rare); 2 a. ({j'f/V (70(}) j 2 jlf., See 80! j r<\.Ill. epiC f{J'f/G'a!J.T)V (rare) and /f3'711b!J.rtP, 77i, 8. j In :1.ctive sense, CI1HsP to go, JlOet. f3i}trw, (fJIJG'a. See GIO. The sh,l)lle form is used in Attic prose only in t.he pres. and pnf. active. ( 5. 4.) Bci.>.Aw ({3a>.-, (:i>.a-), throw, f. [f3a>.lw] f3a>-.w, rarely (t) f3a>-.h1}rfw, {3{{3/..'la, (:it{3A-ryp.a.<, opt. o<a-f3r{3XijtJIIc (734), [epie fJ<{3bt..w;.a,], 1{3X-r,. 8rtv, f1XIJ{Ii}IJop.a< ; 2 a. <f3a>-.ov, 1{3aM!J.IJV; fut. Ill. fJa>..ouJ-La'; f. p. {3<{3/..~G'op.a<. [Epic, 2 :t. dual Evp.-(1Xi!r'1''; :2 a. m. lfJXi}J.LTJV 1 with sniJj. {j>-.i}na<, opt .. (:J'ATjo (IJ' {3'Atlo, ill f. (:J'Alj11llat, pt. fi'Ai}p.<vo<; fnt. ~UJ< f3'A7)trra<, pf. p. ,tii(:J'A'T}at.J (4.) B<i,.T< ({3a.<f>- ), tbp, {3afw, ({3afa, (3/{ja.p.J<a<, 1{30.>'1 and (poet.) 1{36.11'7; fnt. m. flcifo~<a.t. (3.) B<iuo<w (f3a.-), pot:tic forlll of f3alw, go. (6.) Ba.<rTcl.tw (see 587), raJTf/, {3a.G'r6.11w, 1(3d.G'Ta.l1a. (Later forms from st.e!ll f3a11ray-.) Poetic. ( 4.) B~<r<rw (fliJX), A tt. {1>)nw, COH[tlt, {31)~w, ;fJryEa. (4.) [B<I3'lfl.' (f3u- ), go, pr. part. fN:Jrt,. Epic.] (I.)

1692]

CATALOGUE OF VEHBS.

377

BL~pC:ocrKc.~ (fJpo- ), eat, pf. f3<{3pw<1oJ.La<] ; :t

p. {3{fJpwKa, {NppwJ.La<, ( 'f3pw8'rv; 2 a. t{ipwv; fut. p. part. pl. f3ff3pwus ( 804). [Hom. opt. {:3.(3pw-

8ocs.] (6.) BLow, live, f3<WI10J.La<, i{3iw11a. (rare), f3<{3iwKa., f3<{31wJ.La< ; 2 a. i{31wv ( 799)(For l{3cwu6.J.L'I, see {:3uf.>C1KOJ.LO.<.) BLwcrKol'-a.L ({3co-), revive, l{3cwuaJ.L7J, 1e.<l."red to life. ( 6.) B>..ci.,.Tw (fJ"AafJ- ), injure, {3"Ari.lfw, (fJXa>fa, f31{3"Aaa, f31f3"AaiJ.J.LO.<, lfi"il.d.8TJv; 2 a.. p. i{3Aci.{3T}v, 2 f. {3XafHJC10iJ.a.< ; fut. Ill. {3MfoJ.La<; [fut. pf. fJ<{J"il.d.ofOiJ.O.< Ion.]. (3.) B>.a.crTci.vw (fi"il.a.<JT), SJli'OUt, ( t-) f3>..a.uT1iaw, f3{3M<1-r7Ja. ami 'fJ"il.d.<!-rT)Ka. ( 524) ; 2 a. 1{:J>..a.u-rov. ( 5.) B>.l,..w, see, {311.!-fol-'a.' (lldt. <iva.-{3)\/y;w], rpx.;,a.. B>..(TTW or PMcrcrw (J.L<A<-r-, f3"Ac-r-, <lG), ta/;e lwnf.y, :wr. {3Xc<1a.. (4.) B>.wa-Kw (1-'0>..-, J.LAO, {3>..o-, GO), go, f. p.o"Aoiip.a.<, !J. p.ip.f3\wa., ~a. tl-'0>-.ov. Poetic. ( 6.) BoG.w, slwut, {3oi)<1oJ.La<, if36rwa.. (l<~n. (titcllt [io-), {3.lJuo;.w.c, <{3wua, lfiwud.J.Lf/V, (fUfJwJ.La<) f3<{'Jwp.lvos, lf3wu8f1v.J

Boa-ttw, je-.d, (t-) f3ou.-IJ<fw. Bou>.olla.L, will, wish, (augm. l{JouX- or iJ(3ou>..-); (f-) {3ouXi}aop.a, f3cfjou>--Y/J.La.<, lfio"il.-f)lh}v; [:l p. -rrpo-fJI{Jou>..a., Jll"I;Ji~l.] [Epic :-.!so f16XoJ.La.t.]
517.

[ (~pa.x), stem, with only 2 aor. (f3pa.x aud fipax<, 1'"--')111Hlcd. Bp(tw (sec 587), be drowsy, aor. t{Jp~>- l'<wtic. (4.) Bpt8~o~, /Je heavy, tJptuw, ffjpi11a., fU{Jp<Oa.. Hare in Attic prose.
[(~pox-),

Epk.)

stem, swaltuw, a or. t f3Ro~a. (opt. f:Jpo~m), :l :L)r. p. ava.fipox_<<; 2 pf. d.va.-{'Jif3pox, Jl.l7,54. El'ic] BpiixO.o.,.a.L (fJpvx-, Oull), rom, 2 p. f3lf3pix.a; lf3pvxTJuci.p.YJ; {:Jpux.>iO<Ls. Bvviw or ~vw ({Jv- ), stop up, {36uw, t;:Ju<1a., J31{3v11p.a. 007. Chiefly poetic. ( 5.)

r.
('l'J.L), mmry (said of a man), f. /'aJ.Lw, a. r"f7J)J.a, p. 'Y"td.J.LTJKa; p. p. -y.-yd.p.YJ)J.O.< (of a woman). }lid.!IHmy (c'f a wotuau), f. ')'aJ.LO;;p.ac, a. i-y7}p.a,u.YJ>. 054. Tnvulla.L, 1ejoice, [epk fut. -ya.vuuuo,u.a<.] Cltit'/ly pot:ti.:. (II.) Tiywva. ( -ywv-), 2 perf. as pres., shr,ut, suo. "f<')'.IJvw, itnper. -yl-ywv<. [cp. inf. -y<-ywvl,u.o, pan. -y.-ywvw<; ~ plpf. (-y.-ywv, wirlt hl."tw>< and I sing. l-yn.IJvwv for -wv (777, 4).) Dtrivrd prrs. -y<"fwvlw, w. fut. /'<')'wv-f)uw, a. {-y.-ywvT}ua.. Chiefly jlcll'tk. l'tvsr.nt ::tlso -y.-yw V[<!KW. (6.) rdVOjlCI.L ('YfV), 0' 1IOI'n; a. /-y<tVri.J.L'!)Y, bi!Jal. (4.)
fl).6.w, laugh, "'{<Ad.flOJ.LO.<, {-y{Xa.ua, {-y(Xd.u8f/v. [TiVTo, seized, epic 2 ~wr., fl. 18, 476.]
o::l9,
Ta.jllc.~

378

APPENDIX.

[1692

r'l9iw (nO-), rejoice, [n!J-?<rw, l-y-?IJ"f/<Ta ;] 2 p. 'Yh"f/Oa. (as pres.). 6f>4, r'Jpn<rKW and 'Y1Jp0.w ('Y"f/PO. ), !JI'OUJ old, "(Y}pd<rw and "(Y}pti<TOf-'0.1 1 {-yiJpii.<Ta., -yqljpaa (am uld); :i a. (7llfl), iuf. 'Y"f/pdvaa, [Hom. pt. "f'lptis]. (6.) r(y~OJ'-O.L a!llJ 'YlVOJ'-O.L ('Ycv-) 1 IJCCutne (65 J) 1 "ftv-?<TOf-'0.1, "("({ VYJ!J.IJ.a, [ l-y(V-fJ/I"f/v Dur. and I on.], -r'IOiwof.'Oo (rare); 2 a. l-ycv6JJ.Y1 [epic -ylvTo for l-ylvcTo); 2 p. -yfyova, am (for -yey6.<i<n, 'Y<-rws, and otller !-'-forms, Mec 804). rL'YVW<rKW ( -yvo- ), nosco, know, "(VW170p.a<, [ Hrlt. av-l-yvwua,] r-yvwKa., {-yvw<Tp.aa, l-yvw<TIJ']v; 2 a. {-yvwv, perceived (7(1!!). I ollie aud late Attic -yivw<T<w. (6.) r>..ucju, cut, gl'avc, [lv-1-y:>-ufa, Hdt., 1-y:>-viftci.JJ.Y}V, Theoc.,] -yl-y>.vp.p.al and f"(AVjJ.jJ.O.I (524). rvci.J'-'Ir'TW (-yva,u.1T- ), bend, -yvri.,u.fw, [r-yva.l'-fa, l-yva,u.q'>O"f/v.] Poetic, chiefly eptc. (3.) [roO.w (-yo-, 65G), bewail, 2 a. -y6ov, only tpic in activt. Mid. -yori.o!J.IJ.<, poetic:, epic f. -yo-fJuop.a.<.] rpci.<j>w, tl!rite, -ypri.l{tw, {-ypu.l{ta., -y(-ypa.pa, -ylypa.Jl.JL0.< 1 2 a. p. lyprf.<fJ'f/V ( i-ypci.011 is not cla%ic) ; 2 f. p. -ypa.<f>TJ<TOf.'Oo' ; fut. pf. -y<ypriiftoJL11<,

a. m. i"(pu.>frip:')v.
rputw ( ypuy-) I f!l'Unt, -ypli~w and -ypu~o!J.fJ,<, hpu~a.. Chiefly poetic. (4.)
I:J.. [(Sa.-), st<nl, teach, learn, uo pres., (-) ~a-?<Top.a<, o<Oci.'fiKa, o<Ori.Y}JLfll; ~ a. 111. (?) inf. ~<Ociao-Oa.<; ~ pf. J!L ~<6aws (804); 2 a. toaov or 6loo.ov, tauylit; 2 a. p. iM11v, leamcd. Hom. 51}w, shall find.] l'uetic, clidly epie. [I:J.a.<6aJ.>.w ( 6o.a6a.A-), derk out, ornament, cpiP- and lyric. Pin dar has pf. p.' J>:llt. o<OaOo.AJ.Llvos, a. pt. ~a.~a.>-Od5; abo f. inf. ~a<oa.>.wo-l}J.fv, frulll ~ttm in o- (.>ec fl:>fl).] (4.) [I:J.a.ttw (oo.i-y- ), 1'e'1d, oa.i~w, loa,~a., odiaiyJLa<, loatxiJ'I Epic and lyric.. ] (4.) Aa.(vvl'-' (~a<-), entertain, ~aluw, (~a<<Ta, ((~alo-IJ>)v) oa.<o-8<15. [Epic ~o.lvl,, imp!. and pr. imperat.] Mid. oo.lvUfLa<, feast, ou.lO"OfLO.<, (Oalcrci}J.'Y]V: ( tpk

pr. upt.. OauVTo for Oatvvt-To, Oa.lvGa.T' for Oa.u'Uta.;o

(777,3): see734.) (II.) Aa.!ol-'a.' ( 6o.<T-, oa<T<-, oa<-, 002), divide, [epic f. M<Top.a., J a. l~o.O"aJ-1'1" pf. p. O<oaff!"a< [q.>ic Moa.Jl.a.]. (4.) Sec alo;o 6o.,.lol-'a.. I:J.a.!w (oar, oar-, oa.<-, 002 ), kindle, [epic 2 p. M~"f/o., 2 pip f. 3 pers. ~l>lv; 2 a. (ioo.OJl."f/) subj. 3<i1)Ta.<.] Poetic. (4.) I:J.ci.Kvw (~'7<-, ~o.<- ), bite, o~Eop.a<, Oto'fi"(Jl.a<, ~~~XIJ"f/v, O>Jx!Jf)uop.a<; 2 a. (QO.KOV. ( 5. 2.) I:J.O.I'-"'11-'' (f.Ofl) and Sa.l'-vO.w (oa.JJ.-, op.a.-, oaJLa-), also pres. 6~~ot'O.t., (5b7), tame, subdue, [fut. ~a}'oci.uw, oa.Jl.riw, Oa.JLw (with Hom. ~a.,d'h

1692]

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

379

6a.,.bw<T<), a. lo&p.a.ua., p. p. lilop.Tfp.a<, a. p. lop.~0>7v] and loap.d.ull.,v; [2 a. p.loap.'1V (with O<iJ.Uv); fut. pf. O<Op.1}uop.aL; fut. m. oa.p.<{uop.a.<,] a. loa.p.aurip.TJV. In Atth: prose only oa.p.<i)w, loap.<iui!T}V, ioap.au<ip.>]V. G05,2. (5. 4.) Aa.pMvw (6apt1-), sleep, 2 a. tliapliov, poet. 1opa.t1ov; (l) p. <aTao<oapli'IJKW<. Only in comp. (usu:1.lly KaTa-oa.p86.vw, except 2 aor.). (5.) Acr.TiOf'ClL, divide, W. irre~. OaTta<T8aL (?). See oalop.aL. [.O.tllf'o.L, appeal, 0uly iu impf. OlaTo 1 Od.l3, 242.] .0.45Lil, jea1': see Moo<Ka . .O.lSoKa., pr-rf. as pres. (or-, oro<, Of<, 3!), [epic o<looo;a,] jcm. [Epic fuL. li<iuop.a<,] a. to<Ta; 2 pf. Mota [epic o<io<a,] for full
f<>rms se~ 804.
~t'e

. olov, ole, feared, fled. 5i<p.a<. (2.)

ii2z (IJ). LFrom stem Of' Ilomrr forms impf. J [Epic prc,.;ent 5E15w, fi,(l)'.] :Sec also

At!Kvilf' (om-), shuw: for synopsi~ and intlecti<>u, st~e 504, [)O(i, and 50(!. [Ion. (oa-), 0/~w, Hc~a., 016<-yp.a<, UUx8YJ loc~<i.~-<'1] Epic pf. m. oioqp.a< (for M~<yp.a.<), arcet, probably ct>mes from another stem o<K-. (II.) (Ail'"' (o<p., op.<), build, (oi-<a, Uop.'1J.<a<, i6p.a!J.'1] Chiefly Iunic . .O.lpocol'a., see, Uilpx0'1; 2 a. <opa<ov, (iopci.<'J) opa.<ir (il4fl, :! ; G4G); 2 p. MoopKa (043). l'oetic . .O.lpw, flay, o<pw, r5E<pa, Oloa.p)J.a; 2 a. ocl.p'7v. Jollie and poPtic abo Sop., (o<p). (4.) AtXO!-LCLI, ?"C'-ei~:c, U(op.a<, Olkyp.a.< [Hom. otxaTaL for O<olxaTa<], tMxiJt]v, oc~6.p.>7v; [:.! a. m., chiefly epic, iUyl-''1, MKTo, imp~r. M(o
(7fliJ, 1), inf. Ux!Ja,, part. My)J.<vo~ (sometime.; a~ prt>s.).] Aiw, bind, o-f}uw, (o')ua, MoEKa (rarely Mo>7Ka.), oio<l'a, IOltlt]v, oc01} uo)J.a< ; fut. pf. o<of!uoJJoa, a. Ill. ill')ua).L'JV. Aiw, U'allt, ?lecrl, ( (-) o<1}uw, IJlt]<Ta [ ep. fO')<Ta,] odil')Ka, O<Ol')p.O.I, lki!J'1 Mid. Mo).La<, ask, o<1}<Top.a.<. From epic stlm l>fl- (-) come [ioni>7<Ta, Orl. !1, 540, nnd o<vol-'a<, l>w1}<To)J.a<.] Impersonal Sot, tlthtt, thCl'e is ?!ftd, (Oil C) uuyht, o<1J<T, N!it]fJ<. [A'Jp<&.o.r, net. rare (3'7P, lifl(l), coHtcnd, aor. lo-f}pi<Ta (Theoc.), aor. p. OYJplvll')v as mirl<llt> (JlOJn.). Mi<l. 0'7P"io)J.a' ami ot]ptop.a, as act., O'Jpt~op.a.< (Thcoc.), i~'IP'"d.I-'YJ' (lltm.).] Epie an<l lyric. [Aijw, r'pic present with future meaning, ~halljind.J St-P (So.-) . .0.LO.<T<iw, mbit1atc, w. donhh> augment. in prrf. and plpf. ann ill eompounds ( .:i43 and iiH); l>ta<T>)<Tw, O<:iT'J<Ta ( a.,..,oqfrt]<Ta ), l>ot?iT'1Ka, OfO<rfT'JJJ.U<, O<?JTf!IJt]v (l~<O<!IriJO'lv, latr,); O<acT1}<Top.a.<, Ka.T<0<!1T'1<T<ip.'1v. dLcilcoviw, minisli'r, lo<aK6vovv; ociiKov"lj<TW (n.or. inf. O<ii<ovfiua), OfOICt 6v')!J.a<, io<iiKov1}fJ'Jv. Later n.nd doubtful (poetic) earlier forms with augment a,'7_ or o<o<'l See ii43. A6o!.aocw (o<oax), for li<oax<TKW (G17), teach, ou~a~w, lollia~a [epic

380
lo~acr<'IJ<T<l

Al'PENDIX.

[1692

J,

ot~l~C1X<1, oE~I~Cl')'P.<l<, ~~MxOYJ; li<o&.(op.u.<, l~ou.tciJL'lv.

See stem !ia.-. (6.) ~L61Jf1.' l;ind, chiefly pnt,tic form for Mw. (I.) ~lip<ia-Kw ( <lpa.-), only in comp., run away, -~ptfcroJLu.<, -01/ipii<<l ; 2 a. -iopiiv [I on. -f'lip>J ], -opw, -lipu.L.,v, -opS.a., -opct.s (7\J!J). (6.) ~(6"'f1.' (oo- ), give, owcrw, fow<a., 3/JwK<l, etc.; see synopsis alHl inflection in GU4, 5U(i, and 500. [ Ep. obp.Eva. or ob!Lfv for oov><l<, fut, /i,owcrw for owcrw.] (I.) ~ltfl.a. ( ou- ), be frightened, flee (7!l4, 1), in f. Oltcril<l<, to flee or to drive (chase); olwl"a' and owli"YJ (cf. .;.;vwp.<u 7:W, and nllo(p.>J 741), chase, part. ot6p.,vJs, chasing. Impf. act. iv-liit<T<lv, set 011 (of dogs), ll.l8, 584. (I.) [~t'll'-a., seek. with YJ for t in present; liNcro}"a<, lli<fYJcr&.p.>Jv. Ionic and po~tir-.] (I.) [ (6K- ), st<'m, with 2 aor. ro,<ov, thnw, cast. In Pinda.r and the trag(:d i ans.] ~uj.ciw, thirst, li<Y,r)crw, 10/fI<Ta.. Sec 4tl6, ~oKiw (oo<), seem, think, ob~w, ioo~a., Oloo-yp.a<, lobx_ll'l} (rare). Poetic lio<-.jcrw, lob<>Jcra., ~,o6<>J<a., o'lib<YJJLa.<, i~o<'IWYJ. Impersonal, 6oKti, it seems, etc. ()54, ~ouwiw ( ~ou.-- ), sound ltet~vily, l~olr~rYJ<T<l [epic ~o.n.-Y)cra. and (in tme~is) (,-,.-yoolrlrYJ<Ta, 2 pf Oloou,-a, lioou.-ws, fi~llen.] Chiefly IJLWtic. tl54. ~pn<r<TOfo'IU or !ipcirrofo'a. ( opa-y-), grasp, aur. llipa~d.p.>Jv, pf. ~~~pa -yp.a<. (4.) ~p6.w, do, opdcrw, Hpiicra, OllJpii.<a, MlipaJLC<<, (rarely Mopiicrp.a.<), (Uipdull'lv) opiil!llfil.
~>iva.,.a.,

tJ-!0.

be alllt, angm. i5uv- an<l 'ljouv- (vl7) ; 2 p. sing. pres. (poet.) OVVI' (Ion. ovvu], imp f. iovvacro or iovvw (63~) ; ouvi}uop.a<, 00VV'I}p.C1<, iouvr'!IITI (iouvricr0'1}v, chictly louie), [epic iouv'l}l!d.p.YJ] (I.) ~.iw, enter or cause tu enter, and 5ovw (bu-), enter; o611w, toil11a, liiov<a, bioup.at, iO<'II'Iv, f. p. ouO-/wop.a<; 2 a. tovv, inflected 50(): ~ee f>04 and 7!19: f. m. o~crop.a<, a. 1n. loill1riJLYJ [ep. loi,cr6JLYJ (777, 8)]. (5.)

E.
['EO.<j>9'1 (II. 13. 543 ; 1~, 41 \1), aor. pass. commonly referred to ii>rTW; also to -rrop.a< and to ici..-rw.] 'Eciw [epic <law J, J)Prmit, U.crw, <Ciicra [ ep. (iiua ], diiKa, t(iiJLa<, ddiiYJ; U.!!op.a< (as pass.). For augment, see 537. 'Eyyuci.w, pledge, brt1oth, augm. ~-y-yu- or lv,-yu- ( i-y-yryu- ), see 543; 644. 'Ey(pw ( i-ycp-), J'a ise, J'ouse, i-y<pw, ~-ynpa, l-yr)-ytpp.a.<, 'lj-yip0t]v ; 2 P i-ypr)-yopa, am awake [Hom. i-yp1)-y6pllii.cr, (for -6pii.u,), imper. l-yp-1)"fDpllt (for -6pan), inf. i"(pr)-yoplla or -bplla.<]; 2 a.m. T,-ypbJJ.ti [ep. l-ypOp.YJv]. (4.)

1692]

CATALOGVE OF VERBS.

381

"ESw, eat, (poetic, chiefly epic, present): see lcrec... "Etof1cu, (lo- for cr~o-; cf. sed-eo), sit, [fut. inf. l.if>-lcrcr~crfJa., (Hom.);] aor. <i<ra!J.1J [epic i<r<ra!J. 11 v and h<r<ra.u'l~ ]. [Active aor. ~rcra. and lcrcra. (Hom.).] 8li. Chietly poetic. (4.) See ttw and Ko.8itof1'"' 'E8tAOI and 8l>..w, Wish, imp. ~O<l.ov j ( t) l.fJ<l.~<rw Or 8<l.f]crw, ~(J{)..'r)cra., 1]0I>..7JKa.. 'E8i>.w is the more common form except in the tragic trimeter. Impf. always ~o,>..ov; aor. (prol.Jably) always 7]81.>..1Jcra., but subj. etc. UJ<A'Ijcrw and 0<'A1]<rw, M<>..>Jcra.< and O<>..ij<ra.<, etc. 'E8Ctw (see 587), accustom, itJ!<rw, .ro,cra., .re,n, .ro,cr!J.a.<, <l0cr01J~ The root is "f<O (see 537). (4.) ["E8<o~v, Hom pres. part.) : see <Yw8a.. EtSov (16-, f'O- ), vid-i, 2 aor., saw, no present (see 639): row, roo<.u<, Co< or 101, lo~rv, /owv. Mid. (chiefly poet.) ,rsofl<LL, seem, [ ep. lcraJ-1:'1 and io-- ;] 2 a. <io6p.'7v (in prose rare and only in comp.), saw, = doov. Ot!la. (2 pf. as pres.), know, pip. vo11, knew, f. <rcro~-<a.<; see 820. (8.) E!Kutw (see 587), make like, <YKajov or v~<ajov, <lKci.<rw, <(Kacra or jjKa.lTC1 1 dKa.o-1-'a.< or ;i<a<r!J.a.<, <iKa<r07]v, dKa<rO-f]qop.a<. (4.) (EtKw) not used in pre~. (<i<-, iK- ), resemble, appeal', imp. dKov, f. d{w (rare), 2 p. iouco. [Ion. oYa] (with lo<'Yi-1<, [li<Tov,] <!~cicr<, <iKiva.<, ~IKws, chiefly poetic) ; 2 pip. NKYJ [with i<'KT'tJ> ]. Impersonal ioLKf, it seems, etc. For loa, see 537, 2. (2.) (Et>..iw (0.-, <IX-), press, roll (1354), aor. t>..cra, pf. p. r,>.p.a.<, 2 aor. p. ia>.."'v or 6.>.."1 w. inf. d>..'lj~a.<. l'res. pass. <t>..oi-'0-' Epic. Hdt. ha..<; (in comp.) -<(A1J<ra, -<(A"'p.a<, -<i"Af]Ot)v. Pin d. has pip f. l6"A~<.) The Attic has <<>-lol-'0-' and <t>.>..w or .r>..>..w. 598. See t>..>..w (4.) Elfll, be, and Elfl' go. :See 800-809. Et..-ov (<i,--), said, [epic (n,-ov], 2 aor., no present; ~r,.w, ~r,.o''"'' l1rl, <ln<v, ~l7rwv; I aor. <i,-a. [poet. t,-a.,] (opt. d,-a'~-'' imper ~i,.ov or ~l,-6v, inf. ,y,.a.,, pt . r,.cis), [Hdt. d,--n,-d.p."']. Other tenses are supplied by a stem lp-, i> (for f<p-, FP<) : [Hom. pres. (rare) etpw ], f. iplw, lpw; p. <tpYJ<a., <(p1Jp.a< (522); a. p. lpp~OYJv, rarely lpp!01Jv [Io21. <ip{O'lv) ; fut. pass. p'IIJ-Iwop.a.< ; fut. pf. <ip-l}cro~-~0-<- See
lvl..-w. (8.) E'1p-yvvi'-L and tlp-yvu.,, a.ho etp-yw (dp-y-), shut in; <pw, <ipa., ~Tp"{p.at, ~rpxO"' Also ip-yw, i'p~w, i'pi;a, [Hom. (<p"fp.O.<J 3 pl. (pxa.Ta.< w. plpf. lpxa.To, lpxli11]. (II.)
Erp-yw, shut uut, ttp~w, tipi;a, ip-yp.a.<, <YpxO.,v; <rpi;o1-1a<. Also [ip-yw, -lpi;a, -(p-yi-10-<, Ionic]; lp~Oi-10-< (Soph.). [Epic aiS(' Up-yw.]

[Etpop.a. (Ion.), ask, fut. (l) dp"ljcroi-'0-' See ipol'-a.L.] [Etpw (lp-), say, epic in present.) See ,t,.ov. (4.) Efpw (ip-), sero, joi,z, a. -.lpa. [Ion. -(pcra.], p. lpKa., flpl'a.' [epic lfpf-'4]. Rare except in compos. (4.)

382

APPENDIX.

(1692

['EtcrK<o~ (ii"< ), like11, Compare, (f1J 7) ; poetiC, Chiefly epic: pres. also r<rxw.] 617. Tipou-"lji~<u, art like, [and epic ~i-no or (<KTo], sometimes referred to d<w. Sec <tw. (6.)

Eto>Oa. [Ionic twOa] (1]8- for <TfTJO-, 537, 2, and 080), 2 perf., am aaustomed, 2 plpf. tlwll'l. [Hom. has pres. act. part. f'Owv.] (2.) 'EKKAlJ<ruit.. , call an assembly; augm. ~A 'I and i;<<ATJ (54:3). 'E:\a..lvo>, for 1>-a-vu-w (G 12), poetic l>-ciw (iXa- ), drive, march, fut. ((Mo-w) IXw (GG5, 2) [epic lAcio-uw, l>-6w ;] ~Aa<ra, 1>->]X<t<a, lh>JAap.al [Ion. and late iX1]Xa<rp.a1, !low. plup. lATJ'Aloo.ro], ~MO>)v,
~?..a<raJi.'l"

( 5.)

'EAE'fX"' confute, 1?.-t-y~w, ~>-<-y~o., l?..-f]?..qJ-1-1 (487, 2), ~>-{"'(xllrw, 0'-E"'f

x_O-fJ<rOJi.O.I.

'E:\crcr"' all!! fLA(crcrw (l?..uo:-), 1"0/1, iXI~w and El'AI~w, EiA<ta, EIAI")'J-1-<, <i>-lxli'1v.' [Epic aor. mid. <>-~~ciJJ.'l] (4.) "EAocw (late cAKIJw), pull, n'ew (Ion. and late Att. IA<v<rw), <fA<u<ra,
LXKU(a, ihKUUJ.La.t, i'AKVCT81]v.

5:17.

'EX-rrt.., (t'?..nil- ), hope, aor. ~>.,.,o-a ; aor. p. part. l"hrn<rOlv. ( 4.) ["EA-rrw, cause tv hope, 2 p. toAn-o., hn}'c; 2 plpf. iwA-rrflv (3 pcrs. sing.). 04:3. Mid. <A-rroJJ.al, hope, Jil;e Attic i'A-rrllw. Epic.] 'EI'-i"', vomit, fut. iJJ.w (rare), lJJ.oiip.a<; aor. ~1-'uro.. 639. 'Eva.(po> (lva.p-), kill, 2 a. ~vapov. [Hom. a.m. lv-fJparo.] Ptietic. (4.) 'Evt,-w (lv aurl stem u<-rr) or tvvE-rrO), say, tell, [ ep. f. lvt-<r'll"~<rw (<r<"ll") and lvlfw ;] 2 a. fvi-<T11"ov, w. impel". tV<O""II"< [ep. lvlu,-n], 2 pl. t,.,-,H (for lv-o-lf<T<), iuf. iv<<rlf<tv [t\)l. <Ji.<>]. Poetic. See i,.ov. 'EvL'II"TO) (lv<-rr- ), chide, [epic also ivlU<rw, 2 a. lv{vi-rrov antl >ivi-rra~rov (535). (3.) "Evviip. (<- for fE<r ), ves-tio, clothe, pres. act. o11ly in comp.; [f. f<ro-w, a. tu'a-a, i<r<raJi.">JV or ir<r; pf. f<rJJ.al or ElJJ.al,] dJJ.{vos in trag. In comp. -fcrw, -f<ra, -lo-ciJJ."'I" Chictly epic: ci.wt"lvvvJi.< is tile common form iu prose. (II.) 'Evox:\.iw, hanzss, w. doul.Jle augment (544); -l]vwxllouv, lvox'A-fJ<rw,
~VW"X_A')Ua,

-l]vw).:A')Ji.O.I.

"EoKa, seem, 2 perfect: see <fKw. 'EopT6.tw (see 587), Jon. oprd.l;w, ker:p Je.>U:ral j impf. c.JJpratov (538). (4.) 'E'II"-a.vp(O) and t-rr-a.up(<TKw ( o.up), both rare, cnjvy, [2 a. Dor. and ep. hra"pov; f. m. l"ll"atp'lj<roJi.a<,] a. hrT)vpci.Ji.')V, 2 a. i-rr')up6p.T)v. Chiefly poetic. ilf>4. (6.) ['E'If-<vi}vo8<, defect. 2 pf., sit ()1!, lie on; ;t]so <L~ 2 plpf. (777, 4). Epic.) See ci.v>jvo8<. 'E,-(crTa.p.a., 1tncle1stand, 2 p. ~ing:. (poet.) i-rrlo-r11 [Ion. (,-lo-Tfa<, J illlp. -.jrttTTUJi.l)V, 2 Jl. Sing. -.j1I"(O"TO.O"O Of -1}1riO"TW (632); f. {l!"<O"r-.j<rOJi.0-1, a. 1j"ll"<<rr-rjli'7 (Not to be confoundr!d with forms of l<t>l<rr')p.<.) (I.)

161!~]

CATALOGUE OF VEHBS.

383

u~ aftcl or busy with, imp. ,t... ov (poet. lll"ov); f. -lt/;w, 2. a. -riT ... ov (fur i-(f<tro), n. p. ll"Ep<-i<P81Jv (lldt.): active chiefly louie or puetic, and in c<)lllj)li~.J Mid. (-rrol'o.' [poet. t",.O!Ul<], follow, f. i!>fol-<a<; ~ a. i",.hp.YJv, rar..Jy Jl<letic -iiTTrOiJ.TJ>, ul!"w!-<a<, etc., W. imp. (o.-.Zo (_fOl' OTrEo),J nov. b(i j iiJ7, ~'Eptiw, love, i]pd.uiJYJv, ipa.ITIHJITO!J.a<, [>ipautip.YJv (epk)]. Poetic preo. lp11!-'11', illl]l. i}pd.p.>Jv. (1.) 'Epytitop.o., 1.1.1<11"1.:, du, aUf!;lll. Et"p- (0~7); i,,,d.iTo!Ul<, dp-yaiT!Ul<, <ip'yci

["E'II"w (cwr- ),

IT()YJv, Eip'yaOriJJ.'11', ip(u.olli!<TO!J.OI.

iitli.

(4.)

"Epyw and ip)'w: S<'l' t<p-yvV!J.< (<i'p-yw) <tltd <ip-yw. "EpSw and ipSw, Wu1k, do, probaiJ!y for lpi;-t. =c. ptiw (hy metaliH:sis): t.IW SlPill iti f<py (X<'e [);~ll_), wh<ll~t' fp<";, jwy j fut. op~w, a. l'p~a, [l<Jll. 2 pf. <opya, ~ pl!'f. lop-y<a.] louie :tlld J>lWtic. l:i<< pl~w. 'Ep,(Sw, j)J'!Jl, lptluw (hter), ~pwru., [~pEmt, lp-fJpnUJJ.a<, witll lp>!ploara< a11d aro, 777, :J,] i)p<iiT0YJI' j ipEl/TO!J.OI (Arist.ot..), TJp<I<Trl!J.YJV, 'Ep,(O<w ( ipw.:-, ip<K ), tr<ar, l111r~t, ~p~a, lp-fJp<"fiJ.<, 2 a. ~p,.ov. louie <UHl po<tie. (2.) 'EpE(-rrw ( ip<<Tr, lpm- ), tl11ow dliW/1, ip<l>fw, [ ~p<t>fa, 2 pf. lpf]p<-rra, hm:c )i11/W, Jl. p, 'p~p<j.J.!J.O< ([J[pf. {pipc-rrro, lf<>111.), ~ a. -iip<-rrov, ~pl1TYJV, a. 111. d.vT)pcc{d.fl-'1" (ll<llll.)], n. p. i}pflq;O'I]v. (2.) 'Epio-o-w (lpr-), .'trikf., row, [<'p. aur. -iip<oa.J GS~. (4.) ['Ep5a.(vw, r.ontend, for lpil;w; aor. m. i11f. lpii5iJITao0a.<. Epic.] 'Eptw (ip<i5-), contmul, ~p<ITa, [ f]p<<TriJJ.1'' vpir:.) ( 4.) "Epofl>O.' ( ran or ?) , [I u11. tl:pofl>a., <'P lplw or iplofl>O.' J, fnr the Attic lpwTd.w, ask, fut. () i.p>juo!J.a< [Ion. <ip-fJITDfi.<], 2 a. i]p6p..YJP. See t(pol-'a.. "Ep-rrw, c1eep, it:ap, <ip-rrov; fut. ~po/;w. Poetic. [>3fl. "Eppw, {/0 tr, desti'UCtion, () lpp-ljuw, ~pp'}Oa, <io-{Jpp'1J<O.. Epuy-y6.vo> (fpv-y- ), eruct, 2 a. i;pv-yov. (5.) [Inn. lp6-yo!J.a.<, lpn/~o;.ta<. (2.) J 'EpvO<w, hlild bad, [P.Jl. f.lp~~w] ~pu~a, [ep. 2 a. f]pDKa<ov.] ['Epuw am! Elpuw, d1aw, fut. lpuw, :tor. <fpvoa and tpuoa, pf. p. fpvp..a< and .tpvo!J.a<, !11itl. lpi>op.a (v) and tlpuop.a., take unr/el' one's protection, (pt;aoj.J(l( nnd t:ip,;uoJJ.at, ipt~CJd.J.L"'IV a.ud dpuqd.p.71v; wit]J H OJU. p.<-fon11s of pre~. aml itu}lf. <iptara< (3 pl.), <pviTo, ipvro au<! <(puro, t[pvvTo, fplluOat \llld dpi..Jff80.{, Epic.] u:~D. ~eo PVoJ!O.l.. "Epxop.cu (lpx_-, IX"R-, lXvB-, 0..8- ), un, cume, f. lX<uooJJ.a< (Ion. and puH.), ~ pf. l'/..i]).v8a [t':p. {X,jXovtJa :w<..l <i\-fJ).o,,Oa], 2 a. ~Mov (poH. -ii).v8ov): Sl't< :H. h1 Attieprnse, <i!J.' is used f0r l'/..d,ooiJ.a< (12-57). (8.) 'E0"6(w, <1-lsn poetic t0"6w am! (Sw (lo8-, Ia-, a!'), eriu, eat, fut. t~o!J.a<, p, l~-Y,i5oKa, l~iJo<uJJ.a<, [rp.li5-i]oo!J.a<], f]51~8TJv; 2 a.<rpa-yo"; (epic pres. inf. <oiJ.Ev<; 2 perf. part. li5')bok] (8.) 'EcrT6.w, feast, augment <lun- (&37).

384

APPENDIX.

[1692

Ei!6w, slee)J, impf. <Mov or 7)u3ov (5l!l), (t-) <uoi}11w, [ -tiio'711a]. Com. monly in Ka.8-t~6... 658, 1. EvtpytTtw, do good, <VW'f<Ti)uw, etc., regular: sometimes augmented <VYJP'f (545, 1 ). EupcrK"' (<UP-), finrl, ( t-) tup-f)uw, 1/VPT/<a, YJVPT/J.<O.I, YJvpliJYJ, <Vp<!Jf/IToJA.a1 ; 2 a. 1/Upov, 1)Vp6J.L11 (j~(J (b). Often found with augment w- (519). (6.) Ev+pa.v., ( <vpav- ), cheer, f. <u!f>pavw; a. 11vpii.va., [Ion. also <vp1fva ;] a. p. 1)Vpci.v!JYJv, f. p. <Vpav8-f)uoJ.<al; f. 111. d"ppa.voup.a.1. 5lll. (4.) 'Ex8a.(p., (<x!Ja.p-), hate, f. lx!JapoiiJ.<al, a. ~x&11pa. (4.) "Ex"' (aq-), have, imp. <lxov (530); ci;w or 11x_i]11w (ux<-), ~"X'Ia, 11x>uJ.a1, '"xl!J.,v (chiefly Ion.); 2 a. tuxov (for i-er<x-ov), erx.;,, tTx_ot,. and -11xo'ip.1, erxls, erx<'iv, erx_wv; poet. <erx<!Jov etc. (77!l). [llozn. pf. part. au-ox_o<ws for o<-vx-ws (G4:); 5\W), plpf. br-wx_a-.-o, 1oere shut, ll. 12, 340.] Mid. ixo1-1a., clht[l tu, lEoJ.Lal and 11)(-f)CJoJA.a,
lerx_bp.YJV.

"E>jl .. , cook, (-) f. r>{top.a1 and l>{t-l,erop.a1, ifi]erw (rare), a. [~>/tYJJ.<a, ~fiJ8YJv.J G58, 1.

~f11era.,

z.
Zci.., liv~, W. \iir, jf., etc. (4!)()), impf. <jwv and ~!;YJ j !;i)erw, !1\ero!'al, (i'(YJ<Ta, E(T)a, Iuter). Ion. !;ww. Ztvyviil'- (l<u-y-, !V-y-, cf. ju~-unt), yoke, \nii;w, tjwi;a, (j<u-yp.a, ljtv xOYJ; 2 a. p. i\ol-nv. (2. II.) Zl .. , l>oil (poet. ttl.,), jluw, (<era., [-t\<11/Lal lon.J. 639. Zwvvvp. (!;w-), yinl, <twua, il"werp.a aud (jwl-'a, i!wud.I-'YJ" (II.)

H.
'Hj3<io-Kw ("f3a-), crnne to ma11hood, with ~J36.w, be at manhood: ~{3-I,<Tw, ~tiwa, ~i"h!a. ( 4.) 'HyEpl6of1a.L, ue <'Oiler;tr:d, pvc Lie passive form of a"y<ipw ( a-y<p-) : oee 7711. Fount! nnly iu S pl. iJ/'<p!OovTal, with the subj., and iufin.,
rl.lltf

i)-yfp(8VVTO.

"H5oj-LO.L, be pleasctl; aor. p. ;;u8YJv, f. p. "ere>)uo!-'-al, laor. m. ~eraTo, Od. \1, :\5:;. J The act. ~6w w. impf. ~oov, <1-0r >]era, occurs very rarely. 'HEpE90j-LO.I, l>e ,-aised, pur tic pa$Sivc of cl.<ipw ( a<p-) : ~~e 77fl. Found only iu 3 pl. iJ<piOovTat (impf. -TJ<pi8ovTo is late). H1-1a., sit : see 8!4. 'HI-', say, chiefly in imperf. ~. o' l-yw, said I, and >J o' or, said he (102::\, 2). [Epic~ (alone), he said.] 'HI-'1, !say, is c:olloquiul. 'HI-'""' bow, sink, aor. ii!-'-uua, [pf. inr-<1-'v->)p.u<< (fur lwYJI-'VK<, 6lW) Hom.) l'uctic, chiefly epic.

1692]

CATALOGUE OF VERB&

385

e.
94>.>."' (8<I'A), llloom, [2 perf. -rlii'TJ)..<I (as present)]. (4.) [i3ciofloa., gaze at, admire, Doric for Oao!'a, Jon. 0'T]Iop.a.; Orirrop.a. and
OO.rrov!'<I<, <BarrO.I''tJ (Hom. opt. ll't)rrala. .,.).]

[i34ol-'a., milk, inf. O~rrOa., aor. iO'T]rrO.I''fJ Epic.] 8co.'ll'- or Ta."'-, stern: see o'tJ,. ea.'II'TOI ( -ra.cp- for 6a.cp- ), /Jury, 8alj-w, t8a..j,a, Tf8a.p.p.a1, [Ton. t'OO.cpOryv, rare;]
2 a. p. 1-rO.rprw; 2 fut. -rarp~rrol-'a; fut. pf. HIIO.,Yop.a.<. 95, 5. (3.) (sec 5tj7), wonder, 8aup.d.rrop.a' (9auJJ.&.ITw ?), l8aUI-larJa, TtOatp.a.Ka, 18aup.aCT8ryv, Oa.up.a.rrOnrrop.a.<. (4.) 9t!vc.> (Ov-), smite, 8<vw, [(Buva Hom.], 2 :. (O,vov. (4.) af)..,, wish, (-) Bil.fJCTw: see l91'Aw. 9tpof1a., wa1m on,,'s Sf.lj, [fut. Boprro!'a, 2 a. p. (illlpTJv) sul.Jj. llp<w.] Chiefly q,ic. i3iw, (Bu-, ll<f, 8u-), nm, fut. fhuuop.a. [,74. (2.) (81J11', 8a.1r-, or -ra<f> ), astonish, ~tl'tn with [2 perf. -riOrpra, am astMlished, epi<.; plpf. lulli]lr<a; i! a. tra<f>ov, also intrausitivt:]. ;JJ; liii, [J. 9yy4vw (fh-y- ), touch, O!{ul'a, 2 a. (IJ.-yov. Chiefly poetic. ( 5.) [i3~6.Col, bruise, (1/il.aCTa, -r{IJil.arrp.o. (Theoc.), 181\0.iiBrJv (Hippuc.). Ionic and poetic. ~ee <1>"-aw.]
ea.u~c:i.tw

i3:>t.tj3., ( 8Ai8-, 8At8 ), squeeze, O)..fl}t., (81\iojta, -r{8l\ip.p.a<, i8il.l<i>8ryv; 161\(ilTJv; fut. Ill. llil.f.j,op.a,, llolll. earlier form 8v.jcrocc.> [Doric and Aeolic 8v4rr<w] (llav-, 8va-), die, 6avoo!'a, -r(OvrJ<a; fut. pf. -r<8vi)~w (70f,), later -r<8vi)~op.a; 2 a. <8avov; 2 perf. see 804 ami 77:t In Attic pro~(' always curo-ll:xvoop.a1 and o:rr-iOavov, uut -ri8vryKa. ()Jlj, (6.) 8pci.crcr01 and 8prh-rw ( -rpa)(-, 8pax-), di~turb, aor. (Bpa~a, IBpO.xO'tJv (rare); [2 pf. -rhprJxo., be distl'bed, Hom.] t;te 7o.paCTIIw. (4.) i3pCluw, bruise, llpau!Iw, {6pauua, -r(Opauu,.,_a, and -r!Opa.up.a., UJpa.vii9'T]v
i3v~croc<o~,

Chiefly poetic. for 8pu<f>), crush UOpulj-a Hippoc.J, -r{Bpup.p.a.<, l8pu<f>OrJv [ ep. 2 a. p. l-rpvrf!rJv ], 8pul}of-la. !l5, ii. (3.) ep~<TICW au<! 8p<:i<TKU> ( Oop-, Bpo-)' lP-a]!, fut. 8opou,..ur, i! a. Wopov. Chitfly poetic. ( 6.) E>l!w (8v-), sacrifice, ilnp. (8Vov; 96uw, f8~l1a, T{8utta., Tf8uJJ.al, bVBYJv; 8baDJI.al 1 f'f)-uacip.YJV. ~5, } and a. e-.1... or 8llvc.>, rage, I'U.<h. l'oetic: cl;u;sic only in pnscut and imperfect.
i3p~11'TOI ( -rpu<f>

(641).

I. '!6.:>.:>."' (/ail.-), smzd, fut. -/a;.._,;,, [ep. aor. ('1.\a.]

l'octic. (4.) ['Ia.x"' aud ta.xl.,, ~hout, [2 IJf. (raxa.) aii.Pwxu<a]. Poetic, chiefly epic.]

386

API'E}."DIX.

[Hl92

'ISp6w, sweat, iapwtrw, f6pwua: for irregular contraction iapwtr etc., see 497. 'l6pvw, place, ilip~CTw, !opiitro., tlipiiKa, tapiif"a, l6p69'1~ [or iap~v6TJv (709), chiefly epic) ; i6pOUOf"Cll, !5pvCTclf'1)V. "ltw (ia-), seat or sit, mid. 'itol'-a., sit; used chiefly in Ka9-l(w, which see. See also .J'I'-"' (4.) Also ltcivw. (5.) "I'll'-' (f-), se11d: for inflection sec 810. (I.) 'Itcvlo"'"' (i<-), poet. !<w, come, Y~o"'a', l"'ff'a; 2 a. i<O.U'l" In prose usually a~IKvio"'o." From f<w, [ep. imp. T<o, aor.l~ov, 777, 8.] Also lKcivw, epic and tragic. ( 5.) 'H.O.crKoll-a.' [epic iAd.of"aJ (iA.a), pmpitiate, iA.auo,ua, iAaCT6TJv, !Aatraf''l" (6.) ['1k1JII'' (iAa-), be p1opitious, pres. only imper. fA7)6, or !A.t18, ; pf. subj. and opt. iA.~<w, iA~I-" (Hom.). Mid. 1Aaf'a, p1upitiatc, epic. Poetic, chiefly epic.] (I.) "Ikkw an<i t~~ofLa, ?'oll, for 1Mw. See .U,{w. ['ItJo6.crcrw (see 58:!), lash, aor. 1!1-ctaa.J (4.) 'I.,..Cpw (i!I-<P), long ju1, [iwP&f''l'' (epic.), lf'/P~'l" (loll.)]. Poetic and Ionic. (4.) "l11"1'01fL011 (TrTa-),.fiy, ]ate pr(Sl'Jlt: ~t:e 'I<ETOIJoO.I. (I.) ["Icriifl, Doric for olo:., know, with ru<;<r, rO'an, 10"af'EV, 10"avn.J ["lcrKw: see ltCTKw.] "lcrTTJfl' (O"Ta-), set, place: for synopsis and inflection, see 504, 506, 509. (I.) 'Icrxva.Lvw Uuxvav-), malce lerrn or dry, fut. ltrxvavw, aor. ruxvavo. (G73) [rtrxvla Ion.], a. p. iaxvav61)v; fut. m. :<rxva.vuiif'a'. (4.) rcrxw (fOr CTIO"<XW> CTIO"Xw), haVC, hold, I'CUUjlJ. for txw (a<xw). 8(l, Sel' ixw.

K.
Ka.811Cpw
(~<a.9ap-),

purif11, Ka8apw, l<a8npa and l"d9cipa,

KfKdOap~'-a.',

1Ka9ap01)v; <o.Oapoii11-a, ltw6npaf'f'/>. ( 4.) Ka.9-itoll.a. (i~), sit duwn, imp. lKafh(ol!-n, f. "ao,auiip.al. See ftol'-"' Kaa .;s.,, sler.p, imp. lc&e,uoo and "a8YJu'Oov [ Ppic Ka6<ii~ov ], Rce 5H ; fut. (-) <a6wo~aw (Gf>8, 1). l::\ec tu6w. Ka.Ortw, set, sit, f. <a.8w (for <a9:trw ), Ka6(~cro~"a.'; a. b<&6i"a or <a81ua [IIom. ~<aO<;"" JJ!lt.. uT7aa] <<a8craJ.L7JV. See 'itw. :For inflection of Ka9'flf'a, st>e 815. KCJ.(vuii.CI.I, perhaps for "aa-vvl-'a (~ali-), excel, p. KEKCIO"f'a' [Dor. KfKa3 .u<vos]. Poetic. (II.) KCJ.Cvw (Kav- ), kill, f. Kavw, 2 a. (Kavov, 2 p. (KEICOVa) KaTa-KEKOV.fTtr (Xen.). Chil'fly J<>Hic. (4.)

1692]

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

387

Ka.(c.> (~<au-, Kaf, Kaf, Ka-, 601), in Attic prose generally Kd., (not contracted), bum; Ka.vuw; tKaufTa, poet. part. Kiii.s, [epic (K'1]; KfKa.IJKa, Kfl(o.Up.aJ, fKa~8ytv, KO.tJ0f}ao.ua.l, [2 fl., lKci.T]V ;] fut. lllid. Ko.UaOJ.I.C.' (rare), [av-<Kauua" 11 v, Hut.]. (4.) Ka.},l., (Ka~-, K~<- ), call, fut. Ko.~w (rare and doubtful in Attic KaA.{uw); bcd.Afua., Kf KA.TJKa, l(f KAT]p.a.& (Opt. KfKArf1>, KtKArff.a0a), b()...~81)v, KA'18~cJ"o!'o.'; fut. m. Ko.~Du}la, a. lKa.Jo.<uawJv; fut. pf. KtKJo.~uop.o.<. 039(1J); 734. Ka.}...J,.Tw (o.Jo.u8-), covm, o.Jo.v>fw, laJo.v>fa, "'"d.Jo.ul-'1-'"' l<aJo.vcp0'1, KaAucpB~uop.o.; a.or. Ill. lKo.Jo.u'falo''l" In prose chiefly iu compounds. (3.) Kci..,.vw (Ka.~<), la/Jo1', Ka.l'o;;1,a,, "'"~''~"a [ep. part. "'"lo''lws]; 2 a. halo'ov, [ep. bca,..JI''I"] (5.) Kci.f11TTW (Ko.,_.,.. ), /lcull, Kci.}Joo}w, (Ka!-'o/>, "'"""~-'"' (77), 1Ka,..cp8~v. (3.) Ka.TTJyoplw, accuse, regular except in augment, unry&pouv etc. (543). [(Ka.cp- ), pant, stew with Holll. perf. part. "'""</>'IW<; d. n8v1)ws.] [Kt5ci.vviifL, epic for uK<Mwu,u, ~catte1, IKioauua, <tod.u8'1v.] (II.) K<11a., lie, Kfiaol-'a'; inflected in 818. KtCpw ( K<p ), shew, f. ucpw, a. fuflpa [poet. (pua], "'""PI'"'' [ (lK/p81Jv) "'Po,;,; t a. p. '""P'I'' ;] f. n1. "'Po"""'' a. m. IK<pal-' 11 v [w. poet. part. K<put!."'"os.] (4.) [KiKa.Sov, 2 aor. dcp1'ive<l <:{, cause<l to lwve., K<Kao&l-''1" reti1ed, K<Ka.o~uw, shall deprive, reduplicated Hom. forms of x<iCw.] Sec xci.t"'[K>-a.Slw, shout, 1'()01', fut. K<Jo.o.Oi1uw, "'Jo.a5~uol-'"'' aor. l<<Jo.ci.o'l""; Hom. pres. part. "'Jo.d.liwv. Epic and lyric.]
1 1

KfAf1i~, CO?nmand, KtAt6rrw, bciAtuda, KEKfAfvHa 1 HEKIAfiJcr}.lat, fl(lAtV-

uO'I'' ((i41).

Mid. (cl<iefly iu compouuds) K<Jo.<vao}Joa<, '"'Jo.'u"ai-'TI"

Kl>.>.w (K<Jo.-), land, KIJo.uw, l"<Aua. 0GS; fli4 (b). Poetic: the prose form is oKi>.>.w. ( 4.) Kt'Ao.,.a., order, [epic (t-) KJo.i!uol'a, iK<Jo.1)ual-''1"; 2 a. Ill. '"'"Jo.&lo''l"
KEvTEw

chiefly epic. prick, Ktvrl,aw, ftdv-r7Jrra, [tettdvT71J.40.& Ion., IK<n~O'Iv latrr, trU')'K<vTrJ8i!u"l'a' lldt.J. [Hom. aor. inf. "lvuo.,
(KfVTM, KfVTf),

(534; 677).]

l'Ut~tic,

from stem

<<n-.

654.]

Chie1ly Ionic :<nd poctie.

Kpci.vv\i11 (K<pa-, Kpa-), mi:c, IK/po.ua [Ion. (Kpl)uo.J, "'"Palo'< [Ion. ''11-'a.], lpii.81Jv [lou. -~8'1v] and l<<prf.u81Jv; f. pass. Kpa9-/juolo'"'; a. Ill, f<<paud.l-''1" (II.) K<p6a.Cvw (<<p5-, K<p5av- ), gain (595; GJO), f. K<p6o.vw, a. IKipoii.va (673), [Ion. fKiplJlJva ]. From stem "'P~- () [fut. ~<<p5-/juol-'a' and aor. <ip6'1"" (Hdt.)]; pf. .,.poa-K<poi!"O."' (Dem.). (5. 4.) K .:;e., (K<UO-, nO-), hi<lP., "''~""' rr ufTa ;l 2 ]l. "'"'"o~ c~~ pres.); [ep. 2 a. Kv8ov, oubj. K<Kv8w.] Epic an<.l tragic. (2.)

388

Al'l'ENDIX.

[1692

K~S"' (~<'1~, ""~), 1JC:t, (<) [~<'lo~uw, tK'M'Iaa; 2 p. "'""~a]: active only epic. Mid. Ki)ool'"' sunow, iK'IOaa!'!lv, [epic fut. pf. KEKo.~~uoJ.<a<.)

(2.)
KTJp~crcr~o~ (~<npuK ), proclaim, ~<rrpb~w, '"~pv{a, KEKlJpuxo., "'"~PU"ff'"' tK1JPOX81]v, KTTpirx.8f}Clof'a< j 1<1Jpb~oi"a<, fK1JPU{clf'1)V. ( 4.)

K-yxcl.v.. , epic Kx&.v.. ("x), .find, (-) "'X~aof'a<, [epic '"'XYJUclf'>JV]; 2 a. fK<xov. [Epic forms as if from pres. "IXTJI'' 2 aor. hlx,v:
(i)KlXflS, KiX,'rJ}Ltv, KX1JT11Y 1 KtXflw, KtXff'l1, lflXi1''4l and ltlX~J.!lJIO.J, K<X<ls, K<X>lMvos.] Poetic. (5.)

(KISV1Jf4' (K<o-va-), sp1cad, Ion. and poetic for crKtlici.vviif4] See UKIOVTJ/'1- (III.) (Ktvuf4a., move, pres. anrl imp.; as mirl. of Kvt~o~. Epic.] (II.) Klpv'lf4' (III.) :md Kp"6."': forms (in pres. and impf.) for K<pciw\if'o KIXP'll'-' (xpo.-~, lend, [xp>\u" Hut.], txpYJaa, "'XP'lf'O.<; lxpnad}Jonv. (I.) KAcl.t., (~<Aa-y-y, KAa-y), clang, ICA.i.-y~w, (KAa-y~o.; 2 p. Kft<Aa-y-yo. [epic ICfKA'I-ya, part. KfKAl\")'OVTfS ;] 2 a, (KI\o.-yov j fut. pf. KfiCAa-y~Oj.lal, Chiefly poetic. (4.) K.Aa.lo> (Kll.au-, Ki'.af, tcAa.f<, KAo.<, 001), in Attic prose glnerally KAO... (not coutracted), weep, KAal,uo""' (rarely Ki'.o.uuoiif'a<, sometimes KAa,~uw or KAii-huc..), 1Ki\auaa and IKi\avaci.!'>JV, KfKAavl'"'; fut. pf. (impers.) KfKAO.VUfTCU. (4.) KX6...,, br1<ak, lKi\aua, <AaaJ.la<, li\cl.a67)v; (2 a. pt. KAtfs.] KAt,.,.., (Kll.f1r-), steal, ""-iljlw (rarely ~eAi<fol'a.), (~eAt<fo., ~el~eAocpo. (G43; ()1)2), KfKAti"f'0.< 1 (<KA/cp8>J1') KAcf>ll<(s j 2 a. p. bcha1!">JP, (3.) K>-n"' later Attic KAtCw, shut, KAy{uw, <'A!iua, ~eiKA;7Ka, KfKi'.piJ.a.<, llci\pa6>Jv ; Kll.!lulli!uof'o.<, -'riao""a', IKA'fla&,.,.rrv (also lat,er KA<law, (KA.aa, etc.). [Ion. KAT)tw, bcA>\iaa, KtiCi'.-/ji,ual, lKl\>Jta8>Jv.] KAtv"' (KA<v), /Jend, incline, Ki'.<vw, fKi\iva, KfKAI/'O.I, tKA(8>J" [epic lfC)\fv8>Jv 1 70!)], KA<II-IJaoiJ.O.<; 2 a. p. lKA(v'ljV 1 2 f. KA.tv-i}UOi"U.I j fut. lfl, KALPOi;J.lal a. iKi\<Va/'7)Vo 017. (4.) R.A.J .. , hem, imp. ("Auo (as aor.); 2 a. imper. "Ave,, KAvT< [ep. Kircll.oB<, Ki~eAvn]. [!'art. Kll.u!.<<os, rel!oumed.] Poetic.
1

Kvo.(w, sctape (in compos.), "'"'vaicrw, ~f'Kvo.uTa, KfKva.uca., KIKvo.HTJLt, -brrv.l"8"~" -anll-ho-o"cu. Also K'l'cio>, with a<, '"I coutracwd to 1),

and ""' a!l to !I (49G). Ko14lt<o> ( KO/'<o), care fur, ca1'1'Y 1 Ko}J.dJ, iKDJ.li<Ta, K<KOf'<Ka., K<KOf'<a}Joa<, /KOf'(a8'1jv j KOf'IU8>\ao/'a< j f. Ill. KOf'IOVf'O.I (665, 3), a. iKOf.IIUa/lo>JV. (4.) K6,-TOI (~ea>r), ~ut, KO<jlw, (Kalj,-a, Klo1,a., (i\l:3 [Ko11"ws Hom.], KOKOI'f'"l; 2 aor. p. /K6,.rrv, 2 fut. p. "o"-6"o~-'"' ; fut. pf. oljlof'O.<; aor. m. l"o<ltai'TJ" (3.) Kopivvvp. (Kup<), satiate, [f. Kopi<Tw (Hdt.), "op/w (Hom.), a. bcoptaa. (poet.)], Kt.OP"'~'a' flon. >JM<u), hoplt'8>Jv; [epic 2 p. part. K<ICOp'r}rla, a. m. iKopta<if'>JV.] (II.)

1692]

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

389

JropvcrcrCI) (Kopull ), am1, [Hom. a. part. Kopuuaclp.nos, pf. pt. Kuopu6p.ios.] Poetic, c!Jieliy epic. (4.) [ KoTtw, be aiUJI'Y, aor. iKOHao., iKouaci.p.TJv, 2 pf. part. K<KOT1Jws, angry,

epic.]
Kpcl.tCI) (Kpa:y- ), cry out, fut. pf. ~<<KprlEop.aa (rare); 2 pf. Ko><pii-,a (imper. KEKpax8a and. ""'p<i')'<Tc, Ar.J, ~ plpf. EK<Kpci-ytn (Dem.); 2 a. tKpO."(OP. (4.) Kpa.(vw (Kpav- ), accumplish, Kpo.vw, tKpii.va (Ion. tKpTJva], l<p&.v8TJv, Kpav8~aop.o.a; Jl. Jl. a sing. ICEKpavTClt (cf. Trlcpo.vTO.<), [f. 1\1. inf. KpO.Vf(a8a.a, Hom.]. Ionic and poetic. [Epic Kpa.<a.vw, aor. (Kp~TJva., pf. and pip. K<KpciavTaa and K<Kpd:avTo ; t"pii.d.vll~v (Theoc. ).] ( 4.) Kpif10.f1a.<, hang, (intrans.), "PJ.<~uop.aa. ~ee KP~I-'"'11-'' and Kp<f1cl.vv\if1<. (I.) Kptf16.vvvf1L (Kp<p.a-), suspend, <p<p.w (for Kp<p.c1aw), or<plp.a.cm, '"I''P.&. ull'fv; U"P'P.".-d.l''l] (II.) Kpfjf1"'Jf1<, suspend, (KP'll'-v" for "P'f.<"va, perhaps through P'lP.Os), suspend; very rare in act., pr. part. Kp1)p.vci.vTwv ( Pind.). Mid. Kpl}p.va.fla.L = Kpip.a,1.aa. Poetic: used only in pres. and imp f. (III.) KptCI) ("P'"r' ), creak, squeal.:, [2 a. (i'pov) 3 sing. "P'"' ;] 2 p. ("/Kpi')'a) "P:"f6To, sq1ceakiny (A r.). (4.) KptvCI) (Kp<), judge, f. Kpavw, fKpiva., KtKP<~<a, Kf"P'I'"' btpi811v [ep.
EKp(v8Tjv], Kpt8~aop.a.a; fut.
Ill.

Kpavovp.cu,
KlKpOVICa,

a.

Ill.

[epic lpivclp.Tjv.] and

G47.

(4.)

KpoVw, beat, KpoVaw,

~Kpo0a8rJV; Kpo~aop.cu,

(KpOVtra,

Kft,pov!J.al

ICfKpUVrJJJ.al,

b,poua&.p.'YJv.

Kp,;,rTw

(<purp- ), conceal, "Pv>fw, r<pv\fo., <t<pvp.f.<a.a, 1Kpvtp8Y]v; 2. a. p. i<pu<pflv (rare), 2 f. <pvtpiJuop.a.a or <pvSf)aol'a.a. (3.)

KTci.ol'-o.t, acquire, KT~un 11 a.a, I<T'flaaip.Y]v, Kf<T'lf.'"' (rarely tllTY]p.a), possess (SUbj, KfKTWf.<0.1 1 Opt. KfK'I'Vfi.'IJV Or KfKTqO}Jo1)V 1 7;l4), fKTi}8Tjv (<1.8 pass.); K<KTf)ao!'"' (rarely (n.f?uop.a.a), shall JlOssess. KTt(vCI) (<Hv, <Tn-), kill, f. ~<-rtvw [Ion. <T<vow, ep. also K.TaJ~Iw], a. lKTHva., 2 pf. 0.x-EK1"0~J 1 (<!.p. a.. p, bc-rcffJT}II ;] 2 a. fs(TO.JIOV (for po<Otic In Attic 1KTav and IKTc1p. 71 v, see 79\l); (P.p. fut. m. <uvlo 11 o.,.J prose ho-KT<iw is geneml!y u~cd. 64ii; 04i. (4.) KTtw (sec 587), .found, <-r[crw, (<Tacra., o<nap.a.a, ~nia8~v; [aor. m. tKTau&l'~" (rare)]. (4.) KTvvvl'-' and Knvv.Jw, in compos., only pres. and impf. See ICT<(vw. (II.) KTV,.f<o> (nvlf-), sound, cause to sound, 1.--ru,.'l!rra, [2 a. (K.,.u,.ov.] Chiefly poetic. 654. Kvll.t<o> or Kvll.v6<o> and JCvll.<v6iw, roll, IKuAiua., K<KuAiap.ac, IKuAfa9rw,

390

APPENDIX.

[1692

Kuviw ( ~.,.. ), kiss, tKvua. l'oetic. Ilpocr-KUvlw, do homage, f. 7rpoaKvviJuw, a. "PoCTtKuv'IJua (poet. ,.pouiKvtro.), is commou in prose and poetry. (5.) Kv-rrTIII (Kotp-), stoop, KPojtw and Kll!fo,ua, aor. (Ku\fa,2 p.KtKiitpa. (3.) Kvpw (vp-), meet, chance, Kvptrw, {Kvptra (GuS G74 b). (4.) Kvplw is rl'gula.r. .A.
Aa.yx~vw (.\ax-), obtain by lut, f. m . .\-h~o,ua. (Ion . .\a~o,ua], 2 pf. T-''Ixa, [Ion. anJ poet. Ai.\o'l'xa,] p. ru. (t-'7!/'l'a) ti.\'l')',uivos, a. p. o-'-hx81J"; 2 a. (.\axov [ep. At.\axw, 534]. (5.) .Aa.l'-13~vlll (Aa/3 ), take, AiJI}ofo'a, .rA7Ja, trA7Jp.p.a, (poet. At.\7Jp.p.a), l.\fJ<P87Jv . .\'1]tp6fJuop.a.1 i 2 a. {.\a/3ov, (.\a/30,u'l]v [ ep. in f. A<Aa/3{u6a (534).) [lou. Aclp.ojto,ua, A<Acl/3'1]Ka, AtAap.fo'a, oAap.tp6'r)v i Dor. fut. Ali!foiJp.a,.) (S.)

Anfl-.,.w, shine, Aa.uoJtw, 1Aa.u'}a, 2 pf. A/Aa.u,-a; [fut. m. Acll'.fopa Hdt.]. Aa.v6civw (Aa6-), lie hid, e!;capc the notice of (some one), 'AiJuw, [tA7)cra], 2 p. AiA7)0a (Dor. XiAa6a,] 2 a. (Aa6ov [ep. AfAa8ov.J Mid. furget, Ai]<J'ofo'a, A/A-rw.ua [11om. -aul'a], fut. pf. A<AiJ<J't.ua, 2 a. iAafio,uf/v (ep. A<.\afi&I'TI"-J (5.) Poetic Ai]6w. (2.) A6.-rrTw (Aaf3 or Ao.tp-), lap, lick, Aalfw, (Aa!fa, 2 pf. AIAatpa (G\J3); f. m.
Ad.'fofo'a, iAo.'fcll-''1" (3.) A6.a-Kw for AaK-aKw (A a- ), speak, (t) AaKiJ<J'o,ua<, lAriK'I]o-o., 2 p. .\fAiiKa. [ep . .\fA7JKa w. fem. part. -'AaKv!a :] 2 a. {AaKov [AtAa.Kop.1Jv]. Poetic. 617. (6.) (AO.w, .\6J, wish, A~s, Aff, etc.; infin . .\?)v. 496. Doric.] Al.yw, say, Al{w, (.\<{a, Ai.\<"fp.a (iid.\<')',ua), iAixOrw; fut. -'xOfr uop.a, Al~op.a, A<.\l{ofo'a, all passive. For pf. act. fp7JKa is used (see'tl'll'ov). Al.y111, gathrr, arrange, count (Attic only in colllp.), Ai!w, (.\<{a, d.\oxa, <f-'<"rll-"' or "'"''YI'a, t!.\ix81Jv (rare); a. m. t!A<~cll-''1" 2 a. p. l.\/-y11v, f . .\q~aofo'a. [Ep.:.! a.m. (lAt')'fo'7Jv) AtK-ro, counted.] See stem hEX

At(,...., (Awr, .\onr-, Anr-), leave, )l.(!fw, XiA"!J-J-Lal, i.\lq>811v; 2 P

AtAul1ru
j

2 n..

n,rov,

lA.n6/4TJV.

Sec synopsis in 470, :trHI intleet.iou

of 2 aor., 2 perf., and 2 plpf. in 481. (2.) [/l.t).'11'-o., part. )l.il.'fll'/vos, eage1 (Hom.).] Atvw, stone, generally Ka-ra-Aeuw; -Auuw, -(.\,voa, <.\tu<J'O'I]v (641),
Af[JC19~ffop.a.t.

[().tX) stem (cf. Alx-os), whence 2 a.m. (i.\/"fl-l'IJv) (.\,KTo, laid himself to rest, with iluper. il.<~o (also "'~o), inf. Ka-r11-'ix6a,, pt. Ka-raAt-yp.<>os (800, 2). Also {A<~a, laiJ to rest, with mid. io./(oJ.<a, lOill gu to rest, aurl IA,~d., 11 v, we.nt to rest, same forms witll teuses of l\i')'w, say, and .\i-yw, yather. Only epic.]

1692]

CATAJ,OG"CE OF VERJ3S.

391

Afr9"', poetic: see ~a.v80.vw. plunda, act. rare, only impf. lA~i(o Mid. A'Jttofllll (as act.), [fut. At~1ao"'"' aor. iAt~iC1ci.J'tlv, lou.]. Eurip. I.Jas IA?JC1ci.J.<11V, and pf. p. )I.{A?JU}'al, (4.) ..t\(crcrofLC>L or (rare) AlTOfl.ll' (AT), supplicate (epic i"-<~cXJ.<tlv, 2 a. llu.,.,;1-'Tiv.] (4.) [Aolw, epic for i\.ouw; >.o/~aofoLa, l)l.6<~raa, l>.oeaua,u'lv.] .Aoueo~ or Aow, 10ash, r('gular. Iu Attic writers and Hdt. the pres. aud imperf. generally have contracted forms of )>..ow, as {Aou, /)l.ovA'Jtteo~ (.>.-,,;~-),

foL<I', >.ovTa< 1 )l.ovaOa,, >..ov,uvos ( 49i). AfJ<ol, loose, sec synopsis and full iutlect.ion in 474 and 480. Hom. aho Auw (fi) (471). (Epic 2 a.m. /)l.u,.,.,v (:u; pass.), i\.vTO a!Hl i\.uTo, )l.uvTo; pf. opt. )\.fl\uro 01' .l.t)\.uvTO (734).)

M.
madden, a. {foLtlva, 2 pf. .u<,.,.,va, am maJ, 2 a. p. lfo'cf.V1/v. )1id, f-LO.(VOfLCU 1 be 111Ud [!J.aVOl>f'al 1 i_uT]Yclf''IY 1 l'ff'clY'/!J.Ut.] (4.) Ma.(ol-'a.' (p.ae1-, "'""'" "'"'-, G02), desil'e, seek, [1-'auo,.,.a, lfoLaud..u.>Jv; 2 pf. f1lf-LOVa. (p.v-), de~i1e eagerly, iu sing., with ,~~,.forms }'tp.aTov, foLt}'a JHV 1 fo'f}J.aH 1 1-''i"cl.ii.a,, 1'-'foLd.rw, 1-"1-'aO.s, plpf. }J.f}lauav. Abo (p.cl.op.a) Doric CIJlltract forms "'""a,, fLWVTa<, "'"'"" l'w<18a,, 1-'~1-''""s.] Poetic, chietly epk. (4.) Ma.v9c1vw (,uaO-), leam, (') ,ua8~C1o,ua.<, fHJi.cf.O"""; 2 a. r1a8ov. (5.) MO:pVO.f-LO.L (fo'ap-va-), fight (subj. foLd.pvWfoL<ll, imp. foLd.pvaa); a. OfoLapvcl.aOYJY. Poetic. (III.) McipTrTW (foLap7t), seize, 1-'cf.p>}w, rjJ.ap>fa [epic 2 pf. !J.EfoLap7ra, 2 aor. }J.f}lap 1rov (i>34), with opt. 1-'<.Uci"a"'' ~'-""'~"-] Poetic. (3.) Mcia-o-eo~ (Jl.a1'), knead, 1-'&~w, etc.., regular; 2 a. p. fiJ.d.1'1 (4.) Mc1xol-'a.~ (lou. 1-'axioJi.a<], jight, f. ,ua.xot.l-'"' [ Hdt. p.axiuop.a, I! om. foLa x<o"'"' or 1'-"X~ao,ua.], p. "'',.,.ciX'II-'"' a. '"'"X'"ci.!l'IJ" [cp. 1Llso ll'axw C1a!J.T]Y ; q>. pres. pazt. 1-'aX<OfoL<VOS OJ' }lllXEOVfoLfVOS ). [Ml6of10.L, think of, J>lan, (-) wo{faO)i.Q.I (rn.re). Epic.] M.e.t'lf-L~, sPnd av"'!'; s"e !""' (810). (Hdt. pf. pt. ,u<p.erfoL<os.] M<9ucrKw ( 1.,eu-), mal~e dl'lll!k, lp.o8u<ra. Pass. Jl.O'uKol'"' be made d1unlc, a. p, lp.<8vrr8TJv, became drunk. See ,...,euw. (6.) M<9uw, be d1'li11k, ouly pres. and impf. [M,(pof-La.' (1-'P ), obtain, epic, 2 pf. 3 sing. (iJ.p.op ;] lmpcrs. <YJLapTa<, it is.fatcil, ,;1-'aP!-If>TJ (ns snbst.), Fate. (4.) Ml>..>..w, intend, augm. lw or ~1-" (517); ('-) p.<M.f,uw, li-'/Ail71oa.. MO-w, concern, care fur, () 1-1>..-l,uw [cp. "''""'""""' 2 p. "''"'IJ)I.a]; p.<p.Ei\.lJI'-"' [ep. ,u/p.B>..<Ta, !J.fl'fJ)o..ero, for !J.<I')\.<Tat, Wi-'-h<TO (6(1, a)]; (lfoL<A.~IJrw) w>..'19<1s. Poetic. MlAn, it cuncerus, impers.; 1-'')l.{fou,
M11lveo~ (fo'av-),

392

APPENDIX.

(1692

lp.f'A:qrrt, p.<p.f'A1!K, -used in Attic prose, with ir.p.b.. op.a and i'II'<P.t Afop.a&, Ml11ova. (!'ov-), desiJe, 2 perf. with no present. See f1a.(of1a.L. Mev"', 1emain, f. !Jovw [Ion. p.<vlw ], (!'flva (E-) p.tp.fV1/Ka. Mlpflo')p(t"' (see 587 and 590), ponder, [p.<pp.1/pl{w, ip.<pp.fJp{a], cl.,.. '~''P!Jor,p,ffa (Ar.). Poetic. (4.) M~5op.a.L, devise, !Jo-l,f!op.a<, ip.~"ri.!JoT)v, Poetic. M')KclOI'-a.L (f.ITI<-, p.a<-, 05G), bleat, [Hom. 2 a. part. p.aKwv; 2 p. part. p.f!JoT/"ws, !H!JoaKuia; :.l plp.l,_dJ.IT)<ov (777, 4).] Chiefly epic. (2.) [M'JTLci.w (,..ryn, (l[JO), }'ian. Mid. 1'-'JTLcloi'-CI.L, 1'-'JTLOJ-LilL (l'ind.), }JoT)TfffoP."' lJ.&T)TlO'ri.}JoT)Vo Epil: and lyric.] MLa.(vw (!'<av- ), stain, !Jo&avw, lp.iiiva [lou. ip.IT)va], JHp.laf!p.a, lfudv9~v, !Jo<avOT,uo!Joal. (4.) MtyvvfLL (J.&<-y-), Ionic f1Ccryw, mix, l't{w, (!Joi{a, !Jofp.i'y!Jon, t!JotXeT/v, p.ix9T,f10J.&a'; 2 ;t, p. /p.('yT/1', [ L!)l. flit.. J.ll'y-I,O'up.a<; :1 a, Ill. Op.iKTO and p.iKTo; fut. pf. }Jot}Jof~o}Joa<.) (II.) MLfLvfJcrKCII and (older) JlLfLVUcrKw (p.va-), ?'emiml , mid. 1ememuer; p.v-l,uw, (!'vT)<Ta, p.lp.vT/!'a, ?'e?1tembe1, ll'vT,f18T)v (as mid.); p.'T)<TBT,uol'a, p.vT,<To!Jo"' !Jo<!Jov-l,rrol'a'; lp.vT)f!ap.T)v (poet.). Mlp.V')I'-IlL (memini) has Sllbj, }JofJ.IVW!'a<, (722) 1 Opt. J.lfJ.IVcP}JoT/V 01' }JofJ.Ivr)!"tiV (734), itnp. !JofJ.IV'f)ITO (Hdt, !Jofl'v<o), inf, J.1fp.vi)f18a< 1 Jll.jp.VT)}JofvOS, (IJG, (6.) [From epic p.vao!Joa< come il'vwovro, p.vw&p.tvos, (?) etc. (784, 2).] MCp"' for !Jo<!Jovw (052, I), ?'emain, poctie form of p.lvw. MCcry"' for !Jo'"t""""' (()17), mix, pres. and impf. See p.fyviip.L. (6.) Miltw, suck, [Ion. !Jou(iw, aor. -iJ.&6(T1aa (Hom.)]. Mvtw (l'u"f ), g?umule, mutter, aor. 1-'u{a. Poetic. (4.) MvKciOf1ClL (!'uK-, !JoVK-, G5<l), bellow, (cp. 2 pf. p./J.IuKa; 2 a. !JoJKov ;] '~-'"XTlf!dJ.IT/V. Chiefly poEo>tic. (2.) Mucrcrw or J-LUTTc.> (!JoUIC), wipP-, a1fo-J.Iu{ap.H05 (Ar.). Generally cl.7rop.{J{jfTW.

Ml)..,, shut (the lips or eyes), aor. (J.Iuf!a, pf. }Joi!JouKa.

N.

Na.Cc.> (var-, var-, va-, 602), swim, be full, impf. va;ov, Od. 9, 222. Na.Cc.> (vau-, va-, 602), dwell, [va,ua, caused to dwell, lvautTri.f'T)v, came to dwell,] ivri.uO~v, was settled, dwelt. l'octic. ( 4.) Ncicrcrc.> (vao-, va'y-), stu_(f, [lva~a,] ytvaf!!Joa. or vlva'yp.<. 582; 590,

(4.)
[NuKlc.> and vELKl(.,, chide, """luw, ivtlKtf!a, Ionic, chiefly epic.] N l~~oc.>, distribute, f. v<p.iM, ( Yfi}Joa, (E-) vtvfp.t)Ka, v<vi}Jo'r)p.al, iv<p.fi8Y!v i
Vf!'0Vf'C11 1 lvt&p.J.p.T)V,

Nlof1a.L, go, come, also iu future sensr..

Chiefly poetic.

See

v(rcro~~oa.'

'

1692)

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

393

1. Nl01 tvu-, vr-, vu-), swim, lnu~ra., Plvu~<a.; f. m. (vtu~rO~Jla, 666) VfuUOUJ'EVOS. 574. (2.) 2. Niw, heap up, lvT)ua, vtVTJJla' or vov1JUJ<a. (Epic and Ion. VT)tw,
v~T)Ua 1

ivT)T)Uaf4T)v. J

3. Nlw and vf)9w, spin, v~aw, tv.,ua., lvfJ8'flv; [ ep. <t. m. v,Juav'To.] Ntw, later "'"TC" Hom. va'II'T0f4UI (vtl-), wash, v(l}w, (v,>fa., VEV1f4f4(1,1' [-ivi<PIITJv ;] vil}ol'a' lvl>fai'TJ" 591. (3. 4.) Ncrcrof1-CU or -.tcrol'-a., (JV, fut. vfuol'a. Nfll'ol'at, probably the correct form of the present, is, ace. w Meyer( [)00), for vu--oJ!a<, from a stem .,.,,_ with reduplication. (See pres. vtunu, Pind. Ol. 3, 34.) Poetic. (4.) Nol01, think, pe1ceive, of}uu, etc., regular in Attic. [Ion. (vwua, vlvw~<a,
vlvwJJ.a.,, ivwuc(t.nJv.]

Nol'-tw (see 587), belir.vc, fut. voJ!c;, [vol'iuw late], aor. ivol'ua., pf. VtVOf4tl<a, v<v&I''O'J!a, :wr. p. lvol'[qll'fl' fut. p. vof4u!8~uol'a, [f. Ill. VOf41DVf4a (Bippoc.).] (4.) l:ttw, sctapc, [aor. l~tua and ~/uqa., chielly epic], l~<O'J!al. G3!l, 640, l:t'IJpa.vw (~1Jpav ), dty, ~TJpa.vO,, l~,Jpriva [Ion. 11va], i{-hpaO'f4a and ~~~
paf41'"'' l{TJpclv!J11v,

700.

( 4.)
i~tu8TJv;

l:t..Jw, polish, l{uaa, [o{iiul'a,]

aor. m. i~iiac!.i'TJ" 640.

o.
'06o'll'o<iw, make a way, regular; but pf. part. woo1rt'TTOI1/f4tvos occurs. So sometimes wJth ooonrop>w, tmvd. (oSu-), be a11!J1")1, stem with only [IIO!ll. wovoc!.}!'lV, IJOW0UiTf4a1]. "Otw (oo-), smell, (-) o(f)uw, t!1(11ua (Ion. o~iuw, w~-,.,.a, late :t pf. Mwaa., Hom. pip. oawo .. (v)]. 058, 3. (4.) Otyw, open, poetic or~w <tnd ,if~a (epic also wi~a], a. p. part. olxOIs. Otyv\if!o<, simple form late in active, [imp. p. wiyv~l''l" !low.], common in compo~ition: sPe ch-o{')'>UJ!' (II.) OtStw, swell, ~hua, lji~T)Ka. Al~o otScl.vw. (5.) OlKTtpw (oi1<T1p-), commouly written u!KTtipw, ]>ity (50i), aor. ,;nipa.
(lfK'Tllpa).

(4.)

Otvoxolw, pour wine, olvoxo-huw, [olvoxoiJua' (epic ami lyric)]. [Impf. ep. 3 pers. o1vox6.,, q)vox&.,, <'t'vox& ... ] Otol'-a., think (62li), in prose geucrally oi14a and 1/I'Tl" in 1 per. sing.; (t) oi,]O'D!'O.i 1 ~1\8TJc. (Ep. act. otw (only 1 sing.), often otw j ofof'al 1
Oiucl.p.TJll, c!Jfa8l}ll.] O()(.OJI.O.l, be gone, (t) oixT,uo14ac, oYxw~<a or 'ifxw"a (GG9); [Ion. orx'Tlf''" or ,Px'Tll'a', doubtful in Attic]. (oKfo\-), run a~hore, aor. l!!Kuo\a. Prose form of Klo\o\w. (4.)

o.ct>->-

394
'0~~cr96.vw,

APPENDIX.

(1692

rarely 0A<<r8a(vw (o.\1a8-), slip, (Ion. w71.{a81)<ra, w.>..ia81)a] j 2 a. w.>..<a8ov (poetic). (5.) o~Aiif1~ (probably for u.>..vv-1'<, G 12), rarely o.>..>.vw ( o-"), de$t1oy, lose, f. o-\w [o-\i<rw, o.>..{w], w.>..tua, -u.>..w-"a j 2 p. iiAwAo, perish, 2 plpf. -w.>..wJ\. 11 (53:3). Mill. il-\1\ul'a, pe1ish, ol\ouJ.la<, 2 a. wA6A''1" [w. ep. part. ovii.OfL!vos]. lu prose cbro~~iil'-~ (II.) '0~ocj>l:ipof1a.~ (i-\ocpup- ), bewail, f. o-\oqwpoCp.a<, wAo<f>iipap.1)v, pa1t. oAo <f>up8is (Time.). ( 4.) ~o~vU~L and b~vVw (OJ.L-, O}t{}-, ur,o), swear, f. '~f.LOfi!J.aJ, tl;p.oqa, ;.,JJ.wjJ.OKa, Op.Wp.uCJp.'J..t (with ,)JJ.Wp.uTa,), WfL6tJ71v a.ud Wp.Ja8rrv; Op.ocrOf]crop.at, a. Hl. wp.oac!.I''JV (II.) 'Op.opyv\ip.~ ( OfLop-y-), wi)l~, J,.,.&p~"~-'"' W!<Op~a, Wf'Op~ap.1)v ; h-o,.,.opxOis. Cliietly pp(tiG: only <'!Jic iu pre:s. :md impf. {II.) 'Ov,vt]JLI. (Ova-, 700)' bmu'.fit, o~~~aw, ~Vl}O'a, WvfJH'IJV; Ow:)G'OJJ.at; 2 a. lll. wv-f}/'-1)V (httC wvclp.IJ1) 1 OvOlJ.liJI', ~vo.a80.1 (7()!) j SQ:{, 3), [IIO!ll. illqWr. iJV!JCTO, pt. OVlJA<ff'OS]. (I.) ['0VOf10.~, inwlt, inllectL'LI like oioop.cu, wit.h opt. UVOI'TO (Ilom.), f. ,;v6unol'~'' <1.. WI'OCTclfL'lV (i<iva.7o, II. 17, ~::i), a. p. KO.'Tovou9fi5 (lldt.). Ionic ami poetic.] (I.)
'OEuvw (u~"v-), -'hm]!eu, -u~uvw, w~uva, -I!.>~""~'"' w~uvtJ1v, [-o~""e~no""' llippne.] 700. Ill .\I.Lk prosr only in compos. (4.) '071'1JLW (o,." U1TVL-, 00:!), take to u:{fc, fut. orrOuw (Ar.). (4.) '0p6.w (Upa.-, Ow-), S(:fl, itllpPrf. EWpwv (1on. t:,pc...v ], ~t}tu,uat, ibpiiKa or iwpal(a, C:.p.JlO.L Or (wpiip.a.<, /:J<f>81)v, ocpO~aO!-<al j 2 }). unwrr>. (J(lll. and poel.). l'ur 2 a. loov etc., sr.e .ISov. [lll>lll .. pns. mid. 2 siug. ii 1 ,~a,, 7tH, 3.J (8.) 'Opy11IV<o> (Jp-ya ), ''" an~/1"!/, a or. wnii.va, enmyed. Only in Tragedy. (4.) 'Optyw, 1"each, OJ'f~w, wp!~a, [lou. pf. 11. Wp<"yJ.lO.I, Hom. 3 plur. opwpl :>;:aTo.<, pip. opwpixaTo,] wpi:>;:8'1v j dpi~oi-<a<, wp!~clf'>Jv. (Epic dp{-yvvi-<< 1 pr. part. op<pts. (II.) J "Opviip.~ (Jp-), 1"aise, ?ous~. ~prrw, c.Jpaa, 2 p. ~pwpa (as 111id.); [t,p. 2 a. wpopo] ?llil. ,.i~c. rush, [f. OpOVf'O.I, p. opwp<i-<O.<,] 2 a. wp61''1V [with
WpTo, intper. (-pCJo, UputD 1 Up('fEu, iuf. Vp8a1, pa.rt. UpJ.avos]. 1uetic. (II)

'Op'licrcrw 01' opvTTW (<~pv--,-), dig, opt:~w, c\:p"~a, op:fJpuxa (rare), opw pv-y,.,_o., (rarely 6Jpu)'p.a.,), ~pVx8TJI'; f. p. KaT~OpuxO{;rTo;;.at, 2 f. KaT upvxiwo.ucu j [wpu~ul''l" cuusrd to dig, Ildt.J (4.)

'Qcrcj>pa.[vop.O.L (ocr.pp-, Or!'/Jpav, (iJ0), smell, (<) uacppl/r!Of'al, wr!~'pav81)v (rare), 2 a. Ill. wcrp6f"'1'' [l!tlt. wuq,pano.] (5. 4.)

0-/.plw, impf. lo~p<uv, f. obp-hcroi'-a<, a. ioup1JrJO., pf. ioup1)Ka. [Ionic has o~p- for Attic ,'ovp-.] [0>lT6.tw (51;7), wuund, ourauw, olho.ITa, ollTaiTfLaL. Chiefly E>pic.] (4.)

16{)2)

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

[0\JTO.w, wound, a6nwa, ohiJ9TJ; 2 a. 3 sing. o~Ta, inf. ounl.p.<vat and oim!.wv; 2 a. lllid. ohcl.p.<vos as pass. Epic.] '04>t>..w (o<P>-, f>\18), [epic reg. o.piHw], owe, (-) ocpu>.-IJaw, wtp<i>-T!aa, (o"piATI''" ?) a. p. pt. o.pu>. 11 8.ts (658, 3); 2a. wcp>-ov, used in wishes (151:2), 0 that. (4.) 'Ocj>l),)..w (<t>>-- ), increase, [aor. opt. o</>lA.A.w Hom.] Poetic, especially epic. ( 4.) '0cj>>..urK0.vw ( o.pA., o.p>.taK- ), be guilty, incur (a penalty), (t) ocpA-IJaw, f:J<PAT!aa (?), 6>.pA.'f/<a, wq,AT!p.a<; 2 a. rl<PAov (u>."" and o<PAwv are said by grammarians to be Attic forms of inf. and part.). (6. 5.)

II.
11'hrat~<a, 11'f11'tltap.at. (4.) Ila.w, strike, 1raluw, poetic ( (-) >rat~aw, hotuo, "''""'"a, t>raiu8l)v (640). IIa.Aa.w, Wl'estle, [ "a>.aluw,] brcl.>.a1aa, l>raAa(~8T)v (640). llci),)..., (1ra>.-), bl'andish, {,.77Aa, .,/,.a>.p.at; [Hom. 2 a. ap.->r<>ra>.wv, as if frOlll 7rf11'ClAOV j 2 a. Ill, rrraATO allll >rci.ATO,] (4.) IIa.pa.vo!dw, transg1ess law, augm. 7ra.p<v6p.auv and ~rap'l)v6p.ouv, 11'apa"'"6!A'I"" (543). IIa.powlw, insult (as a dl'llnken man), imp. J,.ap~vovv; brapc;v'lao, 1Cf7ropfvTjKO, 1rapr~v~8'7v (514). IIclnop.a.~, fut. shall acqui1e (no pres.), pf. ,./,.iip.a, J"iicrci.!A'Il" Poetic. Not to be confounded with >raaoiJoa<, i~rarrap.Tjv, etc. (with ci) of

Ila.t01 ( >rao-,

1!'n<')'-),

sport, >ra!oilp.at (666), 1.-ataa,

5UO.

'frrlTfOJ.Lat.

IIci<T<TW or .,.a.TT.. (582; G87), sprinkle, "'cl.crw, (.,..arra, l~rcl.u8'1)v. Chiefly poetic. ( 4.) llci<TXW (>ro.B-, 7rtv8-), for >raiJ-aKw (GI7), Sl((fel', .,,(crop.a< (for 1f'<v8-rropat, 7!1), 2 pf. ,/,.ov8o. (Hom . .. /,.ouBc for "'"&v8ar<, and 'lr<11'a9via]; 2 a. lrra8ov. (8.) IIa.TlOfLO.L (1rar), eat, f. ,.cl.noTal (?), i>raaap.'flv; [ep. plp. 11'<1fMP.TI) tl55. Ionic and poetic. ficc .,.clno)loa.~.
Ila.\lw, stop, cause to cease, wa.tcrw, t'1rauua, TrlrravKa, 'n'f,...av.ua,, l7TaV8rw [ '""'~a8'1v Htlt .. ], 'lrau8-huop.at, 'lrl'ra6ao}Joal. Mid. '!l'a.liOfLO.~, cease,
wa.11(10p.m, lwauO'ci.J.'1JV.

n,ce., (11'fl8-, ,..,e.),

criJ'f}v (71),

persuade, ... taw, ('lrflaa,

""'""a,

'lrf>l'fiC7p.O.t, (,.,(.

fut. m. ,,(aof.'at; 2 imper. "'""ue, (perhaps for "''"''ua.), A. Eu. ,,(Jwv for l'II'<Trolllcp.<v ;] poet. 2 a. l1rt8av and ,..,IJnaw, ?r<1f<0naw, ,.,IJt,crar.) (2.) [lidKw, epic pres. = 'lf:(K.,.Jw, comb.] IIHvcl.w, hun(Jel, regular, except in 'IJ for a iu ,..,v;jv [epic ,. .. v~"''""' ), etc. See 406.

'll'<tcr8~crop.a;

p. 'lff71'0t9a, ti'U8t, W, 509, [Hom. plp. i~ri br,8&p.1Jv. [Epic (-)

contract forms, in!.

396

APPENDIX.

[1692

Ilt(p(ll (7rEp), pierce, epic in pres.; (,upa, "'""'PJ<~ [l,c!p!Jv Hdt.) Ionic and poetic. (4.) Ilti<Ttw (1r<K 1 7rfKT, 65f>), [Dor. f. 1rE!w 1 a. fli'E~Cio ('fheoc.), ep. ht~l ,Ill!"]; a. p. brf:x.011v. See epic 'll't(K(II. l'oetic. IltAO.t(ll (cf. "iJo..as, near; see 587), [poet. 'll'tAcl.w (.-<Jo..Cl-, 1rJo..a- ),] bring near, approach, f. "'Jo..daw, Att. 11'<Jo..w (<l<lii, 2), briJo..a.ua, ["'"AIJ}La.,] i1rtJo..arr81Jv and i,..Jo..rtiJ!Jv; [ ;,.,Jo..arrd.J.<!JV; 2. a.m. l"Jo..l,wrJY, app1oached.] [Also !JOetic presents "'Ad.8w, "Jo..6:8w, .-!Jo..va,~o~a.] (4.) Ill>..(ll and 1fl>..Of10.~, be, imp. ;,..,Aov, br<AOJ.<!JV [syncop. [,..Jo..,, (,.A<o (t7rJo..<u), tlfA<-ro, for f1r<A< etc.; so br~-11'Jo..6p.tvos and "'PnJo..6p.<Vos]. Poetic. Illf'o'll'"'' send, nip.tjiw, r,.., 141fa, "'"o~"<f>" (643; 693), .-<"'~"P.a (77; 490, 1), bri14<t>IJ!Jv, 1r<p.<t>8-i!rroi""'; lfE!4tf0!4a, '"'~"~c!.!"!JV, Ilnra.(vw (,.. ....~.-),make soft, brt1fdva.(673), '"'"dv811v, 1r<'lra.viJ-i!uop.a1, (4.) [IInra.pti:v, show, 2 aor. inf. in Pind. Py. 2, 57.] Ill11'pc.>TM 1 it is fated: see stem (11'op-, 'll'po- ). Ilip6ol'-a.~, Lat. peclo, 2 fut. (pa.ss.?) 71a.p5~<To}Joa.<, 2 p. "brop3a, 2 a. 7ra.p3ov. See 043 and 046. Ilip6w, destroy, sack, 1riprrw [ ... lprro~ouu (as pass.) Horn.], lnprra, [ep. 2 a. l"p"Oov (646), m. i1rpa86p. 11 v (as pass.) with iuf. 7rlp8a. for ,.,p1J-8a.] Poetic. IllpVTJf'o~ ("p-va-), sell, mid. ,/pvap.a.: poetic for ,.,.,pli.rrKw. 60(l, (III.) IIEa-crw or 'lflTT~, later TrfwTw (7rtc11'-), cook, wi!fw, rwtl/ta., 'frf'lrtp.p.a' (7fJ; 4{)0, 1), br/<t>O!Jv. See 5ti3. (4.)

expand, (1rtTMw) 7rtTW, fwfTao-a, wfw-ra.}4at, [7rtwf late], '"'"d.rr8~v. See 1f(TV1JI1~ (II.) fio IliTOf1C1~ ( ,. .... , n-), fly ( ,. ) , ,.,.f,rrop.a. (poet. .,..,-rf,rrol'a.) ; 2 a. m. 1"71T6 P.11" To t''II'Ta..,.a.~ (rare) belong [::! a. f7rT!Jv (poet.)] aud in&f."'l" (i!JO). The forms "'"6TIJI4a. and broT~811v [Dor. -iif.la.t, -0:8!Jv] belong
IItT6.vvVJ.!o1.. ( wera-),
rarr,~~a,
to 7roTclop.at.
Iltu6of'oa.~

(1ru8-): see 1!'Vv66.vol'-a.~.

(2.)

11~-yvvl'-~ ("111' """l'' ),fasten, ""~"'' f~r11~o., '"~XO!Jv (rare and poet.); 2 a. p. '""~''~" 2 f. p. ,.ayi!uof.la; 2 p . .,{,.11-ya, be fixed; [ ep. 2 a. m. KaT(If'fiKTO ;] 1r>)')'VOTO (J>lat.) J.ll". Opt. for "7111")'YUI-T0 (734); [1r~~O
}'a<, f7T'}~af.l11"]

(2. II.)

rr~a.(vw

(7ra.v), fatten, ITIClVw, ,,.,O:va, .,,,(au,~~a.., [f7r1UV8!Jv]. Clliefly poetic and Ionic. (4.) [IIkva.11a.~ (,.Av(l ), app1oach, only in pres. and impf. 609. Epic.] See 11'EM.tw. (III.) Il(f'o'II'A'I)f'o~ (1rAa.-), ,till, ~rA,frrc.., i,.Jo..11rra, '!lf7rA11Ka. 1 .,f,rJo..!}cr}-<a., iwM(t18!}v, "71A'flu8.,frro,~~a,; a. m. brJo.. 11 rr&"" 11 v (trans.); 2 a. m. l11'A>(J.<!JV (798), chiefly epic, with <vo"h'YJTo, opt. IJ.L-1rA)fJ!'IJv, IJ.Iwl\pTo, imp.lww}I.7J"o, pt. ip.-1r'Jo..>(p.<vos, in Aristopb. 795. (I.)

1692)

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

397

ll(y.'ll'p'l)floL ( .. pa-), burn, "P~""' ("PYI"" 1ft11'P'II-'"' and ["'"PYI"~-''" Hdt.], (,.pq<1'8'1v; [Ion. f. 1rp,f11o!-'a, fut. pf. ,.orp!{<l'a!-'a.] 795. Cf. 1rpl{8"', blow. (1.) flu,vcrKe~~ ( "'""' ), make wise, [Hom. aor. i,.lvu(f<l'a]. Poetic. See 'lfVfOJ. (6.) ITtvOJ ( ..,., 11'0- ), drink, fut. 1rlO!-'"' ( "'OV!-'at rare) ; 'lf'l'll'wKa, whro!-'a, tw6811v, .. o8.,foo!'a< j 2 a. f1rwv. (5. 8.) (IIL'II'CcrKOJ ( .. c-), give tv drink, ..taw, t ..iaa.] Ionic and poetic. See 'll'fVOJ. (6.) ilL'IfpcicrKOJ ('rrrpa, 1rpa.- ), sell, (ep . .. ,prfo-w, l.r(pao-a,] 'ff'f11'parca, .,/,.pri!-'a.C [Hom. '11'<1f<P11!<t'vos], l1rpd.811v [Ion. -111-'"-' 7J811v]; fut. pf. .. Hpd<l'ol-'"'' The Attic uses &.,.oow<To"'"' and curll6"' 71 v in fut. and aor. (6.) llt'II'TOJ ( .. ,.,.., 'II'To-, 659) for 11',.,.,.,. .,, fall, !. 11''"";:;~-'"' [Ion. 'lrra/ol-'cu); p. ,.,,..,."'"" 2 p. part. ... , .. ,..;,s [ep . ..... rTfws, or -d.s]; 2 a. t ..raov [Dor. {.,,.,.ov, reg_]. [IICTV1Jf-LL ( ,.,r-va ), sp1ead, pres. and impf. act. and mid. 609. Epic and lyric. See 'lftTci.vv\ifloL.] (III.) I1Tvw, poetic for 'll'l'II'Tw. [II>..ci.tw (11:.>-ayy), cause t<~ wander, r,..>-a')'{a. Pass. and mill. 'II'Acito!J.a.L, wande1, ... .>-&-y~ol-'"' will wande1, l11'.>-cl')'x8w, wandered.] Ionic and poetic. (4.) IIM.crcr"' (sec 58~; &87), form, [ ...>-d<Tw Ion.], lrr.>-ao-a, 'lflrrAa<TI-'ac, brAd.cr811v; i ...>-acral-'flv. (4.) II>..lKOJ, plait, knit, [,.A/~w,] (,.A,~a, [,.I..A<xa or ... I..-Aoxa Ion.], ,./rrA<-y1-L"' br.>-tx811v, ""''XB~uo"'"'; 2 a. p. br.>-d.rc7Jv; a. m. 1..-.>-.{al-'11" II>..lw (..-Aw-, ..-Ar-, wAu-), sail, ..-A<6<TofoL"' or 1r"Aw11oul-'a, {.-Aw<Ta, rf-rrAurca., .. t'"A'""~-'"' lwi\,vu8rw (later). 574, 641. [Ion. and poet 'lfA,OJ, rrA.d.cro;<ac, (.,Jo..wrr~, 'll'fll'hWKa, ep. 2 aor. {..-.\wv.J (2.) TI>..i]crcrw or 'ITA1jTTw (,-.>-,ry, ,-A<>')'-, 31), strike, ..-:>.'1\~w, l..-.>-11~" ,-1,-.\flr 1-'a, 1..-Jo.-fJxBrw (rar~); 2 p. ,.1..-AYI')'aj 2 a. p. hr.\~'Y'fJ" in comp. -l11".\a')'11" (713) ; 2 f. pass. 11'AY/')'~<TofoLa and -..-.\a-y~<rOfoL"'; fut. pf. 11'<11'/o..~{ofoLa; [ep. 2 a. ,.,,.Jo.'fJ')'OV (or 1,-I'II'A-), 11'UtA'f)')'61-''fl"; Ion. a.m.
lli'Afl~clfoLfiV.]

(2. 4.)

( .. Jo.ov-), wash, 1f'AUVW, {71:.\uva, 'll'f'lfhU/o'al, I ..Au8flv; [fut. m. (as pass.) hc-.,./o..uvoi>.,a,, a. lrri\uvd!'11v.] 047. (4.) IT>..O.w, Ionic and poetic: see 'lfAiw. ITviOJ (..-vw-, 11'V<f >rvu-), breathe, blow, 1!'VfV<!OfoLal and 'II'VfUO'OUfoL"' f'wvfLID"a., ,.f.,.vtvKa., [epic ,.ErvU~-'a', be wise, pt. 1rl7rvUJ.LI"ur, wise, plpf. .,J.. viiuo; late ltrv<va8f1v, Hom. C..w,.wv8flv.] For epic llfoL11"vut etc., see civa.-'lfVtOJ and liflo11'VVt. See 'lfLvVcrKw. (2.) ITvtyOJ (11"Vi')', 1f'vi-y-), choke, .,.vt{w [later ..-vt{o!La, Dor. ,.,.r~oii,ucu],
lwvr(a 1 .,f.,vil'P., lrvl-yrJV,
?rJilyt,tTOJ.I.CI.l.

n>..~vOJ

llo9tOJ, desire, 1!'09~o-w, 1!'08~!10foLat, l'lf'081!a-a; and f('o8luop.ac, l-rr&6ta-e&o 639 (b).

398

Al'l'ENDI X.

[1692

IIovlw, labor, wov~~"' etc., regular. [Ionic wovi~w and iwov<~" (Hippoc.).] 639 (b). ( TI'Op-, .,.po-), gite, allot, stem wh~:uc~ 2 a. h:opov (poet.), p. p. 1rl1rpr,>1-'a<, chiefly impers., ?rbrpwTa<, it is fated (with 1r<1rpwJJoCVYJ, Fate). See 'TI'nra.pttv. Compare p.<(pof'-a.. Poetic except in perf. part. IIpda-cr"' or 1!'pdTTQ) (11'pci'Y- ), do, ,.pd.ew, /,.pii~a, 7t'brpii.xa, 1rbrpii'YJJa<,
brpdx.o.,.,., 7rpax8t,~oJJoa.<; fut. pf. 1r<1rpil~o!-'a.<; 2 p. 1rl1rpci'Ya, have l7rpii.~ri!-'YJ- [louie ""'P~crcr 10 (7rPYJ'Y ), .,.pr,ew, (.,.p.,.,ea, .,.brpYJX"- 1f'lrrpf1'YP.a<, lrrpiJx01; .,.,.,pf/'Ya; 11'pf,~O!<O.<, lll'pYJ~rlJ.LYJV.] ( 4.) (1!'pa.-), uU'IJ, st.etn, with only 2 aor. i"'P"ii-'TI" inflected throughout in

jared (well or ill) ; mid. f. 1rpcfco!-'a<, a.

50u; see synopBis in 504. Ilpt"', saw, l7rpi~a, 7f'1'11'pio-JJa<, l7rpi~o.,.. 640. !Ipota-a-op.a. ,(,.poi'<-), beg, once in Archil. (compare 11'poc<a, gratis); fut. 011ly in KO.T0.11'poi~O}Joa.L (Ar.) (I011. Ka.Ta-11'pot~D!<O.<]. (4.) IITci.pvul'-a. (11'Tap ), sneeze; [f. 1f'Ta.pw ;] 2 aor. (,.ro.pov, [i11'Taphp.f1v], (brr6.p.,v) 1f'Ta.p<ls. (II.) IJTtja-a-w (,.r.,<-, 1f'ra.-), cowe1, t,.r.,.,~a, (,.r.,.,xa. From stem 1f'ra.<, poet. 2 a. (tll'ra.<ov) Kara,.ra.<wv. [From stem 7f'ra.-, ep. 2 a. xara,.r-fJqv, Ju:tl; 2 pf. pt.. 1f'<ll'Tf1WS.] Poetic also 'TI'Tti.a-!Tw. (4. 2.) !IT((TITQ), pound, [i'.,no-a.J, E7f'T<<Ti-'a.', late brrl~o.,.,v. (4.) !IT'IiiT!Tw (11'Tu'Y- ), fold, .,r~ew, t,.ruea, r.,ru'YI-'a', hrrvxo.,.,.; 11'-rUeoJ.LrJ.<,
,.,ru~a.~-'.,.,"

(4.)

IJTOW, spit, [ li'TV<TW, 1f'TVI7DjJO.L 1 l1f'Tv<T0f/v, lJippOC. ), a. fli'TU<TO.. llu~96.vop.a. (11'"0-), h('ar, enqui1e, fut. 1f'U<TOJ1oO.< (Dor. 11'u<TOVJ1oa.<], pf. .,,,.U~J.LrJ.'; 2 a. l1f'u86JJo'YJV [w. 11om. opt. 1f'<?rv8o<To]. (5.) Poetic also 1!'ul8ofLa. (,.wo-, ... u8- ). (2.)

P.
'Pa.Cvw (pa-, pa.v-), SP1"inkle, pa.vw, (ppii.va, (lpp&.v81)v) pav(J</r. [From stem pa.- (cf. fJa.lvw), ~jJ- n.or. (pa.o-o-a., pf. p. (tppa.u!-'a<) (ppa.vra.< Aeschyl., CJl. lppci.5a.Ta<, plpf. lppci.5a.To, 777, 3.] ~ee ulO. Ionic
and poetic. (5. 4.) ['Pa.(w, st1ike, paluw, tppa<ua,] lppalo-8YJv; [fut. m. (as pass.) paiO'o!-'a<.] l'oetic, chiefly rpic. 'PcbrTw (pa.-), stitch, pci.>fw, tppa>fa, (ppa.!-'1-'0.I; 2 a. p. lppaYJv; a. m. lppa!fd.JJo'Y]V. (3.) 'PO.a-a-w (pa'Y-), = dpci.o-o-w, th!-ow down, pci~w, (ppa.ea, lppd.xO.,.,v. Sec 6.p6.a-a-w. ( 4.) Pltw (FP<"Y for f<P'f, G49), do, pl~w, (p<~a.; [lou. a. p. J>xOITI, pq8flr.] See lpSw. (4.) 'Pi"' (pw-, P<f, /JU-),fluw, prvuoJJoa.<, tppw~a (rare in Attic), (t-) lppuf1Ka; 2 a. p. /ppll"fJV 1 pv~~O!<O.L. 674. (2.)

1692]

CATALUGUE O.F VEHHS.

399

({>f.-), stem of <(pT)<a, <(pYJp.a<, lpp-IJfJ71v (lppl071v), St>e ,r.,.ov.

/>TIO~~op.a<, dpfJ~op.a<.

'Pf)yv\iJI-L (FPn, pa-y-), break; pi]~w, EPP'I~a, [<PP'I'YJ.IoO.< rare, lppT]x071v rare ;J 2 a. p. lppri.nv; pa-yf}~op.a< ; 2 p. <ppw-ya, be bruken (!ih!l) ; [p7j~op.<u,J ipp'I~&.IL'I" (2. II.) 'P<yiw (pi-y), shudder, [ep. f. pi-yfJ~w,] a. lppfn~a, [2 p. fppi-ya (as pres.)] Poetic, cilietly epic. (j.Ji. 'P<yow, shive1, pi-yw~w, ippi-yw~a ; pn~s. suuj. pi-yl/> for pi-yo'L, opt. pi-yl(f71v, inf. pi-ywv and pi-yoliv: see 497. 'Pi.,.Tw (pi>-, pi>-), thruw, pifw, tppifa (poet. tpifa), tppi>o., fppip.p.a<, ipptOY!v, piq,01j~op.a<; 2 a. }J. lppl71" Pres. al~o pi.1t'TI.w ({jG5 ). (3.) 'P.Iop.a.L [epic al~n puop.a.], !lrfend, pfxrop.a<, ippv~al'-"1" [Epic p.<forms: in f. pv~oa., for pv<rrfla.,; impi. ;) pers. tppvTo aud pl. p6aTo.) Cilietly poetic. Rel' lpllw. 'Pu.,.ci.w, /,rfuul, [~pic pu-rrow; Ion. pf. pt. p<pv7rwp.lvos]. 'PwvvvJL (pw- ), st>'!'llfflhl'll, tppwrra, oppwp.a1 (imper. <ppwuo, jwewell), ippwrro,.. (II.)

l:.
l:a.(vw (ua.v-), fawn on, aor. frrYIo. [Dnr. tuavo.J. Poetic. W5. (4.) l:a.(pw (rra.p-), sweejJ, aor. (t"TJPa) pt. rJ1jpO.s; 2 }l. rrlrr,pa, yrin, esp. in pn.rt. rJWY/pws [llur. rr<rJapws.] (4.) ,l;a.).,.(tw ( rJa1\,-,y-y-), suuud a tnmt]>fl, aor. iua:\,-,-y~o.. ( 4.) [l:a.ow, sanf, pre~. ran~ ami Jlt1Ct., rJawrrw, ua.waop.a, luawrJa, lrrawiJYJv; 2 aur. 3 ~ing. rJaw (i<~r lrJaw), impc,r<tt. rJaw, a.~ if from Ael>l. uawp.1. For <:pie "&.'+'' "a<tJ, Sl'" <rwtw. Epic.] l:ci.TTW (rra-y-), ]lack, /owl, [Jr,n. uri.rJ~w, aor. fuo.~a,] p. p. q(qa-yp.a<. (4.) Lf\<l'V~I'-' (u{3<-), o;tiii!Jltish, rJ(3/qw, <J{:J<rra, (rr{37]<a, [frJfj<rrp.a<,] l~fU rJ07]v; 2 a. (rJ(3Y!v (bO:), I), Wtl!l uut, w. in f. ~(3fja, [pt. U.rro-~{j<ls IlippctC.J; f. Ill. ~(ii}(Jop.a<. (!I.) Lt(3w, ?'eVI~l'C, aur. jl. irJl8l}v, W. part. rJ<</>0<is, CIWP.Sll'UCk. L<iw, .~hake, udrJw, ("""" (JfrJ<a, rJirJt<IJJ.Io(l<, (rJdrr&T}v (G~O) ; a.. UI.
~~U(Jtl!J,7JP.

l~'Vw (lHI,p, CTII), 1i~u1~e, urge, a. faa~uo., fcraEvd.J.LTJV; fuuvJJ.at, lcHn10"1Jv (Soplt.) 01' (qvU7]v; 2 a. Ill. /.uuVp.T}v (with (uvTo, rJVTO, <JVp.tvos).l poet~ h;.vc [<J<vTa<], ~ovvTa<, rJovaOt (in<!. ami imper.), uov, uou<JOw. iJ74. J'fl(,tic;, (2.) LT)p.a.(vw (u71p.av- ), shuw, IJ7]!J.avw, lufJp.YJa (~flllll'times lu-l]p.ava), rJ<rJi}p.a~p.a<, (rJ7]J46.0YJv, IJ7]p.av&-f}rrop.a<; IUiu. IJ'YJIJ.IlVOVIJ.Ill, f<J'YJIJ.Y!Pap.>]V, (4.) l:f).,.w ("'17<'-, uarr- ), rot, u-i}fw, 2 p. rJfrJ"/71'0. (as pres.); ~(~'1/J.IL"-' (Aristot.), 2 a. p. lua7rT)v, f. """fl"oiJ.a<. (2.) l:ivoJI-a.' (uv-), il(ito-e, [aor. (qivap.7]v Ion.]. 5\17. (4.) l:Kci.1fTw (~a-), diy, rrri.fw, <uafa, tuxa<f>o., <uap.p.a<, t<JKatjJT)v. (3.).

The Attic

400

APPENDIX.

(1692

l:Kflicl.vviil' (uw~a-), scatter, f. uKd!w [<TKtoa<Tw,] i<TKlOa<Ta, l<TKiaa"P4' w. part. i<TK<Oa<TJ.Iivos, l<T<t0cl.<T81)v; lcrKtOa<Tci.p."l)v. (II.) l:KtAAw (u>--, crKAt ), di'Y up, [Hom. a. f.crK1JAa, Ion. pf. tuKA1JKa]; 2 a. (lcrKA1JV) ci.>rocr<A~a (7!1\1), Ar. (4.) l:KE1TT0f'Cll (u71' ), VieW, <TKbfOJI.al 1 luK>fci.p.1]V1 {<TKtJ.I}J41 1 fut. pf. l<Tx{. >fop.a<, [ i<TKl81Jv, Ion.]. For pres. and impf. the better Attic writers use <T<o7rw 1 uo,.oGp.a<, etc. (sec crKo,.lw ). (3.)
l:K~1TTW

(11K1J11' ), Jll'OJl, u-fJif!w, f<TK1J>fta, {<TK1JJ.IJ.IO.<, iuK-fJ<j>81)v; <TK1Jfo!J4<, f<TK"t]>fci.p.'IV (3.)

l:KCiiV1Jf'' (cra>-), mid. u!Bvap.a, scatter, also '~"""'': chiefly poetic for crKf56.vvvl-' (III.) l:Ko,.iw, view, in better i\ ttic writers only pres. and imp f. act. and mid. For t.he ot!JI!r tlJlS(>s aK/ofap.a,, lcr!fcl..uTJv, and '""'JI.J.I"'' of ""'"'Top.a< arc used. S(<L' crKt1TTOf'a.. l:Kw1TTW (aKw11'), jee1, aw>j.op.a<, f.aKwtfa, loKwcp91]v. (3.) l:f'cl.w, smem, with 71 for in contra.cted forms (4!1/j), a;.<fi for ap.fi, etc.; [a.m. lap.Y}urf.p.Y}v lldt.]. [Ion. ap.iw and up.>lxwJ, aor. p. ~~a up.'lx9ds (Aristoph.). :l:"'f6.w, draw, crrrO.aw (ci'), tu.,.aua, ttT1fet'(a, lcnraUJJ.al, lcnrcfa8YJY, c17ra<18~o-o

p.a' ; aTrd.UOjJ.Q,l' (o-1rO.U'd.p.'tJV.

o:~tJ

; (i4().

l:1rtlpw (U7Hp), SOW, IT1rffJW 1 f.a>rt<po. 1 f.napp.a j 2 a. p. lcr>rapY}V. (4.) l:1rEvSw, 1WU1" lil>ation, U1f'f(Uw (for (1'1f"tJJOcrw, 79), lrr7ffi(J'a, ru1fUO'}.UU, (See 4()0, 3) j (f11'fliTOf'O.I 1 tCT .. H<Tap.1JV l:Tcl.tw (uTa)'), drop, [ara~w,] (aTa~a, [faTa)'p.<u, lcrTaxO'T/v.] (4.) l:Tfj3<.1 (11'ndi, un/3), trt>ad, {IIT<<tfa, () iorl81Jp.a (042, 2; 008, 2). l'oetir., (2.) l:Tf(XIol (uT<x-. ITTLX), go, [l'crT<~" 2 a. raT<XO>.] Poetic and Ionic. (2.)
l:TD..AQ>
(drtA-),

Sl!nd,

a"TEAW

[O"YtAf",J, tarEd,a,

{araAI<a,

lrrraA}I-al;

:.! a. p. <urci.AY}v; ara!vi}<To;.<a<; a. m. iurt~Aap.7jv.

645.

( 4.)

l:Tfvcl.t"' ( ural' ), groan, urtva~w, oar/va~a. (4.) l:Ttpyw, love, <TTop~w, fcrHp~a; :.! pf. {uTop)'a (G48). ~TEpfw, de)iri~e, (TTfpfJ<rw, ;(J'r/p1]ua [epic ,,.rfpfaci], fuTfpr}Ka, I(J'T,J'TJI'-~'' ia rtpi)81)v, ITHp7j8f!<TI'a 1 ; 2 aor. p. (icrriprp) part. oT<ptis, 2 fut. (pass. or mil!:) urpi "o~-' l' Also pres. crT,p(crt<w. ( 6.) l'res. crTI. pof'a., be in want. [ (l:Tfi:.,.,.a.), pledge one's self; 3 pcrs. pres. uT<iiTa, impf. anura. Poetic, chiefly epic.] (I.) :ETCtw (.rTo)'), prick, UTI~w, [(un~a Hdt.], raTI)'J.IO.I. (4.) l:TopviifLL (aTop), (f) uropii> (urop/uw), laTop<Ta, [luropi<TII~v], iuropt ITQI''J" (II.)

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.
l:Tp{~O),

401

turn, 11-rpiojtw, (a-rp<ojta, taTpap.p.a, l11-rplrp6rw (rare in prose)

(Ion. la-rp:ltpli'l); 2 pf. (u-rporpa (late); 2 a. p. li1Tpd.t/>1J f. a-rpact>~ crop.a ; mid. u-rp"fop.a., l<~-rp<l(ap.1/'' 640. l:Tpwvv\J!lL (aTpw), same aB O'T6pv\111; a-rp.fJ11w, la-rpwaa, ((1'-rpwp.a, lu-rp.fJ9r]V. (ll.) l:TVyl(j) (crrvy-, 054), (bead, hale, fut. 11Tv-y/)uop.a (as pass.), a. iu-r~ ')''111<> (ep. (qru{a, made terriule, Ion. pf. lcr-r~Y'I"a], a. p. lunrfl9'1; [ ep. 2 a. t<T-ruyov.] louie ami puetic. [::ETV.j><>-ltw (urvtp<Af"y ), dash, aor. l<T-rvcpiA,{a. Ionic, chlefiy e.pic.] (4.) l:~p(j) ( Uup ), draw, :1.01'. {qupa., t<Tvpap.lJV (4.) l:~cl.tw ( u<Pay ), slay, At.t. prose gen. cr.j>ci.TTO); crrpd.{w, flft/>a{a, l<Tct>a.y p.a, ['crrpax8'1v (rare)]; 2 aor. p. t<Tt/>d.yYJv, fut. u<~>ar1Juof4a<; aor. mid. i<T<t>a~d.p.>J ( 4.) :E.j>6.A>.(j) (u4>aA ), trip, deceive, u<Pa11w, (ucpl)Aa, (rr.paAp.a; 2 a. p. l11ct>d. AYJ, f. p. u.paA-i)uop.a; fut. m. ucpaAoo)loa' (rare). (4.) :Ecj>oiTTO): see crcj>cita~. l:xa.t.. (see 587 ), ux&,w, tuxa.cra, luxa.O"aj.IYjV; [Ion. l<Txd.rr!Jljv.f From pres. ax&,, imp. r.,.xwv (Ar.). (4.) :E<jl'tw, later a-wtw, epic usually crw(j) (rrw, ar,>~), save, (ep. pr. suhj. u&?'Js (a-C:.c,J~, cr&tf5), udn (ucl.~, crJ,p), cr6we1t]; o-Wdw, 1a-&JI1'a, uluwKa, ufaw~aL or rr/rrwa p.aJ, JaW8YJv, awOiJaOJJ.a' ; qcfJrrCJp.a.t, laf.AJtrdp.YJv. See cra.oO). (4.)

T.
(Ta. ), take, stem with Hom. impcrat. ... ?]. ( ( Ta.y ), seize, stem with Hom. 2 a. pt. TETa')'wv.] Cf. Lat. tango. [Ta.vVw, St1et~.h, TaJIVO'w ( li), iT&.vvaa, TETclvvcrp.cu, iTavrJcr8t]V; aor. m. havvrrrrat-<~v. Pres. pass. (J.iform) -r&vvra. Epic form of T<lvw.] Ta.pO.cra-w ( 7apax ), distU?b, -rapa~w, o-rapa.~a., .,...,.C:.po.-,1-'a', hap&x9~v; f. m. -ro.p&~nt-<a< ; ( cp. 2 p. ( -rl-rp>Jxa.) .,...,.P'IX.:,,, disturued; pip. .,..
-ra~w, ; Ta!a, .,/.,.a.xa, .,.ha.y}.lal, lr&x8YJv, -rax8'6 crot-<a.<; -ra{nJJ.a., <-ra~d.t-<"1; 2 a. p. hriyl)v; fut. pf. -rr&{oi-<a. ( 4.) (Ta..j>-), stem wit\12 aor. (.,.a<Pov: see (8tJ1r). Tdvw ( TtP- ), strett:h, 'TtVW, .'TflVO, TfTaKa, TlTa}J.al, lTci.81Jv, Ta6-hcrop.a.'; nvoiiJ.Ia<, hElvap.l)v. 040; 047. See Ta.vvw and TlTa.lvo>. (4.) T<K!la.(po.,.a.L ( T<Kt-<a.p ), jullge, infer, f. nKp.apoiii-'a<, a. inK}.Il)paJi.l)v. Act. T<K!I-a.(pw, rare and poetic, a. l-r/"1-''IPO.. ( 4.) TfA.lw, finish, (rfAfacv) TtA.W, f.,.f>uua, -rl-ri>..tKa, TfTfAfupa, iTfJ...ld'Or]v; fut. m. (T<Aio}.la<) HAoiiJ.Ia<, a.m. lnAuJ.J-1'1 G31>; 040.

.,.pfJx-] (4.) TO.cruw ( ra.y ), arranye,

Ti>..>..w (nA-), cause to rise, rne, am:. lTf<Aa; [plpf. p. f-r(.,.a,\To.] In cCilnpos. lz,-TfTa.A!J.a,, lv~tTEI)...d,.,.TJv. G4f>. (4.) [(Ttt~.), .find, stem with Hom. l'edupl. 2 a . .,...,.,.,.ov or ;.,...,.,.,.ov (534).]

402

APl'.ENDlX.

[1692

Ti!l"IAI (Hw, "J.H) [Ion. and Dor. orclp.v111, Hom. once ,./,uw], cut, f. ,..,.,..,, TET}A>j~a, "rfTp.1Jp.at, tT}'~e'l'" Tp.Yj8~aop.at; 2 a. fTfp.ov, .... ,.,.&,.,."1, (poet. and Ion. ha~<ov, iTap.Jp.'lv]; fut. m. T<J-'Oup.a<; fut. pf. ,.,,.,.,.~. aop.a<. See ""lllJYW (5.) Tlp1rw, amuse, ,./pljtw, ETfpljta, hlpcp8Y/v [ep. l,.J.pq>Orw, 2 a. p. i,.J.p.,.'lv (with sul.Jj. Tpa7r<fw), 2 a. 111. (T)<Tapw6}A'lv], (5:H); fut. m. Tlpljtop.a (poet.), [a. lT<pljtci.p.TJv epic. J G4u. [Tipcrof1a.L, become dl'y. 2 a. p. iT(pa"' Chiefly epic. Fut. act. "'P""' iu Theoc.J TETa.ywv, having seized: see stem ( Ta.y- ). [T<TC1Jf10.L, Hom. perf. am troubled, in dual ,.,,.(T}allov and part. ,.,,.,. '111-'/ vos ; also T<TLTJ.:,s, tl'oubled.] [TlTp.ov or inJ'f1o" (Hom.),found, for -rtuwov (5;14).] See (TEf1). TETpa.Cv.o (r-rpav, -rpCl), bo,-e, late pres. .,.,,.pctfvw an<l ,.,,.pciw; [Ion. fut. r<Tpav(w, aor. lToTpT)va], iT<TpTJvcip.Y/" (G73). From ~tern ( Tpa ), aor. ITpTJua, pf. p. TtTpY/p.t. GlO. (5. 4.) TEuxc.~ ( -rwx, ""X"), prepare, make, T<u~w, f"Hu~a, [cp. ,.,,..ux,J,s as pass.,] riTU"'fJA' [ep. .,.,.,.,.JxaTa<, ,.,..,...JxaTo], [l-rux8>~v 11om., lnu xiiTJv Hlppoc., f. pf .,..,..,J~op.a< Hom.]; f. m . .,..,~~o~<a, [ep. a. <-rw~cip.TJv, 2 a. ( -ru~-) T<TUK<7v, r<Tv~6p.>Jv. J Poetic. (2.) Ti)Kw (-r1JK), melt, [Dor. T<iw], ,.~{w, :,.'1~" IT~x8'1v (rare); 2 a. p. hciK'lv; 2 p. TfT'l~a, am melted. (2.) T(91Jp.L (8<), put; sec synopsis and inflection in 501, GO(l, and 500. (I.) TCKTw (nK), for r<TfKw (052, 1 a), beget, b1ing Ju1th, Tl{up.at, po<>t. also -r(~w, [rarely T<~oup.a], lTix871v (rare); ~ p. rlroKa; 2 a. (,.,. <ov, lTtK6J.<'1V TLAAw (r-"'), plurk, r.\w, 1-ri.\a, -riTt.\p.at, ;,.[.\8'lv. Chiefly poetic. (4.) TLvw ( 'TL- ), Ho1n. -rfvw, pay, r'tuw, friua, -riTiKa, -ri-rur~at, i-r[u8rJV. Mid. Tlvop.at [t>p. Tivup.a<], -riaop.at, hiuc!.p.7)v. The fut.. and aor. are more correctly written Ttiuw, ht~ua, etc., but these forms scl<lom apptar in our c<litious. Sec TC<o~. (5.) [TLTO.Lvw (TtTav), st1ctch, aor. (iTiT"I]va) .,.,,.~,,as. Epic for ,..(vw.] (4.) [Trp~, bo1e, late present.] See ,.,,.pa.vw. Tt.'T"p~a-Kw ( -rpo .. ), wound, rpWuw, fTpwcra, rf-rpwp.cu, 1-rp~B,.,v, TpwO~(fOJ.LO.{; [fut. m. Tp.J,aop.at llom.] (Rarely epic -rp.J,w.] (6.) TCw, honor, [Hom. fut. -rfuw, aor. ;,.iaa, p. p. ,.(,.11-'a.] After Homer chiefly in pres. and impf. Attic rlaw, ;,.iaa, etc., belong to ,.,v.., (except "po-rtatis, S. An. 22). Sec T{vw. (T~a.-, sync. for -ra.\a ), endure, -r.\~"""""' ,.,.,..._'l~a, 2 aor. :r.\"t]v (see 790). [Epic ,.,.,.forms of 2 pf. Tf:T.\o.p.<v, T<-r.\a(>Jv 1 riT.\a8t 1 .,.,,..._J.. ,u<va and .. ,.,.!l.cl10 tv, ,.,,.>.,~s (804). From (ra!l.a), Hom. aor. ird>.auua.) l'oetic.

160:.!]

CATALOGUE OF VE1U3S.

403
h.u11!a,

[TI'-~Y"' (TI'IJJ', Tl'aJ'-), cut, poet. for r/1'~"'; ''P~~"' (rare), 2 a. ;.,I'"'Yov, lrl'ai'IJ" (TI'aJ'E fur ETI'a'YIJ<Tav).] (2.)

2 ~. [f-rpa1rov epic and lyric], lrpci.Tr 11 v, i-rp<11r6!''1'' T!.is verb has all the six ~wrists (714). 043 ; 0-W. Tpl4>w (Tp<rp- for Op<p-, fl5, 5), 1W117ish, Op{>fw, oOp>fa, .,{.,pocpa, .,{8pCl!" !'a< w. inf. H8pci.rpOa,, i8pi<p811v w. inf. Opcp8rpa< (rare) ; 2 a. p. ITpci11"; [ep. 2 a. ;.,p<Icpov as pas~.] ; f. 111. llp/'fol'a,, a. uJ. l8plfal''1'' 64:l; li4U. Tpixw (7p<x- for 8px-, !15, r,; ~paw), nm, f. Bp<I!'Dii!'<l' (-8p/~ol'a' only in comedy), t8p~a (rare), ~opal''l''a, (t) oBpa!''l~-<a; (2 p. 5{5po!'<l (poet.)], 2 a. ;~pal'ov. (8.) Tpiw (tremble), aor. ;.,p<ua. Chiefly JlOI'tic. Tpt~., ( Tpi$-, 7piB- ), l'UIJ, Tp1>fw, hpi>fa, Tfrp<f>n, TfTPii'!J.<ll (-187 ; 48\J),' trpfcpiJI)v j 2 a. Jl /rplf3'1v, 2 flit. Jl Tp<fl-i!CTO/'Cll j fut. pf. Tt7pfofO!'Cll j f. Ill. 7pi>fo!'a<, a. lll. hpi'fdl''l" Tpttw ( TPoJ' ), squrak, 2 p. TE7pi-ya as present [w. ep. part. TETpi)'wnu]. Ionic all(} poetic. ( 4.) Tp~xw, <"Xhaust, fut. [ep. 7pb~w] 7pvxd,uw (Tpi,xo-, o;,u), a. lrpbxwua, Jl- part. nTpvxwp.tvos, [a. p. lrpvxw81)v Ion.]. TpO.y.,, ( Tpa)'-, 573), gnaw, 7pw{ol'a' [hpw~a,] .,hpw/'l'a'; 2 a. r.,pCl-yov. (2.) Tvyxcivw (Hux-, Tux_-), hit, happelt, n~{D!J.a<, (t) [ep. ln~X'f/<Ta,] pf. TETVXIJKa, 2 pf. Tinux_a; 2 a. lruxov. ( 5. 2.) Tu'II'Tw (ru1r-), strike, (e-) ru1rduw, iTv71'711"" (Aristot.), 2 a. p. lTJ"'~" fut. p . rf!uofl-a< or TuTr-i!uol'a<. [Ionic and lyric a. tTuifa, p.p. TETU!'!J.O.I, 2 a. tTu>rov; ho-TVofWVT<ll (Hdt.).] G:J8, ;1, (3.) T.J4>., ( Tu<p or .,;;cp-, for liurp- ), mise smoke., smukc, 7ollul'l'a', 2 a.. J!hv<f>'l ~ f. p ., ucpi)~op.ul ( Meu.). 95, 5.

Toplw ( rop-), JliPI'CI~, [pres. only in cp. av7rop<iina]; [ cp. fut. rop~aw ], TfTop-huw (Ar.), [ep. a. hop'I<T<l, 2 a. ;.,opov.] U55. Tpi1rw [I<Jll. rp:l,-w], tum, -rpf;/tw, fTpt~<l, rhpo<f><I SOllletiuHs T{-rparp<I, -rtTP<l!'!'<l<, 1Tpirp8'1v [Jon. 1Tpci<p8'1v J; f. Ill. -rpi'fol'a, a. Ill. lrp'fal''l" ;

.,u. .

Y.
y.,.,a-xvio14a., Ion. aud poet. v1!'Caxol'-a.' (strengthened from irrrixof.'a), p1umise, ""ouxiJuop.a<, o'f('fCTX'f/1'"'; 2 a. m. oTr<CTXOI'!J" See ~a-x_w and ixw. (5.) 'Y4>a.Cvw (ucpav), weave, ucpa,,w, lirp'lva, ii<PMI'a' (648), u.pavl!qv; aor. m.
/,rpi)Vtlf<TJVo ( 4,)

'Yw, rain,

~uw, bua, ~<T!'a<, e~llqv.

[lldt, ~aofl-al as pass.)

4>.
4>a.tvw (.pan-), appear, ~hine, aor. pass. i.pa.dvll'lv (aa for "), appeal'ed. Sec cj>a.(vw. (4.)

404

APPENDIX.

[1602

of>cl!vc.~ (cpav-), show, f. cpavw [cpavlw], a. f4>11va 1 .,.{cpa-y~<a., ?ri<(>ClC1J.<Cl< (648), lcpdv611v (rare in prose) ; 2 a. p. lcpdv 11 v, 2 f. <~'""~""~'-"'; 2 p. "''4>11va;

f. m. cpavoii~<a, a. m. I<P11ci.~<TJ (rare and poet.), showed, but .;.,.. 4>11""~'"~" declmed; [ ep. iter. 2 aor. .pclvru~<t, appeared. J For full

synopsis, sec 4itl; for inflection of certain tens(;s, sec 482. From stem cpa- (cf. 8"ivw, u!O), [Hom. impf. </'a, appemed, f. pf. "''<1'~ uHa., will appear.] For lcpad.v811 v, see <j>ClEv.,. (4.) ct>ci.a-~ec.~ (opa.-), say, only pres. ami impf. See 4>'11'-(. (6.) 4><Sol'-cu (<P.,o-, <1'5-), spme, cp.!uol'oa, '"'""al-'11" [Hom. 2 a. m. "''<1>6&1'11"' f. 1rf<(li5~""~'"') (2.) (cj>Ev-, cj>a.-), lcill, stems whence [Hom . .,.{cpa~Aa, .,.,cpfJuo~'"'; 2 a. redupl. tricpvov or tTrt<(lvov (for Tr<-q><v-ov) w. part. KQ.TCltricpvwv (or -dw).] , ct>lpo> (4>p-, oi-, lv<K, lv.-yK- for lv-<V<K- ), bear, f. o(uw, a. t'iv<'"(Ka, 2 p. lv~vox.a, lv~"''Y~'-~' a. p. ~v{x.9Tiv; f. p. lv<x.8fJrTo!<a. and oiuO~<ro~<a; 2 a. ~V<'"fKOv; f. m. oirTol'-"' (sometimes as pass.); a. m. ~-ya~'-'1"' 2 a.m. imper. '"'~'"""(So.). 671. [Ion. 1i"'" and fo'Tl"' ~v<cKov, lvfJVfi'"(!<O., 1Jvix.61; Hdt. aor. inf. av-o70al (or iiv-.flJ<ll); 11om. aor. impel". oia for oiaov (777, 8), pres. imper. cpipT< for cpiptn.] (8.) ct>uiyo> (<l'v-y-, '~'"'r), flee, <l'v~of'Cl' and cp<v~ov~'"' (666), 2 p. "''~''"'Y" (042), 2 a. lcpv-yov; [Hom. p. part. 1f"<<(>V")'JI-ivos alld "'</'v(6ns.] (2.) 4>1Jjl-( (cpa-), say, </'~aw, topYJaa; p. p. imper. .... cpa.rrew (1<<4>""11-ivos belongs to .Paivw). Mid. [Dor. fut. <l'<i"of'"']. :For the full inflection, see 812 and 813. (I.) 4>60:v~ (cp6a-), anticipate, <t>8fJaofl-"' (or </'6duw), (cp6aao.; 2 a. act. fq>6TJV (Jike f<TTYJV), [ep. 2 a. Ill. cp6a/<tVOS.] (5.) 4>9dpw (<fJ8,<p-), COI"rupt, f. 8pw [Ion. Bpiw, ep. 1/>lllpuw], a. tcp& ..pa, p. E<(>6~pKa, E<(>8a.pJ.<a j 2 a. Jl. t'pU.f.p~v, 2 f. p. <{>8aprllJOJI-f:Z< j :.! p. a,. {cp8opa; f. m. q>O<pol,i<a<- 043; 045. (4.) 4>9veo> [epic also </'6fw], waste, decay, cp6iaw, top8aa, trp6'fl-"' [ep. a. p. l'{J8i611v; fut. m. cp6tqo11-a< ;] :! a. m. lcp6ifl-~"' perished, [subj. <1'6iwfo'a, opt. cp8tfl-11" for cp8t-<J.l'l" (734) imper. 3 siug. 8il18w, inf. .p8ia8a], part. cp8i~<vos. (Epic cp6tv:., rp8tr1w, (<fJIIirT<l.] Chiefly poetic. Present generally intrausitive; future and aorist active transitive. (5.) 4><>..l., (<PA-), love, .p.Arfqw, etc., regular. [Ep. a. m. 1</'iAri.i'-Tl"' inf. pres. 4>Ari~<a (784, 5). 655.] 4>>..&... , bruise, [fut. cpil.aaw (Dor. tpil.aauw), aor. (tpA<l<ra, (tpA<laJ.<a, l.pi1.&a6>7" J See 9)..{,.,_ <l>pcl.yviifl-< (opp~-y-), fence, mid. <j>p6:ywfl-CU; only in pres. and impf. Sec <j>pcicrcro>. (II.) 4>pntw (rppoo-), tell, cpprJ.uw, f</!paiTa, 1rt</!po.Ka, w/1/>pa<T)Joa< [ep. part. wt.ppa.OI'Ivos,] lpO.u0>7v (as mid.); [cppduofl-a' epic], l</'paaaf1-7J" (chiefly epic). ( Ep. 2 a. "i<t>pa5ov or l1ricppaoov.] ( 4.)

1692]

CATALOGUE OF VERBS.

405
See

cf>pci.crcrc.~ ( cpp"f), fence, tif>pa{a, wl.ppawac, lcppi.x8rw ; lcppa~a;.c"' cj>pci:y~V!lL ( 4.)

cf>picrcr01 or cj>pfTTeo~.( cpp:~r-), shu(lde1, < cpp:{a, "lcppi~ra. ( 4.) cf>p~y01 ( cppu"y), roast, cpp~{w, r.ppu~a, ricppi-"yp.ac, (lcppu"y"'c]. cf>vAcicrcrw ( cfluAaK-), gumd, cpuAa~w, lcpuAa~a, "'<i>uAaX" "'~vAa"yp.ac, l<i>uAcix8rw; cpuAa,op.cu, lcpuAa~cip."' ( 4.) 4>~pw, mix, [lcpup11a,] wlcpup;.cac, [lcpvp~'lv]; [f. pf. "''{>vpuop.ac l'ind.J. 4>vpciw, mix, is regular, tpupciuw, etc. 4>.Jw (cpu), with ii in Homer and rarely in Attic, p1vducc, tp6uw, (if>u"a, rr<.pu""' lie (by natU!e), [with 2 pf. l',.forms, ep . .,.,rp.Jiicn, ll'.,.<t>~?h "'<i>u<ils; plpf. orrirpvKov (7i7, 4) J ; 2 a. lcpuv, be, be bom (79ll) ; 2 a. p. ~cpv11v (subj. cpuw) ; fut. m. cp~oop.ac.

X. Xci.tOI (xa5-), force back, yield, (pres. only in ava-xt:l(w), [f. xauop.ac, a. -<xauua (Pinu.), a.m. ixauci;.c'lv; from stem Ka5 (different from stem of ~rrf~w), 2 a.m. "'"all6;.c11; f. pf. "'""'ll,faw, will d1prive (70&),

2 a. l<fl(aOOV, de]Jrived. J Poetic, chiefly epic; except avaxci(uvns and acax&uauliac in Xenophon. (4.) Xa.pw (xap- ), l'ejoice, (c) xacp,ftrw (658, ~). K< xap~'la, "'X&P'll'"'' and Kfxapp.cu, 2 a. Jl. 'xcip1Jv, [epiC a. Jll. xrfpaTO, 2 a. Ill. K< xap0p.1JV j 2 p. pt. K<xapT)<i>s; fut. pf. K<)(>prfuw, "'X"'Piuu,.ac (70;,).] (4.) Xa.M ... , loosen, [xaAciuw Ion.,] ixri.Aaua [-a~a. l'ind.J, <xaAri.oiJ't)v. 63(); 6-10. [Xa.vS6.vo> (x5-, xtv5-), holJ., 2 a. lxaoov; fut. x.luo!'a.' (70), 2 pf. "ixav5a (U4()).] Poetic (chi~fly eph::) and Ionie. (5.) Xci<rKOI, later xa.!vOI (xa-, xav-), gape, f. xa'OUp.ll, 2 p. KfX'tJVO. as pres. (644), 2 a. <xavov. Ionic and poetic. (6. 4.) XttOI (xo-), fut. XWOU!J.>C (rarely xioop.at), ~x<ua, 2 p. rixo~a (ll43), 2 a. <xrov (ran); a.m. only in xiua.<TQ, Ar. DJ. lo.'i7; p. p. part. K<xup.lvor. ( 4.) Xlw (x<u, xf, xu-), epic x;w (78G, 3), ]lOW', f. x<w [tp. xuw], a. fxta [ep. f'A;fva], Kf'X,VKO., KiXv~a,, iX,U87}v, Xv8tjtJv~a'; a. Ill. fxrcip.T]P [cp. lx<v&,..,v], [2 a. lll. lxi,,_.,v (tiOO, 1).] 571. (2.) ((x>.a.S), stem of 2 pf. part. <xAii5ws, swelliiL!J (l'ind.), w. ace. pl. "' xAciouras, and in f. "'XAdo.,v. J Xow, heap up, xwcrw, lxwua, KfXWKa, KfXWCT{oAQC (641), <xwu8>)v,
xwu61Jaop.a'"

Xpa.crp.to> (xpacul'- ), avert, help, late in present; [Hom. x_pac<r!J.f!<r.,, (J(p>il11'"111a; 2 a. f'xpacop.ov ]. 654. Xpci.ofLa.L, use, XP~I1ol'a, fxPT/rtal-'71" "fxP'I!'a<, lxp~u871v ; [fut. pf. "x.rrfluop.a.c Theoc.J. For xpijrac, xpf]u8a., [Hdt. xpurac, xpiiutlcu], etc.,
see

496.

406
Xpcl.<~>,

APPENDIX.

(1692

give oracles, (Attic xp~s, xp~, etc., 40U); xp~uw, <xp'IJua, KIXP'IJa, Mid. consult an oracle, [xJ"iuo.uo, fxplJadl'lJv.] Foz xpii and XPii = xp~(w and xni(.. , sec XPnt ... Xpf) (impcrs. ), probably orig. a noun roeauing need (d. x.pia), with iu-r{ understood, thwe is need, (vne) ought, must, su!Jj. xpfi, opt.
[~<ixp~a-!La' lldt.J, /xp~n61)v.

XP.IlJ, inf. XPfiva,, (poet. xpflv); impe:rf. xpiiv (proh. XP~ ~v) or ixpf)v. 'A1r6XP'l, it su.ffil-es, in f. <iwox.piiv, imperf. lnrtxplJ, [Ion. O:rroxp~, Cnroxpiiv, &.rrfxpa ;] ci"'oxp~O'EI, Curfx_p't}ac. Xpyjt<~> (587), Ion. XP'ltt..,; want, ask, XPP""' [Ion. XP'l1.,.w], <xpvaa, [Ion. lxp~i"ITa]. Xpiis and x.Pii (as if from xpdw), occatiioually have tl!e meaning of xp(i(m, XP~i (... ( 4.) Xpt.. , anoint, sting, xptcrw, <xpiua, KEXPil'a' or ~<<xpia-pa, lxplcr9rw; [xpt.,.o,ua'l Hom.], lxpiurf.l'lJv. Xp.Ot..,, poet. also xpott.. ( &87), color, stain, 'xpwuJJ.a, lxpwuO'l (4.)

'1'.
for ii. in contracted forms ( 40u), orfi, !Jt?)v, l!ftJ, etc.; generally in composition. 'l't.JS.,, deceive, !f<va-w, (,YEVua, (!f<uo"!-a, N<vaiJl)v, !fuu8>\uoJJ.a; >fvuo J.'al, "f<U<1cl!'lJV. 71 j 74. 'l'~X"' (!fux), cool, >J-J!w, (>J-li!a, tljlv-y!'a., "foxBlJv [ljti:xiJ~uoJJ.a. Ion.]; 2 a. p. llfvxlJ or (generally later) f.yv-ylJv (swm >jtu-y-).

'1'0... , !'ub, with

'IJ

n.
'!lei.. (w8-), push, impf. gen. lrfJOouv (537, 1); 6>uw [poet. wO>\uw], EW<TC. [Ion. cliuaJ, EW<1Jo'O.l [Ion. cliui'~J. '"'"IJ~v; wuiJ-i)uofLO< j f. lll. &iCTOJ.IO.l,
a.

m.

iwCTclJ.IlJV [Ion. '"""JJ.'IJV ).

()[)4.
wvlJ<1cl!'lJ

'flvfof'CU, buy, hnp. iw~>ot~YJJ' (&37, 1) or WvoV,u1Jv; Wvf)cro,ucu, iWvYJ~aL,

lwv~O"f/v.

Classic writers usc '"P<rlf'"l/" ([)04-GOG) for later

INDEXES.

N. B.- In these Indexes the references are made to the of the Grammar, except occasionally to pages 3-6 of the Introduction. The verbs which are found in the Catalogue, and the Irregular Nouns of 291, are generally not included in the Greek Index, except when some special form is mentioned in the text of the Grammar.
SEcTIONS

GREEK INDJX.
A 1; open vowel 5, 0; pronuncia-! -O.t..,, verbs in 8GJ5, 8G2; fut. of tion of 281 ; in contraction 38; I ()()51. becomeS 'I} ill temp.augmcnt.51&; o:q5wv, dec!. of 248. ci changed to '1 at cud of vowel '' A9>jva.t<, 'J9<v, 'J<n 2!l2, 20!J, 20G. verb stems G!)G; added to verb cl.9~iw, -ij9~'Jcra. &lU. stemti (like <) o&u; changed to cl.9p6os, dec!. of 2~1tl~. '1 in :.!d p~rf. 044 ; < ch:mged to AO..,s, accus. of 1\JU. ci in liquid st<~m~ 04G, (i4fi; A col. a.~, diphthong 7; <J.ugmentcd ulo; and Dor. ci for '1 147 ; as suffix somctilues elided in poetry Gl ; 83:.!, 8-1!)1. short in accentuation (but nut iu a. or a.v- privative 8751; copulaopt.) 1!:3. tive 877. a.C, H<llll~rk fur <i 1:38!. 'l- improper diphth. 7, 10; by con- Ate1s, voc. of :.!2!1. traction ::!8 4. e1LSO.s, ded. of ;<:;s, ~:;n. c!.ya.9os compared 301. ut8 or u'i y6.p, JJ,HH-ric fM <fO< liya.f'a.~ 7fl4 1 ; w. gen. 1102. cte. l.'>fll. 6.ya.v<lKTiW W. dat. JJ5!), lltJO; W. C1LVOI 1 cie1Hllll. \'Pl'lJS ill 8(iJ1, 81):,!. l 142!3; w. part1c. 1580. -a.~os (a-ws), adj. in b.Jil, 8~0. O.ya.,-6... w. dat. 11G!l, 1 HiO; w. <i a.tp"' :,u~; aor. u7-l; pf. and plpf. mid. 4~HI . 142!3; w. partie. 1&80. ciyyt~~ ... pf. and plpf. mid. 4(!0" ; -cus, <lLCT<l, -oLcr<l, in aor. partir.. w. partie. li>88. (Aeol.) is::. liy aULI O.y<T< w. suhj. and impcrat. -a.~s, <lcr~(v), in dat. plur. J(i7, 18tl'. 1345. -<1~5 in ace. plur. (Ae>L) ~~~'O.y<vcrTOS etc. w. gen. 1141 (110:2). a.Lcr6ci.vofL<l~ w. ge11. 110~; w. partie. O.y1Jp"'s, declcnsiou uf 30u. 1582, l.JH8. ciyvws, adj. uf one ending .'l43. a.tcrxpos coltlparru 207, 3G2. ii.yx w. gen. 114!l. a.Ccrxllvol'-a.' w. pari ic. l,';tlO; w. uyw, augm. of !jyayuv ii<Jv; t!yw>, in tin. l fHl. with 1r,o;.. <lLTEpos, -a.LTa.Tos, comp. and sup. Q.y..,vtt<cr9a.~ cl.ywva. JO:Jl. in 002. -ci.S'Jv, adv. o;ndiug: 8()02. a.LTt"' w. two accus. lOU(). Q.S,Kl..,, fut. mid. as pass. 1248. Cl(T~os w. gen. 1140. 6.51iv<1Tci. lcrTLV etc. 8(!()2. cit..,, &.~ov ::>16. ci.S..,p6Ta.Tos XP'Jfl-ci.Twv 1141. ci.Koli01, 2 perf. 52(), 6()0; w. ace. 6.cKwv: see Ci.K01v. anrl gen. 1103; plpf. ii33; <il or ciNrcS~, epicene noun 168. Ko.Kws ciKovw 124 I.

409

410

GREEK INDEX.

liY (epic Ki), adv. 1299-131(1: see bpociofoL~ 638 ; w. gen. 1102. liKpos w. article 978. Contents. Two uses 1:299; with secondary tenses of indic. 1004, ii.Kwv (M.:wv) 33::!; without wv 1571. 13:l5, 1336, 1387, 1397, 143:1; w. ciAtC4>w 572, 0422. ciAIEw 6581; red up!. 2 aor. 4AaAKov optative 130U, 1327, 1401:l, 140\l, 1430, never w. fut. Ojlt. 1807 ; 635, ui7. w. fut. inuic. (Hom.),rt30!~; w. ciA1J9i)s declined 313 ; 4A1)8cr, insuhj. used as fut. (!I om.) ];JO.J~, deeJ/314. 1356; w. in fin. and partie. !30I:l, 'ci.A(crKOJl' 650; 2 aor. 779. 1404. In conditions w. subj. ciALT~pos w. gen. 11442. 12992, 1305, 1382, 1!l87, 1:)!);)1, a.na. in apodosis 1422. 6.Xhcicrcrw, pf. a11d plpf. mid. in1403 ; dropped when sul>j. be flected 487~, 4893. comes opt. 14972. Iu final claw;es ciAA~AOIV declined 404. w. w5, o1rw5, and 6pa 13G7. ii.AAoe, 2921. ' Omitted w. subj. in protas!s (in li.AAOJl~, 2 aor. mid. 800~. poetry) 13Du, 140u, 1407, w. liAAos, dec!. of 41!1; w. art. OG<l. potenti:Ll opt. or in apod. 1:.::;;~, ii.AAOcTf 294. 103:1; not used w. f3fl, xp-i)v, et~. ii.AAo T' ij; or ii.AAo n; 1004. 1400; repeated in long apod. ii.Aoyos declined 800. 1312; e!lijJSis of verb 131!1; u~ed ci.A,;crKw, formation of Gl7. oHly w. tirot of several courd. &.As deelined 225. vl.Js. 1314; never begins sentence ciAw'lnJ~, epicene noun 158; voc.2101. 131G. See lciv, ~v, ii.v(n), anol Tcix. liJla. w. dat. 1170; w. partie. 1572; O.v (ci) for lciv (<I dv) 12!)0~, 13i;2. ii.Jl E<t> 958. O.v for civci (Ilom.) ::;.~. cLflocipTov, opt. 736. v- privative: see privatile. O.flo~flOTOS (iM'P) IJU. civ (a dv ), by crasis H, 14:!8 2 Uf1ot(J3w w. gen. 1 J !J!J. .Q.v for -ciwv in ge11. plur. 11:\8;,. ~is, ap.l, etc., Dor. for >iJ"tt>, etc. ci.vci w. dat. and ace. 1203. :!98. ' O.va, U]l! l!O~, 12~4. cip.i)Twp 316. ii.va, poet. V<C. of dva~ 201. ~os and UfloOS for 7}p.lT<po5 (or ci.vci-yKTj w. in fin. 1ii21; w. <<TTl om. ip.65) 407. 80Jl. &.J-L,.lxw and a.,.,.,.ccrxw 95 4 ci.va.AL<rK~ ail!! civaMw, augmont of a.,.,.,,..crx vioJl~ 607. 51G, 52G (end). a.,.,.,;vw 59(J ; w. ace. and dat. O.vahs, adj. of one eucling :!43. (Horn.) llul:l; cip.uvd.Ow 779. ci.va.!Jo,I'-VlJ<rKw w. two aceus. lUli\J. a..,.cj>c w. gen., dat., and accus. 1:20:2. civciEos w. gen. 1135. a.,.,.cj>,lvw.,.,, augment of 544 ; w. civci.crcrw w. gen. 1109 j w. uat. two ace. 1069. (Hom.) 1164. cil'-cj>'crj3TjTtOI, augment Of 544 j W. nv6civw, augment of (Born.) ii38. gen. and dat. 1128, 117G. civl6'lv 860~. a.,...cj>oTlpw8tv w. gen. 114B. ii.vtu w. gen. 1220. li.l'-4>'" aud ci.l'-cJ.oTtpos 37\J; w. art. ci.v4xw, !Lugment of 644; w. l>artic. ll76. 15!:10.

GHEEK INDEX.

411

declined 278 (see 67) ; Hom. dat. pl. 270. d'YJP 44. li.v6pw,.os declined 192. d.voyw, augment of 5:38; 2 pf. clvl'f'"Y<t and <iP<'<t'xa 693. d.vol'-o((l)s w. dat. 1175. -nvos, nouns in 840. D.n w. gcu. 1204; civil' wv, where jim 1204. 6.vTL1TOLf0!'-C1L W. gen. 1128. 6.vu<Ta.s, aor. part., hastily 1564. O.vw, la.v~TEpo-;, cl.vWTO.TOS 308. li.os decliued :wo. a~<o< aud <i~<bw w. gen. 1135. a.,.a.s, adj. of one ending 343 ; w. gen. 1141. a.,.O.Twp, dec!. of 31G. Q.,.f<pos w. gen. 1141. ci1TL<TTf(l) W. dat. 1160. ci.1rA6os, n1fAOVs declined 310; irreg. contr. 39 1 ci1ro w. gen. 1205; for iv w. dat. 122i> 1 6.,.oSixo!'-a. w. gen. 110:3. 6.-,.-oS(!i(l)l'-' and ci1ro6lSo1'-a. 1246. Q.,.o>..a.uw w. gen. 10071. <i1T"OAfL1rOf.LO.L w. gen. 1117. Q.,.o>..s, decl. of 31G. Q.,.6AAVfLL, augm. of plpf. 533. 'A ,.6>..>..wv, ace us. of 217 ; voc. of 1224, 221". a.,.o>..oylol'-a., augment 543. O.,.o<TTEplw w. two accus. 1069 ; w. ace. and gen. 1118. 6.,.oa-<j>6.>..>..o11a. w. gen. 1090. d. ...o<f""Y"' w. gen. J 121. /i.1rTW aad li1TTOilo0.L 124(). O.p (Hom. for dpa) 53. cipa., cipa. o</., and cipa. .....;, interrog. 1603. 6.pa.pL<TKw, 613; Att. redupl. 5:!1, li15, %2. ci.pyvp,os, 6.pyupo{is, declined 310; irreg. contr. 30 1 ; ~cent 811. d.f>lwv, compar. of ciya06s 361.

c!.v~p

6.p1JpC:.s, 6.pdpvia. 774. 6.p, intensive prefix 876. -a.p<ov, dimiu. in 844. ll.pCJ"1JV or 6.pp1Jv 327. cipxf)v, atfi,st, adv. ace. 1060. ll.px(l), ll.pxol'-a., w. partie. 1580; w. infin. 1581 ; apx6JUvos, at

first 1564.
cipwy6s 31. -ci.s, -cis, cage-endings of ace. pl. 167. -a.<TL and '!""' locat. and dat. 29(t 6.<T1rs w. p.upla 3831. M<Ta. or CiTTa. 4 ](32. liJ"<Ta. or 6.TT~~o 42&, 426. 6.~rT.qp, declension of 276. cia-Tpci.,.Tu without subject 8976. O.<rTv, declined 250, 253 ; gen. pl. of 253. -O.TO.L, -Q.TO (fOr -VTa<, PTO) in 3 pers. plur. 7773, 701, (Hdt.) 7876. llTt w. partie. 1575. li.Ttp w. gen. 1220. liTtpos 46. II.T<!'-05 and ciTLfLcl.tw w. gen. 1135. O.TO (for VTO) : See O.TO.L. 6.Tpa.1r6s, fern. 194. ii.TTa. and /i.TTa.: see li.<Tcra. and li<T<TCI.. a.v, diphthong 7. a.ua.vw, augment of 519. ~~ovT6.p in apodosis 1422. a.uTci.pK'JS, a.llTnpKlS, accent 122<, 314. llVTEO>v for <tuTwv (Hdt.) 397. a.uTOS personal pron. in obi. cases 389, 9898; int.ensive adj. pron. 391, 989'; posltiun w. art. 080; w. subst. pron. 0mitted 990; for reflexive 9H2 ; w. ordinals ( 6lKa Tot a./rr6r) 991 ; joined w. reflexive 997; compared (a.~T6Ta.Tor) 364. o u~T6<, the same, 300, 9892, 980 ; in cragis 400, 44. lloVTOu, et.c., for t<LVTOV 401. O.<j>a.pl., w. ace. and gen. 1118.

412

GREEK INDEX.

o..pc,uu, augment of 544; opt. forms

8102 <icp111J, gen. pl. &.~wv 126. i!.x9oll-a.L w. dat. 1160; w. partie. 1580; d.xOoJL{vCfJ n>l elva.< 1584. li XP' as prepos. w. gen. 1220 ; as conj. 1468. -ci.w, deunm. verbs in 8()Jl; desideratives iu 808; contract forms infiectcd 492 ; dialectic forms

784. -6.oiV, gen. pl. (Hom.) 1886,

B, middle mute 21, labial 16, 22, and sonant 24 ; euph. changes: see Labials; luserted between p. and >- or p 66 ; changed to in 2 perf. act. 692. -(30., imperat. (in comp.) 7li5s, J3a.Cvw, formation of, 004, (j 10; 2 aor. of JL<form 7!-!9; 2 pf. of ,.,. form 804 ; {3a.vnv ,.baa. 1052. j3ci.Kxo~ (x) 68 1 J3<i>..>..w 593; perf. opt. 734. f3cur[>.ELa. 175', 841 ; {3a.cnX<!Ci 836. J3a.cn>.tlis, declined 263, 264 ; compared 364 ; used without article, 957. j3a.cn>.t~, denom. 861'; w. gen. 1109 ; w. dat. (Hom.) 1164 ; aor. of 1260. j3tj3a.LoTlpws 3702. j3{ATtpos, f3iATO.TOS 1 and (3thT[c.>v 1 j3j). TUJ'TOS 36 tJ. 13f3ci.tw, future of 6652.

in indic. (never {JouXv) 626; {3ovXop...,v O.v and i{3ovMp.'lv ilv 1327, 1339 : see lf3ovAcSJL'IV; {Jov"A or {JovX11'fh w. interrog. subj. 1358; fJovXop.l P'IJ nv! liJ'nv, etc. 1584. J3o~, declined 268 ; formation of 260 ; Hom. forms 271 ; compounds of 872; stem in com pus. 872. ~piTa.s, declension of 236. jlpoT6t (!1-op-) by syncope 666, j3uvtc.> (,Bv-vt) 607.

or

I'Mlci.s71W.
f3Cjl>.os, fem. 194. f3C1J4> 297 I jlui..,, 2d aor. of p.l-form, 799. f3>..-, how reduplicated 5242. fl>..ci.,.Tw, aor. pass. 714. J3>..TT"' (p.eX<T), by syncope 66. llofJ 176. fk>pla.s, jlopp<is declined 186. ~v>..ol''"' augment of 617; {JouX

middle mute 21, pa.latal16, 22, and sonant 24; nasal (w. sound of v) before .-, -y, x, or ~ 17; euph. changes: see l'ala.tals. -ya.l-'w and -ya.l-'oii11-a. 124G. -ya.crT'I)p, declension of 2742. 'YYJ-L changed to -y JL 77. -yi-yova. as pres. 1263. -yt>..a.crt..,, desiderative verb 808. -ytvvciSe&s, adj. of one ending 345. -yivos, declined 228. -yivTO, grasped 8002 : see also -y-yvOJLC&L, -yipa.s declined 228. -ytli"' w. ace. and gen. 1106; -ytv op.a< w. gen. 1102. -yf), declension of 185; omitted after article 053. 'Y'lPcio-K"' 013 ; 2 aor. of p.<-form 709. yCya.s declined 225. yyvofLCU 530, 6521; 2 perf. of p.tform 804; copul. vb. 008; w. gen. 11302; w. poss. dat. 1173. yLyvwtrKc.> 614 ; redupl. in pres. 536, \l521 ; w for o (i!6 ; 2 aor. of p.<-form 709 ; inflect. of h""'
8032.

r,

y>..-, how reduplicated 624 2 y>..vKVt declined 320. yv-, how reduplicated 6242. -yv6.8os, fem. 194.

GREEK INDEX.

413

'YvwpCtw, augment of 5242. ,S,crjloOs ( ...r-) 8302 ; heterog. 288. ypails, deciined 208; formation of 5lcr1f6T1)s. voc. of 182. 269; Hom. forms of 271. SlxuTcu (Hom.) as perf. 550. "''Pcl.cl>w and ypci.cj.o).t.u~ 124U; i-yp&.- Slxo!.t.u, 2 aor. mid. of 8002 ; w. >Jv 1247; -yp<i.</JoJ1.4< w. cogn. ace. and dat. (Hom.) 1169. accus. 1051, 1125. I 6iw, bind, contraction of 4952. 'YP1Jiis, yp1Jils, Hom. for -ypo.ur 2i 1. i Siw, wa11t, contraction of 4052 ; 'Y").t."6s w. gen. 1140. I in Hut. 785 1 Impers. s,c 8!l8; w. gen. and dat. (rarely ace.) .6., middle mute 21, lingual 10, 22, 1115, 1161 ; 1roXXov O<t, oX/-yov and sonant. 24 ; euph. changes: Mi 111tl ; 6X-you for 6X-you 6tZv, see Lin~uals ; inserted in avop6r almost 11 16'; Olov (ace. abs.) ( avojp) G7 j before -<tTO.< aud -a. TO 150() ; (v6s etc. w. UovT<s 3823 (in Hom.) i7ia. <5 in apod. without dv 1400'. Sa., intens. prefix 876. See liioft.UL. Sa.~p, voc. liiip 1224. 61JAOt without subject 897a. 6a.(op.cn ( oo.tr-). divide 602. 6T)A6s w. partie. 1589. Sa.(\1\J).t.~, pres. opt. mid. 734. 81JA<iw,intlect. of contract forms 492; Sa.w (liar-), burn 602. synopsis of 494; infin. 39~, i61; Sc:Lp.<~.p, nom. of 210.1 pres. partie. lit~Awv declined 340. hf-LVcW (oo.,u-) and 5cl.flV1Jfl~ 609. .6.1Jfl~TIJP declined 277~, 2itl; accent of voc. 122d. Sa.vttw and Sa.vlCtoi'-CI.L 1245. Sc#, accent of gen. du. aud pl. 128. .6.1JflOcr8iv1JS, ace. of 230 ; voc. of Sl, in o ,_.lv . ci Si 081-983 ; in 122'. apodosis 14 22. -8'1" or -O.S,v, adverbs In 860. -lit, local ending 293; enclit. 141 4 -Sl)s, patronym. iu 840. StSLtV(l~ 767, 804. Sui w. gen. aurl ace. 1200. Si!ioLKa. 68i>. 5~4LTci.W, augm. f>43. St, il1lpers.: see Siw, want. 5LciKovlw, augm. 543. Sti&l-yl'-a.L, s,csoLKCI., and St5LCI., 6L<~.AE-yol'-a.L, pf. 522 j w. dat. ll/5. red up!. of (Hom.) 522'; liUho. 8La.TlAtw w. partie. 1&87. s~6.cj>opos w. gen. 1117. 80t SlCKW).t.L, synopsis 504, 50&, 50() ; 5~5cicrKw, formation of 617; w. two inflection of ,u-forms 50G. Syut. accus. 1060; causative in mid. 1245. w. partie. 1588; partie. /lunus declined 335. SlipcicrKw 613; 2 aor. of ,..,.form, (~paP 7()(), 801. Sttva., pron., declined 420; alway~ w. art. 04i. 5Swl'- synop~is 504, 509 ; inti. of SLvov lcrTLV l 1424. ,u<forms 50(); reel up!. in pres. 6<Acj>ts (li<>-<i><v-) 2102, 2822. 651, 794 2 ; lmperf. 030; couaS<o,..a. w. ge.u. or w. gen. and ace. tive u~e of 1255 ; aor. in K<> 1114. fliO, 802 2 ; ooiiva, 767 ; imper. oiliw8., oloot 790. Sip') (opp?) 17fl. btpKOflO.L 646, 649 2 j .Ap'f} OEOO(JKEO.< 6Ka.os, person. constr. w. infin. 1027. 10552

,t,...

414

GRElm INDEX.

7882; changed to o. in liq. stems 645; ell. to o in 2 pf. 643, also iu uouus H31 ; t added to stem, in pres. 654, in other tcuses u57, 058; dropped by syncope uri, 2i:l; dropped in tto (Hdt.) and <ta.c and <<o (Hom.) 785~; thematic vowel 561 1, in Hom. subj. 7801. prou. 389 ; use in Attic 987, 988. "(pa<J>i}v 1051. -ta.~ for tfl'a.< in verbal endiag~. 611-ws, accPut of gen. \lual and plur. contr. to 17 or CL :31J3, 565G, 624, 128. 7772: see EO. Souo, 6oo (Hom.) 377. (civ for <I 6.v 129()J, 1382. SoKE"' (~oK-) 'IJ54; impers. 5oK< <a.vTov declined 401; synt. 0!13. 808 (1522") i roo~ 01' lil5oKTa.L iu t~0\1A0!1'JV Without l!v (pOteutiaJ) HM' ; l{JouAOJL"'V ,'f.p I:J:W. decrees etc. 15-10 i ( w~) ip.ol OOK<tV 1534. invs, adv. w. gen. 1140; w. dat. 6oK6s, fem. Hl4. 1176. Sov (-Oci) or -"136v, adverbs in 860. ly1ipw 597; pf. and plpf. mid. 490\ Sov>-.<vw and 6ov>-.ow 8G7. aor. ru. 671. Att. rednpl. f1:l:!. 6pa.<r,(.,, desiderativc verb 868. EYXEAvs, decl. of 2Gl. Spciw, Spcia-w 635, 641. lyw declined 389, Hom. and Hrlr. Spo<ros, fem. 194. 393; generally omitted 8uG. 6\lva.tJ.a., 71J4 1 ; augm. of 5Ii; ac- Sn etc. without /J.v in apod. HUO. cent. of subj. and opt. 720, 742; Siiv (of o~w) .?05, 7lJ9; synopsis ouvq. and louvw 6:!2. 504; inflected 50(); Hom. opt. 6\lo declined ~75; indeclinable 7-!4. 376; w. plur. noun 922. -u in dual of nouns in " us 202. Sv<r, inHeparable prefix 87[>2; ~i fori', Hom. pron. 3Dat. augm. of vbs. comp. with 54[). l61v for o~ 303 1 Sv<ra.pt<rTtO>, augment of 5451. ett.,, pf. and plpf. mid. 4008. 6~ .. 570, 799 : see t'6i>v. u, diphthong 7 ; genuine aud spuSwpov declined 192. rious 8; pronunc. of 28~ (sec Preface) ; augment of 51 !l; as E, open short vowel 5, G; name augm. or redupl. (for H) 037. uf 4 ; prununciat.iuu of Zt3l ; in -n for -ccrCl,, -ca, in 2d pers. sing-., contraction 38; as syll. augm. true Attic form 624. 1 511, 513; l.Jeforc a vowel 537; tt, if!381, 1423; whetherHlO.'i, 1606, l1ecomcs "' in temp. augm. 510; 1491; in wishes, 0 if 1508. lengtil. to '7 at end of vowel verb -ELii., nouns in, denoting action B36. stems 6!lG ; length. to , when :1\ ouns in w'i 841. cons. are droppl:d bcf. <r 30, 783, , ELa.s, -u, fL<lv in aor. opt. act. 78Jl. 79, in aor. of liq. stems 072, in: ttSov w. partie. 1585. 2 a. p. subj. (Hom.) 7803, in 2 a.j ,(Kci9w, dKcleOLfloL, etc. 779. act. subj. of p.c-forms (llom.), tlKcOv, dec!. of 24B. SCK1Jv, adverbial accus. 106fl. f><opvcrcrw, augm. of plpf. 533. 5.6.,.,, because, w. inf. (Hdt.) 1524. s.,.>-.cicros etc. (as compar.) w. gen. 11 f>4. 5xa. w. gen. 1140. S.ljlciw, contraction of 496. 5LwKci9w 77U. 5LwKw w. geu. and ace. 1121 ; w. (,

GREEK INDEX.

415

at>.o14a.L (Hom.) 508. 'lKTcS~, adv. w. gen. 1148. a\:.,.a.pTa.~, augm. of 522. tKC:.v tivcu 1535. at,... 02!! ; inflection of SOC.; dialec- 1lK~v declined 33:3. tic forms of 80i; as copula 891; 1 {>.M-craJV 3f:iP. w. ]Jred. nom. 007; w. poss. or I i>.a:uvc.l, form of pres. Q12; fut. part. gen. 10111; w. pos~. dat. GG52(sed>.ow); Att.redupl.5:!0;

V sense 12:)2. 1029, w. opt. without l>.a.cj.1Jl36>.o~ 87:2. l!v 13:]:1; iKwv elva.<, ,.!J vilv <tvCl<, l:>..cl.xna. (Hom.), IMX<O'To; 3(l1 5. Ka.Tcl. ToDro dva.<, 15%; accent i:>..iyx..,, pf. and plpf. inflected -ll:li", (enclitic) 14P, 144~; accent of 489J, 4902, 583. wv, 6vros 120. i'A:>..a.xov, etc. (Hom.) for :\a.xov ttf.L~, inflection of 808; dial. forms 514. of 809 ; pres. as fut. 1~5 7. 'E>.A'lv~crT 8(103. ato for oli 3931, lMw, Hom. fut. of EACl~vw 784 2 ttov, nouns of plac1' in t\431. l)..,.(tw etc., w. fut. intin. or pres. atos, Hom. for lws J4(j;), and aor. 1:!80. tt'll'a., first aorist Gil. (:>.,.,.(s declined 2:!5, 209 1 ; accus. tl.,.ov w. on or 1G2:3; .is (hos) sing. 2143, ''"'''" 1034. ll'avroi! declined 401 ; synt~x of t(pyw, etc. w. gen. 111 i ; w. in fin. 993. (ll' infin. w. roD and J.l.iJ (6 form:;) l11i8tv, l11tto, l.,.lo, lf4til 391.
1173; EG'rtv o1', fa-Tu' oil, E<!rtv

or

a,.ws

ws

il-'tc.lUTov (Hdt.) 400, 9'J:l. (Dor. for i}.l.ol) 398. tf4f4'V or ijlf4Evcu, Efi.EV or if4Eva.~, Hom. inlin. for dva.< 807 7 lt~-6s 100, 99S. ...,.(.,.).'111' and tf4'11'('11'p'Jf"' 7'35. tl-''11'pocr8ov w. gen. 1148. tv for 'f/O'Clv (aor. p.) 7779. 12251. tLs, .,.a, t'v dr.clineu 375; com- 1 f.v w. dat. 120l:l; as adv. 12221; w. pounds of 378. / dat. for dr w. ace. 12252; in trcrw, adv. w. geu. 1148. expr. of time 11 oa ; euphon. cb. o(n 1 GOG. lief ore liquid 78 2, but not !Jefore . (.,, Hom. prl?s. in, for iw 7858, p or 0' 81. E~w9a., 2 pf. 537 2 , (581!. lva.n(os w. gen. J 1411; w. dat. 1174. t'iws, Hom. for lws 140~. cv5t~s w. gen. 1140. lK: ~eel. ~voKa. w. gen. 1220. lKot9ov for E<ii 1220. lvivL'II'OV and ~vbra'!I'OV 535. iKa.crTos, loinpos, etc. w. article i:vurT,, impt!'l'. 891:1. 97G. v9a., <vOtv 43G, 438. lKtivos 409,411,1004; lwvou/412. iv9<l5t 4;3(3, <oc< aud lKotOtv 4:3u. iv8a.i1Ta., lv9oi1Ttv (Ion.) 4-'392

];>4!1, !531.

augment of 522. Hs, tcrcra., tv, adj. in 854; dec!. :129, :J31 ; colllpar. J05. -ns in ace. pl. of 3u ded. (for ta.s) :!OS 3 ; late in nouns in <us 2Gf3. ots w. accus. 1201 ; for iv w. dat.
orpT]Ka,

(1'-(v

,r,., ...

IKttcr 29-!, 4:3(3. tK11'Atw~, ueut. pl.

fK11'A<w

308.

iv9tv Ka\ iv9<v 122(3. iv for lv<rrn 122!.

416

GREEK INDEX.

lvo and :vuiTc 1029. ip-, intens. prefix 876. ivox.os w, gen. 1140. lp&a.!v"' 606. tvTa.u8e& 4:36. lp!t01 w. dat. ll75, 1177, ivTcil&tv 436, tps, accus. of 214s. (,.,.6s w. gen. 1140. ipp01ya., 2 pf. of pirrvvp.< 689, it or lt<, form 63; x in lx un- 'Epl'-lM, 'Epl'-fJs, decliued 184. changed in compos. 72 ; in iK ipcrT) 176. long before liquid 102; proclitic lpv8pui"' 81382. 13i ; accented 1382; w. geu. lp\IKw, ~p.itca.Kov 535. 1209; for iv w. dat. 12251, lp.,,.Q.., w. two accus. 1069. lfa.!.Pv1Js w. panic. 1572. ccr-, sterns of 3 dec!. in 227. iEccrn, impers. 898; w. dat. 1161 ; Is w. accus. 1207: see tCs. l(ijv in apot1. without dv 1400. lcr&Cw 621 ; future 607. (~ov, ace. abs. 15<ltl. -ccr in dat. plur. (Hom.) 2862. ~.. w. gen. 1148. lcrcrlovTo (Hom.) 514. -co for -<ITO f>(l5G, 7772, -ccrcr in dat. plur. (Hom.) 2Sf32, {o for eu 3931. lcrcrl (Hom.) 5561, 8071. lo for or 3931. ~cro;wv 3()12, iouca. (<IK-) 537, 573; plpf. 528; inc, unti/1463. p.t-forms 804; w. dat. 1175. -lunpos, -icrn,.os 353, 354. -tos, adj. of material iu 852. llcr,.( w. ending n 5561; accented Us for Br (pass.) 407. (tTn 144 5 ; takes v movable 57. (wciv and twccl.v (br<! dv) 14282, tcrTLV ot (au, y, li1rwr) 905, 1029; ewt! aud (.,m&~ 1428, 1505; w. rtTT<v 8tTns etc. with opt. witllout dv 1333. infin. in or. obl. 1524. ~ ......&civ aud t1ri)v 129\Jl, 14282. WT~S (for iuradJs), lcrTO>cra., ~crTOS ~wft~oXos w. gen. 1140. (Ion. iuu<I>s) 342, 508, 773, 804. J.,..! w. gen. dat. and :I.Ccus. 1210; icrxa.Tos w. article I/7S. 1 as adverb 122:! <u-w w. gen. 114S: see .~crw. lw for (,.<ITT< 1lf.l2, 1224. hl8'lv for iiU8Y)> Of>S. tw,evl'-f"' w. gen. 1102. htpos 420; w. gen. 1154: see liTc~ .... ,Ktipcros w. geu. 1140. pos. lw.>.a.v8civofLa. w. gen. 1102. l1"1Jcr(a., iT1JO'Iwv 126. iwtu>.~s w. gen. 1140. hve'lv for i.8v81)v 95 8 4w(crTa.l'-a. 7!!4' ; irdu~ an1 -?wl- '" diphthong 7. qrw 632; accent of snbj. and I"' comr. to< (through 'F) ooo.a, opt. 720, i42; w. aceus. 1104; augm. of verbs compounded w. W. partie. 1158. 5451 j W, 11'0tlW, 11'cio'Xw, aKOUW, hrLcrT~I'-"'v l\', gen. 1142; w. aecus. etc., 1074, 1241; w. ,.pd.utTw 1050. 1075; w. lxw and geu. 1092. l'lfLTLfLclw w. ace. and dat. 1162. ..;, pron. for 3931, l.,.p,cifl-'1" ( wpa.-) 50[>; synopsis ,,;&a.CI'"'" declined 313; accent f>04 ; inflected 506; aecel't of 122. <vfA'IfLS 31G; ac:cus. 214 3 subj. and opt. 72{), 742. lplcrcrw, stem ipr- 582. cvtpytTlw, a.ugm. 545 1

cu,

ov

GREEK INDEX.
t.l8.1 w. gen. 1148.
,;.e.l~

417

t, adv. in 293. w. partie. 1572. t... , verbs in 584 ; fut. of vbs. in tvKM1)~. contr. of 31li. a~w and t~w 665. tlhoos, tiivous, compared 353. tupa-Kw w. partie. 1582, 1688. H, open long vowel 5, 6; orig. t.Upos, accus. of specif. 1058. aspirate 13; in Ion. for Dor. ci i>pvs, wide, Hom. ace. of :122. 147; ii and length. to "1 29, 515, tvs, nouns in 2G.~, 8331, 841, 848; G35; as thematic vowel in subj. 56P; fern. nouns and adj. in Hom. forms of 264; original forms of 205 ; contracted form~ 832, 849. of 207. n. improper diphthong 7. t.lcj>ui)s, contr. of 315. n for c<Ta or 'I<Ta< in 2 pers. sing. iixa.p~s, dec!. of 316. 393 , 505&, 624. See '. -tvw, denom. vhs. in 8614, 803. ~. whether (Hom.), o1, intHrog. l+opU... w. partie. 1585. 1605, !GOG; than 115f,, om. 1150. lcj>' .f or lcj>' .fn w. infin. and fut. ~. interrogative 1603, 1606. ind. 1460. j itylof1a.~ w. gen. 1109; w. da.t. expfJv or XPii" in apoc1. without av I (Hum.) 1164. 1400. 1\Sof-La.~ w. cogn. accus. 1001. f:xw, for acx-w, ()5~; w. partie. for it5of1l"'l' a-o( tcrTv, etc. 15::i4. perf. 1262; ~XO!J.a< 1240, w. gen. it5vs compared 357; -i)oiwv declined 1099; w. adv. and part. gen. 358. ~l, ~' iuterrog. (Hom.) IGOG. 1092; (xwv, u:ith, 1565. ~x8p6s compared :};;7. ~C61)s etc. (oioa) 8212 . .... , dcnom. verbs iu 8()12, 8GG, -T]ns, adj. in, contracted iu Hom. 332. 867; iutl.cctiou of contract forUJs 402. i\K~<TT<l (super!.) 3612. /.o;, for -O.w in vb~. (Hdt.) i84. i\K"' a.s perf. 12511. -iw in fut. of liquid stems <IG3. itMKos 420. w and -wv, Ion. gen. of 1st dec!. Tj14o.~ 629; inflection of 814; dial. 18f:ll!. s. forms of 817. l~K1), plpf. 528. 4J14cis or ,;,..u.s 390. -ws, A tt. 2d dec!. in 196. 1)f-LEVOS for <!J.EVOS in part. (Hom.) ~ws, dawn, accus. of 199 (see 240). 702. ~ ..S, COllj. 1463 j tofli[e 1425-142!) j iJf-LlTtpOS 406, 998 j W. aUTWV 1003. <mW H63-l-1i\7, mqw. purposP. -iJIJ.~. insepar. particle 875 4 , 86. 1407, in indir. disc. 15023. iJI'-'" ,;,...,. 39(}, twUToii, for iavroii (Hdt.) 403. ;jv for i4v (flll.v) 1382. itvKa., rei. adv. 436. Z, double cons. lR; orin of JR, >lvt'lra:rrov 535. 28 3 ; probable pronunciation of ,j1ra.p declined 225; form of nom. 283 ; makes position 9[11 ; t for 211. redupl. before 523. ;j1mpos, fem. 1942. ta., intens. prefix 876. 'Hpa.KAttJS 231. tU..., contr. form of 496. 1\pws declined 243, 244.

418

GREEK INDEX.

1JS, adj. iu 8493, 881 ; inflection of 8p!~, "'Pxos, aspirates in 055 ; de. clensiou of 2:l5. 312. i\s (for 1j.r), in nom. pl. of nouns 8pv.,.'7'c.> ( TpU<f>) 956, in (us (older Attic) 200. 6v)'0:T')P df:c!ined 274 j Hom. forws ~76. or ns, in dat. pl. 1 dec!. (Ion.) evpO.tt 293. 181l 5 61ipcin-L :!00. ;j<T<rwv (comp.) 3lil". 1JV, diphthong 7; augw. of w 519. 1 I, close vowel 5, 6; rarely contr. itx.:. dec!. 245. .;,;,s (Ion.) dec!. 240. 1 w. foil. vowel 401 ; length. t<J i 1 29, :lO; interchanged w. H aut! 0, rough mute 21 ; lingual !G, 22; 1 o, 31 ; i <~.dd"d to demon~tr. and surd 24; euph. changes, see 412; mood ~uflix in opt. [JI)2, Linguals. ' 730 ; in rcdnpl. of pres. ~telll -9a., ending (set: -<r9a.) 5561. tl51, 052, 7942; representing ) 9o:Aa.<r<ra. dec!. 172. 84, en phon. changes caused by 9aflltw w. partie. 1587. 841-o, 50!1-002; subscript 10. 90:11''7'c.> (ro.-), aspiratf:S in 95~. -L, local ending 290. 90:pCTos and 9pciaos G41. -a., fern. nouns in 842. 90:CT<r"'v 357; aspirate in !li>~. Ca. for !J.Ia (Hom) 377. 9Ci.Ttpov etc. 4G. !cioJI.aL G:35. 9a\ifla. w. infin. 15ao. -O:w, desidera.t.ive~ in 868. 9a.vf10:t"' w. gen. 1102, 112(); Bav- lSEtv, accent of 75(). 762. !J.ci.(w fi 14~;3 ; Bau!J.a(w lin 1424. . -!S1Js and LM'I}s (fem. -<ci.<), patro. 90.ns or 8iAtT'E w. interrog. subj. I nym. in 846Z. 8463. 13;J8. -Sov, diminutive in 844. -9n, local ~::nding 2!):l2, 205. C6os w. pas~. g<'n. 1143. 9Ecis, vocatiV(< 195. t6ps declined (one ending) :144. 9to> (Ou-)', 2d cla,,;s 574. l6po.,, contraction of 497. 94pofloa., fut. of 008. t6pvv9'1v (iop.Jw), Hom. aor. p. 7W. 0ij~cit 293. u- or ,.,.,. as mood suffix in opt. 51:~, 9ijAvs :i:!:J. 730. 91]p declinea 225. t<pos w. poss. gen. 1143. 9ijs declined 225. -tw. denominat. vlJs. in 8!31'\ 80~, -91JTL for -8YJ-e, in 1st aor. pass. 864. imper. 95", 7[J7'. r"ll"' inflp~tiun of 810; dial. forms of 81 J ; aor. in <a. 070; c>pt. -9, local ending 2021, 2()5, 800. 6vyjCTK"' (Bo.v) lil:i; m<;tath. (Bav, 1rpbo'I'D etc. 741,8102; <1va< ill7. Bva.-) 04U; 11 for a OW; fut .. pf. re., com .' w. suhj. and imperat. act.. H8v'f7~w 705; perf. as pres. 1340. 12ua ; 2 perf. of !J.<form 804 ; tKvlo..,a. G07. part. nOV<WS na; Hom. T<8V'f)WS -LKOS, adjectives in 851. 771l. t>.<ws. adj. declined 306, 11l7. 0% , poetic stems in 779. 'IXo9 'll'po 21l5. 9olf1ciTLov (by crasis) 44. in ace. sing. 2143.

'II"''

-v

GREEK INDEX.
tv, Doric for

419

Ka.hr<p) 1573; Ka.i lis, Ka.l or, O> a.< 5> 10232; a.i w> 1388; <a.l 1.371. railra 1573; xa.l rbv w. iniln. -Lvos, adj. of material in 852; adj. !J84 ; rO. Ka.i r<i, ro Ka.l rb 98-!. of time in u6s 853. Ka.(,.,p w. partie. 1573. -L%, pres. stem in 579. Ka.(w (A t.t. Kdw) GO 1. -ov, diminutiVt!S in 844. K<iK (Hom.) for Kara 53. -Los, adj. in 850. KO.Kos compared 361. i:Tr1ros, fem., catalry, w. sing. num- K<iKTa.vt (Ka.rhra.v<) 53. emls 38:31. Ka.KOis 1roui:v (>l"f<) 1074. Ka.kiw, fut. in (-lw) w 665; perf. \,.,.,)Til, llOIII. (Hom.) 188'' -s, feminines in 84!;2. opt. iu !lfJ.'l 734 ; perf. as pre~. 'Io-91'-o' 296. 1203. ~o-L, !lat. caoe ending ltli. Ka.kos compared 361. -o-K%-, pres. stems in lH:). Ka.kvJ3'1 and Ka.kV'IrTW 5ii. -(O"KOS, -I<TK?1, rJimin. in 844. Kci.p.1rTW, perf. mid. i7, 4(JQI, to-os w. dat. 11 i5. Knv (Kai h), Kcl:v (Kalliv) 44. to-TTJtJ., synopsis ,)04, G05, 50!! ; 1 Kciv<ov, Ka.voiiv 202. inllert. of fJ.cfonus [j()(j; redupl. Kci.,.. (Hom.) for Ka.rd. 53. of pres. 051, 65~, iD4~; fut. Kcipno-Tos, ~upcrl. :3(jJI, perf. act. 70;J; parti<;. iO'rds de- occio-L (pocL. also KaO'<) in 3 pers. clined 3:);,, pl. p~rf. 6fi2. lx9vs dccliucd 257-2(10; ace. pl. Kci.T (Hom.) for Ka.Tci 53.

or 398.

tva., final conj. 13fl2, 1365, 1368,

1 KaTa, prepo,ition with t!Cn. and accus. 'Ioiiv (Hclt.) 247. ' accus. 1211; in comp~s. 1113; -Lwv, patronym. in 847. 1 a.rO. ')'~ 95o. '"'" -Lo-Tos, corup. aud super!. in I K~T0:13<i fo1~ Ka.rd.-f3"YJ8< 755". 3i!i. ocq:Ta. (<ai <ira.) 44. t.;> for ivl 377, KnTa.~ociw w. p,en. II:~:;. KO.TO.'YL'YVWCTKW W. p:elt. 1123. K, smooth mute 21, palatal 16, 22, KaTci-yvvl"' w. gen. lO!'lS. surd :/4; euphon.ch.,~<'e l'alatals; , Ka.Ta..j/<vliof1onL w. gen. 112:3. ell. to x in 2 perf. stem (l92. KaTa..f/'14>tol"n' w. gen. 112:J. j( in OVK 2li. I KO.TT]-yOptw, aU~lllC'l1 t Of ;:,4:} j W, -Ka. in aor. of three vbs. 670. I geH. aJHl ace. 1123. Kcij3~a.k' (Ka.T{/3a.\<) 53. : KC1T90.VELV (Ko.ra/la.v<tV) 53. Kcly for Kani. 63. 1 KO.Tchnv \V. gen. 1140. K0.9a.pos W, gen. 1!40. I KclTW, KaT<:.Topos, KO.TWTO.TOS 3(33. xa.8ltof'oa.L, aup:ment 544; fut. 6G5l, 1 ocl or oclv ( :o: tl.v) 59, !2fl9, Ka.8<v5w, augment 5H. : oc<"<6ov, KEt9 43fJl. t<ci8TJI111', inflection of 815, 816. 1 K<L)J.O.L, inflection of 818, 8Hl. tc:a.9tcu, augment 544. I K<LVOS 411. Ka.6crTTJI1' as eopul. vb, !lOS. 1 oc<to-< 4391. tc:a.(, in crasis 432, 44 ; connecting 1 K<oca.61Jo-w, fut. pf. act. of xd.lw 705. two subjects 901 ; w, part. (see' Koocpci"f<TE, perf. imper. 748.

Iw,

of 25!1.

420

GREEK INDEX.
; K1ipw, fut. 668; aor. 674~. ocwvTtpos, ocwv'I'G.'I'os 364. ; Kwk.Jw, accent of certain forms ~85 ; .:w:>-.11<~ as impers. 897t. Kws, accusat.Jve of Hl9.
1 """'"

. >..~~.yxciv"' and ACI.fL~civeo~, red up!. of f 5~:! ; formation 605, tll!. >..a:yw~, accusative of 199. 1 1>..O:IIpq. w. gen. 1150. 1 x~~.eo.v, secntly 1504. I ACI.fL,-6.~ dtclintd 225. J >..a.v86.v"' (:>..af!-) GOii, flll; w. parI tic. lf>t\6. >..O.croc"' (:>..aK-), formation of 617. >..iyw, collect, rcdupl. of 52:l. >..4yw, say, constr. of 152:3; Xl')'ovrn 897!; Xl')'<Ta or >.1-yourn omitt.ed 162f>. >..t"'"' synopsis of 476; mPaning of certain tenses 4 77 ; s!'cond aor., perf. and plpf. inflected 481; form of >.i>.o.,a 31, G421. KOpCI'TJ, KOPP'l 176. >..4~o, imptr. 750 1 Kf'll'l'iw w, geu. 1109. >..lwv declined 225. Kptii.S, nomin. 211. >...eo~o>..o~ and >...eo~o>..os 885. kpt(crcrwv, Kp0:T<CJ'TOS 36}1. Kplf'-llf'-11.' i!/4 1 ; accent of subj. A!cr<rOfLCI.' w. wr or 61rw1 !377. )..o6oplw w. ace. and Xo6opiofLil' and opt. 72!l, i 42. w. dat. 1163. Kpivw. drops v 647. >..o.Jw, contraction of 4\li. Kpov(wv 847. )...Jw, synopsis 460, 474; conjug. ocptii'I8Tfv 8(\0l. 180; Hom. perf. opt. 734; >.uwv ocp.J,..Tw w. two accus. !069. and >., >.uKwr declined 335 ; quanKpvcj.o. W, gP!l. 1150. ti tv of u 471. KTciofL<U, fmgm. of perf. 525; perf. )..ojw~. >..<!icr.,.os ~)611. gul,j. and opt. 722, 73-l. KTt(vw 596, (;41!, 647, 709; 2 aor. M, liquid and semivowel 20; of !-''form, ill!l, 801. nasal 20, and sonant 24 ; l-'f3~ K,.,cs. K'l'tv-os. nom. 2102. and !iBP for !-'}.. aud 1-'P Gtl. Ku8pos comparrd 057. fLO., neut. nouns in 837. K.Joc>..<e, all r<mnd 119!3. 1'-cl. ill oaths, w. ace. lOGG-1068. KVVfW ( KU) (JOj.

KtK'I'1)1'-CI.l and lK'"JfLCI.l 525. KtA<ullos, fern. HJ4l. KtA<weo~ w. ace. and inf. 1164. KlA>..... , fut. 668; aor. 674b. KtAOfLO.<, redupl. 2 aor. 534, Uii. ocip11.S declined 23il. K<p6a.ivw (\1 0 ; aor. tl73. K<X 11pi)crw, f ut. pf. act. of xalpw 105. Kiws, aclus. of 199. K'Jpue 210 1 K1Jp.JcrcrH without subject 897t. K<j3eo~TOS, fem. }941. K(XP'lf'-' 794 2 KAa.w (Attic .::\cfw) 601; fut. 6GG ; x>.alwv 1564. KAO.\Icr,W., desiderative verb 868. KAETJS, proper nouns in, decl. 231. KAds (lon. ">.~ts), accus. of 215. KAt11'T'IJS compared 364. Kk(vw, drops v 641; pf. mid. 488, 490"; aor. p. 70U. KAl<rLTJc!> 297. KvW., contraction of 496. oco11-tw, future IJ65S. KOP'J ( KOPf 11) 17(1.

I
1
l

IA,
1
1

liquid and semivowel 20 so'

nam 24; >.;>.. after syllabic augm.

(Hom.) 514.

; >..a.f3<!>v, with I 565.

GREEK INDEX .

421

.. a.Coy.a.~ (JW.I!) 602. lfoTa.Eu w. gen. 1220; w. partie. jloG.KpOS 1 uecJ. Of 300; p.aKp~ W. l5i2. comp. 1184. lfotTa.,.oloy.a. w. gen. 1099 . ..~a. comp. (p.ci~~ov, !4cl~LI!-ra) 371. f'tTtUT' w. gen. aJ!d dat. 1007 2, Dor. ending for JioYJ 7771. 1161. l'a.v9civw 605; w. gen. of source f'Tlxw w. gen. 1097 2, 1098. 1130 1 ; w. iufin. 1692~; -rl p.a8wv v-lToxos w. gen. 1140. 1.'iou. f'V 3\l31; enclitic 14Il. Ma.pa.9oM, dat. of place 1197. 1'-ixp, as prep. w. gen. 1220; as 1'-a.p-r\ipol'-a.' [I[Jij_ conj. 1463-1467; with subj. with1-'cixofo'a., fut. -crop.a., -ovp.a. G6GI; out dv 1466. w. dat. 11ii. I'TJ adv., not, Hl07-1Gl!l; see CouMiya.pciSt 293. tents, p. xxiv.; w. l'va., oTrw<, 11-iya.s dcdined 34G; compared 3G1. etc., in final clauses 136-!; a.ftl'r t~-ltwv for p.<ltwv 361', 84 3 vbs. 0f fearing, w. subj. aud opt. f't8ov in f.rst pl!rson dual 556". 1il78, w. indic. 1:J80; in protat~-tCtwv 3G!. sis 13~::!; in rei. coud. sent. !'fipof'a., redupl. of perf. 522. 1428; in wishes 1507, 1511, f't(wv, fLliUTOS 3GP. 1610; w. imperat. and subj. in 11-t~a.s d<!clined 325; fern. of 32(3; prohibitions 1346, 1347; w. subj. expressing fear 134B, 134li; w. nom. 2101 p.thn w. dat. and gen. 1105, l!Gl. subj. (also p.>, oi) in cautious f4thkw, augment of 517; w. infin., assertions 1350, w. indic. 1351; as periph. fut. 1254. w. dubitative subj. 13f>8; w. p.ii'-V"IJfJ-O., perf. suuj. and opt. 722, infin. W11 ; w. infin. and wi!T< 734; as pres. 12()0; w. gen. 14Gl; w. infin. after negath'e 1102; w. partie. 15B8. verb 16!5. See ou 1-'-fJ and 1-'-~ o-u. 1 f'tl'-<l>ot~-a. w. dat. 1160; w. ace. : p.~ c;.,.,, !L1J o1rws 1504. 1HI:\. I -1'-'1 fern. nouns in 835. f'tS, -jLtcr6a. for p.<V, !J.<8a 55()4, f fA'l&l, p.tjTt 1607; p.T)5 <!s 378. ii71. 1'-TJI>t(s ~H8, 1607; !4T)8~vH etc. 378. !'-tV, i 11 o !J.f v o 0{ 981. 1'- Tji>ETtpos 435. -11-na., fLEV, in infin. (Hom.) 7821, fA"IJKciop.a. 656. 784, 785', /!lJ. fl-TjiClT\ 62. Mtvtktws and MtvlAO.os 33, 200; f'TJT'JP declined 274. aceeHt 114. f'TJTs (poet.) 435; accent 146. p.tvTiiv (uy cra~;is) 44. 1'-TJ o.l Hll6, 11317; onr> syllable in p.E<nJf4~pa 66. p<,etry 4 7~ ; '"'-i) otl in final 11-icros, compar. 352; w. art. 978. cl. 1364 ; w. subj. or indic. in 1'-tcrTos w. gen. 1140. cautions negations 1350, 1351. ,.tTci w. gen., dat., and accus. f'TJTt 1607. 1212; as adv. 1222 1 ; p.ITa. fLTJTpws 244. (Hom.) for p.(T<I!T< 1224. -y. in 1st pers. sing. 552, 55tJI, f'tTa.fJ-ikn w. gen. and dat. 1105, 7a1, 7!l3-i97; Aeol. vbs. in, for 1161. -11w, -<w, -ow 7872.

..,.a.v,

422
fi>UCpos fi>Lf'vrfO"Kw,

GREEK INDEX.

compared ~6P. augment of perf. 525; 7J for a 0 l!i, lj 14. See flEflvt)f'IU. ,., ... and v!v :JV3, 395. Mvws, aecus. of HJO. fi>LO"'Y"' ftlr IJ'l"y-<r<w 6!7. ...criw w. accus. Ji(i3. ... CT6ow, middle of 1:.!45. .. ,....,. changed to !J.P. ii. ..... c:Lo., ,..,.a., declined 184. ..o>..- in pf. of {3'1o.wiTKw 66, 614. poop- in f3poT6s 6Gb, -..os, nouns in 834; adj. in 855. p.oi>vos (p.6vos) J.4!l. Moiia-o. decliued I 71. 11vto. 175'. p.vpuis 37.~. p.upo and f1vpo :Jssz. f'o"p!os, ..vpa. 080". .. lis, .,_vos, declined \!60. f'oWV (ll'iJ o~v), intenog. 1003. -p.wv, adjl'Ctives in 84U'.

'II"Opos, V{WITO<KOS, etc.) 872; vavo 29i. 1 v5 dropped before IT 79. vt added to verb stem 007. VfLKf(w (Hom.) 785 3 1 vlw (vu-), 2d clas~ 574; fut. ()66 . VfWS declined 190 . vi), in oaths, w. accus. 1060, 10()7 vtJ-, insep. neg. prefix 875'1. vfJO"os declined 102 . "'l"S (for vaGs) 270. v6 dropped before IT i9. vtw ( vlfl-) 591. vuccl.w w. cogn. accus. IOG2; pass. w. gen. 1120. v!v and fl>'" :J05. v!<f>o. (accus.) 28!!. vo .. tw w. izotiu. 152:3; "' dar.. like xpd.o""a' IJ8:J . v6os, voils declined 20 I" -vos, ;~.<!ject. in 855. v6a-os, fem. HJ41. VOllf'o'l"''~- 11 \!4. N, liquid and ~emivowel 20; nasal : -vs in ace us. plur. 167, ll>9, HiO, 20; wnant :2.4 : can enu word 2G; / 208'. mwable 5fi-OJ ; euph. changes 1-va-L and -VTL in 3d per~. plur. 052, before Jal.Jial and palatal 781, 1 o5u", 783, 7i7 1. before liquid 78~, before u 783; 1 vT- dropped before IT ~!1. PT, vo, vii, dropped l.Jefureu 79; in/-vTo in 3d pers. plur. 5.->~iv a11d <TVv 81 ; dropped in snn1~ 1 VT""v in 3d per~. pl. iulpC:-r. &0:~, vbs. in vw 647; ch<wged to u 1 746. before """' 83, 48!/2, 648, 700; 1 vu- a.dded to vowel stews nut~, 7(!7>. dropped before u in dat. plur. vvKTos 058; vvKTI and lv vuKTI 1 w;;. 80; inserted in aor. pas~. 70\i; -vufl, verbs in 008, 50:2\ 707 1. in 5th class of verbs uo:~-fll2. vuv or vu (epie) 50; enclit. 141. vo.- auded to verb 8tem GOO, 7fl7~. .,..,.,, vw,.,. 393 1 -vo.L, iufin. in &54, 7\i-l, 7Uti, 7U7. vwhtpos 407. f'ec flEVO.L. va.x, accent 1414, 1-16. 1::. double consonant 18; surd 24; va.(w (""F) 602. compos. of Hi; how written in viicis, vtJ6s, and vws 200, 1Oti. early Attic 27, 283; can end word va.\Js declined 2()8; Dor. ~ Ion. 20; red up!. hefore 52:l. dl'cl. of 270; formation of 2Gil: 1 ~~vos, Ion. for ~lvos 148. cowpounds of (vau;uzxla, vo.uu/- Evv for u<'v, w. dative 1217.

GREEJ{ mDEX.
0, open short vowel 5, (l; name of 4 ; in coutraction as ; length. to w 2!l; to ou 30; interchanged w. ii a11d 32; for < in 2 pf. 04!1, also iu nouns 8:31 ; as t.hematic vow(! 561 1, in Hom. ;:nhj. 7fl()1; as suffix 8;3~, 8Hl; at end of first part of compouuds 871. -o for -cro in 2d pcrs. sing. f>G5". o, ~. To, article, dec!. of :38{) ; syntax of fl::>i:i-984 : in Hom. !l35tJ;Jg; in Hdt. il:J(J; in lyr. and trag. poets 940, in Attic 941984; o pb . . . o 51 !l81-!J83; procl itk forms 137 ; when accented 1!30. See Article. o, rei. (1wut. of lis), for lin (Hom.)

423

'ola. w. partie. 1575. ol6a., inflection of 820 ; dial. forms of 8~1 ; w. partie. 1588; w. inf.n. 15922 ; oicrll' ii 5p8.crov 1343. OtS.,..ovs, geu. and ace. of 2871. OLT)v, etc. in opt. act. of contract vbs. 737 ; in :! perf. opt. 'j;);:J; crxol'l 7:35. -ouv (ep.) for -ov in dual 28G1. oroc116<, otoco8<v, oroco, olK6v6 2022UG; o(KoL 1HJ8. olKECos, fllrlll. 850; w. gen. 1144; w. dat. 1175. otK(Il decliued 171. otKTtpw aud olKTtpw 507. -oo in gen. sing. of 2d dec!. 2041. o(l'-o' elided 51 ; acceut of 14G. 147R2. olvos aud vinum fll. oyliollTOS 3i4. olvoxolw, (lU[!;lllent Of 538. o-y6wKOVTCI. (lOll.) 374. O(Oji-CI.L Or Oljl-0.1 1 Ollly OLfL in 2 perS. o6E, fjliE, TOiiE, demonstr. pronouu SiJJg. 025 ; w. iufin. 152:3. 4:30 (see ouros); d<'Cl. 4()!); syn- otov or ota. W. partie. 1575. tax 1004, 1005, 1008; w. article, -ow, rare for -O<f.<< in opt. act. i:)fl. ()J5 1 , 074 j oo( 412. otos 42!) j o<<;J CTOt, etc. JU3() j ol6s o6os dceliacd Hl:!; ooov Uvo., 1057. u, uiJlc, in Att. 1024'. See ota o5ous, o!iwv, o5oVTOS, nom. 21()3, and olov. o and oo cont.racted to ou 382; 8. -oura. tor -ou<ra in p<l.rtic. (Aeol.) ot I)Ontr. to ou 3[Jo; too< (in vbs. 7R:~. in ow) 3!1 1 . -oun in dat. pl. of 2 dec!. 2011. -ciELs, adj. in, contracted 332. o~xol'-<t, p~rf. of (ifJO; in pres. as otw W. (WO g~ll. 1107. pf. 12;)(i; W, partie. !587. OT) l'<)l!(l'. to w 3l:"; to 'I 3{1 1 , 31U, o'A.-yos CUlllJlar"d 3()1; Ohi)'ou (o<)
ill!. lllU, IG:H. O!J and on contr. to o (in vbs. in o>..>..vp. (6;>.,-), form of pres. Ul2; 6w) 3U. fut. (ji\5; perf. nnd plpf. 520, [,:33. o8EV 4;)() j by USSil!liJatiOll !034. OAOS W. artil'il> 911!. oe, ~3!J'!. 'O>.ufL1r1CI. ( ni) 28\l; w. VIKUV 100~. o6ouvtK<l 147131 Oji-,AfW w. dat.. J17f>. o, diphthong 7 ; pronunciation of Oji-VUfJ.I ( op.-, op.o-) <ii:>O ; plpf. 5::!3 ; :28~; interchanged w. '' and r 6p.vull< 7!JO (752); w. accus. 104\J 31; augmPnted to 't' 5Hl; rarely Ofl-OLos and Oji-OL6w w. dat. 1li5. eliu<'d 51; ~hort in accent ll3; . ol'-o>.oytw w. dative 1175. oi in voc. sinp:. 240. Oji-Oii w. dative lliG. 1 ot, pron. ;JBfl; usc in Attic fl87, 988.; OtJ.WVUfLOS w. geu. 1144 1 ; w. dat

ot, a.dv. 43<3,

'

11 ii'.J.

424
ovci, stems in 840.
ovo.p 28!1.

GREER INDEX.

w. suppl. partie. 1582; w. part. in indir. disc. 15tl8 (1583). ovn6t.. W. dat, Or ace, 1163, op(yo!LD.L W. gen. 1099. -ov,J, nouns in 840. opv~ declined 225; ace. sing. of ov(li1JJI.' (ova) 7\!!l, 798; ac~:ent of 2143, 210. See 2\Jl;:o, 2 aor. opt. 742; inflect. of wv>\- op""l'-' fut. 008; aor. 674b. J1.71V 801J3. 1-o~, -ov, llOU!IS in 8:32, 189 j adj. ovojla., by name I 058 ; ov6p.aTI I 182. ' in ti41Jl, 855, 2[18 ; neuters in -or ovoJlcl.t.. w. two ace. 1077; in pass.! (stems in,.,..) 837, 227. o~. rel. prou. 421, 4ao; rem. dual w. pr~d. nom. 907, 1078. bvojlD.<rT( 8u0 3 rare 422; Hom. forms of 424; , ov1', partie. stems in 564\ 56!i~, i as denwnstJ'. 10:23. 770. o~. his, poss. pron. (poet.) 406, btu"'" perf. and plpf. pass. 700. / 408. oo contracted lo ov 381, 8. ' o<ros, o1ro<ro~ 429. -oos, noUlls in 201; adj. in 310; / o<rTiov, o<rTouv, dediued 201. compared 353 ; compounds in, o<r1'~ declined 425-427; Hom. form 428 ; as indir. interrog. 1013, a.ccent of 203 2 oou for 424. !GOO; sing. w. plur. ant.ec. O'lfTI, 01T1JV(Ka., O'!r68tv, O'!rOL 436. 10::!1 ' 01T'<T8tY W. gen. 1149. O<T<j>pC1(VOjlO.L 1 forroatiOll ()10 j W. o1rci8tv -t:{G ; rei. of purpo~e 144:2. geu. 110:2. O'II'OL, of place where 1226. o1'<, rcl. 43!3; causal 1605; ora.v w. o1rotos, o'ITci<ro~ 429. 1 subj. l428l. o'ITi>T<, relat. 4:30, 1425; causall50[>;) oT<u or o1'Tfu, on'!', o1't .. v, oTto<r o'lrci1'cw w. subj. 1428Z, 12!1!1~. I 4~8. o1Tchopo~ 429, 4:3t 2 oTL, that, in indir. quot. 147G, o1rou 1;-!G. 1487; in direct quot. 1477; cauO'IrliL'" (o,.v-), o71'Dcrw 602. 1 sal (because) Hi00; not elided 50. &,.o>s. rei.' a<lv. 436; as inllir. in-; o TL (ueut. of llcrr.r) 425, 426. terrog. w, snbj. or opt. 1600, ' oTLS, OTLvo., oTLvos, OT1'<o, oTn 42R. 1490; as final partide 1302, I ou, diphthong 7; genuiue a.nrl spu1305, 136fl; sometimes w. ILv or rious ov 8; pronunc. of :7, 28"; ' 1307; w. past. t. of indk. lenb'th. from o 30; foro Ill lou. 1371; rarely w. fut. ind. 13Gfl; 148; not augmented 519. in oll!. cl. w. fut. il~d .. 1372_; I -o~ in gen. sin~. 1 llH; for -<ao H01net1mc8 w. i!v 137(;; m obJ. lll 2 Jl~rs. uud. 501i", 67D. cl. in Hom. 1377; 671'w< w? after 1o-1., o-l.K, o-lox 62; proclitic 137; acvhs. of fearing 1il7\l; ~... w< and I c~11tetl 1381; uses of 1608-Hn:J; ~>rws i.L-IJ w. fut .. in commanc1s o~ rcrl! li>rws etc. w. opt.. (withand prohib. J:l.'i2; ~,.ws for ,:,, out ll.v) 1333; ovx ~,.ws and ovx in indir. quot. 1478. Mi) li1rws lir< 1504. See o-1. folfJ and !'-~ o-1.. and ovx li1rwr 1504. o.J, ot, {, etc. 38D, 392; syntax of op..._. 621; augm. and red up!. of 987, 988. 538; w. OJTws 1372; w. p.~ 13i8; rtl. adverb 430.

ov

'.o .

ov,

GREEK 1.1\DEX.
o~Sa.s 236.
o~6'

425

ouSl 1607;

ouo' W!
I 116.

ffr and ou6ds 378; 1383; ouo( 11"0:\\ov 6el II

ou6t(s 378, 1607; ou!Um, ouofls a11ns oil 1035. o.l6tTtpos 436. o\JK: see oU. OUKfTL (j;.!_ ovK (o <) 44. OuKOU\1 (intCITOg.) 1603. ou p.ft w. fut. ind. or subj. as strong IT, smooth mute 21; labial 16; fut. 13()0; in jJrohib. 1361. surd 24; cup!JO!L changes, st>e ouv in ace. sing. (Hdt.) 247. Labia.ls; w. 11 forms !f 74; ch. o\ivtKa. for (vwx 12~0&. to</> in 2 perf. 692. o{,.,.( ( ohrl) 44. 1ra.tw, double stem 590. oupa.vciOtv, oupa.vciOL 292. 1ra.ts, nom. of 209 1 ; voc. sing. 2211 ; -ovs in ace. pl. 1!.-lU, 167. accent of gen., du., and pl. 128. -ovs (for -ws, -oos), adj. in 852,820, ....c:.O..a. w. pres., incl. perf. 1258. 310; partir. in ou< 51l45. .,.c:.O..,v, before 11 in compos. 8:.!. o~s. ew-. accent of gen. dual and ....c:.O..>..w, .,.{.,.a.>..ov 534. pl. 128. 1rciv before 11 in compos. Ri. -over. for -over, 5565, ;sa. .,.c:Lnoe<v 2!)22. oi!Tt HlOi. .,.c:ip (Hom.) for ,.a.pci fl:3. ouTLS (poetic) 43.); accent 14G. 1ra.pci w. gen., dat., and ace. 121:1; o.UTos declined 40!l, 413; use of as adv. 12212; in compo~., w. 430, 1004; distiug. from iK<ivo< ace. 1227; w. dat. 1179. and 05< J00ii; TO.UT<i and TO.VrO.LV. 1rcLpO. for rrcip<CTTL J Hi 2, 1:,!24. (dual) rare410; w. article 9451.3; 1ra.pa.vo,._t'.. , au~,;ment of fl43. position w. art. 974 ; in exclam. 1ra.pa.crKEuc:itw, impers. 11"o.pcr<<V 1000; ref. to preceding rei. o.crTa.<, 'lro.pecr<<ua<rTo 8974, 12402; 1030; TOUTO p.lv TOVTO 01 1010; 1TO.plO"KlVciOa.TO.L 777 3 ,-aiiTa. and roiiro as adY. accus. 1ra.p<icrTci. 755 3 JO(l0; OVTOCT{ 412. 1rcLpELf1-L W. dat. 117!). oi!Tws and oi!Tw 63, 430. 1rcLpOS w. illlill. 1474. oux : see ou. 1rcis declined 32fl ; w. article !)7\! ; ocplA... (6</>0..- ), 01Ce, 598; w<f>e"A.ov ace. of gen. aud dat. pl. l:?>i, in wishes 14022, Uil2. 3!JJI. ci<j.i:\>..w, increase, f>!l8. 1rO.crxw Gli, 62!; rl ,.citlw; J;)07; ocj>O..>..w, owe (Hom.= a<j>el"A.w) 593, T[ 7rO.Owv; 1 ii66. 5!)8; impf. w<j>lAAOV in wishes 1rO.T1jp dt>C!incu :i74. 1512. 1ra.uw and .... a.liof1-a.L w. partie. Jfl80. ocpl"-os 289. 11"f9w &72; pf. and plpf. ;nid. inocpea.>..p.Lc:Lw 8(l8Z. flec~cd 1871, 4891; 11"E7r<llov [J!l4; ecpAurKciv'" W. gen. 1122. 1rf11"0<IIu. 31, 6421.

as final part. 1362, 1365, 1366, 13GB; sometimes w. Kl or lh 1367' 121Hl"; until 1463. S+c w. l11Ti or ~P 8!)7J. etc. 378;! o+op.a.L (opciw), o+u 625. .o.. , denom. verbs in 8GJ3; infl. of contr. forms 492. -o.. , etc., supposed Hom. form of vbs. in o.w 7842; Hom. fut. in ow (for acrw, aw, w) 7842.

IScppa.,

426

GREEK JNDEX .

.,neo.,.a., obey, w. dat. 1160. wcrTEuOJ w. dative lHlO. wHew declined 243; ouly sing. 289. wcrupt~ (Hom.) for Tluua.p.s 377. 'II"Hvn..., contraction of 49G. '!rAa.Kous, 'lrAO.Kovs, contraction of IIE<po.w)s dec!. 2137. 33~. 1rnpc\ol'-cu and wupn... w. geu. 1099; f IIka.Ta.cio- 290. w. o1rws audol.Jj.ci.(IIom.) 1377. 'lrAEiv (for.,.>.<o) lF>G. 1rdpw, pf. aud pip f. mid. 490". 'lrAE(wv or 'lrAtwv, 'lrAEL<rTos 3tll " 1riko.s w. gen. 1149. ,..A.lKw, pf. and plpf. mid. inflected trEfJ-Trw, pf. pas:;. i7, 4901; -rr{)J.-rrv 4871, 48\Jl. -rro)J.rr-f}v 1051. 'lrAEOV without~ ll!i6. 'lrEV1JS compar. 361. 1rlo.iw (-rr>.v-), 2d class 574; con.,.(,.o.ucro, pf. imper. 750. tra.ctiou of 4951; fut. 66G; rrA<Iv 'lrl'lrTW 58:} : sec rricrcrw. 110.>-a.uua.v 1067. 1rip, en<'lit. 14P; w. partie. 1573. 'lrAtws, decl'"nsion of 309. 1ripa.v w. gen. 1148. ,..)..~v w. g('n. 1220. 1ripa.s declined 22G, 23i~. .,.)..'lcrci.tw w. dat. 1175 . .,.(p9w, i1rpo.8ov 64u, u49. .,.)..'lcrov w. gen. 1141!. Trtp( w. gl'll., dat., and ace. 1214; 1rlo.i]crcrw, l1r"/..6:y71v (iu comp.) 713. as adv. 1222 1 ; in compos. w. .,.A..Jvw 647. dat. 1179; w. nnmrrals as sub- 1rviw ( 1rvv-), 2d class 57 4 ; fut. G0l3. ject 90G; not elided in Attic 50; ,..69n 436. rrtp< 110 1 1ro6iv 4:J(j; enclitic 14J2. 1rEpvyyvol'-a. w. gen. ll20. 1ro6 and -rro6 4:}(l~, 14J2. IItp~KAE1JS, IIEp<Kll.ijs, decliued 231. ..-ot 4;;o. 1rpopn... w. partk. lGi:lG. 1 1ro(, indef. 4:36; cnclitit:! 1412. 'lrtp.,.(,..Tw w. dat. 1179. l1ro~i< w. t.wo a.ccus. IOn; w. partie. 1rtcrcrw ( 7T<rr-) 583 ; pf. pass. of I I .:iG38 ; <v and a.ws rro<W I 071. 41-!01. [ ..-otos, ..-o,os 429. 'II"ETOfl-a., 2 aor. mid. Gii; 2 a. act. '!fOAEp.lw, -rroktfl-<t< w. dat. 1 I 77 ; of )J.<form 70!J. disting. frnm rroA<piJw 8G7. 1rfJ 431i. 1r6ks declined ~i1U; Ion. form.~ 255. 'lr'fi, iurief. 436; enclitic 1412. 1roll.:\os, Ion.= 1ro"/..~s ;Hi. II'llo.E!ST]s (Hom. -fi571s) 8403, 1ro:\us dedin('d 34G; Ion. forms 347; 'lf'JALKOS 42!J. <:OlllJiared 361 ; ol ,-o>->.o and TO 1MJV(Ka. 43(l, rro"/..V 907 j rroAt! aud rroAAci as '~~"iiX"S declined 250, 250. ad'' 3C7; ,.-o>.>.<f w. comp. 1184; -rrLfJ-1TA1JfJ-< (,->-a.-), redupl. 7942; w. 1roh>.ou 5<;: and ouri 7roh>.ou o<i inserted JL 795 ; inflection of 1116; lrrl rroM 1211!'1 br?-.-fJJL'JV 8033. 1r01'-,-~v 1rtf11rELV lOu!. -rr(I'-.,.P'll'-' (,-pa.-), rcdupl. 7942; w. 1-rroppw or ...-pcicrw w. gen. 114\l. inserted JL 70:>. I llocrn56.wv, llocrELSOlv, ace us. 2I 7; .,-(vw 621; fut. 667; -rrzo, 799, 7551; voc. 122d, 22P. w. gen. 10971, 1 .,-6cros, -.roa-6s 420 . .,-('!I'Tw 6521; fut. 66G; perf. mid.J' 1r01'0.fJ-OS after proper noun 970. ,-on 430. 4901,

GREEK INDEX.
'lrcTl, indef. 4il<l; enclitic 1412. 'lrOTtpos, 'lrOTtpos (or -par) 420. 'lrOTtpov or 'lfOTEpa., interrog. 1600. 1roil 4315; w. part. geu. 10fl:2. 1rov, indef. 436; enclitic 1412. 1rovs, nom. sing. 2101 ; compounds of :)40. 11"pci.yfla.Ta., omitted after article
!l[>;~.

427

1rpocr't'6o. 1071. 1rpo'TEpos 303; ,-p6upov ~ (like 1rpl ?i) 1474. 11'p0TOV 984. 1rpolipyo" and 1rpo~X"' 8742. 1rp0.TLO"T0S 363. 1rpwTos 3133; rb 7rpwro or 1rpwTov,

at first lOuO.

!IlJ8ot 290. ,..p~os declined 34G ; two stems of 1rlJv8ci.vof1a.L w. ace. and gen. 1103; w. partir;. 1588 . :Hil; ,-pavr and 7rp'flur 348. ,-pci.O"O"w ( ,-pii.-y-), 2d perf. 092, ()()3; .,.,;p, gen. ,-iip-or :l11; plur. 201. seldo!ll w. two accus. 1075; w. 1rw, indef. 436; enclitic 1412. /i,-wr and obj. cl. 1372; <ii and 1rws 430. KctKWS ,-pcf.uuw JOi5. 1rws, indef. 430 ; enclitic 14 J2. 1rp{,.-u, irnpers. 808 . .,.p<O"~tuT~s, ,.-p<O"~VT1JS, 1rpiO"~\JS P, liquid and sernivowel20; sonant 2fll. 24; p at begillniug of word 15; ,..ptO"~vw, denom. verb 8flJ4; ,-p~can eud a word 25; pp after uf3<vm <lpf,v'flv 10551. syll. augm. aud in comp. after '"P1JVS (epic) 348. vowel GU, 513; JJ.f3P for JJ.P 6u. 1rpv w. infin. and indic. 1409; w. pO., enclitic 1414. infin. 1470, 14711; w. indic.,,1 {>~6os compared 3(319, subj., and opt. 147J2; w. subj. I pa.vw G10. witllout dv H73; 7rplv ij 1474. I'Pa..,.voils 332. 1rp(wf10.L and 1rpLa.!fL1JV, accellt of I p~v, p~O"Tos 301 ~. 72\l, 742. (>tw (pv) 574. ,.-p6 w. gen. 1210; not elided 50;, p>]yvufLL (pa-y-), 2 pf. fppwya. 089. compared 3(l:l; contracted w ... p1J!6os, ptjT<pos, etc. 3619. augment 541, or w. full. oro {>yow, infin. and opt. of 497, 738. 1 874 2 ; cppou~or and cppovp6r 93. ps, uose, declined 225. 1rpo Toil or 1rpoToil 081. -poos, adject. in, dec!. of 2982. 1 ,.-potKo., gratis, as adv. lOGO. -pos, adject. in 855. 1rpOKHf10.L W. gen. JJ;)2. 1rpooTo, etc. 741, 810 2. See ~'11'-' ~. two forms 2 ; spirant or sibi,.-pos w. geu., dat., and ace. 12lll ; lant 20, semivowel 20, aud surd as ::vlv., brsiilts 1:2~2 1 24, can end word 25; after mutes 1rp00"6EXOf10V't' flOL {O"TLV ][,g4. fouud only in ~ andy, 74 ; be,.-po<r~KEL, iiuJwrs. 8tl8 ; w. gen. aud forp u 783, 80; lingua!s changPd dat. 1097", 1161 ; ,-pouij~ov, ace. to u before a lingual 71 ; orig. s abs. 1562. changed to aspirate 86; dropped 1rpo0"6Ev w. gen. 1148. before a vowel, in stems in <17 1rpoO"Tx8lv (ace. abs.) 150!1. and au 881, 226, 227, in ua.< and 1rpoO"w w. gen. I HD; Uva< roO ,-p6uw O'o 882, 5(3f>G, 7772, 7852; dropped 1138. in liquid aor. 89, 072 ; added to

428

GREEK INDEX.

some vowel stems 640, 83oz; 1 -cr (for-m, -vcn) i.n 3 p. pl. 556&, doubled, after syll. augm. (Hom.) I 78s. 514, in fut. aud aor. (Hom.) 777';: -<nci., fem. nouns in 834. movable in oiirwv and l~ (j;3 ; -crlfAOS, adject. in 855. dropped in txw and ruxw (for 1 -<ns, feru. nouus in t;34. O"<Xw and uuuxw) 539 (see Cat. <rtTos and crtTa. 288. " _ o1 Verbs). crKt56.vvujU, fnt. of (-d.uw, -w) 66v~. 1 -s as endiug of nom. sing. 167, 209. <rKEAAw, 6.,-o-crK~f)va. 803 1 -cra.-, teuse suffix of I aor. 56!3. -crKov, -crKOfATJV, Ion. iterative cud-era. in fem. of adj. and partie. 783, iugs i78; w. dv 1298. 84~. crKo,-lw w. .;,...,r and fut. ind. 13622, -era. and -cro in 2<1 pers. sing. 552, 1372. drop q in vbs. in w 5656, not in 1 crKci-ros, declension of 2871. nwst J.-funn~ 504u; -ua elided i cr,.a..,, contraction of 49(). 51. -cro in 2 per8. sing. 662, 565\ 564G ; crO.~,-,YE declined 225. see -era.. -<ra.v, 3d pers. plur. 562, 5643, 5652. -cr% , tense suffix in future aud l:a.,..j>O. declined 245. fut. pf. 6611. cra.u-rov 401, !)()3, crcios: see cr"'s. a-j3lvv"l'-' 2d aor. (qfJ"'v 8031, cropos, fem. 1041. crl 3blt, 39ill. uos, poss. prou. 406, 998. -crt, local ending 294. uo.Pcls decliued :W\l. crEO.'IITov 401, 993. cr,-lv5w, cr1Ttcrw 79; euph. changes utiu without subject 8976. in pf. and plpf. mid. 4(10'1 <nto, cri9v 3931, la-1Ttu6"' and cr'll"ov5~ 31. -crt'"' de~ideratives in 808. .,.,.o56s, fem. 11141. <r<f'vcis compared 350. cr1TO"S~ and cr'll"tuSw 31. crio, <rV ~!)31. crcr = TT ()8a, 580~~82, crtuw (O"u-), 2d class 574; Z aor. m. -crTii. (in comp.) for uTfjll< 7553, 800. IT'T't~w 572 ; pf. mid. 6422, -criw, crw, Doric future in 777G, crT~~"' 5113; pf. and plpf. mid. infleeted 4871, crtw,Tov (Hdt..) 403. -u9a, chiefly Hom. ending 5501 ; cr-rxos: Ka.Tci. cr-rxov Hi49. in 2 pers. sing. subj. act. 780; u-roxO.tol-'"'' w. gen. 10$Jfl. in indic. of vbs. in IJ.' 78i. cr-rpa.TT]ylw w. gen. 1109. -cr8a. (-Oa,) 554; elided 51. cTTpl<l>w ll46, 708, 714. -cr9ci.v, Dor. ending for -u81}v 77i1. cru de<:liued 389; Hom. and Hdt. crOov and -cre,v in 2 and 3 p. dual 3\!31 ; gen. omitted 896. &fJ2 ; -uOov for -u611v in 3 per~. ; cruyyv~s w.gen. 1144; w. dat. 1175 .J.J63. : crvyyyv.:.crKw w. partie. (nom. or .,., in 2 p. sing. (in IMI) 5561; in' ctat.) 1500; w. gen. 1126. 3 pt<rs. 552, 5134 1 <rllf-'~a.Cvn, impers. 898. in dat. pl. 167, 224, 2862; -o- crvvor~vv,w. dat. 1~17; in compos. 1()7, 160, 190. ll7G; becomes qvq- or uu- in .,., as locative ending 296. compos. ill.

l I

I I

-u

GREEK INDEX.
crvvt~6VT~

429

(or &>r O'uvcA6vr) thrt<v ! T'ATOf, super!. in 350. , ...All-rei., T'AliT'cS, TClVTOV, TAVTOV 400. -crvvr~t nouns in 842. TClUTtlt adv. 436, 1198. crvv'111~ w. ace. 1104; w. gen. 1102 . .,.Acj> for ea. (eci,.rw) 956 crvvoL6Cl w. partie. (nom. or dat.) Tci.XCl w. 4v (rcix' 4v) 131(3. 1590. TAXVS compared 357, 95~; r~v crvvTp13~<~ w. gen. 1098. -raxl<TT'JV 1060. crof>{ 3():3 1, 394 j enc}it. J4Il. , Tci.OIV (=: rwv) 388. crof>iCl 3932; <Tia.s, <T1wv 3931; en- Tf (enclitic), Doric for.,.., 398. clit. 1411. Ti, and, enclitic 141 4 ; w. relatives crof>tTtpos 406. 1024; w. ofos 1024. cr.jov or crcj> 393, 394 ; <Tf/>Lv (not Tt86..J>8Cl~ 956. u<t>L) in Trag. 392. Tt8vtws 773. cr.J><n, not enclitic in Attic prose Tt8v1Jt~<~, fnt. pf. act. of Bvv<Tw 705.
1172 2
Tt8pci.J>8Cl~ 956. Tttv (Ion. = uol) 393. TlLXOJioO.X(A 872. nv01, drops v 647, 711. -Tnpa., fem. nouns in 8332. TtKcilv as noun 1561. TtAtuTO.v, finally, 1564. TlAt"', future iu w, oii.ua 6651; pf. and plpf. mid. inflected 487~, 48!)2. ,.(>..os, fiaally, adv. ace. 1060. ... '"'""' 603; 2 aor. 646, 67G. T{o, TfW 1 Tios, TtVs, TlOW ( =: O'Oii) 3!l8. 1 TfO, Ttii ( == -roii for rlvos or nv6s), T, smooth mute 21; lingual HJ, 22; -rl'f, Tl~<~v, Tlow 418~. surd 24 ; euphou. chaugcs: see iTtov, \'erbal adj. in 776; iznpers., Linguals; vr dropped before .,. / w. subj. in dat. or ace. 1597; 79. . sometimes plural 151!7 ; Latin Td (Hom.) for -r'l' iu nom. of I equivalent of 15!l9. fir.% decl. 188~. I -Tlos, verbal adj. in ii6; passive Tci aud .,...,,.(dual of o), mrp 388. I J5!l5; Lat. equiv. 1599. --r.a. in 3 pers. sing. 552; elided 51. I T"is, Doric and Aeolic ( == <T6s) 'r'ClAO.S, ad]., decl. Of 3:/4 ; UOnl. of 1 407. 210~. i Tipa.s declined 2372. Tli.'>..)..a. (ra 4>.>-a) 432, 119. Tlp1Jv, dec!. of 325; fem. of 326. 1 -'rciv, Doric ending for -Tl)v 77j1, T<pos, comparative in 350. 1 Tcl.v ('l'o< 4v) 44. 1 Tlp,..w, 2 aor. w. stem -ra.p11' 646; T.ivSpC 44. i redupl. 534. T~C. 44. TlcrcrClptS (or nrr-), Ion. rlut1<p, TClpcicrcrCII, pf. mid. 490 2. etc., circlined 37 G.

144 1 crcj..ss for <Tt/>lr<pos 407. cr.J>w, cr.J>c4'(, etc., crcj>wi, crcj>wtv 393 1 crq,c.~tTtpos 407.. CTcj>wv (1\,T.O.v etc. 401. crxis and crxo')v (of <xw) 75GZ, 799, 735. l:c.~Kpci.T1J$, dec!. of 228; ace. 230; voc. 122', 228. crwfloCl declined 225 ; nom. formed 209 4 ; da.t. pl. 224. o-O.s (Hom. <T6os) 309. o-wrfJp, VOC. 11'WTlp 122d, 2212. o-w4>pc.~v compared 354.

430
TCTpa.v.. 610; aor. 673. TETpcia'L (dat.) 377. Tcvx"' 572, 542~.

GREEK INDEX.

in direct and ind. questions 1012, 1600. T\s, indef. 430; declined 415, 416; Ti01s, accus. of 199. accent 1412, 418 1 ; Ion. forms T'(j, T'[j6c 430, 1198. 4182; subst. or adj. 10J51; like T1JALKOS, T1JALKOUTOS, etc. 429. ,-iir T<S 1017. T1JV in 3 pt:rs. dual 55i; for -rov -ns, fem. nouns in 834, 841, 8482, in 2 pers. 556 3 See -o-8ov and 1 T .. , stem and root of 153. -cr8'1" -T%-, verb suffix 676. T'!VLKa., T1JVLOCcl.6c, T'!VLICO.UTQ, 436, T68cv 43(J. -T~p, Illasc. nouns in 8331 ; syncop. To(, enclitic 141. To, Ta.(, art. = ol, al 388. 273. -T~pLov, nouns of place in 8431; 1 To, Ion. and Dor. (=uo<) 393, 398. ! TOLOS, TOL6cr6c, TOLOUTOS 429. adj. in 855, , -T1)S, Ina8C. nouns in 8331, 841 j TOLCT6ECTCTL 01' TOtCT6CCTL ( = TOt<TO) fem. (denom.) in 842. 388. T'(jcrL and TijS ( = TatS) 388, TOLOUTOS, TOCTOVTOS, etc., W. article T8 for 00 08 1 947; position 976. -TL, adverbs in 860. TOAI'-a. 174. 1 -TL, ending of 3 pers. sing. (Doric) . Tov Ka.\ T6v etc. 984. 552, 550 1, 7771; in lurl 5561. -Tov, in 2 and 3 p. dual 562; for T(8TJfl.L, synopsis 504, 509; inflec-r11v in 3 pers. (Holll.) 5!xP. See -TTJ" tion of .u<-forms 606; red up!. in pres. 651, 794 2 ; imperf. 630; -Tos, verb. adj. in 776. aor. in Ket and Ka,U'f/V 670, 8022 j TOCTOS, TOCTocr6c, TOCTOVTOS 42!J j ToOpt. mid. in -ol.u'TI and accent crovT<tJ w. eompar. 1184. 741; O<i'va< 767, 8021; partie. nOIr TOTe 436; w. art. 952. declined 335. TOu for rlvos, TOU for nv6s 41(3, -TLKos, adj. i,n 8512. Tovva.vTov (by crasis) 44. TLKTW (UK) 6521. TO;jVOfloO. 44. T,.,.a..,, denom. verb 86Jl; stem -Tpci., fem. nouns in 839. and root of 153; inflect. of eontr. ToUTiwv (Hdt.), fem. 413. forms 492; syuopsis of 494 ; ToUToy, TOuTo6 412. in fin. 39~, 761; partie. n;<<iwv, Tpcts, Tpla., declinecl. 375. n,uwv ueclineu 340; w. gen. of Tpi-rrw, ch. to a 646; aor. pass. value 1133; r<,uO.v r<vl nvos and ' 708; six aorists of 714. n,ufiuiJal T<vor 1!33. Tpicj>ow, opt. 730. nfloiJ declined 171. Tptcj>w, TPEX"' aspirates in 95 5, T<flo~ns, TLflofis, contraction of 332. 708. TLflo .. pEw and TLI'-"'PEOfLO.L 1246; w. TpLci:, fem. nouns in 833 2. Tp~... perf. and plpf. mid. inace. and da.t. 1163. T(v, Doric ( = uol) 398. fleeted 4871, 4891, T(s, interrog. 430; declined 415, TPLTJKOVTa. (Ion.) 374. 4Hl; ar.cent 129, 4181; Ion. TpLfJPTJS, declined 234, 236; accent ~35, 122. forms 4182; subst. or adj. 1011;

GREEK I:r-.'"DEX.
TP~11"AclCI'LOS w. gen. 1154. -Tpls, fern. nouns in 8332, TpTa.Tos 374. Tp(Tov tTos TOUT(, etc. 1004. TP~x-Os, gen. of IJp~ 225, 95~. Tpov, neut. nouns in 838. Tp611"ov, adv. accus. 1060. Tpvxw, TPVXW<rW 659. Tpwyw (-rpii/') 573. Tpws, accent 128. TT, later Attic for (f(f 68~. Tll, Dor. for uv and ul 398. nyxci.vw (-rvx-) 605, 611; w. gen. 1099; w. partie. 1586; -rvx6' (ace. abs.) 1569. TV\ITI, Ion. ( = ~Ill) 3931. TV'II"TW w. cogn. accus. 1051. npa.vvi<r~ w. gen. 1109. T~ for -rv,, and T'f' for T<>i 416. T~, therefore (Hom.) 984. -Twp, masc. nouns in 8331. Tws for oin-w1 43(l, 438.

431

v'lnjKOOS w. gen. 1140.

v'll'o w. gen., dat., and ace. 1219;

in comp. w. dat. 1179. w. dative 1179. v11"D'II'Ttvw, augment of 543. \J1roxos w. dative 1174. -vs, adjectives in 8492.
v'II'OKHfl-a.~ V<rTtpa.~ (SC, ~!1-fpq.)

1192.

.UcrTptw w. gen. ll20. lJcrTtpov ~(once) w. infin. 14i4. licrTEpos w. gen.ll54; UIITfP'fJ xp6Y<j) 1194. ucj>a.(vw, pf. and plpf. mid. 648, 700.

4>, rough mute 21, labial 16, 22, surd 24; not doubled 681; euphonic changes: see Labials. cj>a.vw, synopsis of 478; meaning of certain tenses 479; fut. and I aor. act. aud mid. aud 2 aor. and 2 fut. pass. inflected 482; perf. mid. iufl. 4872, 480 2 ; formation of pres. 594 ; of fut. act. Y, close vowel 5, 6; name of 4; 663; of aor. act. 672; of pf. act. initial v always u in Att. 14 ; , and mid. 648, 700, 83; of 2 perf. rarely contr. w. foil. vow. 40'; j 644; copul. vb. 907, 90!:1; w. partie. 158!:1. length. to iJ 29, 30; interc!J. <V (sometimes ov) 31. , cj>a.vcpcSs w. partie. 1589. uyT)s, contraction of 315. cj>cl.os (w1) 211. vlip~ov, diminutives iu 844. cj>cSo,.a.~, 11"cj>liicr8a. 534 ; w. gen. \JSwp, declension of 201. ll02. \Ju, impers. 8976; iJov-ro1 (gen. abs.) cj>lp<, come, w. imper. and subj. 1508 (end). 1345. VL, diphthong 7. cj>tpTtpos, cj>ipTO.TOS, cj>ip~crTOS 36}1. -uta. in pf. pa1t. fern. 3372. cj>ipw 621 ; aor. in <1 671 ; <f>lpwv. vlcis, dec!. ~!JJ ; om. after art. (153. p6!1-f>OI 1564, 15Gii. See cj>lpt . .i,.a.s. ~~'-"' uf1-ci.s, ""''" 306. cj>cvy<~~ 572; fut. 666; ~ perf. :>1, u11 l, Ufi-ES 3118. 687. Ufl-fi-<S, Uf'-f'-' Ufl-fl-, etc. (Aeol.) 393. c!>'lfi-C, inflected 812; dial. forms Vl'-05 for u!l-lT<pOI 407. . 813 ; W. in fin. of indir. disc. -iivw, denom. verbs in 8618, 862, 1523; ou '111-' 13832 G9G. cj>86.vw 603; tIJ'I 799; w. partie. .Uwlp w. gen. and ace. 1218; in 1586. compos. w. gen. 1132. cl>9tlp.. 506; fut. 663, 068; aor. 672. {,'ll'cplxw w. gen. 1120. cj>8ovlw w. gen. allll t!at. 1126, 1160.

w.l

.t,.,

432

GREEK INDEX.

+""'

oj>8vw 603; 2 aor. 18/p:qv 800 1 ; xnf-LO.vos, gen. of time 1136. /JtJl.'f/P (Opt.) i8\l, xtp declined 291. o!>~ or -.j>~v, epic ending 297. X'pwv (xpdwv), xdpurTOS 3612. ot>~Xa.CTlpos, cj.~).a.To.Tos 36}1. X').~Swv, declension of 248. ci>~Xiw, .p.xo., inflect. of contr. xiw (xu-), pres. 574 ; fut. 667 j forms 49:l; synopsis of 494 ; aor. 671 ; 2 a.m. 800 1 part. <XIwv, <t><"hwv, declined xot (al ol) 44. 340. o\is, declension of 272 . .f>C).os compared 3611. xp6.of-Lo.~ w. dat. 1183; w. dat. and cj>X4ljt declined 225. cogn. ace. 1183 ; xpwiJ.fvos, with ct>kt-yt6~o~ 779. 1565. <f>ofJ(., and ci>61Jos ( tO'rl) w. p.~ xp6.w, contraction of 496 ; length. 1378-1380. a to '1 638. cl>oi:v'-E 210. XP~ 898; w. in fin. as subject 898. cl>ov6..,, desiderative verb 888. XPii" or lxpijv, potential without .j>oplw, in. op-fJ!l-fva< and opf,vo.< l!.v 1400. 785. XP>infoL05 w. dative 1174 . .j>p6.tw 585 ; pf. and plpf. mid. 4903; XP>iCTTtJ5, accent of gen. pl. 126. Triq,pa.oov G34. XPVCTfOS, xpvcrovs declined 310; cj.pijv, accent of compounds of (in 1 i.J.reg. contr. 391; accent 311. -pwv) 122. xwpo. declined 171 ; gen. Si.J.lg. 173. ci>povTCtw W. 07rWS and Obj. CJ. 1372 j xwp(s W, gen. 1148. w. p.f, and subj. or opt. 1<178. cj.povncrTf]s w. obj. accus. 1050. 'V, double consonant 18, surd 24; cj>povSos and ct>povpos 8i4'2, {}3. can end word 26; redupl. before ct>v-y6.s, adj. of one ending 343. 523. +).at declined 225. iljt6.f-L!LOS, fem. 194 1 ct>v).6.crcrw or tvAti.TT'" 580; act. and; ljt6.w, contraction of 496. mid. 1246. ; ljti for 0'1 398. 2 aor. tvv 7!.l9, 504-506. ! ljt,uso 14 a.. w. ~~n. 1117. cj>O.s ( 6ws), nom. of 211; accent; ljt>ici>~CTfoLO. v~oc<iv 1052. of gen. du. and pl. 128. lljtfJcl>os, ftm. 1\14.

X, rough mute 21, palatal 16, 22, 1 n, open long vowel 5, 6; name of surd 24; not doubled ()81; eu-1 4; length. from o 29; interch. 1 plwuic clump:es: sE,e Palatals. w. '1 and ci 31 ; foro iu stem of xa.t (al C1l) and xot (Kal oi) 44. A Lt. 2 dec!. l9U; noun~ iu .;; of x.npw, fut. perf. (Hom.) 705; v.. r 3 ded. 242; voc. sing. of i.Jl ol partie. 1580 ; xalpwv 1504. : 240. XaAl'Tro;(vw W. dative 115(), 11()0. 1 W Or OJV in aCC. ~illg. 199. Xo.pCns declined 320, 331 ; comverbs in 4()7. pared 355; dat. pl. i4. 1 'I' improper diphthong 7, 10; by x.o.plto.,.a.~ w. dative 1160. I augrn. for o 518; iu dat. sing. x. ci.p~~. nom. sing. 2091 ; ace. :;i.ng. 1\JO, Hl7 ; in nom. ~ing. 246. 2148; xap<P (ad\'.) 1000. I ... interjection w. voc. 1044.

I-"'

GREEK INDEX.

433

1509; in indir. quot. 1476; thematic vowel of subj. 5012. causal 1505; as final particle ..,.,.L, verbs in 502 1 1362, 1365, 1368, sometimes w. -wv, masc. deuom. in 843 2 ; primiILv or Ki 1367; rarely w. fut. tives in !'140; nouns of place in indic. 1366; w. past tenses of 84::!; adj. iu, compared 354. indic. 1371; like w<TTe w. infin. -wv in gen. plur. 167 ; -wv for -lwv 1456; w. absol. infin. !.5::!4. in I dec!. J(JO, 124. ws, as prepos. (to) w. accus. 1220. Oiv, partie. of <lp.l 806; accent of Ols, thus 436; accent 138~. 1 129. -wen for -wv<T 5612, 783, WVTJT6s w. gen. of price 1133. .:lcr,.,P w. partie. in comparisons .;jpa. (i<TTl) W, infin. 1521 j wpq. W, J576 j W, ace. abSOJ. Of personal gen., as dat. of time 1194. vbs. 1570; w<T1r<p av <i 1313; -ws, nouns in (Att. 2 dec!.) 196; accent 146. nouns of 3 dec!. in 238-241, 243; .:la-Tl w. infin. and indic. 1449, in gen. sing. 249, 205, 269; in 1450; two constr. disting. 1450, ace. pl. (Dor.) 2041 ; adj. in 305; 1451 ; negative 1451 ; w. other pf. part. in 335; adverbs in 365. constructions 1454; accent 146. C:.s, proclitic 137; accented ( ws) "'" Ionic diphthong 7. 138; rei. adv. 430; w. partie. w\.T6s, wuT6s, TwuT6, Ionic 397. 1574, 1593; in wishes w. opt. C:.xpL6.w 868 2
.wf~-,

Js. 436, 1005.

ENGLISH INDEX.
N. B.- See note on p. 408.

Ability or fitness, verbal adj. : syntax of accus. 1047-1082: see denoting 851. Contents, p. xv. Ablative, functions of in Gret:k /Accusing, vbs. of, w. gen. 1121; 1\)42. comp. of Ko.Tci w. ace. and geu. Absolute case: gen. 1152, 1508; I 1123. accu~. 1569. , I Achaeans, p. 3. Abst.ract nouns, in compus. ll7U, I Acknowledge, vbs. signif. to, w. 880 ; w. an. 944 ; 11eut. adj. or 1 partie. 1588. partie. w. an. for !J3;), 934. I Action, suftixe~ denoting 834, 8;~5. 1 Abuse, vbs. expr., w. dat. llGO. / Active voice 441, 1230; personal Acatalectic ver~es Hlil9. endings of 552-554 ; form of, Accent, gen. principles of 106- I incl. most imraus. vbs. 12~1: l 15; nature of 107; kiuds of I object of, as subj. of pass. 12;l4: lOG; recessire 110; of uouno I Acute accent 106; nf oxytone aud adj. 121-12!!; of gen. aJJd I cl1anged to grave 115. dat. sing., of oxytones 123; of I Addressing, voc. in 1044; nom. A tt. 2 dec!. 125; of gen. and in 1045. 1 dat. of monosyll. of 3 ded. 127; / Adjectin,s, formation of 849-81J8; of gen. pl. (iu wv) of 1 dec!. inflection 2!l8-049: see Contents, 124; of verb~ 130-135; of par-i p. xi; comparison of 350-364; tic. 134;. of opt. in a< and o<. agreement w. nouns 918; at113; of contracted syll. (incl./ trilmtive and pred. U11J; pred. crasis and elision) 117-120; en- I adj. w. copulative verb 007; reclitics 142; proclitics 136, 14~3. I ferring to omitted subj. of infin. Accent and ictus in verse 1025. 1 927, D!/8; userl as noun 9:~2. AccompaninH,nt, dat. of 118\l; 1 933; verbal, w. gen. 1139-1146, w. d<lt. of avrbr 1191. ! w. accus. 1050; verbal in ro5 Accusative case Jt10-lt13; sing. of j 770, in T(o5 and Tlov 776, 15D43dllecl.214-218; cuutractrd acc.1 li'>ll\l; usPdforadverb926. and nom. pl. alike in 3d decl. I Admire, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 2083 ; suhj. of in fin. 8\!5; after; 1102; w. catL~al gen. 1126. prepos. 1201 ff., in compos.1227; 1 Adonie verse 16821. ace. absol. 1569; rarely w. par-' Advantage or disadv., dat. of 1165. tic. of persc:>nal verbs 1570; in Adverbial accus. 1060. appos. w. sentence 915; infin. I Adverbs, how fc:>rmt:d from adj. as accns. 1518; accus. of object: 365--367, 859; from stems of retained w. passive 1239. Other 1 noUliS or verbs 860 ; from par-

434

ENGLISH INDEX. tic. 306; comparison of 369371; relative 436; local, from nouns or pron. 292-297; numeral 372 ; qualify verbs, etc. 1228; w. gen. 1147-1151; w. dat. 1174, 1175; assim. of rei. adv. to antec. 1034 ; w. article for adj. 052. Advising, vbs. of, w. da.t. 1160. Aeolic race, p. 3; dialect, p. 4, has ii for Attic '1 147; Aeolic forms of aor. opt. in Attic 732, 781; forms of intin. and partie. 781, 782, 783 ; forms in p.< 7872. Aeolian Greeks, p. 3. Age, pronom. adj. denoting 429. Aeschylus, language of, p. 4. Agent, nouns denoting 8;J:) ; cxpr. after pass. by gen. w. prep. 1234; in po"'try without prepos. 11 :l1 ; by da.t. ( esp. after pf. , pa.ss.) 1180; w. verbals ill rlos uy dat. 1188, 15!16; w. verbal in Tlov by dat. or accus. 1188, 1597. Agreement, of verb. w. subi. nom. 8!1!.1; of pred. w. s11lJj. ~07; of adj. etc. w. noun 91~; of adj. w. nouns of diff. gender or numl.>er
()2~.

435

024.

Aim at, vl.Js. signif. to, w. gen.

1099.

Alcaics and Alcaic stanza. 16825. Alexandrian period, p. 5. Alexandrine verse (Engl.) 16u:2. . Alpha (see a.) privative 8751; cop- i ulative 877. Alphabet 1; obsolct c letter~ of:;; used as numerals 3, 872, :384. Anaclasis in Ionic verse 1688~.
Anac~usis

Anastrophe 116. Anceps, 5yllaba 1636, 16382. Anger, vbs. expressing, w. causal gen. 1126 ; w. dat. 1100. Antecedent, agreement of rei. w. 1019; omitted 10:W; assim. of rei. to 10:H; of an tee. to rei. 1035 ; attraction 1037, w. assim. 1038; def. and indef. an tee. 1426. Antepenult 96. Antibacchius 16273. Antistrophe Hl49. Aorist 44 7; secondary tense 448 ; pers. endings 55:2-554 ; augment of 513, 515; iter. endings -<rKov and -<rKOIJ-'1 (Ion.) 7i8. First aor. act. and mid., tense sy~tem of 45u ; formation of tense stem 609 ; of liquid vbs. u7:1 ; in -a (or -a.IJ-7)) in three vbs. 070; Hom. ' and o (for '1 and w) in subj. 7H0 1 ; accent of infin. 131'. Second aor. act. and mid., tense system of 45G ; formation of tense system 075, 078; redupl. (Hom.) 534; Att. redupl. 58il; Homeric mixed aor. w. rr 7i7; p.<-forms 678, G79, 708, 7(1(); Ion. subj. of 788; accent of imperat., in fin., and part. 1:>1. A or. pass. (first and second) w. aetive endings 5fi4' ; tense systems of 45G ; formation of tense stems 707, i12; accent of infin. and part. 131. Syntax of aorist. Ind. 12505;
distinf!. from irupf.
J 250 ;

of

1635.

Anapaest 1G272; cyclic Hl34 ; in trochaic verse (apparent) 1650 ; in iambic verse 1657. Anapaestic rhythms 1675, 167G; systems 1677.

vbs. denoting a stat.r 1~ll0 ; as vivid future 1264; gnomic 1:192; iterative 129'G. In dependent words 1271; how distiug. fmm pres. (not in indir. disc.) 1~72; opt. and infin. in indir. disc. 1280; infin. w. vbs. of hoping, etc. 1286; in partie. 1288; not

436

ENGLISH L'\DEX.

cle w. proper names 943; w. de. past in certain cases 1290. See monstratives 045 1, 947, owitted Indicative, Subjunctive, etc., for special constructions. in trag. 94G 8 ; w. posscBs. 04u; Aphaeresis 5f>. w. munerals 948; in possc~s. Apocope f>3. sense 040; w. adv. etc. used like Apodosis 1381; uegative of ( ou) adj. 052; w. -yfj, 1rpdyJI.dra 1 uio<, 13~:31; w. past tenses of indic. etc. understood 95:~; w. in fin. w. ltv 13!17; various forms in 9551, 15102; w. a clause 9G.J', cond. sent. 1387; w. protasis 1555. omitted. 1320, 1340 ; repres. by Ashamed, vbs. sign if. to lJc, w. partie. 1580. infin. or panic. 1418, 1419; implied in context 1420 ; sup- Asking, vbs. of, w. two accus. 100!), pressed for effect 1410; introd. Aspirate, w. vowels 11; w. lllutes by 0( 1422. \ 21, 92-fi.J; &voided in successive Apo8trophe (in elision) 48. sy 1!. 9[) ; transferred in -r pirpw, 8pl:fw, etc. 955. .Appear, vbs. siguif. to, w. partie. Hi88. Assimilation of rcl. to case of antec. 1031 ; w. antec. omitted Appoint, vbs. signif. to, w. two 1032; in rel. adv. 1034; aut<c. ace. 1077; w. ace. and part. gen. rarely assim. to rei. 1035. Ao10()5, 1094 7 sim. of cond. rei. cl. to mood of .Apposition 911 ; gen. in appos. w. antec. claus~ 1439, 1440. possesBive 1001, !)13; nom. or ace. in app. w. sentence 915; Assist, vbs. signif. to, w. dat. 1160. infin. iu appos. 1517 ; partitive Attain, vbs. sign if. to, w. gen. 109!1. Attic dialect, p. 4 ; why basis of appos. 914. Greek Grammar, p. 4. Old. Attic Approach, vbs. implying, w. dat. 117fl. alphabet 27. Attic 2 dec!. 190-200, reduplica Argivcs, p. 3. tion 52\1, future 665. Aristophanes, language of, p. 4. Attraction in rei. sent. 1037, joiu~d Aristotle, language of, p. 4. w. assim. 1038. Arsis aud thesis 1621 ; iu Latin (not Greek) sense 1621 (foo~ Attributive ad.jective (opp. to predicate) 919; position of article w. UOt!: ). !l5!l. Attributive or possessive Artiele, definite, declined 380; -rw compounds 888. and -roi'v as fem. 388 ; -rol and. .,.o./ (epic and Doric) 388; prr,_ Augment 46(), 510-519, 527, 53iM9: see Conwnts, p. xii. clitic in some forms 137 ; in crasis 43 2 ; o o.u-r6s 399, 989~. Art.icle as pronoun in Hom. 93f>, Bacchius 1627 3 ; Bacchic rhythms w. adj. or part. 93G; in Herod. 1690. 939 ; in lyric and tragic poets Barytones 1103 940; Attic prose use 041 ; posi-1 Be or become, vbs. signif. to, w. tiou w. attrib. adj. 95!!, w. pred. partit. gen. 10947 adj. 071, w. <lemon.<;tr. 9i4; as I Begin, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 101l9; pronoun in Attic OIH-084. Artiw. partie. 1580.

E~GLISH

INDEX.

437

Belonging to, adj. signif. 850. Benefit, vbs. signii. to, w. dat. llGO. Blame, vbs. expressing, w. dat. 11()0. Boeotia, Aeolians in, p. 3. Bracbycatalectic verse8 Hl41. Breathings 11-15 ; form of 13; place of 12. Bucolic diaeresis in Heroic hexam. 1()(HJ. Caesura ](l42. Call: see ::\ame. Cardinal numbers 371-374; dec!. of ,'Ji5-3!H. Care for, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1102. Cases 1GO; meaning of 162; ob lic1ue 103. Case endings of noun~ J(Ji, Syntax 1042-1198: see ~ominative, Genitive, Da tive, etc., and Contents, ]Jj). xv-xvii. Catalexis and ca.talectic verses
16:W.
Cau~al

sentences, w. indic. 1505;

w. opt. (ind. disc.) 1506; w.

relat. 1401, 1402. Cause, expr. by gen. 112(1; by dat. 1181; by partie. 15632, Cautiou or danger, vbs. of, w. p.f, and subj. or opt. 1378. Cease or cause to cease, vbs. siguif. to, w. partie. 1580. Choosing, vbs. of, w. two ace. 1077, w. ace. aud ~;eu. 109(), 1004 7 Choriambus, 10274 ; choriambic rhythms 1()87. Circumtlex accent lOti ; origin of lOi~; on contr. syll. 117. Circumstantial participle 1503. Claim, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1099, 109i2.

: Classes of verbs, eight 568 : I. 560, II. 572, 574, Ill. 576, IV. 579602, V, 603-612, VI. 613, VII. 6JU, vm. 621. Close vowels6; stemR ending in 206. Clothing, vbs. of, w. two accus. 1069. Cognate mutes 23; cognate accus. 1051, Collective noun, w. plur. verb 900, w. pl. partie. 920 ; foll. by pl. relat. 102P. Collision of vowels, how avoided 34. Commands or exhortations 13421345, 1352, 1205, 1510; verbs of commanding w. gen. 1100, w. dat. (Hom.) 1164. Common Dialect of Greek, p. 5. Comparative degree 350-371 ; w. gen. 1153; w. dat. (difference) 1184. Comparison of adjectives 350~1()0; irreg. 301, 3()2; of adverbs 36f>371 ; of some nouus and pronouns 304. Comparison, verbs denot., w. gen. 1120. Compensative lengthening 30, 78 3, 79. Compound words 822, 869-889 ; first part of 871-877; second part of 878-88:.! ; meauing of (three classes) 883-R88. Compound verbs 882, 889; augment and redupl. of 540-542; accent of 132, 133; w. gen., dat., or ace. 1132, 1170, 1227. Componnrl negatives 1607 ; repetition of 1619. Indirect compounds 882 2 ; bow augmented and redupl. 543546. Concealing, vbs. of, w. two accus. .1069; w. infin. aud p.f, 1615, 1549-1551. , Coucessious, opt. in 1510.

438

ENGLISH

nmF~\:.

Conclusion: see Apodosis and Con- : Coronis 42, 45. dition. Correlative pronominal adjectives Condemning, vbs. of, w. gen. and 429; adverbs 436. acc.ll21;w.acc.andtwogen.ll24. Crasis 42-46; examples 44; quanCondition am! conclusion 1381 ; . tity of 6yll. 104 1 ; accent 119. conditional sentences 1381-1424: Cretic 1627; cretic rhythms 1680. see Contents, p. xx ; classifica- Cye!ic anapaests and dacty Is 1(334. tion of cond. sent. 1385-1389; general and particular cond. dis- Dactyl l(l2i2; cyclic W34 ; in anting. 1384 ; coruparison of J.atin apaestic verse 1675; in iambic verse (apparent) lu57; in trogen. con d. !388; con d. expr. by partic. 1413: see Protasis. Rei achaic verse (cyclic) 1()50 ; in logaoedic verse (cyclic) J(l79; tive cond. sent. 1428-1441: see Hdative. in dactylo-epitritic verse 1()84. Conjugation 151, 464, 46i ; of Dactylic rhythms 1669-1674. verbs in w 469-499 ; of verbs in nactyl~pitritic rhythms 1684 ; in ~'-' 500-500. Pindar 1685. Consonants, divisions of Hi-22 ; Danaans, p. 3. douhle ll:l; doubling of 68, 60; j J?anger, vbs. expr., w. !J.fJ and subj. euphonic changes in 70-90; , or opt. 1878. movable 56-{)3. Consonant verb: Dative case 160, 115i; endings of stews 460. Consonant declen167, 16!), 100; dat. plur. of 3 sion (Third) 206. decl. 224; syntax of 11G6-1 Hl8: Coustructio pregnans 1225. see Content~, pp. xvi, XYii. Contiuue, verbs signif. to, w. parPrepositious w. dat. 1201-12l!l. tic. 1580. Declension 151; of uouns : tlrst Contraction 35; rules of 3G-4 I; IG8-J!:l8, second 189-204, third quantity of contr. syll. 10~1; 205-286; of irreg. llOUllS 2il7acceut of' contr. sy!L lli, 1 Hl; 2'.H; of adjectives: first. and contr. of nouns: 1st dec!. 18~, second 298-:H 1, third 312-317, 2d decL 201, 3d dee!. 22G-20i; first and third 318-333 ; of partic. 334-342; of adj. w. one cndof adject. 310-32:l; of partie. 340-342; of verbs in aw, <w, and ing 343-345 ; of irreg. adj. :)!Gow 492; in gen. pl. of 1st dec!. 349; of the article 88tl-al:lfl; of 170; in angm. and rt-dupL ( pronouns 389-428; of nuwPrals to ) 537, i>38, 53fl; iu forma:n5. See Contents, pp. x, xi. tion of words 829, 8742. s~e Defend, vl.Js. s!gnif. tn, w. dat, Crasis and Synizesis. 1160; a,<.<uvv nvl 1168. Convicting, vbs. of, w. gen. and Degree of difference, dat. of 1184. ace. 1121. Demanding, vbs. of, w. two ace. Co-ordinate and cognate mutes 23. 1069. Copula 8911. Demes, names of Attie, in dat. 1197. Copulative verbs 908; case of pred. adj. or noun with infin. of 027, Demonstrative pronouns 409; syn928; copulative compounds 887., tax. of 1004-WIO; w. article

ENGLISH INDEX.

439

945 1 ; positiOn of 974; distinc-1 Diphthongs 7; improper i, 10, 12; tions of oln-ot, lio, iKiivot 1005; spurious 8, 27, 28!; in contracarticle as demonstr. (Hom.) 935, i tion 37, 38 ; in crasis 4.:3 ; elision (Att.) 981-984 ; rei. as demons.,' of (poet.) 51; augment of 518, 1023. 519. Dipody 1646; iambic 16651. Demosthcnes, language of, p. 4. Denominati ves 824 ; denom. nouns Direct object 892 ; of act. verb 8H-848; adjectives 851; verbs 1047. Direct discourse, ques861-867. tion, and quotations 1475. Denying, vbs. of, w. infin. and Jl.~ Disadvantage, dat. of 1165, ll'jO. 1615, 1551. Disobey, vbs. signif. to, w. dat. Dependent moods 446; tenses of 1160. 1271-1287. Displease, vbs. signif. to, w. dat. Deponent verbs 443 ; principal 1160. parts of 46a; passive and mid- Displeased, vbs. signif. to be, w. die deponents 444. partie. 1580. Depriv~, vbs. signif. to, w. ace. Disputing, vbs. of, w. cau~al gen. and gen. 1118; w. two ace. 106(). 1128. De~iderative verbs 868. Disticll 104(); elegiac Hi70. Desire, vbs. expr., w. gen. 1102. Distinction, gen. of 1117. Despise, vus. signif. to, w. gen. Distrusting, vbs. of, w. dat. 1160; w. infin. and poT) 1615. 1102. Determinative compounds 886. Dividing, verbs of, w. two ace. 1076. Diaeresis, mark of ( ) !l; in verse 1643; Bucolic 1669. Docllmius and dochmiacs 1691. Dialects, p. 4; dialectic changes Doing, verbs of, w. two ace. 1073. in letters 147-14[); dial. forms Dorian Greeks, p. 3. of nouns 188, 204, ~80 ; of adj. Doric dialect, p. 4; haR ii for Attic 3:22, ::l::li, 347; of numerah 374; '7 147; Doric future (also in of the article 388 ; uf pronouns Attic) 66ll. 393-~98, 403, 407, 413, 4!62, Double consonants 18; make po418~. 424, 428; of verbs in w sition 99 1 777-783; of contract vbs. 784- Double negatives 1360, 1361, lGlG, 786 ; of vbs. in '"' 787-702. !617. See oli I'~ and ,.~ ov. Digamm:. or Vau 3; as numeral Doubtful vowds G. 371!, 384 ; omission of, seen in Dual 15G; masc. forms used for fern. 303_. 3~8, 41U, 422; of vcrlJs, inflections ()0, !ll, 256, 265, 269, 1st. pers. very rare, 55() 2 ; -Tov 530, 574, 001, 602; retained in A eo!. aud Doric 91; seeu in metre and -<r8ov for -T'Tv and <rO"f/v 556 3
lli73~.

Dimeter 1641i; anapaestic 1676; Effect, accus. of 1055. dactylic 16741; iambic 166f>S; Elegiac pentameter and distich trochaic JG[J:~. 1654. 1670. Diminutives, suffixes of 8H; all Elisiou 48-1\4; of diphthongs 51; in compound words 54 ; 1r<p, neut. 1594.

440

ENGLISH INDEX.

'lt'pb, liT<, and dat. in ' etc., not Feet (in verse) 1620, 1627; ictus, elided 50 ; accent of elided word 1 a.rsis, and thesis of 1621. 120. Feminine noUlls 156-159; form in participles 84 2, 337; in 2 pf. Ellipsis of verb w. ll.v 1313; of protasis 1414; of apodosis 14142, partie. (Hom.) 7i3, 774; femi1416, 1420. nine caesura 1669. Emotions, vbs. expr., w. gen. 1126. Festivals, names of, in dat. of Enclitics 140, 141; w. accent if I time 1192. emphatic 144; at t-nd of com- : Fill, vbs. siguif. to, w. ace. and poUllds 146 ; successive euclit- ' gen. 1113. ics 145. Final clauses 13621 ; w. subj. and Endings: case-endings of nouns opt. 1365; w. subj. after past 167; local 292-297; verbal 501tenses 136\J; rarely w. fut. ind. 556; persona1552, 553, remarks 1366; w. ll.v or 13()7; w. past on 556. tenses of iudic. 1371; neg. p.-1) Endure, vbs. siguif. to, w. partie. 13U4; final dist.ing. from object 1580. clauses 1303. 1 Exhort, vbs. siguif. to, w. dat. 1160.j Find, vbs. Riguif. to, w. partie. Enjoy, vbs. siguif. to, w. gen. 1582. Finite moods 440. 1097 2 Em'Y, vbs. expr., w. causal gen.j First aorist tense system 456; 1120 ; w. dat. 1160. form. of tense stem 669, 672. Epic dialect, p. 4. First passive tense system 450; forEpicene nouns 158. mation of tense stems 707, 710. Ethical dative 1171. First perfect tense system 406; Euphony of vowels 34-()3 ; of conformation of tense stem 698. sonants 70-95. Fi~aess, etc., verbal adj. deuot., Eupolidean verse 1682', 1644. formation of 851. Euripides, language of, p. 4. Forbidding, vbs. of, w. p.T] and Exchange of quantity 33, 200, 265. infin. 1615, 1549, 1551. Exclamations, nom. iu 104.5; voc. Forgetting, vbs. of, w. gen. 1102; w. partie. 1588. iu 1044; gen. iu 1129; relatives Formation of words 822-889: !>et~ in 103(). Exhorting, vbs. of, w. dat. 1160. Content.c;, p. xiii, xiv. Exhortations: see Commands. Friendliness, vbs. expr., w. dat. Expecting etc., vbs. of, w. fut., f 1100. pres., or aor. infin. 128G. I Fulness and want, vbs. expr., w. Extent, accus. of 1062; gen. de- 'I gen. 1112, adject. expr. 1140. See Fill. noting 10!W. Fulness, fonnat. of adj. expr. 854. Falling and rising rhythms 1048. Future 447, 448; tense system 456, Fearing, verbs of, w. p.T, and subj. 1 662-668; of liquid verbs 61l3; or opt. 1378; sometimes w. fut. 1 Attic fut. in w and -oiip.cll 665; ind. 1379; w, pres. or past tense J Doric fut. 660, also Attie (ll\6; 1 passive 710, 715; fut. mid. as of indic. 1380.

ENGLISH INDEX:.

441

pass. 1248. Fut. indic. express12!l1 ; aorist 1292, 1293 ; as primary tense 1268, 13114; w. ,.o>.ing permission or command 1265 ; rarely in final clauses >.am, ~o11, oinrw, etc. 1293; per1360; regularly in object clauses feet 1295. with 61rws 1372; rarely with p.~ Grave accent 107, 108, for acute after verbs of fearing 1379; in ill oxytones 115. prota.sis 1391, 1405; not in rei. Greece, ~odern language of, p. 5. cond. 1435 ; in rei. clauses ex- Greek language, history of and repre~sing purpose 1442 ; with l' lations to other languages, pp. ~ or i' ,;re 1400; with oli p.~ 5, 6. 1360, 1361 ; with 4v (Hom., Greeks, why so called, p. 3. rarely Att.) 1303; periphrastic fut. with p.i>.>.w 1254 ; optative : Hear, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1102 ; 1287, never w. 4v 1307 ; infin.l w. ace. and gen. 1103 ; w. para.ic. 1276-1278, 1280, 1282, 1286 ; 1588. partie. 1288. H<:llenes and their divisions, p. 3, Future perfect 44 7, 448; in perf. of Hower, p. 3. mid. tense system 456 ; tense Hellenistic Greek of :Kew Testa.ment and Septuagint, p. 5. litem formed 703 ; active form in a few vbs. 705 ; gen. peri- Herodotus, dialect of, p. 4. pbrastic 706 ; meaning of 704, Heroic hexameter 166(1. 1250'; as emph. fut. 1266; infin. Heterog'"neous nouns 288. 1283; partie. 1284. Hiatus, how avoided 34; allowed at end of verse !G388. Gend<:r 156; natural and gram- Hindrance, vLs. of, w. p.~ and matical 157; grammat. design. infin. etc. 154D-1552. by art.icle 157 ; common and Hippocrates, dialect of, p. 4. epicene lfl8; gcu<:ral rules 159; Historic: present 1252, 1208. gen. of 1st dec!. 168, of 2d dec!. II ist.orical (or secondary) tenses : 189, 194, of 3d dec!. 280-285. see Secondary. General, disting. from particular Hit, vbs. siguif. to, w. gen. 1099. suppositions 1384 ; forms of Hower, dialect of, p. 4 ; verse of 1669; books of, nun1bered by 1380, 1387 ; w. subj. and opt. letters 385.; Hellenes of, p. 3. 1393, 1431; w. indic. 1395, 1432; Hoping, etc., vbs. of, w. fut., pres . in Latin 1388. or a.nr. infiu. 1286. Genitivt' ~n.~c !flO. lll2-lll7; of 1st dec!. 169, 170; of 2d dt:cl. 190, Hostility, Ybs. expr., w. dat. 1160. 191; of 3d dec!. 207. Syntax Hypercatalectic verse 1641. 1083, 1084-115G: see Contents, p. xv, xvi ; gen. absol. 1152, Iambus 162il. Iambic rhythms 1657-1667 ; tragic and comic 1508; gen. of infin. w. Toii 1546iambic trimeter 1658-1062 ; iam1549. bic svstems 1666. Gentile nouns, suffixes of 848. Imper~tivc 44u; perb. endings of Glycouic verses 1682'. 553; common form of 746-751; Gnomic tenses 1291-1295; present

442

ENGLISH INDEX.

J.<form of 752-75(3; aor. pass. lhrws and 61rws IL>I 1352; w. ou !Li} 75i; perf. rare 748, 758, l2i4. (fut.) 1360,1361; in final clauses: lu commands eu:. 1324, 1342 ; rarely fut. 13Go, second. tense~ in prohib. w. J.'i} (pres.) 1346; 1371 ; in obj. cl. w. 61rws (fut.) w. 4-y<, ip<, (th, 1345; after 1372; w. iJ.r, after vbs. of fearolu/J' 6 1343. ing, rarely fut. 13i!l, pres. auu Imperfect tense 447; secondary past 13tl0; in protasis: pres. aud 448 ; in present tense system past tenses 1390, in gen. suppos. for subj. 1395, future 1405, 456; augment of 513, 515; per sonal endings 552; inflection of: 1391, second.. teuses in supp. common form 626, J.'lfonn 627; contr. to fact 1397; in cond. rd. iterat. endings uKov and ITKOJ.<71 and temp. clauses 1430, 14!33, (Ion.) 778. Syntax 1250~; how by assimilation 1440; second. disting. from 'nor. 1259; denot tenses w. dv 1304, lJJ.j, ra!li; ing repeated or customary past in wishes (second. tenses) 1511 ; in causal seut. 1505; in rei. sent. action 1253~, attempted. action 1255 ; how expr. in in fin. and of purpose (fut.) 1442 ; fut. w. partie. 1285, 1280, in opt. 1488; 1' ~ or l' 1/Jr< 1400; w. lw~ w. 4v, iterative 1304~, 1296, in eu:. 14(j4, 1465; w. 1rplv 1470, unreal conditions 1387, 1397, iu 14712; in indirect quotations and. questions 1487. See PresHom. W98; w. lf.v as potential 13041, 1335, 1340; iu rel. cond. ent, Future, Aorist, etc. seuteuceR 1433; in wishes 1511; Indirect compounds (verbs) !:l822 , in fiual clauses 1!371. 1 543. Indirect object of verb 802, 1157, 1158. Indirect Discourse Impersonal verbs 898, 1240~; partic. of, in aecus. abs. 156\l; im-. 1475-1503: see Contents, pp. xxi., xx.ii. Indir. quotations and pers. verbal in -rlov 1597. Imploring, ,vbs. of, w. gen. 11013. questions 14iG-14i9. Iudir. reImproper diphthongs 7. 1 tlexives 987, 988. Inceptive class of l'erbs (VI.) G13. Inferiority, vbs. !"xpr., w. gcn.ll20. Inclination, formation of adj. de-! Infinitive 445 ; endings 554 ; formation of 759-700; dial. forms noting tl4!l. Indecliuable nouns 290. of 782, i84b, 185', 791. Synt.all: Indefinite prououus 415, 416, 425; 1516-1656: see Contents, pp. pronominal adj. 429, 430 ; auxxii., xxiii. Tenses of, not in
'r

ver!.Js 400; syuLax of WIU-1018.

inulr.

.ll~c.

1271,

1272.

1:.!7:3,

Indicative 445; personal endings J 552; thematic vowel 561; for-. mation of 51!4, 565 (see under I special Tense~); wnses of 448, 449, 1250-126G, primary and secondary (or historical) 1267126fl. General u~e of 1318; potential w. dv 1335-1340; indep. w. J.<iJ or J.<TJ ou 1351, fut. w.

1275; in indir. disc. 1280-1286, 1494; distinction of the two uses 1495; impf. and plpf. suppl. by pres. and pf. 14114, 12851; w. IJ. 1808, 1494; w. J.<l>.hw 1254; w. w<>-ov in wishes (poet.) 1512, 1513; negative of 1611, 1496; p.-1, ou with 1616, 1550, 1652. Rel. w. i..nfin. 1524.

ENGLISH L'IDEX.

443

Inflection 151; of verbs, two forms tluph. ch. of v before 78; labial 563; simple form 564, common verb stems 460, in perf. mid. form 565. 4901, l Instrument, dat. of 1181 ; suffixes Lead, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1109; denoting 838. w, dat. (Hom.) 1164. 1 Intensive pronoun 391, 989 1 ; w. Learn, vbs. siguif. to, w. ace. and dat. of accompaniment I Hll. gen. 1103 ; w. partie. 1588. Intention, partie. expr. 1563. Lengtllening of vowels 29; comInterchange of vowels 31, 32; of pensative 30. quantity 3;), 200, 2o5. Letters 1; names of 1, 4; used for Interrogative pronoun 41G, 41G, nuwbers 384, 38G. pron. adj. 4:!9, 430, prou. adv. I Likeness, dat. of 1175; abridged 43(); syutax of 1011-1U14. In- I expr. w. adj. of 1178. terr. sentences Hl00-1GOG; sub- . Linguals W; lingual mutes 22; junctive iu !3il8, 1350, 1400. ; eupllon. changes of 71-74; v w. Intransitive v~rl.Js 893, 1231; cog- ling. dropped bef. u 79; ling. nate object of 1051 ; verbs botll verb stems 460, 490 3 trans. and intrans. 1232. Liquids 20; v before 782; w. , (j) Inverted assimilation of relatives in stems 841 6 ; vowel bef. mute 1030. and liquid 100-102. Liquid verb Ionic Greeks, p. 3. stems 400, 592; in perf. mid. louie race and dialect, pp. :>, 4. 4901-6; fut. of 6()3; aorbt uf louie alphabet :27. Ionic '1 for 1 672; cllange of E to a iu mouoAttic ci 147; aud ou forE and I syll. 645. o, 11i' for E< 148; omits contrac- Local endings 202-207. tion and v movable 140. louie Locative case 206, 1042, 1 Hi7. feet 1627 4 ; rhythms 1688. Logaoedic rhythms 1070-1683. Iota class of verbs (IV.) G79. Long vowels 5, 98-103; how augIota subscript 10. mented 51() . ., Irregular nouns 287-291; adjectives 340-349; comparison 361- Make, vbs. signif. to, w. two ace. 364; verbs G21. 634. 1077; w. ace. and gen. 1005, in Italy, .Dori.ans of, p. 3. . 1 . pass. w. gen. 101W, 1000. Iterative m1perf. and aonst w. 1 Manner, dative of 1181, w. comdv 1200. Iterative forms in tJ'Kov, par. 1184; partie. of 15033 cr<6J.<"'" (Ion.) 12()8, 778, w. dv Masculine nouns 159. See (iender. 12!l8. :Material, adj. denoting 852; gen. Ithyphallic verse 16531 of 1085. ~feans, dative of 1181 ; partie. of Know, vbs. signif. to, w. partie. 15633 ; suffixes denoting 838, 1588. 839. Roppa 3; as numeral 372, 384. Measure, gen. of 10856 !\fetatbesis 64, 66, 636, 649. Labials 16; labial mutes 21, 22; /Metre 1022; related to rhythm euphonic changes of 71-75; 1623.

444

EKGLISH INDEX.

Mdorms 4GB, 500, 601; enumera- 1 neut. accus. of adj. a.s adverb tion of 793--804. 3G7; neut. partie. of impers. Middle mutes 21; not doubled 68 2 1 vbs. in accus. absol. 1569; verMiddle voice 4421, 1242; endiugs 1 bal iu -rio 1597. ?f 652-55? ; three uses of 1242 ; 1 New .Tes.tamem, Greek of, p. 5. Ill causat1ve sense 1245; pecul-: Nommauve case 160, 162; singuiar weaning of fut. in pass. 1 lar of 3d dec!. formed 200-213; sense 1248. I subj. nom. 894, 8!J9, 1043; pred. Miss, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1099. 1 nom. 907, w. in fin. 927 ; nom. 1 in exclam. like voc. 1045 ; in Mixed cla.ss of verbs ( V Ill.) 621; mix~d forms of conditional senappos. w. sentence 915; infiu. tence 14:ll ; mixed aor. 7778, as nom. 1517. l'lur. nom. w. Modern Grel'k, p. 5. sing. verb, gen. neut. 8992, rarely Molossus W27. masc. or fem. 905. Sing. coil. Manometer 1646. noun w. plur. verb !lOO. Moods 445; finite 44G; dependent 1 Now1s 104-2!11; name includes 446; general uses of 1317-1324; I only substantives 1G6. See Conconstructions of (I.-X.) 132li, tents, p. x. 1327-1515. See Content.~, pp. Number 155, 452; of adject., pexvm.-xxil. 1 culiarities iu agreement 920-925. !'iumerals 372-38G. Movable consonants f>li--{)3. Mutes 19, 21, 22; smooth, middle, and rough 21; co-ordinate and i Obey, vbs. signif. to, w. dat. 1160. cognate 21-23; euphonic changes 1 Object, defined 892; direct and of 71-77; mutes before other indirect 892, l04G; direct obj. mutes i 1-73; bef. u 74; bef. !.L (accus.) 1047, as subj. of pasR. 75-77; vowel hef. mute and 1234; internal obj. (cognate) liqu~d 100-102; mute verb stems 1051; indirect obj. (dat.) 1157, 460, 4G1, perf. mid. of 4901-3, l!5B-11G4; geu. as object of verb 1083, of noun 10853, of Name or call, vhs. signif. to, w. adject. 1139-1146; double obj. two accus. 1077, w. ~l>a< 1079; ace. 101i!l-1082. Object of mow. ace. and gen. 1095; in pa~;s. tion, by accus. w. prepos. 1221, w. gen. 10\W, 109G. by accus. alone (poetic) 1005. Nasals 17, 20. Object clauses w. li11'wr and fut. Nature, vowel long or short by iuclic. 1~72; w. subj. and opt. 98, 100-102. 1374, 1372, in Hom. 1377. 1 Negatives 1007-1611): see O.i and 'Object gl'nitive 10~5 3 Mi). I Objecthe compounrls 884 ; trans. Neglect, vbs. signif., w. gen. 1102. 1 aud intrans., 11.ccent of 885. Neuter gender 15G: see Gc>nder. I Oblique cases 1G3. Neutl'r plur. w. sing verb 8!J92; 1 Omission of augment and redupl. neut. preu. a<lj. 025.; neut. sing. i 547-550; of subj. nom. 896, 8!)7; of adj. w. art. !l33, 934; neut. 1 of subj. of inftn. 895~'; of anadj. as cognJ.te accus. 1054; i tecedent of rei. 1026; of ~ in

i I

ENGLISH I.:-<DEX.

44.'i

oaths 1068; of dv w. opt. 13:32; l'aeons 1627 3 ; in Crctic rhythms of protasis 1414 ; of apodosb 11189. 1416, 1420. See Ellipsis. P:J.latals 16; as mutes 22; enOpen vowels (i; in contraction 35. phonic changes of 71-77; v beOptative 445; pcrs. endill![ti 552, fQl-e 78 ; pal. verb stems 460, iu 730 ; mood suffix 56~, 700 ; forperf. 1nid. 400 2 mation of 730-745; Aeolic forms l'arocmiac verse 16768, 1677. in Attic aor. act. 73:2, i~Jl; in Paroxytone llOI. contract vbs. (pres. act.) 73i; Jll'- Participle 445 ; formation of 770culiar !-"-forms i:39-i42, 740; of 775; declension of 301, !):J4-'34:!; verlJ~ in ""I" i4:l; Ion. a-ro for w. nom. in ov' of vhs. in p.< 504", >-ro 7773; II om. our8a foro,, i81 ~; 3:35, in wv of vbs. in w 56:)&, 380; vriphrasis in perf. 733; reg. perf. Aeol. forms in "" ""'"" o<a-a 7b:l; in few verbs 73:3, 734; 2 pf. in of p.<-form342, i>08, 773, 774. 7fl:!; o"l" 735. Tenses: not in indir. accent of 134, 338. Tenses 12titi; pres. for imp f. 128(); aor. not disc:., pres. an<i aor. 1271, 127~; perf. 1273; never fut. 1:!87; in I past 12110, w. >-a.v8civw, -rv")'xciv..,, indir. disc. 1280, pres. as impf. 8civw 1580, w. 11"Epwpw etc. 15t'ii, 1488; future, only in indir. disc. . expr. that iu wh. an action con121\7, or in obj. cl. w. /i.,..w, 1372, / sists 15o:{s; aor. (or p<"rf.) w. anti rarely in rcl. cl. of purpose fxw as periphr. perf. 12G2; perf. 1444; w. eff~ct of primary or w. (;, and d17v as perf. subj. aut! secoud. tense 12702. opt. 720, 721, i33; fut. of pmGeneral noes 1322, 1323: popose 100:3; conditional ][,(j;~;; tential opt. w. dv ]:~27-13:34; iu w. dv 130fl; in gcu. absol. 1iiub; final cl. 1:~Gii, in nhj. cl. w. /i.,..w,, iu ace. absol. 15u!l; partie. alone ftlt. 1372; prP~. or al)r. 1:~7-!, in in gen. abs. 1iiu8; omissi\Hl of How. !377; w. p.i} after vbs. of t:Jv 1.'!71; plur. w. sing. eollecti\,, fearing 1378; in pmta>is 1!387, noun !)2~; w. IICUt. art. like 13932, 1408, sollletimes w . .r " infin. w. -r6 034. Partie. w. iip.a., (Hom.) 1411; in apod. w. dv or p.<-ra~u, <~8us, etc. 1ii72; w. ai, t 140fl; in cond. rel. dausc-s Ka.{.,..,p, o~M, p.1)!J{ li>7;J; w. ws 1431', )4;JG, by assimil. 143~l; 1574; w.iiHando!ov(o!a)1575; in rel. cl. of purpose ( chiPfly w. wa11"Ep 157(l. Hom.) 1443; w. (ws, etc., until,. Three uses uf pa.rtidple 1;).",7: 14r,;;; w . .,.piv 1470, l4iJ2; in at.trihutivc 1.'i5!l-15fi~, eircllllli.J!dir. discour~c, after past. tens<'~, I stantial 1500-1077, supplrlllt>nby change from suhj. or indic. tary 157!:\-1593. See Cont~nts, 14tiP, 1487, 14972, 1[>02. i p. xxiii. Oratio obliqua: see Indirect Dis- Particular and general snpposicourse. tiuns distinguislled 1:~84. Ordinal numerals, 372. : l'artiuve genitive 1085', IOtig, Overlook, vbs. signif. to, w. partie. lO(lF Partitive apposition Hl4. 1585. 'il'assive voice 442 2 , 1233, persoua1 Oxytones 1101. endings of 552-&ii4 ; aor. pass.

446

ENGLISH INDEX.

w. inflection of act. 51J47. Use Periphrastic forms: of perf., indic.

of 1233-1241; subject of 1234, 4862, subj. 720, 721, opt. 733, 12401; retains one object from imper. 751; of fut. w, p.i'A'A., active constr. 1239; impersoJlal 1254; of fut. perf. 706. pass. constr. 12402, 1241, 897f; Perispomena 1102 w. infin. as subj. 15222; pass. of Persevere, vbs. signif. to, w. partie. 1580. both act. and mid. 124 7. Patronymics, suffixes of 846, 847. Person of verb 453; agreement w. Pause in verse 1640; caesura subj. iu 899; subj. of first or 16422 ; diaeresis 1643. second pers. omitted 896, third Pentameter, elegiac Hl70, 1671. person 8!Ji; pers. of rel. prou. Penthemim (2! feet) 1670. 1020. Personal endings of verb Penult 96. 552, G53. Perceive, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. Personal pronoun 389-398; stems 1102; w. partie. 1582, 1588. of 300; omitted as subject 896, Perfect tense 44 7, primary 448 ; 89i; of third pers. in Attic 987, personal endings 552; redupli in Hom. aud Hdt. 988; substituted for rei. 1040. cation 520-526; Att. redupl. 529; compound forms in subj. and Pherecratic verses 16822-8, opt. 720, i21, 733, in 3d pers. Pity, vbs.expr., w. causalgen.ll26. pl. mid. 486~. Place, suffixes denoting 843; adl'irst l'erfect tense-system 456, verbs of 292-297, 436, w. gen. formation of 682; orig. from 1148; accus. of (whither) 1065; gen. of (within w!Jis!J) l 137; vowel stems only 680; modified vowel of stem 684. j dat. of (where) 1196, 11!!7. Second Perf. tense-system 456, ! Plato, language of, p. 4. formation of 687, modif. vowel : Please, vbs. signif. to, w. dat. 1ltlO. 1 of stern u88; Hom. sec. perfects Pleased, vbs. signif. to be, w. 691 ; aspirated sec. perf. 692, 1 p<Lrtic. 1u80. not in Hom. 694; 2 perf. of P.l Pluperfect tense 447, 448; in perform 508, 697, 804, partie. in feet tense-systems 456, 45i 1 ; aws or rws 804, 773. personal endings 552; redupl. Perf. mid. tense-system 456, and augment 627, Att. red up!. formation of stem G98, modif. 520, D33 ; compound form w. vowel of stem 69\.l ; u added to ~uav in 3 pers. pl. 480 2 First stem 040, 702; "'"" iu 3 per. T'lnperf. act., formed from I pl'rf. stem 6831; second from 2 perf. plur. (lcm.) i01, 77i3, Syntax: perf. indic. 1250s, as stem 696, J4<forms 697, 804 ; pres. 1263, as vivid future 1264; form of plup. act. in Hom. and Hdt. 6832, 777f, ill later Attic subj., opt., and infin. (not in ind. disc.) 1273; infili. expr. de6832, PJup. middle 608, 099, w. 3 cision or permanence 127ii; im. aTo in 3 pers. pl. (Ion.) 701, 777 perat. (gen. 3 sing. pass.) 1274; Syntax : meaning of plup. opt. and infin. ill inu. disc. 1280; 1250'; as imperf. 1263; in cond. partie. 128!!. sent. 1307 ; w, 4v 130il; cxpl.

ENGLISH INDEX.

447

in infin. by perf. 12851, by perf. 775, dec!. of 334-341. Syntax w. dv 1308. of pres. indic. 12001; hbtoric Plural 155, 452; neut. w. sing. 1252, ~68; gnomic 12531, 121!1 : verb 8ll9~; verb w. sing. collect. as vivid fut. 12()4 ; of attempt noun 900; w. several subjects (conative) 1255; of ~Kw aud connected by and 90 I ; adj. or orxo~La as perf. 1256; of d 14 , as rclat. w, several sing. nouns 924, fut. 1257 ; w. 1rdAaL etc. 1258; never w. dv or Ki 1232. In dep. 1021; plur. autec. of lio'ns 1021'. Position, vowels long by !J!), moods: not in indir. disc. 1271, Possession, gen. of 10851, 101)41, how disting. from aor. 1272, 1143; <lat. ol 1173. from perf. 12i3, 1275; in indir. Possessive pronouns 400-408, 9fl8; disc. (opt. and in fin.) 1280, as w. article !J4()1, !J()O, 1002. Posimpf. infin. and opt. 1285; infin. Our w. vbs. of hoping etc. 1286; parsessive compounds tl88. own, your own, etc. 1003. tic. 1288, as impf. part. 12!;9. Potential opt. w. <1v 1327-1334, j See Indicative, Subjunctive, etc. without dv 1332, 1333; pot. in- Price, genitive of 1133. cHc. w. IJ.v 1335-1341. Primary or principal tenses 448, Predicate 8!l0; pred. noun and 1207; how far distinguished in dependent moods 1270. adj. w. verbs OOi, 918, referring to omitted subject of infin. 927- Primitive words 823, nouns 83202() ; noun without article !)56; 840, adjectives 849. pred. adject. 9l!J, position of w. Principal parts of verbs 462, of art. 1!71; prerl. accus. w. obj. deponents 403. ace. 1077, 1078; in fin. as pred. Proclitics 136, 137; with accent nom. 1517. 138, 13ll; before an euclitic 143. Prepositions, w. gen., dat., and Prohibitions w. !LfJ 1346; w. ov !LTJ accus. 1201 ; accent when elided 1361. " 120; anastrophe llG; tm~sis Promising, verbs of, w. fut., pres., 12222 ; augment of comp. verbs or aor. infin. 1286. 540-544; prepos. as adv. 1100, Pronominal adj. and adv. 429-440. 1222 1 ; in comp. w. gen., dat.., Pronow1s 389-428; synt. 985--1041: or ace. 1227, 1132, 1179; omitted see Contents, pp. xi., xiv., xv. w. rei. 1025; w. rei. by assimil. Some enclitic 1411-2 , w. accent 1032; w. infin. and article 1540. retained 14434. See Personal,
Pre~a~nt tt:'llSe

447; vrilnary 44A;

Relative, etc.

personal endings 552 ; tensesystem 456; stem 456, 56i, formation of, eight classes of vbs. 669--622; see Classes. Infiection of pr. indic . common form 623, 14<-lorm 027 ; redupl. G52 ; contracted 492, in opt. 737 ; im1 perat. 746, of 14<-form 752-754; inful. 759, 765-769; partie. 7i0,

Pronunciation, probable ancient 28. See Preface. Proparaxytones 1101. Properispomena 1102. Pros;ecute, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. and accus. 1121. Protasis 1381; forms of 1387; expr. in partie., adv., etc. 1413; omitted 1414, 1328, 1338.

448

El\GLISH INDEX.

Prove, viJs. signif. to, w. partie. 1026 ; assimilation of rei. to ca.se 1588. of an tee. 1031, of antec. to case of rel. 1035; assim. in rei. adv. Punctuation marks !GO. 1034 ; attraction of antec. 10:37, Pure ver IJs 461. joined w. assim. 103f'; rel. not Purpose: expr. by final clause repeated iu new case 1040; rd. 13f321 ; by rel. cl. w. fut. indic. as demonstr. 1023 ; in exclam. 144'.!., in Hom. by sulJj. 1443, 1039. Helativc and temporal implied in cl. w. ws, 'll'plv, 1467, 14 7 J2 ; by intiu. 153:.1 ; by irp' ~ sentt-nces 1425-1474: see Conor irp' ~T< w. infin. or fut. iJJdic. tents, p. x..xi. 1460 ; IJy fut. partie. J 503 ; Relea.~e, vb~. sign if. to, w. gen.l117, sometimes IJy gen. (without ?v<Ka) Remembrr, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1102, w. partie. 1588. 1127, IJy geJl. of in fin. 1548. Rewinding, vbs. of, w. two ace. 10139, w. ace. and gen. 1106. Qualit.y, nouns denoting 842. Quantity of ~yllables 98-104; Remove, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. shown by accent 1043; inter1117. change of 33 ; relation of to Repe11t, vbs. siguif. to, w. partie. rhythm 1622-11)2[>. 1580. Questions, direct a111l indirect Represent, 'l'bs. signif. to, w. par. disting. 147-5; direct W00-1604, tic. 1582. of appeal w. subj. 1308; iurlirect Repro:J.ch, vbs. cx-pr., w. dat. 1 HlO. 1605, w. iudic. or opt. 1487, w. Resemblance, words implying, w. suiJj. or opt. 1490. dat. 1175. Respect, dative of 1172. Restrain, viJs. siguif. to, w. geu. Heccssive accent 110. 1117. Hcciprocal pronoun 404 ; reflexive used for 1!96. Result, noUlls denot. 837 ; expr. Reduplication of perf. stem 520, by w~rr< w. infin. and iJJdic. 521,523,526, 53i, in compounds\ 1440-1451. 640; r:trely omitted G50; of 2 Rcvtnge, verbs expr., w. causal aor. (Hom.) 534; of pres. stem gen. 1126. 536, 651, 652, of vLs. in 1'-' i94"; Rhythm and metre, how relat~d in plpf. 5'.!.7; Attic, in pf. 5:2\J, 162l-Hi:23; rising aml fallin~ ill 2 a~>r. !J8;,_ rhythms 11141\. See Anapaestie, Reflexhe pronouns 401, \if!:!, U\i4; V~r.t~ lk, Jalllbic, etc. used for reciproca\9(){); 3d pers. Hhythmical series Hl37. for 1st or 2d 9D5; indirect re- Ri~ing and falling rhythms !648. tlexives 987, !!88, 0[12. Homaic language, p. 5. Relation, adject. denoting 850, Hoot and ~tem defined 1li2, 153. 85 Jl ; dat. of 1172. Rough Lreathing 11-15. Relative pronouns 421-427, Ho- Hou~h mutes 21, nevrr doubled Jnerir. forms 428; pronom. adj. ()81. 429, 430, adv"rbs 436; relation Rule, vhs. signif. to, w. gen. IJOil; to antccedeiJt 101!1; awec. om. w. dat. (Hovl.) 1W4.

ENGLISH INDEX.
Sam pi, obsolete letter 3; as numeral an, 0tl4. Satisfy, vbs. signif. to, w. dat. 1160. Saying, verbs of, w. two accus. 1078, constr. ill indirect discourse 1523. Second aorist, perfect, etc , 449. t:lccond aorist tense-system 4.JO ; stem 675-4l81. Second passive tense-system 4GU ; stems 712-716. Second perfect tense-system 45G ; stems Gtl7--G97. Secondary (or hi~torical) tenses 44tl, 1267; how far distinguisled in depend. moods 1270. See, vbs. signif. to, w. partie. (ind. disc.) 1588, (not in ind. disc.) 1582, 1583. Semivowels 20. Sen tencc 8!)0. Separation, gen. of 1117, 1141. Septuagint version of Uld Testament, p. 5. Serving, vbs. of, w. dat. I !60. Sharing, vbs. of, w. geu. 10()7~. Short vowels 5, 100, 102, 103 ~yllables, time of 1620. ' Show, vbs. signif. to, w. partie. 1588. Sibilant ( <1) 20. Sicily, Doriaus in, p. 3. Similes (Homnic), aor. in 1204. Simple and CompounJ Words 822.

449

Sophocles, J~nguage of, p. 4. Source, gen. of 1130. Space, e.ttent of., w. ace. 1062. Spare, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1102. Specification, ace us. of 1058. Spirauts 20. Spondee 16272 ; for anapaest 1676; tor dactyl 10G8; for iambus or trochee ]650, 1G5 7. Spondaic hexameter verse 1669. Spurious dipbtllOngs " and ov 8 ; how writtrn and sounded 27, 28 2 Stem and root lii2, 153. Strong and weak stems 31, 572-575, 642. Verb st~m 458, 45fl. Vowel and conson. stems, mute and liquid stems, etc., 460, 461. Tense ste!lls 456. Present stem:
sPt'

Present.

Strong awl weak vowels intcrchangrrl 31. . Subject 890; of fin1te verb 894, omitted s\10. t'.Di; of infm. 8951, omitterl89i~ 3 ; sentence as subject 898; agreem. of w. finite vb. 809; of passive 12a3, 1234. Subjective genitive 10852 . Subjunctive 44!); pers. endings 5G2, 718; long thrmatic vowel .,, _ [)G52, ilB; formation of 71 !lpeculiar ~-<<-forms i23-727 ; of vbs. in Vt'l-'' 72R; Ionic forms 7tl0, short them. vowel in Hom. 7801 uncontra.ctcu form'> 7802, 788< Hon1. forms iu 2 aor. act. Sznguln.r nn1nb~:r J;,;,, 4!')2; sine. 788~ peri}Jhra~h iu perf. 720, vb. w. nt:ut. pl. subj. B992, rarely 1 721, rcg. perf. forms rare 7:20, w. masc. or fem. pl. ~uuj. 905, 722. Tenses: prr,. and aJr. 1020 ; se\'Cral sing. nouns w. pl. 1 adj. !l24. ' 1271, 1272; prrf. 12~:1. lit-nernl uses 1:-\:LO, 1:}21 ; in Smell, vhs. signif. to. w. gcu.l exhortations !344; in prohibi110:2; 61w w. two gen. 1107. tions (aor.) 1340; w. !-'1i, rxpr. Smooth l.Jreathing II, 12. Smooth fear or anxiety (Hom.) l:l-lk; w. mutes 21. p.iJ or 1-'fT ov in cautious asserSonants and ~;unb 24.

i20;

450

ENGLISH INDEX. Synecdoche (or specification), ace. of 10fili. Synizesis 47. Systems, tense 45fi, 456. In verse ( anapae~;tic, trochaic, and iambic) 1654, 1606, HJ7i. Taking hold, vbs. signif., w. gen. 10011, w. ace. and I!Cn. 1100. Taste, vbs. signif. to, w. gen. 1102. Tau-class of verb~ (Ill.) 570. Teaching, v!Js. of w. two accus. 10G9, 107G. Temporal augment 511~, 515, 53!l; of diphthongs fi 18, 510 ; omission of 547-540. Temporal sentences: see Relativ('. tense stem~ 455-4fitl ; simpl<' and complex 557, 560; Rimple 558; complex 559 ; formation of fiOii622, 600-7!6; table of 717. Tense suffixes 5() 1. Teuse systems 4GfJ, 4flG, 41JG. ::-lee Present, Future, etc. Tenses 447 ; relations of 124!); primarv (or principal) and secondary (Jr historical) 448, 1207; of indi<!. 12fi0-1~6G; of depend. moods 1271-1287 ; of part.ic. 1288-1200; gnomic 12GI-J2U5; iterativt: 1290-12\)8. See Present, Imperfect, etc. TerramPter lli4G ; trochaic ]()51, lame ( Hipponactean) 1U52; iambk WG4 ; dactylic 1674 3 ; anapaestic 16711'.
cwt~-) in suuj. 56!2. Thesis lG~I; 110t Greek Ohm 1621 (foot note). Threats, vbs. expressing, w. d:tt. I 160. Thucydides, language of, p. 4. Time, adj. denoting 85:1; accu.-;. of (ext('nt) JOG:!; gen. (.lf (wirll-

tions or negations 1350 ; rarely indep. w. S1rws p:oj 1354 ; in Horn. like fut. indic. 1355, w. K{ or dv 135G; in questions of appeal 1358, retained in indir. questions 1490 ; w. ou p.~, as emph. fut. 13GO, sometimes iHJlrohih.l361; in final clauses 131l5, also after past tenses J:JG9, w. d.v or Kl 1367; in object cl. w. ii1rws 1374, w. dv 1376, in Hom. w. lilTw! or ws 1377; w. p.1j after vbs. of fearing 1378; in lH'Otasis w. id.v etc. 1382, 1387, 1!l!l3', 1408, w. '' (iu poetry) without dv or Kl 1396, 140(); in cond. rei. cl. 1401, H:H, by assim. 1439; in rei. cl. of purpose (Hom.) 1443; w. lws etc. 11ntil, 1465, without dv 14GG; W. 1rplv 14i0, 1471"; in indir. discourse changed to opt. after past tenses 148P, 14972, 150:2. Subscript, iota 10. Subst<tntivc 160: sec :Koun. Suftixes !:l:!G ; tense 5G I ; optative suffix 56:!, 730. Ruperlative degree 350, 357. Suppo~itions, general and particu Jar distiilguished I:lR4. Surds aml souants 24. l;mvassing, vbs. of, w. gen. 1120. Swearing, particles <>f, w. accus. HlGG. Syllaba anceps at end of verse lll36, J<j:j8 2 plpf. 527 ; before vowel u375:Jfl; omitted 547, &40. Syllables OG; division of 97; quan tity of 98-10;\; long aud short in verse 1626. Syncope Gfl, G6, 67 ; syncopated nouns 273-279, verb stems <l50. Syncope in verse J(J32.

:Syllabi<: auguteuL Gll', [;13; of ThcnMLic "''"'d (%-) 5oJI; lng

E~GLISH

L"'DEX.

451

in which) 11~6; dat. of 1192-[ Verbs, conjugation and formation 1195; expr. by partie. 15631. of 441-821: see Contents, pp. Tmesis 12222, 1223. xi.-xiii. Eight classes of ;j(J8: Tragedy, iambic trimeter of 1658see Classes. Syntax of 12:l0159!1: see Contents, pp. xvii.1662. Transitive verbs 89:l, 12:32. xxiv. Trial of, vbs. signif. to make, w. Verbs in p.c, two classes of .502. grn. 1099. Verses 1620, 16~8, JG45-164(); catTri\Jracll 16271 ; for trochee or: alectic and acatalPctir. Hl~!J. iambus 1630, 1631, lGf>O, 1G07. J Vocative case 160, 161; sing. of :3 Trimeter 1646; iambic (acat.), decl. 21\J-223; in addresses 1044 J()G8-l(l61, in English J(J(l2,, Voices 441; uses of the 12:l0-1248. lam.e (HipponacteaJ.l) 10~3; troSre Activ~, Middle, Pas~iw. 1 chaiC 1653o; dactyhc 1GI4z. i Vowrls 5; open and clo~.; 6; Tripody 1647; trocllaic 16531. 2 ; i changes of 2\l-33; euphony of iamLic 16652, ' 34 ; lengthening of 20, 30; interTrochee W27 1. Trochaic rhythms change iu quantity of 33. Vowel declension ( 1, 2) 1G5 (see 206). 1650-1656; systems lG,:i4. Trust, vbs. signif. to, w. dat. 1160. Yowel stems of verbs 4GO. UnclothP, verbs signif. to, w. two acc. 1069. Cmlerstand, v\Js. signif. to, w. ace. 1104. l:nion ec., words implying, w. d<J.t. lli5. Want, v\Js. signif., w. grn. 1112J

1116.

Wf:ak and strong Yt>wels inter: changed 31. I \Vpary, vl!s. ~ignif. to be, wit.h I partie. IG~O. ~ Wh<le, gen. of (partitive) 1080'. Value, genitive of 11:33, I Wi~he~, exJ>r. IJy opt. 1G07; hy Vau 3: see l>igamma. second. t.PJlSe~ of iudie. !Gil ; VerlJ stem 45X; relation of to by wtp<Xov w. iufin. 1512; by present st~m GG7, G!iS. . infin. F>37; negative',.,.-;, )(jJO. Verbals (or l'rimitiYc~) H20. Ver-: \Yonder at, vbs. signif. to, w. t;<.'n. bal nouns and adi. w. ohject. : 110<!, w. causal gen. 11 :!!L gen. 10853, JI:3!l, 1140, w. objE>ct Wondering. vhs. of, w. ,; 14:!:); accus. 1050. Vl'rhals in Tos and: sornetimes w. oTc 14:24.
Tf'Ot

44.'), 7if1;

ill

TlO~

and

TfOII I

1504-1509.

I Xenophon, language of, p. 4.